/ . .

/ J$C-OSgO °

__ .... SKYLAB1/4
_ ONBOARD VOICE
_ .._: _TRANSCRIPTION

' RECORDED ON THE COMMAND MODULE

i_ AND AIRLOCK MODULE RECORDERS

PREPARED BY
TEST DIVISION
PROGRAM OPERATIONS OFFICE

t z

_,_, _ - " ! Aero_ Space Admin_rafion

! LYNDON"B. JOHNSON: SPACE CENTER
.,
_ :_ Houston, Texas

'_, : MARCH1974

'._

-%
 A
INTRODUCTION

' This document is the transcription of the Skylab 1/4 1"light crew
'_ commt_nieation_ (i) as recorded on the command m odlLle (CM)data stor,_ge
equipment (DSE) and (2) as recorded on the airlock module (AM) recorder.
Data from 'these recorders are telemetered (dumped) to Space Tracking
and Data Net%-ork (STDN) sites for retransmission to the Lyndon B. Johnson
./i Space Center. Traflscription of these tapes was managed by William A.
Kelley, Test Division, Progrs/n 0perations Office, to whom inquiries
regarding this document should be referred.
J
_ext. The Greenwich mean time (GMT) column consists of four mul%idigit
num.bers representing days, hours, minutes, and seconds (e.g., 209 22 34 14)
for the Julian dates shown as the first three numbers of the time col_.
The speaker column indicates the source of a transmission; the text
columnThe
contains the verbatim transcript of the communications.
transcript is divided into three columns -- time, speaker, and

Y Speakers in the transcript are identified as follows:

_ Spacecraft:

: CDR Commander Gerald P. (Jerry) Carr

_ PLT Pilot WilliamR. (Bill)Pogue

SPT Scientist pilot Edw@rd O. (Ed) Gibson

i
cREW Unidentifiable erewmember

MS Multiple speakers

_ Mission Control Centers:

! AA Unidentifiedstation

CC Capsule communicator (CAP COMM)

! MCC Unidentified speaker, other than CC, in the Mission

.i Operations Control Room or a Staff Support Room.

- In the text, a series of three dots (...) is used to designate those

portions of the communications that could not be transcribed because of
garbling. One dash (-) is used to indicate a speaker's pause or a self-

i _ interruption. Two dashes(- -) are used to indicate an interruption by

! /---. another speaker or a point at which a recording was abruptly telnninated.
Words given u2_usual emphasis by the speaker are underlined.

ii
 /

The Skylab I mission began with lift-off of the orbital workshop at

17:30:00 GMT (12:30:00 c.d.t.) on May lh, 1973. _The third three-man team
to occupy the workshop, the Skylab 4 crew, lifted off at lh:01:23 GMT
(08:01:23 c.d.t.) o_November 16. The Skylab _ crew splashed down in
the Pacific Ocean at 15:16:55 GMT (10:16:55 c.d.t.) on February 8, 197_.

'i

iii
 /
/
 DAY 339 (AM)
_. 733

339 00 00 13 CDR The frame count is now 20; 020.

339 00 00 25 CC SPT, Houston. Are you - -

CDR On my mark, we're going to terminate the exposure

at CARRIAGE RETRACT.

SPT Go ahead, _nk.

CC Roger. We - We're curious - -

CDR Stand by.

CC - - ... worked out.

SPT ...

_" 339 00 00 h3 CDR MARK. Going to widened, 90.

SPT ... no longer aligned.

CDR Okay. Stand by for a mark.

339 00 00 56 CDR MARK. Beginning the 90, widened ex - exposure.

Looking at a frame count of 21. The time is now
O0: 01 Zulu.

SPT ...

CC Roger. We copy.

SPT ... the optical system is working okay ....

339 00 01 31 CDR Passing 50 percent.

CDR On mY mark, we're going to terminate the exposure

terminate the exposure.

CDR Stand by -

339 00 02 12 CDR MARK. Exposure terminated at 01 - correction -

02:15 • Now we 're going to a 270, unwidened.
Does that have to all the way run down?

PLT Yes, you don't want - you don't want that one
running.

CDR Okay, here we go. Stand by -

 CC i..

339 00 02 38 CDR MARK. SHUTTER is OPEN for a 270-second, unwidened.

That - 4-1/2 minutes. No, it's more than that.
Yes, that's right; 4-1/2 minutes.

PLT Now one of the things that I didn't do, it says

momentum dump ... inhibited ...

CDR I did that.

PLT Okay, I was thinking if that hadn't been already

done, I would swear it was ...

339 00 03 18 CDR Okay, how about the nu z is 0.1? We had 0.6; we

Just barely slipped under the - under the limit. Lt.
The nu z update on the ATMDC indicated a nu z of 0.6.
The pad is 0.1; so correction is zero.

339 00 04 17 CDR While we're standing here waiting - this is the

CDR - I'd llke a note - I'd like this note extract-
ed from this particular batch of tape and given
to FAO. FAO, you did it again. You assigned
the same guy to the ATM and to the SO19 with no
time in between. And all I had to do was get a
little bit behind in the ATM, and it immediately
impacted the S019 operations. I think it's a very
poor way to plan. I think that your S019 - the
operator Should be allowed to go into S019 with
nothing else on his mind and be ready to do a Job
on S019. He shouldn't have his mind all cluttered
up with what he Just got finished doing.

339 00 05 03 CDR Now I had to work overtime on the ATM because we

had problems with it. I did not even get to de-
brief the ATM pass that I Just did. I came hur-
tling down here. I had to call Bill away from
another task - Bill Pogue away from another task,
to make sure that S019 got started, so that when
I got down here, we could get it z,,nnlng on time.
Please, do not in the future assign us with - cut
the time this close on us. It's Just - You're
only going to cause us to make mistakes and ruin
the experiments.

339 O0 05 35 CDR CDR out.

 735

CDR Oh, real ly?

CREW ...

CDR Up or down?

CC ... here. What we did was we inhibited both ...

339 00 07 2h CDR This is the CDR again. One question that I'd like
to ask of the S019 people is. After we've done the
reference star- after we've done the reference
star data - Okay -

i 339 00 07 38 CDR MARK. We - we Just overexposed this particular

! frame, number 21. Next fra - next field is number
275 with a ROTATION of 240.5 and TILT of 02.5.
Okay, that last one got exactly 5 minutes instead
of 4 minutes and 30 seconds. All right, this one
is a 270, widened. Verifying again, ROTATION is
240.5; TILT is 2.5. On my mark, we'll start. The
time is comingup; is 008.5 [sic]. Standby -

339 00 08 39 ODR MARK. This is field 275; ROTATION, 240.5; TILT

of 02.5; a 270, widened in progress.

PLT Okay, Jer, on the last exposure - think the last -

you've got to come a little bit past the CARRIAGE
RETRACTED, but don't go all the way - -

CDR Yes.

PLT And it's real wo_m_v in there.

CDR Okay.

PLT ... has a big ... And both times I worked it,
•.. film hatch closed, it wouldn't work. I got
another good photograph.

CDR Okay. Thank you, Bill. Getting back to my ques-

tion - that is, Once you've looked at the reference
star, is there any requirement that the - the house
lights remain d_mmed during the rest of the S019
operation? It's much easier to - to use the reg-
ular house lights than it is to fiddle with the
flashlightwhile workingthe equipmenthere.

k__ w
736 -

339 00 09 36 CDR And the question is, Is there any danger of light
getting back through the - the eyepiece and - and
bothering your exposures?

339 00 l0 19 CDR We're now 50 percent through the exposure.

PLT Jer, did you see that schedule to ...?

CDR Yes, I did, Bill.

339 00 ll 29 CDR 80 percent on the exposure.

CDR On my next mark, I'll be terminating the exposure.

Standby -

339 00 12 17 CDR MARK. Exposure is terminated. Setting 90 deg -

90 seconds. Stand by -

339 00 12 35 CDR MARK. Commencing the next exposure. The frame

count is 024. This is a 90-second exposure on
field 275.

339 00 13 03 CDR 40 percent gone.

CDR Stand by for termination of the exposure.

339 00 13 48 CDR MARK. Termination. Okay, going for a new star

field now, star field 283. The ROTATION is 232.7.
ROTATION is in and locked. The TILT is 03.3.
Okay, the TILT and the ROTATION are now good. The
first exposure is 270, widened. 270, set. Winding
it up. Stand by -

339 00 l_ 46 CDR MARK. Commencing tur - exposure. Frame number 25.

Reverifying, 232.7 ROTATION; TILT is 03.3; we're
doing field number 283.

CDR The time now is 00:15 and 40 seconds.

339 00 16 49 CDR Hey, Ed. I got three-quarters of one MAR for you
and one PATROL, SHORT bef - to try to catch up
before things Just dissolved into a cocked hat
and I had to abandon the ATM. I barely got the
thing parked and in position for the ground for
their unattended pass.

SPT They sort of work in a hurry over there, don't

they?
 _, 737

CDR They sure do. I haven't even debriefed that pass

yet, either. I've still got to do that.

SPT Going to have to report ...

339 00 17 30 CDR Now passing 80 percent on this exposure.

CDR Okay, on my mark I'll be terminating this 270,

widened exposure. Stand by -

339 00 18 18 CDR MARK. Termination. CARRIAGE RETRACTED. Setting

for 90, widened. Stand by -

339 00 18 35 CDR MARK. SHUTTER is OPEN. Counter is to 026.

339 00 19 29 CDR Passing 80 percent now. On my mark, I'll be ter-

this widened
i minating 90-second, pass. Standby -

339 00 19 47 CDR MARK. CARRIAGE RETRACTED. Now changing star field.

Going to 247.0 on ROTATION. And locked in. And
00.3 in TILT. And locked in. 247.0, 00.3. This
is star field 259. This'll be 270-second, widened.
Windingup the counter. Standby -

339 00 20 49 CDR MARK. SHUTTER is OPEN. Looking at frame 27.

Okay, sunset is at 28; looks like we'll finish it.

339 00 22 ll CDR Hey, Ed, do we have any frozen food for dinner?
I bet we do.

SPT Yes, Bill went to pick it up.

CDR 0h, great :

339 00 22 32 CDR 50 percent of the exposure's done.

339 00 23 14 CDR 70 percent.

339 00 23 56 CDR Okay, we're passing 90 percent now.

CDR Okay, on my mark I 'ii terminate the exposure. I 'ii

be going to CARRIAGE RETRACTED. Stand by -

339 00 24 26 CDR MARK. That terminates the S019 exercise for today.
Setting the ROTATION and TILT to zero.

339 00 25 12 CDR ROTATION and TILT are zero. Going to retract the
mirror now.
738 ---

339 O0 25 36 CDR Retracted and locked. Closing the SAL door.

339 00 26 07 CDR CDR out.

339 00 27 15 SPT SPT at 00:28 on ED63. Well, looks like we blew

it again. Problem here this time, however, is not
with the optics but with the plants. Unfortunately,
enough time has gone by, and apparently, the plants
cannot survive in the light and/or zero-g atmosphere,
which they have seen for the past 18 days. When I
tried to extract a leaf from any one of the three
plants, the leaves came off with no resistance.
In some cases, the leaves broke right at the point
of the tweezers, as opposed to at the root. This
is a marked distinction to the way in which they
behaved the last time, when I did ED63 a little

over a week ago, when there was resistanceand 't

they broke off at the structure, right next to
the stem.

339 00 28 18 SPT I still took the - the healthiest-looking plant and

made some specimens. Put those in the microscope
and did take some pictures - 3 minutes' worth at
six frames per second. However, there were some
difficulties encountered here, also. The light
through which I saw I don't believe was sufficient
to give you good pictures. It was not high enough
intensity, although I had done all of the things
which had been requested. We put in the - the
special mirror, we had fresh batteries, I turned
the light up to - the light was on full, and we
had the iris wide open.

339 O0 29 13 SPT The second problem encountered with the reflecting

mirror, in that the detent which - ... the right
rotation. That is, when you screw it on, there
is a detent which will cause it to stop. I believe
was a little misplaced because the - there was
light as coming in - in more at the top of the
picture than there was at the bottom. I could
vary this by twisting the mirror slightly and get
the light on center; however, it would not stay
in that position. The top part of the picture was
rough - the correct intensit- or the same inten-
sity as I would get by rotating the mirror in; so
probably about the upper two-thirds, I would say,
of the picture is of the same intensity you would
get had the mirror been rotating in the exact pro-
perposition. ._
 _ 739

339 O0 30 07 SPT The third one was the focus, and that was when I
would focus it with the slide on the bottom. When-

ever I would go by the point of optimum focus and

try to move back, I found that I could not. I
believe that somehow the slide was being pushed
down, and the - it was impossible to retract once
- once that happened. What I had to do was then
lift the slide off a little bit, wait a little bit
of time, and then try it again. And this time not
to move by the point of optimum focus.

339 O0 30 43 SPT I think what you are going to see is some dead-
looking plants. The skeletal structure of the
plant is still intract - intact, but the part con-
taining the protoplasm - correction - the part
con - green part containing the chlorophyl looked
I as thoughthat was rather soft and had come off
the - the stem or the skeletal structure. So with
my real regret to Cheryl Peltz at Arapahoe High
School, who I know has ... a real long time on
this and very hard, I'm sorry we couldn't make a
"go" of it. And I hope she learned something in
the - in the effort, and I hope it's been construc-
J_ tive. And it's my sincereregret then - that it
hasn't worked out well for her.

339 O0 31 53 SPT SPT out.

339 00 35 06 SPT SPT at 00:34, debriefing a ATM pass on a previous

day, beginning at 21:28. Okay, we did a series
of MIRROR, AUTO RASTERs on this one, and I'm afraid,
due to time and an error, I Just flat never got
the last - the last one done. Let me explain how
we went. I had one to ma1_e up for the previous
orbit - that is, one MIRROR, AUTO RASTER location
I put in from the previous orbit. So I did the
Sun center, 52 CONTINUOUS for 1 minute at a time
of - before ESR. So I did not operate 56 at that
point.

339 00 35 57 SPT I then moved in and got the MIRROR, AUTO RASTER for
the previous location - or for the previous orbit
done. Then stepped through and did essentially
everything that was asked for here - all of the
building block 10. However, when I got to the
position of Lk'WT, minus 50 and DOWN, minus 1146,
I found towards the end of it that I already had
made an error and was doing it at 1046; so I went
T_O _

ahead and did the following one, which was plus

i00 and minus 1146, correctly. Came back and got
around, oh, a little over one MIRROR, AUTO RASTER
in at correct position of L_T, minus 50 and DOWN,
1146.

339 00 36 47 SPT Jerry Carr, who is going to pick it up on the

following orbit, was going to try to make that one
up in his observing time; however, he ran into a
problem in two areas, which he'll explain. One
is the door problem on 82A, and the other was
trying to get the proper limb position, which I
finally came up and worked through with him on
82B. I think the way the pad was written for the
one which Jerry had on the following orbit - that
is, JOP 2C, step 4, building block 37, on active
region 17 - I think the pad could have been a !
little bit clearer. The plus 16 arc seconds,
although I believe that's where you wanted H-alpha 1
pointed - It was not really clear. I think you
should have had a line in there that said, "Point
H-alpha 1 plus 16 arc seconds from limb." There
was also some confusion in Jerry's mind how to get
there with the LIMB OFFSET on 82}3 of zero. I came
up and showed him how to go into LIMB POINTING
and carry that one out. But the procedures were
not written out explicitly for him, and that did
slow him up. So he was never able to get in the
complete set of MIRROR, AUTO RASTERs in location,
which I did not get in completely either. I think
he got in around two-thirds of a MIRROR, AUTO RASTER
before 400 K.

339 O0 38 24 SPT So we'll try to get that one again, if the time
comes up tomorrow. However, I don't think we
lost - lost a great deal. We did get one - one
MIRROR - a little over one MIRROR, AUTO RASTER
there, and we did get one with 100 seconds more
overlap than you wanted; so we missed the top
100 seconds.

339 00 38 52 SPT SPT out.

339 00 48 58 CDR This is the CDR at 00:_9. We took a shot at trying

to get HH35-2 and HH35-4. The clouds were scattered
to broken. I am not convinced that we - we got
the target. We found a little - what looked like
a small island or a little island all out by
itself. And we quickly grabbed a couple of shots
 741

with the Nikon and a couple with the Hasselblad.

And then after looking at the map more closely
and consulting our watches, we were running about
40 seconds late.

339 00 49 33 CDR At the precise time, there was clouds below us,
and we couldn't see anything; in fact, we did not
even see the Bonin Islands. But about 40 seconds
later, we - we found a picture - we found a small
island that looked like a volcano.

339 00 h9 51 CDR At first, we weren't sure it was an island; we Just

thought it was Just a yellow area. I think what
we got was the northernmost of the Volcano Islands,
the one Just north of Iwo Jima, but I'm not sure.
At any rate, what we took a picture of did not look
like a sea mount or an under - underwater volcano
after we finally got finished shooting the pictures.

339 O0 50 16 CDR CDR out.

339 00 52 h_ CDR This is the CDR at 00:53 Zulu. I've come back to
the scene of the crime to try to recap what happen-
ed on my last ATM pass, which was the one that
started at about 23:00 Zulu. When I got here, Ed
indicated that there were some steps that we were
going to try to pick up during the observing time,
which was part of his building - building block l0
out of JOP 26. I got a briefing on that and was
all set to go. We got into Slmrise, and I did the
Sun-side prep. And I found that the 82A door had
not opened. At that time, I Just reached up and
hit the switch to the OPEN position, and it still
remained white.

339 00 53 39 CDR So I turned the switch to OFF and left it for a

while and went on. Then came back later, after I
felt the door had had time to close, and hit open
again. When I saw nothing there, then we grabbed
the malfunction procedures and proceeded to go into
them. And we ended up down in box 8 where it said,
"One door has failed to indicate open." At that
time we gave up on 82A, and I went ahead to JOP 6,
step 2, the quickie, and got that out of the way.
And S05_ was a/ready configured for shopping list
31; so I didn't go with that anymore. That was all
set up for me. Then I went into J0P 2C, step num-
ber 4, and that's when it a]] broke loose.
742

339 00 54 3_ CDR Let's see. S056, you got past me unscathed.

S082B, I - I did it to you. I cost you a frame.
I started out 82B in WAVELENGTH, SHORT and decided
to shift to LONG. And decided after I'd done that,
that that was a dumb idea.

339 O0 54 57 CDR So I terminated, got rid of the frame, set it up

in LONG, and started the exposure all over again.
And then that light bulb finally came on over my
head later, and I realized - Nuts! If I had left
it in SHORT, I could have done the 12-minute expos-
ure first and then the 6.

339 00 55 12 CDR Everything would have been copacetic. So I've cost

you one frame by not really thinking ahead too
well. S055A, I waded through you okay. You got
your data, and I managed to get all the different
mirror positions and everything set up Just fine.
The nu Z update I got at about 23:27 ended up with
a ORBITAL PLANE ERROR up here of - of 0.6, and
that's the value we used for our SO19.

339 00 55 49 CDR Well, by the time I got finished bumbling through

all that, it was down to about - the time was about
2B, I think. I had no more observation time
left, and I had no time to pick up the building
block l0 that Ed had asked me to pick up for him.
But notwithstanding, I decided to press on and
give it a whirl anyway. So I set up building
block l0 and got it started and figured I could
power down for unattended very quickly if I cut
it off at about l0 or 12 to go.

339 00 56 22 CDR That's about the time I realized that S019 was
due to start at 23:52, and I've already said my
words to FAO about scheduling S019 right next to
an ATM pass. That's what got me in trouble last
time. So I finally terminated my attempt to pick
up building block l0 in the observing time. I
moved the canister to the unattended precise point-
ing coordinates and set the GRATING up at 2434 and
scampered off and left the mess laying here and
picked up SO19 from Bill Pogue and finished that
Job.

B39 00 57 04 CDR I was sort of a side commenter on the problems

that you went through on the ground trying to get
the 82A door going, and I'm happy to hear that you
 743

did get it going. Things were in such a flap, I

really didn't even have time to - to adequately
look at the Sun and see anything. MY impressions
were that there wasn't much there. I saw a filter -
a filament - I guess that was F-37 - laying along the
west limb. 87, of course, I couldn't even see at
a] ] ; that was back behind the limb.

339 00 57 40 CDR I let myself get all buggered up trying to do the

82B pointing, and that cost about a minute - no,
2 minutes, I guess - trying to get the H-alpha 1
pointed plus 16 arc seconds off the limb and also
get 82B in the offset pointed - offset - or LIMB
POINTING mode at an OFFSET of zero.

339 00 58 08 CDR And after wading through that, we finally got it

set up and running. And then of course, like I
said, I got it running wrong - with the wrong
wavelength, and I won't recount that mess again.

339 00 58 22 CDR I guess the upshot of the whole thing is, I got
all the data. I wasted one frame of S082B film,
I got no observing time, I got a good start on an
ulcer, and that's about it.

339 00 58 35 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

339 02 45 26 CDR This is the CDR at 02:45 Zulu, reporting on Earth

observations. The site was HH]07. Was unable to
get pictures of the fault zone desired because of
the clouds right over the fault zone area. How-
ever, for the first time since we've been over New
Zealand, the whole north island was reasonably
clear. There was Just thin scattered clouds, alto-
cumulus, over the area; so I took three photos and
got complete coverage of the north island. The
Camera used was a Hasselblad with a 100-millimeter
lens. The magazine - the cassette was Charlie X-
ray 47. The times were 02:37, 02:38, and 02:39.
The frame numbers were 52, 53, and [5]4. The set-
ting was f/ll at 100 - on 100-millimeter lens and
1/250 of a second. CDR out.

339 02 47 06 CDR This is the CDR again with more to say on New
Zealand. I guess as it stands right now, we have
744

photo coverage of North Island and the southern

half of the south island. And if we can just get
the northern half of the - South Island, we'll
have complete photo coverage of New Zealand.

339 02 47 25 CDR CDR out.

339 02 59 00 PLT PLT debriefing from ATM pass starting at 02:08,

approximately. The FRAMES R_AINING, I'll give
first: H-alpha, 13289; 56, 4749; 82A, 14R; 82B,
1418; 52 is 6704; 54 is 4601.

339 03 01 48 PLT PLT continuing debrief. J0P 6, step l, building

block l, was completed nominally as near as I can
determine. I don't think I made any mistakes on
that one. The nu z update was performed on time.
JOP 2 Delta, step l, building block 10, active
region 87 - I was somewhat mystified there about i
pointing. I know what it said, and obviously 87
was the active region. I pointed over there and
tried to find it, and I wasn't sure that I had it.
I wasn't sure whether 82B wanted to be on the Sun
or on - off the Sun and then later on decided
that they must be wanting to be on the Sun because
the exposures were so short. But I wasn't sure.
I went ahead and started it - the 56 and the 55 -
while I was trying to make up my mind whether or
not 82B was - whether or not I was going to foul
up 82B exposures. And I finally decided I 'd wait
until the 82 - excuse me - 56 and - and 55, it was
- 54 did not run - I was going to wait until they
finished, and then I would point the pad: UP, 215;
T.EFT, minus 934. Got to piddling around with that.
By the time I got it, all I had time to do was
give a 40-second exposure and then about - I had
to cut it 1 second short to keep from going ESS;
so I did not get the 10-minute and 40-second ex-
posure of 82 Bravo.

3B9 03 OB 33 PLT I shall continue always to be extra cautious in

82 Bravo, regardless of what you say about wasting
frames, because we've been trained that way. And
I shall be very hesitant to start 82 Alfa and
Bravo any time I have any doubt whatsoever. And
I think that's probably a good policy for me to
follow. That is why you did not get your 10-minute
and 40-second exposure in 82 Bravo, and l'm not
even sure that the 40-second exposure was where
you wanted it. But it looked like I had the slit
 T45

pretty well filled with something there. I couldn't

tell whether that's active region 87 or not. And
I didn't figure the pointing was still correct at
this time. And there was something bright there
in the H-alpha i monitor. It looked like the
active region - there's a lot of activity on XUV
MON, but I didn't know if that was behind the limb
or not. In any event, that was why I was hesitant
to use 82 Bravo. I did get one 20-second exposure,
SHORT, on what I considered slit-filled conditions.
Let's see. The film count, I've already given.
I'll give it again in case it did not get on the
tape the first time. And that's H-alpha, 13289;
56, 4749; 82A, 149; Bravo, 1418; 52, 6704; 54,
4601. Panel has been shut down. I think every-
thing is nominal. MPC ROLL and POINT is INHIBITed,
and everything else is shut down.

339 03 05 04 PLT PLT out.

339 03 19 20 PLT Okay, this is the PLT starting the EREP workaround
procedure - malfunction procedure, whatever it is.
I will voice record all steps. Step l: Rotate
camera to intermediate position - while pinching
the hand with poorly designedlatch. Okay, that's
in intermediate position. Remove front shield and
stow. In work.

339 03 19 55 CC Skylab, Houston through Canary and Madrid for

13 minutes. And we'll be dumping the data re -
voice recorder here.

PLT You can give them the last - the - the ATM film
count there, Ed, if you would.

SPT Okay ...

PLT I got it written down there on that - I put it

on voice, if they - -

CDR ... CDR .... setting ... is Alfa through ...

frame count ... 688 ... 047 ...

339 03 20 _6 PLT Okay, front shield's been stowed. Remove rear

shield and stow. That'll be my next step.

CDR ... 0500_ ...

339 03 21 06 PLT ... anything ... and better in zero g, but they
didn't
wantto.
746 _-_

339 03 3h 44 PLT Okay, the PLT on step 6. Circuit breaker FMC is

OPEN. Let's check that again. Reach into FMC
drive area and locate FMC drive gears. Rotate FMC
screw one-half turn by rotating gear. Okay, let's
see. I think I've found the gear. See if I can
rotate it by - Okay, I'm doing it. I didn't think
I was even going to find that little devil. Dave
Kelley's training came through once again. Okay,
there; it's rotated a half a turn. It didn't say
which way; so I just went one way. Okay, I want
to see where that thing is. Okay, there it is.
All right, point down that way. Now. FMC circuit
breaker CLOSEd, FMC screws should turn. Okay,
get my head back down here where I can close that
thing. There. Hey, Jer, could you come and help
a sec?

PLT Hey, maybe I can reach across this way. There.

I did it, Jer. I got it.

CDR ...

PLT Okay. When I was able to reach across there to -

close the circuit breaker, I got it. I didn't
think I was able to do it. FMC screw should turn;
it did not.

339 03 36 39 PLT Okay. And question is now, should I continue or

not? Okay, well, let's see what the steps are
ahead here. Let's see now .... Yes, it is in.
Okay. If it operates at any speed, perform S190
camera check. Well, maybe I turned that thing
the wrong way. It shouldn't have made any differ-
ence, though.

PLT Did Jer ever say when that next AOS is?

SPT In about 3 minutes.

339 03 37 hl PLT Okay, I'm going to discontinue the steps here. I

hit a - I got a negative response there.

339 03 42 14 PLT Okay, the PLT. I can't see that it'd be any
problem here in doing step 7. I think I'll go
ahead and - and try it. Pull the circuit breaker.
I'm going to try step 6 once more. Circuit break-
er, OPEN. Okay. Turn this ... to half turn.
Okay, I'm doing that. Okay, got it half turned.
 T4T

Circuit breaker back in. Okay, nothing happened.

Nothing happened. Okay. Screw should turn, but
it doesn't.

339 03 43 17 PLT Panel 106, SHUTTER CO_'£_OL, SLOW. Okay, it's

working. Uh-oh. FMC circuit breaker Just popped.
Okay, now I've got a SLOW, and I got a correct in-
dication. FMC circuit breaker's popped; I'm going
to leave it out.

PLT Checking _,:I_IUM. MEDIUM is good; waiting 2 seconds.

PLT Going to FAST. FAST is good. Okay, if rotary

shutters operate at 8x_ speed, perform S190 camera
check, EI_ checkout, page 1-5. Perform S190 cam-
era check, EREP checkout, page 1-5 ; then do step 8.
I If rotary shuttersdo not operate,go to step 8.
They did operate; so I'm going to go back. I'm
going to turn - Let's see. It doesn't say to turn
it off, though. Yes, I'm going to go back to SLOW.
MmOIUM, correct; correct speed. SLOW.

PLT Okay, get the EREP checkout - checklist. Turn

_ the recorderoff momentarily.

339 03 44 59 PLT Okay, checkout, page 1-5. 1-5. S190 camera check.
Panel 106. Remove front shield. Stow on M-124.
Inspect all desiccants. Well, we've done that, but
I'll do it again. Get my flashlight out. I think
I aAready know the problem. I think FMC is dinging
everything else up. Probably got a short down
there in it some place.

339 03 45 44 PLT Okay, they're starting to turn a little bit, but

they're still pretty blue and good enough for one
more run, I'd say. Yes, pretty dark blue, in fact.
A little white showing on the faces of some of the
crystals. Okay, so I'm going to hold off on re-
placing the desiccants. Page 196, step 106 - ex-
cuse me - panel 106. Set six aperture control
knobs to f/2.8. Man, I wish those detents were
a little better. Feel like a safecracker trying
to find a detent.

339 03 46 47 PLT Okay, all of them all fixed at 2.8. CAMERA CONTROL,
LOCAL. Stand by.

PLT LOCAL, verify. SHUTTER CONTROL, SLOW.

748

339 03 46 58 PLT Roger. Verify proper shutter speed on SHUTTER SPEED

meter. That's verified. Note: Allow a minimum
of 2 seconds between each shutter actuation. Verify
capping shutter actuation by looking through lens
while momentarily placing CAMERA ACTUATE switch to
SINGLE position.

339 03 47 16 PLT Okay, that's in work. Number 1 works, number 2

works, number 3 works, 4 works, 5 works, number 6
works. Okay, verify proper shutter speed for
MEDIUM and FAST positions of SHUTTER CONTROL switch.
In work.

339 03 47 46 PLT MEDIUM's good; lO00, 2000.

339 03 47 55 PLT FAST is good. SHUTTER CONTROL, OFF. Okay,

MEDIUM; wait 2 seconds. SLOW, 2 seconds.
I
339 03 48 06 PLT OFF. SHUTTER CONTROL is OFF. Fine. CAMERA
CONTROL, REMOTE. REMOTE. Okay, panel ll0.
S190 SHUTTER SPEED to SLOW. POWER, ON. Okay, I
heard the shutter start up. MODE, AUTO SEQUENCE.

339 03 48 31 PLT Got a READY light. FRAMES PER SEQUENCE, 06. FRAME
INTERVAL, 6. Verify magazine drive on each station -
and FMC motion after EREP SYST_, START.

339 03 48 52 PLT Okay, I'm not going to get any FMC; I can tell you
that right now. There's one, two, three - yes -
four, five, six, and no FMC because the FMC breaker's
popped. Okay, so I've verified magazine drive
on each station, but -

SPT ...

PLT Okay, now looks like what we're - what's happened

here is, we're out FMC.

SPT Feel like it's J_med?

PLT Well, it's - -

SPT Maybe ... out ...

PLT Yes, it's possible.

SPT ...
 749

PLT Yes, I found the gear that you twist and every-
thing. Verify magazine drive on each station
and then - I'm going to try once more.

339 03 50 32 PLT Okay, all six of them are working. Everything's

working. Okay, READY light is out; EREP SYST_
to STOP; all six ... ADVANCE MALFUNCTION lights
on; S190 MODE to STANDBY; POWER, OFF. Unstow
and install rear shield on camera. Rotate
S190. InstAl1 190 filters. Unstow front shield.
I'm going to hold off on that for Just a minute.

339 03 51 15 PLT Okay, so - then do step 8. Right. Panel 106,

SHUTTER CONTROL, OFF; verify. CAMERA CONTROL,
R_OTE; verify. Install front and rear shield
on camera; rotate camera to stowage position;
in work. Okay, I'm going to discontinue - Well,
t no, I won't. You said you wanted to record all
steps, so I will.

339 03 52 03 FLT Okay, front shield going on.

339 03 53 44 PLT Okay, that's done; the shields are back on. Front
and rear shields; rotate camera to stowage posi-
tion;EREP,BUS i, OFF.

339 03 53 54 PLT Now. BUS 2, OFF.

339 03 53 55 PLT Now. PANEL DISPLAY, OFF; close C_D cover. Okay.
Completes that and -

339 03 54 O0 PLT PLT out.

339 Oh 07 09 CDR This is the CDR at 04:07 Zulu, reporting on

assigned site HH152-2 for Earth observation.
I took one frame of Hasselblad 100, 100-
millimeter.

CDR The f-stop was f/ll, 1/250. Frame number 55;

the magazine is C_a_lie X-ray _7. The target was
almost completely clouded over. The only photo-
graph I got in,- that is 0f Just probably negligible
value, was of the western tip of Malaysia. I
only took it because it showed some pretty good
sedimentation and it showed the mouth of the
river that's right there at the western end
of Malaysia, and that was about the only value
I could see. There's Just about, oh, I would say
75O

scattered to broken cloud coverage, and it was

Just enough to completely shade the vegetation
and ground underneath to make it impossible to
get any evaluation of geology or vegetation or
land use.

339 04 08 27 CDR CDR out.

339 04 12 18 CDR This is the CDR at 04:11 Zulu. Initiated squeezer

bag dump. WASTE PROCESSOR EXHAUST PRESSURE
pegged out high, so I turned it OFF.

339 04 12 28 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

339 12 23 40 SPT SPT at 12:23. PRD readings: 42260, 2 -

339 12 23 48 SPT SPT at 12:24. PRD readings: 42260, 23131, and

38111.

339 12 30 44 SPT SPT at 12:30. M133 log: Day 339; 7.7 hours;
quality's good; remark, 3. Once during the middle
of the night, got up to urinate. Could not go to
sleep for about another, oh, 45 minutes until after
that and upon awakening was sleepy. That's number
4.

339 12 31 12 SPT SPT out.

339 12 31 16 SPT Oh, the - and after that, the quaJLity of the sleep
was not impaired by a sleep cap at all, and both
of the electrodes looked good - the middle of the
night, the beginning, and at the end.

339 12 31 35 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

339 13 39 34 PLT Ah. PLT at ATM debriefing at 13:39. J0P 6,

building block 1 Alfa and Bravo, completed ac-
cording to JOP _,mmary Sheets. VTR, 3 minutes
of recording, as per pad, were executed; 52,
XUVMON, H-alpha 1 and 2. Nu Z update performed
 according to schedule. It was minus 0.1 before
I did the update, plus 0.3 after. The Sun ap-
pears to be fairly quiet. I tried to see if
there was activity above ac - prominence -
disappearing prominence 87. I couldn't see
anything. And that 's about it.

339 13 40 22 PLT PLT out.

TIME SI_P

339 lh 54 29 SPT SPT at 14:54, ATM - debriefing the ATM ops that
began at 14:B2 Just before the Z-LV pass. Did
building block 32, the quickie. Went straight-
forward. I did not give a PATROL, SHORT at that
point after less than - I mean 400 K before ESR.
At the conclusion, though, I did take some pic-
tures of the corona and the XUV monitor. And at
that point we're above h00 K, and I gave the
PATROL, SHORT 50 seconds.

339 14 55 31 SPT Following that, we did a quick look at - promi-

nence 39. It's not quite as large and extensive
as prominence 37 was, but it's still going to be
a good one to study. We went over to the limb,
got tangent to the limb around 20 arc seconds out.
Gave 82B a long exposure in WAVELRNGTH, SHORT.
Well, it went from - 14:44 to i_:46. Excuse me;
from _6 MINUTES R_MAINING - down to about 30 -
38 MINUTES R]_MAINING; so I gave them an 8-minute
exposureand 56 got a PATROL, SHORT and a FILTER,
5; about 6-minute exposure .... 55 was given a
little over a one MIRROR, AUTO RASTER looking at
the prominence, although at the position we were,
we were looking pretty much at the north side of
it, per 55, as the best position of laying the
slit. And I could not roll 180 from that position.

339 14 58 06 SPT Okay, in the amplifying, what I have seen on the

pictures this morning for white light coronagraph,
there appears to be some fairly faint, narrow
streamers showing up - one at 2 o'clock, pretty
much radial, and another one at, oh, about 04:30
or so, inclined slightly towards north, about 20
degrees off radial - 30 degrees maybe. That's a
very faint spike. The - On the west limb, the
primary one at 02:30 or so, fairly strong, looks
752

like it could be a helmet streamer. Still per-

sists in a - in a relatively ... one at around 3
o'clock or 03:30, and both of those are inclined
towards the north around 20 degrees off radial.

339 l_ 59 22 SPT Over on the west limb, the - what used to be a

very diffuse area of streamers has now taken -
taken on some definition. At, oh, about 09:30,
we had one almost radial; inclined slightlyto-
wards the south, m_ybe l0 degrees. On about 8
o'clock or so, almost parallel to the one above
it, both of equal magnitude, a small one in between
that, and then another very small one down south
at about, oh, 07:30 or so; very faint one. Then
I see no - nothing but straight linear features,
nearly radial; nothing to indicate a transient as
we've seen them before. But when I compare the
... of yesterday with today's, I can't see the
very faint one yesterday which I talked about at
what - 0_:S0 or so. As a matter of fact, there
yesterday we counted up four streamers along the
west limb. In reality, there were actually five,
if you can count that one small one down there to
the south at 04:30. It's become a little more
pronounced today. The one directly north of that
has pretty much disappeared - _Imost disappeared.
Whether they ... rotation or whether they're ...
transient from the corona, I c_nuot be sure from
looking at the two photographs. And again, the
west limb - the east limb has taken on more
definition.

339 15 02 29 SPT Okay, again looking at the XUV monitor display, I

see the coronal holes on the north and south, the
three active regions, of course, which are - show
up fairly brightly - especially the one at the
limb in active region 87; 94 and 95 also show up.
Yesterday I noticed a series of bright points which
are not quite as prominent today. The one curious
feature, though, is in this relatively circular -
nearly circular, almost 11n_form XUV plage which
kind of stands out all on its own. And I'm look-
ing back in the photographs and I see it was - as
of 24 hours ago, it was there. It - it was almost
the same intensity plage as - most of the Sun yes-
terday. However, there was a - a ring of, well,
plage, if you will, or channel around it which
defined it. Again, it's on the equator, slightly
north, perhaps, at about 0.5 solar radii out and
 753

about, oh, 0.15 or so solar radii diameter. I've

not measured it; it's Just eyeballed.

339 15 Oh 06 SPT I could see it going back - Well, ... days - for
2 days, I could still see it. What is a little
surprising is that even when I go back 2 days ago,
it appears in rough]y the same location; so I'm
going to dig back through all of m_ photos here
and see whether we might have a real artifact in
the system or whether it's something that really
does exist. I'll try and give you a report on it
later.

339 15 Oh 43 SPT SPT out.

339 15 22 37 SPT SPT at 15:23; ETC operation. On my mark, the ETC

clock will be reading 15:19. Stand by; 4, 3, 2,
t
l-

339 15 22 58 SPT MARK.

339 15 24 43 SPT Also on ETC setup this morning, I did put in a new
desiccant. So we've got one good blue desiccant
in here and one more good blue one left in stowage
here, and the othershave turnedwhite or - or
pink.

339 15 25 01 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

339 15 53 49 CDR This is the CDR at -

339 15 5_ 04 CDR This is the CDR at 15:54, at Mike Tango 2 for the
EREP CKD prep. Monitor Delta 6 reads 57 percent.

339 15 54 17 CDR CDR out.

339 15 59 44 CDR Okay. With the T minus l0 voice recording, this

is the CDR. Alfa 2 is 60; Alfa 3 is 86; Alfa 4
is 70; Alfa 5 is 67; Alfa 6 is 0. Bravo 2 is 56;
Bravo B is 76; Bravo 4 is 71; Bravo 5 is 75; Bravo 6
is 51; Bravo 7 is 32; Bravo 8 is about l; Bravo 9
is 58. Charlie 2 is 44; Charlie B is 87; Charlie 4
is 71_ Charlie 5 is 83; Charlie 6 is 47; Charlie 7
is 50 percent. Delta 2 is 86; Delta 3 is 85;
Delta 4 is 72; Delta 5 is 14; Delta 6 is 57; Delta 7
754 _

is I0. Charlie 7 is less than - than 80, so we're

okay there. I verify S192 ALIGNMENT switch is
OFF, and the cover is on.

339 16 01 19 CDR S192 MODE to READY. DOOR is OPEN; 60 seconds until

the light goes out. DELTA T_4P - PRESS TO TEST -
is okay. 0VERTh_P is okay. Those are both on
panel i17.

339 16 01 49 CDR The S190 H_.&TER SWITCH OFF light is off.

CDR Bill, what happened to our paper clip that was

here? Do you know?

PLT No, I don't.

339 16 02 28 CDR S192 READY light's on. Okay, to preoperate con-

figuration. TAPE RECORDER is ON; the READY is
on. 192 is ON; I have a READY light on on 192;
DOOR is OPEN. All right, 192 is in MODE, CHECK;
that's where it belongs. The READY is out. The
MODE is CHECK. The DOOR is OPEN. We're at 191:
POWER is ON; the READY is on; the C00T._u_is ON;
the DOOR is OPEN. $190: The POWER is ON; the
READY light's out; we're in STANDBY; the door is
open, verified visu_1]y. 193 Romeo is in STANDBY;
READY light out. SCATTENOMETEN is in OFF; READY
light out. The ALTI_'A'ER is in OFF; READY light
out. 94 is ON; the READY light is on. TV Input
Station 133: POWER has been turned ON; VIDEO
SELECT is to TV.

339 16 04 13 CDR 3 minutes to EREP, START.

339 16 04 57 CC Skylab, we're reading you loud and clear. State-

side for 15 minutes.

CDR Roger, Story.

CC Maneuver 's looking good.

339 16 06 09 CDR Have 1 minute to EREP, START.

CC And for the PLT: On site 330, we expect it may

be clear but there are some clouds to the north
which are moving out. Your series 300 sites, all
should be clear. Your series 500 sites will be
about 4/lOths to 7/10ths, Bill.

PLT Roger. Copy, Story. Thank you. _-_

 755

CC And, Ed, you do not have to monitor the maneuver

for 5 - the 5 se - 5-minute settling period. After
2 or 3 minutes there, we'll be here looking at it,
and you feel free to go ahead to the ETC.

SPT Okay. ThAnks very much, Story.

CDR On my mark, it'll be 07:10.

SPT ... how I'ii monitor this. And in case I ... - -

339 16 07 09 CDR MARK. EREP, START.

SPT - - ... a maneuver to new Z-LV ... - -

CDR Stand by for VTS AUTO CAL.

SPT - - I think I would need the proper DAS to make

up ... - -

CDR Bill, VTS AUTO CAL.

PLT Standing by -

339 16 07 19 CDR MARK.

339 16 07 20 PLT MARK.

SPT Seeing as we'd ..., I would probably need one

which would take care of the cumulative ... too,
which you've already put in.

CDR On my mark, it'll be 07:30. Stand by -

339 16 07 30 CDR MARK. SCATTEROMETER to STANDBY; ALTIMETER to

STANDBY.

CDR On my mark, it'll be 08:30. Stand by -

339 16 08 30 CDR MARK. S194 to MANUAL. Shutters are still run-

ning on S190.

CC Okay, Jer. And, Ed, you were cut out by the C&D
ops. Could you repeat what you said, please?

SPT Yes, I could talk with you more on them later, but
essentially what I would need is the fine maneuver
up here, which is accumulative of a few I've already
756 _.

put in, in case I would have to reinitiate that

m_neuver. Z-LV plus the fine.

339 16 09 44 CC We got it, Ed.

CDR On my mark, it will be 16:10:00. Looking for an

S191 READY light.

339 16 10 00 CDR MARK. S191 READY light on at 10. REFERENCE going

to 6.

CDR On my mark, it'll be 10:48. Stand by -

339 16 l0 48 CDR MARK. SCATTEROMETER, ON; RADIOMETER, ON. On my

mark, it will be 16 :ll.

339 16 ll O0 CDR MARK. Downlink going to position 3. *** my mark,

it'll be ll:17. Stand by -

339 16 ll 17 CDR MARK. S192 to READY. At 23 - Stand by -

339 16 ll 23 CDR MARK. S190 MODE to AUTO.

CDR Okay, it sounds like the S190 is cllm_ing away

all right.

CC Okay.

CDR On my mark, it 'll be ll :h4.

339 16 ll _3 CDR MARK. SCATTEEOMETER to STANDBY.

339 16 ll 46 CDR MARK. RADIOMETER to SCANBY - STANDBY at 46. At

ll:50, the READY light on S190 went out.

339 16 ll 57 CDR MARK. 192 MODE to CHECK; that was at 57. 12:02 -

339 16 12 02 CDR MARK. RADIOMETER, OFF. 12:08 -

339 16 12 07 CDR MARK. ALTIMETER going ON. 190 MODE to STANDBY;

FRAME rate to 05. The next mark will be at 12:30.
Stand by -

339 16 12 31 CDR MARK. S190 MODE, SINGLE.

CDR On my mark, it will be 13:20. Stand by -

339 16 13 20 CDR MARK. S190 to SINGLE. Next mark will be at 13:30.

Standby - _-_
 757

339 16 13 30 CDR MARK. S192 to READY. On my m_rk to _C to AUTO,

Ed, at 36 -

339 16 13 36 CD8 MARK. At 13:42, the downlink is going to position

5-

339 16 13 42 CDR MAP/(. Next m_vk is at 13:53. Stand by -

339 16 13 53 CDE MARK. S190 to MODE, AUTO. Stand by -

339 16 14 00 CDR MARK. ALTIMETER to STANDBY at 14 even; MODE going

to 3.

PLT Okay, it's the VT8 operator. On this one side do

339 16 14 Ii CDR MARK. At 14:12, downlink going to 7. Got a little

time now, i0 seconds. Stand by. At 14:28 you'll
get a ma_k.

339 16 14 28 CDR MARK. ALTIMETER, ON.

339 16 14 34 CDR MARK. At 14 :34, the 192 MODE to CHECK. The 8190
READY light went out at 14:40; MODE is STANDBY;
FR is going to 41. 14: 51, ETC to STANDBY. Okay,
Ed? And SHUTTER 8pk_N_ to 140. At 15, the down-
link is going off. Next mark is at 15:30.

339 16 15 13 PLT Okay, PLT here. Successful on 330, 305, 308, 307.
Very good tracking sequences on all targets.

CC Great, Bill.

CDR Next mark is at 15:30. Stand by -

339 16 15 30 CDR MARK. 190 MODE, SINGLE. On my ma_k, it'll he

15:50. Stand by -

339 16 15 50 CDE MARK. 190 MODE, SINGLE. Okay.

CDR Okay, Ed, at 16:26 the ETC to AUTO in

5 seconds. Stand by -

339 16 16 26 CDE MARK it.

CDE How's the weather down there this morning, Bill?

PLT It's - was very good on all my stateside passes.

I'm starting to pick up quite a few clouds down
here in Central America.
758

PLT The primary is 565.

CDR On m_ mark, it 'll be 17 :33.

339 16 17 33 CDR MARK. S190 MODE to AUTO. MY _a_k, it 'll be 17 :40.

339 16 17 40 CDR MARK. S192 MODE to READY.

339 16 17 50 PLT Okay, I got the primary target. *** 3 degrees ;

good.

339 16 18 08 PLT That thing looks like it has water in the top of
it, in the cone. l'm looking for actives. Maybe
it's smoke I see.

CDR On my mark, it 'ii be 18:h0.

PLT Okay. I'm going to try to get more than one, Story.
I'm getting real good data on this primary one.

339 16 18 28 CC Okay, Bill.

PLT I 'm going to track it down to about 20 degrees,

then see if I can get another one. Okay, there's
that one. All right, now - -

CDR On my ma_k, 18:40. Stand by -

339 16 18 40 CDR MARK. ALTIMETER to STANDBY; RANGE is - -

PLT Yes, I had it.

CC Beautiful.

CgR - - 78.

CDR MODE is going to 5.

339 16 19 01 PLT This is - No, I guess it was a cloud. Started

getting it about 8 degrees, Story .... storm.

PLT Interval. Got two of those boogers. Okay, I'm

going to ... down the side of this thing ....
I don't know if those are clouds or that's smoke.
Back on the top of it.

339 16 19 32 CC Skylab, we're 30 seconds to LOS; i0 minutes to

Vanguard. You're looking very good. You may get
a few desat firings. That 's all.
 759

CDR Roger, Story. Thanks.

PLT Beautiful' Man, got an extra one even. The extra

one was 564. Got 565 and 564. Good tracking on
both of them.

PLT Okay, now I set up for this other thing. This is -

CDR On m_ mark, it will he 20:30. Stand by -

339 16 20 30 CDR MARK. S192 MODE to CHECK.

CDR On my mark, it'll be 21:00. Stand by -

339 16 21 00 CDR MARK. ALTIMETER is ON.

339 16 23 05 PLT Okay, we're going right across the Amazon now -
headwaters anyway.

339 16 23 47 PLT The worst working environments I have ever seen.

NO - -

CDR On my mark, it'll be 24:00. Stand by -

339 16 24 00 CDR MARK. S194 MODE to MANUAL. Looking for an

S190 BEADY out. ETC to STANDBY, Ed.

339 16 24 19 CDR MARK. 190 READY light out at 24:20. Stand by

for my mark on 24:32.

339 16 24 32 CDR MARK. ALTIMETER to STANDBY. 190 MODE to STANDBY.

Next mark will be 25:00 with an EREP, STOP.
Stand by -

339 16 25 00 CDR MARK. EREP, STOP at 25:00.

PLT Okay, now, Jer, I've got quite a bit of data

take here on this limb thing. I don't know what
you're doing over there.

CDR Okay. What time?

PLT Starting at 40, so it's about 15 minutes.

CDR Okay. At the 190 READY light, about the time it

went out, we got a MALFUNCTION light, FILM ADVANCE
light, on number 3. Probably out of film. I don't
want to do that. That circuit brewer is IN. We
got to raise this thing up and set the - set the
i_ aperturesand slam her back down again.
760

CDR Boy, is this bright'. All apertures going to 2.8.

PLT Man, that's a real view, isn't it?

339 16 26 25 CDR Okay. At] the apertures are at 2.8. Put your
finger there.

CDR Okay. SHD'rA'_:R

SPEED is going to SLOW now. Didn't
have to open the FMC circuit breaker ; did that for
US.

339 16 27 09 PLT By George, that was a good run. I'm real proud
of that.

CDR Yes, it worked out great.

PLT I was beginning to think I couldn't see stuff,

you know? The clouds cooperated.

CDR Yes, that 's the big thing.

339 16 27 37 CDR Okay, we got quite a bit of time here now. This
is the CDR. For the record, I never did get
around yesterday after the EREP pass of recapping
the - the frames that I took with the DAC. That
was DAC 04. And the film in it was - I didn't
mean DAC 0_; I meant DAC 05. Let's see. Film
canister was Charlie Lima 09, isn't it?

PLT Yes, that's correct.

CDR Charlie Lima 09. I took about 12 frames of the

Lake Titicaca. I started at the southern end and
panned to the northern end and then back to the
southern end again. And then I took about l0 frames
of the Asuncion area, which is - There is a wheat
survey being made there, and so the people inter-
ested in the wheat survey would be interested in
those i0 frames. And then I took five frames of a
little town on the - the coast of Argentina called
Porto Alegre. I think it's Argentina.

339 16 28 52 PLT Yes, that's right.

CDR That was an interesting little town because it

W_S -- --

PLT No, I think it's Brazil.

 761

CDB Okay. An_, Porto AlegTe was an interesting

thing. I took five frames of that because the
town is much llke, oh, the Houston-Seabx_ok area,
a little - a little town on an inland waterway.
And I thought it would be kind of an interesting
five frames for somebody interested in cultural
patterns and land use. Got another 15 minutes
until we start the Earth limb.

CDR Okay - -

339 16 29 54 CC Sky!ab , we're reading you loud and clear through

the Vanguard for 9 minutes.

CDR Roger, Story. We got FILM ADVANCE MALFUNCTION

number 3 light on. I suspect that that roll's
probably out of f_]m. The ALTIMETER worked ac-
cording to Hoyle today.

CC Okay, we were expecting an UNLOCK down through

South America.

PLT Yes.

CDR Okay. If we - if we got it, I didn't see it.

PLT ... you don't think you got it. They won't go
out by themselves. That procedure, by the way,
I had to put over there.

CDR Yes, I saw that.

PLT Okay. Sorry I didn't tell you about that.

CC And, Bill, those are active volcanoes you were

looking at. You may have been seeing smoke.

PLT Yes, I couldn't tell. Number 564 was smoking

quite a bit. 565 was not ; it was pretty - pretty
clear. I've gotten right - and I 'm down in the
middle of the crater of it. Very clear; a good
clear day.

339 16 31 19 PLT *** Snowing and covered with clouds today.

CC From here, our best guess is that number 3 is out

of film.

CDR Okay, Story.

762

339 16 33 05 PLT Okay. I'm going to take about five frames at

the top of the good ... I see here.

PLT Okay, now I'm going to go to up here, clear area.

Back off.

PLT ... b1,,_,,ers

building up down there. *** ...

339 16 34 43 CC PLT, Houston.

CDR Go ahead, Story. He's listening.

CC Okay, at the bottom of the C&D pad in post remarks,

"Enable 190 FMC." Would you delete that, please?

PLT That 's in work.

CDR About 9 minutes to go.

339 16 35 45 PLT ... I start some of mine out of ... 16:_0,

approximately.

CDR Okay.

339 16 38 45 CC Skylab, we're a minute to LOS and about an hour --

and h minutes to Goldstone at 17:41. You've only
used 3 mibs to date. We show you looking good.
There may be a couple desat firings at orbital
midnight - orbital noon. And prior to the next
sunrise, you may get a barberpole on ATM bat-
tery 13 and 15. It's no problem.

CDR Okay. Thank you, Story.

SPT Tb,nk you, Story. You guys down there are getting
smarter and smarter.

CC Yes, we're trying hard, and it sounds like you

guys ran an excellent pass.

339 16 39 24 CDR Thank you.

339 16 39 44 SPT They're still on. Okay, - -

CDR Yes.

SPT - - let's go.

 763

PLT Okay, stand by for the first limb cal. The pro-
cedure, I guess, is it?

CDR Right ....

CDR 40 :28.

PLT *** by.

339 16 40 30 PLT MARK.

PLT Okay. And the ang - UP angle is 2h degrees.

PLT *** 7, h8, 49 -

339 16 40 52 CDR MARK. OFF.

PLT Okay. And next one is at 41:39.

FLT Staredby -

339 16 41 38 FLT MARK. And that UP angle was 19 degrees at the

start of the 41:39. Okay. *** lO. 5 seconds.

339 16 _2 10 PLT MARK. DAC, OFF. Reestablishing the Alfa picture.

**m 2:56. Stand by. i0 seconds.

339 16 42 55 FLT MARK. DAC, ON. And the UP angle is 14 degrees

at 42:56. Run into 43:28.

339 16 43 28 PLT MARK. 43:28. DAC, OFF.

CDR A minute to EREP, START.

PLT Stand by -

339 16 hh 15 PLT MARK. 4_:14. The UP angle is i0 degrees; 44:14.

*W*_ •

CDR On my mark, it will be hh :35. Stand by -

339 16 4h 35 CDR MARK. EREP, START at 44:35. On _ mark, it will

be 44:45. Stana by -

339 16 44 45 CDR MARK. S190 MODE; SINGLE.

PLT DAC was turned OFF at 44:45.

CDR On my mark, it'll be h5:26. Stand by -

T64

339 16 45 25 CDR MARK. S192 MODE to READY. On my mark, it'll be

45:36. Stand by -

339 16 h5 35 CDR MARK. S190 MODE, SINGLE.

PLT 45 :50 -

339 16 45 51 PLT MARK. UP angle was 2 - 2 degrees UP angle at

h5:50.

CDR On my mark, it will be 46:21. Stand by -

339 16 46 21 CDR MARK. S192 MODE to STANDBY.

PLT And DAC, OFF at 46:21.

CDR At 46 :30, I'll give a mark - 46 :34. Coming up

on 46:3h. Stand by.

339 16 h6 34 CDR MARK. S190 MODE, SINGLE.

PLT Okay. 46:40 is my mark, and the UP/DOWN angle

is 07.

PLT Oh, dangit. It had an IMC. 4

PLT Angle is ll degrees, DOWN.

PLT 47:35, DAC, OFF. P is starting another ...

sequence at h - at 48:07. Stand by -

339 16 48 06 PLT MARK. 48:07. And the angle is 05 degrees, DOWN.

CDE On my mark, it'll be 48:22. Stand by -

339 16 48 21 CDB MARK. S190 MODE, SINGLE.

PLT And DAC, OFF.

PLT 0kay. Standing by for a 16 :49 :32.

339 16 49 31 PLT MABK. 32. DAC, ON. Ib,=ning to 16:50:30.

339 16 51 25 CDR That camera still x,lnning?

PLT Yes, it is.

CDR Oh.
 765

PLT This one, 52:30. Okay, setting is still correct,

and the VTS _nning until 52:30. And a note for
the people. I did not push the DATA pushbutton
on these runs. The sequences were all correct
except for the 1 Bravo.

CDR On my mark, it will be 52:30.

CDR/PLT Standby -

339 16 52 29 PLT MARK.

339 16 52 30 CDR MARK. S190 MODE, SINGLE.

PLT Okay, 191 CAMERA, OFF. Okay, debriefing on VTS

sites. I got - On the decent data, I got 305
north, 308, 307.

CDR Break. On my mark, it will be 53:00.

339 16 53 00 CDR MARK. REFERENCE to 2 on S191. Got a minute,

Bill.

PLT Okay, and site 314 I threw in for good measure.

So we got 305 north, 307, 308, and 314.

CDR It - Are these the - the valley pictures?

PLT Yes - No, they're Padre Island.

CDR Oh.

PLT I picked it up real early. Got good tracking -

good long tracking on all of them. And on site
307, I tried to get both the - the sand bottoms
shallow and - and deep. So you'll see about
three different pointing positions on area 307,
but I got about a good 5 seconds on each one
of them. And to repeat, on the - the limb, I
neglected to push the DATA - -

CDR Bill, we're going to need an AUTO CAL here.

PLT Okay.

CDR Standby in 4 seconds.

339 16 5h 00 CDR MARK. AUTO CAL.

766

PLT Got it.

PLT Anything coming up in the next -

CDR No, that 's it.

339 16 5h l0 PLT Okay. On the Earth limb again, I did not push
the DATA pushbutton. The times were all correct.
The pointings were all correct with the exception
of step 2. And I inadvertently hit IMC ON on -
on the Bravo setup. And other than that, all of
the runs were as pads, within a fraction of a
second.

CDR Okay, we're looking for a VTS READY light. The

Sl91 READY light on at 56:40 and that will be the
end of the pass.

CDR Okay, on my mark, the S191 READY light will have

come on.

339 16 56 hO CDB MARK. It came on at 41. EREP to STOP.

339 16 56 44 CDR MARK. At 56:45. Bravo 7 is reading 33 percent.

S92 DOOR going CLOSEd now.

339 16 58 2h SPT SPT at 14:58 [sic]. ATM, the pass after - opera-
tions after the Z-LV pass was completed. We got
the building block 2 in, had a call. Then the
shopping list items: Went over to prominence num-
ber 37 and did a short version of building block -
shopping list item 28 Bravo. We were 21 arc seconds
above the limb. Hey, let's go back. It's - it
is building block 28, and it was a shortened version
of it. I was not able to get in two. Frames were
56 for the complete three MIRROR AUTO RASTER for 55.
We're 21 arc seconds above the limb. We can't get
to it. The slit completely covered by prominence.
56, we got a SINGLE FRAME 2, 4 minutes, and we cut
off at ESS. 82B, we got a TIME exposure, LONG
WAVI_T,k'NGTH,4-1/2 minutes. We were cut off by ESS;
55, given a MIRROR, AUTO RASTER. 400 K came at
about line 50 for them. There are a few minutes
remaining. We went into MIRROR, LINE SCAN for -
getting on in into sunset, prominence - Okay,
that was prominence 39, in place of 37 which I
said initi-]]y. Prominence 39 is not as definite,
as clear as 37 was, but we can certainly, on monitor
l, have all the clarity and detail we need for, I
think, really good pointing.
 767

339 17 00 53 SPT I'd like to do some specific pointings and get a

good spectra for specific locations. At the very
top, where it appears relatively dense, and then
at the bottom, we're probably seeing along - a lot
of material along the line of sight. And also at
the seat, down into the chromosphere, ... Appar-
ently, we have a lot of work on this this after-
noon, and I'll see what we come up with there.

339 17 O1 22 SPT SPT out.

339 17 04 28 CDR This is the CDR at 17:04 Zulu. EREP tape recor-
der tape remaining is 2.3 centimeters.

339 17 04 42 CDR CDR out.

339 17 19 59 SPT (Music) SPT at 17:19, debriefing handheld photos.

There were four of them. We'll discuss the - the
first two. They were on CX20, frames number 25
and 24. Shutter depth 8, 55-millimeter, 1/50 of
a second. One was over northwest Mexico, along
the coastline; really showed almost ali of north-
west Mexico next to the border in BaJa. And I be-
lieve that we covered the area of handheld photos
ll4 and ll5. I looked for - It was fairly oblique.
And I was looking for some of the fault zones in
that area, and a quick look did not reveal them.
However, perhaps the photos will show something.
I was hoping that the oblique looking _lmost di-
rectly west would show them. It also did show
the ... which was over BaJa at that time and
over the ocean. It was quite an oblique view.
That was taken at 16:12. And also at 16:12, I
took one a little further south of that ; two
cities with the one Just mentioned. And that
would cover handheld photo lll2 - the ll2. I
guess northwest Mexico ... to a fault zone.

339 17 21 38 SPT The next two handheld photos were taken at

Brownsville, Texas, at 615. One was for urban/
rural development, which will take in the Browns-
ville, Texas, itself, and Harlingen area, look-
ing almost straight down. The one right after
that, also taken at - tonight at 16:15. The first
one being frame number 23. And the second one,
frame number 22, was right along the river coast -
along the coastline where the river empties into
the Gulf at Brownsville, and it showed a lot of
768

the sediment and buildup in that area because of

the river and a couple of sediment patterns out
into the Gulf (music). Whether there was pollution
evident, it was hard to say at a quick look. It
may show up on the photo.

339 17 22 33 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

339 18 15 03 CDR To the northwest of Bahia Blanca, Argentina, I took

the pictures because this looks like the southern
end of the Argentine wheat belt. And this partic-
ular pass, there were - there were no clouds; only
an occasional scattered puff and no smoke. I
thought this was a particularly good - good day
for these photographs, and this ought to really
fix up the people who are doing the wheat study.
CDH out.

CC ... to LOS ...

339 18 15 28 CDR CDR continuing. I need to give you more imforma-

tion. The cassette is Charlie X-ray 20. The two
frames taken were frames number 21 and 20, and
the f-stop was 8; 55-millimeter lens; 1/250.

339 18 15 45 CDR CDR out.

339 18 20 44 SPT SPT debriefing the ATMpass which began at 17:39,

working on prominence number 39. Okay, the first
building block 32 was carried out, no problem.
The next building block over on prominence 39 -
was building block 28 and there I chose to try to
find a ma_mum in Lymau beta using a GRATING POSI-
TION of 0028, DETECTOR 3. I did not find a very
pronounced maximum. I was looking at the slit
parallel to the limb, around 20 arc seconds off,
in the north foot of the prominence. I believe
I had fairly substantial counts for a Lyman beta.
However, as I said, the ma_imumwas not very
pronounced. And moving in closer to the limb did
not change it very much, which surprised me until
I got in very close. So I Just chose what ap-
peared to be a reasonable distance from the limb
and far enough into the - above the limb that
_, 769

we're really looking at prominence material. And

it came out to be 21 arc seconds measured off a
LIMB SCAN. For all three exposures for 82B, I've
used LIMB POINTING.

339 18 22 34 SPT Okay, that one was carried out all right except
for 55. And there, as I went around to pick up
the - after going to 0028, and I went around to
pick up the new one, I got a call from Houston
and got diverted. Missed going to MECHANICAL
REF and took another lap around the GRATING.
Came back and did not add 102 on, as they were
talking to me again.

339 18 23 00 SPT And net result was, I Just got behind there. What
55 got then essentially was two GRATING, AUTO
SCANs and a MIRROR, AUTO RASTER at MECHANICAL
REFERENCE zero. You know, this thing really is
like trying to put socks on an octopus; you can't
let up for an instant. And when Houston calls
again, I'll Just have to ignore them if I'm doing
something. There 's Just no way around it. Okay,
second one: I then moved 60 arc seconds - From
_ our discussion this morning, I assumed that what
they wanted to do was to - by up, they meant
away from the prominence, not away from the limb.
I would hope that could be clarified in the future
if they really did mean away from the limb. I
asked in real time after - slightly after I started
the building block and it was said that I had gone
in the right direction.

339 18 24 l0 SPT What I did was to move away from the prominence,
but at the same elevation; that is, 21 arc seconds
towards the north. I was 21 arc seconds above
the limb, and I moved 60 arc seconds to the north.
Had the slit still tangent to the limb, which by
eyeball ... gave me an UP/DOWN of around minus
16, which I stuck with because that's what I used
on the first exposure. Okay, those exposures
were carried out without any problem. 55 again
got a MIRROR, AUTO RASTER at the right location
or at the right setting, although it was - there
was a false start involved there. They didn't
get one at 696 MECHANICAL. And the last exposure
was carried out with no problem, in a quiet
region - a non-prominence region, if you will -
further north than the previous view sites,
770

tangent to the limb at a level of plus 9455. And

those were all carried out without any problem
except we did not get the full lO-minutes expo-
sure in. We got - We're going to get - we're
still in the process; it's going right now. We're
going to get about 9 minutes and - Well, let's
see.

339 18 25 35 SPT We started at 12:40. Yes, we'll get about 9 min-

utes and i0 seconds or so before we hit ESS. I
did find the instructions for the pointing a
little confusing. I understand the principles of
what you're after, but the way in which it was -
the pointing was written was a little confusing
on the - on the second one. Pointing changed
60 are seconds UP from last. Well, UP - We have
UP/DOWN on here, and if you caa't get to the limb,
whieh most likely you will, that means you move
along the limb. But to try to second guess on
which side of the prominence you've been working
is kind of hard. I would prefer to have more de-
tailed instructions in there to tell us what you're
really after.

339 18 26 37 SPT SPT out.

339 18 29 50 SPT Okay. SPT again; an addendum on the last ATM re-
port. 55 requested a new setup for the MLS for
the next orbit, and they have been positioned
with the MLS tangent to the limb, 20 arc seconds -
21 arc seconds above the limb, with the - headline
32 pointed right at the bottom center of the prom-
inence. So you ought to get some good MIRROR LINE
SCAN data, come ... 40 K on the next orbit. And
also, you're in MIRROR, LINE SCAN right now, going
into ESS - or going into a 40 K sunset. And you
got about a little over a minute's worth of data
here. So you're looking at the same spot when you
come up.

339 18 30 53 SPT SPT out.

339 18 36 53 CDR This is the CDR at 18:36 with readings for house-
keeping 2 Charlies, which is rate gyro temperature.
For X-ray 6, 9h degrees; Yankee 6, 93 degrees;
Yankee 5, 94 degrees ; Zulu 6, 96 degrees ; X-ray 5,
95 degrees; Zulu 5, 94 degrees. Now come the
questions : Where - There is a possibility that
 ??l

Zulu 6 could be - could read 98 and X-ray 5 could

read lOO, and the reason why is because on the -
on the line that ends with 97 degrees, the color
had not completely - had not turned complete blue.
However, the next line down, which ends with, I
believe, lll - that line had begun to turn from
brown toward the green. So therefore, if you -
if you accept the fact that the second line - the
third line is moving toward brown to green, you
would say that Z-6 is 98 and X-5 is 100. If you
say no, the line above that has not really reached
its blue maximum yet, then you can say that Z-6
is 96 degrees and X-ray 5 is 95 degrees. Now the
other four rate gyros, there doesn't seem to be
any question; it's pretty clear. But in these
two particular ones, it looks like the third row,
the - the one that ends with llO degrees -lll de-
grees - begins to - begins its color change before
the row above completes its.

339 18 38 00 CDR CDR out.

TIME
SKIP

339 19 59 50 CDR This is the CDR at 19:59 Zulu. M092 subject,

SPT. Left legband, Alfa November; right legband,
Alfa Quebec. CDR out.

339 20 05 3_ CDR This is the CDR at 20:06 Zulu, reporting the start
of the LBNP run, M092, with the subject the SPT,
at 19:_0. This information is for M151.

339 20 05 _3 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

339 20 32 _ CDR This is the CDR for the M155 folks - correction,
151 folks. LBNP, M092: Exercise was terminated
at 20 :33 Zulu.

339 20 32 56 CDR CDR out.

772

339 20 44 27 CDR This is the CDR at 20:44 Zulu. GAS PRESSURE,

CAL N2, 02, C02 was 1223; GAS PRESSURE, CAL N2,
H20 was 1277 ; CABIN AIR, PRESSURE was 5. 086 ;
PERCENT OXYGEN, 75.07; PERCENT WATER, 3.10; PER-
CENT, C02, - correction, C02, 1.98.
339 20 44 59 CDR CDR out.

339 20 52 19 CDR This is the CDR at 20:53 Zulu. Ml71-1; the subject
is the SPT. VITAL CAPACITIES: 4.790, 4.802, 4.805.

339 20 52 34 CDR CDR out.

339 20 56 48 PLT This is PLT reporting on the video downlink that

I'm sending down right now. It's of prominence
on - I think it's number 89 - correction - 86 --
yes, prominence number 39. Excuse me; prominence
nl,mber 39. MY pointing is EXPERIMENT; minus 0902.
UP/DOWN, minus 105; Lk_T/RIGRT, plus 985. This
isn't the highest point in the prominence but is
the hottest one I could find on DETECTOR 3. And
I did use the 102 plus the 28 - the 130 - to get
Lyman-beta. You told me we were in MECHANICAL
REF to start with, and I went around and made
sure. Anyway, there's the prominence in H-ALPHA
l; there it is in H-ALPHA 2 - see if I can - Okay.
And now a little XUV MON in the same area and the
time hack right now is 20:57. Okay; and stand
byl.

339 20 58 42 PLT Okay, getting another AUTO SCAN started; another

PATROL, SHORT started. Okay, so the - show the
XUV M0N coming down. I 'm starting the show off
in a 2-second sequence, prominence 39. Okay, I
guess that's about it. You would have gotten the
XUV slit. Don't think it's worth looking at.
Okay, another H-alpha 1. Alpha 2. You want more
integrate sequence?

339 20 59 47 PLT Okay, PLT out.

339 21 04 17 CDR This is the CDR at 21:06 with a revision to an

earlier report of VITAL CAPACITY measurements on
MITI; the subject, SPT. The correct values are:
5.296, 5.261 and 5.175.

339 21 04 33 CDR CDR out.

 773

TIME SKIP

339 21 28 37 CDR This is the CDR at 21:28. The MITI run was termi-
nated at 21:20. The SPT has kept his hioharness
on - his VCG harness on. We have now shifted to
the ERGOMETER, ON ; VCG mode, 0N. Recorders - EX-
PERIMENT RECORDERs A and B are still ON. And
you'll get instrumented exercise on the ergometer.

339 21 29 04 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

339 21 55 06 SPT SPT at 2-1:55. Post M171 run: PERCENT 02, 73.25;
PERCENT H20 , 05.01; PERCENT 02 [sic], 02.06.

339 21 55 3h SPT SPT out.

339 21 58 17 PLT Okay, I'm reading 58:20.

339 21 58 20 PLT MARK now. I'm going to start at 59 if you think

it's going to be good enough. That will give me
an exact 2-minute delta.

PLT Okay, this is PLT. We're having trouble with the

settling time on the maneuver; so I'm going to be
delaying the exposures for 2 minutes. Does it
look good enough, Jer?

CDR No, it 's still settling.

PLT Okay, I'ii make it delta 3 minutes then.

CDR Okay, it looks good now.

PLT Okay.

PLT And POWER will be going ON at - on the hour. I'll

be exactly 3 minutes late in all the activities.

PLT Standing by; 20 seconds.

339 22 00 00 PLT POWER, ON on my mark.

339 22 O0 O1 PLT MARK. Start.

774 .__

339 22 00 02 PLT MARK. White light is flickering. The brown light

came on. Okay, now I hear mechanical noise but
no - nothing but the green light or brown light.
Okay, mechan_cal noise stops, and the white light
flashes twice. And that was about 20 seconds.

PLT It'll be 22:08:26. Send everything downstream

3 minutes. I hope that doesn't screw up the point-
ing. More mechanical noise at - starting about 45.
Flash of white light at 55. Flash again at 58 and
59. Another flash.

339 22 01 59 PLT Okay, recorder's going off now.

339 22 04 45 PLT Okay, this is PLT. I see that green light is now
on ...

339 22 07 03 PLT Okay. I picked up 1 minute through there. I will

go camera ROTATION, 214.7 and TILT, 25.1. At
22:06:44, POWER switch will be going ON - or at
22:07:4_, POWE_ switch will be going ON. And at
45, RESET switch to START. Stand by -

339 22 07 44 PLT POWER switch, ON.

339 22 07 45 PLT START now. Okay, I have an operate light - FILM

ADVANCE light.

PLT And I think there may have been a mistake on the

pad. My pad reads for the - For the T-II exposure,
it read: "22:05:26, RESET switch to START" and
"22:05:27, POWER switch to OFF." And it seems like
there's something wrong in there. But that's exact-
ly what I did. I feel like I started that sequence
I really didn't want. And that's what the pad says.

339 22 09 01 PLT Well, that's the way it works down below, though.

339 22 ii 15 SPT Okay.

339 22 ii 16 PLT Okay. At - It should have been ii:i0. I started

the exposure at 07:_. At ii minutes and i0 seconds,
the so-called green light - the brown light - went
out. Okay, it Just doesn't quite sound good - Just
what it says on the pad, 1-minute delta.

SPT Go 2 more minutes in the delta.

 775

PLT 2:14 [sic], I'm supposed to -

PLT Okay, we're running into a problem again. Coming

into daylight and so have to terminate the - Oh,
I need to actuate this RESET switch to START and
that POWER switch to OFF prematurely.

PLT Okay, if you could, give me a countdown about

l0 seconds ahead of time.

339 22 13 l0 CDR All right.

CDR 30 seconds.

CDR 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1-

339 22 13 57 PLT START.

339 22 13 58 CDR MARK.

339 22 14 00 PLT OFF. Okay, Jer, press on. Okay, the exposure
was terminated Just about on the minute_ lh minutes.
And we got a - That was terminated a minute earlier
than the pad calledfor. We startedat 07:4 - -

CDR We're starting to get sunlight all right.

PLT We started at 07:44 and stopped about 14 minutes

early; 1 minute short on the comet sequence.

CDR Did you have a snnrise time on your pad?

PLT Negative. SepmR to me they called that a little

close. That maneuver time screwed our times up
on the observations here.

CDR That's what I think, too.

PLT Well, that's how you learn. Okay, the PLT to recap
that. The exposure of T-11 field was started at
21:00 even. It was terminated at 22:05:26. Comet
was started at 22:06 - 22:07:44 and terminated at
22:14.

339 22 15 25 PLT PLT out.

339 22 18 18 SPT SPT at 22:10. Subject, M092/171, and this will

go to the Pls of those experiments and Jerry
Hordinsky,the medical director. Okay. No problem
776 _,

with M092 today. Probably felt better for this

one than I have any one we've had since I've been
up here. The only thing I did to prepare for it
was take a lot of fluids - probably about, oh,
40 ounces' worth of fluid within the past - the
2 hours before the run. And also, I've been doing
a lot of exercises with the legs. Riding the bike
is one. I've been riding up at fairly high watts,
300 watts, for periods of t_me in order to build
up the leg strength, as well as the endurance. And
also, the work with the "Thornton's Revenge," the
Jumps and ... springs, if you will, with toe rises,
which I think have done a lot to strengthen the
calf or at least keep them from deteriorating. On
the M171, looks as though it's getting a little
better shape; probably part of the phenomena that
Ed Burchard talked me into.

339 22 19 41 SPT The heart rate at the upper load was just around
160 a little bit over there towards the end. On
the ground, it was up around 170, 173 or 4, I think,
at times. So I guess the bike-riding up here is
getting me in better shape for that. I wasn't
overly impressed with the oxygen consumption, how-
ever. It seems to be lower than what I had on the
ground. I'm going to plot those things up when
I get the chance to. I'm going to ask for some
time to plot up all that good medical data and
then get back with you a little bit more on it.
Looked like a good series of runs from m_ stand-
point. Be interested in hearing from you if you
get any good comments.

339 22 20 27 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

339 23 13 52 PLT PLT at 23:14. Water tank 5 tested out 6 parts per
million.

339 23 lh 01 PLT I added 20 units and brought it up to 9 parts per

million as per instructions on the pad.

###
 DAY 340 [AM]
777

340 00 46 20 SPT SPT at 00:46, debriefing the ATM pass which

began at 23:54. Okay, the first building block 32,
Sun center, went with no problem. I looked
at the TV and could not see any evidence at all
of a transient or of changes - significant
changes in the structure - even relatively small
changes in the structure. Compared it with the
picture which I took this morning; had all of the
same streamers, which remained unchanged. The
biggest one - no difference evident.

340 00 47 19 SPT Okay, the work on the prominence P-39 went pretty
well. We worked in the first JOP 4A, step 4,
building block 37. Went with the 82B SLIT, again
tangent to the limb. And again the best part to
look at for 82B standpoint was the foot of the
prominence in the north end.

340 O0 47 51 CC Houston, Skylab; 1 minute to LOS. We will have

you at Ascension at 00:54.

340 00 48 00 SPT Okay. I did the Lyman beta line on 55 - 0028

GRATING at DETECTOR 3 with a relatively broad
peak in distance along the limb. And in height it
was a little sharper but still not - was not really
a real peak. In height it came in from high
altitudes to finally reaching a peak of around
200, leveled off at 200 at around 13 arc seconds
or so, and then - approximately 200 - and then
went on until it got very close to the disk, and
of course, it went up. So I worked with the slit
parallel to the limb in the north foot, with plus
13 arc seconds off the limb. And I used LIMB
POINTING on 82B for all of their exposures in this
orbit. I found that the peak, in searching around
with Lyman beta, corresponded quite well with the
brightness seen in H-alpha. I could predict where
it would drop down by looking at H-alpha, not
Just the edges but relatively weaker locations in
the prominence itself.

340 O0 49 40 SPT 56 was given a PATROL, SHORT every 6 minutes. 55,

because there was no mirror position change or
anything, received four MIRROR, AUTO RASTERs.
I'm sorry, received four GRATING , AUTO SCANs at
the MIRROR position of 1232. Building block 33B,
T78

no problem; second 33B, I moved the SLIT. We

were located about Sun center and there the best
place to do that was - and still get any of the
55 MAR on the prominence - was to go south of the
prominence, And I had about one-half of the MAR
on the south end of the prominence. Okay. At the
end, I Just rolled 90 degrees and put the - the
limb - or the top of the prominence - on the
H-ALPHA i crosshair, and the limb was above it; and
then - I was hoping to get in quite a few GRATING,
AUTO SCANs down to, say, around line 12 to bring
out the prominence; and, unfortunately, I didn't
have time. I got in one - one GRATING, AUTO SCAN
down to line 12 and then down to line 5 before I
sit - hit 400 K.

340 00 51 22 SPT I went through and I gave it another one. I told

you I had two, but looks like it one - most of it
was under - half of it was under 400 K. The
GRATING POSITION, for that was 594, and I changed
the REFERENCE to OPTICAL at that point. So we were
looking at several good lines, which I know you've
used earlier today for the prominence, Lyman alpha.
Some of the continuum of Lyman - Lyman continuum in
two places - neon VIII, helium continuum, and
m_gnesium VIII.

34C 00 52 09 SPT SPT out.

340 02 03 33 PLT The PLT; time is 02:00. I'm going to debrief my

pass. Let's see, in viewing prior to the start
of J0P 6, building block i, looked at S052; I
didn't see anything startling; I'd noticed a fine
structure. However, at - at 10,800, I think I was
hiding one of the more interesting features, because
when I rolled back to minus 5400 at the start of
building block 1 Bravo, I noticed a small brightened
area, sort of con - pyramid or sharp cone - at
about 070, extending about - oh, a third of a radius.
And sort of noted it, and then went ahead and did
the first STANDARD on 52. And I looked at it again,
and it was - this was much more distinct this time.
And I called Ed up to take a look at it, and he
agreed that it was probably enhanced activity in
the corona, and so I went ahead and continued on
with the CONTINUOUS. We finished the STANDARD,
JOP 6, building block l, and Ed is now set up and
is continuing the 52 surveillance, and we've got
 ??9

a LONG EXPOSURE going in 56. I'ii be leaving the

panel shortly.

3_0 02 05 Oh PLT And I am going to prevail upon him to give the

film count. Other than that, it was nothing more
than Just a mechanical operation of the JOP. I
did inadvertently hit T to T [?] in time, and lost
one exposure there, about 5 seconds LONG in time,
at Sun center. Other than that the JOP was per-
formed nominally, and there doesn't seem to be a
lot of fine structure in the corona on the west
limb, and extending - There's one very, very fine
needle-like streamer down around _ o'clock. It
extends out - looks like several radii. Other than
that I think the structure in the corona appears
to be _Imost the same as it was, with the exception
of the enhanced brightened area mentioned previously.

3_0 02 05 57 PLT PLT out.

TIME SKIP

F 340 02 26 l& SPT SPT at 02:26 with a handheld briefing - handheld

photos debrief. MAg ID was CX47, GMT was 01:37,
frame number 56. And here we looked at a - what
appeared to be a major land division in Outer
Mongolia. There was the mountains on the south
and west; the line itself ran from the northwest
to the southeast. Now, the right-hand side was
comparatively flat land, although not completely
flat, and there was also a color contrast. The
mountains of the - on one side of the divide were
exceptionally dark, and on the other side the land
was relatively bright - color being _lmost a dark
brown for the mountains and a - a tan, in some
cases _Imost a reddish color on the opposite side
of the divide. It was such a clear division of two
types of land that we thought it was, if not for
research, certainly for illustrative purposes, an
excellent photograph.

340 02 27 50 SPT Okay, also on CX_7, frame number 57, and taken at
01:38 Out over - well, let's go back to the pre-
vious one: that was taken at 01:34. The next one,
frame 57, was taken at 01:38 out off the coast of
Taiwan. And we were looking at a weather system,
looked like a frontal system, lot of low-lying
78o

clouds. And embedded in that were a lot of cumulus

cells and some very pronounced overshooting cloud
tops. It was a good illustration of overshooting
cloud tops. I realized it was not over land and
you could not correlate it with tornado occurrence.
However, it was one of the better overshooting
cloud top illustrations we've seen. There was
probably about a dozen or so in the vicinity, most
of them on a line that well displayed the frontal
system.

340 02 28 58 SPT SPT out.

340 02 43 07 PLT Don't sweat it. I don't think I - I'm not sure
I'm going to be able to see this anyway.

PLT Could you give me a mark on 45, Ed, if it's con-

venient, so I idon't get myself all involved here,
trying to feed this thing and - Hey, you got it,
Jer! Dang!

PLT That's 45 you're giving me, right?

340 02 44 27 PLT I don't know if I'm seeing my own eyeball or what.

Okay. Pressing ahead on faith. I ain't about to
change that rotation and tilt. Okay, my first
exposure is at 46:25; ROTATION, 213.3; verified;
21 point - right, thank you - 21.7 on the TILT.

CC SPT, Houston.

PLT Thank you.

CDR This is the CDR, go ahead. This is the CDR, go

ahead.

340 02 45 36 CC Jerry, could we get someone to m_ke a couple checks

on the teleprinter? We're unable to command it
at the moment.

CDR Okay, I'm right next to it. What do you need?

CC Okay. We want you to check the Tk_.k_PRINTERcircuit

breaker on panel 200. Verify that it is IN. If
it is IN, then check all the removable plugs on
the rear to be sure that they are in.

CDR Okay, it's in work.

 781

340 02 46 15 PLT Okay, coming up on 46:25. Stand by.

340 02 46 26 PLT MARK. 46:25, starting 30-second exposure on

filter A-3. That is not filter A-3; that's a blank.
Trying to see the dang comet. Minute now. Stand
by.
340 02 46 55 PLT MARK. There's filter A-3 there. Okay, film advance.
Start another one. Okay, this will give you
30 seconds.

CDR Houston, CDR; I checked the plugs and they're good,

and I cycled the switch to ON and back to COMMAND.

PLT Okay, stand by to terminate, which will be at 47:35.

CC And was the panel 200 circuit brewer IN?

CDR That' s affirmative.

PLT And I'ii give you 5 seconds. Stand by -

340 02 47 34 PLT MARK.

_ 340 02 47 39 PLT MARK. Starting 5-second exposure on A-3.

340 02 47 45 PLT MARK. Advance film. Change filter to Charlie 3.

CC CDR, we'd like for you to cycle the TELEPRINT_

switch to ON - -

PLT Charlie 3.

CC - - and hold it there so that we can observe on

telemetry.

PLT Okay, starting a 90-second exposure at - -

340 02 48 00 PLT MARK. Hey, I made it. 48 minutes even. 90-second

exposure, Charlie 3. Yes. Got it. Everything
looks good. Okay, we got - I wasted one - I used
one 30-second exposure on a blank.

CC Now, take it back to COMMAND.

PLT Now there 's the filter.

782

CC We now have command of it. Thank you. You're

going over the hill in about a minute. We'll have
you again at Cs_ns_von at 03:18.

PLT All right, it 's 49. That 's i minute of the

90-second exposure on Charlie 3.

PLT Stand by on my mark.

340 02 49 30 PLT MARK. Advance film. Okay, we're going to start

a 20-second exposure on Charlie 3 on my mark at
49: 40.

340 02 49 40 PLT MARK. Next will be Bravo 1. Stand by -

340 02 50 00 PLT MARK. That's completion of the 20-second exposure;

changing filters. Charlie back in the box. Bravo -
and I want Bravo 1. Bravo 1 is installed. Film
is advanced - 50:50 coming up - okay. 15 seconds,
I want a 90-second exposure on Bravo 1. I got it
set. Stand by -

340 02 50 51 PLT MARK. Starting 90-second exposure.

PLT i minute
to go. -

PLT And 30 seconds to go. I'm holding a flashlight in

my mouth. That 's why it 's - speech is distorted.
Stand by -

340-02 52 19 PLT MARK. That's the end of the 90-second exposure on

Bravo 1. Okay. Everything is nominal except for
the first two. I took an extra 30-second exposure
with no filter. This made me start my first
30-second exposure in Alfa 3 with a late time. I
made up the time. I got the 5-second exposure,
and I started the third exposure 02:48 on time.
Everything else was nominal. The time, as I under-
stand, is not critical. So we accomplished the
purpose and intent successfully except for the fact
I got one extra exposure, 30 seconds, with no
filter. PLT out.

340 02 53 02 PLT Going RECORD, OFF.

340 03 59 17 CDR This is the CDR at 04:00 Zulu. The subject is

time lines and schedules, flight plannlng. The
addressee for this message would be the FAOs and
anyone else who's interested in the workaday
 783

routine up here. I think - In the beginning, I

think I can say that our efficiency is definitely
up now; we're beginning to feel quite a bit better
about how we can get our Jobs done up here. I
think it's become quite apparent that it took us
about 2 weeks to get ourselves adjusted to our
new environment. And after about 2 weeks, you
began to see improvement in the way we were
doing things. It seems to me we're getting things
done quite a bit quicker than we were, and I think
we're making fewer mistakes.

340 04 00 I0 CDR Let's review some scheduling pitfalls that have

really eaten our lunch a couple of times and try
to avoid those. I think probably the most impor-
tant one is the scheduling of two time-critical
tasks close together. And that is - On the two
occasions for me, for instance, were coming off
the ATM and going to something like S019 or S183.
And the problem here is, if you ever get hung up
on the first of two time-critical tasks for any
reason, it 9mmediately impacts the other one.
And you need to schedule those two things - either
two different people or schedule them far enough
apart so that you've got a little bit of flexibility
left in order to - to get from one to the other.
I think it would be much smarter, on the days when
you have an S019, and S18S, and S06S out the SAL -
anything that requires a m_ueuver, possible TACS
expenditure, or anything that is - is critical in
the way - in the sense that we don't have much
film, that we could give every - m_e every possi-
ble insurance that we can - that we're going to
get that particular Job done correctly, because we
can't afford to screw up S019 very many times or
SI8B or the rest of those. So when we have two
rather time-critical tasks like that, I think we
either ought to give them to two different people
or we should schedule them in such a _ner that
there's ample time to finish one and get to the
next.

B40 04 01 46 CDR Another pitfall that we hollered about - and I

think you pretty well have taken it to task -
and that is getting exercise too soon after a meal.
You got three guys up here who do not like to
exercise after a meal. There are some people in
this world, I guess, who think it's neat to do
that, but we don't. And we would prefer not to
do so. We would prefer also not to have our PT
784

sessions split up. We do understand your prob-

lems, I think. If you can, whenever possible,
do not split Ed Gibson's up. It's all right if
you split mine. I would prefer to have it all
in one chunk, but if you do have to split it -
split somebody, go ahead and split me.

340 04 02 27 CDR Now the reason for this is that you do some heavy
PT and then you've got to clean yourself up before
you can go do something else. And if you have
two PT periods, a]] that means is you've got
two personal hygiene periods. And what it essen-
tially does is cut your PT down. Now on a - on
an average hour and a half period of PT, I think
you can get about an hour and 5 to l0 minutes of
exercise. And it's going to take you 25 minutes
to clean yourself up afterwards. And if you don't
believe it takes that long, go over to the Skylab
workshop, get a washcloth, and try - try to take
a bath. Wash your entire body with nothing but
a washcloth and a - and a pail of water and see
how long it takes you to do it.

340 04 03 15 CDR Okay, the next subject is the presleep and post- -
sleep periods. I think it's becoming apparent to
me that these two periods are being impacted more
and more as the days go on. Yesterday, as I
remember, was - we had a few items that we picked
up in a presleep and postsleep, and tonight we
had S063. And the problem here is that right as
of today, none of us has as yet had any time to
sit down and read or write or just stare out the
window unless we do it after bedtime when - when
the ground stops talking to us. Now I would like
to request that these periods be kept Just as open
as possible in order for us to get some relaxation.
The exception to this is ATM. If you want to run
ATM periods, one presleep and one postsleep; we're
willing to go along with that. But we don't need
a lot of the other stuff that goes with it. I
think - On the ground I don't think we would be
expected to work a 16-hour day for 85 days on the
ground, and so I really don't see why we should
even try to do it up here.

340 04 04 28 CDR I think that you'll - you'll find that you'll get
better work out of us, we'll be more rested and
much more efficient if we can do the following
things: That is, eat at regular times and have
 785

some time for Just plain quiet relaxation with

nothing bugging us - no requirements on our time
but Just a period of time to be quiet. There's
nothing worse than having to gobble your meals
in order to get some tasks done during the presleep
or postsleep period that really should be scheduled
at some other time.

340 0h 04 59 CDR So please - I think in the future, if you would,

please, loosen up on the presleep and post -
postsleep periods of time. Give us - give us -
Let us have that full hour and a half to get our-
selves cleaned up and ready to go in the morning,
have a fairly leisurely breakfast without having
to gobble our food or - or gobble food between
tasks that are thrown into the middle of the
presleep or postsleep area.

340 04 05 26 CDR In the postsleep area, I think that's the time

when we ought to have some time - Just quiet, to
read or look out the window or anything like that.
And I think if we get these periods of relaxation,
we'll be considerably more efficient in our work.

340 04 05 45 CDR Now moving on to the days off, I don't think that
we should work too much on our days off. I think
that our day-off wakeup time should be lh :00
rather than 12:00. I think an EREP pass is okay,
but on that day when we have an EREP pass, there
should be only two ATM passes for Ed because
working an EREP pass with us and then working
four ATM passes Just completely bombs out his
whole day. And I think it's too much.

340 04 06 16 CDR On the days when we have no EREP, I think four

ATM passes for Ed will be fine for a maximum.
And for Bill and I, we can m_ke Kohoutek obser-
vations, and we can consider a shopping list,
though I would suggest that you send up to us a
couple of days before the days off, and we'll
select items from a shopping list of things to
do. So _11 in all, my message is - on time
lining - is that we're finally beginning to get
up on the curve and get our stride, and this is
not the time to load us down again and bring us
back down behind the power - of the curve again be-
cause it's demoralizing and I think that it tends
to make us - cause us to make more mistakes and we
become much more inefficient in our work.

i
 i

786

340 04 07 04 CDR This is CDR. End of message.

340 04 19 20 SPT SPT at 04:19. Subject for M131 and spatial orien-
tation Judgment. Okay, I think I've ta1_ed once
before about phenomena of your mind all of a sudden
snapping to recognition of a one-g orientation or
a one-g situation. Briefly, what I alluded to, I
believe, was in the 0WS if you are upside
down-sideways, you recognize everything, but it
doesn't seem familiar until you almost can get
yourself relatively close to a one-g orientation,
say, within 30, 40, 50, degrees. Then all of a
sudden your - your mind recognizes it as something
you're very familiar with. In the MDA there are
some other interesting sensations. One is, if
you're looking out of the - one of the hatch
windows, one of the STS windows, or looking out
of the EREP window, you find that when you come
back - move your head back inside and look down
the axis of the MDA, say, toward the 0WS, you feel
that your'e looking down a long tube. I mean
down - that is, a long tube which - in which there
is a bottom, and it is in a one-g sense a down.

340 04 21 03 SPT You know, of course, that you're not going to fall
down it. But you do have a sensation that it's
down. When you then move into the - away from the
window and into the MDA a little bit, then all of
a sudden old familiar landmarks come into being.
And then when you look along the axis towards the
0WS it's no longer down but Just across - just
a - another - another distance with no real
direction associated with it except maybe Just a
very neutral across.

340 04 21 45 SPT In working on the walls in the 0WS, I find that

it's kind of interesting. And I'll give you -
Just for - Just for the interesting sensation,
I'll work upside down or - sideways, and I no
longer feel that I am in a one-g enveronment,
which I am very familiar with in Houston, but
that I actually am in a three-dimensional zero-g
space station.

340 04 22 12 SPT When I'm oriented in a one-g.orientation with my

feet in triangles, I feel l'm floating, but it's
still a one-g geometry in a one-g situation.
But if I change my attitude, I - then all of a
 Y87

sudden, little transition. It's kind of inter-

esting, and I've had a lot of fun with it.

3)40 04 22 3)4 SPT What surprises me is that even after - been about
3 weeks now, that that still persists. Apparently,
that familiarlty with the - that we acquired in
the one-g trainer in Houston really stuck with
US.

340 04 22 46 SPT SPT out.

3)40 12 24 4)4 SPT SPT at - at 12:24. 42212, 23143, 38}_81; PRD

readings.

340 14 _5 05 CDR Bill, are you using the tape recorder?

340 lh _5 ll CDR This is the CDR at lh:h5, debriefing the last ATM
pass. The ATM pass commenced at about 13:)45 and
consisted of some downl_nk and some setting up of -
of the canister for downlink data for J0P 13. And
then after all that was finished - let me think
now about the downlink. The downlink was about
9 minutes long, and the ground was pretty much -
We were in real time conversation during that time.
_ I didn't think the white light coronagraph informa-
tion was too dandy because it seemed to me that
with a ROLL of 10,800, we had really rolled part
of the - the structure of the corona up underneath
the pylon. And I suggested that we ROLL to minus
5)400, but the ground didn't want to do it.

CC Skylab, Houston. We're at Carnarvon for 6 minutes.

CDR So we left it the way it was and got their downlink

what they wanted. And the next thing done was
J0P number 6. No problems with -

CC Say, we notice H-ALPHA 1 is in OVERRIDE, and we'd

like to have it in NORMAL.

CDR And J0P 6 went pretty much according to Hoyle.

3hQ lh 47 05 CDR Let me review it a little bit here. I had no great

problems; was a little bit late getting started
with it. Ended up - I finished the whole thing
but was a little bit late. But there was still
adequate time to do 82A and - correction, the 82B.
The slew calibration worked. I think the last
exposure of the 82B slew calibration probably got
788

down into the 400 K area. When I - The last time

I checked the light, it was about - right about
034:0 to go and it was still operating. And then
I was concentrating again on keeping m_ slew to
plus or minus B0. The next time I looked up, it
was about 3 minutes to go and the light was out.
I think - I think that's what the time was.

340 14 48 01 CDR But I think - 11nless I don't understand something -

I think we probably got enough - enough slew data
before 400 K so that I didn't - didn't mess up
anything.

CDR The nuZ update went without any problem, and the nu Z
that we ended up with was minus O.1. The Sun is
very, very quiet, very plain; it looked like o_t-
meal to me. I saw one very small filament. And
I'm trying to remember Just where it was. I believe
at that particular time the ROLL was 1080. And
so that would have put the filament up around 220
to 230 degrees. And as I remember, it was out
about 0.8. It was not a very large filament, and
that is Just about it. There's not a whole lot
that could be said. The XUV, when we looked at
that, showed a few bright spots, one bright
spot on each limb, indicating there was activity
behind the limb. And I think active region 76 or T
is coming arouud the east limb now. There was one
• spot right near the middle of the XUV spot, right
near the middle. But, of course, all these were
visible only upon - with INTEGRATION.

3_0 14 49 35 CDR You couldn't see anything on XUV without integra-

ting, WHITE LIGHT CORONAGRAPH, as I mentioned
before, didn't show much. The west limb was pretty
much under the pylon for most of the time that I
got to see it, so I couldn't see much of that
action down there. Of course, that's the area
where Bill saw the activity last night. The east
limb was very regular and very uninteresting as
far as the white light coronagraph was cerned -
concerned. The XUV SLIT, when we were Sun centered,
I took a look at it. And in the area we were look-
ing there was nothing, no spots of any kind that
you could see. That's about it, I can't think of
much more that can be said about a - a quiet Sun
like we Just had this morning.

34014 5028 CDR CDRout.

 789

340 15 04 28 PLT The PLT at 15:05 and with timing for the first
sequence - Stand by i. It's about to complete the
1260 sequence. It was started on time at about
44:05. TILT, I'ii recheck, 325.4 - excuse me,
ROTATION is 325.4; TILT is 12.1.

3_0 15 05 03 CC - - when we have a good answer, we'll get back to

yOU.

PLT And both fans did come on when I put them back to
SECONDARY, PRIMARY, respectively, MOL SIEVE A and B.

340 15 05 12 CC Okay. Understand.

PLT Okay, PLT. Still waiting for the end of the first
sequence on PLATE number 1. The ROTATION is veri-
fied as 325.4; TILT, 12.1; PLATE, O1. Let's see -
There was one comment I did want to ma_e when I
was setting this up. Everything was done according
to pad. Recorder's _nning and everything else.
Okay, I'll think of it in Just a minute.

B_0 15 06 39 PLT Okay, after completion of PLATE l, I'm resetting

ROTATION to 246.0, 246.0. Extend to 246.0 ; Roger.
TILT, 21.0; TILT, 21.0; I'ii check it again, 21.0.
Okay. PLATE is verified as 02; EXPOSURE is O, 0,
and 620 sec. Okay, I'm going to stop this exposure
by 15:18, but I don't think I'll have to worry about
it. All right, everything else is nominal. Okay,
this is going to be PLATE number 2. And I'm going
to see what - Stand by, I'll get you the other one.
0kay. 0, 0, 0. Okay, now go back to 620. SEQUENCE -

3h0 15 08 30 PLT START now, And that should be finished about 15,
so we should have plenty of time to get it before
sunrise, The comment I wanted to m-_e was the nuz.
Nuz was - for the pad is minus 0.5. Let's see, I

think it was. Yes, minus 0.5. NuZ actual was

minus O.1; there is no correction required. That
was the comment I wanted to make.

3h0 15 09 02 PLT PLT out.

3h0 15 13 09 PLT PLT reporting completion of the 620-second exposure

at approximately 13; that's 15:13. And I am termi-
nating 183 activities for this orbit.
790

3h0 15 15 h0 SPT SPT at 15:15. Subject Mll0. The results follow:

Urine specific gravity: CDR, 1.0295; SPT, 1.0306;
PLT, 1.017. Hemoglobin: CDR, 16.1; SPT, 14.4;
PLT, 15.7; that's 16.1, lh.h, and 15.7. Time of
the blood draw was approximately 12:45. You have
it on TV. And see the spread and time; it took
roughly around one every, oh, 5 to 8 minutes, I
guess - 5 to 7 minutes. Centrifuge started at
13:05. The plasma color on all three of the sam-
ples was a very golden straw color, the way I
understand it should be. There was no problem -
no red in any of the plasma. It all worked real
well. Serial numbers: for the CDR it's 156; SPT,
190; PLT, 182. And the day of the draw is also
marked on the sample along with - on the colored
decal for each crewman. Had one anomaly, and that
was - Well, three on each one of us, I guess, in a
way. PLT at the - when it came time to do a hemo-
globin concentration, the needle and syringe was
nowhere to be found. So I had to do a finger stick
on him.

340 15 17 52 SPT I had the - the blood onto the - the glass slide
and the hemolysis applicator working inside
15 seconds. So I don't think we had any problem
there. And the reading is fairly consistent with
what you wottld expect. On the CDR and SPT I took
two readings both - on both of them. The CDR, the
first one was a little bit higher, somewhere in
about mid-16, 16.5 or so; and then in the second
one was 16.1. This is all on the blood out of the
same syringe. And I Just put it - cleaned off
the - the glass slide and read it again. And in
each case, I'm giving you the second one because
I was extremely careful in m_king - preparing the
slide and in reading the second one. The first
one I was careful, but Just to douhlecheek I went
back and found out that I did have a - a slight
deviation, and I was surprised. On the SPT, the
first one was down in 13.9, and the number - second
number I gave you was lh.h. This is not a real
large spread but it is a significantly larger
sl_read than I would get by reading the meter.

340 15 19 21 SPT I think it would be pretty good on the meter to say

plus or minus 0.2 at best, at least, and it may be
plus or minus 0.1. If you have any words on that
on the ground of what - whether this is a - a
 791

standard occurrence or whether perhaps the proce-

dures must have deviated between the two readings,
I'd appreciate knowing. I've not had time to go
on back and - and take third and fourth and fifth
readings. I've noticed that we do not have that
many hemolysis applicators. If there is, though
I wanted to save some for extra blood draws and
contingencies that may arise there also. But other
than that - those slight anomalies, it all worked
real well. The - using the vacuum line that the
LBNP uses was no problem. It's sort of easy to
get to and a straightforward procedure.

340 15 20 23 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

340 15 43 12 CDR This is the CDR at 15:43 Zulu, reporting on the

special observations for Earth observations. HH33
is the site number. The site is the Yucatan current
between the Yucatan Peninsula and the tip of the
Hon - and the tip of Honduras. We very definitely
did see a general pattern of cloud streets. The -
The pattern was not general throughout, but was
rather limited, I would say, to the - the center
of the area between the Yucat_u Peninsula and the
tip of Honduras.

340 15 43 54 CDR The - The pattern of linear flow in - in the ocean

itself was - I would say - impossible to see. We
couldn't see it. I think that's mainly because we
didn't have any sunglint to help us. With a Sun
angle of 36 degrees, there was no sunglint available
for us to see any - any sort of patterns in the -
the ocean itself. We did, however, see some dis-
coloration in the ocean. It was for the most part
close toward the - the land. And I think what we
were seeing were Just the typical light colors that
indicate shallow waters.

340 15 44"35 CDR We did see the light green and the deeper blue, out
further in the deep water. We were unable to see
any kind of current eddies or anything like that
because of - as I mentioned before, the lack of -
of sunglint. However, the cumulus buildup which •
Overlaid [sic] the pattern of cloud streets was very
definitely there. And we snapped some photos of
792

it. And the camera used was the Nikon, with the
55-millimeter lens, and the - the magazine was
Charlie X-ray 20. The settings were f/8 and f/ll
at 1/250. I will give you the - the exact frame
ntmber. Frame number 16 was mainly the cu buildup -
the cumulus cloud buildup. That was frame 16,
f/ll, 55. And then as the area got bluer with a
little less clouds, we stopped it down to 8 and
frame number 15 was a cloud street and some of
the smaller cu buildup arcs - was the f/8 at 55.
Frame number 14 is the same. And then as we got
in toward Yucatan - As we got in over toward the
coast of - of Honduras, we took two more frames,
13 and 12, looking back toward Yucatan. Then we
have a very oblique shot of the Yucatan area which
is - frame number ll again taken f/8 at 1/250.

340 15 46 49 CDR CDR out.

340 15 46 57 CDR This is the CDR again, following up the HH33 special
that I was Just talking about a couple of seconds
ago. And - Just a general recap then is that we
were unable to see the ocean current or any of the
eddies due to lack of sunglint. But the cloud
streets and the - the cumulus-overlaid [sic] clouds
are definitely there. And that - Let 's see, it 's
i0 o'clock in the morning in that area. That's a
little bit early. I'll bet later in the day the -
the cumulus buildups will be even more than now.

340 15 h7 44 CDR And so hopefully, if we get another chance at a

higher Sun angle on another day, we'll ...

TIME SKIP

340 16 19 i0 PLT Okay, PLT at - PLT at 16:20, completion of ATM

pass started at 15:28. And I truncated with 4752
Bravo, FRAMES REMAINING. I will pick up with us-
ing the - the chart on the limb scan diagram on
next orbit; complete that. Let's see, okay. Not
much to report. This is a very mechanical sort
of thing. I did have one question. When I was
setting up for step 3, building block 13, I
pointed H-ALPHA 1 at the H-alpha inner limb at
the roll specified. I did ROLL until I got
UP/DOWN, 0, 0; _/RIGRT, 1 radius. And I - it
didn't look like the XUV slit was quite tangent,
f_
 793

but I used that. I sort of felt bad about it. I

guess I - I really was torn between using by head
there, lining the slit up with my eyeball, and
going by the directions on the sl,mm,_y sheet.
I went by the direction on the sl,mmA_y sheet be-
cause I figured there - there was a reason for
that because of vidicon distortion and that sort
of thing. Anyway, I went ahead and used UP/DOWN,
0, 0. In any event, the slit was very close to
tangent, or at least parallel to tangent at the
limb. The setup was nominal. I got as far as
the PATROL, SHORT in 56 and I'll pick up with the
SINGLE FRAME EXPOSURE next orbit. Finished the
second MIRROR, 3 RASTER in 55A and set up the
GRATING for that and will continue on the next
orbit.

340 16 21 04 PLT I saw no particular activity in that area of the

limb. It looked like a quiet area selected for
Just that, Just a limb study.

340 16 21 Ii PLT And no more comments from PLT.

340 16 24 ii SPT SPT at 16:24. M092/171 run; subject CDR. Left

leg, 13.0; right leg, 13-1/4. And for the 151,
we started this run at 16:15. SPT out.

340 16 26 I0 PLT PLT starting the S190 checkout procedure. It's

16:25. l'm going to do step i now.

340 16 28 18 SPT SPT at 14:28. SPT at 14:28 [sic] recording leg-

band identification. Alfa Nancy on the left and
Alfa Quebec on the right. SPT out.

340 16 28 58 PLT Okay, PLT continuing the steps in the EREP check-
out. Panel 106, CAMERA CONTROL is going to LOCAL
now; SHUTTER CONTROL to OFF, verify; FMC, 5.0 and
in work. Okay, FMC is 5.0; FMC circuit breaker,
OPEN. It is OPEN.

340 16 30 04 PLT Panel ii0, open C&D cover. It's in work. BUS i,
OFF, verify. That is verified. BUS 2, OFF, verify.
That is verified.

PLT Panel 202; 190, circuit breakers l, 2 and 3, CLOSEd.

Stand by.

340 16 30 56 PLT Okay, step 4 is verified. Step 5, panel 106, reach

into the FMC drive area, move gear causing FMC
7914

screw to turn until limit is reached. May already

be at limit. No, it's - it's all - I'm pretty sure
it's at the limit. It's at one limit anyway. You
didn't tell me which limit, so I'll Just assume
that whatever limit it has is good enough. I'm
getting ready to turn until limit - limit is
reached. May already be at limit. Yes, it is.
Reverse direction and count FMC screw turns. Mark
screw for reference point to other limit of travel.
Count FMC screw turns. Okay, I'm - I'm going to
do it. 0kay, that's in work; it's going to take
a while. There's one turn. Dave Kelley must b_ve
been staying up nights to figure this one out. And
Ernie Lay (laughter) that's good - a lot of trouble.
Two turns. And by the way, it is turning in a
clockwise direction as I face the screw.

340 16 33 03 PLT Three turns and looks like we're getting close to
the stop. I'd say about 3-1/16 turns, or maybe
about, oh, let's see, 20 - 30 degrees past three
full turns as the screw turned in a clockwise
direction as I faced it - end of it. Three -
okay, a little over three turns. Reverse direc-
tion and turn FMC screw one-half the number of
turns between limits and stop. 0kay, that 's in
work. I want to go l-l/2 and a tad over. About
15 degrees more than l-l/2 turns. Okay, there's
one turn. There's l-l/2 and about 15 degrees more.
Okay, that's the completion of step five.

340 16 34 47 PLT Step 6 coming up. Panel ll0; EREP, BUS l, ON.
Yes. EREP, BUS 2, ON now.

340 16 3_ 59 PLT Panel 106, FMC circuit breaker, CLOSEd. Okay,

stand by. Going CLOSEd -

B40 16 35 06 FLT Now. It stays closed. Remaining eight circuit

breakers, CLOSEd, verify. That 's verified. SHUT-
TER CONTROL to SLOW. FMC may move slightly; it
did. Just a tad. Circuit breaker's staying in,
however. CAMERA ACTUATE, SINGLE. Let's see now,
I'm going to read ahead first. FMC should move
slightly. I should do that twice. Okay. I'm
going to move it to SINGLE now. I_o, it moved more
than slightly. It's giving me a nice big dip.
Okay, I'll do it again. Okay, now that's consider-
able more FMC than I've noticed before. It doesn't
usually use - move that much. Okay, so I've done
the two SINGLEs.
f_
 795

340 16 36 01 PLT FMC to 15.7. Okay, going back to 15 - 15.7 in

lock. CAMERA ACTUATE to SINGLE, going now. By
George, looks like we may have done it. CAMERA
ACTUATE, SINGLE; FMC should move; it did. CAMERA
ACTUATE, SINGLE; FMC should move; it did. SHUT-
TER CONTROL, OFF. Going to R_MOTE. Install front
and rear shields on camera; rotate camera to stow-
age position. That 's in work. Congratulations,
fellas' Very, very clever. Looks like you did
it. Hardest part of all is putting the dang covers
back on. Knobs are terrible.

340 16 38 19 PLT There we go; very good.

PLT Okay, final step. EREP, BUS 1, OFF ; EREP, BUS 2,

OFF. C&D cover closed. PLT out. And looks like
a good check.

340 16 39 02 PLT RECORD, OFF.

TIME SKIP

p_
3h0 17 ii 01 SPT Conclusion of M092 run. Time is 17:10. SPT out.

340 17 13 22 SPT SPT at 17:12. CAL of N2, 02, CO 2 is 1273 for

S - M092/M171. SPT out.

340 17 21 23 SPT SPT at 17:21. MI71 run CAL, N2, H20 , 1273.

340 17 21 37 SPT SPT out.

340 17 32 h0 SPT SPT at 17:32. MI71; CABIN PRESSURE, 5074.

340 17 33 55 SPT MI71 run: PERCENT 02 is 7528; PERCENT C02, 0296;

PERCENT CO 2 , 0197.

3h0 17 41 36 SPT SPT. MI71: VITAL CAPACITY readings are 5.02_,

5 •017, 5 •019.

3h0 17 hi h4 SPT SPT out.

3h0 17 h8 57 SPT SPT at 17 :_9. Handheld photos on CXh7 ; frame

number 58, 59, and 60; thatis with the 100-
millimeter lens on the Hasselblad. First f-stop
setting was at f/ll and the rema4 ning two were
f/8, 1/250 of a second. Taken at 17:05, 17:05
796

and 17:06. They were taken of the southern Cali-

fornia area and BaJa, in particular looking for
the fault zones. The Sun angle was early - a
midmorning Sun, and it did show up the ground
contours and some of the fault zones which I
could see, but did not have time to really pick
out and distinguish as well as taken the photos.
I think this will cover handheld photos lll area.
Certainly, if the Sun angle had been a little bit
lower we could have done a little bit better job.
We were off the coast quite a bit so it was a
oblique view looking towards the east - actually,
the northeast. And as I say, the shadowing was
such that a good part of the - a good number of
faults, I think, do show up.

B40 17 51 BB SPT One fault zone I was looking for in particular

which I did have time to check out in the time
between photos was the Agua Blanca Fault. And
I was trying to determine whether it meets the
Gulf of California. I could not see any evidence
of that. It looked as though it did end at the
San Felipe Valley. However, again, it was a very
fleeting look and perhaps not the optimum in terms
of location as well as lighting. If you had the
time, that is, if your spacecraft were not moving
at 4 miles a second, I think you could pick out
a large number of these faults and - and work it.
However, we feel that we're best off, at least on
these first few runs, trying to get good photo-
graphic coverage, and perhaps on the later times,
we'll try to pick more things out by eye.

B40 17 52 30 SPT But I think having the time to sit down in an of-
fice with a good photo, you're going to be able to
do a lot more and gain a lot more information than
we could in a couple of fleeting glances early in
the mission. However, we do feel it's a fairly
important objective to determine what a man can
really do from orbit. So we do feel that later on
in the mission, after we've got some good photos of
these handheld targets, we'll try to pick things -
more of these things out by eye.

B40 17 52 57 SPT I think as a passing remark, the Photo 0ps Book

we have here for handheld photos is excellent.
The more I work with it, the more I reslize that
it really hits the spot as far as what we need
up here. The only regret I have is that we have
E--
 797

not had more time to work it in flight, as I

find it both very productive and a very enjoyable
way to pass the day. I Just wish we had more
time for it.

340 17 53 23 SPT SPT out.

3h0 17 53 36 PLT PLT debriefing the ATM pass started at 16:56 ap-
proximately. After the schedule, I continued with
the J0P 5 Charlie, step 3 which I had started on
the previous orbit at 15:28. And how I pieced this
together was I - I picked up with the 82 Bravo as
per the limb scan charts, and continued ending up
at the end of the present - the orbit Just com-
pleted; that is, the one that started at 16:56. I
ended up at plus 12 in the f_Im; that is, in
82 Bravo, LIMB SCAN position. So that was at
plus 12. And the film count at the end was 1327.
The 56 experiment, I got the SINGLE FRAME, 1 at the
first part of the orbit, and SINGLE FRAME, h a lit-
tle bit later.

3h0 17 5h _4 PLT I did a SHORT to NORMAL in a SINGLE FRAME, _ and a

SINGLE FRAME, i, 9 minutes, but at NORMAL position.
I forgot to put it to LONG. Toward the end I
didn't have enough t_me to do a - a PATROL, LONG
when I got down to the - thro_,gh with the two long
exposures, a SHORT and a PATROL, NORMAL. So that's
how the 56 went. 55, I did a 3 RASTER on 868 at
the first part of the orbit instead of a - Just a
single raster. Stopped at about 2-1/2, and then I
went to 696 and got a 3 RASTER, 732 and got a -
most of a - Yes, I got a 3 RASTER there; but I
did not get the 1255. The - In monitoring the Sun
with the XUV MON during this activity, it appeared
as though there's some XUV activity at about zero,
zero degrees at about a third of a radius, that
area of activity in XDV, and also at about 300
degrees at about 0.6 radius.

540 17 56 08 SPT And the - the west- excuse me, the east limb I
had - XUV appeared to have activity all up and
down. Looks like there may be some stuff coming
around the corner or it may Just have been the
limb brightening that I saw. Let's see.

PLT I didn't have t_me to get a good look at the corona-

graph because white light coronagraph didn't come
up in time. So I went ahead and switched back the
798

camera and got at least a couple of frames on a 52

for you, for purposes of comparison at the end of
the orbit.

PLT I can't think of anything else that I could see,

because in - in H-alpha, at least in H-ALPHA 2,
it looked completely dead on the - the disk.

3h0 17 56 59 PLT PLT out.

TIME SKIP

3h0 18 37 51 CDR This is the CDR at 18:23 [sic] Zulu. I have stored
cabin air after the completion of my exercise period.
The exercise period followed the M171-1 period. At
the end of the M171-1 we did - we did a HIGH CAL and
a LOW CAL, mud then I proceeded on to finish up my
exercise period. PERCENT 02 in stored CABIN AIR in

73.35; PERCENT WATER is 5.02; PERCENT C02 is 2.02.

34018 38 34 CDR CDRout.

340 18 51 22 SPT SPT at 18:40 [sic]. On the TV VTR we have a short

picture of the WHITE LIGHT CORONAGRAPH camera. The
first part is without the corona; there is the
switch in the CAMERA position. The second part is
with the switch in the TV position, and you can see
the corona up here. A bright spot shows up in both
and a hor - black horizontal line. It appears that
we have a problem, perhaps a burned-in spot in the
low-light-level vidicon. GRID DISCHARGE, which was
called for in malfunction 8 Bravo, step 2, did not
clear the problem. I'll let you take a look at it
before I take any further action on it.

340 18 52 17 SPT SPT out.

3h0 19 07 31 PLT PLT reporting on handheld photograph supporting

the I{H30-1, off the coast of Chile. I took one
photograph with the Hasselblad. I think it prob-
ably was a poor decision, but I did see some
light-colored streaks in the water, and the loca-
tion is 74 degrees west, 36 degrees south off the
coast of Chile about i00 miles, oh, south-
southwest from Santiago. The Forel - estimate
of the color on that Forel scale is probably
 799

_o_d 1 t _ing _OU_ the stre_ c_ 1 around _ 1

between 7 and 8. In other words, it was definitely

lighter and greener colored than the surrounding
ocean. It was fairly small in area. I'm not sure
it was upwelling, but it seemed pretty far away
from populated areas to Just a pollution streak.

340 19 08 32 PLT Anyway, I got a hot - a picture with the Hasselblad.

And it was a very difficult angle to shoot because
of the - the view out the window. There may be
part of the window in the frame. Let's see. And
the area I would estimate the streak was about -
was ru,ning roughly east-northeast to west-southwest,
about, oh, 30 to 40 miles long, it looked like.
Maybe not - maybe not quite that - Yes, about that
long, and less than a half a mile wide, fairly
linear. And the reason I say -I say it may have
been a bad decision, because it was _,nning roughly
perpendicular to the coastline. I would have
expected it to more or less parallel it.

340 19 09 20 PLT PL - PLT out.

340 19 17 19 CDR This is the CDR at 19:17 Zulu up on the loop for
S183 operations. Sunsetis 19:23. Okay, I
have Just turned the POWEH, ON, and I 'm looking
at PLATE 03, which is my first plate.

340 19 20 04 CDR The nu z at the moment is minus 0.3. The pad nu z

is minus 0.6; so the ROTATION correction is zero.

340 19 20 37 CDR Okay, at 19:20 and a half I'm going to go ahead

and open the SAL window. Window is OPEN and I 'm
extending the mirror.

340 19 21 06 CDR Okay, the mirror's extended and locked.

340 19 2_1 18 CDR Our first field is field number Charlie 29. RO-
TATION is 253.2. The TILT that goes with 253.2
is 00.4. And the lock is on. Reverifying 253.2
on the ROTATION; O0.h on the TILT.

340 19 22 43 CDR All right, the exposures are 0 and 0 and 6 - 0620.
And I have set that on 3. I'm going to activate
EXPERIMENT RECORDER i. The time is now -

340 19 23 00 CDR MARK. 19:23. Got to operate the DAC first for
1 second at 12. That's complete. Going back to
80O

time and 1/60. 1/60 is verified. All right, I'm

going to start the SEQUENCE now; ve - reverifying
the ROTATION and TILT are good; the EXPOSURE is
good. Going to SEQUENCE, START at -

340 19 24 03 CDR MARK. 24 even, 19:2_. As I said before, the PLATE

number is 03. The ROTATION is 253.2. The TILT is
oo0.4.

CDR Okay. The next exposure will be on field Charlie

Mike 8, and it's available at 19:32. I'm going to
terminate the tape recording at this time, and I'll
be back up again at 19:32.

340 19 25 55 CDR CDR out.

340 19 35 55 CDR This is the CDR back on the tape recorder. This
• is S183. The PLATE number 3 exposure is complete on
S183. We 've SEQUENCEd to PLATE number 4, changing
ROTATION at this time to ll9.0. And the TILT is
going to 07.8. Okay, the EXPOSURE settings are
0 and 0 and 1260. All right, the film pla - let's
see. Let's make sure we've got everything right
here. 119.0 on ROTATION; 07.8 on TILT; 0, 0, and
1260. All right, I 'm going to begin the exposure
with a - with a STANDBY and a START.

340 19 37 hl CDR Okay. The sequence was co_enced at 37:40. The

PLATE is 04. The TILT and the ROTATION I have
given already; the settings I have given already,
end you have the start time.

340 19 56 05 SPT SPT at 19:56 debriefing the ATM pass which began
at 18:30. All went according to plan, no problems.
We got a - three - two extra MIRROR, AUTO RASTERs
at the end before 400 K at a GRATING POSITION of
2999; that makes a total of three at that position.
56 got a SINGLE FRAME, 1 for 20 minutes. And at
the very beginning, after the building block 2
when I looked at the WHITE LIGHT CORONAGRAPH TV
display, is when I noticed the problem which has
been mentioned earlier.

340 19 56 58 SPT SPT out.

340 19 58 20 CDR This is the CDR; the subject is S183. And promptly
at 19:58, sunset time, I terminated the exposure on
S183 - that's PLATE 04. The sequence had not com-
pleted yet. I think I probably cheated you out of
 801

about 40 seconds' worth of exposure time, according

to my calculations. Next time I'll try to start a
little bit earlier and get - get the whole thing
finished. We're now looking at PLATE number 5.
The EXPOSURE light is still on, on number 3. I'm
going to turn it to zero now and EXPOSURE light is
out. I'm going to let her sit now. We have another
- another set of exposures coming up at 22:10.

340 19 59 I0 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

3_0 20 4_ 35 PLT This is the PLT reporting on three frames the

Hasselblad's taken; one off the west coast of
South America and two off the east coast of South
America, about on the same latitude as the Falk-
land Islands. (Music) The first picture that
was taken was of a rainbow and it was a curiosity
of the cloud cover and, I don't know, I thought
maybe the refraction pattern might give some kind
of data. The last two - and these are frames
number 62 and 63 on the Hasselblad - were taken
of the area of discoloration or pollution or up-
welling or whatever it is now. We were both under
the - Jer and I were both under the impression
that upwelling did not occur on the east coast of
South America. But it has the color that's de-
scribed for upwelling and it's the same general
channel and location that we described, I think
it was a couple of days ago. It extends almost
all the way from Montevideo down to the FA1_land
Islands and it's starting to break up. It was
patchy when we saw it, and some of the areas were
more or less linear and channeled, elongated,
striated shape in the texture. And others were -
occupied sort of an irregular, closed pattern.
They are - I'm going to look at the Forel scale.
Stand by.

340 20 47 24 PLT This is the PLT again reporting on the discolor -

discoloration in the ocean. Jer and I both inde-
pendently arrived at a 7 to 8 on the Forel scale.
And also I -I saw some distinct brownish spots
and colorations in certain areas. And Jer was
looking on further south - south of the Falklands
down towards the straits - -
F
8O2

CC Skylab, Houston. We're about a minute from LOS

at Vanguard ... Hawaii at 21:h9.

PLT - - the Cape of Good Hope, and he saw what he

thought to be some reds or some telltale marks
of petroleum pollution, so it could be that.

CDR That 's all.

340 20 48 03 PLT Just off Santa Cruz. However, this whole area
is enormous. I can't see how - unless it's just
a continuing the pollution carried by something
like the Gulf Stream or something - how you could
pollute that large an area.

3h0 20 48 16 PLT But anyway that's what we took the picture of.

340 20 58 13 SPT SPT at 20:58. ATM - the pass which began at 20:03
with the no-CALROC alternative. Okay. The
pointing for spicules seemed to be rather a
challenging task even with the good monitor we
have. I think we're Just barely on the threshold
of being able to see individual ones. What I
experienced was: Moving to the limb, occasionally
the south pole, getting the CO_','At_STand BRIGHTNESS
adjusted throughout the roll, which is about a
CONTRAST of 3 and BRI(_TNESS of 7 -

340 20 59 13 SPT Looking at the limb and seeing what I thought was
an individual spicule, looking at it for about
5 seconds and then I would notice I would no
longer be able to discern it. Which - It must
be an optical, an effect which I've seen on other
things when you stare at something for a period
of time, you all of a sudden lose the ability to
discern the very fine features. That's apparently
what happened here. If I look away a little while,
then I look back, I can see it. However, this,
plus the fact that the H-alpha film or H-alpha
TV has still got an oscillation in it - I mean,
it's very hard if you try to locate on a single
spicule. I did what I thought was a reasonable
job of getting on at least the bottom cone of
one. It turned out that it was one which was not
inclined so I was nearly - had 82B nearly perpen-
dicular to the surface.
 8O3

3_0 21 00 17 SPT And I then started the JOP ID. However, I'm a-
fraid I took an awful lot more time in that point-
ing than - than it really - than it merited. And
when we do it again on the following orbit, I'm
sure I won't. Now I got through the first two
pointings which nearly had 82B pa_allel to the limb
and 3 arc seconds off of it. I think I could dis-
cern the 82B SLIT on the surface of the WHITE LIGHT
LIMB quite well and the WHITE LIGHT DISPLAY he-
cause I could make a very sm_] i tweak and it was
on the order of 1 arc second, and I could see it
come on and go off. So I think that pointing
went pretty well.

3h0 21 01 12 SPT And of course, the 55, I turned out to be at a

MIRROR POSITION of 1432. The first two pointings
went quite well during the operations after the
pointing, except on the second one I started 56
a little late which got me further behind. The
net result being that when I got down to the last
one, I had around, let's see, about 2 minutes or
so before ESS when I got set up. So I gave the
exposures anyway, although realizing that they
are probably far shorter than optimum. And 56
again got something under 2 minutes.

340 21 02 18 SPY I do have a question on the instructions which

say, "Do not maw_mize." And I imagine it must be
because of the grating position we're at. At
200 we have - got nitrogen III there, 991. Or
perhaps it could be that you don't feel it's the
usual procedure for finding individual spicules,
which could well be. Or maybe the counts are too
low. I did not take the time anyway to even look
at the counts or explore it. I would like to
know, though, what your thoughts are on the feasi _
bility and desirability of using the 55 detectors
and any particular wavelengths that you might
choose to optimize or maximize.

340 21 03 35 SPT The TV downlink here called out for l0 minutes of

TV downlink, and that was changed to VTR. I gave
around - oh, I'm guessing now - between 5 to 7
minutes of it with several series of integrations
on it. I also left it up while I was taking a
XUV exposure. With the - XUV monitor exposure
with the Polaroid. If we are not giving you the
correct XUV monitor - VTR, please let us know.
I think we've - this particular time I went
8Oh-

through it three times plus the extras. And if

you're buying something by having it up without
integration for a long period of time, I need
to know that because I did cut it off. It was
around 5 - after 5 or 7 minutes total.

340 21 04 41 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

340 22 00 42 FLT PLT at 22:00, reporting on water tank sampling of

water tank 6. It was indicating more than 6, a
little bit less - definitely less than 9. I put
in 20 units to bring it up to 9 parts per million.
Also as a note of interest on the previous sampling
of water tank 5, I reported reading 6 parts in it
and adding 20 units but in actual fact for Delta
3, you're supposed to add 30. I caught myself on
that one over - because I did a sample on water
tank 5 and it - that read 9 parts per million.
So it - it was actually reading a little bit
above 6 even when I did it. But it's sort of hard
to interpolate on that scale. Anyway if there was
hard to interpolate on that scale. Anyway if
there was any question about it on the part of
ground, 5 is definitely up to 9 parts per million
and 6 has been - when I sampled, it was definitely
over - Water t,nk 6 was definitely over 6 on the
scale, but I went ahead and added 20 units of io-
dine anyway.

340 22 Ol 47 PLT And that ought to bring it up to 9 or slightly

above.

340 22 02 33 PLT PLT once more at 22:03 Zulu. I did the inventory,
remaining solids trap, although I called that down
on air-to-ground, I'll go ahead and put it on here
for the record. After installing the two solids
traps today - this morning - there are nine re-
maining.

340 22 02 52 PLT There are nine still in stowage.

TIME SKIP
 8o5

340 22 28 48 PLT Okay, this is the PLT - PLT at - coming up on

22:29. Okay, I'm operating the DAC for 1 second.
We're in night, according to the wardroom window.
That's it; going back to time; verified. Okay,
45 seconds to go before I have to start my
exposure. ROTATION is 318.6 and 025.7; B18.6,
25.7. 0k_v. Coming up, 20 seconds. 0kay, now
got to put m_ EXPERIMENT 1 RECORDER to RECORD.
Okay. Tape mode, time to start. Stand by; I've
got 940 set.

3_0 23 30 03 PLT MARK. Okay, start on time.

340 22 30 58 PLT Okay, this is the PLT. PLATE number 05 in progress

and ROTATION, 318.6; TILT, 25.7; 0, 0, 940. And
no comments.

340 22 32 24 SPT SPT at 22:32. ATM pass beginning at 21:36. All

three performances of building block 28 went along
pretty well. I think we got everybody what they're
after, except at the very end. 82B got a little
something under 9 minutes. I cut them off Just
before ESS, Oh, also at the very beginning, the
first one, series of MIRROR, AUTO RASTERs were
done with only DETECTORS i and 2 ON. I would
cheek - set up fig - figure we're going to do the -
yes, I had set up thinking I was going to do the
MIRROR, LINE SCAN in the previous one and then
looked at this "55 back three steps" and also the
MAR; DET, all. I thought about that a while and
finally got 55 going but had to leave it in the
right mode which was a series of MARs truncated
at around 13 to 15 - 16 lines. However, I neglec-
ted to get the proper detectors on for that first
one but they were on for the second and third one.

340 22 34 30 SPT Okay, I think on this I was able to observe and

pick out a very prominent, a well defined spicule
inclined around i0 degrees to solar vertical.

SPT However, by the end of the building block, that's

the first building block, it had pretty much faded
out of view. It was no longer discernible. There
was a slight mound at the base where it was -
originally was, but it was gone. I rolled and
did the second building block 28, and at the third
building block 28, I was watching the screen and
806

was able to see a part of the chromosphere rise

up and actually be a small minisphere, if you
will, about 1/2 arc minute to the right of the
H-ALPHA 1 center line, and it was about, oh, one-
third of an arc minute or so high; quite pronounced.

340 22 35 36 SPT And I - During the performance of the third build-

ing block, I saw it rise and then slowly start to
fade. I could not detect motion by looking at it,
but by thinking of - remembering what it was like
1 minute ago or 2 minutes or S mlnutes, I could
certainly see that it was - had moved up and was
_quite pronounced. I don't believe that spicules
get that large so - And we don't have activity up
there. So I'm kind of - kind of at a loss as to
exactly what it is. However, we did get some
good 55 data on it. We've truncated - we're in
GRATING POSITION of 594 and got a series of about
six MIRROR. AUTO RASTERs, down Just to the disk
or so, and I'd be interested when that data is
recovered whether they're able to detect the
same motion which I saw in H-alpha.

340 22 36 54 SPT SPT out.

3hO 22 56 21 PLT Okay, PLT and waiting for the PLATE 5 exposure
to terminate. And it's gone past the 9h0-second
point. Oh, darn it! This is really going to
foul up the second exposure too. There we go;
now it's doing it. Come on; do your thing.
Hey, Jet, this is one of the reasons we've been
running overtime. That thing took 955 seconds.
Okay, now 243.7.

PLT 243.7; TILT, 24.0.

PLT Lock. Okay, check that again. 24.0, 243.7;

PLATE 06; this is for field Charlie 40. Go to
STANDBY; got 940 again. My cue card disappeared.
Okay, let's see-

3h0 22 h8 04 PLT Okay, stand by for - Okay, START. And that was
at 15, that was at h8:15.

PLT Yes, the green light is on.

 807

PLT Okay, it was almost a 16-minute exposure,

5 seconds short of it. That is, the first one -
that was on field Charlie Metro i, PLATE 5, and
that ran 15 seconds over the 940-second period.
Let's see now; daylight - Sunrise is at 23:04.
It's going to be awful close whether or not we
_A_e it. Close exposure time. Okay.

340 22 49 46 PLT PLT; RECORD, OFF.

340 23 05 06 PLT Okay, the AMS is retracted; I'm now indicating

PLATE 7. Timer has not timed out yet. I will now
be going to the shutdown procedure. Okay,
SEQUENCE is to STANDBY. EXPOSURE switches, all
three, going to zero. I operated the DAC for 1
second before sunrise. Okay, POWER is going OFF
now, a_d EXPERIMENT RECORDER i is going OFF now.

340 23 06 05 PLT Okay, PLT, comments on 183. I did not get a O,11-
time sequence on the last one. 940, it appears,
is - and I believe this cr,.,,,ent
is correct - the
940 seconds is actually taking quite a bit longer
than that. And with the constraints on not doing
nothing before sunrise and sunset and not doing -
have everything done by sunrise, you don't leave
us enough time to really get everything cracking.
You have several things - several simultaneous
events that are keyed to sunset and several simul-
taneous events which are keyed to sunrise.

340 23 06 47 PLT No indication as to which one takes priority,

although I ass_,mp the - Well, even though you oper-
ate the DAC for 1 second at 12 frames per second,
after sunset and before sunrise implies that you
want to get some film out of the way to protect
the exposures you've taken during the night. And
everything is started at the same time and costs
you - all this stuff costs you only about a minute
and a half. But the exposures that are called for
are such that very little time is left for any
intermediate operations. And this is why I think
that we're running over on our time. That, together
with starting the timer is considerably in error.

340 23 07 29 PLT PLT out.

TIME SKIP

F k
808

B40 2B 32 16 CDR This is the CDR with several briefing items. First -
let's see, the time is 23:33 6_[f at this time. The
first subject is M092, the one that I had this
morning. I went through the M092 in good shape.
I did prepare myself by drinking about 25 ounces
of water. And I did some toe rises on the tread-
mill in order to stimulate circulation in my calves
before the run. The run started late, and the
reason for that was because the MIIO exercise this
morning during pre - presleep - postsleep activi-
ties Just absolutely squarewaysed [sic] Ed and me.
It took us much more time than was al Iotted to us.

340 2B 33 18 CDR The upshot of it was that I did not get to eat my
breakfast at the proper time. I had to take my
breakfast with me up to the ATM and eat it on the
fly while doing my turn at the ATM. What that all
boiled down to was that we needed anywhere from
45 minutes to a 1-hour delay in the LBNP. So we
took it - What we did is try to go ahead - a step
ahead and do some of the housekeeping and checklist
changes and things like that, to get it done. And
then go back to the M092 at an appropriate time.

3_0 23 33 52 CDR As I said before, I did some exercise with - with

the calves to stimulate circulation prior to this ;
also drank the water. And during the M092 run,
the only symptom I felt was with about 30 seconds
to go at - at delta-P of 50 - I began to feel a -
break of cold sweat, and I began to feel that -
a little bit of - of reaction to the LBNP coming
on.

340 2B 34 23 CDR I must s_m_t that it was a rather fast thing, but
I found myself very, Very uncomfortable throughout
the run because of the water I drank. Because,
unfortunately, I took a lot of air - a lot of gas
with the water in the form of bubbles. And laying
there, being pulled down in the lower extremities,
I found myself in a belch mode, and one - one does
not belch dryly in a zero-g environment. It - I
found myself tasting crispy bars and water and
whatever else was available in my stomach all during
that time. The yoke, for some reason this time,
was extremely uncomfortable. I found it difficult
to - to remain comfortable and relaxed during this
particular LBNP pass.
 809

B40 23 35 25 CDR I _Imost think that those feelings - the sensations

that I had, the gas problem, the belching, the dis-
comfort on the yoke, almost overshadowed my ability
to - to see symptoms coming on from the LBNP. And
that may be the reason why I felt that my cold
sweat and beginning reaction - by reaction I mean
a little bit of dizziness, llghtheadedness Just
beginning to gnaw at me - I began - Maybe that's
why I felt these things late, because I was more
concerned with the belching and the other - the
yoke pressure - than anything else, on the crotch.

340 23 36 06 CDR As I said, I finished the MD92 run, and then upon
completion of that run, we went over and started
the M171-1 run. Had no great problems with M171-1.
We did have a little trouble getting the metabolic
analyzer set up and calibrated, but they were pro-
cedural problems, so we worked those out and got
it running. We managed to throw a couple of
switches at the wrong time and had to go back
and recalibrate.

340 23 36 40 CDR That was completed and, as I mentioned earlier,

I went into a HIGH CAL, LOW CAL after that run,
and we - But we did not turn off the metabolic
analyzer. After the HIGH CAL and LOW CAL and the
electrode check, I began pedaling again. And al-
though I did not have the blood pressure cuff on
because it's really a bother, I pedaled a _800
watts total and I got my full exercise routine
in on - on the ergometer. So much for the sub-
Ject of M092.

340 23 37 17 CDR The next subject from the CDR is camera/DAC mAl-
functions. I began working on the cameras as Just
sort of piecemeal throughout the day. And, of
course, with general - permanent general message
008. On DAC hi,tuber2, I used paragraph 5.1.1 in
the Photo 0ps Book. Andessentially what I did
was I put another transporter on the DAC, trans-
porter num1_er 06; and it worked fine. I - So I
Just consider now that DAC 2 is fixed. I don't know
what the problem could have been, but it's okay
now, and it's back in - in an operational slot.
DAC 06: The fuse that was in DAC 6 was the one
that was bad. Bill did not leave it out of the
camera; he put it back in the camera. What he did
was, he took a fuse from another camera and put
it in DAC 6 and took DAC 6's fuse and put it in
 810

the other camera. The other camera worked, so he

assumed the DAC 6 fuse was good, so he swapped them
back to where they were. Now, so I pick up DAC 6 with
a - a fuse in it that Bill put in it, and I checked
the fuse with the multimeter. And I found zero
resistance - or I should say infinite resistance
- flashing once, indicating that the fuse had blown.
blown.

340 23 38 44 CDR So with that, the mAJ function procedure - the little
permanent message 008 says that we have an internal
short ; that I should mark the DAC and restow it.
Well, I wasn't satisfied with that because I didn't
know what condition the - the fuse was in at first,
so I - I applied the smoke test. I went and got
another fuse. And I tested that fuse, and I found
that the resistance on it was 2.0. And - the - So
I put that fuse in and I applied power to the DAC -
correction, let - let me go back on that. Before I
put that good fuse in, I took two 21-gage pins -
connectors and put them in the two holes where the
fuse was connected. And I connected the DAC up
to the power pack - or to the power cable and
majored - measured the voltage across the fuse and
it was 27.7 volts. With no power on - with the
power cable disconnected, the - the two pins showed
it open, so from then I decided to try a new fuse.
I tried a new fuse, put on the power cable, hit
the switch; and we lost the fuse immediately.

340 23 40 15 CDR So I'm convinced that we've got some sort of a short
inside the DAC. And my next question of the photo
people is, what would you like us to try to do next
to see if we can't list [?] the short? I understand
now, DAC 06 is red taped, and I'm ready to put it
away.

CDR Then I moved on to DAC number 08. I performed

5.1.2, step l, in the Photo 0ps Book, and that
worked out perfectly, indicating that the DAC
was okay. But as I remembered from this DAC, it
ran and sounded neat; it Just didn't pull any -
any film through. So I took transporter 06, which
has about 8 percent of film on it, and I put it on
the DAC 8 and tried all - all speeds.

340 23 41 06 CDR And it didn't feel - You can - When you hold on to
the transporter, you can feel the f_Im moving. I
did not feel the film moving. I pulled the trans-
 811

porter off, and, sure enough, the film had not

moved because I had put an X on it. And I looked
at the little holes - the perforations in the film
where the - the - the claw is supposed to grab it,
and I found the holes were torn out - were badly
da_ ged.

CDR I moved the film in the transporter to another hole

and put it back in. Put it on timed, and opened
and closed the shutter several times. And I could
see every time I opened the shutter that I was not
pulling film. So as it stands right now, the word
on - on DAC number 8 is, it does run, but the claw
tears the film and will not pull the film. I
looked at the alignment of the claw and the red
line on the claw lines up with the A on the little
bracket in - in between the fingers of the claw.
And when I went to timed and had the claw retracted,
the B line lines up with the red line. So it looks
like the claw was properly in line. So the question
on DAC number 8 is, what do we do next?

340 23 42 21 CDR This is the CDR; end of comments.

f-'_ 340 23 43 I0 CDR This is the CDR at 23:43 Zulu debriefing the ATM
pass that commenced at 23 :i0. We still have over
18 minutes left to go to sunset. However, I'm on
J0P 1 Delta, building block 18, with nothing but
55 x,,_ning in a MIRROR, LINE SCAN-MODE. So I
figure I might as well take this time and go ahead
and debrief the rest of the run. JOP 6, step 2,
the quickie, went with no problem. At 23:10 we got
a ground ENABLE on the AUTO GG DUMP.

340 23 43 51 CDR At about 42:30 1 finally got J0P I Delta going.

When I went to the pad position of ROLL, 10,800
and UP, 965 and RIGHT, zero, I got out to the - I
turned on the XUV SLIT. I set up the H-ALPHA 1
to - so I could see spicules, and sure enough I
could see some - some very faint spicules. It
appeared to me that the pointing that was given
on the pad was, unfortunately, in a flat spot where
there were no spicules, and there was a nice one
Just to the right. So I changed the roll. And
the ROLL reading, is minus 10,748.

340 23 44 37 CDR I also noticed that the - the center of the slit
and the white light were both below the inner limb,
812

the white - the white light limb. So I moved them

up a litile bit and I went - essentially took the
82B SLIT - the lower end of the slit and moved it
all the way up to the white light limb, the end of
it. And then that gave me an UP/DOWN of plus
998. And so then I went 3 more arc seconds up off
the limb, and m_ final UP/DOWN was plus 1001, LEFT/
RIGHT was 000. So there we have it, the pointing
for step 1 of J0P 1 Delta was minus 10,748; UP,
plus 1001; and Lm_qA'/RIGHT, zero. Then I got to
reading the next little goodie there - the next
bullet that says, "Step the 55 MIRROR on to the
disk." And in parentheses it says, "about plus
or minus six steps from slit center," and then,
"comma, O-ORDER talkback gray." Well, there's no
way you're going to do that. And I don't under-
stand that bullet at all. I'm going to try to get
ahold of Ed and see if he can explain it to me,
because there's no way you're going to step six
steps down from slit center and - and be back on
the disk again.

340 23 46 04 CDR So I was busy fussing and DJm_ng and worrying about
that and finally woke up at _2-i/2, realizing that
what I was going to do anyway was a MIRROR, AUTO
RASTER, so it really didn't make a darn where I
pointed 55A. So I finally fired up building
block 27 and got it going, and I have no - had no
problem with that. At the completion of building
block 27, I - By the way, I did not maximize. I
notice the pad says, "Don't maximize." When I com-
pleted that building block, I went on with the same
pointing to building block 18. And that's pretty
much of a big nothing because 56 and 82A and 54 were
all cancelled, or omitted. So we're Just sitting
here from about 33 minutes on down to sunset with
55A in a MIRROR, LINE SCAN, Just running all by
itself.

340 23 47 06 CDR And getting back to building block 27. I guess I

owe you a couple of comments about S054. I left
it in HIGH - or I found it in HIGH, 64. I switched
the 64 to 256 but did not go to SINGLE. I went
ahead and fired that rascal up. And then when going
back over my pad to review, to make sure I had
everything set up properly, I noticed it said,
"Omit 5_." So I went back and turned it off. So,
54, my apologies to you guys for wasting your
 813

pictures. There's some in HIGH, FRAME RATE and

then some in SINGLE. And, again, as I said this
morning, the Sun looks like oatmeal, or there cer-
tainly wasn't anything at a]1 to be seen. I didn't
even see the - what I thought was a filament this
morning. It's just a perfectly plain sphere. I
took a quick look at XUV M0N while we were Sun
centered during the quickie, and I noticed coming
up over the east limb is a spot - a bright area -
a couple of bright areas across the equator of
the - of the Sun and then a dimmer bright spot on
the west limb. That is just about it. I did not
have any observing time to speak of; in fact, I
had none. And with this S055 going all the way to
400 K, there'll be no observing time on this end
either. So that's about all the comments I can
give you.

340 23 48 41 CDR CDR out.

###
 DAY 341 (AM)
I--. 815

341 01 23 35 PLT PLT, for reporting handheld photography. And this

is for frames 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, and 69. These
are - all six of these frames are of what I in-
terpreted to be plankton bloom, from the descrip-
tion in the photo ops hook. The several different
angles of the bloom had what appeared to be pos-
sibly the upwelling. They were taken at approx-
imately 175 degrees west, 40 degrees south, and
estimated Forel scale 7 to 8. They look Just like
the stuff that we saw off the coast of Argentina,
from Uruguay down to Argentina. The approximate
location is in relation to New Zealand. We had
just passed north of the North Island headed
slightly south, and we included a small island
in the last frame for location purposes, which
appeared to be something like, oh, 50 to 100 miles
north of the Chatham Islands which are to the east
of New Zealand.

B41 01 2_ 51 PLT I hope the pictures speak for themselves. I'm

still not confident myself I know what a plankton
bloom looks like. From the description in the
photo ops book, this must a very good exampleof
a small area of open - ocean unwelling.

341 01 25 12 PLT And PLT again on the plankton bloom. There -

There were eddy patterns in this long sort of
potent - sharply defined but ambiguous - more,
sort of a meandering streaml ike pattern that we
saw, and there were several unconnected portions
of this. We're way south of the Equator, so you
know, the idea of a countercurrent or anything
like that's out of the question. But in any event,
it did have - some of the patterns had considerable
eddy action. At least, there appeared to be con-
siderable eddy action in them. And some of the
others were fairly more or less linearly striated
in appearance. Also there appeared to be quite a
10t of mixing with the other water in the middle
of these eddies and this is - it appeared almost
to be brown. But after looking at the rest of the
ocean, I guess it looked brown in contrast to this
sort of light green, aqu_A_ine color.

341 01 26 12 PLT And it was really a part of the rest of the surface -
ocean surface that had been sort of trapped in
the middle of this - these patterns.
816 _-

TIME SKIP

341 01 49 23 CDR This is the CDR. The time is 01:49 and 30 seconds.
The subject is S183. The first star field is
Charlie 13_ Charlie 13. ROTATION is verified as
45.2. TILT is 18.3. EXPOSURE settings are 0,
300, and 0. Let's see, available time is 01:55,
which is 5 minutes from now. We'll start the
first exposure at that time.

341 01 52 51 CDR This is the CDR. We're coming up on 01:55.

Stand by -

341 01 54 59 CDR MARK. SEgUENCE, START.

CDR This is - This experiment is S183, SEO_ENCE was

started at 01:55. And Just a few minutes ago,
I have already given you the EXPOSURE and the -
and the ROTATION and TILT settings.

CC ... dump enable.

321 01 58 30 CDR Okay, I'm - I'm supposed to be finished with

Kohoutek by 02 :ll.

321 01 58 37 PLT Okay.

341 02 07 15 CDR I'm going to turn off the lights and look in Just
a second here. It's Just getting started.

321 02 ll 17 CDR This is the CDR reluctantly terminating the

exposure at ll:15. You S183 guys are screwing
yourselves with the way you are setting up these
pads. Now I finally - It's finally dawned on
me that it takes this infernal contraption a
minute andl4 seconds to do its clickity-clack
thumping thing and get the danged frame out there
ready to start its exposure. And if you only allow
5 minutes for the whole thing and you have a
5-minute exposure, you Just screwed yourself out
of 1 minute and 15 seconds worth of exposure.

341 02 ii 54 CDR Now if that's okay with you, then continue to

schedule this way. But I don't - I don't think
you're doing yourselves any good at all. I
think that exposure of Kohoutek, instead of being
a 300-second exposure, was 1 minute and 15 seconds
short of that. And I watched and let it go a
 817

little bit longer, watching for sunset. I gave

you an extra lO seconds.

341 02 12 23 CDR It was at 211 and l0 seconds when I finally hit

the SEQUENCE. It wasn't 15. It was 10. And
I Just didn't feel I could wait any more. I think
yOU better give this some thought. Will you
please respond to this message and let us know
what you're doing, because this is becoming kind of
strange here. We really don't - don't know what
you mean by exposure time any more - whether that
includes the machinations that go on inside or
whether we're supposed to s_nehow magically figure
out this 1 minute 15 seconds of machine clanking
time and then figure out when - when the plate is
supposed to finally swing out of the carrousel and
consider that the beginning of the exposure.

341 02 13 06 CDR CDR out. Gosh -

341 02 15 54 CDR This the CDR on channel A. Subject, S183. The

time is 02:16 Zulu. I did not give you 12 frames
per second for 1 second prior to sunrise because
I didn't have time.

341 02 16 08 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

341 02 36 54 SPT Handheld photo discussion number 70, coming over

Australia, the drought region. One small body of
water which we first crossed leading - which had
a river leading out from it - was a relatively
dark blue.

341 02 38 49 SPT We've seen numerous rivers, especially along the - -

CDR Gulf of Carpentaria.

SPT - - especially along the Gulf of - -

CDR Carpentaria.

SPT - - Carpentaria. The rivers which read - lead

into that show up quite well with the glitter pattern.
The water itself is tough to discern. As far as
its color, it appears relatively dark once the
glitter is off of it. Vegetation is seen in the
818

river valleys and also in relatively low-lying flat

plains but not very often.

341 02 39 24 SPT Most of it's in - in low structures cut out by

rivers, riverbeds.

341 02 h5 44 SPT The SPT again picking up on - -

CDR ... the photo log will come later ...

SPT - - the handheld photos. Discussion of drought

area in Australia. I noticed that my recorder
was turned off on me when we came over a station,
so I'm not sure how far we got on that. But
essentially what we saw was - -

CC Okay, thanks. And on board now there's a crew ...

SPT - - a fair number of - -

CO ...

341 02 46 32 SPT I'ii get with you later.

TIME SKIP

341 03 09 47 SPT SPT at 03:10, debriefing the ATM pass of previous

day which began at 00:43. The building block i,
JOP 6, step 1 went with no problem, nominal. With
the remainder of the pass, I looked at the coronal
hole boundaries. I looked at the coronal hole at
the south pole. I rolled so that 82B SLIT was
parallel to that boundary, which put the 82B SLIT
running Just about north-south. Used a GRATING
POSITION of 1941 to look at magnesium X on DETEC-
TOR 3. Found that the reading outside of the
coronal hole is about - something a little over
30 counts, as best I could read the flickering
display, and something less than 5 in the coronal
hole.

341 03 i0 51 SPT I chose to pick a position which was about halfway

between the two. I estimate I was averaging
around 15 counts. At that location I gave 82B a
SHORT EXPOSURE - a SHORT WAVF.Lk_NGTH; EXPOSURE,
NORMAL. I did not quite finish the last exposure
of 240; I think we got pretty close to it. I cut
 819

it off at 400 K. 55 received a MIRROR, AUTO RASTER

at a GRATING of 1941. And we got down to line 50
or so before 400 K. And 56 received a SINGLE
FRAME; FILTER, 2 for about 5 minutes and 18 seconds
before 400 K. In general, I found the use of
magnesium X a reasonable way to locate the coronal
hole boundary.

341 03 12 07 SPT I did it in conjunction with the XUV MONITOR and

the XUV monitor picture. My recollection, although
I did not - couldn't measure it precisely, was that
the width of the coronal hole boundary was some-
thing on the order of 20 arc seconds. But that's
the only line I had time to work in. I had planned
to work in helium 1584. But I did not have the
time and I plan to do that in the future. I'm
wondering there if the count - the counts might be
a little bit higher outside and get a higher con-
trast and maybe a sharper boundary. SPT out.

341 03 13 l0 SPT Oh, that I would expect Just because it's lower in
the atmosphere. Magnesium X looks - well, looks
like it's relatively high - high in terms of where
itts formed. And helium 1584 is quite a bit lower
so maybe that would be a better line. I'ii look
at it in the future.

341 03 13 30 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

341 04 08 21 SPT SPT at 04:08. And the subject is TV-IIT, and this
goes to the charged particle mobility people.
Okay, this whole show was a long time in getting
on the road. Reason being that first of all, I
had never seen the gear before, and second of all ,
I'd never seen the procedure, and thirdly, I'd
never had any idea of what we're after from the
mechanics of setting it up and taking the pictures
to what the experiment objective was. So it took
a little while to get things all sorted out. I
started trying to put it together in the MDA, as
called for, and got things pretty well all lashed
up with two extra cords hanging off of it and a
DAC cable and the spider cage sitting off of -
well, I had it off of the EREP foot platform
82O

because locker 167 is _I1 covered up with ATM gear

and there was Just no place to move that.

341 04 09 40 SPT So then we never found - or scheduled time to

complete the experiment, and it was in the way of
all EREP operations, so it had to be moved. So I
moved it down the OWS and finally got scheduled
for some time to try to get the show back on the
road. And last night and this morning I worked
on it and finally got it all put together with -
with the help of a good - better part of a roll
of gray tape. And I think we got - except for
two points which I'll bring up first - we did get
some - some usable results, I hope. At least they
were interesting to me.

341 04 I0 28 SPT The first point being that somehow this was not
transferred to the food chiller early. This was
apparently supposed to take - be taking place in
the day i or 2 activation. And I believe it was
the PLT who w_s supposed to take care of it. And,
as you know, the plee - PLT was not feeling too
steamy the first couple of days and somehow
that item got overlooked. And for that we're
sorry. The second point bei_ that the 10ad
which w_s sent up to operate it had a note at the
very end of it, after the operations number 2,
that said to eliminate the bubbles from the cham-
ber - or from the tube. Unfortunately, I did not
read the note until I concluded the first ops, so
there were some bubbles, although not many, but
some bubbles in the chamber on number 1 side.

341 04 ii 33 SPT We'll discuss, though, how I redid this and I

think you have got the results that you're after.
Okay. The first one I ran this morning, that's
day 340, we had a couple large bubbles which on
the scale were from zero to one. At 21:15:15
we - number 1 was actuated to the forward position.
15 seconds later I took a photo.

341 04 12 09 SPT Okay, at 21:21 1 took another photo and there I

noticed a slow drift of the bubbles toward the
plus end of the scales. At 21:30 I took another
photo, and again, moving to the plus end of the
scale of those bubbles. 21:36, I took another
photo and noticed that the - the red - and I'll
Just call this red and clear from here on out,
one being the red cells and the other your clear
 821

solution, which I do not Know what it was. At

21:36 with the photo I noticed that the red had
traveled to about 15 millimeters down the tube.
21:37, I reversed it and took a photo.

3_1 04 13 21 SPT At 21:45, took another photo and noticed it had

moved hack to around 13 millimeters. That is the
red/clear interface. The interface was fairly
flat and some of the bubbles were embedded in the
red material. 21:47, I took another photo. 21:54,
a photo. Let's see, at 21:47 it was - interface
was back to 0.8. 21:54, it was at 0.5 and at 22
even I took another photo and it was still back
at around 0.5. The exact times for these photos,
of course, will show up on the portable timer
which I had mounted in there. I tried to take
them approximately every 5 minutes, but I had
ATM going on at the same time. I was whistling
back and forth between the MDA and the OWS trying
to run two things at the same time, so I didn't
hit it every even 5 minutes, but fairly close.
Okay, then on number 2, about what I did between
the two runs was, when I finally saw the note and
read it, I took and closed the compartment on
nl,m_er 1 again - that is, pulled it out the slide.

341 04 l_ 55 SPT And then tried tapping, and I'll be darned, I

could not get the bubbles to go one direction or
the other. If anything, they tended to stay up
towards the low end of the scale, or toward the
source of red on n13m1_er1. But I found that by -
by giving it a - using a little inertia other than
the tapping, _hat is, I would take and push it
forward fairly rapidly and with a snap of the wrist
pull it back fairly gently, though, but still in
a - an abrupt movement, I was able to work alI the
bubbles away from the chamber - the cylindrical
chamber and back down into the larger chamber.
We're set to go on number 2.

341 04 15 _8 SPT That was started at 22:53:15, and that's - that

was 15 seconds. And I took a photo and started.
At 22:58 I saw nothing. And let's see, what would
be the easiest way to report All this. _11 the way
thro,_h I saw a big nothing. I was not able to
distinguish any currents, changes in light patterns
going through due to differences in density, if
that's what we had in there. I did not notice any
differences in color. For me, I was Just proving
822

that the interface between two similar substances

doesn't show up, no m_tter how you move it around.

341 04 16 ST SPY But I'm not sure what the objective was there,
but I carried out the photo program as called out
for. Again I started a photo at 22:53, one at
22:58, 23:09, and 23:14, and 23:19, at which point
I reversed it, took another series of photos.
Another one at 23:23, 2B:B0, 23:35, and 23:40.

341 04 17 04 SPT Okay, then I said, well let's go on back and look
again at nnmher l, seeing as it was actually see -
seeing something. And I should mention that
between the runs on ntm.ber 1 and number 2, in the
process of trying to get rid of bubbles, I had
agitated enough to spread the small amount of red
which was trapped in the cylindrical section. I
had essentially diffused that through the rest of
it. I should say, turbulent mixed, if you will,
with the other clear fluids, so that the clear
fluid itself was Just a - barely, barely, showed
a trace of it.

341 04 17 58 SPT Then it was a uniform - uniform color, not com-

pletely clear, but Just a very small amount of red
to it. It's Just very slight pink. You'll see it
in the photos. Okay, I started another series of
runs. And ended up - we started up with - at -
today it's 03:41. Started it at 02:00 in the
forward position on nnmher 1 and took a photo
30 seconds after the start.

3hl 04 18 37 SPT Took a photo at 02:15. And by that time a rather -

well, let's see, the position of the interface
was down around 0.8 on the scale. It was still a
very clearly defined interface but the center had
moved out a little bit. It reminded me very much
of the - the cross section that they show for a
limb, or a flow through a pipe, if you will.

341 04 19 09 SPT Just a slightly elliptical - a bowed or elliptical

interface to it with the center part extending
further down the tube. Took another photo at
02:26 and there we were down to - the tip of the
interface was down to 1.7.

341 04 19 35 SPY And now the interface, although still fairly sharp,
had moved away from the walls quite a bit, all the
way up to, I don't knaw, 1.2, 1.3 or so, where it
.f.. 823

finally got back to the walls. And the center

portion had spread a11 the way down to 1.7.

341 04 19 58 SPT The center portion was flat at the very end, but
still it was noticeably away from the walls, going
up to around 1.2 or 1.3. Got a photo at 02:23 and
the same effect was noted, tho1_h I was now _own
to about 2.3. And at 02:43:30 I took a photo and
reversed it. By that time it had gotten down Just
to the ver - Just to the very top of the large
chamber at 3 - 3.0.

341 04 20 33 SPT It had Just gone a little bit beyond that and Just
started to fan out. What I noticed was that, look-
ing at _ times here and the progression down the
tube - well now, maybe I really can't - really
can't say that. Oh, yes, I gave you the incorrect
time here.

341 04 21 02 SPT Let me give you the time for these photos. They
started at 02:00. Then I had one at 02:15, one
at 02:2 - 26, 02:33. I think I gave you 23 before;
It should have been 02:23. And then at 02:43 I
_-_ reversed it. It appearedthat it had startedto
move a little faster, maybe it was a linear rate;
I have not plotted it out. But maybe the progres-
sion down there was linear in time, or close to
it.

341 04 21 43 SPT Okay, the color was the deep red all the way down
the - the tube from the small numbered end, from
the zero scale, all the way down the tube until
the interface. And the interface was still very
sharp. When we finally got down to the very end there
was only a slight graduation [sic] in color. You'll
see it in the photos, but it was only very slight.

341 04 22 12 SPT Okay, at that point, that's at 02:43 and 30 seconds,

I reversed it and had a photo, Just at that point.
Now, of course, there was no _m-_diate change when
I reversed it. I took a photo at 02:54. And here
now the interface became not as well defined and
not as sharp. It was still - it was still further
down the tube in the center, but now it had become
very Jagged, and the transition was fairly grad,,al;
very diffused interface. You could still see it
but the color transition was very gradual.
824

3hl 04 23 12 SPT Took another photo at 03:03, and it had moved at

that point - well, let me give you - the first
photo was at 02:54 and there it was up to about
a position of 2.0. At 03:03 it had moved back
to about 1.5, 1.4. And again the transition there
was as I have described it previously. Then at
03:36 I took another photo. And the transition
was slightly inclined; by that, I mean the left
side was further down the tube, and it was very
diffuse. Well, actually there was two transitions,
if you will. There was one where the heavy red
went to the clear fluid which was mixed now with -
with the red in a very - so it became a very light
pink.

3hl Oh 24 17 SPT Now re_m_er in my original fluid I already had

something in it, but this was a - a much heavier
concentration - concentration than that. So I
had now three different concentrations of the
red fluid, if you will. Starting off with the very
heavy red at the top, and at 03:36 as it got down
to 0.5, and was slightly inclined, with the further -
further side being on the left. Tmmediately below
that, extending around another, oh, I'm estimating
that now, I didn't write it down, but. as I recall,
it was something like, oh, 5 millimeters or so.

3hl 04 24 56 SPT A transition region where there was synchronous

and very diffuse red material streaming down, and
then finally into the relatively clear fluid which
I have called clear here and had only a very trace
amount of red in it. Then the interesting thing
happened, which kind of surprised me. I thought
it could of - All this up to now made sense because
of the motion forward, it - it's the kind of thing
I'm - I would expect from a diffusion - charged
particle diffusion. Well, I shouldn't say that.
I would not expect the interface to be so sharp
in the diffusion process. I would expect that it
would become a very diffuse interface. But anyways,
the - the motion and the cross section across the
tube made sense to me. Then at the last photo - oh,
excuse me, I'm misreading my notes.

341 04 26 06 SPT I had a photo at 03:03. And then I went back up

to 03:17, I had a photo and that was up at where
the - the material had moved all the way up to 0.3.
Then c_-_ my photo at 03:36. And what was in-
teresting there is that it went back down to 0.5.
 825

That is, even though I had not changed the polarity,

was still in the reverse position, the red fluid
had gone from 0.3 down to 0.5; and was a - slightly
inclined with the lower side to the left.

341 04 26 42 SPT I took a photo there, and then also at 03:55, when
I shut it a11 do%rn. I took another photo, and
there it had moved a little bit beyond 0.5, with
the left side 2 or 3 millimeters at least further
down than the right, and it was not a straight
cross section any more, but - as you'll see in the
photos, but it was sort of an S-shaped one, with
the left-hand side being the bottom of the S, and
right-hand side being the top. It has - straight -
straightened out a little bit. So the surprising
part was that it had started to move back down
the tube and then - a phenomena I cannot explain.
What I'd be interested in knowing is Just what you
plan to do with this. Is this a way of - of separa-
ting different types of cells? If so, it's - I
hope these results were useful to you. It was a
fun experiment to do. I wish I had a little
more training on it to begin with, so I under-
stood what it was all about, and I could have gone
about it in a much more efficient and correct
manner. But than_s for the opportunity of doing
it. I hope you got something from it.

341 04 27 54 SPT SPT out.

341 Oh 29 05 CDR This is the CDR at 04:30 Zulu reporting $233 ob-
servations earlier this evening. The initial
photograph was started at exactly on time. And
by the time I got to the last photograph, I was
45 seconds into the last photograph when sunrise
occurred. That is, enough light was scattered on
the window from the bright horizon to where I was
sure that the - the frame had been ruined. Looks
to me like we're Just about to the point now where
we're going to have to change the number of expo-
sures we take because there Just doesn't appear to
be enough time between comet-rise and s___ise
any more out the command module window.

341 Oh 29 57 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP
826

341 ii 05 37 SPT SPT at ll:05. PRD readings: 42283, 23150, 38190.

341 ll 05 52 SPT Out.

TIME SKIP

341 12 ll 00 PLT Okay, PLT reporting frames 7 through - correction -

9, 8, 7, 6, and 5; five frames taken - cassette
number CX20, time 12:03 and a half to about 12:07 -
down off the southwest tip of southern Africa,
Cape Horn, and the subject of the photograph is
that sinuous sort of channel in the water which
appears again at Forel scale 7 to 8 and possible
channels of upwelling or at least a current pattern.
Started taking the frames as I approached the
coast, and we were on a descending trajectory.
And as we got closer to land, I started seeing
more and more in several different Sun angles,
trying to show the sort of subtle difference in
the coloration and - However, there's one very
good frame that shows the channel, which is sort
of a - as I say is sort of a sinuous, snaky, ser-
pentine path along the coast and then sort of
Just shoots out into the open water.

341 12 12 ll PLT PLT out.

341 12 31 41 CDR This is the CDR at 12:32 Zulu, debriefing the ATM
day pass that started at 12:09. Well, let's see
the update here.

341 12 33 19 CDR This is the CDR, debriefing the ATM pass that start-
ed at 12:09 Zulu. First off the bat, he gave me
17 minutes to do a 25-minute Job. So that wasn't -
wasn't going to work. It was doomed from the be-
ginning. J0P 6, step 1. That went without much
problem. The Alfa part, building block 1 Alfa -
Let's see; nothing to debrief on that. That went
pretty much according to schedule; just a late
start. I think I started at 12:10 rather than
12:09, and then I made the change in roll, re-
stepped the mirror, and started part D of that
building block and only got - didn't even finish
the GRATING, 3 SCAN or the PATROL, LONG.
 827

341 12 34 23 CDR And I got about one and a half of the S054 in be-
fore we had to terminate. I did the TV VTR work.
I noticed that with the XUV we're getting a little
bit of plage now, over the east limb. So that new
active region, I guess - or the old active region
76 is beginning to peek over the edge. And you can
see a little bit of the plage in H-ALPHA 1 - cor-
rection, H-ALPHA 2 - and it's nice and bright in
the XUV monitor. Other than that, I can see very
little on the - on the solar disk. I was a little
bit busy Just trying to get things to _inning; so
I didn't have much time to reaJ_ look things over
very closely. The two other bright areas in XUV
are still - are still on the solar disk. One is -
The one that was around the center of the Sun yes-
terday morning has now moved over to the right a
little bit, as one would expect. Both of those
bright spots were there, but I - they looked to
me like they're d_mmer than they were yesterday.
And of course the active region coming over the
limb now is coming through bright and clear. And
the plage in H-ALPHA 2 was pretty bright too, what
little I could see. Hopefully,we'll get a little
action out of that.

341 12 35 57 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

341 12 56 03 SPT SPT at zero - at 13:56 [sic] giving a time hack

on the ETC camera. Standby.

341 12 56 23 SPT MARK. At that time, the ETC camera read 12:52,
30 seconds. I'll give it at 12:53. Stand by.

341 12 56 53 SPT MARK. ETC camera read 12:53 at that mark. And
this is the SPT again at 12:57 now; I believe I
gave 13 before. So that shows that the ETC camera
is 3minutes and 53 seconds slow.

341 12 57 54 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP
828 _-,,

341 13 46 15 SPT SPT at 13:46, reporting the rate-gyro crystal

thermometer temperatures taken at 13 and 20.
0kay, X-5, 96; Y-5, 94; Z-5, 95; X-6, 94; Y-6,
92; Z-6, 96.

341 13 46 45 SPT SPT out.

341 13 57 39 SPT SPT at 13:57. Ba_dheld photos on mag CX, frame

number 10, f/ll, 55-millimeter, and 1/250. The
GMT was 11:52. We're essentially at the Equator
and what I thought was a very light, relatively
small, but extensive linear ridge of clouds that
acts as the bounaary between two types of cloud
features, one that would be low-lying clouds on
the left and what looks like four open Benard
cells on the right. Although the cloud cover was
extremely light on both sides, what was very im-
pressive was the large extent of this very small
ridge of clouds that acts as the interface be-
tween two different types of regions. And I'm
not sure exactly what role they played in the
intertropical convergence zone, but it was rela-
tively close to it and not right on it. I did
not see very much cumulus activity, if at all,
but it looks like two very fair weather systems
and an interface between them.

341 13 59 12 SPT Second photo was CX20, frame number 4, f/ll,

55-millimeter, 1/250, taken at 14:53. And this
was taken down by Isle Kerguelen which is a
K-E-R-G-U-L-N [sic]. It was an island wake in
the clouds, and I thought I could see one vortice
[sic], but I glanced at it rather quickly. I was
up in the MDA at the time I first saw it. I had
to whistle down here to the window and get the
picture, and it was a fairly oblique view when I
did. And right after that, I saw a second type
of cloud which I have never seen before. And it
was it - as though you had taken a closed B_nard
cell and then just taken one axis and stretched
it out. In other words, the cells themselves -
Oh, they're also a little angular. They were a
long, diamond cloud, one right next to another
like a cell formation, only each cell was long,
diamond shaped. It remind me very much of what
we run across in geology, of co_1,mn_r jointing.
Now one laying right next to another, maybe a
length to width ratio of 3 or 4 ..., but there
was a very long ridge of them. ,....._
 829

341 14 00 47 SPT The ridge was extending in the direction perpen-

dicular to the long ayes, and these diamond -
elongated, diamond-shaped cells were just lined
up one after the other for a very large distance.
And this was taken on CX20, f/ll, 55-millimeter,
1/250. And I'm afraid it might overlap slightly
the previous one, with the last frame number I
call 3-1/2. It was the last one on the roll, and
I could not quite ... get the manual shutter to
function and got it with the electric. But I'm
afraid it did overlap the other one slightly.

341 14 01 41 SPT SPT out.

341 14 12 31 PLT Okay, the PLT at 14:12:30, giving the monitor de-
cals - readings rather. Monitor readings:
Alfa 1 is reading 51. Alfa 2 is reading -
Alfa 2 is reading 93 percent. Alfa 2 is detec-
tor l; reading high. Alfa 3 is reading 87; that's
okay. Alfa 4 is reading 92; Alfa 5 is reading
97; Alfa 6 is reading 21; Alfa 7 is reading zero.
Bravo 2 is reading 91. Seem awfully high read-
ings today. Alfa - Bravo - Bravo 2 is reading
91; Bravo 3 is reading 83; Bravo 4 is reading
91; Bravo 5 is reading 90; Bravo 6 is reading 48;
Bravo 7 is reading 32; Bravo 8 is reading 1 per-
cent; Bravo 9 is reading 58. Charlie 2 is read-
ing 100; Charlie 3 is reading 89; Charlie 4 is
reading 98; Charlie 5 is reading 46; Charlie 6
is reading 46; Charlie 7 is reading 51; Charlie 8
is reading 46.

341 14 14 17 PLT Delta 2 is reading 86; Delta 3 is reading 85;

Delta 4 is reading 84; Delta 5 is reading 15;
Delta 6 is reading 47; Delta 7 is reading ap-
proximately 10; Delta 8 is reading zero.

341 14 14 44 PLT Charlie 7 is okay.

341 14 21 21 CDR ... the VTR?

PLT 14: 45 :30 o negative.

CDR Okay.

341 14 21 29 CC ... 1 minute until LOS. Goldstone in 16-1/2 min-

utes at 14:38.
830 -_'

PLT Roger_ and i0 seconds to EREP, START - correction,

that's 2 minutes. Coming up on 14:22.

341 14 22 00 PLT MARK. SCAT to STANDBY.

341 14 23 35 PLT Okay, Jer, I'm going to need an AUTO CAL in about
30 seconds.

CDR Okay.

PLT About i0 seconds. EREP to START.

341 14 24 03 PLT MARK. Stand by, Jer.

CDR Okay-.

341 14 24 07 PLT MARK.

341 14 24 08 CDR MARK. You got it.

PLT Okay. And 194, MODE to MANUAL at 24:06.

341 14 26 31 CDR Check and make sure your door is open.

PLT Yes.

CDR Okay. *** This nadir swath, there's nothing else -

nothing for me to do. There's no pushbutton and
we got no DAC.

PLT Okay.

341 14 26 46 PLT MARK, 26:46. 191, REFERENCE to 6. Stand by for 58.

CDE Ed, would you turn off the TV input station?

341 lh 26 58 PLT MARK. SCAT to ON and RADIOMETER to - -

CDR Okay. And - -

PLT On and - on the SCAT to STANDBY ***

341 14 27 06 PLT And RADIOMETER to STANDBY - -

CDE Let me know'when you decide to leave - -

PLT - - 194, MODE to MANUAL.

 831

CDR - - I might have to have you turn it on before

you go.

SPT Okay.

PLT Standing by for 14:38.

341 14 27 26 CDR Okay. The nadir swath has - has started. It's
27:10 now. Whoops. 27:33 now. Okay.

341 14 28 23 PLT Where are we right now, Jer?

CDR Okay° lh:28 we're about in here, in the north

Pacific.

PLT Okay. Doing a nadir swath, are we?

CDR Yes, yes, this is that - -

341 14 28 40 PLT Though - The only data we're getting right now is
19h an_ 191.

CDR This is a north Pacific antitropicalcyclone.

PLT I see.

CDR 12, lh: 32. Whoop.

PLT Yes, they've got us going to EREP, STOP up here

and save the tape.

CDR Yes. ._

341 14 29 08 CDR ***teen _6 is when we start getting up around

Abbeville.

PLT Done. *** look for those cloud patterns?

CDR Yes.

341 lh 32 19 CDR Okay, we're Just south of the Aleutian Islands

now.

PLT ***tastic. It's almost - worse right at the start

there, though.

CDR Yes.
832

341 14 32 54 PLT And the PLT. Alfa 2 is now down to 60 percent

and Charlie 3 is now reading 88, which is all -
I guess that is in limits, though, considering
it's in such -that the attenuator is installed.

341 14 35 00 CDR Dark out.

341 14 35 14 PLT Do we have a tape recorder changeout procedure

here, that little quickie? *** quickie. I
thought we had that on a cue card.

CDR No, it may be on the odds and ends there.

CDR There it is; tape recorder re - reloading.

341 14 35 33 PLT I don't think so.

CDR No.

PLT That's not the one I was looking for.

PLT Well.

3hl i_ 35 5_ CDR About to run out of tape?

PLT Well, I think we're going to, to tell you the truth.
I don't think they're going to ask us to do a tape
recorder switchover. Give me that checklist.

CDR 0kay. It 's in the cupboard there.

CDR Oh, yes.

341 lh 36 48 PLT 92, MODE to CHECK_ TAPE RECORDER. POWER. OFF. Yes.
And I got to kill 192.

CDR Got to kill what?

PLT Well, 192, MODE to CHECK. I don't know, I guess

that doesn't really kill it.

341 14 37 14 CDR No, it doesn't.

PLT You know there's a big flap when we have to do a

tape recorder changeout, you know, you're going to
lose 192 data.

CDR Uh-huh.
_-_ 833

341 14 37 31 PLT I think you have to turn the power off.

341 14 37 32 CDR Okay. Nadir swath is over.

PLT Okay, standing by to go to EREP, STOP at 14:38.

CDR I sure can't figure out what it is we're looking

at here.

PLT Stand by -

341 14 38 00 PLT MARK. EREP, STOP; SCAT, OFF. Okay, TV input, ON,
and VIDEO select, TV. I 'm going to go down and
verify that.

CDR Okay, get with it a tad early.

341 14 38 12 CC We're with you guys for about 17 minutes, and

would you believe you were looking at the Pacific
Ocean?

CDR Oh yes, I knew that. I got a funny display in the

VTS now that we had once before, and I haven't
quite figured out what it is. Must be the
horizon, and it sure is sharp; like a knife edge.

CC ***so.

341 14 38 47 CDR There goes something sailing by.

PLT I saw the same thing.

341 14 38 52 CDR Yes. It looks like a door halfway open or some-

thing like that.

CC Copy.

CDR But as soon as you get into sunlight everything is

normal. It - but Bill was suggesting it must be
sc_e sort of scattered light or something -
blinking light.

341 14 39 07 CC If - if we could get Bill, or you, Jer, to recheck

readings Alfa 6 and Charlie 5 we would appreciate
it. We think maybe the - the reason they we' re off
was we Just read them a little bit too soon.

CDR Okay.
834

341 14 39 19 PLT Yes, I've already put a note - Alfa 6 is now reading
zero, which is okay. And Charlie 5 is now reading
82, which is okay; and I concur with your comment.
I'd already put the new comment on the tape.

CC *** you.

341 lh 39 51 PLT Okay, we've got TV input station, ON, and VIDEO
select to TV.

CDR Yes, whatever that is, it's very slowly drifting

out of the line of sight. It must be some reflec-
tion from someplace on the spacecraft.

PLT You know these discones are Just like a light bulb
out there.

CDR Yes.

341 14 40 07 PLT They light up.

CC Jer, can you tell us where the VTS is pointing

when you're seeing this line? -_

341 14 40 18 CDR I've got it zeroed out. And it's a - a line right
down near the center. It's drifting off to the
right now. It's almost a vertical line. And it -
the right side of it is light with lots of white
specks in it like stars, and then the dark part
has got an occasional star in it too.

341 14 40 40 PLT Almost looks like you got some kind of condensation
contamination.

CDR Yes. I can't tell what it is. It's Just about

gone and I expect we'll start seeing some ground
here in a minute.

341 14 40 51 PLT Yes• it scared me the other _ay. I though we had -

had something in the optical path.

CDR When, I thought m_ybe the door had closed again

or something. That's when I was fiddling with the
switch and looking under the tape to make sure the
switch was open. All right, that - that's finally
passed off to the right. It's gone now. and the -
the VTS now is all dark. And it's beginning to
lighten up with sunrise.
 835

341 14 41 17 CC Jer, that line was - was vertical, _,_nning fore-

and-aft, is that correct?

CDR Yes _ that's right, fore-and-aft.

3_1 l_ _l 28 CDR Just like a door half closed or something. On the

back side of the door looked like a piece of - of
emery cloth, with light shining on it_ you know,
and the light is reflecting off the - the granules
on the emery cloth. Okay, now we're getting -
getting some clouds. It must be Just some sort of
a reflection or something. Okay, the TV is on. And
Bill, in about 3 minutes we're going to want to
throw the VTR on to RECORD.

PLT Okay.

CDR At 14:_5 and 30 seconds.

PLT Okay_ coming up on 1_:_3.

3_1 l_ _3 01 PLT MARK. ALTIMETER to STANDBY.

CC We're watching the VTS with you.

CDR Okay, I'll try to do a little focusing here.

Doesn't look like this big focus knob on the
adapter does a whole beck of a lot of good.

CC Looks - looks pretty fair - right here, from what

we're observing. Of course, there's not much
detail there. We're getting some cloud cover -
dark lines.

CDR Yes. Well, there 's no clouds.

CC Yes.

CDR Yes, there is. There's a little cirrus down

there. I'll zoom in. There we go. That's a
cultivated field with snow on it. Going by. And
I would suspect we're probably darn close to
Denver.

PLT Roger; I thought the white stuff was clouds, but

it was snow.

CDR Yes, indeed.

836 _-_

341 lh 44 15 PLT Okay, Ed, 3 minutes. 47:40 for ETC to AUTO.

CDR Now I've zoomed back out again, Houston. There

is a big river Just passing down at - from
9 o'clock to 6 o'clock, very sinuous. And the
straight lines you see are clouds or smoke - -

PLT Looks like a cowtrail.

CDR - - might be smoke on the ground, might be steam.

Right now I'm coming up on a big reservoir.

341 lh 45 07 CC Is that the reservoir at 9 o'clock?

CDR Yes. Then coming right down the center line is

another reservoir. Zoom in on that one.

PLT Hey, Crip, do you notice a loss of focus • that

last little bit of zoem when you're looking on
the TV screen down there?

CC It's kind of hard to tell. It seems like it might

go a little bit.

341 14 45 29 SPT Okay, Jer. At 45 - when did you want me to turn

the - -

341 14 45 32 CDR Right now. VTR, ON. Okay, gang, coming up at

your 12 o'clock is Toledo Bend. And one of our
targets is - let's see what is it - number 350?
No, 450. It's getting ready to cross into the
crosshairs right now. Stand by -

341 14 46 01 CDR MARK. There's number 450, I gave a couple on - All

right, we're coming up on Abbeville. I see White
Lake. White Lake is a beautiful lana_-rk. That's
the way to go. Okay.

PLT Okay, Ed, about 1 minute for KTC, AUTO.

CDR Starting to collect data.

CDR There's a fairly uniform area; it's pretty

checker-board. It looks pretty much like an
agricultural area.

PLT Standing by for 47 :20 -

_- 83T

341 14 47 20 PLT MARK. 47:20. EKEP, START; RADIOMETER, OFF. 34,

ready in - 1 or i0 seconds before -

341 14 47 34 PLT MARK. 194, MODE to MANUAL and stand by, Ed. On
mR_k -

341 14 47 h0 PLT MARK. ETC, AUTO. Stand by for 47:50 -

341 14 47 50 PLT MA/LK. 47:50. ALTIM_%'ER, ON.

CDR Okay, terminate it on Abbeville.

341 14 47 54 PLT Okay, I have an ALTIMETER UNLOCK light. It's

gone out. Okay, good show.

CC That's really impressive on that VTS, how stable

you can hold it.

CDR Yes. Start looking for some Ueatan current here.

PLT Standing by for 48:16 -

341 14 48 16 PLT MARK. 48:16; 190, MODE, SINGT._. One frame. And
I got a MALF on camera 3, which we expected.

341 14 48 24 PLT I shouldn't even have loaded that thing. Stand

by, Ed, i0 seconds to ETC to STANDBY.

CDR Okay, I'm zoomed out to MIN_ now.

PLT Stand by -

341 14 48 40 CDR MARK. _C, STANDBY.

CC You can probably anticipate a couple TACS firing

here, no problem.

PLT Another one there.

CC That ain't snow.

CDR Okay, it's pretty heavy cloud cover so far. Let's

see, I've got - -

PLT Stand by -

341 14 49 15 CDR - - about 20 - -

i- PLT MARK.
838

CDR - - seconds to go to the special 02 area.

PLT 190 ..,

CDR And the clouds are starting to break up. Hey, we've
even got Sun glitter here too. Maybe we can see
some currents.

PLT Okay, I'm standing by to give you another frame on

190.

CDR Okay, Houston, I don't see any of those neat

cloud streets with the - the - the ares of cumulus
over them. I'm sweeping way out ahead - -

341 14 50 18 PLT MABK.

CDR - - to see if I can't find them.

PLT 50:18; 190, SINGLE.

CC Okay, Jer.

341 14 50 32 PLT Okay, I've lost my READY light. I'm going in OFF
for 15 seconds on the ALTIMETER.

CDR I'm going to try to stay in the Sun glitter, Hous-

ton. I think there's more data available from
that. Well, here's - here's a peculiar-looking
way the cloud streets are kind of formed up. I'll
give you some data here.

341 14 51 04 PLT Okay, I got rid of the ALTIMETER UNLOCK light.

But it's about time to turn it off. Stand by.

341 14 51 l0 PLT MARK. STANDBY: MODE to 5; RANGE, 77. Standing

by, at 51:28.

3&l 14 51 28 PLT MARK. ALTIMETER. ON. Stand by for 190, SINGLE.

341 lh 51 37 PLT MARK. 51: 36 ; 190, SINGLE. ALTIMETER UNLOCK light

again.

CDR Okay, Going back out to MIN zoom. I'ii try to

look for another target now.

CC Focus looked pretty sharp when you went in then.

f'_ 839

341 14 51 50 CDR Yes. That was sort of an intersecting set of cloud

streets. Okay, here's an interesting shot for you,
Houston. We've got a - sort of an atoll, coral
reef there. And we've got cloud streets and a
cumulus that seems to cut right across the cloud
street. I'm going into MAX zoom now. Try to hold
the position for a little while. Lot of side drift.
Okay, I'm going to come back out and see if I can
find something else.

PLT Stand by -

341 14 52 37 PLT MARK. 52:36, 190 frame, SINGLE. Still have a

READY light on 190 - Just lost it. Turning it
off for 15 seconds.

CDR Okay, here's some more of those arc clouds with

cloud streets.

CDR It's a lot easier for you to see it if - -

341 14 53 01 PLT MARK. 193 back ON.

CDR - - I keep it in MINIMUM zoom. If I go in MAX,

we're Just looking at one cloud. But I'll do it.

PLT Okay, I got the ALTIMETER UNLOCK light again.

But the READy light is staying on.

CDR Okay, I want to track this to - to NADIR, then

come back out again.

CC Jer, if you could give us the angles of where

you're at right now, we'll appreciate it.

CDR All right, I'm in NADIR right now. Zero zero and
tracking to the right, 12 degrees. Okay, this -
I'm just going to kind of track along this one;
this one is very interesting. You can see a
bumch of cloud streets being intersected by cu-
mulus. We're in an area of intensive cloud
streets.

341 14 54 O0 PLT MARK. And ETC to AUTO. Ed.

CC Okay. We're 1 minute from LOS and we're going to

see you over Vanguard in about lO minutes at
15:05 - correction, 15:04.
84o

CDR Okay, I'm going to miss Barranquilla if T don't

get with it here.

341 l_ 55 36 PLT Okay, I've got MALF lights from cam_eras 4, 5, and
6 Just came on. And just for kicks I'm going to
check the circuit breakers. They all three came
on at the same time, Just about. Let's see, I
think ... activity ...

341 l_ 56 23 CDR Okay, we're about 2 minutes from the Amazon.

PLT Okay, looks like we've coml01eted cameras 4, 5,

and 6.

CDR I think we just crossed the Rio Negro.

341 14 58 59 CDR Okay, I'm tracking the Amazon, getting data from
that portion ... and I'm left, 4 degrees. The
part of the Amazon that was under me was under
clouds. Now as I track this particular hunk of
the Amazon I see an island up to my left in the
middle of the river and what looks like a sand-
bar is Just right near the island. And I'm
tracking out in the middle of the water of the
Amazon, trying to avoid clouds and the banks of --.
the river. Trying to stay in uniform water area.
We have scattered clouds in this particular field
of view. And a cloud stream.

PLT VTS, 1 minute for ETC to STANDBY. CROSSTRACK

CONTIGUOUS.

CDR That completes the Amazon, going northeast.

PLT POLARIZATION, 1.

341 15 00 17 CDR Okay, Ed, I'm sure you're past this though, but
it's 15 and about 30 seconds you go STANDBY and
then at 01:10 you go back to AUTO. Want some
marks, l0 seconds, on m_ mark, ETC. Stand by -

341 15 00 50 PLT MARK. ETC, STANDBY. And on my mark, ETC to

AUTO. 5 seconds.

341 15 01 ll PLT MARK. ETC, AUTO.

341 15 01 46 PLT MARK. 01:45. SCATTEROMETER to STANDBY.

 841

341 15 01 58 CDR Okay, tape recorder, this is VTS. I think we've

got an error in the pad here, special 07 for Sao
Paulo. It says we're going to get there at
05:14. No, I guess that's about right. I was
going to say 07.

CDR Now, Sao Paulo should be easy to find because

it's got a lake between it and the coast.

PLT Looks like they got about 3/10ths cloud there,

or better.

341 15 02 58 CDR Yes, a little better than that. They've got two
layers of clouds.

PLT Oh, yes, it's better than that.

CDR It's got a high layer of cirrus which is scattered

to broken and then a low layer of cumulus there
next to those cloud streets. There must not be
much wind down there. You see the - see the
cirrus above and the cloud streets below?

PLT Yes. Uh-huh.

3hl 15 03 30 CDR Okay, I think I see the coastline coming up.

341 15 04 28 CC Skylab, Houston. AOS Vanguard, 7 minutes.

CDR Roger, Crip. We're coming up on Sao Paulo but it

looks like it might be socked in.

314 15 04 35 PLT MARK. 190, MODE, AUTO.

CC Okay. Should - maybe clear up upst before you

get there and we'd like to thank you for that
fantastic show you gave us coming across.

CDR Roger. You're welcome.

341 15 04 45 PLT MARK. 192, MODE, READY; SCAT, ON; and RADIO-
METER, ON.

(DR Boy, Toledo Bend was Just wide open and beautiful.

CDR Yes, I can make out the coastline down below the
clouds, but - -

F _
341 15 05 06 PLT Number 2 MALF light on.
8_-2

CDR - - might not be able to see Sao Paulo until we're

right smack dab over the top of it. Right now I'm
looking ahead about h5 degrees and I can't see it
for the clouds.

CC Roger.

PLT Okay, Ed, about 20 - 30 seconds, put ETC to STANDBY.

PLT What you got to do, Ed, you got to run up here and
go to SOLAR INERTIAL. Stand by_ on my mark, ETC
to STANDBY.

CDR Okay, the VTR goes off at 06:35, Bill; I'll give
you a mark.

341 15 05 50 PLT MARK. 05:50, ETC to STANDBY.

CDR Now, Crip, I'm almost overhead now. And I can see
one little piece of coastline, but it's broken to
overcast. Two layers of clouds - one low layer of
cumulus and one layer of broken to overcast
cirrus.

CC Well, I guess we had give up one, that - the rest

of it was fantastic, though.

B41 15 06 19 PLT SCAT to STANDBY. RAD to STANDBY. 194, MODE to

MANUAL and 190, MODE to STANDBY.

CDR I can see sunglint on rivers and things and swamp

area underneath the clouds, coming up through at
me. I think I'll go ahead and take data on it.

3_1 15 06 32 PLT And I've got END OF TAPE light. And I never did
get a READY light at the end of that 190 sequence.

CDR You're going to get mostly cloud data, I'm afraid.

CC Did you see the Amazon River area that time?

CDR Sure did. Found one little hunk of river standing

open. Okay, we got some great glitter on the
ocean and there's all sorts of streaks and things
in the - out over the ocean that I think are pretty
darn interesting, in the sunglitter. Lots of lines.
You can see currents, ripple wave patterns. Man,
it's really something. I'm getting some - -
 843

341 15 07 17 PLT Time. EREP, STOP.

CDR - - right now.

PLT Okay, looks like we end - we've used up the fiSm

in all the cameras except one, Crip. Number 1 is
the only MALF light that's not showing. Then we've
got a END OF TAPE light about 30 seconds before
the end of the run. That's pretty good timing•
I'd say.

CC Beautiful. EREP - EREP people do good work.

PLT They sure did. They timed that right down to the
wire. l'm impressed.

341 15 08 06 CDR Did you get the VTR off, Bill?

PLT Negative.

341 15 08 ii CDR Hey_ gang; sorry we're using your tape up. It's
08:13, we're Just getting the VTR off now.

CC Copy.

CC You used up 22 minutes. You were allotted 25

so we're in good shape.

PLT Hey _ good show.

CC And we're going to go ahead and take VTR and re-

wind it at this time.

CDR Okay.

341 15 09 15 PLT What are we over now? Water?

CDR We're out over the water. Yes. Let's see -

Where we headed? Take a look at my dandy slider
map here.

CC Well, you're headed to come up around South

Africa there.

CDR Yes.

341 15 09 32 PLT Bravo 7 is B-32.

844

CDR We go right up over Sumatra. Too bad it's dark in

Japan. We're going to fly right over Sakura -
Sakurazima, that volcano on the southern end of
Kyushu.

341 15 l0 20 CDR Ed, would you turn OFF TV POWER. please? Thank
you.

CC We see Ed getting ahead of us there, putting in

the maneuver time for J0P 13 coming up.

SPT I figure though, Crip, the time fram ETC to

STANDBY to SI in l0 seconds is calling it a tad
close. I think maybe 30 seconds would do it.

CC Roger. That's the way - we mentioned it this

morning and we kind of left that up to you guys,
if y'all really think that - that's a problem,
we'll try to work it a little bit closer here.

SPT Yes, I think both those guys are fairly busy and
if we can allow 30 seconds in there, that would
give me a nice leisurely stroll up here.

341 15 ll 02 CC Okay, We'll take that into account. We're about

45 seconds frc_ LOS. We got a nice long one.
We'll see you again in an hour and 4 minutes over
Goldstone. And that's at 16:14. And the crimson
team is saying good night. We'll see you on your
day off.

CDR Okay, Crip, and all you red guys. We call you
redeyes.

SPT So long, Crip.

CC Have a nice weekend.

CDR Same to you. So long.

SPT May your days off be as relaxing as ours.

341 15 ii 50 CC (Laughter) That's not very good (laughter).

TIME SKIP
 8_5

341 15 56 26 SPT SPT at 15:56. This is a note to the urine world.

M092 - MO - M - I think it's the M071 folks. Okay.
We have dumped a - three urine bags today. Yes-
terday _as boric acid day. And in mine I now see,
after a - evacuation of the bag fr_n vacuum, I
now see remains of two healthy solid chunks of
boric acid. One is about 1/2 an inch long, round
and hard. The second one is about 1/4 inch long -
make that B/8 of an inch long, round and hard. And
the procedures were followed for mixing the bag
well before sampling; that is, the bag was shsken
vigorously. Before shaking, I saw many particles
in there. After shaking, I could not detect any.
I had assumed that they all had dissolved. I gave
it about 1 full minute's worth of shake. So appar-
ently a couple of these pellets did not dissolve.
It was very selective in that only two of them -
I hold the bag up to the light and I do not see
any other pellets at all, only these two. So
apparently we must have some nonuniformities in
dissolving those pellets. Whether it be - what's
caused it - Whether it's initial nonuniformity of
production of the pellets, I'm not sure. But that's
_ where the situation does stand.

3hl 15 58 01 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

341 16 39 40 CDR This is the CDR at 16:h0, reporting on the visual

observations photography or Earth observation
photography. The first opportunity was 16:20 Zulu
HHlll, BaJa California. I took three pictures with
the Hasselblad100 that coveredthe area from the
California border down to - I believe the Ensenada
area. The - stand by.

3hl 16 hO 27 CDR The Agua Blanca fault was extremely well defined.
It could be seen from directly overhead, as well
as extremely far down track and on the oblique.

341 16 40 49 CDR It looked very much like a K in the - in the ground.

TIME SKIP
846

3hl 17 lh Bl SPT SPT at 17:14, debriefing on two passes here; one,

the ATM work which was carried on after the return
from Z-local vertical after EREP. Take that one
first. I went over and looked at active region 95
which was Just coming around the east limb. And
looked at the region right above the limb. Took
82B, put it parallel to the limb - tangent to the
limb using the WHITE LIGHT DISPLAY, 12 arc seconds
off the limb, _mmediately above active region 95.
That gave a series of exposures at 1040 and 160,
I believe in the SHORT and the equivalent in the
LONG, some combination thereof, which I do not
recall exactly right now. I also gave a - h-minute
exposure for 8?_B in the SHORT WAVE.LENGTH, and
all at 12 arc seconds above the limb. And
I was in LIMB POINTING at the time those exposures
were made.

341 17 16 13 SPT 56 received an 8-minute exposure and SINGLE FRAME,

FILTER. 2. And 55 received six truncated MIRROR,
AUTO RASTERs.

SPT Okay, the next full ATM pass which began at 16:15
was a series of pointings off the limb, 6 arc sec-
onds. They all went real well. I started, however,
the first one I did in the right llmb at the east
equator by the east pole - east limb which I was
right for the ROLL of 1080. And then I did the
left limb - or the west equator. I did that so I
would only have to roll about Sun center to get
to the third one. I used the WHITE LIGHT DISPLAY
again to Judge UP/DOWN. I'll talk about the
reason for that in a moment. I don't think I
could do that quite accurately by Judging the -
when the XU - when the 82B SLIT is tangent to
the limb.

341 17 17 49 SPT 55 received six truncated MIRROR, AUTO RASTERs

at 0594 GRATING. And - that was at the first
point. The second point, the same. Six MIRROR -
truncated MIRROR, AUTO BASTERs. The third point,
again six truncated MIRROR, AUTO RASTERs. And in
order to receive the exposures that it called
for, I gave you LIMB POINTING and all of the
82B exposures. And at the conclusion, I had a
little time so I went over and got the fourth
point, over at the right limb with a ROLL of
 847

minus 5400. And essentially gave you the same

type of data. That is 82B, WAVELENGTH, SHORT,
exposure, 5 minutes. 55, option B, MIRROR, AUTO
RASTER, all DETECTORS; a GRATING of 0594. 56
received a FILTER 2, which is the only one we
had not worked with. We gave them a 7-minute
exposure. And 55 received six MIRROR - truncated
MIRROR) AUTO RASTERs.

341 17 19 08 SPT I did a nu Z update at the conclusion of the pointing

for - the third - the last limb position. I'll
call it LB-5 and was surprised to find out that
my roll - EXPERIMENT ROLL did not change at all.
If it did change, it was only about 1 arc minute.
So I think you got some very good references for
east/west, north/south on that one.

341 17 19 40 SPT The reason I chose to use the WHITE LIGHT DISPLAY
rather than UP/DOWN and zero in order to get
to the proper position for 82B and for all of
these pointings, is that I noticed when I would
put the SLIT tangent to the limb, that on the
right limb I had a UP of around 15. When I went
_ to zero it was very noticeablythat the SLIT
was not tangent to the limb. When I went to the
west limb, I'm sorry, the left limb - and put
the SLIT tangent to the limb, I got a DOWN, minus 22.
Approximately in - that ballpark I could - I had
a plus or minus a couple arc seconds on that one
for - it was probably my accuracy in positioning
UP and DOWN and in the WHITE LIGHT DISPLAY.

B41 17 20 43 SPT I've also noticed that during the - since I've done
the four-limb coalignments when we first got on the
ATM, and now that my Sun center reference for 52
has changed from something like UP/DOWN of minus B1,
I believe it was initally, to an UP/DOWN of minus 36
and a RIGHT of - very small n11mber - which I've
forgot now - to now a RIGHT of minus lO. So I'm
suspicious of the bias that we have in there for
the XUV SLIT and I would reco_,end that we do
a four-limb coalig_w_nt in the near future whenever
that bias that I've given you is critical.
848

341 17 21 34 SPT We still have the switch in the IN position. And

I know what I can do right now to take a - well,
no, I can't, we're on the dick - dark side. Well,
maybe I can control through the computer. We'll
take the BIAS switch OUT. Okay, let me do a
little arithmetic here and I'll be right back.

341 17 21 57 SPY SPT out.

341 17 24 2h SPT Okay, SPT again at 17:24. And I'm looking at the
FINE SUN SENSOR readout for the BIAS, IN and BIAS,
OUT. I notice there a delta between the IN and
the OUT in UP/DOWN is still minus 54 as it was
when we did the four-limb coalignment. In
LEFT/RIGHT, the delta is a plus 18. So the XUV -
SLIT biases have not changed, and it's hard for
me to believe that there's that much drift in the
instrument. So the only thing that I can recommend
is a four-limb coaiignment. I did a real quick
cumulative check before we went into sunset and
H-ALPHA i and the white light slit or XUV SLIT
are still in good agreement as to where the limb
is - both UP/DOWN and LEFT/RIGHT. Still I 'm a
little mystified right now by why we have this
large difference between where the WHITE LIGHT
DISPLAY says the - the SLIT is tangent to the
limb and where the - FINE SUN SENSOR BIAS values
in UP/DOWN says we're tangent. Wonder if there's
any ROLL misalignment; let me think about it.

341 17 26 i0 SPY SPY out.

341 17 27 48 PLT PLT, time is 17:30; reporting completion of

housekeeping i0 Alfa-3, SUS loop checkout. Also
housekeeping 2 Alfa and Bravo, housekeeping 60
Romeo i, 60 Romeo 2. I used both samplers and
I used the reagent i with Sampler i, reagent 2
with sampler 2. Both samples to test 8 - to
tank 8 tested out at 4 parts per million. I in-
Jected 20 units to bring it up to 6 parts per
million.

341 17 28 28 PLT And PLT out.

TIME SKIP
 849

341 17 48 57 SPT SPT at 17:48. Handheld photos beginning with

CXh7 on the - with the mag and frame number 90
was the first. It was taken at 14:44, 100-
millimeter; f/ll, 1/250. Snow patterns in a town
which is slightly northwest of the Denver area
which was done near the EREP pass but the - ETC
was not operating. At 14:45 we had snow around
the Denver area, still. 14:46, we got a exposure
of Dallas-Fort Worth, for urban development.
14:47, the Houston area again, which showed a
fair amount of the pollution in the - from the
ship chsm/_el and also - and also the neck going
out into the Gulf. 14:47 also, I took one of the
Orange-Beaumont area. Again I could see a few
small plumes down there. 14:48, I got one which
I believe was by Lake Charles and it showed an
exceptionally good plume form extending well out
into the ocean. The frame numbers for these were
respectively beginning 91, 92, 93, 94, 95. F_]m
was shot at 1/250 of a second, 100-millimeter
lens. The last four of them were f - f/8; first
one was at f/ll.

_- 341 17 49 45 SPT On CXh7 also at 14:51, frame number 96; f/ll,

100-millimeter, 1/250, that was by Panama - and
there was an awful lot of green discoloration to
the water - very light green. And also fairly
large sinuous - that I did not have time to pick
out but I think is probably typical of the devel-
opment. At 19 :50 - 14 :57, frame number 97 ; the
same camera data as previously. Got one of the
cloud streets over Brazil - -

341 17 50 21 CC Skylab, this is Houston, through Hawaii for

1-1/2 minutes ...

341 17 50 23 SPT -- the cloud streets over Brazil, I believe I've

got a good shot of it ... yesterday, I didn't
take any photos of it. The thing that impressed
me is that Brazil Just has cloud streets contin-
uously. And with ETC, I went over a good part
of Brazil and picked these up. I got it from an
oblique and I could not make sure that the
ROLL . .. I did not bother taking any more,
although we were going across one large continu-
ous sheet of cloud streets as we took data over
Brazil, but the ETC cameras ...
850

341 17 51 24 SPT SPT out.

341 17 59 13 CDR This is the CDR at 17:59 Zulu. Discarded one can
of peanut butter and got another from overage.
The can discarded had peanut butter oil in the
top of it, indicating that there had been some
leakage in the can.

341 17 59 27 CDR CDR out.

341 18 14 17 SPT SPT at 18:13. I did mention the orbit we scanned

at 17:48 before the JOP 13 maneuver. We got the
building block 32 done with no problem. The TV
downlink was missed, for which I'm sorry. We got
up here late, not realizing we had a TV downlink
in the schedule. It only had us getting up here
for a short period on ATM, and I looked at the
building block 32 and thought we had plenty of
time for that, saw the observing time but missed
the TV downlink. Okay, the remainer of the time
I spent looking for a bright spot and at magnesium
X, detector position - GRATING POSITION 1941, DE-
TECTOR 3, found one with a - first of all, I used
the XUV MONITOR picture and located what I thought --
was a fairly well isolated and - but prominent
bright spot at about 7:03, 0.6 solar radii; got
one keyed in position using the XUV MONITOR as a
rough guide to get me in there, and then maxi-
mized my DETECTOR 3. That got a reading of over
200, maybe 220 or so. I then checked my cross-
hairs that I'm using on MONITOR 2, for the center
of the 55 instrument relative to the XUV MONITOR
and, sure enough, they were right on.

341 18 15 32 SPT So the limb coalignment which I did the other day
is certainly very good. And we got a good tool
for pointing to locations in the XUV MONITOR,
maybe better than I suggested earlier this morn-
ing on the air-to-ground. Okay, with that point-
ing at the maximum which I found to be fairly
sharp, that is plus or minus 2 arc seconds made -
made it fall below 200. That's in either direc-
tion. I gave 82B a WAV_T._.NGTH, SHORT, 2.5 second,
l0 seconds, and then an exposure of TIMES 4 se-
quence, so you got 2.5, lO, 20, and on up. And
55, I returned the GRATING to REF which gave a
partial GRATING, AUTO SCAN and it now is getting
in a MIRROR, AUTO RASTER. And if I can get this
_-- 8}i

MIRROR, AUTO RASTER done in time, I can get one

more GRATING, AUTO SCAN before we have to go on
with JOP 13.

341 18 16 49 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

341 18 43 49 CDR This is the CDR at 18:44 Zulu. Standby. Say

again, Bruce.

341 18 44 32 CDR This is the CDR at 19:45 Zuluwith a report on

some handheld photography. Some of it was taken
a while back, and haven't had time to report it.
The first photography I want to report is - was
taken at 16:23. This was an HH optional that was
in the pad - HHlll, BaJa California. I took
three Hasselblad 100 photos at f/ll, 1/250 -
frames 99, i00, and i01 of magazine Charlie
X-ray 47. The weather over BaJa was Just absolutely
clear as a bell. I took a mosaic essentially,
somewhat of an oblique, from the California-Mexico
coast or California-Mexico border down to about
Ensenada. The area in question is the - the
Agua Blanca fault area, the - oh, I can't remember -
the San Jos_ pluton, I think it was. And the
photos were taken from the south, looking north.
They were taken from about over the folding Just
south of the pluton.

341 18 46 07 CDR I did not have much time to do any visual

observation comments; however, one thing was
quite evident. The Agua Blanca fault and the -
the offset there along the fault is extremely easy
to see in clear weather and especially with a
little obliquity. The - the offset - cross
fault there, from where we were, - and from the
oblique area we were at, looked like a great
big K had been - the letter K had been branded
right into the ground. The Blanca - Agua Blanca
fault was extremely easy to see as well as the
cross faulting, and the - I think maybe the
photos that I got will very much - very easily
show the - the movement along the fault. The
next photo was taken at about 16:31. It was two
photos. They were frames 102 and 103 of the - I
attempted to get some intertropical-eonvergence-
_ zone clouds.
852

341 18 47 i0 CDR I had the wrong f/stop in there - was f/ll; so I

took two more at f/16, and those were frames 104
and 105. These are in response to a request on
the pad for stereo pairs l0 seconds apart. Build-
ing block HH - correction - handheld site HHIO,
frames number 104 and 105 were in north latitude
of the - of the zone, taken at approximately l0
degrees north latitude, just north of the Galapagos
Islands. The f/stop was 16 - over - lO0-millimeter
lens.

341 18 48 03 CC ... DETECTOR 3 will be commensurate with acquiring

a target here or JOP 13. Over.

CDR You're on.

341 18 48 20 CDR Okay, let me - Did he turn me off? Okay, the -

the next pictures were at 16:B2. The next - the
next picture was 16:B2, was also with the
Hasselblad. All these pictures were taken out
of the S190 _-indow, by the way - the ITZ clouds
and the Galapagos picture and another set of
ITZ clouds later - ITCZ clouds later. At 16:32
I took a picture of the Galapagos Islands in an
attempt to get a picture of the Wolf Volcano,
HH59, but our good old J-shaped island was
completely covered over with clouds, and all you
could see was the beach. But I went ahead and
took the picture anyway because I figured if there
was any activity on the Wolf Volcano, you might
be able to detect it in the clouds - maybe some
smoke or something in the clouds. Then at 16:B5
I took another stereo pair, this time in the
south latitudes for HH10, and this was frame -
these were frames of 107 and 108. Again, an f
of 16, 100 has - 100-millimeter Hasselblad lens,
1/250, and a magazine of Charlie X-ray 47.

B41 18 49 44 CDR And then at some time later, at 18:05 Zulu, I

took frame number 109 at the same setting, and
these were clouds in the mid-Pacific ITCZ. And
right now, for the life of me, I can't remember
what it is I saw in those clouds that was inter-
esting eno,_gh to take a picture; so it's going
to be a surprise to me when I get back and look
at them.
 853

341 18 50 09 CDR Then at 18:17, while Just west of the coast of

Chile, I noticed a very abrupt change, an interface
between two different kinds of clouds we had under
us, directly under us, pretty much over the Islas
Juan Fernandez Islands. The clouds looked very
much like tortoise shell or scales on a fish. It -
It looked to me like they were cirrus. That
tortoise-shell cirrus cloud, you know, very
patchy, much like B_nard cells, only I'm pretty
sure they were cirrus or at least high clouds.
And then to the south, running from the northwest
to the southeast, was a long line of cumulus
clouds, some cumulonimbus. And then beyond that
was clear water, indicating to me that we had a
frontal system going there, but it was curved
in the wrong direction; and so I thought it was
interesting enough to take a picture of.

341 18 51 16 CDR Then as we zoomed in over the southern Argentina

and Chilean area, I found that the land mass was
quite clear; so I took another picture, which is
frame lll, of the south Argentina and Chile area
near and south of Golfo San Jorge. That was taken
at 18:19 - frame lll, f/stop of 16, Hasselblad 100,
Charlie X-ray 47 was 1/250. And then on the
east side of Argentine, again I ran across the
light green east serpentine current or blooming
or whatever it is that Bill has been looking at
for the last couple of days. And this one looks
very, very much like a - like a stream or a flow
because it's long and ropy or serpentine and
there are eddies along the side of it. And they -
these pictures are frames 12 - ll2, ll3, and llh
of Charlie X-ray 47 ; I took them at f/16, a
hundred -lO0-millimeter Hasselblad lens,
1/250 of a second. In a couple of areas in this
serpentine, green swirl of things or long serpentine
swath of water, we could see something that
looked reddish brown. And I'm wondering if
maybe that is either seaweed or kelp or pollution;
I'm not sure which. In close to the - In close
to the - to the beach, I again saw what looked
to me like petroleum - the kind of blues and
reds and - and magentas that you get when you
see gasoline on water and - or the lavenders that
you see when you see gasoline on water. And it
made me think of - of petroleum pollution.
854

341 18 53 14 CDR This is the CDR. End of message.

TIME SKIP

341 19 38 09 CDR This is the CDR at 19:38 Zulu. The subject is

handheld photography. I had two - two optlonals
at 19:30 which I didn't get because I was still
working on the ATM J0P 13. These were Kilauea
and the island of Hawaii. I don't know what the
weather was. I feel badly that I missed it. I
think you probably should have put that on the
PLT's details because he was available to - at
that time and he might have been able to catch
it.

341 19 38 43 CDR CDR out.

341 19 41 17 PLT PLT at - The subject is hand_held photographs. At

19:40 and a half, approximately, I took a picture
of about i0 degrees south of the intertropical
convergence zone in the Pacific. Very interesting
combination of clouds - cloud streets; mixture of
cu and an open Bgnard cell. Also the reason I
took the picture - it was - appeared the striations
developed this wave form but not in the water
which paralleled the cloud streets; also, the - it
wasn't the - the interesting gap - open gap in
the clouds here, the clear areas that don't exactly
look like Bgnard - open B4nard cells but are just
areas of completely-clear-of-cloud area.

341 19 42 27 PLT Also in this area, there is considerable evidence

of the cumulus cutting Just a little bit higher
than the cloud streets cutting across them at
what you - about a 20- to 30-degree angle.

341 19 44 02 PLT PLT again. The photograph in question is the

Hasselblad, and the frame number is number llS.
Also, I wanted to make one additional comment
as far as the wave pattern on the surface of the
water. It was emphasized and highlighted by a
sunglint pattern.
 855

341 19 48 39 FLT FLT at 19:49makingan observation.We'venoted

the recurring appearance of a certain cloud form
that we had no name for, but Jerry suggested what
I thought was a pretty good name. It's called
tortoise shell. Now what this is, it's usually
a collection of them, and what they appear to be -
like a lot of cells, biological life cells. They're
close together, have sharply defined boundaries,
and they fit together sort of like a irregular
pattern on a tortosise shell. And each one of
these is fairly sharply defined around the
perimeter, although the perimeter is irregular.

341 19 49 46 PLT And the - Although the texture is not homogeneous,

these particular cells, they're - they appear to
be flat with a very thin dimension of depth.
But each one of them - almost all of them have a
sort of what would conform to a nucleus of a -
of a cell, and it - it's Just a little bit more
dense than the rest of the - or thicker than the
rest of the clouds and of course brighter because
of the thickness and greater reflectivity of
light. I don't know. Maybe this is a classical-
pattern-type cloud formation and well documented,
but we - we have never seen it. We never heard
of it before. And it's sort of interesting
because it does have these sharply defined features.

3_1 19 50 36 PLT And I'm trying to see if there is anything on the

surface of the water - any pattern, wave-forming
closely associated with them, because they do have
very sharply defined perimeters.

TIME SKIP

341 20 15 35 SPT SPT at 20:15, ATM, debriefing the two passes

with a JOP 13 in between. Okay, I'll talk first
about the JOP 13 and how that went, and then I
can hit the solar work, which was done on either
end of it.

341 20 16 07 SPT Okay. All the steps went along very straightfor-
wardly up to - Well, first of all, let me go back
and make a point about the update of the new
commands. It's my understanding now that we will
do a nu Z update at least an orbit prior to the
maneuver so that the corrected co-m_nds can be
856 _-

uplinked in time to make the changes on the J0P

S1_m_ry Sheet and insert them for the m_ueuver.

341 20 16 53 SPT Okay, everything went as advertised all the way

throught the maneuver on up to - Well, let's talk
about when we finally got on attitude. We hit
the ENTER up to initialize strapdown when we got
the attitude error to zero. The star tracker was
already positioned to the right gimbal angle; so
we Just went ACQ AUTO and got a star right away.
And the INI_k'HGIMBAL on number 1 was O0 - plus
0007; on number 2, it was plus 0378. So we're
only 5 off on star 1 and 3 off on star 2; not
too bad. Jerry was working the star tracker and
I did all of the entries on - at the - the DAS
and followed the JOP S1,mm,ry Sheet. I used the
HP-35 for the calculations ; came out with a delta
PHI X of minus 0.037 degrees and minus 0.214 de-
grees. I had the maneuvers all set to ENTER,
which was a 52021, 5100h, 51025, and 50000.

341 20 18 51 SPT Jerry confirmed that my head calculations - that

we had the right values. Hit the ENTER and rather
quickly got a 375 for the INNER GIMBAL on 2. At
that point, we were ready to start the exposures.
That was at the time of 19:04. Spica-available
time was 19:07; so we started the sequence at
that time. 52 got the exposures I'm sure I'll
use for correlation of data at exactly every 5
minutes. And unfortunately - I think it was
twice in there - we have them a second exposure
in addition to 27-second exposure before I hit
the STOP switch. And also, which I'll talk about
a little bit, we got FAST SCAN data on the back
of their door. We monitored DETECTOR 3 and could
see nothing but noise. By that, we mean that all
four digits on the left remained zero and the one
on the right would Just occasionally flicker out
of zero. And we could never identify what the
figure was ; but most likely, a 1.

341 20 20 17 SPT At the first, llne 58, the first scan - First
MIRROR, AUTO RASTER, we hit line 58; gave a 2 at
that - and we do not take that too seriously.
We want to take another lap through it. And we
watched it again and noted that our STAR TRACKER,
INNER GIMBAL angle had dropped down to 373, a
whole 2 arc minutes change. And I felt at that
_ 8_T

point, we'd be lucky if we'd see anything on the

53, and we did not.

3_1 20 20 51 SPT We observed it with the XUV M0N and could observe
nothing but - on the long INTEGRATION except just
random counts or noise, if you will, showed up
more prevalent in the center of the screen. So
recapping then, 52 got the correlation data; 55
got the MIRROR, AUTO RASTERs; 56 got a 20-minute
exposure exactly. And at the very conclusion,
in order to make it a - an even 20 minutes, we
hung on there until 1 minute before the maneuver,
which I think was probably calling it a little
close. The net result was that in our hurry to
shut down the experiment and to get the - get
ourself [sic] thinking about the maneuver, in 1
minute we started 52 at that 1-minute remaining
in order to get that last exposure in there as
an even 5 minutes, realizing now we should have
gone 1 minute earlier on that. And before we got
the OPERATE light, we got in the DOOR CLOSEd
mode and closed the door and promptly forgot we
had it going in FAST SCAN.

SPT So I was really glad the ground was looking over

our shoulder. We may have noticed the FRAMES
REMAINING decrement in a little while, but we
probably would have blown some film.

3_i 20 22 40 SPT Okay, maneuver went back; no problems. I watched

the INNER GIMBAL, OUTER GIMBAL on the CMGs and
also the HX,y,z, and HT. All seemed to work
out fine, all well within acceptable limits. And
we got back and settled out, and it took around 2
minutes before we got the attitude error to zero,
at which time I reinitialized the strapdown. And
at that point, when we were - we initialized the
strapdown, we had fairly good-sized errors in
the ACQUISITION SUN SENSOR. They were not zero.
As a matter of fact, they were roughly X plus
15 percent; and in Y, about a minus 6 percent.
That's the best of my recollection. I hope you
have that data on tape.

SPT And everything else went fine. I thought the

procedures worked well with the CM - three CMGs
and doing it on two with merely a mib fired. I
was very happy with the planning that went into
858

it. Thought it came off rather smoothly. Another

piece of data: When we got back and I did a nu Z
update, our nu Z jumped up to minus 1.0 from a
relatively small value close to zero, which I do
not recall - which I'm sure you have on - have
stored, and the experiment ROLL jumped from plus -
I'm sorry - minus 5401 to m_nus 5482, 81 arc min-
utes change.

341 20 2h 52 SPT Okay, that concludes the discussion of JOP 13.

Solar work, which was done before and after:
First, we got the building block 32 straightfor-
ward. And as I believe I mentioned before, I did
a little work on a bright point. The first time -
that's before the J0P 13 - I did it on a bright
point and maximized in magnesium X, and that dis-
cussion I think you had previously. I went back
to the same bright point after the JOP 13 and
maximized the oxygen VI ; it got a reading of -
between 900 and 1000. And it was really sensitive.
And I think I was getting a little more accurate
pointing - Well, by accurate, at least I was look-
ing at a little sharply - more sharply defined
bright point in oxygen VI, which I'd expect be-
cause it's lower in the atmosphere. The exact
coordinates which I worked at - and these were
_m_ediately after the nu z update - were a ROLL
of minus 5482 and UP of plus 440 and a LEFT of
minus 460. Again, it was a fairly prominent one.

3hl 20 26 40 SPT I went to it using the XUV monitor, which is an

excellent tool for that particular type of work.
And the crosshair- with the crosshairs, I was able
to put it right on there and then did some fine
tweaking; using the 55 readout got me right in
there. The fine - fine tweaking, though, in the
50 - with 55 does take a fair amount of time,
mostly because of the dynamiCS of the MPC. It
cannot step 1 arc minute or 1 arc second at a
time very easily. And you make a little input
with the hand controller, and you'll end up with
anything between zero and 3 and h arc seconds.
Just an aside here. If I were to design or try
to put some specs on that MPC for a second time,
I'd ask for a scale switch on that one also, where
we could go hardover and get a relatively low rate.
So it does take a little while to - to tweak up
flma]ly and - with the MPC because you use - _-_
 859

usually end up going, say, LEFT/RIGHT maximize,

UP/DOWN m_ximize, another LEFT/RIGHT, and another
UP/DOWN until you've homed in on it and the num-
bers keep coming out to the same value.

341 20 28 12 SPT Okay. Unfortunately, when I did get back there,

all I had time for was a little over - well,
almost two GRATING, AUTO SCANs, maybe a one and
a half GRATING, AUTO SCANs before we hit 400 K
for 55; a PATROL, SHORT in 56; and a WAVELENGTH,
SHORT for 82B with a time mode of se - exposure s
of 2.5, 10, h0, 160. And I was Just going into
the 640 when - when I cut out - when I - where it
got to 400 K, and I cut it off. Had I been quick
enough, I would have gotten it before we blew
that one extra frame of film; that is, when I
saw the READY light come on for 3-1/2 seconds.

B41 20 29 18 SPT SPT out.

341 20 32 48 SPT Hello again. This is the friendly SPT at 20:32.

ATM JOP 13, additional piece of information, and
I-- a request. As I was scrubbingup the JOP 13
sheet here, I remembered that in looking at X,
Y - that we are given a value of minus something
which we had to subtract from 360. I think it
would be useful in the future if we have any
negative values, that they are subtracted from
360 and set up in that form, as that's what we
read out on PHIx,y, z. Thank you.

3hl 20 33 34 SPT SPT out.

341 20 51 O0 SPT SPT at 20:50. The MO92-run data on the PLT: Leg
blood pressure, 158 over 78; left legband, Alfa
November; and right legband, Alfa Quebec.

341 20 51 30 SPT SPT out.

341 21 05 23 SPT Friendly SPT at 23:05 - Make that 21:05. (Music)

PLT, subject of M092. Left leg is 13-5/8 and
right leg, 13-1/2.

341 21 05 44 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP
860 -

341 21 42 05 SPT SPT at 21:42. (Music: "Lara's Theme") Subject

M092. Okay, we had two diversions during the
run; so the timing did not come out as specified,
but I think we got you what you wanted. We had
a battery malfunction on the Nikon 04; so we
could not get a READY light for the flash, and
that took 5 minutes to change out. So the sub-
Ject then had l0 out - lO minutes of resting at
zero tilt in the cage before we started, rather
than 5. And then I got a call from Houston at -
Just about the time I went to switch over to 50
millimeters. They want the tape recorders in
that - in our 1 minute off when we - or 1-minute
wait to go into 50 millimeters, and we've given
you an extra minute's worth of data at 50. The
problem with the tape recorder, though, is be-
cause there's a looseness in the knob, and it
depends on which way you're turning it as to which
reading you'll come out with. In the particular
case I had, I was going over to - from H to Bravo
and the knob was loose enough to extend over to
Bravo while it was still - very close to Bravo
while it still was in Charlie. So we're just -_
going to have to try and think out which one
we're in now a little more carefully.

341 21 43 47 SPT SPT out.

341 21 45 46 SPT (Music) SPT at 21:45, message for MI51. We started

the run at 19:25 and we're now going over into the
M093 portion. A problem arose, and it was very off-
nominal. The CDR helped the PLT get the electrodes
on while I was still up at the ATM. And then we
had a problem over getting all the camera equipment
squared away for the facial photos. Finally, when
we were ready to take the photos, we had a battery
malfunction and that had to be fixed before we
could continue. So all in all it was fairly off-
nominal, and the time duration reflects that.

341 21 46 32 SPT SPT out.

341 21 47 00 CDR The exposure on S183, that's plate 04.

PLT Testing -

341 21 48 34 PLT MARK.

 8gl

341 21 56 33 CDR This is the CDR at 21:56 Zulu, debriefing the

ATM pass that started at 20:55 Zulu. Let's see,
started out with building block 6, step 2 and
with a roll change to 10,800. And building block
2 went witheut any problems at all. And then we
went to a ROLL of 5400 and I stepped into building
block 28 and thought that was going beautifully
until I noticed that the S056 terminated by itself
early. And it terminated - let's see, the expo-
sure was to have been 5 minutes long and it - it
terminated early. So I was a bit confused by
that; but nonplussed, I pressed on anyway. Went
on to J0P 24, step l, where I encountered my old
friend, building block 28 again. Made the same
boo-boo the second time. And that is on a 56, I
started the exposure, SINGLE FRAME, 4, LONG with
an exposure of 8, but I did not turn the CAMERA
switch OFF, so the thing shut itself down auto-
matically and then, finally, after the second
blunder, I finally woke up, realized what I had
done wrong; but unfortunately I wasn't thinking
quick enough to recover it for you.

341 21 58 35 CDR I think if I had turned right around and initiated

it again and used another frame and set it up
properly, there was time because I did not realize
there was flop time at the end of the second
building block 28 and J0P 24; the one that starts
at 17. So, S056, I did it to you; instead of
giving you the nice long 8 minute - correction -
a 5-minute and an 8-minute exposure that you wanted
on SINGLE FRAME 4, I gave you a shorter exposure,
which of course, belongs to the normal mode of
running SINGLE FRAME 4 and the long - long expo-
sure - LONG WAV_L_NGTH. So, I apologize for that.
If I had thought quicker I could have recovered
one of them for you, but the first one was lost
forever. And of course, so was the second one.

341 21 59 15 CDR Now, finally having run building block 28 the

third time, I finally got it right.

341 21 59 21 CDR I feel like Schultz the Butcher. Anyway, the

third time I ran it, I ran it properly. You got -
9056 got its fu11 8 minutes on frame 5, or I should
say FILTER, 5. And I truncated it at - the whole
thing at 400 K. That is, I should say Just 55;
option 3 was _nnl rig. I sneaked a few peeks at
862

the XUV M0N while we were Sun centered, and I

didn't see anything new and spectacular. In
H-ALPHA l, while Sun centered, I - or H-ALPHA 2,
I should say, I can see a little bit of that plage
peeking over the - peeking over the limb, on the
east limb. Really I didn't see anything new this
afternoon that I didn't see this morning.

341 22 00 24 CDR There are some filaments beginning to come around

the east limb up about, I think 30 degrees from
the - from the e - equator. There is no special
activity as far as PMEC or anything like that.
It's lower than a snake's belly. It's running
around 150 down to 71 up to about 200. So it's
not anything to crow about. I did notice the polar
coronal holes while fooling around with the XUV M0N ;
but, of course, Ed's got some beautiful pictures
up here with the Polaroid, too, so there was
nothing new and startling there for me either.
To the 56 guys, I'm sorry. I just didn't completely
follow the checklist as closely as I should have,
and I cost you a couple of underexposed frames.

341 22 01 28 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

341 22 h0 48 SPT SPT at 22:40, ATM. An addendum to the previous

report - previous two reports where I had the
discussion of the bright point. The last report
I gave a - what I called precise coordinates which
were taken right after a nu Z update. And those
coordinates were given; however, the BIAS switch
was OUT at that point so that the UP/DOWN, rather
than a plus 440, it should be plus 386. And in
LENT/RIGHT, rather than a minus 460, it should be
minus 442.

341 22 41 43 SPT SPT out.

341 22 48 31 SPT SPT at 22:48. Subject is handheld photos, and it's

on weather systems, low-pressure areas. We're over
the South Atlantic, and I got a good look at a
low-pressure system which had three bands leading
in towards the center. The three bands were ad-
jacent to one another, running parallel, or nearly --_
 863

parallel as they spiralled in a clockwise direc-

tion towards the center. There were thunderstorms
along each of the three bands even though they
were relatively close.

341 22 49 29 SPT At the very center there was a lot of cirrus and
poking up through the cirrus was some overshooting
cloud top, all in the same locale; not isolated
overshooting cloud - cloud tops, but it looked to
me Just all one unit. I think in the fUture when
I get one of these, if we have any data acquisi-
tion camera film left over, I'll try and get you
some at two frames a second, and see if we can't
detect any motion. By eye I could not detect a
great deal of motion, if any at all.

341 22 50 02 SPT I think most of the change that appears occurs

because of our change in position relative to it.
Correction on that. We were in the Atlantic just
coming up to South America and we'll be going
into the - I'm sorry, we are in the Pacific and
we will be coming up to the Atlantic in Just a
moment. SPT out. We're - correction, we're
coming up right on Samoa. SPT out.

341 22 52 26 SPT SPT again on the weather description which I just

gave of the low-pressure area. The photograph
which was taken was on CX_7, frame number llT,
taken fil6, 100-millimeter, 1/250 of a second,
at 22:48 C_T.

341 22 52 48 SPT SPT out.

341 23 05 41 PLT PLT at 23:05. This will be handheld photograph

n11mber ll8 out of the Hasselblad, magazine
Charlie X-ray _7. The subject is rather unique.
I have called it a cloud fracture pattern. What
it is - appears to be lower clouds that have Just
separated, but have the - the line of separation
sticks together like a Jigsaw puzzle, but the
clouds have been pulled apart, oh, some distance.
Now the one or two areas in this photograph that
has that, and one of them appears to be like more
or less center, upper left center of the photo-
graph, looks like the Florida peninsula. But
there's a complete separation around that and it
looks like, you know, a pull-apart. It looks like
there's an interesting morphology or dynamics
involvedin this particularpattern.
864

341 23 06 40 PLT PLT out.

341 23 08 54 PLT PLT. I - we Just passed over another region con-

taining considerably more exhibition of that fea-
ture I Just talked about, what I call a cloud
fracture pattern. Obviously that's not what it is,
but it looks like it; a pull-apart line. And
that's frame nnmher 119 out of Charlie X-ray 47.

341 23 13 02 PLT PLT reporting on a visual observation without any

photographic documentation. Looking through the
binoculars at the southern coast of Chile - well,
actnally western coast, but southern Chile on
about, let's see, about h8 south, 46 south,
48 south, somewhere along in there, about 75 west
and there's a very interesting feature there. Two
lakes that feed down onto a glacier, it looks like.
There was a lot of frozen snow. And there are -
what it does, it puts a certain striation on those
glaciers, if that's what they are, if they are
glaciers. I guess I could have - well, I'm asking
the question, would something like that be of
interest? To - to notice that you've got a body of
water apparently higher than a glacier and seeps
down on top of it. And it appears to be sort of
an interesting unique interface. And the fact
that it's providing the contaminates on top of the
glacier and giving you a sort of bow pattern on
top. Now I don't know what it is, I don't know if
I'm interpreting it right, but that's what it looks
like. And that location is correct.

341 23 14 21 PLT Probably within 60 miles.

TIME SKIP

341 23 39 50 PLT Okay, this is the PLT; S019, day 341. Okay, Jer.

PLT Time is 23:40 and l0 seconds on my mark.

341 23 40 12 PLT MARK. First. Okay, I've got ROTATION, 164.9,

and TILT, 06.7; nu z was minus 0.9. Actual was
plus 0.1. The correction is at 1 degree. So,
let's see - minus, I want 160. 2.9, darn it.
There we go. Okay. At 41, even. Okay, I'm ready
to go. Standby, on m_ mark - _-_
 865

341 23 41 02 PLT MARK. Right now. Uh-huh. Okay. And this is

slide 29, and ROTATION is 162.9. Okay - Okay,
Jer. Field is 823 and this is a 270-second, wid-
ened, exposure. And I _Imost goofed up that time.
Correction. I done that. Correct the rest of
these things. Good thing I made that one last-
minute check.

341 23 41 55 CC Skylab, Houston. We're about i minute from LOS

Madrid. Guam comes up at 00:08. And a reminder
for the SPT, that's his fsm_ly comm site. We'll
have it all set up at Guam. And also we'll be
dumping the data/voice recorder at Guam.

SPT Thank you, Dick.

CDR You notice they're not calling it private confer-

ence any more.

SPT ...

CDR That 's all right.

341 23 43 36 PLT Okay. PLT here again. Coming up on i00 percent.

Looks like this is going to be terminated about -
well, I'll give them a mark. Okay, stand by.
Time is 44:15.

341 23 44 20 PLT MARK. Okay, that's the end of that exposure. Now
it's set to 197.9. Okay, and TILT of 13.9. Okay,
I want the first one to be 90, change to 90. Crank
it up here. And we're ready to go.

341 23 45 08 PLT MARK.

PLT Okay, now at 197.9 and 13.9; it's field number 830
and slide number 30, 90 seconds, widened.

PLT Well, there are two stars in there close together.

PLT There goes another one, I, 2, 3. One very bright

one. Okay, stand by. Coming up on 80 percent
exposed. 197.9 and 13.9. Stand by.

341 23 46 20 PLT MARK. And a i00 percent. Okay, now I'm resetting
to 30. Okay, tighten it up. Okay, ready to go.
Stand by -
866

3hl 23 h6 3h PLT M_RK. Okay, it's the same field, field 830. This
will be frame number - or slide number 31. Stand
by.

PLT Stand by -

341 23 _70l PLT MARK. Okay, now let's get to the comet, fast.
213.9. Boy, it sure would help if you could see
the numbers. Okay, 22.7. Walk that mother.
Coming up on 23 - Okay, I've got a little time -
I want to take a little time to make sure I got
this thing in here. Gosh darn. Cotton-picking
thing. There we go. There it is. Son of a gun,
I think you got it, _l. There's a blob in there,
some place. You got it. Move it, darn it.
Should he moving. 213 point - 213.9, everybody
move - my correction 22.7. I got to start taking
at 23:51; I've got another minute and a half to
go. Ah, I'm seeing the Earth, that's what it is.
I'm seeing fire in this stuff down on the Earth.
There, it sort of makes a pretty good telescope.
Yes, forest fires in Africa, I'll bet.
4

3hl 23 _8 3h PLT I saw them the other night, when I was up in the
command module, and it really startled me. I
was looking for the comet and I saw all these
fires like sort of a dull glow over the Earth.
Okay, 23:51's coming up soon. It's still 2 min-
utes away. Pretty weird. And I've lost it there.
Boy, the position of the eye is really critical
on this thing. Okay, must be nearing the horizon -
Now, there we go. Yes, there was the horizon;
that's what was coming up in there but I couldn't
see anything is all. Okay, coming up on 23:50,
so I've got another minute to go. Hey, Ed.

SPT Yah-ho.

PLT Could you give me a hack on 23:h0 - 50 and 30

seconds?

PLT 23:50 and 30 seconds.

SPT Okay.

PLT I'm looking at this eyepiece. I'm going to try

to see the comet-rise.

SPT Justa second.

 86T

PLT" I guess Iim not going - Okay, some extra stars

coming into view now. Okay, got 20 seconds to go

take one more peek. Something's coming into view,
anyway. Stand by. 23 :51 -

341 23 51 03 PLT MARK.

PLT Frame number 32. That's slide 32, comet. 213.9,

22.7, and I'm timing for 6 minutes. Okay, let's
see if we got it here. Well, let's see. Something
looks like a tail on that one over there. I don't
know if I'm fooling myself or not but I think you
got it, Karl.

341 23 52 03 PLT The tail was sticking from upper - the nucleus is
upper left and the tail's going lower right. I
don't know if it's my eye making the smear or what.
Why do these apertures always have to have such
lousy focus? You never can focus. You have to
have your eyeball in such a critical position to
see anything.

PLT Well, I don't know. Did I turn the recorder off?

PLT Okay, this is the FLT. When I recorded, I said -

I think I might have said 6 minutes. It's obviously
expired for that exposure.

PLT Okay, PLT. Time is coming up at 55 on my mark -

341 23 55 02 PLT MARK. Then we'll be closing the shutter, or going

to CARRIAGE RETRACTED at 56.

PLT Let's see. There was a comment I was going to

ma_e. Oh, yes. I did see the horizon in the lower
part of the - of the field of view. I know we were
down on the right and I don't know if that helps
your left/right, so to speak. Stand by to go to
CARRIAGE RETRACTED.

341 23 56 02 PLT MARK. Going to CARRIAGE RETRACVfED. There we go.

Okay, two exposures complete. Ed - -

SPT You were about 40 seconds from start to move back.

PLT Okay. All exposures were executed properly. I

did have to make the nu z correction as I said
868

earlier, and it was a minus - full minus i degree.

So, I took i degree off all rotations. That's
about it.

341 23 56 37 PLT PLT out.

###
 OAY 342 (AM)
869

342 01 53 12 SPT SPT at 01:53. Handheld photo on mag CX47; frame

number 120; f/ll; i00 millimeters; 1/250. Taken
at 01:40. The subject was the - a region south-
west of Chungking. And the reason it was taken
was really Just the beauty of the scene. There
was rugged mountains with the snow cap, The Sun
angle was still not yet too high, probably around
30 degrees - 20 degrees. The - All the geology
of the mountain, I think, stood out very well
because of the stark - or the contrast produced
by the ... and the Sun angle. There was a valley
on either side, and I think it was just character-
istic of this area which we've seen so much of
because it always shows up at this time of the
evening when we're by the window. But it cer-
tainly goes on for nearly a thousand miles. We
have never really thought it was worthwhile taking
a picture Just because it was so common. But it's
a sure beauty. That's what made me take the photo.

342 01 54 56 SPT SPT out.

342 01 56 42 SPT SPT; this is 01:57. On second photo of the sequence.

Mag CX47; taken at 01:57; frame number 121; f/ll;
I00 millimeter; 1/250 of a second.

342 01 57 22 CC Skylab, Houston. Honeysuckle for 7 minutes ....

TIME SKIP

342 02 31 33 PLT PLT debriefing the ATM run. JOP 6, step i,

building block i, performed nominally. I think
everything went according to the schedule there.
I did forget video downlink of the XUVMON. Nu Z
was performed on time. The JOP i Bravo, step 5,
building block 33 Alfa, was performed nominally,
I think. The bul - first bullet to the JOP
summary sheet here says ROLL, 0000 or zero -
or 10800, and I had to use the numbers that were
recorded on a previous run. And rather than try
to rely upon the instrument to resolve UP/DOWN,
LEFT/RIGHT after rolling, I used a minus 7116;
UP/DOWN, minus 0052; minus 0744 LEFT/RIGHT to
get to my point. And then I went up 85 arc seconds
from there without changing ROLL and at that point
870

executed the building block 33 Alfa. I assumed

that both are wide field of view inst - instruments
and there was nothing critical about the ROLL on
that, and I'd get a lot better pointing if I went
ahead and used the ROLL, left - UP/DOWN, LEFT/
RIGHT, FINE SUN SENSOR readout that Jer had on
his previous run.

342 02 33 17 PLT So, 56 and 55 were the only ones run, and they
were done properly. I did not finish in time
to get an OPTICAL REFERENCE due. However, I
did advance to MECHANICAL REFERENCE, 102, and
shut down the panel with it on 102. I saw no
evidence on the H-alpha of any particular ac-
tivity, and the XUV MON even looked pretty quiet.
For the film count, H-alpha 1 - excuse me -
H-alpha, 12203; 56, 04342; 82 Alfa, 143; Bravo,
1290; 52 is 6064; 54 was 4055.

342 02 34 00 PLT PLT out.

TIME
SKIP

342 03 56 24 CDR This is the CDR at 03:56 Zulu. I am back to

debrief the 02 - correction, 22:35 ATM pass that
I had. This was the pass in which we did a - a
J0P 1B on network cell, and I picked a network
cell at a ROLL of minus 7116, with an UP/DOWN
of minus 0052 and a LEFT/RIGHT of minus 0744.
I picked that particular roll because it was on
the quiet band that we had been working on on
the pass before. And I figured if any place was
going to be a rather quiet spot for a - a cell,
that was the place - the network cell.

342 03 57 24 CDR So I moved in. And approximately, oh, l-l/2 min-

utes or so in from the limb, I found a fairly
well defined network cell. And I picked the
center side - Sun-center side of the cell and
set up for building block 1 Br - or JOP 1 Bravo,
building block ll. Both of those building block
ll's in step 1 and step 2 and also - Let's see.
That's a total of three building block ll's that
I did. Nothing special to report on those; they
were pretty routine. I just set them up and
turned the crank and did the work.
 871

342 03 58 12 CDR I did notice - was impressed by the fact that the
cell shut - certainly doesn't - isn't very long
lasting. I had no trouble seeing the same cell
on H-AI_EA 2 ZOO __2A_IN; so I was able - In
JOP ID, step 3, I was able to - to step up the -
to the H-ALPHA 2 pointing and put that on the
same place where I had H-ALPHA i. That was no
great problem at all. However, I was - as I
said before, I was impressed by the fact that
the cell, in the small period of time that I was
working on it, was waxing and waning. And it
got a little stronger after I started working
on it, and then those dark and bushy clumps
began to disappear. And it was a very faint
outline by the time I finished.

342 03 59 09 CDR And if I were to have had to come back at the

next pass and find the same cell, I suspect I
would've been hard pressed to find it, although
I had sketched - sketched the cell, the shape of
it and everything on the chronopaque in front of
me, so that I would remember what it looked like.

342 03 59 28 CDR The building blocks ll and 33B went very quickly,
_-- and I got finishedwith about 17 minutesto
spare - correction, 13 minutes to spare. And so
I - Rather than take my observing time, I did my
penance to the S056 people for screwing up the
JOP 24, building block 28, at 33 to go on the -
the pass before. So I cranked in a ROLL of
minus 3600 and stepped 6 arc seconds off the
left limb and did another S056 SINGLE FRAME,
FILTER 4, for 8-minute exposure and did it right
this time. So I've done some penance, I think,
to the $056 people for what I did them out of
on the pass before.

342 0_ 00 35 CDR I took a few peeks, where possible, with the

XUV; saw nothing of any great insignificance
[sic]. We used - I used the XUV in order to
verify that I was in a quiet - quiet region and
that I was indeed still in that quiet baud.
And I found that Just with the naked eye and
integration, without the use of the persistence
image scope, I was able to see the - the active
and quiet bands very, very clearly, and with no
trouble at all, making sure that I had chosen
the network cell that was within a quiet band.
872

342 04 01 17 CDR Other than that - Course without S052 - which I

guess we will have tomorrow now - without S052
that kind of limits the different things you
can look at for observation time. And I'm
looking forward to getting 52 back and being
able to use it to look at the corona once in a
while. I had a difficult time on DETECTOR i,
trying to find any kind of maximizing around
the - the boundary of that network cell that I
chose. I tried DETECTOR 3 and it really wasn't
a whole lot - whole lot better. I guess the
Stm is so quiet that it's difficult to find - in
this particular area, difficult to find much of
a difference, even though it was a rather dark
and bushy clump. That's about all I can say
about this.

342 04 02 ll CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

342 12 20 09 SPT SPT at 12:20. PRD readings: 42296, 23157, 38199. -

Out.

TIME SKIP

342 12 44 13 SPT SPT at 12:45, coming over Brazil. The note is

for the weather people and hand_held photos. I
notice that over Brazil, again we've got cloud
streets pretty much _,nning east-west, the same
ones we were taking pictures - pictures of before.
they don't extend quite as far into the - the
depth of Brazil, but they certainly are well
defined again and as we've always seen them before.

342 12 44 42 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

342 13 15 16 SPT SPT at 13:15. The handheld photo. The mag ID -

mag CX47; frame number, 122; f/8; 100-millimeter;
1/250, taken at 13:12. Subject was the trailing
 873

edge of a front down here in the ocean right below

Africa. We could see the front - or the center
of the low off in the distance, and the front -
which we were immediately upon - went spiraling
in clockwise toward the front - toward the low.
What was unique is that we were looking at the
trailing edge of the front. It was obvious by
the curvature of the front, as well as knowing
where we were, and the clockwise rotation of -
yes, clockwise rotation of it.

342 13 16 24 SPT The trailing edge itself was very sharply defined;
that is, as we looked at it, to the right it was
very clear weather - roughly clear. That is
scattered clouds, that's lO-percent coverage at
most. And then abruptly, we came upon the front
itself, which had a high cirrus layer, and it
looked to be other clouds underneath it. I did
not see any - I did not see any C's coming up
through it, but again, what was surprising was
the sharp abruptness of the front. It was rela-
tively ... low Sun angle when we took it. So,
I think, with good definition, we ought to be
able to see the feature which I just described.

342 13 17 i_ SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

342 13 54 15 CDR This is the CDR at 13:54, responding to message

2361 Bravo, S183 questions. I did not save the
broken glass frag - fragment of the S183. I
threw that away. However, I do remember that
there was a strip along the sides of the glass
which was straight. Now let me again describe
the shape of the piece of glass that I found.
It was about 3/16 of an inch across the bottom
and that was a straight edge. It was an isosce-
les triangle. The two long legs of the isosceles
triangle were not straight. They were obviously
not from the edge but from the inner - inner part
of it. The - the length of the two sides of the
isosceles triangle, I would estimate as about 5/8
of an inch long. As I remember, there was a strip
about 3/16 of an inch wide along the straight
edge - the short, straight edge. Then coming up
from there on to the point of the isosceles tri-
angle, it was covered with emulsion. The emulsion
874

was a yellowish cream color. I don't know that

I would call it a thin gelatin because at that
time it did not look like a gelatin. It was more
like a sheet. But it was yellowish cream in color.
The time the piece was discovered, it was not -
I don't know as it was holding the slide door
open or not, because it was floating free. The
problem was, the slide door was being held open
bY this - the entire - Stand by.

342 13 56 07 CDR The slide door was being held open by the mech-
anism that holds the slide. And I pushed the
slide back in, and the slide door closed. I did
not fool around - As I mentioned when I reported
it, I did not fool around and look and play with
it to see what was holding the slide door open
because I was more concerned about the other
plates that were inside. So as - if you will
review the other tape, you will see that I said
that I quickly put - stuffed the slide back in
the slot so that the door would close. And - if
you'll review the tape, you will also see that
I said that the slide door was closed when I put
it into the stowage container.

342 13 56 51 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

342 14 51 55 PLT PLT recording for S019. First star field will
be 620; ROTATION, 039.5; TILT, 20.8; 90-second,
widened exposure; and no nu z correction is
required.

342 14 53 05 PLT Okay, coming up in 1 minute, approximately.

342 14 53 53 PLT Okay, standby on my mark.

342 14 54 00 PLT MARK. Okay. 14:54. And that is on field 620;

ROTATION, 039.5; TILT, 20.8: and this will be
slide 33. And 90-second, widened.

342 14 54 50 PLT Stand by on my mark for termination of exposure.

3h2 14 55 09 PLT Stand by.

 875

342 14 55 13 PLT MARK. Termination of exposure. Okay, next we

want 013.6 on ROTATION. Okay. 13.6 - locked.
And we want 24.3. And locked. Okay, ROTATION,
13.6. Okay, I'll take the first one. Be 90 -
I mean a 270-second. 14:50. Okay, time is 14:56,
and I can start this one Just a bit early. No,
I better not do that. Okay, 13.6, ROTATION;
24.3, TILT; star field, 854; 270, widened. No,
I've already gotten one exposure out of the way.
It's not on the checklist. Stand by on my m_k.

342 14 57 0h PLT MARK. Okay, 14:57. This will be 270, widened;

field, 854; ROTATION, 13.6; 24.3.

PLT I'm going to add that in here, Jer, because I

think that's probably easy to forget.

SPT Bill, can I use the recorder for a moment?

PLT Actually, I'm just about to terminate an expo-

sure.

PLT Go ahead and take it for a minute, Ed.

342 14 58 48 SPT SPT at 14:58. ATMpass beginning at 14:01.

This is obviously a very straightforward pass.
Building block 32 and building block l0 and 18,
J0P 6 and ll, respectively, were carried out.
I hope we got some good time histories on the
MIRROR, LINE SCAN. I guess you're looking at
some relatively low-lying lines: carbon continuum
and carbon llI, oxygen VI. I got magnesium IX
and then the hydrogen-Lyman continuum. So maybe
with that you did find some oscillations, although
I know from your previous discussions lately you
have not found what you were really looking for
initially. If you so find anything, I's appreci-
ate hearing about it. During those operations,
I also had 56 taking some, well, very long expo-
sures. I gave them SINGLE FRAME l, 8 minutes;
SINGLE FRAME 2 - FILTER i was 8 minutes; FILTER 2
was 7 minutes; FILTER 4 was 9 minutes; and FIL-
TER 5 was 8 minutes and 20 seconds - -

342 15 00 32 PLT Hey, Ed, may I break in Just a moment here?

SPT - - ... I can leave it go longer if I only knew

what the delta was ....
876 --_

PLT Stand by.

342 15 00 41 PLT MARK. Discontinuation of 270-second exposure.

SPT There again, as I mentioned with Bill Lenoir this

morning, if some of these estimates other than
the WLC could go appreciably below the ESS as
specified and be useful, then we could probably
get a little more data in for them. It certainly
is true with - -

PLT Stand by.

SPT - - 56 and 54. I understand - Of course, the XUV,

82B - -

342 15 01 07 PLT MARK.

SPT - - and 55 certainly - -

PLT Start a 90-second, unwidened - or - correction -

widened.

SPT - - could not go below ESS, but maybe the XUV - -

PLT Okay, and this will be plate number 035; 013.6

and 84.3.

SPT SPT out.

PLT Field 854.

342 15 01 25 SPT The SPT at 13:01 with a message to the camera

people. We've had a failure of the Polaroid
camera. The type of failure is that the mecha-
nism which pushes the film out seems to malfunc-
tion. When I put in a new pack, I get the click
noise, I ... the thump over on the right-hand
side, but I do not get the cardboard top ejected
out. I've tried it with two different magazines
or three different film packs. One film pack, I
actually took the cardboard off _vself, and then
inserted it and tried to take it ... - -

PLT Stand by for termination of 90-second exposure.

SPT - - when I look at the back of the cardboard - -

 877

342 15 02 20 PLT MARK. Termination of 90-second on 854. Okay,

I want 293.9.

SPT - - over on the back side of the ... when you got
the front up away from you. You notice little
claw marks where the eject mechanism has tried to
pick up the cardboard but has failed.

PLT ... 930.2.

342 15 02 41 SPT I took a flashlight and looked in there. I saw

the little mechansim hanging down there which,
apparently, has got a little hand on it that'll
kick up the cardboard ... forward.

PLT Okay, this is field 803, 270 seconds - -widened

on my mark.

SPT But from all purposes, I believe that that little

mechanism is moving. But it's not, for some
reason, mechanically getting ahold of the card-
board.

F 342 15 03 03 PLT MARK. Starting 270-second, widened on field 803.

SPT So that mechanism is not extending down far

enough ... - -

PLT ROTATION, 293.9; TILT, 30.2; field, 803. This'll

be plate 036.
SPT - - cardboard or the film magazine, the new film
slide. It happened this morning right after I
changed film packs. One was working great up to
now. Never had any false - any false carries on
it. It all worked smoothly. So my question is,
how do we fix it? It's the only one we got on
board, and it's most useful for ATM; exceptionally
useful. I looked at the mechanism itself, and it
looks like it's made out of a relatively thin
spring steel, not eas - not too easily bent. And
before I start wrestling with it and - and break-
ing it, I feel it's best to find out from you
folks what you recommend for the most expedient
fix.

342 15 0h ii SPT SPT out.

342 15 06 28 PLT PLT; stand by to terminate 270-second exposure,

field 803.
878

342 15 06 39 PLT MARK. Okay, time is 15:06. I'm going to go

90-second next. Stand by.

342 15 06 52 PLT MARK. Okay, and that was 15:50 [sic]. Starting
90-second on 803. This'll be plate 37; 293.R;
and 30.2 on the TILT.

PLT Stand by on my mark.

342 15 08 06 PLT MARK. Termination of 90-second. Setting up

for 30.

PLT Stand by.

342 15 08 16 PLT MARK. 30-second exposure starting on field 803.

It will be plate 038; 293.9 and 30.2.

PLT Stand by on my mark for termination of 30-second,

widened.

PLT Stand by.

342 15 08 43 PLT MARK. Termination of 30-second, widened, on

field 803. Now setting up for field 281; 330 and
03.2, 03.2. 281 is the field. I want 270,
widened.

PLT Yes. Avoid thrashing yourself and throwing your-

self into the side of the spacecraft for the
next few minutes.

PLT Stand by on my mark.

342 15 l0 03 PLT MARK. 15:lO. Starting the 270-second, widened,

on field 281. ROTATION is 233.0; TILT is 3.2.

PLT Okay.

342 15 13 h7 PLT MARK. Termination of 270-second, widened, on

field 281. Now going for a R0. Stand by.

342 15 13 59 PLT MARK. That's plate number 40; 23 - can't ever

read these things - 233.0 and 003.2; 90-second,
widened; field 281.

PLT Stand by.

342 15 15 14 PLT MARK. Termination of a 90-second on field 281.

Now setting up for field 820. 172.5 ... 172.5
 879

and i0.5; i0.5. I w_nt a 270; 270. Standing

by for 16. Stand by.

342 15 16 0h PLT MARK. Start of 270-second exposure on field 820.

ROTATION, 12 - 172.5; TILT, 10.5; field is 820;
the plate number is 41.

PLT Time is 15:19 on my mark.

342 15 19 03 PLT MARK. Okay, we're standing by for termination of

270-second, widened exposure on field 820.

PLT Stand by.

342 15 19 42 PLT MARK. Termination, 270. Setting up for 90,

widened. Stand by.

342 15 19 52 PLT MARK. Starting 90-second, widened. That's on

field 820; 172.5 is the ROTATION; 10.5 is TILT;
plate number is 042.

PLT Stand by mark for termination of 90-second,

widened, on 820. Stand by.

3h2 15 21 05 PLT MARK. Okay, now setting up for 818; 818 is 177.0.
177.0 and ll.8; 118.8. Okay, I want a 270. Start-
ing in 20 seconds; 15:22. Stand by.

342 15 22 Ol PLT MARK. 15:22. Starting 2 - Oh, gosh, that's a

90-second. Okay, I'll go ahead and do that
90-second. Then I'll get a 270 and a 30. Forgot
to change the lever on the widening knob. Okay,
there'll be a 90, followed by a 270. This 90-
second is plate 043. ROTATION, 177.0; TILT is
ll.8. Okay, stand by. It'll be termination of
the 90-second exposure on field 818. Stand by.

3h2 15 23 18 PLT MARK. Okay, setting for 270. Stand by.

342 15 23 25 PLT MARK. Starting 270-second exposure on field 818.

ROTATION is 177.0; TILT is ll.8; frame number -
tilt - slide number 044.

PLT Stand by for termination of 270, widened, on

field 818. Stand by.

342 15 26 57 PLT MARK. Termination of 270. Now going for a 30.

Stand by.
880 _

342 15 27 07 PLT MARK. 30-second exposure; field 818; ROTATION

is 177.0; TILT is ll.8; and slide number is 045.
Stand by for my mark, on termination of 30-second
exposure. Stand by.

342 15 27 35 PLT MARK. And going to CARRIAGE, RETRACTED, dum-dum.

That's good. Okay. Jer? You're clear to resume.

PLT PLT, the only deviation was of the order on the

last sequence on field 818. The 90-second was
taken first, then the 270, and then the 30.
Everything else was done within a second on the
time and looks like a pretty good run.

342 15 28 03 PLT PLT out.

342 15 28 04 PLT Okay, now PLT debriefing from first ATM run.
Ground took the recorder; didn't have a chance
to do it then.

342 15 28 ll PLT Let's see, I'd better go ahead and stow this
thing. I'll give that later.

TIME SKIP

342 16 07 53 SPT ... 5, taken at 15:50, f/ll, 55 millimeters, 1/250.

These were taken of B@nard cells. There was a
closed one. They were the same size as - as open;
that is, very large and - ... However, the ones
closest to us were - were closed; they were filled
in. The ones further away, toward the horizon,
were open. They were all roughly of the same
dimension, however; not much transition from an
open to a closed. All of them seemed the same
type of a - the same size, same scale for the
B_nard calls with characteristic features. The
transition between the two was relatively sharp.
The second one was taken - which is frame number
64 - was taken of the Rio de la Plata River in
South America and where it empties into the ocean
The large amount of filth which the river carries
downstream was evident, and the flow of this filth
along the opening - either side of the openings
of the mouth and a little ways up the coastline
was quite clear. It's not just emptied straight
into the - the open mouth of the river, but rather
 881

along the - you know, at the fork and moves its

way along either side of the fairly wide mouth.

342 16 09 lO SPT I think the filth defined the flow patterns excep-
tionally well. Again, that was the Rio de la Plata,
South America, right where Montevideo is located.

342 16 09 23 SPT SPT out.

342 16 27 39 CDR This is the CDR at 16:27, debriefing the ATM pass
that started at 15:51. There really wasn't much
at all to be said about this one. It was pretty
much of a big nothing procedurally. We did build-
ing block 18 in JOP ii; took step number 3. Did
not activate 56, 54, or 52. 55A was in a MIRROR,
LINE SCAN ad nauseam, and 82Awas in a 30-minute
exposure rather than one exposure every so many
seconds; so procedurally, it was a big nothing.
During the process of the run, I took a few looks
at XUV MON. I didn't see anything spectacular
there. On H-alpha 2, I was kind of watching the
filament out about 240.9, which is filament 49.
It looked to me like it broke in two. When we
started the pass, it was one long filament; but
it was a little thin in the middle. And by the
end of the pass, that thin area had completely
disappeared, and filament 49 is now two pieces
with a gap between them.

342 16 29 02 CDR I kept an eye out to see if I would see any sort
of surging material moving out from the limb near
the filament, and I did not see anything. And I
looked at XUV at the - the channel, the area where
the filament lies, and the filament channel didn't
appear to me to do any changing either. It is
essentially very quiet area. The - the new active
region coming over the limb - which is what? I
guess number 96 - is showing bright and clear in
XUV. It's still not bright enough to come through
ambient. It has to be integrated to be seen.
Couple of other bright areas in the XUV: one near
the center of the Sun, slightly to the west, and
the third area is at about 060 degrees, about 70
percent of the way out. Fairly small bright area
but nothing spectacular. Not too bright; just
brighter than the background.

342 16 30 28 CDR CDR out.

F
 882

342 16 40 02 SPT SPT at 16:40. Message for the flight planners.

Well, with scheduling and constraints on the op-
eration of the bike during experiments, it's been
done to us again. The CDR got his exercise in this
morning, and the SPT - I was not able to get on
the bike. PLT got on the bike after the CDR, the
problem being that we had two constraints. One
is, we can't operate while the - we have anything
in the airlock, taking exposures. That's true
during S019. And also, we've got thermal con-
straints on the bike. We just can't hop on it
and pedal that thing one right after the other.
So what you're going to have to do is schedule
the PT, spread throughout the day and try to avoid
those times when we are supposed to be quiet - that
is, JOP 13, S019, 183 and any other thing that
comes up. There's Just no way to do it. So due
to scheduling, I've missed out on some good PT
today.

342 16 41 09 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

342 17 54 54 SPT SPT at 17:55. ATM pass which began at 17:07 con-
tinued to go straightforward for the four building
blocks 27. Gave it a 32 building block at the
very beginning.

SPT The 82B was carried out using the LIMB SCAN to get
6 arc seconds off and then going to LIMB POINTING
for their exposures. 55 got all the MIRROR, AUTO
RASTER. 56 got their two LONG EXPOSURE of each
location.

342 17 56 18 SPT The first exposure, which was carried out at LP-1,
the ROLL was 1080. And at the right limb, east
equator was on a prominence ... H-alpha l, and it
was just south of the active region which is visi-
ble now on the limb, which I believe is - what,
97. That could be seen in - on the XUV monitor
quite well. I got a question here. If we are on
a prominence, like we were, and you're looking for
a quiet chromospheric structure, I would think that
in mini-lines, you would not be seeing what you
were after because of the prominence. That being
the case, would you rather that we'd change the
 883

pointing a little bit to get away from the promi-

nence, or would you rather we just hold ... In
this particular type c_se, I held to the attitude
given. The 82B slit was made tangent to the limb,
as seen in the white light display. That gave me
an UP/DOWN of plus 16 and a LEFT/RIGHT of plus 976.
The second pointing, LP-2, started at the same roll,
left limb. Everything carried out the same way as
the first. The UP/DOWNwas minus 0035 and LEFT/
RIGHT of minus 1005. I'll wager my arithmetic is
correct; gives us 32 arc minutes and 47 arc sec-
conds - or a - 49 arc seconds. 1969 arc seconds
diameter, I guess. The helium bands on the third
one were not too visible. As a matter of fact, I
could not distinguish them at all. The UP/DOWN
was minus 0032 and LEFT/RIGHT of minus 1004.

342 17 58 54 SPT And the fourth one was - That LP-4 was carried out.
Again, I could not distinguish helium bands in
looking at the XUV MON, INTEGRATE, or the photo
which I had taken this morning. I finished it up
with a shopping list 5. I really didn't have time
to maximize. The GRATING was not a ZERO as I moved
the GRATINGback; so they got a GRATING,AUTO SCAN
from the GRATING of - POSITION of 766. And I gave
50 - 82B exposures, NORMAL; SHORT WAVELENGTH. The
slit pretty much filled or was covered by cell
boundary. There was actually two cells on one
side and one and something else, which was not
very well defined, on the other side. But I
thought the slit pretty well filled it, although
as I said, I did not have time to maximize any-
thing in either slit position or mirror position
for 55. At 400 K, I cut off the 82B and 55 just
got back to GRATING, REF. So I gave them a MIRROR,
AUTO RASTER at that point. Even though they were
looking through the atmosphere, it might help to
define a little better where we actually pointed.
Looking at the UP/DOWN and what I see in the limb
between coalignment, between 82B and 55, I suspect
that the - the bias somehow is not the - the cor-
rect bias. So whenever I get a free moment here,
I'm going to try and slip in a four-limb coalign-
ment and just see how it all works out again.

342 18 01 00 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP
F
884

342 18 26 57 PLT Okay, Jer, I'm hot-mike recording, channel A.

PLT ... 27:30 on my mark.

342 18 27 29 PLT MARK ....

PLT Well, there's something inside ...

PLT Looks good and steady in the viewfinder, too.

Keep coming.

PLT Yes. I said the rates look good and steady on

the viewfinder, too.

SPT Okay.

342 18 29 05 PLT You can kill the lights up here, too, if you want
to, Ed.

PLT Okay, first exposure coming at 29:45. Stand by.

342 18 29 45 PLT MARK. We're into a 4-minute-and-30-second exposure.

PLT Can't get a decent all. Mirror Jumped out of the

way there; that's why.

PLT You see anything down there, Ed?

SPT ...

PLT Stand by on my m_k; 34:15 coming up.

342 18 34 16 PLT M_IIIK. Advance film. Next exposure starts at

34 :25 • Stand by -

342 18 34 26 PLT MARK. Okay, this is a 30-second exposure. Termi-

nate at 55. Stand by -

342 18 34 55 PLT MARK. Film advance. Next will be 5-second expo-

sure starting at 35:10. Stand by on my mark.
Stand by -

342 18 35 ll PLT MARK. Stand by; 35:15 -

342 18 35 16 PLT MARK. I'm through, Jer.

CDR Good show.

 885

PLT Man, that's a gorgeous view, isn't it? Just an

incomparable panorama there. I tell you, looking
out there at night is something to behold, isn't
it? All those thunderbumpers flashing around,
like giant fireflies.

3L2 i8 35 59 PLT PLT out.

342 _8 39 00 SPT Bill, I think you're on channel B.

B42 ]8 39 07 PLT The PLT at 18:40, reporting iodine injection in

water tank 9. I injected 75 units. The - I used
both water samplers with their own reagents, re-
spectively. Got a check or test of nil; that is,
perhaps 1 but less than - It looked like less than
1 part per million; so I assumed I needed a full
9-parts-per-million equivalent injection. On a
chart this peaks out at 75 or is at 75 units. I
assumed that a linear extrapolation would probably
be all right, but I didn't do it. I went - I in-
jected 75 units. If you want me to inject the
other 15, why you just give me a message tomorrow,
and I'll do that.

342 18 39 57 PLT PLT out.

342 18 47 03 SPT SPT at 18:50. Subject is weather and Benard cells.

I see a whole host of B@nard cells out in the -
about halfway to the horizon, over the water. And
they really are a checkerboard; that is, as we
swept by them, we could see them all lined up or
one right after the other in rows, if you will.
You can see right down the network between them
as we move by them. I guess there was, oh, maybe
40 or 50 cells or so in all. They were all lined
up. Did not have time to get a photo. It was
kind of surprising.

342 18 47 51 CC PLT, this is Houston - -

SPT There are lots of other linear cloud ridges in the

area which all run in the same direction, which is
roughly linear. There's slight bows and kinks in
them; but in general, they are linear, running in
the same direction as the network of the cells
which I saw lined up.

342 18 48 ll SPT SPT out.

886

342 18 52 03 PLT This is the PLT, recording my recollections of the

EREP checks done several days ago on S190. I voice
recorded; apparently, some of it was lost. Step 1
was rotate eamara to intermediate position, remove
front shield and stow on M-12_; remove rear shield
and stow on M-152. No sweat. Step 2, panel 106:
CAMERA CONTROL, LOCAL; SHUTTER CONTROL, OFF; cycle
nine circuit breakers from CLOSEd to OPEN to CLOSEd.
I did that, and they stayed CLOSEd. Step 3, panel
ll0: Open C&D cover; EREP, BUS l, ON; BUS 2, ON;
PANEL POWER DISPLAY, ON. I did that. Step 4, panel
202: Cycle 190 circuit breakers l, 2, and 3 from
CLOSEd to OPEN to CLOSEd. I did that. 5, panel
106. Look through platten and note any CAPPING
SHUTTER operation while doing the following: SHUT-
TER CONTROL, OPEN; SHUTTER CONTROL, OFF. As - as
best I can remember, that worked all right.

342 18 54 12 PLT And I checked - because I remembered checking six

times on that. Panel 106, FMC circuit breaker,
OPEN. Reach into the F_C drive area and locate FMC
drive gears. Rotate FMC screw one-half turn by
rotating gear - by rotating gear. FMC circuit
breaker, CLOSEd. FMC screw should turn. It did
not. 7, panel 106: SHUTTER CONTROL, SLOW, MEDIUM,
and FAST. If rotating shutters operate at any
speed, perform S190 camera check, EREP checkout,
page 1-5, and then do step 8. Okay, at that time,
when I turned the l0 - panel 106 SHUTTER CONTROL,
SLOW, MWDIUM, and FAST, I started - I noticed that
the - when I turned the SHUTTER CONTROL on or
either - after I had done step 6 or after the
first step of step - step 7, I noticed the FMC
circuit breaker had popped. And I'm not quite
sure if it popped right after I pushed it IN. I
don't think it did. I think it was after I turned
the SHUTTER CONTROL on and got ready to operate the
camera.

342 18 55 24 PLT Okay. The rotary shutters did operate on SLOW,

MEDIUM, and FAST. And then right along in there
is when I noticed that the FMC breaker was OUT.
Perform S190 camera check, EREP checkout, page 1-5,
and then do step 8. Okay. I did the EREP check-
out. I don't have the checklist in front of me.

342 18 55 h3 PLT Apparently, you all wanted this information on the -

for the next data dump ; so I'll go ahead and give
you my best memory. I did the camera check as per
 887

the EREP checkout, page 1-5, except I did not see

any FMC because the breaker was OUT. And then I
did step 8, which is a SHUTTER CONTROL, OFF;
CAMERA CONTROL, REMOTE; install front and rear
shield, et cetera. So the only point I'm vague
on is the exact place at which the FMC circuit
breaker popped. It was either after I turned the
SHUTTER CONTROL to first speed or when I did one
of the first steps on that EREP checkout, page 1-5.
And apparently that - I don't know exactly when
that thing did. I - I was going through that say-
ing everything on tape, and it's a shame it got
lost because that - those were all the comments.

342 18 56 37 PLT PLT out.

342 39 04 17 PLT This is the PLT, reporting on handheld 83-1 -

frame number 124 in the Hasselblad, Charlie X-
ra_ 47. That peninsula was fairly cloud covered,
and I almost didn't take a picture. And I finally
decided, well, what the heck; it's only one frame.
So I went ahead and took a picture, but I - I
think it's probably of marginal usefulness. Some
_- of the surroundingarea in the frame, however,in-
Maybe that'll give you some geologic data on the
surrounding region. Also, I think it probably
would be of value to map makers since the outline
of the map I had of that little bay is incorrect.

342 19 05 02 PLT It looks like it's had an awful lot of cultural-

type work or man-made work done around the inside,
the interior periphery or the border of the bay.

TIME SKIP

322 21 l0 19 PLT PLT; the time is 91:10, debriefing some ATM passes
starting at 20:15 - 20:15. The JOP 5, building
block 13, _as executed nominally with the excep-
tion - I think I let - I think the timer screwed
me up. I wasn't really sure on XUV SLIT. I set
it all up in AUTO STEP and started it and I looked
back a few seconds later and it was in STANDBY -
or, excuse me, in READY. So I started it again
and it worked Just fine and - However, I did
notice the timer; it timed down through 99 - what-
ever it is, and it's a possible - possibility that
888

I got part of an 82B sequence terminated early

there and - -
l

342 21 ii 15 CC PLT, Houston. Another thing as we go over the

hill - -

342 21 13 27 PLT PLT continuing to debrief. Okay, so with the

exception of that one little glitch in 82B AUTO
SEQUENCE mode, everything was executed nominally.
I got the two MIRROR, 3 EASTERs in - I was using
MECHANICAL REF the whole time - and the one MIRROR,
AUTO RASTER. I received the teleprinter paper and
you may have gotten a couple of - one part of an
89_B exposure near the end there, down below 400 K.
56 was terminated well ahead of time, so there is
no problem there. Now, ground took the recorder
away from me this morning and I was never able to
debrief the first run.

342 21 14 08 PLT The first run was JOP 6, building block 1A and B.
There - Everything was nominal there. And I did
look at the white light coronagraph. I did get
some downlink. It was in two parts. One, I
think, when I was ROLLed at minus 5400. During
the middle part was when I got part of the white
light coronagraph and XUV MON. Then when I com-
pleted the JOP, I ROLLed at the 52 to give some
more downlink - a very short period of time. I
don't think the total was more than 3 to 4 minutes.
But anyway, it was separated partly there. Looks
like - like at least the one side of the corona
there is a little more interesting now than it was.
And let me see. That was at - I think it's up on
the - the east limb. I'm sure you've seen that if
you've looked at the video downlink. Now this
last pass - that - the XUV MON there and XUV MON
in this pass here, the Sun appears to be extremely
quiet. There didn't seem to be any activity at all
and - except for a little activity just along the -
the equator more or less. And there you can see in
the XUV MON. But I didn't - I'm really not - You
could see the holes at the poles - the black spots.

342 21 15 42 PLT And that's about it; it's pretty quiet. PLT out.

342 21 28 37 PLT PLT, the time is 21:30, and we can report on a

handheld Nikon exposure at 20 :53, handheld target
number ll8, southern Chile and Argentina. This
was the area with more cloud cover on this pass
 889

than it was on the previous; so I did not use the

Hasselblad frame. However, I stuck the 300-milli-
meter on the Nikon and took a picture of a glacier
area on the southern - southwestern coast of Chile.
And - Aw, I thought I just might try to get a
closeup. This was of the area I described yester-
day - having a lake - what appeared to be above
the glacier. And I thought about that, and maybe
I had a relief inversion or something, the way my
eye interpreted the relief. It may have been that
the glacier was actually melting and feeding the
lake.

342 21 29 34 PLT In any event, this is a picture of that area I

described yesterday.

342 21 h9 05 CDR This is the CDR at - at 21:49 Zulu with the subject
M09 - 92 reporting. The subject was the SPT.
The calf girths were 13-7/8 on the left calf,
13-5/8 on the right calf. The legbands were Alfa
November and Alfa Quebec. And the facial photos
were taken at the beginning of the run, but we
goofed and forgot to take them at the end of the
run. On the M093, the - the work that was accom-
plished was 0304.

342 21 49 59 CDR CDR out.

3h2 22 08 55 SPT SPT at 22:07. M092. Okay, no problem at all with

this run. It's about the easiest run I've ever
had other than the ones on the ground. One of the
things I did for preparation is, I had a lot of
fluids at lunch time, about 2 hours previous,
about 32 ounces or so with - with the meal. And
I've been working on - towards ..., doing lots of
springs and toe rises. I don't think the leg
volume changed as much today as I've seen it pre-
viously, and maybe that conditioning has helped a
little. With the fluid at lunch I had a second
tea, which I usually don't have during the day,
and that probably is a slight stimulant, too ; so
that may have had some effect, too - probably a
small one. I think the major factor probably is
the conditioning device, which we have up here.
It appears to be a very good one. I think Bill
probably came up with a very good idea.

3h2 22 i0 00 SPT SPT out.

/-
TIME SKIP
890

342 22 33 i0 PLT PLT at 22:33 Zulu, reporting on four frames taken

over handhleld 118. First frame was frame num-
ber 130 of Charlie X-ray h7, of southern Chile and
Argentina. The next one was at 22:29. I took
another 300-millimeter of a different glacier
area, and that's frame number 62 on Charlie X-ray
36. Then I took two more Hasselblads, Charlie
X-ray 47, frames 131 and 132, obliques of Chile -
southern Chile and Argentina, to support HHII8.

342 22 34 02 PLT Also, in passing over the east coast, the - the
channel that was pre-reported is still very
plainly visible. That's the turquoise or aqua-
marine colored - 7 to 8 on a Forrel scale - that
we've rather talked about quite extensively.

342 22 34 16 PLT So I'm not going to comment on it other than to

say that it continues to be highly visible.

342 22 53 07 PLT Okay, it's the PLT with a message on EREP data to
date; the particular, the S190. On page i-7 on
the EREP checkout, panel 106, the filters were
not installed during the checkout. All of the
photographs taken with 190 to date have been
without the filters. There is no explanation
other than the fact that I had to do the 190
checkout piecemeal because of the insertion of
f_Sm threading in the EREP checkout procedures.
I had to stop my normal flow because of the film
problem with that - the fact that it would not -
it had a part set in the curvature and would not
steal past the brass ruler. And that's already
been recorded on tape. And I tried to pick up to
check out the rest of the 190 and I flat missed
a step on page i-7. So I'm saying again, all
photographs, 190A, taken to date have been taken
without filters.

342 22 55 37 PLT And this is the PLT with a footnote to the pre-
vious comment on the EREP problem. We previously
commented on the extensive workload durihg the
early days in activation. I can't emphasize too
strongly how I regret the fact that those filters
were missed, and I accept i00 percent of the re-
sponsibility. However, we were working until i0
and ii o'clock at night in order to finish what
was supposed to be a normal day task of duties.
And this went on for about a week. And although
I regret it, I apologize for it, I feel like -
 891

that very poor flight planning was also involved

and was a factor.

342 23 03 28 CDR This is the CDR at 21:04 Zulu with some _87-5
data that I should have given you 2 days ago.
CDR, in the morning, 69-3/4; in the afternoon -
the evening, that is, 69-7/8. SPT, 70 in the
morning, 70 at night. PLT, 70-3/8 in the morning
and 70-1/2 in the evening. This is, I repeat,
M487-5 data that should have gotten down to you
2 days ago.

342 23 0h 01 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

342 23 42 14 PLT This is the PLT with one additional footnote to

the sIg0A filter screw-up.

342 23 43 22 PLT And that is that during the evening, I think the
first day of activation, when I was supposed to
install these, we had a malfunction on page 17,
when I couldn'tget the READY light on 190. And
I did interrupt the sequence and go into a hold
mode waiting for procedures from the ground. And
looking back over and trying to figure out how I
could've been so dumb as to overlook it, I appar-
ently just stopped the procedure then; and I did
not look ahead, and I never went back to the
checklist. And that's why I did not get the
filters on.

342 23 43 57 PLT PLT out.

342 23 50 57 CDR Okay, this is the CDR at 23:51 Zulu. At T-2,

which was - I'm trying to remember. Stand by.
Okay, at T-2, which was at 23:45, I took a reading
of D-6. It was reading 100 percent. Now a few
minutes later, it's now down to 46 percent.

342 23 54 22 CDR This is the CDR again. My last call for T-2, I
had looked 5 minutes too soon. And it was reading
i00 percent at the proper T-2. It's now reading
57 percent.

342 23 56 01 CDR Okay. We're about 18 minutes from start.

f--
###
 DAY 343 (AM)
893

343 00 00 19 PLT Come on, burn. Where are you? A coup.

L

PLT I get - When I go up into the night sky, Jer, I get

that funny-looking stuff in the optics that you
named.

343 00 01 58 CDR What do you suppose that is? Let's see.

PLT I think it's spurious reflections of some kind.

Could it be?

CDR Yes....

PLT Get it in?

343 00 03 42 CDR We might make it. We have 14 minutes to get there.

CDR WIll, I had it on my checklist. I should have

hollered at you.

Cdr Okay. This is the CC operator with the monitor

readings.

CDR Bravo 2 is 59; Bravo 3 is 86; Bravo 4 is 70;

Bravo 5 is 67; Bravo 5 is zero; Bravo 2 is 56;
Bravo 3 is 76; Bravo 4 is 71; Bravo 5 is 75; Bravo 6
is 49; Bravo 7 is 32; Bravo 8 is l; Bravo 9 is 58.
Charlie 2 is 44_ Charlie 3, 88; Charlie 4 is 71;
Charlie 5, 83; Charlie 6 is h7; Charlie 7 is 51.
Delta 2 is 86; Delta 3 is 85; Delta 4 is 72; Delta 5
is 14; Delta 6 is 57; Delta 7 is i0.

CC Skylab, Houston. We're AOS Vanguard for 9 minutes.

343 00 05 49 CDR Roger, Dick.

TIME SKIP

343 00 ii 17 PLT I think we're going to be right in the ballpark.

Okay, it looks right - it looks like they - they
calculated it right on the money; 6 to l0 degrees,
and looks like it's going to be 8, UP. And I'm
waiting. It looks like you may be dead on
_;_/RIGHT. Now it's 7. How much further you
have to go?
894 ---

SPT I.5.
l
CDR Okay, got a 192 READY; MODE going to CHECK. Let's
see. S190 HEATER SWITCH light is off. We'll PRESS
TO TEST; DELTA T_P and 0VERT_P are okay. Here
comes the preoperate configuration. TAPE RECORD-
ER, ON; READY light on. S192, ON; READY light
out; MODE, CHECK; DOOR, OPEN. 191: READY -
POWER, ON; READY, on; COOT._ is ON; the DOOR is
OPEN. S190: POWER, ON; READY out; MODE, STANDBY;
door is open - verified. 93 RADIOMETER, STANDBY;
READY out; SCA'rA'_ON_;I'_ is OFF, _Y out; ALTI-
_i'_ is OFF, READY out. 94 is ON, READY on.
Okay, about 3 minutes to go.

343 O0 13 l0 CC Sounds like you're all set, Jerry. We're about

2 minutes to LOS. Canary Islands comes up at
00:25. I'll give you a calll there.

CDR 0kay, Dick. And the maneuver looks like it 's

going to work out okay.

CC 0kay.

PLT Okay, are we - are we ...?

PLT Okay. At 0.2 degrees to go, we got 7 UP and

00 T.k_T/RIGHT. And the 00 Just switched from
to the RIGHT side. And we're in the box, so
we're in good shape. Press on.

343 00 13 53 CDR Okay, EREP, START come at - comes at 16 minutes.

PLT Okay, I'll do my stuff at 24.

CDR 2 minutes to go.

CC I got to tell you all that the weather for this

was clear to the Moon.

PLT Yes, that 's great.

343 00 15 16 CDR That is D-day, Dick.

PLT Don't see a single cloud. Son of a gun. I won-

der how they arranged that.

CC Flight pla=n_ug.
 895

PLT I see. (Laughter)

CDR I've been meaning to talk to you about flight

planning, Dick.

CC Why don't you use the EREP pad?

CDR (Laughter)

343 00 14 59 CDR 1 minute to go.

CDR On my mark, it will be 00:16:00. Stand by -

343 00 15 59 CDR MARK. EREP, START. On my mark, it will be 16:lO.

343 00 16 i0 CDR MARK. Slgh went to MANUAL. Next ma_k will be

at 17:00.

PLT That thing's steady as a rock.

CDR Okay. No cal maneuver required.

CDR On my mark, it will be 17:00. Stand by -

343 00 16 59 CDR MARK. RADIOMETER, ON. Next mark is at 19:06.

PLT I don't do anything until 24.

CDR Yes, you really - really float. Don't even have

a V - yes, there's an AUTO CAL for you at 20:12.

PLT Look at the Moon.

PLT You're going to maneuver again in 2 minutes?

SPT Yes.

PLT Well, I wonder why you got this - What are you
going to maneuver toy

CDR Oh, that's right. You got to do the sweep.

PLT Yes.

CDR That's what he's doing, i0, a 10-degree scan.

CDR Okay, it's 1 minute to the second maneuver.

896

34300 18 30 CDR 30 seconds

CDR 15 seconds.

CDR Coming up on 19:00. 5, h, 3, 2, 1 -

3h3 00 18 59 CDR MARK. 19:00. Start Zhe second cal maneuver.

3)43O0 19 06 CDR MARK. At 06, Sl9e MODE to READY.

CDR On my mark, it will be 19: 30. Stand by -

343 00 19 28 CDR MARK. S190 MODE to AUTO. On my mark, the S190

READY light will be out.

3h3 00 19 h5 CDR MARK. The S190 READY light's out at hS; MODE
going to STANDBY; SHUTTER SPW.WD, MEDIUM. Next
mark is at 20. Stand by -

3h3 00 19 59 CDR MARK. 20:00. POLARIZATION going to 1 on S193

Romeo; SCATTEROMETER going to STANDBY. Next mark
is at 20:12; will be a VTS CAL, Bill.

343 00 20 ii CDR MARK VTS CAL.

PLT I was 1 second late.

CDR Okay. Next mark is at 20:30.

CDR Coming up on 23 - 20:30. Stand by -

3h3 00 20 27 CDR MARK. S190 MODE to AUTO. READY light will go

out on my mark.

343 00 20 h5 CDR MARK. READY light out at 45. MODE to STANDBY;

SHUTTER SPEED, SLOW. Next mark will he at 21 :06.
Stand by -

3h3 00 21 05 CDR MARK. S192 to STANDBY.

PLT How much longer does this maneuver take, Ed,

or does it continue?

PLT Okay, don't let me distract you, I Just -

The thing is I haven't even started my work yet,
and I was wondering if I was going to have to
do this on the fly.
 897

343 00 21 31 CDR MARK. S190 MODE to AUTO at 31. Standing by for

S190 READY light out.

PLT Okay, I see what's happening now.

343 00 21 46 CDE MARK. It's out at 46. MODE on S190 going to

STANDBY. 1 minute to S191 READY light on.

343 00 22 41 CDR Okay, we're approaching 22:52. Watching for the

191 READY light.

343 00 22 51 CDR MARK. The READY light on at 52. 191 REFERENCE

going to 9-

PLT Okay, we're dead on center.

CDR At 23:04 will be my next mark. Stand by -

343 00 23 03 CDR MARK. RADIOMETER to STANDBY. Next mark is at

23:30.

CDR Coming up on 23:30. Stand by -

343 00 23 29 CDR MARK. SCATTEROMETER, ON; RADIOMETER, ON.

PLT There we go; steady. Around l; I want to go UP

4. Standing by for 24 for VTS.

CDR Okay, 3 seconds to go.

343 O0 23 59 CDR/PLT MARK.

PLT DAC's ON. Going UP to 4 degrees for a minus i.

PLT Okay. i, 2 - 5, 5 seconds. That's 4 degrees.

Back DOWN. Comes again. The limb cal, and there 's
a sharp limb there. That's a radius. Okay. Start.
Stop and continue tracking - -

CDR 1 minute to my next mark.

PLT - - Coming back onto the limb.

343 O0 25 09 CC Skylab, Houston. AOS Canary/Madrid i0 minutes.

Standing by.

CDR Roger, Dick.

F_ PLT Trying anotherone.... first ***

898

CDR Next mark in 30 seconds.

PLT Okay. ST - ... there we go. Okay. And now the ...

CDR On my ma_k, it will be 26:00.

PLT Okay, now the - -

CDR Stand by -

343 00 26 00 CDR MARK. 193 POLARIZATION going to 4.

PLT - - Tmbrium Basin.

CC Roger, Jer. I concur with that time hack.

PLT And the ocean is ... very ...

343 00 27 06 PLT Okay, 6 degrees DOWN. Got to push button for

5 seconds .... CAMERA, OFF.

CDR Next m,_-k in i minute.

CDR Okay, on my mark it will be 28:30. Stand by -

343 00 28 29 CDR MARK. SCATTEROMETER, OFF; RADIOMETER, OFF.

CC Roger. And, SPT, Houston. When you get a chance,

we'd like S055 to MIRROR, LINE SCAN, please.

SPT Okay.

CC Also, anytime from here on in, you cam give us

ATM frame count. Probably not during this pass
though, since we're listening to the EREP.

CDR On my mark, it will be 29:00. Stand by -

343 00 29 00 CDR MARK. SCATYEROMETER is ON. 29:06.

343 00 29 06 CDR MARK. S191 going to REFERENCE 2.

CDR Okay, Bill, we're going to nother - want another

AUTO CAL here in about 50 seconds.

PLT Okay.

CDR *** give you much time the first time.

 899

PLT Okay. I'm Just getting two more cheeks on

the -

CDR 30 seconds to go.

PLT UP 5 degrees and minus 5 degrees.

PLT Okay, I'll be standing by.

CDR Okay.

PLT Okay. Those last two were UP 4 from minus 1 and

DOWN -

CDR l0 seconds.

PLT Okay° UP 4 and minus - -

CDR 5, 4, 3, 2, i -

343 00 30 05 CDR MARK.

343 O0 30 06 PLT MARK.

CDR Got off the count there. Sorry about that.

CDR Next mark is 30:30. 15 seconds. Coming up on

30:30. Stand by -

343 00 30 29 CDR MARK. SCATTEROMETER to STANDBY; 193 MODE to

XTNC, L/R. POLARIZATION is 5.

CDR Next mark 's at 48. Stand by -

343 00 30 47 CDR MARK it. SCATTEROMETER, ON; RADIOMETER, ON.

CDR Next mark will be an S191 READY light on, about

l0 seconds.

343 00 32 45 CDR MA/LK. _Y light's on at 46; 32:46.

323 00 32 50 CDR MARK. At 50, MODE to MANUAL on 94.

PLT Okay. Getting some more tracking on the Sea of

Tranquility. A DATA button pushed. I'm not
taking DAC film. Holding steady as a rock; I'll
just click off a couple of frames. Okay, I'm
releasing the pushbutton.
9O0

CDR Next mark will be 33:48.

343 00 33 34 PLT This will be for the Sea of Serenity. l'm push-
ing the DATA pushbutton now.

CDR Coming up on 48. Stand by -

343 00 33 47 CDR MARK. SCATTEROMETER, OFF.

343 00 33 49 CDR MARK. RADIOMETER, OFF. Correction: The

SCATTEROMETER and RADIOMETER to STANDBY. Now
the SCATTEROMETER is going to OFF.

PLT Okay, I got a few frames on the Sea of Serenity.

343 00 34 00 CDR EREP, star - STOP at 34:00.

PLT Okay.

CDR 6 minutes to the next mark.

PLT Okay, that finishes my sequence there.

343 O0 34 41 CC And, PLT, Houston. Just as a r_m_nder, we need to

get those S190 filters changed prior to a time
of 40:50, which is the next EREP start time.

PLT Roger. PLT; copy.

CC Okay.

CC Now while we got a minute here, we'd just like to

pass up to Ed Gibson a real "Attaboy" on catching
that mistake in the maneuver times. It's a wonder
that he wasn't 5 or - you weren't 5 or 6 minutes
late instead of only 2. It was a - strickly a
problem in not catching a - a mistake between
disciplines down here, and we'll try to do better.

343 00 35 22 SPT No problem, Dick. Most of the planning for this

had been real good. It's worked out real smooth.
I had a nagging feeling; and my left eyeball was
looking at the maneuver pad, and the right eyeball
at the ATM pad.

CC We appreciate it. It was due to a late Flight

Plan change, but we certainly should have caught
it. And we thank you for catching it.
 901

3h3 00 35 h5 SPT When we get a break, Dick, I'ii tell you about
that tropical storm - a little bit later.

CC Okay.

CDR Go ahead now, Ed. There's nothing cooking for

5 minutes.

SPT ...

CDR Oh, okay.

SPT Dick, it looks like we're all set up for unattended

ops except for pointing to Sun center. We were
still off at active region 96 when I went into the
handhold [sic] mode.

PLT Okay, I changed it. I'm going to go ahead and -

we're not doing anything. I'm going to change the
filters now. Excuse me.

CDR Okay, I'll open that while you get your gloves
on.

PLT Okay.

3h3 00 36 37 CDR Hello, Moon.

PLT Okay. Yes, thank you.

PLT All right, what's the news there?

CDR Let's see. It's 00:29, right? Okay. Station 1

should get Charlie Charlie.

343 00 37 i0 SPT Charlie Charlie. Okay.

343 00 37 39 PLT Okay, Charlie Charlie's in and Papa Papa is going

back. And there's the Moon.

CDR Yes. Okay, station 2 will be Delta Delta.

3h3 00 37 52 CC Skylab, Houston. We're about 1 minute from LOS.

Guam comes up at 01:05. And, SPT, we copied your
comments on active region 96. And if you don't
get to the pointing, we can take care of it from
the ground.

SPT Thank you.

902

PLT You did say station 2, did you not?

CDR Yes.

PLT Okay.

CDR I think your pocket must be open, Bill. There's

cloth floating all over the Joint. Delta Delta on
station 2. Station 3 is Echo Echo.

3h3 00 38 47 PLT And that should be confirmed. It is. Okay.

CDR All right, station h is Foxtrot Foxtrot.

343 O0 38 54 PLT That's correct.

CDR All right, 5 is Alfa Alfa.

PLT Okay, that ... caging.

PLT Foxtrot Foxtrot - -

CDR No - -

PLT No.

CDR - - Alfa Alfa.

PLT Alfa Alfa. Okay."

CDR There you go. Got it.

PLT Okay.

3h3 00 39 35 CDR And station 6 is Bravo Bravo. And we're coming up

on 1 minute from EREP, START.

PLT 0kay.

CDR Okay.

PLT Got it?

CDR Yes. I'll *** got my umbil *** Okay, that one's
in.

PLT Okay.

CDR Hey,here
's yourpad.
 903

CDR Made it by the skin of our teeth; 5 seconds. Stand

by for a 40:50.

343 00 40 50 CDR MARK. 40:50, EREP, START.

PLT You' re fat, dumb, and happy.

CDR S190 MODE to AUTO. Stand by -

343 00 41 00 CDR MARK at 41:00. Watching for a 190 READY light,

out.

343 00 41 16 CDR MARK. The READY light's out at 15; MODE to STANDBY;
SHUTTER SPEED to MEDIUM. MY next mark will be
41:40. Stand by -

343 00 41 40 CDR MARK. SI90 MODE to AUTO. Looking for an S190

READY out at 41:55.

343 00 41 55 CDR MARK. Out at 41:55; MODE to STANDBY; SH_

SPEED, FAST. Next mark will be 42:20. Stand by -

343 00 42 20 CDR MARK. S190 MODE to AUTO. Looking for a READY out
at 42:35.

343 00 42 35 CDR MARK. READY out at 42:4 - 35. MODE is STANDBY.

343 00 42 41 CDR EREP, STOP at 42:42. Coming up on 43:00 for an

SI maneuver, Ed. 5 seconds, Ed.

343 00 42 59 CDR MARK. 43:00. There's nothing in my pad about

ETC, either. Wonder why they took it out. Are
you sure we have it for the CAL?

PLT ...

343 00 45 04 PLT Okay, then we - treat this like a back-to-back.

Right?

CDR Right. Okay, Bravo number 7 is reading 32; 32

percent. S192 DOOR's going CLOSED, now.

343 O0 45 30 PLT Okay, VTS operator. I'm operating the DAC camera
4, l0 seconds. DAC, OFF. Okay, angle 00.

343 00 46 04 PLT The angles are to 00 . - VTS POWER, OFF. Film

transfer is not required. Okay, I record the frame
counter readings .... I tell you what. Why don't
9o4

we go off of hot mike right now? We're going to

go eat now anyway, I think - -

CDR Yes.

PLT - - is what the schedule calls for.

343 00 46 36 CDR I can't get that 190 door to lock.

TIME SKIP

343 01 23 12 SPT SPT debriefing the pass which began at 23:20 on

ATM. Okay, the first one - it all went all right
except for 55 which, unfortunately, when I got to
the panel, was in MECHANICAL REF rather than OPTI-
CAL. I did not know it, and so we got a GRATING
position. Rather than 1876, it was off by 102
from that. We got the VTR in; some at Sun center,
some at the limb. 12E went off without any prob-
lems. And due to a problem in the pad formatting,
I found myself having to make a maneuver here at
the end rather than finishing up with some obser-
ing time.

343 01 2_ 18 SPT I guess the message for the ATM pad writers. I
hope the - ... hopes that the - the EREP people
can get together so that when a maneuver is re-
quired, they can either put in the ATMpad or the
ATMpad can term_inate at the right point. Okay,
after the EREP maneuver, we came back and - Because
we had gone into that maneuver rather hastily, we
did not get the Sun center - the proper powerdown
for the unattended ops. So I think go back to
Sun-center and give us a building block 1 - I'm
sorry - a shopping list item 1 with a little over
1 minute on the CONTINUOUS MODE. I think we got
into our second sequence there. And 56 got a
PATROL, SHORT.

343 Ol 25 26 SPT Okay, SPT out.

343 01 25 50 SPT Okay, SPT at 13 - excuse me - 01:26. And the sub-

Ject is the tropical storm which we went over at
23:41. Let me Just try to describe this storm
to you briefly. First of all, it was Just, in
general, a relatively small but compact, well-formed
storm. The pre-storm squall lines were light and
 905

not very extensive activity along them. However,

they certainly did define the vortex flow. Cirrus
streaks were present ; they were also light and they
also defined the spiral flow. I could only notice
one overshooting cloud top, except for a - that
is poking through some of the cirrus which was
around - except for a whole band of turbulence,
which I'll talk about in a moment.

343 Ol 27 01 SPT Could see no circular exhaust clouds. The eye,

however, appeared well defined. The sides were
sloping gradually in and the eye was very circular.
However, we had an oblique view to it and could not
see all the way down to the water. I observed no
feeder band; none whatsoever. There was a wide
band of turbulent clouds above the cirrus, spiraling
inward toward the eye and very close to the eye
was a very wide band. What really caught my eye
was that the turbulence properties of this area
were very uniform - that is, the same size convec-
tion, roughly the same color, the same - okay, well,
the same uniform degree of gray in the cloud, the
same size cells - well, they were packed very much
together. Just looked like a turbulent - a turbu-
lent wall of clouds spiraling inward. It was very
wide.

343 01 28 28 SPT I guess in general, the storm was well formed ex-
cept for no feeder hands and looked rather mean.

343 01 28 38 SPT The second storm, which we did see, which was not
called up, but was - really caught our eye also,
was 6 miles down the road. That is, we passed
over at 23:h7. There was a lot of thick clouds, a
fairly wide band of them, mauy cells, quite a few
overshooting cloud tops, but it was not well formed
into a vortex flow. There was no eye apparent and
and no feeder band. It was larger than the other
tropical storm we had Just passed over, but it was
not well formed and maybe not even called a tropical
storm. It looked like Just a crescent-shaped area
of severe thunderstorms, although it was very
extensive. The photos which were taken, were taken
on the Hasselblad lO0-millimeters, f/ll, 1/250.
And I'll be back in a few minutes and give you the
frame numbers.

343 01 29 42 SPT SPT out.

906

343 01 36 hl SPT SPT at 01:36 reporting the frames which were taken
out of the Hasselblad of the storm which I Just
described. Those are m_g CX47. AMP was the 23:41
for the tropical storm and 23:46 for the thunder-
storm area. Frames number 133 to 141, f/16,
i00 millimeters, 1/250.

343 01 37 lh SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

343 02 02 37 SPT SPT at 02:02. M092; on the run which was made the
past date at the day 342 - -

CDR ... setting.

SPT - - for the LBNP was at six rather that seven -

that is, ome further out than we normally work. I
neglected to mention this earlier in my debriefing.

343 02 03 14 SPT SPT out.

343 02 18 49 CDR This is the CDR at 02:19. At 02:12, which was

T-2, Delta 6 was reading 57 percent.

343 02 24 18 CDR Okay, the MONITOR switches are: Alfa 2, 60; 3, 86;
4, 70; 5, 67; 6 is zero. Bravo 2 is 57; 3 is 75;
4 is 72; 5 is 75; 6 is 54; 7 is 32; 8 is i; 9 is
57. Charlie 2 is 45; Charlie 3 is 87; Charlie h
is 71; Charlie 5 is 82; Charlie 6 is 47; Charlie 7
is 60. Delta 2 is 86; Delta 3 is 85; Delta 4 is 72;
Delta 5 is 14; Delta 6 is 57; Delta 7 is I0. Pre-
operation configuration: TAPE RECORDER, ON; READY
light, on; 92 POWER is ON; READY light is out; DOOR
is OPENing. The S190 HEATER SWITCH OFF light is -
is not shining. DELTA TI_4P and OVERTEMP are okay.

PLT ...

CDR I'll press on and come back to - Okay. 91 is ON;

READY, on; COOLER, ON; 90 is ON; READY, out ; STAND-
BY, DOOR is OPEN. 93, STANDBY; READY, out;
SCATTEROMETER' s OFF ; READY, out ; ALTIMETER' s OFF ;
READY, out. 94 is ON.

343 02 26 14 CDR EREP is started at 26:14. VTS, AUTO CAL, Bill.

 9o7

PLT When? Now?

343 02 26 18 CDH S194 going to MODE, MANUAL. Go. I've got - I got
us behind.

PLT Okay, that was at 21.

CDR 21. Okay. VTS, AUTO CAL at 21. Man, really got
behind there all of a sudden.

PLT Yes.

CDR I don't like working from this checklist on a backup.

I wish we had a cue card for the back - back-to-back,
too.

343 02 27 57 CDR 92 DOOR made it OPEN.

PLT Yes, he's right.

343 02 28 07 CDR Too easy to lose your place. MODE should be in

CHECK; that's where it is.

PLT ... right over the Himalayas. Man, that - -

CDR Okay, that S191 READY CAL didn't - didn't hurt

us at all.

PLT That's at 30:07.

CDR All right, looking at ***. Add ll minutes,

ii seconds. It'd be 28 - no, add 9. It'd be
28:55 I expect to see a S191 READY light come on.

PLT Still over the Himalayas. *** we break down to

the flatlauds, I should pick up Katmandu or
whatever it is.

CDR Okay.

PLT Man, picking up a lot of cloud cover.

CDR Yes, they said it was broken.

PLT I thought that we were going to luck out there.

343 02 29 00 CDR MARK. The READY light came on at 29 even.

908

PLT Now - -

CDR Going to REF 6.

PLT No DAC for this site. Okay.

PLT Man, that 's rugged looking country. Whoo !

CDR Yes, I'll tell you.

PLT Man, I'd hate to bail out over that country.

CDR *** ...

CDR Ooh!

PLT How'd you like to walk out of there?

PLT/CDR (Laughter)

CDR That 's Jagged looking.

PLT Ooh!

CDR Okay. My next mark is going to be at 30:03.

PLT 30:07 is when I go IMC.

CDR Okay. Stand by -

3h3 02 30 03 CDR MARK. At 30:03, S190 MODE went to AUTO.

CDR Ed, at 30:15 the ETC goes to AUTO. That's 5 seconds.

PLT Shazam.

CDR 19 , 20.

PLT Okay, I've got what I think is Katmandu and I'm

painting a clear area here at ***ay, start data
take.

343 02 30 32 PLT Now. And I'm coming down so I - I am painting a

point which looks like it'd be about 15 miles east
of Katmandu.

PLT Okay. Now I'm going to go - Well, I'll give you

•.. tracking on this. I'm 21 degrees. .m. go to
minus I0. I'm going to go over and paint the town
 909

directly, so you'll have comparative data. And I'm

in a real good spot here.

CDR Oh, why did I do that?

343 02 31 05 CDR Okay, this is the CDR. I terminated S190 too soon,
about a minute too soon.

PLT Looks like that the target I picked out is actu-

ally a small agricultural area and I'd say maybe
l0 - no, excuse me, on the order of 5 miles to the
east of Katmandu. Okay, I'm minus l0 degrees.
Now I'm going to go over - directly over the city.
*** get a little painting on that. Okay, I'm
tracking what I think is the city.

343 02 31 37 CDR Okay, I reselected S190 and got it going again.

We need another 30 seconds of it before I shut it
down and reselect it. Sorry about that.

3h3 02 32 05 CDR Okay, going to STANDBY on S190. Frame of 29. S193

Alfa going to STANDBY.

PLT Thunderstorm - I use the DAC. Here. We're coming

out here. Right at the mouth of the GangesRiver
is where we are now, fellows. Calcutta, Dacca.
Calcutta is under cloud cover.

343 02 33 4h CDR Okay, then this is the C&D operator. Essentially

you had about a 35-second dropout of Sl90 data.
I reselected the sequence again and terminated the
sequence midstremn, put it back in STANDBY and
cycled the power to make sure that we start a new
sequence next time up.

PLT Lots of rice paddies down there, man. Golly!

Should be coming up on Rangoon here pretty soon.
Passed it'

CDR Yes, Rangoon's a real delta area, isn't it?

PLT Yes.

CDR I looked at that last night with the binoculars.

Okay, Ed. We're coming up on 35:35 for an ETC,
AUTO. l0 seconds. Stand by-

343 02 35 3)4 CDR MARK. 35:35. ETC, AUTO. Next mark will be at
35 :53. Coming up on 35 :53. Stand by -
 910
--4

343 02 35 53 CDR MARK. S190 to AUTO.

CDR You over Rangoon yet?

343 02 36 08 PLT Yes. I've passed it. Looks like we're coming up
on Bangkok here.

PLT ...

CDR Hitting the Thailand plain there ; coastal plains

of Thailand.

PLT Yes, there's the Mekong Delta.

CDR Okay, at 36:40, well, I'll give a m_k. It says

93 RADIOMETER, OFF. Stand by.-

343 02 36 39 CDR MARK. RADIOMETER, OFF. I question that one; that

one's very peculiar. At 36:52, stand by -

3h3 02 36 51 CDR MARK. The ALTIMETER is ON.

CDR I don't know why we took the radiometer and turned

it OFF. It was only in STANDBY. Now we are going -
to have to go back to STANDBY again at 38:54. I
have a hunch that was a misprint ; that should have
been RADIOMETER, ON.

PLT Sometimes they only turn it on to get the power on,

Jer.

CDR Well, they Just had me turn it off.

PLT Well, ... turn it ... on?

CDR Maybe they want it back to STANDBY shortly.

PLT Oh, I don't know, ***area.

CDR Okay, we're coming up on 38:06. Stand by -

PLT Yes, there's that ... - -

343 02 38 05 CDR MARK at 38:06. The S190 INTERVAL going up to 20.

ETC to STANDBY, Ed.

PLT It's so bright .... when I zoom in.

CDR What are you'looking at?

 911

PLT Thunderstorms.

CDE MY next mark will be at 38:48. Coming up on 38:h8.

Stand by -

343 02 38 47 CDR MARK. ALTIMETER to STANDBY. On 54 stand by -

PLT Ed, you want ... - -

343 02 38 53 CDR MARK. ALTIMETER - correction, RADIOMETER going to

STANDBY. 39 even -

343 02 39 00 CDR MARK. We're going S190 INTERVAL to i0. ETC to

AUTO. 39:12. Stand by -

343 02 39 ii CDR MARK. RADIOMETER, ON. 192 MODE to READY.

PLT Oh, here's a beauty.

CDR 39:24 coming up. Stand by -

PLT It's a beauty.

3h3 02 39 23 CDR MARK. ALTIMETER to MODE, I. RANGE is 83.

PLT Okay.

CDR Stand by. Next one is hl with an ETC, STANDBY.

PLT ... on this one. Back in. Two. Twins are over-
shooting cloud tops. Data now .... two beauties
... there. Okay, stopping. Going for a clear
area.

CDR 1 more minute to EC - ETC, STANDBY, Ed.

SPT I didn't have a chance to get it. I had to -

PLT Okay, looks like we're crossing Indonesia.

CDR Yes.

PLT ... Borneo. Yes, we're over Borneo. Yes - -

CDR On my mark, it will be 41:00 and ETC to STANDBY.

Stand by -

343 02 40 59 CDR MARK. ETC to STANDBY. 41:10's coming next.

Stand by -
912

343 02 41 i0 CDR MARK. 192 to CHECK. SIR0 READY light is out.

MODE going to STANDBY. FRAMES are going to lO,
10. 41:B4 is the next one. Stand by -

343 02 41 34 CDR MARK. RADIOMETER to STANDBY.

PLT Dang. That's a shame. I had some beautiful anvils.

They're Just out of the field of view.

CDR Next mark will be at 42:40. It's about 35 seconds.

PLT Oh, blast. I got some beautiful thunderbumpers

here, but they're Just out of the field of view,
out of my limit of travel.

CDE Clear off of track, off the side?

PLT Yes. I've been wanting - waiting to get a good

anvil at a fairly low Sun angle - I mean a low
angle of view.

CDR On my mark, it'll be 42:40. Stand by -

343 02 h2 h0 CDR MARK. RADIOMETER, OFF. Next mark at 42:5h.

PLT Now painting a - what we would Ca!l a towering

view. I'll Just let you get it. I want ... - -

CDR Stand by -

PLT 22 ...

343 02 42 54 CDR MARK. S192 MODE to READY. Stand by -

PLT ...

343 02 h3 00 CDR MARK. At h3 the ALTIMETER went on.

PLT That ought to - -

CDR Stand by -

343 02 h3 06 CDR MARK. AT 06 the S190 MODE went to AUTO and ETC
should be in AUTO.

PLT Clear area.

CDR Next mark is at h4 even.

 913

3h3 02 h3 18 CC Skylab, Houston. AOS Carnarvon and Honeysuckle

13 minutes. Standing by.

CDR Roger, Dick. Okay, Ed, on my next mark it'll be

44 with ETC to STANDBY. Coming up on hh:O0.
Stand by -

343 02 43 59 CDR MARK. 192, STANDBY; ETC, STANDBY. 44:06; stand

by-

343 02 44 06 CDR MARK. INTERVAL going up to 20.

CDR Be over at Australia now?

PLT Yes, sure are. It's coming up. Wish we had a

place to hold these maps. Losing the doggone things.
There is it. Derby.'

CDR Okay, looking for an S190 READY light to go out.

B43 02 45 14 CDR MARK. 190 READY light out at 13, MODE to STANDBY.

PLT Okay. I 'm painting up the - -

CDR 45:30 comingup. Standby -

343 02 45 29 CDR MARK. S194 MODE to MANUAL. Go ahead, Ed - Bill.

PLT This is on the west side of the bay leading up to

Derby. I'm getting a few seconds there. Then I
shall go up and paint to the west of the city.
Oops, I don't want that on.

PLT Better be it. It is it .... as if there

were some red top soil or - -

CDR At mY mark, it 's going to be 46 :30.

PLT - - red ... clay it looks like.

CDR Stand by -

343 02 46 29 CDR MARK. ALTIMETER to STANDBY. RANGE going to 87.

PLT Another clear area.

CDR On mY mark, it'll be 46:45. Stand by -

914

343 02 46 44 CDR MARK. ALTIMETER is ON.

PLT Okay. I'm looking straight down through some haze

now. Still painting about 3 or h miles to the west
of the city. Now we don't have any DAC to docu-
ment it. West of the river. Okay. Let's see if
we can wind this thing up.

CDR On my mark, it'll be 47:40.

PLT Okay, I'm going to go up to the south of the city,

the west of the river.

CDR Stand by -

343 02 47 40 CDR MARK. 191 REFERENCE to 2.

.i

PLT ... run out of travel now. Red. Here's some big
lake here. I'll Just get some data on it. Looks
like a dried - dried lake bed. At 48:10, an angle
of 30 degrees, left ... Getting good data on that
lake.

CDR Okay, in - Bill, in 20 seconds I'm going to need

a VTS, AUTO CAL.

PLT Okay. Give me a call.

CDR Okay. i0 seconds.

PLT Standing by.

CDR Okay, on my call it'll be 48:40. Stand by -

343 02 48 40 CDR MARK.

343 02 48 41 PLT MARK.

CDR VTS, AUTO CAL.

PLT Okay.

CDR Okay. I've got an ALTIMETERUNLOCK light. READY

light is out.

PLT Turn it off for 15 seconds?

CDR Yes.
 915

PLT Okay. I'm coming up on a lake. I've got 54 de-

grees, 3 degrees left; time is going to be -

3h2 02 49 13 PLT MARK. Mark when it comes into view. 54 degrees

up and 3 degrees left.

CDR Okay. I got a READY light on ALTImeTER and it's

cooking again.

343 02 49 23 PLT MARK. 49:23. *** starting to track. Now for

comparative purposes, I'm going to go into a large -
what appears to be a large dried lake. Actually,
it looks like there's a little bit of water in it.
An awful lot of erosion streaks there. It might
be ... blowing dust down there on the surface.

343 02 49 59 CDR Okay. I got the ALTIMETER UNLOCK light ; still

got a READY light.

PLT Okay. Data right now is at 47 degrees. Our time

is 50:10. I'll give a mark.

343 02 50 lO PLT 50:10. *** degrees, 16 left. I'm tracking a la -

dried lake bed. It has an awful lot of erosion.

343 02 50 16 CDR Okay. Still got a READY light and ALTIMETER UNLOCK
light. At 50:20, ALTIMETER going to STANDBY and -

PLT Northeast to southwest *** Okay?

343 02 50 46 CDR Okay, looking for an S191 READY light at 51:20.

TIME SKIP

343 03 01 21 CDR This is the CDR at zero - O3:01 Zulu, reporting

on handheld photography. The target was the south
end of South Island, New Zealand. It was an excep-
tionally clear day; our trajectory just took us
right over the very southernmost end of New Zealand.
I got two good obliques from the west side of the
south end of South Island, looking to the northeast.
And I took the first one looking to the northeast,
and then I delayed about a minute, and took the
second one looking about the same direction and I
picked up the - the eastern side of the island.
916

343 03 02 09 CDR I got the very distinct hint that maybe the
fault zone - the crossfault there - that's shown
in the - in our map as a dotted line and heading
off to the - to the east looked to me like maybe
it was along that river, because there is a river
that's extremely straight. And then it - there's
a lake up in the mountain up above it that's kind
of aligned along with the river. And the river
Jogs off to the north a little bit, but the lake
up higher looks like it's li - it's long and
slender and lined up with the river. Looks like
a rather straight line, so I was thinking that
maybe that is where there's a crossfault.

343 03 02 47 CDR The frames are 142 and 143 on magazine Charlie
X-ray 47. The pictures were taken at 02:59 and
03:00. The f/stop was ii; 100-millimeter lens
at 1/250.

3h3 03 03 07 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

343 12 16 00 SPT SPT at 12:16. PRD readings: 42 to 309, 23 to

164, 38 - 209.

343 12 16 17 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

343 13 54 28 CDR This is the CDR at 13:55. Terminated VTR

recording, 5 minutes. Began at 17 to go and
terminate - correction, began at 22 to go and
terminated at 17 to go.

343 13 54 43 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

343 16 38 36 CDR This is the CDR at 16:39 Zulu. Initiated battery

7 from M509. Initiated a charge at this time.
 9_7

343 16 38 46 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

343 17 02 07 SPT Okay, the first one, handheld 35-4, we're unable
to observe because of weather. We had a fair
amount of cloud cover in the area (music), and we
could not see the sea mount. Han_eld number 32,
however, off the Chile coast, we were able to
observe (music). First, the camera data: The
photographs, three of them, were taken at 16:50,
16:51, and 16:51 on mag CX47; frames 144, 145, and
146. There were some clouds in the picture, but
yet we had fairly dark water not reflecting back
up, so I went and used f/ll plus a half stop and
100-millimeters, 1/250 of a second, for all three.
(Music)

343 17 03 28 SPT Okay, the upwelling which I did see was fairly
light-colored water, lighter than the dark blue
water around it. The - The dark blue being on a
f_ Forel scale,maybe a i or a 2. And the lighter
water, which I took to be the upwelling in the
plankton bloom, something on the order of a 7 or
an 8. Some of it was quite green. The upwelling
plumes themselves - There was one major one which
I captured in the first one - showed the lighter-
colored features to be laying off right next to
coastline, maybe a small amount off. By that I
mean a couple of degrees in my field of view.
The - then there was a couple of eddies of this,
protruding outward, sort of with random spirals,
no - no one orientation of the spirals or - or
rotation direction.

343 17 04 39 SPT Fairly thin, tenuous arms of this material, but

it looked as though it had originated from the
coastline and eddies occurring at a little bit
further out. The distance off the coastline to
which the two eddies which I saw traveled was about
i0 to 15 degrees in my field of view. The first
picture covered that. The second picture moved
a little bit further down the coastline. (music).
918

343 17 09 31 SPT SPT at 17:09 reporting on some handheld photos

(music). Okay, handheld photo 35-h is the sea
mount we could not observe before because of
clouds. However, handheld photo 32 we did get.
And our three photos associated with that - let
me give you those numbers first. It was on CX47,
frames 144, 145, and 146, taken at 16:50, 16:51,
and 16:51. The f/stops were ll plus a half,
100-millimeter lens, and shutter speed of 1/250 on
all three photos (music).

3h3 17 i0 h3 SPT We were able to see the plankton blooms resulting

from the upwelling off the coast of Chile; was
quite prominent. A good part of the coast north
of the site that we were looking at was covered
with clouds, so we could not see how far up it
extended in that direction. What we saw was the
plankton blooms associated with the upwelling.
The blooms themselves were of a lighter color.
I would estimate a 7 or an 8 on a Forel scale,
in contrast with the dark ocean water of 1 or 2
around it.

343 17 Ii 21 SPT The color of the plankton blooms was light and
contained a fair amount of green in contrast with
the dark blue. The bloom itself extended along
the coastline and had some long tenuous arms
reaching out to sea - reaching out to the ocean;
maybe out i0 degrees or so in our field of view.
Now they appeared to be material which was swept
out by eddies - material welled up - and - and
the edges of the eddies where the velocity was
the highest, it carried material out to sea. The
first picture showed that quite well. There was
two eddies in that. The second picture showed
a more tenuous pattern a little further south
along the coastline which extended out a little
further, maybe 15 degrees.

B43 17 12 26 SPT The arm or lines of plankton, which were pushed

around in a random direction, were fairly well
defined but fairly weak in color contrast between
the dark blue ocean. It was still a light green
but the contrast was not as great. It looks as
though it had become diluted somewhat.

343 17 13 OB SPT Now it's estimated that the region close to the
coastline was - oh, a couple of degrees or so in
width of our field of view. We did take the two
photographs of the material itself. A third one --_
 919
t

was taken of the coastline with - or of the

water right next to the coastline once we had
passed it. And the Sun glint allowed us to pick
up the wave pattern quite nicely; the waves being,
in general, parallel to the coastline and of a
much longer wavelength than I would suspect that
we would observe from up here. So I think what
we were seeing was probably the results of a
gravity wave, or internal wave if you will. I
think that stands - stood out quite nicely in the
third photograph.

343 17 lh 03 SPT We could not observe any darkened water which

might represent the upwelling itself relative
to the ocean water, because the - there was quite
a bit of clouds further out, and we just happened
to get into an area which was open when we took
these pictures. So the dark blue which we saw, we
could not contrast that to the ocean water further
out. And between patches we could not notice
anything. It was kind of an impressive sight
though. The fishing ought to be good down there.

343 17 lh 35 SPT SPT out (music).

343 17 15 32 SPT SPT at 17:15 discussing the ATM pointing stability

and accuracy test. Now I'll Just follow right on
through the procedures as they were called out.
And I'll give you a discussion of the ones that
warrant them (music).

SPT Okay, there was a misinterpretation about the pad

which had me call - omit the bias momentum in step
16. And in the late evening hours when this thing
was gone over last night, after working the EREP
cal maneuvers in EREP, it was - step 16 was omitted
entirely as opposed to just the bias momentum.

343 17 16 35 SPT And I didn't realize that we were missing some-

thing until I realized we had not set our maneuver
time to zero. In which case, that alerted us to
the fact that we had a problem. So we went back
and picked that up just about the same time the
ground did. Okay, star tracker information: On
step 21 we locked up on star number 1 at plus -
an OUTER GIMBAL of plus 1653 and an INNER GIMBAL
of plus 0658. Gimbal positions on star 2, which
we locked up on: On OUTER GIMBAL, minus 115;
INNER GIMBAL, plus 2125. These gimbal angles
920

remained the same up to 14:53. We got locked up

on those quite early, as soon as we got the
attitude.

343 17 17 57 SPT Mercury did show up about 2 to 3 minutes early.

We expected it at 14:h6, and it showed up at
around lh:43, or so. It was quite visible. I
was pleasantly surprised. I'm wondering how
visible - or what the intensity of Mercury is,
relative to Kohoutek. We were able to see -
Well, I'll discuss this in a moment, later, as we
go through it. One thing that concerned me as we
went through this test was that because of the
degradation of the 55 - I'm sorry, 52 white light
coronagraph image, I've noticed that I've had to
turn the display up aSmost to full BRIGHTNESS to
get the normal intensity in the coronal background,
whereas we used to be able to do it with 6 or so.
That's with max contrast. Now we have to go up
to 9.

343 17 18 58 SI_2 So I was a little bit concerned about being able

to see the planet Mercury., but it did show up
quite well. We're able to turn the intensity down _
to 06 or 05, somewhere in that region and still
observe it.

343 17 19 18 SPT Okay, on to step 26. And I'll give you the - the
information as we go through each step. Number A,
step A, which was a dual-axis maneuver - -

343 17 19 31 CC Skylab, Houston ....

SPT We made that a dual-axis maneu - maneuver. The - -

CDR Hey, Bill?

PLT Yes.

343 17 20 15 SPT Okay, I had to go turn a few speakers down because

Houston was calling on the m. On A, present posi-
tion, X was plus 000; Y was minus 120. The desired
position we picked was X, minus 100; and Y of plus
100. A maneuver which we put in with the 52021
was a 50100 and a 512200 [sic] and 50000. The po-
sition we attained was the X, minus 070; and Y, a
plus ll3. We watched the display and it seemed to
be holding fairly stable. We could not observe a
light change at all. We used the XUV MONITOR over-
lay which essentially divides our grid up on the _-_
 921

white light coronagraph overlay into one-quarter

finer section so that we were able to estimate
right on down to 0.01 degrees. I think we were
able to do that quite accurately. We'll discuss
that a little bit more at the conclusion of step
26.

CC ...

343 17 21 48 SPT Okay, in B: We made a single-axis maneuver. The

maneuver was made at 15:06. The present attitude
was the same as quoted before for our final; that
is, minus 070 and plus 113. The desired we wanted
was zero in X and in Y was plus 113. The maneu-
vers we put in was - with the 52021 was a 51070
and a 50000 and another 5000 [sic]. The position
attained was plus 006 in X and plus ii0 in Y.
That held stable over the next 6 - 6-1/2 minutes
or so. Made another single-axis maneuver at 15:12
and 40 seconds. Again our present position for
that maneuver was plus 006 in Y - in X and plus
ii0 in Y. The desired was plus 000 in X and
minus 120 in Y. That wasn't quite a single-axis
maneuver. We did try to get back to our original
position. The maneuver which we put in with the
52021 was a 50006, 50230, and 50000. The position
obtained was minus 017 in X, and Y was minus 124.
Okay, we looked at the two to observe stability.
And again it looked good there.

343 17 24 01 SPT We did not see a move to even 0.i. There was
some settling time allowed though. In all of
these maneuvers, we did not go straight to the
point, but we actually went to the - the one axis.
And the X maneuvers are the fastest, of course.
And then wet usually ended up with a - by making
some sort of an arc-shaped maneuver and usually
overshot the position and then came back and it
took about a minute and a half or 2 to settle
down completely.

SPT We had some time left so we went ahead and made

two more maneuvers ; call this D maneuver. The
present position in X was minus 017 and the present
position in Y was minus 12h. And desired - the
time to go to the upper left-hand side, which
was an X desired of plus i00 and Y desired of
plus lO0. The maneuvers which we put in were
52021, 51117, 51224, 50000. We made the maneuver
922

at 15:25 even. We obtained plus 114 in X and plus

106 in Y.

343 17 25 33 SPT Now at this point, we're going to try to fly off the
display back to the original position. Thought
it wss best to try. to put it at X, the test on
the maneuvering system itself, than try to maneuver
back exactly along the direction we came or
directly to the point we came from. And that was
done by Just reversing the previous commands.
That is, with our - when we go back to it - to a
position of X of minus 017 and Y of minus 124 from
our previous position which was plus ll4 in X and
plus 106 - correction, let's go back and explain
that. We ended up at plus ll4 and plus 106.
Rather than use those numbers to calculate a new
maneuver, we just reversed the previous ones,
which should have gotten us right back to minus
017 and minus 12h. That is, the commands we
entered were 52021, 50117, 50224, and 50000. We
did that maneuver at 15:29:45. During the maneuver,
Mercury. was moved directly to center of the
occulting disk, or pretty close to the center,
and at about 010 on the coronagraph scale; that's -
in octal, equivalent to 0.08 degrees. At that
distance outside of the larger dark circle on the
overlay, Mercury came into view. It was fairly faint
at the beginning, but rapidly came in to where we
could pick it up. And I think at about 0.08 degrees
outside of that larger darker line on the overlay,
we can - we'll be able to pick up - were able to
pick up Mercu_j. Now the values we actually
attained were minus 020 in X and minus 12h in Y.
So we did not end up where we started out in X;
we did in Y. We were off 3 units - that's
0.03 degrees in X.

343 17 28 15 SPT Now at this point, we decided we'd look at crew

motions a little bit. And I'll just give you some
deltas that we saw in the various crew motions.
First, Jerry took a normal pushoff from the air-
lock, moving on down in the OWS and ended up on -
at the trash airlock, and with that, the X had
experienced no change. And the position of Mer-
cury in Y changed from 123 to 124 and back again.
Jerry then did some T013 pushoffs quite vigorously,
and in X we went from 014 to 024; oscillated back
and forth there. And in Y, there was no change.
During the Mark I exercise, there is a jitter of
 923

about plus or minus 001, both in X and Y. The

bike - And in riding the bike, there's a Jitter
of plus or minus 0.005 in X and no change in Y.
Now the hard pushoff from the airlock to the bottom
of the OWS: In X there was no change and in Y
there was movement around 124 of plus or minus
O. 002.

PLT ... Whole gosh darn ...

343 17 29 53 SPT Now the things which we looked for as possible

crew procedural items which we ought to be aware
of were, first of all, parallax. And we would
estimate that the most problems we would have
with parallax was a O.OO1 and probably most likely
less than that. That was probably a liberal
maximum, What we did was to put our head para -
perpendicular to the - so that line of sight was
perpendicular to the point of the tube - on the
tube they're looking; that is, you do not hold
their head at the center of the tube in making
all the estimates but rather moved our heads so
that our line of sight was perpendicular to the
face of the tube where we were looking. The
screen is at considerable distance in from the
top surface where we had the overlay, and parallax
would have been a problem, had we not done that.

3h3 17 30 56 PLT The CROSSHAIRS we set at the very beginning at

what appeared to be the center of the white light
coronagraph display. That was done at - on day-
side. I think we had that fairly accurately done.
We used both the overlays to do that and by eye-
ball on the image of the occulting disk, and they
both came out to be about the same. By using the
display, I was able to center the display outer
ring around the occulting disk, so that was uni -
assured was centered. You can look at the very
annulus - first of all, annulus of light to get
that quite accurately centered and then put the
electronic CROSSHAIRs at the center of that display.
That also turned out to be the point of where we
would center it on the occulting disk by eye
without the overlay. And then taped the monitor
control to verify that we had not moved the
electronic crosshairs in the taping.

3_3 17 31 59 SPT And also during the observations, we verified that

they had not moved off center. We taped the over-
924

lay to the tube, and it was held down quite firmly,

and it did not change its relative position with
the crosshairs throu6hout the observations. The
white light coronagraph display does look slightly
elliptical, the long axis running left/right along
the direction of the occulting disk support.

343 17 32 42 SPT I personally was not very happy with the numbers.
We're going to have a tough time pointing some of
the fine-pointing instruments where we'd like to
see them, with those kind of accuracies, l'm
hoping what we can - what the folks on the ground
might be able to do is to look at these re,tubers
and determine what scale factor would have to be
applied to our - to our measurements off of the
overlay in order to actually get to where we want
to be on that overlay. Now we have an HP-B5 on
board so we could certainly make some fairly
straightforward calculations which involve quite
a few digits very easily. The scale factor, of
course, probably, is going to change as you move
across the display, and I'm hoping that there's
some easy way to take that into account. I'm not
sure you've got all the information you really
need to work that out, however. We tried to give
you some fairly long maneuvers so that you could
look at the largest possible errors we were
encountering and give you the highest possible
accuracies.

343 17 33 59 SPT The maneuver back, no problem, and the remainder

of the steps were no problem at all. That's one
that we - surprised by what we were able to see
in the white light coronagraph, but not too happy
with the numbers.

343 17 34 13 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

343 18 15 03 SPT SPT at 18:15, M092. Leg blood pressure on the

CDR, 120 over 75. Left leg girth, 13.0; right
leg, 13-1/8. Left legband, Al_a November; right
legband, Alfa Quebec. And for M151, the start
time on this run was 17:20.

343 18 15 36 SPT SPT out.

 925

343 18 33 13 FLT *** 0_3, haadheld target number 118 - -

TIME SKIP

3h3 18 h3 31 CDR This is the CDR at 18:h3 Zulu. Terminated the

M092 at about 18: 38, and we' re beginning the
M093 at this time. Comments for the medical
people on the M092. We cleet - completed the
the run with no problem. My pulse pressure
remained about - I guess the minimum was about
30. I saw DIASTOLIC - or SYSTOLIC blood pressure
drop to, let's see, 89 in - on a couple of
occasions ; the DIASTOLIC stayed down around 68
to 70 all the time. The HEART RATE got up to
about 80, I think. I think it helped quite a
bit to move the saddle back out to number 6
position, instead of number 7. I didn't feel
quite as uncomfortable, although when that thing
does start sucking you at 50, it really pulls
you down hard on that saddle, and it's very
uncomfortable. One comment concerning facial
photos. I forgot to take facial photos yester-
day on Ed, and we doggonenear forgotto do it
again today. And I have a question. I wonder
how are - how critical are these facial photos
at 50-millimeters of mercury? Because this is
a time when we're really very, very interested
in what's going on with the ESS and we're both
watching blood pressure, heart rate, and all
that. And we really shouldn't be distracted
unless these facial photos are really quite
necessary. We Just doggone near - for - again -
forgot them again today, and Ed had to really
hustle to get them in time. And I would rather
not have anybody fooling with photos and - and
looking away from the ESS unless - unless it's
really necessary.

3h3 18 h5 25 CDR CDR out.

323 18 25 30 CDR This is the CDR with a postscript to the LBNP

comments I Just made. I guess I should probably
tell you a little bit how I prepar - prepared
myself. I did no exercise this morning. I
took a water intake of about 28 ounces, and I
did it all between 07:00 in the morning and
09:00, and then had no water between 09:00 and
926

ll:00 when we were scheduled to start. I had a

fairly good night's sleep last night. I felt
reasonably well rested this morning and went into
the test with a - in a good frame of mind. I
think frame of mind may have something to do with
this too. If you're really worried and anxious
about the test, I think maybe that might even
help to make you perform a little bit less - a
little worse on the LBNP.

343 18 46 23 CDR This is CDR out.

343 18 51 18 PLT This is the PLT briefing for the third time on
my dual passes ; I think I had trouble with the
recorder before. The pass that started at -
16:24, J0P 6, step 2, building block 32, was
completed as printed. The corona showing fine
structure from about 8 o'clock to about 9:30 on
the east limb. JOP 1 Delta, step 1 was - threw
me backward a little bit. I lost a little time
in there because of bullet 3. I went around the
thing about three times there. I saw that I
needed to have the thing - I set up at 766 to
start with. Thought I would be ahead of the --
game. Then I got to the third bullet. I see -
I saw I needed the ZER0-ORDER, and so I went back
to 00, and then I saw the parenthetical addition,
et cetera, and so I came back to 766. And then
I looked and I saw that we had a MIRROR callout -
also, a MIRROR AUTO RASTER was specified, and
I mused over that for a while and lost some time
before I got started. Once I got started, every-
thing went nominally. I - I completed the entire
pass, with the exception of one 82B exposure.
Okay, the second time around on - starting at
17:58 in JOP 6, step 2, building block 32, was
completed on schedule, The coronagraph looked
the same - the corona looked the same. 1 Delta,
step i, building block 27, was completed okay
this time. Started 1 Delta, step i, building
block 28. I completed it all as published. I
got 35 of these mini-RASTERs, or whatever they
are. And I got - one - two extra 82B exposures,
and one extra 56 exposure, SINGLE FRAME, 5.
And also, I did the SINGLE FRAME, 5 down to the
atmosphere.

343 18 53 22 PLT PLT out.

 927

TIME SKIP

343 20 15 08 CDR This is the CDR at 20:15 Zulu. The subject is DAC
malfunctions. I just completed a - a check run on
transporter 7 and transporter number 3 in the film-
threading DAC that's mounted on the film vault and
found them to be working perfectly. I then took
transporter number 6, which is in the film vault
with about 7 or 8 percent of film left on it, put
that on DAC number 4, and ran it successfully at
all speeds with no problem. So I put all equip-
ment back into operation again. And I think that
we will Just have to keep a close eye on DAC 4 and
these two transporters in the future and see if we
can't find some failure mode that's longer lasting.
But as it stands right now, all three pieces of
equipment seem to be working normally.

343 20 16 05 CDE CDR out.

343 20 25 13 SPT SPT at 25, ATM pass which began at 19:32. Okay,
it all went out - went as called for, except for
one point - 56 SINGLE FRAME, 2. Got really a
SINGLE FRAME, LONG EXPOSURE with another one on
top of that of around 4 minutes. Other than that,
the exposures went as called for. The FRAME -
SINGLE FRAME, FILTER 5 got around ll minutes.

SPT The last two lines, as written on the schedule,

confused me a little bit: Continue 55 to 400 K.
Terminate 56. I assume what was wanted was to
terminate both 55 and 56 at 400 K. 55 did go
beyond - a little bit beyond 400 K. So it was
really not too clear to me. And I think it
would be easier just to say what you want ter-
minated at a given time or what you want red to
continue to. I just terminated 56 without being
told. I didn't know when to terminate it. I did
it at 400 K, but I also thought maybe the line
above it should have been - Continue 55 to 40 K.
But it was 400 K as written. I mentioned on an
air-to-ground that I was able to see a marked
change up there by the northpole in that a
bright spot had appeared .... bright spot up
around 00:20 at 0.9; quite sizeable. And I got
some observing time next orbit. And I think I'll
go on up and take a look at it.
928

343 20 27 50 SPT SPT out.

343 20 43 07 PLT Okay, the PLT starting the recording for S063,
comet observations. Time is 20:43 and I'm going
to go get a time hack.

343 20 45 36 PLT Okay, time's all hacked. Coming up on 46. 15

minutes away from first exposure.

PLT Looks like there's some clouds going by.

CDR You got 5 minutes to go, Bill.

PLT Okay.

PLT Still see a lot of clouds.

PLT Wait until you've terminated ...

343 20 h8 45 PLT Looks like mountains - snow-covered mountains

there.

343 20 49 37 PLT Atlantic City.

PLT There's your coastline and inland somewhere.

343 20 51 09 PLT Okay, it's 51 and l0 seconds. Okay, I think

we're going to be off ... in a few minutes.

PLT Started the tape recorder way too early.

CREW ...

PLT Okay.

CREW ...

PLT Yes, Jer. I am.

CDR Okay.

PLT Okay, if there's a comet out there, you couldn't

prove it by me.

PLT It must not have been clouds I saw, because I

still see whatever it is in the field of view.
So I will punch off to photograph per pad. I
sure can't see a thing in there. 5_:50, coming
 929

up on 54 now. Got i minute to go; I'ii take one

last look. Hey' There's the terminator. Now
that may be it. Range is coming up.

CREW ...

343 20 54 14 PLT Okay, standing by. 20:54:50. TILT, 217.8;

ROTATION, 24.9. That's correct. 15 - l0 seconds.
20:5h:50 on my mark.

343 20 54 50 PLT MARK. Okay, starting a 4-1/2-minute exposure.

Should not be able to see through there now.
And I can't, okay. Might as well kill the re-
corder while this takes place.

343 20 59 12 P_.T Stand by on my mark.

343 20 59 19 PLT MARK. Stand by on my mark.

343 20 59 29 PLT MARK. Okay, this is 30 seconds. Okay, on my

mark it will be on the hour even. Stand by -

343 20 59 59 PLT MARK. Executed .... Stand by -

343 21 00 l0 PLT MARK. Stand by -

343 21 00 15 PLT MARK.

CDR ...

PLT Okay, Jer.

343 21 00 27 CDR Sunrise.

PLT Press on. I got them, if - if the camera worked

right.

CDR See, the Sun's coming up.

PLT Okay. And this is PLT. It did not sound right.

I don't know; maybe it's working Just fine.
Maybe I - I couldn't hear because I had this
headset on, but I could not hear the - The shutter
didn't sound normal to me. I'll check the film
advance here.
930

343 21 00 56 PLT ... looking at here .... taken something. I

guess it Just - I'm not hearing it right. No,
it checks, though. The mirror was up, because
I - I checked to see if I could see through there.
Okay, I - barring the fact that there was some
kind of malfunction with the camera, we got
everything on schedule and it should have been
nominal run.

343 21 01 21 PLT PLT out.

TIME SKIP

343 21 56 25 SPT SPT at 22:56 [sic] on the ATM. Okay, at the

conclusion of the maneuver for comet observations,
we picked up on a building block 32. The course
went real quick. And then I had some observing
time, which I appreciate. And over in active
region 96, I chose to look at a bright point up
near the north pole which showed up on our XUV
MONITOR picture. And just to make sure it was
still there, I took a second XUV MONITOR picture, r_
about 3 hours being the difference between the
two. And it was there, although not as bright
as it was previously. It's at about 00:20, 0.9
radii out. I compared it to one from about 24
hours ago. There was nothing there at all. Some-
times you just think this comet is on its wa_ out.

343 21 57 50 CC Skylab, this is Houston through Ascension for

l0 minutes. We'll have a data/voice tape recorder
dump over Guam. Out.

CDR Hello, Bruce.

CC Morning, Jer.

SPT So I went up to that region, tried to locate it

in the XUV MONITOR using INTEGRATION.

343 21 58 33 SPT I tried searching around for it, using oxygen Vl.
And unfortunately, the only maximum I was able
to find was up around 200, 250 or so, and I
knew I 'd really not found the bright spot, if -
if any at _I]. I kept searching around trying
to use the XUV MONITOR in INTEGRATE. And for
some reason, the darn thing Just didn't show up
 931

in the INTEGRATE. All kinds of other miscellane-

ous mottlings showed up, but not the bright
features which I saw and had Just taken a picture
of in the INTEGRATE mode in the XUV MONITOR. It
took a little while to readjust the CROSSHAIRS,
as I had Just used them at a different position
in the pointing and stability test this morning.
So rather than waste much longer looking for it,
I found the best maximum I could and did a
MIRROR, AUTO RASTER followed by a GRATING, AUTO
SCAN in 55. 56 got a SINGLE FRAME, FILTER 2, an
exposure of about 6 minutes. And 82B got a
exposure NORMAL SEQUENCE; WAVELENGTH, SHORT. When
I get some time again, I think I'll try to figure
out Just why I was not able to see that particular
bright point in the INTEGRATE mode and I saw it
very clearly and very distinctively in the
XUV MONITOR picture.

3h3 22 O0 39 SPT SPT out.

343 22 19 25 SPT SPT at 22:19 with the rate-gyro crystal thermo-

meter temperature. Okay, in 5, X was 96; Y is
94; Z is 94. At 6, X is 93; Y is 92; Z is 95.
I began to wonder whether this is a test of the
SPT's ability to read the same values time and
time again or whether we're actually expecting
changes in temperature.

343 22 20 02 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

3h3 23 42 32 SPT SPT at 23:43. Results of the ATM four-limb

coalignment, day 3h3, time 22 :40. The upper
limb: H-ALPHA i, plus 1025; 82B, plus 1025;
55, plus 1030. THe lower limb: 82B, minus
924; 55, minus 923.

SPT At the left - at the left limb: H-ALPHA i, minus

lO15; 82B, minus 1015, and the LIMB OFFSET re-
corded after coming out of the WHITE LIGHT MIRROR
POSITION on that was zero ; LIMB OFFSET of zero.
55 was minus 1017. At the right limb: 82B - At
the right limb, 82B was plus 953; 55 was plus
956. And for the 82_B, the LIMB OFFSET - the LIMB
932

OFFSET for 82B was zero. And 55 MIRROR POSITION

was 1032.

3h3 23 45 25 SPT Okay, as per the request on 82B align, we used a

low CONTRAST and relatively low BRIGHTNESS. Okay,
I've already given you the LIMB OFFSETs, which
were at zero.

343 23 46 34 SPT Okay, the BRIGHTNESS - the CONTRAST and BRIGHTNESS

which were used on both MONITORS turned out to be
a CONTRAST of 3, a BRIGHTNESS of 7. If I decrease
the BRIGHTNESS, then the limb will recede. I have
to get down to around 2 or so before it starts to
recede. It still is locked in good and firm at 3.
If I increase the BRIGHTNESS, then the picture
tends to bleach out, and it makes me eliminate the
CONTRAST - eliminate the CONTRAST and it's very
hard to read the - to see the display in order to
determine where the - even the slit is - the tra-
ditional mark in the slit itself. Okay, if I
in - decrease the CONTRAST from a setting of 3,
then it becomes too dark. And it can no longer
distinguish the limb. There still is a little
bit of margin there.

343 23 47 46 SPT Okay, before I give you the number of - I decreased

the BRIGHTNESS below 7 - decreased it a full 3
degrees below 7. And at around 6 or so, it's 1
under or so the nominal setting, where expected.
Okay, if the CONTRAST is increased, then it be-
comes much too green. So that in Sl,mmary, decrease
the CONTRAST, it becomes too dark; increase the
CONTRAST, it becomes too green; decrease the
BRIGHTNESS, the limb will recede; increase the
BRIGHTNESS, and it tends to bleach out. The numbers
of 3 for CONTRAST and 7 for BRIGHTNESS are good,
and there is - there is a margin of at least 1 on
either side of those before these effects come in.

343 23 48 47 SPT In working with a - In practicing with this during

all of the work we've done at the limb, I found
that initially I would tend to put the slit about
1 arc second inside the limb because I would use
the top of the - the top ... and bottom of the
slit as on the limb. And apparently, that must be
a sma]] amount of distance where the center of the
slit is and where the TV LINE SCAN Judges the
center of the slit to be. So I plan to move the
slit out Just a little bit from that position and
 933

that should not - It should be a good zero. The

55 GRATING offset went real well. The only thing
I had to do there was H-ALPHA-2 RETICLE. I had
to tweak it down Just a very small amount.

CC ...

343 23 50 29 SPT Okay, one additional thing I - I did, just to

check out whether these numbers are - are any
good. Well, first of all, let's go down and - I
took a look at the numbers that we had for FSS
readout with the BIAS, IN and BIAS, OUT, and I
find that in UP/DOWN we changed from a minus 5h to
a minus 51, which is okay. Three arc seconds
change is larger than I'd like, but I guess it's
within its normal bounds. The T.E_T/RIGHT, however,
has gone from a plus 18 to a plus 30, and that
has certainly surprised me. That - Somehow we ran
into a real problem on that one and I'm not sure
where that LEFT/RIGHT change of 48 arc seconds
ever came in - whether it was in the electronics.
I doubt if it was in the - the actual misalignment
change between the FINE SUN SENSOR and 82B.

343 23 53 35 SPT Okay, SPT again, picking up on the four-limb coa-

lignment. One additional thing I did at the very
conclusion was to go to the upper and lower and
left and right limb and - to try to position my-
self exactly tangent to the limb and at the center
of the limb if you will. So I was just going to
the limb with the SLIT, and the H-ALPHA i RETICLE,
and then to read out the values on the FINE SUN
SENSOR with the BIAS, IN. And I'll give you those
results. The upper limb: the UP/DOWN was 974 for
both the WHITE LIGHT slit and H-ALPHA ... coaligned,
and the LEFT/RIGHT for positioning the 82B LEN_/
RIGHT at the very center of the limb and center of
the fiducial mark tangent to the limb was a minus 17.
Corresponding number for H-ALPHA 1 was plus 3. At
the lower limb: the UP/DOWN was minus 974 and the
same for - that was the same for both 82B and
H-ALPHA i. So those numbers agreed very well on
the UP/DOWN coalignment course, and the upper and
lower limbs were both 974. The T.MF'f/RIGHT for
positioning 82B SLIT perpendicular to the limb and
fiducial marks just tangent and the slit right
at the very center of the limb was a plus 13. And
it was minus 2 for the corresponding maneuver with
93_

H-ALPHA i. At the left limb the UP/DOWN for posi-

tioning of slit Just tangent to the limb was minus
22. For H-ALPHA l, it was minus 21.

343 23 56 08 SPT For the LEFT/RIGHT - the UP/DOWN - I'm sorry. For
the LEFT/RIGHT, values were - the left limb was
minus 95 for both 82B and H-ALFHA 1. And again
here something looks l_nny because we've got a
Sun which is wider in LEFT/RIGHT than it is in
UP/DOWN. It might make Dick happy, but I believe
it's all in the estimate somewhere. Over on the
right limb, the UP/DOWN was plus 2 for both 82B
SLIT and H-ALPHA l, tangent to the limb, and the
Lk_WT/RIGHT was plus 95 for both. So the two
things that concern me there are, first, at the
left limb, the - To put the slit tangent to the
limb as I see it in WHITE LIGHT DISPLAY, I ended up
with an UP/DOWN of minus 22 and that puts - and
minus 21 for H-ALPHA 1 - both sets within secs of
one another. And this is right after we've Just
gotten done doing a four-limb coalignment. And
again, the BIAS switch was IN. Also, we've got a
l_rger Sun in T,F,
FT/RIGHT than we do in UP/DOWN.
And right now I can.'t explain it to m_self. And
if you're aware of the situation which is causing
this, I would appreciate understanding it.

3h3 23 58 lO SPT SPT out.

###
 DAY 935

3_h 00 56 07 PLT Okay, this is PLT; time is 00:56. Coming up on

15 seconds on my mark.

34_ 00 56 16 PLT MARK.

PLT And let's see - These government watches aren't

too good. I better check that. Say, Jer, could
you give me a quick time hack by looking over
there? It's coming up on 56.

CDR ...

PLT This thing has lost 2 seconds since earlier this

afternoon. Would you give me a time hack on even
minutes?

CDR ...

PLT Thank you. 7, 5, 6; okay. Got a good time hack

now.

PLT Frame number 1 is indicating 48 on the countdown

so it'll go 48, 47, 46, et cetera. Magazine
Bravo Victor 44; infinity; 1.2. Everything is
set. Time, okay. First exposure will be i0 sec-
onds.

PLT TILT to maximum limit for frames 5 through 9.

2 or 3 seconds ... anything in here. Hey, Ed,
would you look out the window there Just a sec-
ond? About 2 minutes of exposure, and I got the
uncomfortable feeling we're still in daylight.
It's just dusk, I guess. Okay. Well, that's the
whole idea of this experiment, I guess. Thank
you.

PLT 01:01.

PLT Stand by; on my mark it'll be 01:00 -

344 01 00 00 PLT MARK.

PLT Okay, at 01:01. I don't know who wrote that pad,

but he did us a great big favor the way he got
this thing set up. Not very many people put
things down on the even minute like this. It
sure makes it a beck a lot easier to avoid making
mistakes. And you appreciate it. 30 seconds.

f
936

PLT i0 seconds. First exposure will be i0 seconds.

Stand by on my mark for SHU'I_I'ER,
OPEN.

344 01 01 00 PLT MARK. Didn't work' Thought it was cocked. Okay,

now I'ii do it on 5.

344 01 01 05 PLT MARK. Still didn't work. Ah, come on. Okay,
stand by on 15 seconds.

PLT No. What's wrong? It's on time. Turn it to ...

and see if that'll work. Okay.

344 01 01 25 PLT MARK. Stand by -

344 01 01 30 PLT MARK. It's not working. Ah, come on. Okay,
there's a wasted exposure. I don't know what
happened that it just won't - screw it hack in
again here. Electric Nikons, I don't like them.
There, that did it. I Just clicked off a frame
trying to screw it in. There's two frames wasted.

CREW ...

PLT Ah, I'm fooling with the crllmmy equipment here.

Okay, let's see if I can get one now. Okay, here
it goes. 3, h -

344 01 02 14 PLT MARK. Okay, advance. We've done this repeatedly -

wasted about two or three frames, you know, getting
set up. Okay, at 01:02, and I'm about 30 seconds
behind. I'll catch up on this one.

344 01 02 30 PLT MARK. Okay, now this is on frame 02; for your
purposes, a 2-minute exposure. And it was started
at 02:30; I'll conclude at 04:30. And we lost
two frames there because of Mickey Mouse camera
operations.

344 01 03 26 PLT Okay, now that first frame - I gave you a 5-second
exposure instead of a 10-second. I'll see if I can
give you a 10-second when we get through here. I
don't feel badly [sic] about that at all. We've
had an awful lot of trouble with the Nikon with
this remote cable. That's an expensive camera.
That thing really is rinky-dink in some respects.
Coming up on 4 minutes. Okay, 30 seconds to go on
this 2-minute exposure.

PLT Stand by.

 937

344 01 04 30 PLT MARK. Okay, that was good. That was your 2-minute
exposure. Now let me give you a lO-second exposure.
Make up for that 5-second one that I gave you.
Stand by -

344 01 04 39 PLT MARK. 5, 4, 3, 2, i -

344 Ol 04 49 PLT MARK. Okay. Now we're standing by for 01:06,

for a 6-minute exposure.

PLT Okay, on my mark, it'll he 01:06. Start a

6-minute exposure. Stand by -

344 01 06 00 PLT MARK. SHUTTER is OPEN for a 6-minute exposure,

at 01:12 - I don't see any need for using this
recorder all this time.

344 01 06 15 PLT l'm going to turn the recorder off temporarily.

344 01 i0 43 PLT Okay, coming up on 01:ii.

344 01 ii 01 PLT MARK. 01:ii; i minute to go on this 6-minute

exposure. And the ROTATION is 357.0; TILT, 000.0.
This is on all four of these exposures- three
and one extra 5-second exposure there, by mistake.
30 seconds. Got a 176. Okay, stand by. On my
mark, it'll be 01:12. Stand by -

344 01 12 00 PLT MARK. Okay, now I want 176. Okay, 176.0; 00.
And you want 6 minutes. Okay, we're all set to go.
Okay, that's one on this one angle here - 176.0
and TILT, 00. Stand by for my mark.

344 01 13 01 PLT MARK. Didn't work. Didn't advance it. That's why
it didn't work.

CREW (Laughter )

PLT Okay, I'll do it l0 seconds after. Stand by -

344 01 13 20 PLT MARK. 20 seconds after. Okay, that'll be complete

at 19:20.

344 01 18 31 PLT Okay, coming up on 19 minutes. Since I started

exposure at 13:20, I'll terminate at 19:20.

PLT Stand by.

PLT Stand by -
f_
938

3hh 01 19 19 PLT MARK. Standing still. Okay. I want 18_.6;

18h.6, got. And maximum TILT, is it? Okay,
there you got it, maximum TILT. Now coming up
on 01:20, 184.6.

CC Skylab, Houston. A0S ... - -

PLT And I've got you 32.6 on that. Okay, coming up

on 01:20 on my mark.

3h4 01 20 00 PLT MARK. Okay, we're starting a 6-minute exposure,

184.6 on the ROTATION and 32.6; TILT to maximum
for frames 5 through 9.

CC - - also got a - In our never-ending quest to

keep you guys informed; I've also got a little note
here on ATM C&D loop status after that. Okay,
first is the 82A door. Before I go through this
mission note, Ed, let me tell you this, that we're
troubleshooting the door here at this site. We
believe that we are going to have a procedure
available prior to the first ops in the morning,
that will allow us to operate the door. However,
at this moment the analysis is not complete. We're
not sure what the cause is, but here's essentially
what - the troubleshooting we did today to - to
arrive at where we are. We did a little bit of
troubleshooting that was interrupted - that was
unsuccessful because that was interrupted by the
stability that you did. So we took the time out,
and then this afternoon, here's what we did. First,
we inhibited and then enabled both door motors.
We attempted 82A door open with no joy. Then we
inhibited and reenabled both motors and attempted
a closure, and no Joy. We inhibited and reenabled
again and - and got - attempted the door open. And
the door opened in about - approximately 2 seconds.

3hh 01 21 35 CC This series indicated that we were stuck in a

position that was very close to full open when
this last command was issued. What we then did
was inhibit the power on one motor, which was the
secondary, so that the subsequent closure of the
motor - excuse me - the subsequent closure of the
door, in case it got caught up, would be soft, so
to speak, that is, only a one motor. And sure
enough, as you saw and reported awhile ago, it did
get hung up. We're presently troubleshooting.
 939

We - we're considering pinning the foor open on

the next EVA. There are a couple of theories as
to what's hanging it up, and I guess that debate
is so - is up in the air enough now not to - so
we can't really give you an idea as to the cause.
However, we do think we will have a procedure in
the morning that'll allow us to operate up until
the EVA. Then we may very well pin it open. Over.

344.01 22 38 SPT Okay. Thank you, Dick .... it hangs very close
to the open position, I would expect ... to the
closed position ... EVA ... operation before we
have to resort to pinning it.

344 01 23 00 CC Well it's - One of the theories is that - that

there was a - during testing, prior to launch,
there was a - a configuration that - where a
piece of GSE was installed behind the door, as I
understand it, at approximately the position that
would allow the closure of the - excuse me -
would allow a full opening to be about 2 seconds
away. And the sequence of events during testing
_- may have caused somethingto happen to the hardware.

344 01 25 28 PLT He ought to be pretty busy about right now. Okay,

coming up on 01:26 in about 25 seconds. Terminate
the exposure on 184.6 and 31 degrees - actually
32.6. Stand by -

344 01 26 O0 PLT MARK. Advance film; 186.1. Okay. 186.1 we have.

We leave the TILT the way it is.

CC Say again, Ed.

SPT Did INC0 get his call through?

CC I guess I am, Ed. We're chasing down this little

problem now, and we'll get back to you - -

PLT Stand by for 01:27. 186.1 on the ROTATION and 31 -

32.6 on the TILT. This'll be for 9 minutes.

PLT 5 seconds. Standby -

3_4 01 27 00 PLT MARK. Okay, I'm going to turn the recorder off.

344 01 35 05 PLT Okay, this is PLT. Time is 01:35. Coming up on

36 for termination of 9-minute exposure; 186.1 and
i
_ 31.0.
940

PLT Stand by -

344 O1 36 00 PLT MARK. Okay, advance film. Now you want 187.6 ;
187.6. Roger. You've got. 32.4, maximum TILT
you say. And this is for 2 minutes starting at
01 :37.

PLT Stand by -

344.01 37 00 PLT MARK. 01:37. Starting a 2-minute exposure.

ROTATION is 187.6 and TILT is 31.0.

PLT Coming up on 01:39 - in 20 seconds.

PLT Stand by -

344 01 39 00 PLT MARK. Advance film. Okay, waiting for 01:40;

another 2-minute exposure.

PLT Stand by -

344 01 40 O0 PLT MARK. 01:hO for 2 minutes. 187.6 and 32.6 -

oh, 32.h.

PLT Okay, l'm going to cut this one short about 3 sec-
onds to give me time to advance f_lm, and then
I'll give you a lO-second one accurately starting
at 01:42.

PLT Okay, it's coming on lO seconds. 5, 4, 3, - Okay,

I'm releasing - advancing -

344 01 42 O0 PLT MARK. Starting lO seconds. And I got that right

on the even minute.

CDR Say, Ed, seen anything of that - -

PLT Stand by -

CDR - - ATM schedule - -

344 O1 42 l0 PLT MARK. Okay, that's the completion of lO-second

exposure. Okay. All exposures are complete, and
getting ready to retract. Okay, TILT - -
 941

CDR Well, I've got a pass starting at any minute now.

PLT TILT, zero; ROTATION, zero. Nice and smooth.

That's the way I like it. Mirror is retracted.
DOOR going to CLOSEd. There we go. Okay.

344 O1 43 l0 PLT RECORDER's going OFF.

TIME SKIP

344 02 43 00 CDR This is the CDR debriefing the last ATM pass for
the day. That was the 01:51 ATM pass. Let's see,
we started out with good old JOP 6, step number 1.
Got kind of a late start with that one because it
took a little while to set the GRATING in 55. I
found that - well, can't remember what the large
number was, but it was at a number larger than what
I needed so I had to run it clear through, and that
kind of put me down about 2 minutes. We then - I
got the nuZ update in okay, and - took care of the
- TV downlinkin part B of JOP 6, buildingblock i.
And - everything went normally all through JOP 6.
TV downlink was no big problem. I did 12C. I
think I gave you about 4-1/2 minutes instead of 5
because I wanted to go up and take a peek at the
new sunspot in active region 96 before I ran out of
observing time. So I gave you about 4-1/2minutes
of - the 82B slew calibration and building block 12
Char]ie.

344 02 44 33 CDR And went up and took a look at the sunspot. It's
not a very big one but it's the only one in town
right now. And, let's see, during the - Oh, yes,
when I - during my observation time, I tried to
do a shopping list number 2 at the sunspot. I
figured as long as I was there I'd try to get it,
but after I got a PATROL, SHORT going and a
MIRROR, AUTO RASTER going, I realized that I really
didn't have enough time. I was already headed for
ESS. And so I terminated the - the - PATROL,
SHORT and, at about the second frame, and the MIRROR,
AUTO RASTER, I think we got down to line 12 or 13.
So I think the sunspot was at least in the - in
the - MIRROR, AUTO RASTER. Anyway, we got that -
that part of it into it anyway. And I've powered
down now at precise coordinates, minus 5400 ROLL,
942

plus i0 UP/DOWN, and plus 200 RIGHT/[,EFT, and the

GRATING is looking at 1042.

344 02 h5 52 CDR The frame count, I'll go ahead and put it on tape,
the next time we get air-to-ground, I'll give it
to them anyway. H-alpha, 11548; 4129; 138; 1209;
5784; and 3863. That's going right down the line.
I took a couple of looks at XUV during this period
and its bright spot around the north pole is gone.
And the only thing left is the bright area that's
associated with active region 96. You can see the
polar coronal holes, and that 's about it. It
wasn't too terribly interesting.

344 02 46 31 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

344 14 39 40 CC I didn't tell you the truth. At 15:43 you do have

a conference scheduled over Goldstone ....

SPT ...

344 14 h0 ll SPT SPT at 14:40. M133, day 343: Length of sleep,

10.0; quality, good. One sleep code; that's 4.
That seems to be the standard mode for me. And
also, I was, l, awakened during the night, and
I went right back to sleep. I - A good night's
sleep. I wish I had more like them. I had no
problem with the equipment. Didn't use very much
electrolyte in reusing this cap. However, I did
put a new cable on, which leads from the sleep
monitoring box over to the cap. Last night when
setting up for it, I got some erratic readings we
noticed by Jiggling the cable up close to the
connection. That - that would do it; so I'd
Just take the cable out rather than chance losing
some data during the middle of the night. I'll
go ahead and use this one from now on. This one
is serial number 008. Whenever I get a - When-
ever you get a chance, I'd be interested in
knowing Just generally what's coming out of the
experiment. In other words, how many - what
percentage of the time do I spend in various stages
of sleep relative to the norm?

344 14 41 36 SPT SPT out.

_. 943

TIME SKIP

3h4 16 26 38 PLT PLT at 16:26. For the past 6 to 7 _inutes, I've

been observing icebergs - what I think is icebergs -
in the area. I haven't had time to even check the
slider map. I have about four Nikon 300-millimeter
shots that I - which I hope will turn out fairly
reasonable. I've taken one Hasselblad of an area
containing probably up to 20 icebergs, which ap-
pear as small white dots on the surface of the
water. One of them, in particular my last Nikon
frame, had a picture I hope - hopefully has a pic-
ture of an iceberg with some kind of wake-appearing
trail behind it or in front of it or what. It could
be small pieces that are broken off from it or - At
first, when I first saw it, it looked like clouds -
cloud trailing the iceberg as opposed to a wake
in the water, since there was no wake form present.
And when I looked at it through the binoculars, it
appeared to be small ch1_ks of ice forming a sort
of tail from the iceberg. I'm going to take a look
at the slider map now and try to get a location to
- giveyou. PLT out.

344 16 27 55 PLT By the way, this observation was taken over a peri-
od of about 4 minutes; so there's a very widespread
area here with icebergs, wherever I am.

344 16 31 17 PLT PLT here. Taking a look at the slider map, these
icebergs appear to be in the South Atlantic;
course close to the maximum elevation.

3h4 16 31 32 PLT And that was about 4 - at 16:20, 21, along in there,
and that's putting it near a point, oh, about 400
miles southwest of Capetown, South Africa, out
there in the South Atlantic.

344 16 40 29 PLT Okay, it's the PLT at 16:40, reporting on the frame
numbers. Charlie X-ray 36: 49, 48, 47, and 46
were on the icebergs.

344 16 40 40 PLT Charlie X-ray 47 in the Hasselblad, frame number 159

at 16:22, was of the icebergs in the South Atlantic.

TIME SKIP
944

344 17 05 00 PLT Okay, time is 17:05. First exposure'll be 17:06:55.

ROTATION is 222. Think that's a 2. Man' This
gage is hard to read, Karl. Get my flashlight out
to read it, I guess. 222.6, 25.2. Okay, got every-
thing set here. Okay, 17:06:55; so we got about a
little over a minute to go. Okay. Okay, maneuver
is ramping down. And I don't see a dA._ thing in
those optics - through the viewfinder. Nothing.
So we'll go on faith. Okay, rates are good, Jer
says. 17:06:55 will be on my mark. We start a
4-1/2-minute exposure. Stand by -

344 17 06 54 PLT MARK. Sounds like it worked; we'll see. Something

happened. Said to set on B, and I've been using T
all the time. I didn't get the same click sound,
but I think that it's all right. Set B, it said.
I think I just screwed up the exposure by following
the checklist cue cards. Focus, infinity; filter,
per pad; shutter speed knob, per pad; f/stop, 1.
Okay. Set shutter speed knob B; then cock shutter.
The shutter was already cocked. Okay, I'm going
per checklist. Sure don't like this Nikon. Okay,
record's going off.

344 17 l0 30 PLT Okay, time is l0 - 17:10:30. At 11:25, terminate

this exposure. Okay, there's 4 minutes.

PLT Stand by. On my mark, be 11:25.

344 17 ii 25 PLT MARK. Advance film. Standing by to start 30-second

exposure on my mark at 35.

344 17 ll 35 PLT MARK. Start a 30-second exposure. Stand by. On

my mark, it'll be the end of the 30-second exposure
at 12:05. Stand by -

344 17 12 05 PLT MARK. 30 seconds. Advance film. And we want a

5-second one starting at 15. Stand by -

344 17 12 15 PLT MARK. i, 2, 3, 4 -

344 17 12 20 PLT MARK. 20. Advance film. And we're all ready to
go. Okay, that completes -

TIME SKIP
 945

344 17 54 53 SPT 17:55. 17:55, handheld photos on mag CX47 taken

at 17:49; frames 155 through 157. And second series
at 17:52, one - frame number 157 through 159.
They're all f/ll, lO0-millimeters, 1/250 of a
second.

344 17 55 19 SPT The first three were taken off the coast of Chile.
Looking at the fiords, and in particular the
Humboldt Current where it comes into Chile, we
were able to see the motion of the water; we've -
we're able to see large waves and a particularly
large fiord. The waves were, in general, perpen-
dicular to the co - coast line, but general - but
generally bowed in towards the center of the fiord.
From up here they look like fairly long wavelike
waves, and I was surprised I was able to see them.
I got three 100-millimeters of those. Jerry will
be able to report pretty soon on some 300-milli-
meter photos. And we also had a data acquisition
camera going when we came over the coast at - 2
frames per second. I did not have very much time
for observing but the - those waves certainly
stood out in a very prominent fashion. I was not
-. able to observe water motion as such but maybe on
the next pass by we'll take another look.

344 17 56 23 SPT The next three photos were taken on the east side
of the coast. And there I was able to see what
reminded me of plankton bloom, the coloring; that
is, a very light green in contrast to the dark
ocean blue water. And it was running parallel to
the coast, a very sinuous ligament, quite far up
the coast towards the north. And I got a fairly
oblique view of that. Sort of believe that it's
a - essentially was the Fa]kand Current; whether
it's the edge of it, I'm not sure. It very well
could be the - the edge of the shear layer, causing
some upwelling in that area. That's what immedi-
ately comes to mind when I look at it. But that
may, however, not be the explanation. It was
very striking in that the sinuous element Just ran
all the way up the coastline and it was relatively
thin, maybe 1 degree or so across in our field of
view. There was some turbulence or eddies associ-
ated with it, but relatively minor.

344 17 57 31 SPT SPT out.

TIMESKIP
946

34h 21 32 06 SPT SPT at 23:32. SPT at 23:32. ATM operations. And

we're picking up with the orbit that began at 20:24
for the 55 CALROC. Okay, we did not get a nuZ up-
date at the end of the orbit previous; so when one
was done, we got a ROLL change of l0 arc minutes,
from minus 5400 to minus 5390, which, if I'm right,
is about 0.h4 arc second's change in pointing. And
I'll continue to operate at this ROLL for consist-
ency. The 82A door turned out to be a problem.
We had the white talkback at slm_ise, when I went
out - when I got up to the panel here. Correction:
Upon trying to open the 82A door, we got the white
t alkback.

344 21 33 42 SPT I decided to - to hold on that until I got the

other experiments in operation - in particular, 55.
And we got the MIRROR, AUTO RASTER going there and
the 56 going. And I came over to run through the
procedure of inhibiting both door motors and then
enabling and then trying it again. And I did that
once and no avail. Went through the procedure twice
and on the second time through, I noticed that my
55 had turned off. And, of course, when you in-
hibit both of their door motors, which you do with
the same command, you no longer have the conditions
for experiment operation, and it just ceases.
Once I enabled one of the door motors again, it
picked up. So I finished up that procedure once -
that second time through on 82A, and to no avail.
The doors did not open, and I decided I'd better
just hold on, get 55 done to make sure I got in
all the MIRROR, AUTO RASTERs, which we did.

344 21 34 56 SPT Along toward the end of the fourth MIRROR, AUTO
RASTER, I tried it once again. Or at the end of
fifth - fourth AUTO RASTER, I tried it again, and
there was no success. And we finished up with the
door talkback white, which is used right now at
night. And we got all the exposures in for 56 and
MIRROR, AUTO RASTERs for 55. And also 82B got their
exposures - WAVELk_NGTH, SHORT exposure TIMES 1/4
and WAVeLeNGTH, SHORT exposure TIM_ h.

344 21 35 50 SPT The way the message was sent up or read on the
operation of this 82A door was the note said, "If
the door tA1kback failed to go gray, step 2, re-
peat steps 1 and 2, up to three times, then
 947

complete steps B and 4." Well, step 3 is to inhibit

both - or to inhibit the secondary door motor,
which you sure want to do, and step 4 says operate
82A per pad. And I didn't think that was right
with the white staring at us; so I held up and was
glad I did. So, apparently, you also thought it
was not best to chance wasting the film, not know-
ing what the situation was on the doors. So I'ii
try and get that clarified once more on the air-
to-ground to make sure that we don't ever have
that happen to us and end up taking data from a
closed door or partially closed. Also, at the
conclusion there, 56 got a - put a frame SINGLE
FRAME, 5 exposure of Just about 7 minutes. And
again, I cut that off at ESS. I know 8 is roughly
the minimum useful, but I figured we were close
enough to go ahead and see what we could find anyway.

344 21 37 47 SPT SPT out.

344 21 39 23 PLT Okay, this is the PLT recording at i - 21:40 Zulu.

Subject is M487-3 Alfa. It is subjective evaluation
guide i. OWS fireman's pole is adequate to very
good. It vibrates quite a lot when you use it.
F And one fairly importantpoint is that it has roll
pins along it - little - little, tiny pins that
are used to hold the - I think, the attaching
bracketry into position. And those roll pins
vibrate out, and they'll - you can snag your heads
and cut your hand on those roll pins. And that's
the fireman's pole. But as far as the utility
of it is concerned, it's the - adequate to very
good. 0WS dome and wall handrails: We don't
work much up - up in that area, but they're good
when we use them.

344 21 40 18 PLT STS handrails: Well, the STS and the MDA probably
are between poor and unacceptable or unacceptable
to poor as far as all restraints. They don't -
They don't seem very well positioned for much of
anything. I know I should - Seems to me that
probably for - if you're Just thinking about hands,
they're not too bad. But in the STS and MDA when
you're using handrails, you toss yourself around,
and we are continuously bumping our feet into
sophisticated equipment - namely, the rate gyros.

.F
948

It puts the ground into a full-scale panic to even

touch those things. So I guess I'd say that poor
to adequate would be the rating I would give the 1
handrails. And as far as the MDA and STS as a
working area, as far as restraints are concerned,
I'd say it's unacceptable. Gross shortcomings all
over the place, and the MDA is Just a lousy place
to work.

3h4 21 _l 22 PLT Triangular shoe cleats/grid: I would say very

good to excellent. Conical shoe cleats/grid:
I've not used yet. I want to get around to using
those; I'm going to try to fit up my second pair
of shoes _rith conical cleats and try them out.
Water tank foot platform is excellent for working q
dome lockers. It's no - not much good for working
water tanks. I'd say it's poor for working water
tanks because of the crouching action that has
to take place. By the way, a crouching action is
very difficult in zero g; so if you design a foot
restraint where there's - this posture requires a
crouching action, then you're not helping us at
all. In fact, it's a great hindrance to have to
go into a crouch because you have to hold your __
abdomen very stiff and your leg muscles very stiff
and you're at a constraint strain even putting on
shoes. When you bend down to put on your shoes,
if you bend down, it's difficult; if you pull one
leg up at a time, it's not too bad to lace shoes.

B44 21 42 22 PLT Portable M512/479 foot platform: Not applicable

except for its EREP proposes. So - And that's
very good except it's very limited. It's only
good for the C&D panel, and that's about it. The
rest of the thrashing about for the C&D and the
VTS operator is done without foot restraints and
is difficult. The ATM foot platform is good.
Portable PGA foot restraints: I didn't get to use
them my last time because I was - I had to use my
PGA foot restraints for the EVA - foot restraints
for the S193 maintenance. Portable handholds:
Not used. Portable equipment restraints - tethers,
bungees, universal mounts, et cetera: Tethers and
bungee, in general, are - are - are very nice to
use; however, the ones with the little, line wire
hooks on them are really bad. They - The wire
comes out from under the rivets, and you've Just
lost it. And not only that, but when that happens,
you've got a nice wire fishhook there thrashing
 949

about that could really snag you. That's a really

bad design. I'd consider that worse than unac-
ceptable; downright dangerous.

344 21 h3 27 PLT Also, all of our snaps - Every place that we have
snaps, there ought to be stiffeners where the snap
is located. I'm talking about where it's located
on the strap, and a bungee falls into that category.

344 21 43 39 PLT There ought to be stiffeners, and ought to be an

inch and a half or 2-inch pull tab on those. The
pull tabs we have are not long enough; they're
about a quarter-inch to a half-inch long in many
places. And I don't know what it is, but if it's
Just - it's Just enough there to tease you and not
enough to help. And it needs to be stiff so you
can get some levering action with it. Just a lit-
tle, tiny quarter-inch picky asinine extension on
there is not good enough. It does not serve the
purpose for pulling that snap off. And if you
have - have a stiffened portion of the fabric on
which the snap is located, it also helps you when
you put the snap on. And by the way, when attach-
ing snaps to a position, it's a very difficult
_-- operationin zero g unless you have an Opposition
pull point to offset the pushing force required
to put a snap into position. That holds true with
snaps regardless whether they're on bungees or
equipment bags or these clipboards we have. It's
a - There's a major effort to put one of these
aluminum clipboards onto a position because of
those two snaps.

344 21 h4 35 PLT You feel like you've put in 75 pounds of push force
Just to put the doggone thing into position. You've
got to anchor yourself, one arm and two feet, to
get that clipboard attached to a surface where you
have the snap arrangement that's accepted. Univer-
sal mount, I don't think is very good. Generally
speaking, I'd say poor to adequate on a universal
mount. I don't like the nonprivacy blocking mirror.
That's the mirror with those block locks. If - If
the place where you're hooking the universal re-
straint - on a handhold, I'm talking about now -
is a grand platform, it works fine except for the
oscillation dynamics of the handholds using it for
cameras and so forth. The DAC will - will stimulate
a vibration in the universal handhold; it'll Just
95O

set [sic] there and shake back and forth in reso-

nance with the shutter motion of the DAC. But
when you're trying to use the - the clamp mode of
the universal restraint, I would say that there is
not enough flexibility in there to allow for fine
tolerances or - or to - say, to allow for - for
general manufacturing tolerances of the handholds.

34h 21 h5 42 PLT The handholds - The lock is not very good. When
you push it down to lock, it may or may not. Some-
times you get a nice, over-centered click about -
and that's about 1 out of I00 times, when you attach
it to a - one of these oblong handholds. The bun-
gees and tethers, generally speaking, are very,
very nice pieces of equipment to have around, if
we Just had better ways of sticking them on things -
attaching them. ATM seat/backrest restraint, we
have not used.

3hh 21 46 ii PLT Fecal collection equipment: As far as the collection

equipment, functionally, it is, I would say, very
good. Urine collection equipment : I would say
poor to adequate, maybe because of the difficulty
in inserting the urine drawer and in removing it.
One of the things I don't like about the urine
collection equipment is the hole that was cut in
through the pressure plate with this green thing
with a spring leaf arrangment on - the four-leaf
arrangement. The hole's in the wrong position for
reaching in there and pulling the little tab.
We have to do this every morning. And every
morning I have to fiddle around and reach in there
and Almost cut my finger trying to pull that tab
out.

3_h 21 46 51 PLT The square hole is positioned incorrectly. Also,

have -Every morning I have great difficulty pushing
the collection - the thing that holds the urine
bag - pushing that back into position and getting
the Teflon thing over the separator inlet fitting
and then pushing the thing on.

344 21 47 09 PLT And then when you try to push the little nipple
onto the separator outlet nozzle, that is never
a positive operation. It's already - always fit
and twist and fiddle and fool around there trying
to get that thing on. I do not like the design
of the urine collection equipment insofar as the
way these things fit together. When you push the
 951

urine drawer back in there, you - Every morning -

I've done it now almost 30 times - Every morning
I feel like I'm not doing it right. It's because
of poor fit. Okay, the hand washer: It's great.
I think we got a long way to go. I think that
there ought to be some provision for some kind
of little autoclave-type thing; you stick your hands
in there and give them a nice squirt without fear
of water flying all over the head and out into
the experiment compartment and everything. I
think we need - Either we put our - both of our
hands through some leaf slots or overlapping slots,
if you want to, and use it like that.

344 21 _8 03 PLT And then something that could be removed easily

if - if you wish. But I think there's a lot of
work that could be done in that hand washer, al-
though I think it's really a great item. I would -
I would consider that very good to excellent the
way it is, but I think it - there are some - some
improvements. I don't - I wouldn't want to say
inadequate, because I like it. But I think that
with modification, it could be made even better.
Okay, fecal/urine collection - collector lap strap
and handhold: Well, I don't know how that was de-
signed, but that sure wasn't - No one took a crap
and noticed their posture when they designed that
thing, because when I sit down to go to the toilet,
I like to have a crook in my knees. And you have
to straighten your legs almost straight out to use
that and in order to get your bottom seated on the
fecal collector properly, and that is a very awk-
ward posture. It'd sure be nice if you could - if
you had one that was more or less conventional in
shape so that you could have a - a little bit of a
crook at the knees when you're using it.

344 21 49 02 PLT The lap strap and the handholds are not - They're
essential. They - In fact, I would say that they
are very good. But I think that the whole thing
is designed for an improper posture. WMC hand
washer handrail: I find that very useful. WMC
foot restraints: I don't know where they are.
They're - As far as I'm concerned, there aren't
any WMC foot restraints. Those two straps in
there are not very useful for anything. In fact,
we're always ricocheting all over the place in
the head. In fact, I would say that the foot
restraints in the WMC are unacceptable and even
952

worse than that. That looks like very little

thought was given to that problem. And you're -
you do an awful lot of work in the head that
requires thrashing about, d1_-T_ing urine bags,
putting urine bags in and doing all the - the
measuring and - of the urine and sampling of the
urine - and you have no foot restraints for this.
The head is very, very bad as far as foot restraints
are concerned. In fact, I think that they really -
somebody really deserves a thumbs down on the
efforts in there as far as foot restraints are
concerned. WMC ceiling handrail, I never use
unless l'm out of control.

3h4 21 50 13 PLT WMC light-duty foot restraint: Well, I would guess

that's - Again, they sort of flatter themselves
to call them foot restraints because they're -
they're highly unusable. There was not enough
Velcro on there to - to open them up. To use the
loops as large as they ought to be, you run out
of your Velcro at match points. I Just think that
there was very little thought given to those WMC
foot restraints, if you - you want to call them
that.

342 21 50 22 PLT Drying stations: I don't know what that is other

- unless it's towel holders, and they're excellent.
Shower, I would say, is very good to excellent.
Personal hygiene kit: Well, the loops - the elas-
tic loops in there have little tabs on them, but
they are not long enough. I find that I end up
Just sticking stuff in from the side in the loops.
It'd be nice if the little pull tab on the elas-
tic loop was a little longer because - and also
there was Just a little bit more limit to the
extent to which you could pull the elastic to put
things back in. And I - I find that those loops
are fairly difficult to use in the hygiene kit.
Towels and wash cloths: Well, I prefer cotton,
of course. These are okay the way they are. I
would say they are adequate. And they're sort of
like drying off with padded steel wool - not quite
that bad, but they are not as absorbent as cotton.
And also, they - there's a slight uncomfortable
feel to them. I'm used to them now, and they are
adequate.

342 21 51 52 PLT General utility wipes, wet wipes: I would say both
these are great. Man, we use a lot of them, and
 953

any other effort - Well, you've got to have a lot

wipes around. And one of the things that's
concerned me since day i is, if we ever ran out
of wipes, we'd really be in trouble. We'd
probably have to work some deal with wash cloths
and towels. Biocide wipes: Well, of course, it's
Just that they're unpleasant to use because of the
color, but for the purpose they serve, I'd say they
were adequate. Trash and plenum bags, we ran out of
them. But it looks like we're very low on the
regular urine disposal bags, which are very con-
venient to have around because of that spring top
on them, that flap. We ran - We aon't have any
regular disposal bags. I guess they were all used
in - You use a lot of bags. Great consideration
should be given for long-term space stations in
that you've got to have either some other way of
disposing the trash, like a trash masher or
something like that, or you do have to have plenty
of bags.

34L 21 52 48 PLT And there ought to be a little bit easier way of

sealing them up for a low-bleed leak. ,It - it's
not bad. I'd say they're certainly acceptable,
but it is sort of a pain to wrap it around and
snap it and snap around the corners and all that
because we're worried about venting in the waste
tank. Okay, bio - the utential wipes - the utensil
wipes are also very, very useful. Went back up
there, and I would say that they're excellent.
Urine/fecal bags: Okay. Of course, the urine bags -
the UCTA are unpleasant to use. We minimize that,
of course, by trying to weigh in properly. Fecal
bags are unpleasant to use. They're - I'm talking
about contingency fecal bags. The fecal collection
bags that we use in the head are incon - are sort
of diffieult to use. I wondered if there isn't a
little bit easier way of fixing the seal on these,
if there were some kind of very simple roll-down.
You could put a little, tiny thin sheet of metal
across that or have one that you could attach to
it, and you roll it down like you're rolling a - a
window shade over a roller.

344 21 53 58 PLT Because all that sticking and pasting to pull the
little green pieces and everything seems to me to
be all devoted to making sure you got a good seal
up there, and I'm just not sure that you need all
that origami - Let's see - WMC origami to make
954

sure you got a good seal at the top of the fecal

collection bag. And that's sort of time consuming.
That takes about 5 minutes at least, after you go
to the toilet, just folding and pasting - folding
the green paper and pasting the elastics together.
And I think a simple, old-fashioned - what do you
call it? Windowshade-type affair, if it was prop-
erly designed, would give you the same effect.

344.21 54 52 PLT This is the PLT continuing with M487-3 Alfa on

page 3-4, food management equipment. Wardroom
table, eating station: I would classify it as
adequate. We need better ways of restraining our
utensils. I - I don't like to put them up every
time. There's no - there's no reason to put them
up in a drawer. It's a pain to put them in that
little holder. The holder is unacceptable as far
as I'm concerned - the holder for the tableware.
I got the eating utensils up in our private lockers.
You put the stuff in there - They're hard to get
in. Then they just float out.

344 21 55 27 PLT I've put rubber bands around my tray, and I hold my
stuff down with rubber - with rubber bands. The mag-
nets are let's see. I would give them a poor. The
magnets just aren't strong enough. I'd say - I'd
like to be able to throw a knife at this thing and
have it hold onto the thing, but we've kicked -
By looking out - While looking out the wardroom
window, we've kicked our utensils off. And I've
got a spoon stuck on the collector right now up-
stairs, the diffuser collector. And the wardroom
table as an eating station is not bad. It's -
I would say that it's adequate. Okay, the thigh
restraints, I don't use. I - I use the foot re-
straints, and I use them out to the side, not on
the pedestal, because you got to re-clock your
triangle cleat every time you do that. We talked
about that before. Wardroom light-duty foot re-
straints are Just like the head - they're unac-
cepted. The - Yes, unacceptable. They're not -
they don't even serve the utility function for
which they were designed.

34_ 21 56 25 PLT Food reconstitutlon dispenser: They're a little

bit stiff - getting a little bit stiff to work at
times, but I really can't complain too much about
that, other than the fact that in the future -
See, we have to reconstitute many, many, many items.
 955

In fact, most of them, they require more than, I

think, the 6-ounce max limit of these things. I
think that a food reconstitution dispenser should
fill to a volume equivalent to the max required
for the reconstitution of an individual food item.
Now if you're trying to fill a contingency water
bag, okay; I mean no argument there. I'm not say-
ing that if you don't have a quart of water in, to
be able to put a quart of water in there, because
that could be un - undesirable. But I think we
should be able to charge that thing with enough
water to fill the food items which require, say,
8 ounces of water. Water gun is good. I would
say that's - in fact, wou_d be given an excellent
rating.

344 21 57 23 PLT The food tray: I mentioned this a little - a lit-

tle bit earlier. I don't like - The magnets aren't
strong enough. The tray lid, of course, has been
bad-mouthed quite justifiably. And that's a pretty
lousy design, that little latch on there. Let me
see if I can think of anything else on the food
tray, because there were some comments I want to
_ make on it. The timer,we don'tuse. We Just
turn the thing on. It doesn't put out that much
heat. You can just turn the heater on, and it's
never going to burn anything, for crying out loud.
It - it Just doesn't put out that much heat.
Food cans: They've already been - Let's see. The
food tray is adequate. Making sure of that. Water
gun is excellent.

344 21 58 06 PLT Food cans are adequate. Those have the - They -
Some of them have collapsed. We were able to get
them out of the overcans with no problem. That
was a concern to me. Because of the - Apparently,
they got some higher than 5 psi in there. Bever-
age dispenser: The beverage dispensers are - let's
see - poor. You get an awful lot of air in them,
which is not to say - maybe not the blame to - not
the fault of the dispenser, but the valve is not
reliably easy to use. And we - Sometimes is very
difficult to get the thing lined up between - in
there, but let's give it an adequate. Seasoning
dispensers are adequate but certainly can be im-
proved. I think we - The idea - The salt dispenser
is the best step in the right direction. It's
highly directional; that is, you can direct it
956

with a great deal of accuracy, place the salt in

there, and also it's a fine spray.

344 21 59 17 PLT And it has enough velocity that it shoots in there

and sticks on the item. The pepper and the hot
sauce: Both of those are - We're certainly happy
to have them. I - I - I don't want to bad-mouth
them, but I couldn't give it better than an adequate
because I think that there is a better way of get-
ting the stuff on the food. Eating utensils: No,
they're certainly - Give them a very good. Sleep
restraint: I think that the sleep restraint is -
Let me give it an excellent with the qualification
that I think that individuals may want to modify
that slightly, but I've had no trouble sleeping
due to the sleep restraint itself.

34_ 21 59 57 PLT Trash airlock: I've had some problems with that,
but we - It's functional, and I think that the -
the action that pulls the lid down on the trash
airlock is not - is not working properly. And
we have to stand on it, of course, to get trash
airlock closed again. Vacuum cleaners: They serve
the purpose for the low - low vacuum requirement
here, and I think the - the circuit breaker loca-
tion on the vacuum cleaner - I - I find myself
turning that thing upside down, sideways, and
every other direction every time; I never can
remember where it is. The fact that it is re-
cessed is excellent. It keeps me from bumping
the breaker, of course, but it just seems to me -
I don't know why it is, but I personally find
myself searching for that circuit breaker every
time I get ready to use the vacuum cleaner.

344 22 O0 _8 PLT It ought to be located in the same general area

as the switch. I'm not saying it ought to be
next to it, but that's the only thing that is
bothering me about the vacuum cleaner other than
that and its weird shape, which is no particular
problem. And the - But the one thing about the
vacuum cleaner I think was really - is unacceptable
is the way that thing stows and some of the - the
mounts that were designed. All of them are blind
pin locations. You have to - It takes you longer
to put the doggone thing into stowage, if you
bother to put it into stowage, than it does to
use the vacuum cleaner.
 957

344 22 01 17 PLT Wardroom table, non-eating uses: Well, we find

ourselves not putting-the top on the food trays
a lot. It certainly would - it - it makes a nice
working surface. I would say it was adequate.
Tool caddy: Oh, that's - that is unacceptable,
the tool caddy is. I used it one time, lost
two or three tools, and I don't know what all
else, and I threw it away. I threw it back where
I got it and vowed I'd never use it again.

344 "22 01 42 PLT It does not hold the items, and it's got all the
little pickiest pockets on it and everything and
I think I could - I - I - I don't want to be unduly
critical on it because I'm sure that someone had
our best interests in mind when they designed it,
but that thing is unacceptable for all because it
doesn't serve the purpose for which it is designed.
Portable fan: We have - there's - there's cer-
tainly - Let me give it a very good. They cer-
tainly move air, and they seem to be a lot bigger
than they would really need to be, but from that
standpoint, and from the functional standpoint,
they're ex - ex - Let's see. I gave them a very
good. Okay. 0DA kit: I don't know what that is.

344 22 02 25 PLT Garments: Garments should not be made of the

synthetic material if you plan to wear garments
for more than Just a little while. Cotton is very
nice next to the skin. The - Whatever this - PBI,
or whatever it is we wear, it's very odorous -
odoriferous. It stinks, is what it does after a
couple of days' use. And if you looked at our
consumables, you can - you know what we do not
have a change of clothes every day.

344 22 02 56 PLT So that this - Whatever this brown - dirty brown

stuff is that we wear, it certainly is not good
for repeated wear. Other than that, I think we
were high on the learning curve, and I Just cannot
criticize people for selecting this fabric. We
Just didn't know. But Just to make - make it
clear, so that there won't be any failure in
communication, I would say that the clothing is
poor to unacceptable because of the fabric and
its odor and its poor perspiration-absorbing
qualities.

344 22 03 31 PLT Also, the - Again, I don't know. I don't want

to be mean about this, but the little pockets that
958

we have on here, the scissors keep coming out of

mi***. They weren't quite large enough for the
scissors. I don't know how. The little flaps
were Just not long enough on a lot of them. If
the flaps had been about an inch and a half longer,
we could have used the little - tiny little pockets,
and I'm talking about the one in the front. I've
used - I use it for pencils now. It would sure
be nice for a penlight, but it's Just no good
because the little flap isn't long enough. The
snaps on the clothes, that one in the center -
These clothes were inci - apparently were not
designed by a clothes designer because - Put a
snap on the back of it, it rests right on your
spine when - Of course in one g, it's very bad.
In zero g, it's no problem. But we use it a lot
in training. In one g, that thing was really bad.

344 22 04 24 PLT So overall - let's see - overall, I give garments

an - an adequate rating with the qualification -
the comments that I've made, again understanding
that those were - those were made in the - on
the basis of experience that we have gained as
in actual use and not because there was - there
was any failure on the part of people to antici-
pate, because we Just didn't know. Light baffles:
Now, I don't know. At least that's in the sleep
compartment. I have no question about the light
baffle. I have no problem with that.

344 22 04 54 PLT Privacy curtain: I've no problem with that.

That's certainly, say - Give it very adequate to
very good on the light baffle and privacy curtain.
Air diffusers: They're - I would say there's -
they're completely adequate. And I - I know we
have not gone around screwing them in and out or
anything like that because apparently we're getting
enough flow and it - it doesn't bother us that
much. Air vents in the sleep compartment: I've
adjusted mine several times and they're excellent.
I have no question about those. And that ends the
debriefing on 3 Alfa for the PLT, pages 3-3 and
3-4 in the mal checklist.

34h 22 05 39 PLT PLT out.

3hh 22 i_ 19 CDR This is the CDR at 22:15 Zulu with a 487-3 Alfa,
a subjective evaluation guide, number I. And
we'll Just get right - right off with the top one
 959

here. OWS fireman's pole: I rate that very good.

We found that it was a very, very convenient and
handy thing to have in the beginning, after we got
here, and we kept it up for about 2 weeks. And
finally, after about 2 weeks, we felt that we
could make it quite comfortably from one part of
the spacecraft to the other without the need of a
fireman's pole; so we've taken it down. And we
have nothing installed now, not even the strap.
We find that that particular piece of equipment,
though, was quite useful during the, you might
say, get-acquainted phase, when we were getting
used to the - to the workshop and how to get
around, to get myself positioned away so that I
don't get that feedback.

34_ 22 16 41 CDR Okay, OWS dome and wall handrails: I would rate
them very good. I think that, particularly in
the area of the dome, the handrails are quite -
quite good. There's really not much action going
on up in the dome; so there's not a whole lot of
requirement for a great many handrails up there.

_ 31_ - 22 17 08 CDR Those handrails that are up there are quite ade-
quate, and I don't see that there's any - any need
for any great - great amount of change there.
Down in the lower part, in the wall around the dome
lockers and everything - I'm going to class the
water ring structure as dome and wall handrails,
and I found that they were very, very convenient.
It was a very good idea. I would call those ex-
cellent because you got a place to lock your feet
in while you're working with each of the dome
lockers, and I think that's very handy. As you
get down further into the - the dome compartment,
the handholds become a little bit more far between;
however, you've got a lot of other things to grab
because there's lots of things down in this area
that you work around. I think it would have been
a great improvement if we had had some handrails
on the side of the film vault because you get over
there and start working those doors and things.
And it would be good to have a handrail on the side
of each film vault.

B4_ 22 18 26 CDR STS handrails are adequate, and that's about where
it ends. MDA handholds and handrails are poor to
unacceptable, and I won't discuss that again be-
cause I t__!ke_ _bout that at my last debriefing,
960 _

about what I thought was necessary. Triangular

shoe cleats, grid: Those are excellent. I think
the big thing we need to do is not to clutter up
the grid too much. The grid itself and the shoe
cleats are fine and dandy, but we unfortunately
have a lot of things clamped down on the grid.
And makes it - It greatly limits the places we can
go and place our feet. The conical shoe cleats
relative to the grid: I'll have to say "No com-
ment" on that, because I haven't had time to try
out the conical shoe cleats. Water tank foot
platform: I called that excellent; I lumped that
in with the - the handrails.

344 22 19 35 CDR Portable M512/M479 foot platform: Those are

very handy for suited work, but I think they
could - could possibly be dispensed with. I
would say that they're - they are excellent;
they are good, you know, but I don't know that
they're all that necessary. We find that getting
in and out of the suit is more of a get-out-in-
the-middle-of-the- dome-area-and-kind-of-wr estle-
around sort of a situation, although I must
admit, the guy who is helping you get into your
suit is certainly well anchored in those foot
platforms. That foot platform also was extremely
valuable out on EVA, and I think the modification
that was done to it in order to take it outside
and use it for the M1 - S - or S193 antenna
repair was very good. I think the rating I
would have to give the platform is excellent,
but it's not used as often as it - as it - as
I - one would expect, I think.

3_4 22 20 _9 CDR The ATM foot platform: Both of the ATM platforms
are excellent. Again, because of the grid and
because you can lock in and you have a various -
various different ways that you can position
yourself, they're very good. Portable handholds:
We haven't used the portable handholds very much.
We have a couple in here on the grid floor and
in the forward compartment, and they're Just
really not used that much. We have none in the
MDA, any of the portable handholds, and really
have lots of places we can use handholds as
I mentioned last time in my 487-2, I believe it
was, but no place these particular handholds
could be fastened. Portable equipment restraints -
tethers, bungees, universal mounts, et cetera: .4
 961

Universal mounts, I think, are - are very good.

We found them to be extremely useful and versatile.
The bungees also; very useful, very versatile.

344 22 22 01 CDR It's - it's a good idea that they put the snaps
as well as the hooks on them. I think the later
ones with the metal, wider flat hooks are much
better than the - the ones with the little round
wire hooks, the earlier models. And the main
reason is because they're less dangerous. There's
no - little or no chance of - of Jabbing one of
those flat hooks into your skin, but certainly
the little sharp ones are very dangerous. Tethers,
wrist tethers and waist tethers have been extremely
valuable on EVA, and I've always been a very strong
proponent of them. I would rate them as excellent.
The long shorts and short - long straps and short
straps: I don't see them listed anywhere; so
I'll hit them here. I think they're very handy.
The only trouble is that they're very heavy and
b111ky. Seems to me there must be a lighter way
of going about this. I can't think of it offhand.
I think one thing that would have been very handy
_. up here would have been more rope, more of the
PBI rope. I think that would have been _very
handy equipment to have.

344 22 23 22 CDR The - On a few pieces of equipment we found some

straps that were almost completely Velcro, and
we found it very handy for lashing small cables,
like TV power cables, DAC power cables, and things
like that. No snaps on these - Just wrap them
around three or four times and then Velcro them
to themselves, and they're quite adequate. And
I think probably more of those and less of the
short straps would have been probably Just as
well. The ATM seat/backrest restraint: We haven't
even used it yet. I think probably we'll give
it a whirl one of these days, but as it stands
right now, the SL-3 crew had taken it out and
gotten it out of the area. And we've been plenty
comfortable the way we were without it and Just
haven't any real requirement to go get it, put
it in, and use it. Waste _nagement/hygiene
equipment. Fecal collection equipment: I would
say adequate on the fecal collection equipment.
I must say - I think I mentioned this in my last
one, too - I was very pleasantly surprised about
that. I found that it worked quite well. The
962

process of collecting fecal matter and everything

was not quite as - as messy and bad as I had
imagined it could be. The equipment, I think,
works very well. I don't know Just exactly how
to tell you to improve it.

3_ 22 25 I0 CDR I just can't think of any other thing to say there.

They - The - I've already mentioned foot restraints
in the wardroom, and I see it's coming up again;
so I'll get to that later. Urine collection
equipment: I would say very good. I think that
a little better system of sampling would be - would
be in order here, a little bit easier system of
sampling. The one we have takes just too much
time, and sampling urine should be - should not
be a 15- or 20-minute effort. It should be a
5-minute effort. We should try to find an easier
way to do that. The handwasher, I found to be
adequat e.

344 22 25 52 CDR I think the only possible improvement - Another

way to go on a handwasher would be - also, again -
again - I believe I mentioned this before - the -
idea of a see-through container or something
that you could put items in to wash them, like
your razor or something like that. Also your
hands might possibly - Somewhat like - Oh, in
many garages you have a little sandblasting rig
where you put your hands in - in gloves and you
put your - the item that you want to sandblast
or clean inside. Then you close it up, and your
hands hold it inside the box, and you - you spray
it with the sandblasting equipment. Some - some -
Something on that order might be quite valuable
for the handwasher. Fecal/urine collector lap
strap and handholds, I find very good. I use
them, and I find them to be very handy. WMC
handwasher handrail : That 's also quite handy.

3_ 22 27 03 CDR Foot restaints: I've already discussed that.

They're lousy - absolutely lousy. That's probably
the most - The biggest single disappointment in
the waste management compartment is the foot
restraints. And I don't see any sense in going
into that again. I think I waxed philosophical
about that pretty much in the last one. WMC
ceiling handrail: Very seldom used it. I would
call it very good, but I don't really see that
that was too terribly necessary. With proper
 963

foot restraints, I don't think you need a handrail.

The light-duty foot restraints: Really, they're
no good; in other words, unacceptable. Drying
stations: I'm not sure I know what a drying
station is. If they're talking about the - the
little cups that we stuff our towels and washcloths
in to hold them, I would say those are excellent.
Those are extremely handy, and those are - are
very simple and unique. I think that probably
they should be spread out more in future space-
craft instead of being so close together.

344 22 28 27 CDR The shower: I find the shower to be very, very

satisfying, very nice. I think for a first - a
first try of a shower in space, I think that I
would - I would certainly rate this as - as ade-
quate. The spray nozzle is very good. I think
the scheme of charging the bottle with - with hot
water and having a hot - hot spray is very good.
I think the soap - the soap dispenser idea is
very good, although I think the soap is lousy.
There's got to be a better way to give soap than
to give us that stuff that smells like dog shampoo.
_ It's very unpleasant stuff to use. And I think
that in the future, soap that we use should have
some sort of a pleasant odor to it. And I think
I mentioned that at the last one, too, but I'll
go ahead and say it anyway. The hand soap is not
as bad as the shower soap. And I Just don't under-
stand why it had to be that, because my wife also
uses Nutragena at home and her Nutragena smells
quite pleasant.

3h4 22 29 37 CDR The Nutragena that was got for us Just smells like
dog shampoo, and I Just don't think that was really
necessary. Somebody could have put themselves out
a little more and made it a little more pleasant,
I think. The only shortcoming of the shower, I
would say, is the - is the suction head. It's Just
not flexible enough, and it doesn't - doesn't flow
over the body well enough to remove the water.
There's a redesign necessary there, and I don't
think that's too difficult a thing. I think it
could be very easily redesigned into something
quite - quite nice and useful.

34_ 22 30 17 CDR I suspect that what we'll need is a selection of

heads Just like we have for the vacuum cleaner
because I think when you start cleaning up the
964

shower and - and scooping up water around the

shower, that you probably need a wide head; but
for the body, you certainly need a soft head
that'll follow the contours of the body a little
better and pull the water off of you. The
personal hygiene kit, I think is - is very good.
I think you could make some minor improvements,
but they're not all that necessary. They're
large enough to put quite a few items in them.
There's quite a few items in them. The towels and
washcloths were, unfortunately, saddled with a
fl_mability problem; so we couldn't go for some-
thing nice and simple, like cotton or the terry-
cloth - cotton terryeloth that we're used to. And
we find that the towels are really not quite as
absorbent as we would like them to be. I think
the towels - they should also be bigger.

3h4 22 31 19 CDR They're long enough, but they're not wide enough.
And I think - especially when you're taking a
shower, we find that it takes a minimum of two
towels and two washcloths to take a shower. So
for the towels and the washcloths, I would have
to - I would have to say poor. They need - they
need to be bigger, they need to be more absorbent,
and we've got to come to grips with this flamma-
bility problem somewhere along the line. General -
general utility wipes: I find them to be quite
handy. We are out of tissues; so we're having to
use the utility wipes in the same manner as tissues.
And they're about twice as large as they should
be for the tissue - type use. So we've gotten into
sort of a conservative mode around here. We -
Customarily, when we need to use a wipe like a
tissue, we tear it in half and put half of it
back. And that helps a lot.

344 22 32 17 CDR Wet wipes: And then down below it mentions

utensil wipes, and I'm not sure that I know the
difference between the two. All we have, as
far as I know, is wet wipes. And all they are
is, I think, Zeph - Zephiran chloride. They're
quite - quite handy. They do a good Job on our
utensils. What I do for the most part is wipe
my utensils with one side - and usually you
can fold it over - and on the outside, I use up
the rest of the moisture on it cleaning the walls
and things like that. And that helps us keep
the walls fairly clean. Biocide wipes, I think,
 965

are an absolute necessity up here. It would be

nice if they didn't smell quite as bad and didn't
stain quite as badly. But, on the other hand,
maybe that color is there for a purpose and that
is to make sure that after we wipe the biocide
that's been on for a while, that you remember to
wipe it off later.

344 22 33 18 CDR Or then again, maybe you don't need to wipe it

off later. At any rate, it's kind of a messy
business using a biocide wipe, and you're always
quite relieved when you can go back and - and
clean it up with a wet - wet towel or something.
The idea of following a biocide wipe with a wet
wipe, I think, is rather ridiculous because a
wet wipe Just really doesn't do it. It takes
about two wet wipes to follow one biocide wipe.
Trash and plenum bags: Trash bags, we found to
be quite handy. There are no disposal bags left
up here except urine disposal bags, and they're
in short supply; so we find ourselves using trash
bags for everything.

344 22 33 58 CDR The trash bags are quite handy. I'm not giving
_- any grades for these things, am I? Let's stop
and go back. And based on my discussion, I'll
give you some of your - some of your word grades,
your evaluations. Personal hygene kit, I said was
very good. Towels and washclothes, I said was
poor. General utility wipes, very good. Wet
wipes, very good. Biocide wipes, adequate. Uten-
sil wipes, I call them the same as wet wipes, and
they're very good. Trash bags, very good.

344 22 34 37 CDR One of the beauties of the trash bag is that when
you have a small piece of paper or any small item
in your hand you want to get rid of, it's easy to
pop through the membrane in a trash bag and get
rid of it. And it doesn't very often come out
again. Plenum bags: We are finding the plenum
bags to be extremely valuable. A lot of the large
dry trash, like the empty washcloth dis - con-
tainers, the wipe containers, the - the herring
bones out of our food cans, the towel containers -
Any large dry thing that is too bulky to put in a
bag and stuff down the trash airlock quite handily
goes into the plenum bags.
966 _

344 22 35 21 CDR So I will have to rate the plenum bags as excellent.

Let's Just hope we don't run out of plenum to put i
them in. Urine and fecal bags: The urine bags
I think are very good. I've had one failure since
I've been here. That's been recorded; so I don't
think I need to go into that again. The fecal
bags - a lot of sticky folding and everything. I
don't know how you can avoid that. If you want
to contain that stuff and get it into an oven and
get it baked out, it looks like we're stuck with
this method. I think the method of putting it into
the fecal collection equipment is - is good.
34_ 22 36 05 CDR It is not too terribly difficult to do, to - to
take a whole lot of time, and that's probably a
pretty good system. Food management equipment.
Wardroom table: I pretty well hit the wardroom
table on the last one. I would give it a rating
of very good. The foot restraint problem down
there - Let's see if there's a foot restraint -
Yes, there is a foot restraint. I'll get to that
later. Okay, the thigh restraints: I find them
to be very good. I found them to be quite helpful
and useful, and I use them every meal. The light- --.
duty foot restraints: I guess that means the
straps. Those are not too good because you can't
really keep your feet in them .... Put some roods
on them, but that still doesn't do it.

344 22 37 07 CDR The other foot restraints, the triangle foot

restraints in the wardroom table area, I've already
discussed. They're unacceptable. And we have not
yet got around to taking one of those platforms up
in order to get access to more of the grid restraints,
but we will, and we'll give you a report on that
whenever we do. The water gun is handy and easy
to use. It's ridiculously large, and it takes up
a lot of weight. I think from a weight-saving
standpoint, they should be redesigning that to
change it. The rating on that would be very good.
Okay, the -

SPT ...

CC ... ATM ...

CDR Okay, getting on with my report here.

344 22 38 38 CDR The food trays, I would say, are excellent. They
do a very good job. I think the little time-study
 967

thing is quite handy. The food cans are very good.

I'm afraid - Well, let's say adequate on the
ratings of the food cans. Those things are dan-
gerous, really. Sooner or later somebody is going
to cut themselves with that, and I think we need
to find a different way to put our food up. But
those food cans do do the Job. They are adequate.
It's Just that I'm afraid they're dangerous. The
beverage dispensers are good. The only problem
with the food cans and the beverage dispensers or
whatever the food comes in is essentially in the
food itself. The food outgasses. It causes
bubbles.

344 22 39 32 CDR We end up ingesting a lot of air, which causes a

great deal of flatus and gastric distress, which
is very bothersome. And I don't know how we're
going to whip that problem. It's not the fault
of the food cans or the dispensers. I would say
it's the - it's the fault of the - you know, the
food. And I don't know how we can pack it so that
it doesn't outgas. That's - that's a ongoing
problem that we're going to have to cope with and
_ solve sometime soon. The beverage dispensers are
really handy to use ... I would say probably 5 or
4 percent of valve failure in our beverage dis-
pensers. Maybe even that's a high number. The
seasoning dispensers are working quite well.

344 22 40 25 CDR The only thing that Bill and I have indicated that
would probably even be nicer would be maybe an
eye dropper or something like that would be ...
We find that the pepper, being in an oil base,
has quite a bit of surface tension. And you can
squirt the pepper out of the little - the little
nozzle, and it Just kind of flows back over the
nozzle again and m_kes a bubble. And then it
disappears down over the - the top of the nozzle.
Possibly a [sic] eye dropper would give us the
same problem. I'm not sure.

344 22 4i 04 CDR We have found ways of getting around it, though.

At the pepper dispenser, as - as well as the - the
hot sauce dispenser, is - I Just - I turn my
spoon over so the round side is up, so the neck
side is up, and then squirt out a bubble of pepper
or hot sauce and quickly get it onto the spoon
so it'll adhere to the spoon before it decides to
flow back over the - the nozzle. Then I can Just
968

turn the spoon over and smear it over the top of

my food and it seems to be - it's evening out quite
nicely. The eating utensils: The big spoon is by
far the most handy. The fork is used only when we
have meat - frozen meat, and it doesn't get much
use other than that. The small spoon, in my case,
gets very little use. So let me go back. I have -
I've broken away from the grading system again.

B44.22 42 02 CDR Food cans. I - I've - I gave them a grade of -

Let's see. I think I gave them a grade of adequate,
and it would have been better except for the dan-
ger of it, the sharpness of the thing. The
beverage dispensers also are adequate. Seasoning
dispensers are adequate. We need to - need some
improvements. Eating utensils, I would say, are
very good. I think we could probably leave the
little spoon home. I could move in - move on to
miscellaneous now. We have sleep restraints. I
would grade the sleep restraints as very good.
At - Having had to sleep in the command module
with no sleep restraint and then getting the next
night down here in the workshop in the sleep re-
straint, I must say that the difference was quite - --
quite - quite sharp.

344 22 4B 04 CDR It was a very strong difference; it was very -

it was very pleasant to get into that sleep
restraint. I think the best thing we ever did
was make those body straps. I think that they've
been very fine. I think maybe that in the future,
that we don't need to go quite to the extremes of
having to get in through a neck ring. I think it
would be Just as easy to have a sleeping bag sort
of thing. If you could zip down and get into it
and then zip up, then you wouldn't have to climb
into it through a neck ring.

344 22 43 47 CDR I think the flexibility that's been designed into

the restraint is very good. The fact that we can
have a - either no blanket or a top blanket or
a top and bottom blanket is very good. At the
present, I have never used a - an overblanket,
the top - the bottom blanket. The top blanket
has - was on when I got here, and I've kept it
on. And the only times that - When I've gotten
cold, I found it to be much more convenient to
put on a pair of - a half union suit than it
would be to put on the lower blanket. And so when
 969

the beta angle gets lower and we start getting

cooler, I Just put on a half union suit. That
I keeps my feet warm and the rest of my body stays
quite warm.

B4_ 22 44 38 CDR In the very hot weather, I leave the top blanket
rolled up and put it under my head rest, and I
sleep in the nude. And I found - find it to be
quite comfortable. So I found essentially that
I've had no use for the - the large overblanket,
the bottom blanket I've been calling it, and that
I find that by Just either rolling up or leaving
the top blanket down and changing what I sleep in,
the clothing I sleep in, that I'm quite - quite
I comfortablein the sleep restraint. I think the
head restraint has been a good idea. I've made
quite a - quite a use of that, and it helps quite
a bit.

344 22 45 25 CDR The trash airlock: The trash airlock has been very
good. I think I would give it a rating of - I'd
give it a rating of very good. Works quite well.
Thank heavens we made the - the pressure relief
valve, the orifices, large enough so that you
don't have to wait an unncessary long period of
time while that airlock either vents or pressurizes.
The trash airlock is pretty straightforward, works
quite well. We've not had any problem with it
so far. We took the advice of the SL-B crew,
and that was: "Be careful. Do not fill your bags
too full so that they cause any trouble getting
out. "

344 22 46 lb CDR The three little tabs on the bottom of the bags
that fasten over the dogs, the ears on the trash
airlock, I think were a very good idea. It gives
you an opportunity to get a good thrust going
with the pusher in the trash airlock and get the -
get the trash propelled well out into the - into
the waste tank. The vacuum cleaner is quite
handy. I would give it a rating of very good.
The improvements I would recommend is that we
Just have more vacuum; that's all. I realize the
design of this and where our limitations are, and
I think future designs - Somebody ought to dream
up a new vacuum cleaner, design it from scratch,
and do it so that it's got a good, high vacuum.
970 i

344 22 47 03 CDR The uses of the vacuum cleaner motors and the suit
drying system and - in the shower, I think, are
very good. Very good versatile use of the vacuum
cleaner equipment. The wardroom table for non-
eating uses - non-eating uses: Found it to be
very useful. I would say adequate. I'd put the
top on top of my tray and pu - put a spring across
it. I find it to be quite happy - quite handy
as a work table. The tool caddy: I think it's
useless. I have not used it. Bill used it once,
and he sprayed tools from one end of the workshop
to the other. It Just didn't work out. I think
that we're better off - Instead of a tool caddy,
I think we're better off with Just an elastic
belt. Or the pockets we have work quite adequately.

34h 22 47 58 CDR I find myself stuffing tools in my waistband as

well. The portable fan: The portable fan is very
useful. There's one in the experiment compartment
now mounted on a universal mount. We use it to
keep it cool while we're - while we're pedaling;
we use it to keep us cool while we're pedaling
the bicycle, and it does help quite a bit. And
it - The - I think that with low and high blower
speeds, it blows very good. The off-du_y enter-
tainment kit: I think the thing that we're getting
the most use out of is the - are the tape record-
ings. I - I am reading my first book and finding
that very useful. None of us has had the time to
play any cards. I think one of these days we'll
try, just to try it out.

344 22 49 03 CDR But as yet we have not played any cards. The
exercise equipment that's in there really hasn't
been used. The exercises we're using now are
more than adequate, and we Just don't need what's
down there. What I'm - The ones we're using are
the Mark I and the treadmill, and we find them to
be extremely useful. The Mark II, the springs,
are also extremely useful. Garments: I would
say the rating to be given on the garments is very
good. For the most part, I think the garments
are reasonably well designed. Lot of pockets.

CDR The flexibility of being able to take off the legs

and have shorts and have the long legs, I think,
was a very good design idea. I think the crew
were the ones who were all for that and got it
going. Your design deficiencies are: Number l, .-_
 9Y1

the material catches sweat and then _lows the -

the liquid to leave but the smell remains. And
the garment - the garments appear to react with
sweat, and you end up with a scent about your -
your body after a while. The shirts are partic-
ularly unpleasant. The - the little pockets that
were added at the end as - mainly as a result of
a request by A1 Bean after consultation with all
the rest of us - that's great. The pockets are
deep.

344 22 50 48 CDR But the thing is, somewhere along the line some-
body dropped the ball. And the pockets that are
designed for the scissors are not - Well, the
scissors won't stay in because the flap won't lock
over the top of it. The pocket that's designed
for the flashlight is too short. The flashlight
comes out. It's - It's too bad because those
would have been very, very handy pockets. It's
just that the doggone retention straps don't
hold the item in. The pockets that hold in our
little trifold hooks Just barely hack it. And I
don't see any reason why they couldn't have added
an extra half inch onto the strap or another inch
of depth onto the pocket.

344 22 51 31 CDR As it stands now, the pocket is - is not deep

enough. There's about 3 inches of the hook that
sticks out, and the hook is inclined to hang up
on things as we sall by them. I think probably
we should have made the pockets another 2 inches
deeper and Just had an inch of the hook sticking
out. We would have been a lot better off. Light
baffle in the sleep compartment is excellent. It
does its Job well. It allows the air to flow
through it. And I'm quite pleased with mine. The
privacy curtain is excellent. Works very nicely,
and it's quite effective. The air diffusers in
the - in the whole area are very good.

344 22 52 24 CDR I think it was a good idea to put the adjustment

features in them. I must admit, however, that I
haven't used the adjustment features because
they've been adjusted very nicely now, apparently
by previous crews, and we're quite satisfied with
what we have. The air vents in the sleep com-
partment: Mine is very good. The only complaint
I have is that it keeps my feet cold all the time.
And that's one of the things that cause me to,
972

on cool days, to sleep in a half union suit in

order to keep my feet warm. I don't think I want
to try A1 Bean's trick of getting in head - head
down, turning my bed upside down. If I - if I
let my head get as cold as my feet get, I would
probably end up with a cold. This is the CDR with
termination of Mh87-3 Alfa.

344 22 53 19 CDR CDR out.

344 22 55 13 SPT SPT at 22:55 and talking about the ATM pass which
began at 21:57 for the 55 CALROC. No problem.
Just carried it all out as written and also got
done a little bit early; so I gave another one.
I'll give you the pointing coordinates first of
the first three. Buildi_ block 26 is - The first
one was done UP at - UP, a plus of 2 - 128. That's
a plus 1 - plus 1_8. A LEFT of minus 15. The
next one was done DOWN to the lower LEFT of that
at the UF or - DOWN of minus 55 and I_FT of minus
235. Third one was done to the RIGHT, which was,
I think, UP of minus 55 and a T.FJ_Tof minus 55,
also.

3_h 22 56 27 SPT Coordinates on the third point was minus 55 on

both. The last one which I did was an extra, I
had a little time. It was done right at the cen-
ter, which were the coordinates that were UP, plus
h0 and a LEFT of minus 145. 56, got the exposures
called for. 82A, of course, did not because of
the door problem. Hope we can pick up some of
those on the next orbit. And 56 also got a SINGLE
FRAME; FILTER, l; duration about 8 minutes. I
spent the last h or 5 minutes looking for bright
points and was able to Just about locate one when
we got into ESS. And I could not confirm that I
really had one using the detectors. We had a beau-
tiful one which I previously mentioned up there in
00:20, around 0.9, which kind of came in 1 - l-l/2
to 2 days and disappeared.

3_h 22 58 _6 SPT It's not there this - was not there this morning.
Was there yesterday, and early yesterday it was
quite bright. I'll have to keep m_ eye on the XUV
monitor and continually compare it with pictures
which I am taking once every morning. And also I
get - the same holds true for the 52, which I am
taking pictures of. I have gotten another overlay
 973

made, which I have put over the occulting disk of

the inner ring and also the bright points on the
scope. And this allows me to get exposures which
are geared for the rays of the corona outside ap-
proximately 2 solar radii and also outside that
one burned in the bottom of 2. And I think it
gives me a little better definition.

344 22 58 _9 SPT SPT out.

###
 DAY 3h5 (AM) 973-1

345 00 02 55 CDR This is the CDR at 00:02 Zulu. I just realized

I had not debriefed my early morning ATM pass.
I guess that's probably because it wasn't too
terribly interesting and not really - not very
much to debrief about. I did - First of all, we
did the J0P 6, step i, and that was - Let's see.
I think it was building block IA and B, and there
were no problems in execution of that JOP. Also
sent down some TV down - downlinkwhich went
pretty well.

345 00 03 34 CDR In observations, there was nothing new in XUV

that I could see. I did notice in H-ALPHA 2,
while doing the other work, that active region
96 had picked up a second sunspot. It was very,
very faint and I never really got to go up and
look at it again. And I noticed when I was up
in the ATM Just a few minutes ago with Ed, look-
ing over his shoulder, I noticed that that sec-
ond sunspot has become a bit more pronounced.

3h5 00 Oh 03 CDR CDR out.

34_ O0 07 14 FLT This is PLT. The time is 00:07. Now debriefing

on the handheld photographs taken over Fiji and
the tropical storm to the southeast of FiJi. I
took one photograph over FiJi as per schedule
on the pad. The island - the large, more cir-
cular island was relatively clearer than the rest.
It did look like they have about h/lOths cloud
cover. Went ahead s_ad took one frame.

PLT I took a sequence of about - well, let's see,

that was frame number 160 of FiJi; 161, 2, 3,
4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 170, 171, were taken of the
tropical storm, using the instructions in the
book. The tropical storm, which is centered to
the southeast of FiJi, is - has a single arm to
it - the pinwheel that comes off of the - the
solid nucleus, and there was no eye. It was
solid, built up in the - what would normally
be the eye - the center of the storm.

345 00 08 33 FLT And it had one major - I guess you'd call it

feeder, extending - but I don't know if you'd
call it a feeder or not because it was extending
to the southeast. In fact, we flew right down
the main band of the arm of the tropical storm.
 973-2

There was no cloud-free moat that I could locate.

The photographs are all at a very high angle in
contrast to the instructions in the book, because
it - there's not - there's no way of getting a
good oblique angle looking forward out of the
STS 190 window. The only way you can get an
oblique is to look aft. And I did get some
obliques of some of the clouds. As far as the
frontal squall line, it would be at a nearly
vertical angle.

345 00 09 19 PLT The - There were several interesting features to

the storm. It extended - This band - The arm
that went into the center of the storm extended
some 2400 miles to the southeast. And located
about every 600 to 800 miles along that arm on
the south side of it were complementary lows.
They were small but very well defined low pressure
areas that, to the south of that, the central
band that was leading into the main storm, centered
near FiJi. There were two very clearly defined
small lows. One was about, I would say, 400 miles
to the southeast of the center of the storm,
and the other, very well defined, was about
2400 miles to the southeast of the storm. I
took photographs of both of those. Complementary
low is what I'm calling them. But I thought it
was sort of interesting, because they were -
they sort of look like shed-off vortices from
that main feeder, in - except they were ro - of
course, rotating in the wrong direction. That's
not what they were.

345 00 l0 34 PLT Along this main feeder band, and I'm calling it
that because it's the main arm of it - it was
not extending toward the intertropical convergence
zone. It was extremely long and it - it had -
although the cloud cover was solid and it looked
to be about, oh, maybe 100 miles or more wide,
there were intermittent positions or points of
extreme high activity and cumulonimbus buildup
with overshooting cloud tops.

345 00 ll 02 PLT And I have several photographs taken and I don't -

I didn't record the time accurately on them. But
they are taken in sequence as we went right down
that main arm leading into the eye or the center
of the storm near FiJi. There was also one low
_-_ 973-3

pressure area located to the north of the storm,

and I took one photograph of that. The relative
position of the - these small complementary lows
is - should be fairly easy to determine from the
sequence and the fact that I should have had part
of the _in arm of that storm in the frame.

FLT I took one high oblique about 1000 miles southeast

of FiJi; one hori - with the horizon in it of anoth-
er low. So there were three lows located to the
south of this main feeder arm. And I got a picture
of one, what looked like another major cyclonic
circulation by the Southern Hemisphere which is
clockwise_ of course. And that was - As I said,
it's about lO00 miles or T,-ybe 1200 miles south-
east of FiJi. And that was - is the only one in
which I could get the horizon. We tracked right
down the middle of that main arm, and that's why
I was unable to get obliques.

3h5 00 12 23 PLT I tried to get angular shots. However, some of

the shots of the seething tops should - I - I
stoppeddown to 16, so they should show up pretty
well. Seemed like there was one other major fea-
ture that I wanted to mention. Oh, yes', I know
what it was. The southern edge of that band that
led into the center of the storm - that was the -
the single pinwheel arm - had a very clearly de-
fined limit to it - a southern limit to it. In
other words, the outer edge of that thing was
very sharp, the - of the pinwheel arm. The inner
edge of the pinwheel arm was very ill defined and
graded off into scattered cirrus and various cloud
types and forms.

345 O0 13 09 PLT PLT out.

3h5 00 25 17 SPT SPT at 00:25, ATM orbit which began at 23:30.

Okay, we did the operations called out for with
no problem. The pointing coordinates were UP
of plus 40 and a LEFT of minus 120, which was
called up from the ground as a result of the
actual CALROC performance. In addition to what
was showing on the pad, we did a 56 exposure -
LONG EXPOSURE on FILTER 2. They got about 7 min-
utes and 50 seconds. And 82_A got one LONG EX-
POSURE of 5 minutes at the ROLL of minus 5h00.
 973-4

And then, because I had a little time left over

at the end, I ROLLed to 1080 and gave them an
exposure of, as called out for on the pad, of
30 seconds, WAVFLk'NGTH, LONG, and a second ex-
posure of l0 seconds in WAVEJ._NGTH, SHORT.

345 0o 26 35 SPT The bright point which I picked out for unattended
ops was not a real barn burner. It - it only got
up to around 700 or so on the oxygen VI, the coor-
dinates, I have gfven to the ground. The thing
that did catch me, though, was that it was fairly
isolated. It was not associated with any activity
I could see on the disk, and it was quite sharply
peaked.

345 00 27 14 SPT I would say plus or minus 2 arc seconds until it

dropped the count down to 300 or so, which is sur-
prising with a 5 by 5 slit. I was able to iden-
tify this bright point along with a couple others
in the pictures from the 82B - 82B XUV monitor.
MY only regret is that we had never really got a
chance to study that one bright point that came
and went in about a day and a half or so. That
was here about one day ago.

345 00 28 ii SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

345 01 31 55 PLT ... PLT reporting ... recorders ...

CDR They went over the hill.

PLT ... the RECORD light on ... record ... record ...
RECORD switch ...

345 01 32 32 PLT PLT reporting termination of M509 battery number 7

at 01:30 Zulu.

345 01 42 22 SPT Hello. Welcome to Skylab 3. If you're wondering

why I'm the only one on the screen here, it turns out
I'm the only one without a beard; so I was picked.
Like to tell you a little bit about where we stand
here and mention one kind of a surprising thing
to us and, I think, interesting to you. Since we
got here, we've done an awful lot of medical exper-
iments, and especially in the past week or two,
 973-5

they've started to indicate that we're all in pretty

good shape. As a matter of fact, a couple of us
are probably in better shape than when we came.
What we've attributed this to is Bill Thornton's
Revenge, we call it. It's a device for keeping the
calves of the legs with a fair amount of muscle
bulk left in them, and this has enabled us to, we
think, maintain r_ughly the same muscle tone in
the legs as we have on the ground.

345 01 _3 21 SPT We've done an awful lot of good Earth resources

recently. The first part of this week - Well, as
a matter of fact, all this week we have done quite
a few Earth resources passes over not only the
United States, which we've looked at quite exten-
sively, but also over Australia, Malaysia, India.
And we're looking forward to _eking some contribu-
tions to knowledge of the other countries, as well
as our own, in the future.

345 01 43 5_ SPT We've done a fair _mount of work with the solar
telescopes. And even though the Sun is quiet, we
think weIre learning quite a bit. There's lots
F_ of interesting,but not very dynamic,phenomena on
the Sun right now, and that's what we're studying.
We hope that in another 2 weeks or so we ought to
be looking at a pretty active Sun. Done a lot of
corollary experiments. We've done an awful lot of
visual observations, and this is something that's
really been challenging and interesting to us. By
that, we mean Just looking down from our vantage
point back at the Earth and seeing what we can
determine with our cameras and with our eyes that 'll
be useful to the people when we get back.

3_5 01 44 39 SPT For example, Just this afternoon we were looking

down in Chile, coast of - the west coast of Chile,
which has a lot of fiords. And the Humboldt
Current moves into the fiords and creates a - almost
a continuous flow through some of those. And it's
been proposed by some that it's a potential way of
getting energy from the ocean. We were able to
photograph this effect, observe it and photograph
it, and we hope - -

CREW ...

PLT ..., Jer. Hold on - ...

 973-6

345 01 45 59 SPT Now that we're getting off of TV to ATM MON i,

we'll try this whole thing over again.

PLT ...

CDR No, let's go ahead and do that.

345 01 48 26 SPT Hello. Welcome to Skylab 3. You're probably

wondering why I'm the only one up here. The other
two did not want to get in front of the camera.
I guess I'm the only one that's without a beard.
What I'd like to do is to tell you a little bit
about what we've done in the past week or 2 and
then mention something to you which has been sort
of unexpected to us and, I think, will be interest-
ing to you.

345 Ol 48 45 SPT During the past 2 weeks or so, we've done an awful
lot of Earth resources. We've looked back now at
the United States, and we hope to learn an awful
lot about our country which will be useful to us,
to all of us. And secondly, we've looked at a few
other countries. We've been able to gather some ....
resource information on India, Australia, Malaysia,
and we hope in the future to get quite a bit of
information on other countries, which will be use-
ful to them. During the past week or so, something
that's been kind of gratifying to us -

SPT Bill, would you get those guys out of the way?

345 01 49 44 SPT During the past week, something which has been
rather gratifying to us is that we have been shown
to be in fairly good medical shape. As a matter
of fact, we're bordering on being in the same
condition we were at lift-off and perhaps, in some
instances, a little bit better. And we hope this
trend will continue in the future. One thing we
attribute it to is what we call Thornton's Revenge,
this clever idea of Bill Thornton's to keep the
calves of the legs in shape. And this is one thing
on previous missions which they've not been able
to do as well as they would have liked to. We'll
show pictures of this in the future. As a matter
of fact, Jerry Carr has shown one picture of it
already. And we feel that's going to be the answer
for us in keeping us pretty much in the same shape
we were in on the ground and, if we work hard at it,
maybe even a little bit better. We've done an "-"
 973-7

awful lot of solar observations during the past

couple of weeks. The Sun has been quiet; not much
activity. But we've learned, we think, a fair
nl,*,her of things about the quiet Sun; studied them -
phenomena which are not dynamic, but which are
going to be useful once we understand them well.
We're done a lot of corollary experiments.

345 01 51 05 SPT And we have watched Kohoutek come in and start to

get brighter and develop a tail. And we're looking
forward to a pretty spectacular show here, comes the
end - come the end of December. Now one other thing
which I - I would like to mention to you now. It
was rather unexpected to us, but it's - I guess it's
resl]y a first. See, Skylab is a - a different type
program than the others. This is the first time
in space history where people have use_ the same de-
. vices, the same spacecraft, and in this case the same
sps_e station. And something unexpected has arisen.
We have had some visitors or, we should say, con-
stant companions since we've been here. They've
helped us - shown us the ropes when we first got
here and are be - have been our companions. And
we'd like to show them to you now. So looking now
at the ghosts of missions past, here they are!

CDR ... Get yours ..., and I'll start mine.

345 Ol 52 43 SPT Okay, Jer. Now if you'll Just tell me when these
guys are in your field of view.

CDR Okay, I'Ii try and get squared away here; then get
out.

PLT •••

345 01 53 58 SPT When we arrived here, we found these gentlemen,

the ghosts from missions past, floating around.
Two of them were doing medical experiments.
Unfortunately, they did not send any data down to
Houston. And the other one was located in such a
position that we now have a room in the spacecraft
called the haunted head. So until next week, best
wishes from the crew of Skylab 3.

345 01 5h 36 CDR Okay, Bill.

3_5 02 0_ 42 CREW ...

 9Y3-8 --_

345 02 05 19 PLT Get it on?

CREW Yes.

PLT All right, one of the more interesting aspects of -

at least of the operation on board Skylab has Been
the donning of the suit, the spaeesuit, or the
pressure garment assembly, as it's called. We
normally have the suit situated in a foot restraint,
which you see attached to the floor here, and we've
found that one of the more difficult things was to
act,tAlly get in the upper part of the suit which -
Turns out it wasn't - it wasn't too terribly diffi-
cult on the ground, but it's difficult to lean over
in zero g because normally you have one g helping
you on the ground when you lean over; that is,
_ust try to bend over and touch your toes on the
J
ground, and it makes that sort of a gesture.

345 02 06 00 PLT Here we have Ed Gibson getting into his suit here,
and Jerry is assisting him. We won't go through
the full procedure for donning the suit because
this is - requires very careful follo_ring of
procedural cue cards. But we did - thought it may
be interesting to - Just think it may be interesting
to look at the operation and the dexterity involved
in - or lack of it, as the case may be - in - in
donning the suit. You see that we do take full
advantage of zero gravity in that we try to move
around so that the assistant or the individual
assisting has the best possible perches.

345 02 06 41 PLT Now this is, I think, the more difficult part of
the operation - That's actually getting your head
through the neck ring. And we find that we actually
have to have another person in - in some cases,
have another - another individual actually push
our head down to get it down far enough to get
through the neck ring. And now you see - Well,
looks llke - There. Jerry's helping him, and, oh,
he's made it very nicely. Must be adapting to
zero g. Okay, now he has his head through the neck
ring, and the next operation will be to line up the
material, the zipper in the suit.

CREW ,.e

3h5 02 07 33 PLT Okay. I - I'm going to cut. I'll go - I'll go

killthe recorder. _-_
p_ 973-9

3h5 02 16 50 PLT Okay, this is the PLT. We will be continuing _ne

narration of the suit donning. We only have
3 minutes left on the video tape recorder; so we
probably won't be able to get all this, other than
the closing of the zippers. We had to interrupt
this for the science conference.

345 02 17 12 FLT Okay. Now we have Ed partially donned in the

pressure garment assembly or our space suit. And
Jerry's going to attempt to close the two zippers.
Therels one zipper on the inside which you see him
reaching for now. This is actually the zipper which
closes up the inner part of the suit, which is
actually a pressure bladder, a large balloon which
encases the upper torso and the arms and legs -
everything except the helmet, of course. And you -
you'll notice he'll be very careful to hold his
fingers in the right place there and to avoid any
d_m_ge to the zipper.

345 02 17 56 PLT And it - it's not considered the safest thing to

do for a man to don himself;so we assisteach
other. It is possible for a man to put it on by
himself; fairly difficult. And Jerry's now fas-
tening the - the zipper to the bladder - pressure
bladder, and then he will get another zipper and
close it. When - This completes this zipper
operation, and you will be closing the zipper to
- which actually completes the outer garment of
the pressure garment assembly. And when he com-
pletes this zipping operation, you will have a
lock, which will be pro - provided to lock the
zippers so that they can't come unzipped.

345 02 18 48 CREW Okay, in spite of what Story said, I think we'll

talk about visual observations here. We got the
ATM this morning. We'll Just start off here talk-
ing about handheld site 33 Alfa - -

PLT And you see that he'll be working this around,

working with his fingers.

MCC ...

345 02 19 O0 PLT Of course, we - we certainly don't want to damage

one of these zippers, and you can see - One of
the difficulties we've found in donn4ng the suit
973-10

in zero gravity is, actually, we lose the effect

of the weight of the individual and the weight
of the suit, itself, in assisting us. Now in
other things ..., some things are easier, and
some things are harder, more difficult in zero
gravity. And- -

MCC ...

PLT - - he's now completing the zipping operation of

the front part of the suit.

MCC ... Just wanted to pass on ...

PLT Also attaching safety clips, which take the stress

off the zipper. You will notice that this is not
the easiest thing in the world to do. It requires
a lot of moving around, a lot of pacing and - and
stretching of the outer layers of the suit.

MCC ...

3_5 02 20 07 PLT And we find ourselves moving all around the space-
craft as this takes place. And the - One of the
things that we miss is the weight of the upper part
of the suit assisting us bringing the two edges of
the zipper together. You'll see Jerry now is having
quite a bit of difficulty in trying to pull the two
pieces of material together. Once he gets past
about the middle of the back, it'll be much easier.

MCC - - get information out of your words. I presently

am writing up a new topic, 34 Alfa, which will use
the fact that you can detect - -

345 02 20 45 PLT And of course, the - Notice how easy it is, of

course, for Jerry to move around a 155-pound man
plus 30 to 40 pounds of suit.

CC ... Over.

345 02 21 04 CDR Roger, Bill. In the area of plankton growth and

plumes and all that, we've been particularly
impressed by the Falkland - Falkland Current down
off the eastern coast of Argentina.

MCC Yes, so have we. Judging by that, I think the

South Atlantic currents are converging in there.
We've certainly found your observations there
 973-11

interesting, and wetre going to begin concentra-

ting more heavily on that area.

CDR Yes, we've got an a%rful lot of photo coverage of

that -that serpentine plume area.

MCC Good. We're hoping you'll keep an eye on it and

not necessarily take more shots of it unless you
begin to notice some changes in it.

PLT I concur.

MCC Okay, actn_lly you don't see the ...

345 02 21 55 PLT Okay. What we - We got interruptedtwice there

with a science conference. I think we're at the
end of the tape. Looks like this is sort of a
bust. Oh, well, it was a good idea at the time.

B45 02 22 08 MCC Okay, moving on here. This Friday, we'll be holding

our first team meeting - -

PLT Droopy-drawers Gibson.

MCC - - visual observations team members will be coming

, in, going over the transcripts one at a time.

345 02 22 17 MCC Then we'll meet and discuss these from an assess-
ment point of view to see how we're doing, whether
we think that's the way we ought to be doing,
and - -

345 02 35 52 PLT Okay, in this ,particular operation here, where

Jerry used the donning assist - Actually, he used
a strap there to pull the two pieces of the garment
together so he can close the zipper. And this was
discovered to be a problem peculiar to zero-gravity
operations °

345 02 36 17 PLT Now he pulls the two pieces of zipper together.

Actually, he pulls two zippers, they meet each
other, and there's a - a lock-fastener-type device
which insures, of course, that it doesn't come
unzipped.

CREW There you are. Scratch my back; I'll scratch

yours.
973-12

345 02 36 51 PLT Now the zippers are fastened, and all that remains
to he done is to take the zipper straps, stow them
properly, remove the donning assist strap, and to
Velcro down the pieces of overlapping fabric.

3h5 02 37 13 PLT So there we have the pressure garment assembly,

without the helmet, donned. Subsequent to this
operation, the pilot would don a secondary oxygen
pack, which would be put on his right leg. That's
after, of course, putting the gloves on. And he
would also put on a pressure control unit, which is
a special device for metering the oxygen into the
suit while we are inside the closed suit. Notice
the - Jerry is fitting the wrist ring of the glove
onto the suit, and then he will pull the material
up over the wrist ring. And he'll do the same
thing for the left arm. These are called EVA gloves
because they have special layers on them to pro-
tect your hands f9om thermal heating and also to
prevent scuffing and tearing of the glove while
working outside the vehicle.

345 02 38 20 PLT Now you can look - recognize this, of course, as

a helmet; actually a little bit more than that.
You have a clear plastic helmet which is very
strong plastic, and you Just sort of pull down
what's called the extravehicular visor assembly,
which protects your eyes from harsh rays of the
Sun, un - unfiltered by the atmosphere. There
comes down the Skylab extravehicular visor assem-
bly. And in addition to the SEVA, or Skylab
extravehicular visor assembly, you'll notice that
they're actually, oh, garden variety wind - win-
windowshade-like devices or Sun, shade devices, which
can he pulled down to give you added sheeting and
shielding from the Sun, if you're working in an
area where you're facing, more or less, directly
toward the Sun.

345 02 39 14 PLT This device separates from the helmet. And the
helmet will be put on first, and then the extra-
vehicular visor assembly will be put on second.

345 02 39 40 PLT Okay, that terminates it. I hope we've got it all
in there.

TIME SKIP
 973-15

345 04 55 20 SPT SPT at 0_:55. Handheld photos on m_g CX36, frames

number 34 and 33. First one was taken at 0_:hS,
and they were of closed B_nard cells out over the
ocean. Exceptionally uniform properties, both in
size of the network and in thickness of the clouds ;
a little excellent example of those. The second
one was a bit ..., off the small island south of
New Zealand. That was taken at 0h:h7.

345 oh 56 31 SPT There are three or four islands south of there -

Auckland Island, Campbell Island, although I think
that's a little far south for it. Bounty Island,
or the Antipodes Island. I got one of those, and
I cannot tell without looking at a better diagram
or a map of each one of those islands. The plank-
ton bloom ... It's the dye of the island, and it
runs about the extent of the island itself. It
was - showed up in the color difference a fairly
light green color, although as I looked at it from
the Sun angle into the camera, I could not distin-
guish it. I could only distinguish it by eye. So
I had to look - I have to look you Know - look very
hard for it. It would be a fairly bright green,
p although it did not contrast too greatly with the
water around it, which although it was dark blue,
for some reason the strength of the contrast was
not there, which I've seen elsewhere; I have to
b look Sun angle. The bloom itself was not a long
sinuous element like we've seen before but more
of a - It's in a large angular shape; maybe four
or five sides. There's maybe a couple of sinuous
elements leading off of a couple of the corners.
Guess I'd say it was a lovely place. The island
itself, we haven't gotten large.

345 04 58 29 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

345 13 12 19 SPT SPT at 13:12. PRD readings: 42334, 23178, 38330.

345 13 12 29 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP
 973-ih

345 14 59 30 CDR This is the CDR at 15 - 15:00 Zulu. The subject

is $233 photography of the comet. The comet ap-
peared at the leading edge - well, I shouldn't say
leading edge - at the edge of the ATM solar panels,
at - right on time at comet-rise of 14:53. I start-
ed the first exposure at that time. It took me
about 20 seconds to change frames and - and focus,
and got the second one started at about 54:20 or
thereabouts. And the light level got so high by
the time I was ready to take the third frame, I
felt that it was senseless to waste the film; so
I - I did not take the third frame.

3_5 15 O0 3o CDR The first exposure was taken at .°.

TIME SKIP

345 15 23 47 CDR This is the CDR at 15:19 Zulu. The subject is

handheld photography, Earth observations. The
site we went after was HH59, which is the
Fernandino Crater in the Galapagos Islands.
We missed a real golden opportunity. We were
late getting to the window, and the weather
over the Galapagos was essentially clear over
the J-shaped island and over Fernandino _. The
Fernandino Crater was- was smoking and smoked
- It looked like it was not rising very much and
it Was going almost due east - -

CC ... 9-1/2 minutes.

CDR And it was a very, very straight flue. Looked

like it came up awaFs and then _mmediately
started off to the east in a very, very straight
line.

CC CDR, ... - -

CDR Stand by.

345 15 29 36 CDR This is the CDR at 15:30 Zulu, continuing the

report on HH59. I had Just - just finished
describing the volcano and the - the plume
from the vent. We had missed our opportunity
to get an overhead shot because we were about
30 seconds late getting to the window. We did,
 973-15

however, get obliques. I got one Hasselblad

and one 300-millimeter niclon - Nikon oblique
shot. The - the Hasselblad was Charlie X-ray
17, fra_ number i, f/S_l, 1/250. The 300
Nikon was Charlie X-ray 36, frame number 31,
f/ll, 1/500. And we kind of feel very badly
about this one because this is the best doggone
weather we've seen over the Galapa_os so far.
And had we gotten up there Just a tad earlier,
weld have gotten some excellent pictures of it.
SO all we can do is chalk this one up to
experience, and we'll try to - we'll pray for
good weather next couple of passes. And maybe
we can really cover the Gslapagos.

34D 15 30 51 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

345 15 56 27 SPT SPT at 15:56, debriefing the ATM pass which began
at 15:04. Building block l, JOP 6, step l, went
F_ as planned; no - no deviations. At the conclusion,
I gave 82B a shopping list item 19.' The total
whole boundary at the north was about plus 910,
and the width was approximately 20 arc seconds, as
I saw in magnesium X - 55 DETECTOR 3; GRATING,
1940 - 1941. XUV got a slew T_T/RIGHT, plus or
minus 30 and an UP/DOWN of plus or minus 6. On
two occasions I got outside that plus or minus 30
on the inside of the limb - that's on the negative
side - but was not there - not outside that bound-
ary very long.

345 15 57 31 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

345 17 i0 16 CDR - - with a postscript to the LBNP comments I just

made. I guess I should probably tell you a
little - -

345 17 Ii 47 SPT ... horizontal direction. I think I was somewhat

distracted from that. And I noticed that down at
the lower levels, some of the first ones I got
wrong. And I think one of the - the early ones
 973-16

I got wrong. And the first one that I got, I

hopped into the chair and put my head into the -
in the goggles, and it moved. And I think that
mY - the fluid had not settled down yet in the
inner ear and that caused me to have somewhat of
a miscue. The remainders of the first low level
I thought were very distinctly clear to me. It's
unclear to me why I had problems with any of the
remainders. Certainly after the second highest
level, it came as a surprise to me when I saw the
line not really with a depth of move - movement
to it, but it would - it would oscillate in front
of me, left and right, and there was a net drift
to that oscillation. But apparently, that drift
was misleading. However, again at the lower
levels. They're the ones that should make you
right. I think your second, third, and fourth
periods, there is no problem in conversion activ-
ity out at the level 1.

345 17 12 27 SPT SPT out.

345 17 23 14 SPT SPT at 17:23 with the completion of a setup for

S063, airglow photography. Okay, the first ex-
posture is going to be at 17:30. I've got TILT
set up at 30 degrees and ROTATION set up at 72.

3_5 17 23 47 SPT Timer's set up for 64 seconds and filter's to

6300. And the manua_l shutter is also installed
for the last photo. Okay, the first exposure on
Nikon 02 will be frame number 33. That is, frame
number 33 corresponds to your frame number 1 at
17:30. Okay, now we've never had any training
on this next aspect and I hope I can pull it off.

345 17 24 45 SPT At appropriate time, acquire airglow target, ad-

Just AMS in ROTATION, observe drift. Adjust
mirror in - Adjust mirror in ROTATION so that
Earth limb airglow are at extreme edge of mirror,
allowing extreme edge to be available for drift of
airglow layer across the mirror during exposure.
Now unfortunately, through this eyepiece you can-
not see the whole mirror; so you don't know what
you're really working with. Hey, I'm coming up
on it now, Bill.

SPT Adjust ring track lock to put dashed line parallel

to airglow layer. Move track carriage to put line
 973-17

on airglow layer. While tracking, exposure - ex-

pose film, press timer button, and voice m_k.

345 17 26 04 SPT Get the watch out, Bill. Is that set for a good
time?

PLT Yes.

345 17 26 l0 CC Skylab, Houston. A0S Tananarive; we have you

for - -

PLT ...

SPT Sounds good.

PLT ...

SPT Thank you.

SPT Okay, stand by for the first mark, here. And again
I'm having to change this thing in rotation all the
time. By that, I mean the rotation of the - not
the AMS but the ring track. Got a continuing change
in rotation. Okay, standby for the first - first
exposure. Standby -

3h5 17 29 59 SPT MARK.

SPT Oh, I didn't open the shutter. Oh, dang it.

SPT Okay, I don't trust the timer. I'm going to have

to go manual on these things. I can't get the
timer to work. Going to have to go bulb all the
way. And we've blown a few frames here fiddling
around with this thing. All right_ we're now down
looking at frame number 30 - 31. Frame number 31
is going to be your first exposure - or your sec-
ond exposure. We missed the first one. At 17:33.

SPT No. No. That's right.

3h5 17 33 19 SPT All right, looks like we're going to miss this one.
I can't even find the horizon now. I can look out
through the mirror and see it, but I can't see it
through the sight.

345 17 34 19 SPT All right, I had to change these locations in

order to get some more in there.
 973-18

345 17 34 23 SFT I tell you, this is on-the-Job training. With no

simulator, this is what you get.

SPT Okay, I've got to give you a manual exposure here.

And all the time my ring track has been changing.
I'm going to be upside down here in a moment.
Okay, stand by -

345 17 36 15 SPT MARK.

SPT Shutter's open and I'm now tracking.

SPT Okay, shutter closed. We'll call that frame

number 1. Itll try and pick up for you a little
bit. We are continually changing this thing in
rotation now.

SPT Okay, you wanted - I'm going to skip one of them

here and move you down to 5577. The first one I
took was at 6300.

SPT Okay, standby. I have to resolve the rotation

again.

345 17 39 4h SPT All right, at long last, l'm set up for another
exposure on this thing. Okay, this is your frame
number 2, a_idwe got a filter of 5577.

SPT Stand by -

345 17 4O o6 SPT MARK.

SPT Shutter going closed now.

345 17 41 i0 SPT MARK.

SPT Okay, I'm going to alternate DAC to 6300, and I'm

Just going to be alternating back and forth here
trying to get in as many as I can for you.

SPT I'll tell you, there's a lot of complexity here

right now. I've Just changed ROTATION. Now I'm
changing the RING LOCK, advancing the film. Now
okay. Now I'll give you another 5.64, as best I
can time it here. The last one I know is not on.
Okay, stand by -

3h5 17 42 32 SPT MARK.

 973-i9

SPT Okay, the airglow was neatly defined here at the

beginning of this exposure. However, now I see
what looks like extraneous reflection inside on
the left especially. I'm upside down now. The
RING LOCK, I've been tracking upside down. Okay,
exposure terminated.

345 17 43 38 SPT MARK. Okay, let me set you up for another

ROTATION.

SPT I want TILT set at 50 s.ll the way o All right.

SPT Trying to change to another ROTATION. There's

not very much left on the - visible on the mirror.
Okay, the film is advanced; got to change the
filter to 5577. Now trying to find the dern
location of it. Now you take your way - eye
away from the - for Just a second, and it goes
off in the corner. And it's very tough to find
again the location of the thing.

345 1T 45 50 SPT Could you turn out some lights down there? I
think I'm getting a lot of internal reflections
in here. Thank you. The ones in the wardroom
there, please, Bill.

345 17 47 00 SPT All right, now I've got myself a nice straight
white line across, with stars above and below.
Oh, for crying out loud. What am I looking at?
Very awkward. I'll tell you, the numbers on
the pad sure did help.

3_5 17 48 23 SPT Boy, I'll tell you, you can't see a blooming
thing as far as the locations around in here.

SPT All right, the only are I have available to me is

...; a - again, a relatively light arc which has
got stars above it and below it.

CREW ...

SPT Yes, I know, but these stars are quite a bit above
and below it. It's not Just - I can't believe it's
the airglow. However, I will ta_e a mark - take
a manual exposure on it again because of the fail-
ure of that darn timer. Okay.
 973-20

SPT Okay, standby -

345 17 49 45 SPT MARK. Give you a 64.

SPT Certainly is a lot of slop in this whole view

arrangement as well as the camera mounting, the
whole thing.

345 17 50 48 SPT MARK.

345 17 50 53 SPT I have to change the filters back again. Going up

to the - the lower-numbered filters - the 5. You
know, now we're up to 63; and we'Ve rotated the
whole camera around. It's on 6300. I'll try and
give you another one. Let me look and change
rotation again to ma_e sure of what I'm looking at.
Oh, that wasnVt correct. Scrub that last one.
Scrub that last one. You want this thing to sit
outside with a boom. That's what I've been on.

345 17 52 13 SPT Jerry, could you close the wardroom window, please?
Okay, wardroom window is going closed now. Maybe
I won't have that boom as a distraction. That
didn't seem to make much difference. Now it's -_
the Moon which is on the darn boom; that's why.
All right, we'll try this whole thing again.

345 17 53 22 SPT Okay, coming up.

345 17 53 25 SPT MARK. Shutter open. This time I am on the airglow.

I started Just a little bit below the airglow, and
I'm going to try to maintain this thing Just while
we stick it up in the middle. What pictures you've
got, you've got the discone antenna. And now we're
going off the edge of the mirror. Going to termin-
ate. We're off.

SPT Okay, we'll try and give you another one. I'm
going to change the filter again; 5577 is what the
filter is. I'm trying to get it set up in rotation.

345 17 54 45 SPT Okay, you Just got to change rotation, the RING
track LOCK, and go back and get yourself at the
right location to track it. Advance the film for
manual time; get another selection of film, And
all this is not expected. All right, we're track-
ing it good now. We're moving along to the edge
of the ... al] that ... stuff. I've changed the
 973-21

rotation, the RING track LOCK, the ring location.

Now I've got to change the pointing; track. Got
more patience than ever. Standby -

3_5 17 55 51 SPT MARK .... slight disk in the hole. Target right
there at the site. Come around. I'll tell you,
I wouldn't give you two cents for this. Oh, I'm
... We're tracking. We had ... track here. I
know ... horizon ... No longer ... dashed line.
Left-hand side going up. Going down.

345 17 56 46 SPT MARK. Okay, shutter closed. Here we go again.

Let's Just go into the long exposure. It'll be
02. Then we'll wait, and then I'll give you an-
other one. Let me reverse the filters here; put
filter to 6300. Change rotation .... Prepare
to lock rotation. Tracking lever down. Going
back up. And whoa. Take my beautiful film down.

345 17 58 01 SPT Coming up on another exposure. Stand by -

345 17 58 lh SPT MARK. Shutter's open, and it's tracking. The

airglow is no longer a very definite boundary.
-- Then again, the lower left-hand side is dropping
down. It's no longer tangent. I'd say you don't
have enough time to adjust it. To keep up with it,
I'll never get the photos done.

345 17 59 16 SPT Going open. Shutter's going closed now. And we

do have time to get one more in here. Okay, going
back to filter 5577. Try one more in here. I
can't find the darn track for me to locate. Shut-
ter going open now.

345 18 O0 38 SPT MABK. Okay, that was ... 25 ... Okay, stand by
for shutter closed.

3h5 18 01 49 SPT MARK. Again, I keep watching my watch ...

345 18 02 07 SPT ... and we want to go to terminate at sl,n_ise.

Oh ... we're in the airglow ... track. Standby -

345 18 02 54 SPT MARK. Okay, that's it. I'll wait to close it

until I see that there's no change. Okay, I'm
also going to have to change the ring track - the
ring ...
 973-22

345 18 03 56 SPT I think you're getting good tracking on this one.

So far, no sunlight. I have to change the ring
orientation and track ... Okay -

345 18 04 27 SPT MARK. Might be a little sunlight reflecting in -

not into the field of view of the camera but -
Okay, that was almost a 2-minute Jobber. Okay,
I would sa_ you got six to seven adequate - I
wouldnlt even call them adequate. Six to seven
exposures. Tracking was not too bad on them. I
got better as we went on. And it sure took a lot
of thrashing around at the beginning to figure
out how to make all this fit.

345 18 05 ll SPT Okay, that was the first session I had on it, and
I'll call this OJT. I think I mentioned that to
Wally Teague. And without a simulator, this first
one was going to be nothing but OJT. We got some
exposures, but I think you'll notice that subse-
quent ones ought to be a little higher quality.
I think we got to find out what's wrong with this
darn timer right now too.

SPT Okay, the frames remaining at the end, the last

exposure taken was frame number 22. I'll advance
it down to 21.

345 18 06 33 SPT SPT out.

345 18 31 01 CDR This is the CDR at 18:31 Zulu, debriefing the first
ATM pass of the day. Unable to get to the tape
recorder due to S063 operations. My assignment
was JOP 15 Bravo. And I started out with a ...
at the request of the SPT. He indicated that that
would probablybe a good thing. He had noticed
a ... right near there ... and with a ROLL of 400
and set up for the ... AUTO STEP and got it started
at 15 - about 50 minutes from ... about what I
had left. Went ahead and got S056 set up with no
problems. Got it running. And S082A, I started
its timed exposures. The place where I ran into
problems was with S055. It Just wasn't my day
with that particular experiment. I had to set the
GRATING with a MECHANICAL REFERENCE, which was
really no big thing, but I got her started. Got
busy looking at something else. Went back and saw
105 on the counter. So that meant I had to go
through one more time. I blundered on through
 973-23

one more time and missed again. I said a few

words llke gosh darn and oh fudge and proceeded
to go through and stopped it at 203 - or no, 302
it was.

345 18 32 56 CDR And got the first MIRROR, 3 RASTERs. Got the
second one first. And then I got hack, got finish-
ed with that, got moved into 102, got it started.
About that time, we came up with the ground, and
I suggested that possibly we m/ght want to term-
inate - or truncate the 102, MIRROR, 3 RASTERs a
little bit early in order to ensure that I got a
good MAR again at 0_:28 at the end of the pass.
The ground concurred and advised that I should
only get one good RASTER out of 102 and that I
should terminate at 05:28, which I did. Everything
else went okay.

345 18 33 38 CDR I got m_ .,. S056. Got it started ... MIRROR,

AUTO RASTER ...

TIME SKIP
f-

345 18 59 59 SPT SPT at 19:00. Picking up on the second _sequence

of S063, airglow. First exposure, 19:02. We've
got the rotation (music).

345 19 01 25 SPT Jerry, could you turn that one dome light off for
me, please?

CDR Sure.

SPT No, the dome light. Could you turn the dome light
off for me, please?

CDR All right.

345 19 02 01 SPT Coming up on the first exposure. Okay, we got

good tracking.

SPT Stand by -

345 19 02 54 SPT MARK.

PLT Is anyone recording?

973-2_

SPT Yes, Bill, I am. Okay, I'm trying to track also

by moving the ring.

345 19 04 04 SPT Okay, shutter closed; change filter. That was your
frame number 1. Visible filter going off; putting
UV filter on.

345 19 05 24 SPT Okay, that was frame number 19. Excuse me, that
was frame number 20 which was Just taken. Frame
number 21 went to verify that the timer was working.
Okay, we 're coming up now on 19:06.

345 19 06 Ol SPT MARK. Now we're going to get this exposure at 19 -

frame 2 at 19:07. And that's with the UV lev -
or UV filter on and at 64 seconds.

SPT Stand by -

345 19 07 01 SPT MARK. Shutter open. Got good tracking. Okay,

got very good tracking that time. That ... good
tracking on that one.

345 19 08 ll SPT Exposure's timed out. It's frame number 2. Frame

number 2. Okay, that was corresponding Nikon
frame 19. Okay, next exposure coming up at ll,
19 :ll.

345 19 l0 l0 SPT Okay, frame number 3 in another 50 seconds.

SPT Stand by -

345 19 ll 03 SPT MARK.

345 19 ll 54 SPT Pretty good tracking on there.

345 19 12 l0 SPT Okay, timed out. 19:14, the next one; frame 4.

SPT Stand by -

345 19 14 02 SPT MARK. Hey, we got good tracking. Oh, that looked
like a shooting star or something going down
through the airglow layer. Okay, we've just about
run to the end of the travel here on the - on what
the mirror will allow you to see.

345 19 15 ll SPT Timed out.

 973-25

345 19 15 59 SPT Oh, okay. On that last one, we had pretty much
gotten to the very end of travel on what - what
you could make with the - with the mirror. Un-
fortunately, we really don't see down the axis of
this with this sight we have. Okay, 19:23, the
next one.

345 19 17 51 SPT ... believe on the last one, we got obscured by

the skin of the vehicle itself at the very end.
Could see right down the side of the OWS.

345 19 20 38 SPT Okay, now the roll - the ROTATION which was given
me here is 320. And at 320, I have in the bottom.
I'm looking right down the S-IVB wall of the OWS.

345 19 22 48 SPT Okay, here I am at 23, and I still have no horizon.

I'm in a ROTATION of 320, and I'm looking all a-
round. All I have is the skin of the S-IVB looking
at me. No airglow, no horizon.

SPT Okay, there is the ..., and quite a bit different.

A ROTATION of 320. I think I ought to try and
get it. Okay, we're going to be a little late
__ withthis one. Standby -

345 19 24 15 SPT MARK.

345 19 24 56 SPT Airglow is very difficult to see at this exposure.

I think there's a top ... in the tracking of it
that's more difficult than this one. And in my
tracking, the whole left side of the tracking
scope is obscured by something; ... the right side,
which I'm using.

345 19 25 25 SPT The end of exposure. That was more like at 24

than 23. Okay, at 26 you want another one ; that 's
coming up right now. Stand by -

345 19 26 26 SPT MARK. Okay, this is your exposure at 26. Mark's

about a minute behind.

345 19 27 16 SPT Oh, boy, it's really difficult now. the airglow
has Just flat disappeared on me. Oh, the tracking
of this one's poor.

345 19 27 33 SPT Time exposure's out. 29, you want another one.
Well, let's see if I can get some rotation set in
here which might make this a little bit better.
 973-26

B45 19 28 BI _PT Okay, coming up at 29 for your frame number 7.

Boy, I'Ii tell you, every time you take your eye
way from this scope, you Just - you really lose
the whole picture. Stand by -

B45 19 29 04 SPT MARK.

SPT Tracking is not too good on this one. Must have

been that rotation. For sc_e reason the - it got
obscured. I'm not sure whether we got into the
skin of the vehicle or what on the last one, but
it Just - airglow Just faded out on me. Okay,
yOU want one long exposure now. At 19:35 for
frame 8, the visible lens.

345 19 B2 07 SPT Tell you, this ring site certainly is looking at

the wrong - in the _Tong direction. The whole
thing ought to be looking more towards the axis.
Yes, good thing we're not looking down the axis.
Half of this darn sight is obscured by the side
of the - looking at - off the mirror.

345 19 32 47 SPT Okay, we've got the visible lens on. I guess I'd
better track and try to line it up here. Give you
one as long as possible. I guess you s_y at 19:37
is sunrise and you want to - until sunrise. I'll
watch it and try to give you a long one. And I'll
go with the manual timer and have the timer in ...

345 19 34 39 SPT Okay, waiting for your frame l0 at 35.

SPT Okay, stand by -

345 19 35 01 SPT MARK. Shutter open; manual shutter open and we're
in track.

SPT Good tracking on this one, both in rotation and in

the section perpendicular to the airglow layer.
I think this one's going to be a good one.

SPT Okay, let me get her up just long enough to see

what time it is. Coming up on 37 in another
25 seconds.

345 19 37 29 SPT Okay, airglow's fading out; there we go. Okay, at

frame number 8, we got a 2-1/2-minutes exposure.
All right, the second sequence was a heck of a lot
better than the first, and it was all observer's
familiarity with the gear, with what we're going
 973-27

to be seeing out the airlock, how many things you

have to work at a given time, even the time to check
' out the - the equipmentto make sure it worked.
And I believe I mentioned this to Wally Teague and
other folks who were training me on S063 at the
beginning; that the first time through, especially
on this one, ought to be a training session because
there's no simulation on it whatsoever, and I think
it is a relatively complicated task. There's a lot
of things going at the same time. Well, we'll chalk
that first session up. I'm sure you did get around
six or seven exposures. I'll chalk it up to exper-
ience and the second one looked as though it came
out a lot better.

345 19 38 37 SPT SPT out.

3_5 19 42 49 SPT SPT at 19:43. Additional piece of information for

S063. The last frame number on the Nikon was
frame 14.

345 19 43 08 SPT SPT out.

345 19 45 09 SPT Okay, SPT again with a correction to that last

frame count for S063. Because we had the manual
shutter release there, it didn't advance; so the
last frame was really number 13. So we went 13
through 20 for the exposures, starting at 20 and
working down to 13, that's your eight exposures.

345 19 45 31 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

345 20 21 48 PLT The PLT reporting at 20:21. Subject ... negative

symptoms, and there are negative comments.

3_5 20 21 58 PLT PLT out.

345 20 24 41 SPT SPT at 20:24. Subject MI90 - MI31, motion sen-

sitivity. I went up to 30 rpm and 150 head motions
with negligible symptoms. The only thing I did
notice is that when I - when we stopped, that I
had a slight amount of dizziness for a short period
of time during the slowdown procedure when I had
taken off the goggles and also gotten out of the
 973-28

chair. That lasted for about 2 minutes and those

were the only symptoms.

325 20 25 20 SPT SPT out.

345 20 25 2h CDR This is the CDR at 20:26 Zulu, debriefing the •

19:1_3 ATM pass. Stand by.

345 20 26 03 CDR Okay, pressing on. Got a late start on the ATM
for many different reasons which don't really have
much to do with the ATM. As a result, we're going
to be truncating S056 with less than 15 minutes.
It looks to me like it's going to be about a
12-minute exposure rather than a 15-minute expo-
sure. And S055, because of a lack of time, I cut
the three rasters to two rasters apiece, and that
will give me a MIRROR, AUTO RASTER, at a GRATING
of 1761, about one full raster and maybe a half.
I figure that was about the best - the best divi-
sion between the three, There was no S082A. The
S082B, I wasted a lot of time trying to get that
doggone SLIT [sic] OFFSET set at plus 12 - set at
plus 12, and I think that cost us some time, too.
I finally gave up. It was vacillating back and
forth between ll and 12, and LIMB POINTING didn't
seem to stop it. At any rate, the S082B finally
timed out at about 9 minutes to go. It's completed
now, and I'm Just standing by waiting for ESS, at
which time I will truncate S056 and S055. And I'll
give you readings on where they were truncated.

3h5 20 27 37 CDR CDR out.

345 20 hl 47 CDR This is the CDR at 21 - Correction. This is the

CDR at 20:41 Zulu, debriefing the ATM pass which
started at 19:23. I started debriefing this pass
prior to the completion of it, and then we got a
data/voice dump between then and now. So I figure
I might Just as well start over and try to get it
all in one batch. I mentioned before that I had
got a late start on the ATM for various reasons
not having anything to do with the ATM. And, as
a result, we ended up truncating when we probably
should not have had to. S056, I got sll of it done
except the SINGLE FRAME 5, LONG. And I had to
truncate that with 2 minutes and 13 seconds to go
at -And I truncated at ESS.
 973-29

3h5 20 42 39 CDR S055, I guess I'm still snake bit. I had some
problems with that son of a gun. This time, I had
it set up moving in toward 130 on the GRATING. I
stopped it at about 113 or 114; I didn't get the
number. And as I reached up to hit the START
switch and start SINGLE STEPping my way to 130, I
hit the doggone ZER0-ORDER GRATING switch and hit
it into refer - REFEBENCE, OPTICAL. And the son
of a gun - the counter went to zero and I wasn't
sure where I was. So I just had to swallow m_
pride and start it up again and run it back through
zero.

345 20 43 19 CDE So that cost us some time. And in order to recover

it, I changed all the AUT - MIRROR, 3 RASTERs to
MIRROR,'2 RASTERs, and managed to get two - two
full AUTO RASTERs at each grating setting - two at
a GRATING of 0130 and another - two more at GRATING
1144. Then I got into the MIRROR, AUTO RASTER at
1761 and I got one full GRATING. And at 400 K, we
were at line 15; at 250 K, we were at line 35.
These were on the second AUTO RASTER. And I fig-
ured at below 250 K, you probably weren't inter-
- ested in the data; so I terminated at that time.

345 20 44 05 CDR The S082B AUTO STEP terminated with about 9 minutes
to go. That cost us probably 2 minutes right there
while I fiddledy-diddled around with the MPC, try-
ing to get us set up on step - LIMB OFFSET, plus
12. I could either get ll flashing to 12 or 12
flashing to 13. And for the life of me, I couldn't
get it to settle down on 12 and stay there. So I
finally Just went to LIMB POINTING and - and gave
up with it. It was 12 flashing back to ll and then
back to 12, And I went ahead and started the AUTO
STEP with that situation going on. I figured a
little bit of overlap was better than a little gap.
So that's the situation on S082B. Because of the
lateness of the time, I had no time to really
look at the Sun and fiddle around with it at all.
And so I don't have any other items to debrief at
this time.

345 20 45 05 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP
973-30

345 21 14 17 PLT Now this is the PLT. The time is 21:15. And I
am perf0rming the instructions contained in the
general message S201 malfunctions, and that's 2637
Alfa. Okay, I removed the rear cover. To verify,
connect - Step 2: To verify connectors mated,
rotate the film transport box counterclockwise.
Report motion. Okay, I'm pulling the handle out.
I'm rotating the film transport box counterclock-
wise, and there is no motion. Promptly install
the rear cover and evacuate. Okay, I'm doing that.

345 21 15 07 PLT Rear cover back on and going closed (grunt). And
we want to do a complete evacuation; so I'm going
to vent. Okay, now let's see. Continue the nom-
inal proc - continue the nominal procedures per
cue card. During $201 ops, press ear against the
canister and listen for the i/4-second f_lm advance
motor noise coincident with the white light flashes.
Report results. Okay, now that's - that's just a
little bit different. If it's a 1/_-second noise,
it could have been that I was not listening for
the - This is why you called it the cllmk, ap-
parently. And I will strain my little earbone
ana see if I can't hear that ellln_this time.

345 21 16 00 PLT PLT out.

TIME SKIP

345 21 52 34 SPT SPT at 21:53; handheld photos 35-1. The mag ID

is CXlT; frame numbers 2 through 6. And they were
taken at 21:31, 21:32, 21:32, 21:33, and 21:34.
The subject was sea mounts and they are located
south of the Samoa Islands and east of Fiji, the
Lau Group, I believe they call it, or Tonga. I
believe it's the Tonga. And the weather had about
40-percent cloud cover; however, I was able to see
a fair _ber of these. I would say about 800
miles or so distance over which they covered. And
I would say I saw something on the order of 50 to
70 of them. Some were quite large and protruded
above the surface, being an island. And there
were numerous smaller ones Just polkadotted
throughout the area, which were submerged. They
stood out because of the relatively bright green
color which they displayed .... the center of
them was - looked to be deeper and the rings were
 973-31

- the ring of the island - or the ring of the sea

mount, if you will, stood out a little bit more
and was - was more prominent and more lighter
colored in green. Now if there - was only one
volcano at a time, at this time it was hard to
tell. I saw a large number of features which
could have been vents from a volcano because of
the ray structure which was present. The water
color certainly was lighter colored. I did not
at all notice any wakes in the o - ocean water,
and I did not see any surface waves. I think the
Sun angle was such that it was not possible to
do that.

345 21 55 12 SPT I think we got some pretty good coverage. I used

ll-1/2,'because of the partial cloud cover, for
the f/stop, 100-millimeter lens, 1/250 of a sec-
ond for all the photos.

345 21 55 28 SPT And, again, most of the islands or - or sea

mounts were - were not long or sinuous. They
were generally angular shaped, with a length-to-
width ratio of not much greater than 2.

345 21 55 46 SPT I could not see any organized patterns for them.
They appeared to be scattered ..., and the orien-
tation for the larger axes appeared to be more
... -- --

345 22 09 00 CDR This is the CDR at 22:09, debriefing the ATM pass
which started at 21:21, I believe it was. The
pass consisted of two JOP 6, step 2's and then a
JOP 1D, step 4 - 1 Delta, step 4. Both of the
J0P 6, step 2's went okay. There was no hitches
and got all the data, and were truncated at
roughly around 6. Got into the JOP 1 Delta; that
went pretty much as planned. On one occasion,
while reaching up to cycle the S055, I grabbed
S054 and cycled it once. So, S054 guys, you got
a freebee frame there. Don't know how much good
it will do you, but I exposed a frame for you.

345 22 l0 08 CDR I did not get a chance to look too much at the
Sun, I did take a look at the WHITE LIGHT
CORONAGRAPH, and - while I was doing the VTR
work - and was impressed by the fact that it looks
like the - Let's see. Let's get our north and
everything set up here. There were a - a pair
of - of streamers coming off the northeast limb,
 973-32

and this pair of streamers has very much dimin-

ished - become really - become less diffuse, I
should say, and more two separate streamers. The
streamer that Ed mentioned this morning at
8 o'clock is gone. Did not see that. The - You
know, the 8 o'clock position on the Sun. He said
that's - He mentioned that streamer this morning
early, and that streamer is gone during this last
pass.

345 22 ll 24 CDR And you - I got TV of that; you'll see it on

your - your TV data. I got the VTR data that you
needed. I got WHITE LIGHT CORONAG_RAPH about a
minute before time to make a ROLL from 10800 to
minus 5400. The WLC was ON during the roll.
After the roll, I had to leave it ON for a while,
while I set up the next part of the building block
and then shifted over and gave you about 3 minutes
of XUV MON. So that about covers that situation.
The building block 28 in J0P 1 Delta went very
smoothly this time. I got the S056 exposures done
pretty well, and we managed to finish the run with
the aperture closed.

345 22 12 23 CDR CDR out.

345 22 28 08 SPT SPT at 22:28. Information for the M071 people -

Jerry Hordinsky, Mike Whittle in the medical
directorate. The subject is weight before and
after exercise. Weight before is 6.368, 6.370,
6.371; after, 6.327, 6.331, 6.324. Just a normal
amount of exercise, a little over 8000 watt-
minutes on the bike; the usual work with the
Mark I we report every night and for Thornton,
Thornton's Revenge (music). Looks to be 2 or
3 pounds or so of weight loss, and I figure that's
where most of m_ salt goes. Most of it comes out
in the bicycle ergometer work. That's the only
time I really give out - internal heat up.

345 22 29 29 SPT SPT out.

345 22 34 55 CDR This is the CDR at 22:35 Zulu. M092 began at

22:20 Zulu. The subject is the SP - the PLT.
The calf measurements are left calf, 13-3/8; the
right calf, 13-1/4. The legbands are Alfa Novem-
ber on the left and Alfa Quebec on the right.

345 22 35 22 CDR CDR out.

 973-33

345 22 39 53 CDR This is the CDR at 22:40 with a note on M092 HIGH
CAL. With a HIGH CAL, we get a SYSTOLIC and DIA-
STOLIC of 125, which is outside the range of 127,
133.

345 22 40 07 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

345 23 13 18 SPT SPT at 22:13 [sic], debriefing the ATM pass now
in progress, which is the one that began at
22:52. Okay, to start it off with, of course, I
had noticed a sma11, subtle change in the corona.
Earlier'today I went and did a shopping list
item i at the very beginning of the orbit. That
is, a CONTINUOUS MODE for 1 minute and three ex-
posures for 52. And 56 got a PATROL, SHORT. Our
ROLL was minus 5400.

345 23 14 00 SPT And in looking at the corona on the TV and also

with a picture which I took, I can see that the
J_ very prominent streamerwhich is located at about
8 o'clock, which I mentioned this morning, ap-
pears to be a little narrower at the base but
still very strong and exceptionally well defined
- a very symmetrical helmet streamer. It looks
very much elongated though. It looks like the
classical picture of a helmet streamer which has
got a base-to-height ratio of the cusp portion -
or the helmet portion of approximately 1. In
this case it looks like that ratio is more like 2.
Just ... look like you took a helmet streamer
and stretched it out. The second greatest
streamer was the - this morning was the one over
at 2 o'clock and it still is; however, that has
changed slightly. The portion up towards - well,
it really runs from 2 to - It's centered at maybe
02:30, and then it runs almost down to 3 between
02:00 and 02:45, if you will. Get - getting
picky here. The portion which is at the northern-
most part, at around 2 o'clock, has weakened con-
siderably, and so it looks almost uniform across
it in brightness - uniform in - in clock rotation,
if you will, or uniform from north to south.
973-34 --_

345 23 15 55 SPT The other two very fine streamers which I men-
tioned this morning are - well, the one at
lO o'clock is still there, although not anywhere
near as bright. And the one at 08:30, super-
imposed on the larger one centered at 8, is really
not visible. There's a very hint of it on the
base of it, but it does not appear to be anywhere
near as visible as it was this morning. So again,
the major change in the corona looks to be a - The
m_Jor change here in the corona looks to be a
stretching out of that helmet streamer at
8 o'clock.

345 23 17 05 SPT After the shopping list item i, then building

block l0 was carried out; no problem. 55 received
- Rather than one complete MIRROR, AUTO RASTER,
which was taken at - essentially 4 arc minutes off
the Sun, they got two of them down to around
line 30, whereupon I then started the succession
of MIRROR, AUTO RASTERs going down to line 13, or
in some cases beyond that if - if my attention got
distracted.

SPT I think you'll probably receive a good number of

MIRROR, AUTO RASTERs; probably up to around 20.

345 23 19 45 SPT The building block 28 which followed the building

block 10, there was no problem; was straightfor-
ward. And all of the exposures requested are
being received. So what's been called off for on
the pad has been run off nominally. The pointing
for this was not quite as easy as the last time
in that the spicules did not stand out quite as
well. Today there does not appear to be anywhere
near as much activity at this limb in the'way of
spicule and chromospheric - intensity variations
as I've seen before. I think center of the ...
one very prominent - fairly prominent spicule
which had a good base to it. However, as I watch
it, it kind of waxes and wanes, decreases in the
intensity, and then slowly comes back. During
most of the exposures, however, it has been fairly
prominent so I feel we're looking at a peak and
not a valley - sort of representative material of
the corona - of the chromosphere.

345 23 21 38 SPT The coordinates I've used are plus 10797 for ROLL,
a DOWN of minus 1007, and a LEFT/RIGHT of plus
0000. That count of four zeros was fortuitous.
 973-35

I did not try to get it. I'ii debrief anything

which may be carried out after the completion of
this last building block 28, at that time.

345 23 22 18 SPT SPT out.

345 23 28 08 CDR This is the CDR at 23:30 Zulu. M092 terminated

at 23:.05 Zulu, and we moved right into MITI-I.
The GAS PRESSURE of CAL N2, 02, CO 2 was 1184.
The CAL N2, H20 PRESSURE was 1266. CABIN AIR
PRESSURE was 5.023; PERCENT OXYGEN was 76.22;
PERCENT WATER, 3.29; PERCENT CO 2 , 2.03. VITAL
CAPACITIES: The first one was 5.634, then 5.721,
then 5.914.

345 23 28 54 CDR CDR out. This was the - This is the CDR again.
This is - The subject was the SPT on the MI9 -
171-1.

345 23 29 03 CDR CDR out.

345 23 42 2_ SPT SPT at 22:42 - Make that 23:42. I believe we

completed up the orbit which began at 22:52 which
I've already given you a brief snmma_y Of. At
the end, we ended up with 23 truncated MIRROR,
AUTO RASTERs, all of the exposures asked for in
56 and 82B. And also, in the 82B, we had a little
time lest ; so I gave them a - the NORMAL ... ex-
posure in the LONG WAV_Lk_NGTH. I know it's not
called out for in the 82B exposure guide which
was sent up. Normally, we just work in the SHORT
WAVELENGTH. However, you had already gotten two
sets of long in the SHORT WAV_T,k_NGTH - or two
sets of the type 4 in the SHORT WAVE.L_GTH; so
that, I think, handled that one real well. And
knowing you're a lit - tend to be a little bit
overexposed in the LONG WAV_.Lk_NGTH, I made this
one only a NORMAL.

345 23 43 46 SPT There again, the pointing was unchanged from all
of the building blocks carried out, and that's
how we've done the two 28's and the 10. At the
very conclusion, I went back to Sun center and
again looked at the streamer at 8 o'clock, and
now it actually looked like it had narrowed down
at the base; that is, actually had necked in. It
was no longer than it was nearly before, perfectly
straight on the sides going in the disk. It
973-36

actually necked in a little bit. And I'ii be up

next orbit, and I'ii take a look at it first
thing. I did a shopping list item l in on it,
CONTINUOUS for 1 minute, and a 56 PATROL, SHORT;
however, I think we got down a little bit below
250 K on that. TIME R_4AINING was - Well, maybe
not too bad, about 01:25 or so when we completed
it.

345 23 44 46 SPT SPT out.

345 23 47 ii SPT SPT at 23:47. Message to FAO and the schedulers.

In looking at the layout we have today for ATM
activities, it looks like Jerry ended up with
ATM, a overabundance of it. The discussion we had
yesterday said that - that there should be three
passes a day devoted to the PLT and CDR - with
one day, one taking two and the other one taking
one. Now Jerry ended up with three passes today
which may or may not be more than he would desire.
He certainly says he's got a fair amount of it.
And at the sam_ time, I come out with three. If
I was to receive the remainder of those three
passes, it sure hasn't worked out that way. And
I'm looking now at the ATM pass which goes from a
little after zero - from 02:15 or so on that
general schedule, on down. It comes right after
the first 201 maneuver. There's no reason why
I could not pick up that ATM pass and eat subsequent
to that and then pick up the 201 maneuver.

345 23 49 03 SPT I'm wondering what the holdup is or what the

reason for the scheduling after our discussion.
Maybe there's something I don't understand in the
way of constraints, but it looks fairly
straightforward.

345 23 49 19 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

345 23 53 I0 CDR This is the CDR at 23:53 terminating M171-1 with

the subject the PLT.

345 23 53 19 CDR CDR out.

###
 DAY 3h6 (AM) 975

326 00 51 42 CDR This is the CDR at 00:51 Zulu, reporting on hand-

held photography. The sites are HH153 and HH126-1.
As we came in over the northern coast of Australia,
I noticed, first of all, a patch of ground that
looked like it was raised somewhat above the sur-
rounding ground - rather large patch of ground.
And it was in the area of - according to my avia-
tion maps here, there's an airfield called Evelyn
and there's a little town south of this area called
Katherine. And it appeared to me that this ground
was raised somewhat. And it had very, very linear
crosshatch patterns on it. Looked very much like
a fault zone or something like that. Very, very
straight lines and - and crosshatch. (Music) I
entitled that HH153 because I don't think that is
the rangeland they're looking for in lh6-1.

346 O0 52 53 CDR That particular frame that I took was taken at

00:37; it was frame number 7 on magazine Charlie
X-ray 17. I took it at a setting of f/ll,
100-millimeter Hasselblad, and a speed of 1/250.
Then as we proceeded on into the rangeland area,
around HHI46-1, I noticed that the - the land was
A flatter and there were some areas of green along
the river. It had a look of - of cultivation or -
or human, you know, human interference, in that -
although not all of the hunks of land were very
rectangular. There was some regularity to them,
some of that, you know, you could see sense lines,
essentially. The land in general - the rangeland
is - There are some very light greens that I could
see. But the land for the most part was tam to -
to red. But there was scsne - some light green
areas there.

346 O0 54 09 CDR Then as we proceeded on to the southeast, we got

back into the HHI53 area, the drought area in
general. There's some - some dry lakes. There
were a few lakes with _ater in them. The water
was rather greenish yellow, looked very alkaline.

346 OO 54 31 CDR The ground itself was very red or yellow or tan in
large blotches of red; but there were some tans
and some yellows. There was indications of wind
erosion. There was lots of - of linear striations
over the land that looked very much like the wind
had blown and had Just kind of - It looks llke the -
the perennial wind here - the prevailing winds

L
 976

are all from about the same direction. My impres-

sion was that the winds are from the southeast to
the northwest, or from the east-southeast to the
west-southwest. All of the lines that I saw are
lined up in that direction and they overlap the
red and the yellow and the tan, so - And it looked
like possibly the red _as on top because the - the
red streaks lay - looked to me like they lay over
the yellow and tan. Then as I moved on down fur-
ther, I took one picture which I think is outside
of the area of HH15B.

346 00 55 36 CDR In fact I think it's more down in the cultivated

area around - approaching HH140-5. That area down
there is - got a whole lot more water, obviously;
it's moire cultivated. I - I would suspect that
maybe it's wheatfields because the - the land
patterns are much more rectilinear, much more
regular, and there's quite a bit more green in the
area. Deeper green along the - the rivers indica-
ting heavy forest. And the - The green of the -
or the coloring of the rectangular areas them-
selves were either light green or tending toward
a - a brown,a darkerbrown. --

346 00 56 24 CDR This is the CDR out.

346 O0 56 B1 CDR Okay, this is the CDR continuing the HH146/15B

observations. I did not give you the frames and
all that. The pictures I took of HH146-1, the
rangeland area, were frames number 8 and number 9
of Charlie X-ray 17 magazine. I took them right
after I took the first one of the crisscross area
that I mentioned. The f/stop was the same, f/ll at
100 - 100-millimeter lens, I should say, at 1/250.

B46 00 57 07 CDR And then frame number l0 was taken in HH15B, more
in the area, I would say, of Brunette Downs or
Alroy Downs or Alexandria. These are airfields
in the southwest corner of HH153 square on my map.
The last frame which was number ll - I kind of
lost track of where I was but I think it was prob-
ably down around the area of Windorah, somewhere
between Windorah and the HH140-5 area that's laid
out. Let's see, a town in that area would be
Bourke, B-o-u-r-k-e. That's probably about the
best area. Okay. so that covers it.

J
 977

Frame number 7 was taken up in the northwest corner

of HH153, Frames 8 and 9 were taken at HH146-1,
of rangeland. Frame number lO was in the south-
west - correction, the southeast corner of HH153,
and frame number ll is down in the more culti-
vated area, toward the southwest of Australia.

346 00 58 41 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

346 01 21 i0 SPT SPT debriefing the ATM _ass which began at 00:21.
Okay, at the beginning we got a shopping list
item 1 in, to look at the corona. And we also got
one in at the end, although we could not fit a PA-
TROL, SHORT, in as we were - would not be above 250 K
when it concluded, The streamer at 8 o'clock again
appeared very prominent and appeared to vent down
quite a bit towards its base, especially on the
northern side of it - more so at the end of the
orbit than at the beginning. We're now on that
Kohoutekmaneuverfor $201and whenwe get back
from that m_neuver and into the day sid2 we'll
take a look at it once again and try to give you
another shopping list item 1. The coronal hole
work would not - did not come off as well as I
would have liked. The coronal hole at the north
pole is not very sharply defined and is fairly
Jagged.

346 01 22 28 SPT By that I mean, there's lots of - of points where

the boundary is composed of a series of points
and ragged structures as opposed to a nice, clean,
smooth boundary. This made it very hard to find
a place in which the slit would be parallel to
anything resembling a boundary and also to
find a reasonable half width. I got a bad start
in that I was once lined up on what looked like a
good area and then in concentrating only on the
55A readout, I got to where I thought I had a rea-
sonable point halfway and I had to be rolled con-
siderably from the slit tangent to the limb.
Started the experiments only to find out that I
had been working on the limb brightening. I
aborted that and got myself back on a more reaaon-
able location. Although still I would not call
too optimum.
978

SPT And was able to get through the - the first three
building block ll's ; however, the building
block i0 at the end we did not have time for.
Guess that would have been 400 K and running 55
and 82A - 82B which this was designed for. I
think if I had had a choice and knew what was on
your mind, I would have used the south pole as -
there the boundary is fairly linear and appears
to be a little bit easier to work with and more
representative of a coronal hole boundary or an
idealized coronal hole boundary.

SPT The following orbit we have a little observing

time, which l've arm wrestled Jerry for, and I
think I'ii work. I gave a - a shopping list
item 19 .this morning - the coronal - coronal hole
boundary at the north. I think I'ii go take a
look at one at the south and see if I can't get
you a - a better - see if I can't give you some
better obeservations.

346 01 25 ll SPT SPT out.

346 Ol 30 32 FLT What? No, I Just had a snack.

CDR ...

FLT Yes. Got a handheld coming up_

CDR ...

PLT Oh, yes. Whenever you're ready.

CDR I'm ready anytime ...

PLT Yes.

346 01 31 03 PLT Jerry, could you give me a time hack Just to make
sure I'm not off too far_ Should be coming up on
31:lO in about 5 seconds.

CDR ... 15 -

346 01 31 15 CDR MARK.

PLT 0kay, could you give me a hack on 3 - 32?

CDR Okay....
 979

346 01 33 04 PLT Okay, we Just came passed 33; coming up on about

2 minutes. The ROTATION is 154.9; the TILT is
16.8. Start exposure. POWER switch ON, 01:35:00;
RESET switch to START, 01:35:01; terminating at
01:44:26. Put the RESET switch to START again
and 01:44:27 POWER switch OFF,

346 01 34 15 FLT Okay; 45 seconds to START. I'ii try to hear the

clonk.

PLT 15 seconds. Stand by. POWER switch ON, on my

mark.

346 Ol 34 59 PLT MARK. RESET, START now.

PLT Sorry, Just can't hear a clonk.

346 01 35 38 CC Skylab, Houston. 30 seconds to hand over to

Madrid .... Out.

PLT I hear a little bloop, not a clan_. So you may

be getting it all right. 0kay, better watch what
I'm doing here. It's not a clonk. Secure the
- slash again. You might hear one of them on occa-
sion.

3h6 01 36 16 FLT All I can hear is a little bloop, which may be

what you're talking about.

346 01 41 27 PLT Okay, PLT picking up at 41:30. Ground took the

recorder there; I'm not sure you heard my comments.
First off, I did the - performed the operation
specified in the general message as of day 345.
And I think it worked out probably to your satis-
faction. When I reached in to turn it, it didn't
even budge ° Okay, 42 on my mark.

346 01 4I 59 PLT MARK. Okay. And continuing, I had my ear right

up against the case here when I actuated the thing
initially. And I can hear the motor noise - the
rotary noise, but I - all I could - I did hear a
sort of very faint "bleep" or "splonk" or something
like that - that - I think that may be what - the
noise that you were looking for there. And there
is a very faint noise associated with it. But the
reason I didn't hear it before is because I had
this headset on that I was using for the voice re-
cording. And I think we are getting the noise
980

that - that you had anticipated. But it certainly

isn't - isn't as loud as I expected that it might
be.

346 01 42 42 CC ... i minute to LOS. 26 minutes to the next sta-

tion, which is Carnarvon, at 02:08. Out.

346 01 43 25 PLT Okay. Coming up on 01:44 in about 30 seconds.

PLT Okay -

346 Ol 44 00 PLT MARK. 01:44. And at 26 we want RESET switch to

START and at 27 we want POWER switch OFF. Stand
by. On my mark it'll be 15 - -

346 01 44 14 PLT MARK. Z0; stand by, 26 - -

346 01 44 25 PLT MARK. START; OFF.

PLT Okay, let me set the new ROTATION and TILT. We

want 205.9, 20 - oh, darn! Doggone! Numbers -
all the stuff's come out of them; you can't read
them, unless you get your flashlight out. Well,
I'm Just going to blow your exposure because of --
those nnmhers. Drifted way out into the middle
of the workshop here. 205.9 and TILT 24.1.
Okay, now at 01:45:30, which is coming up in
i0 seconds, POWER sw_itch ON followed by START.
Stand by. On my mark POWER switch ON.

346 01 45 29 PLT MARK. START. Okay, had it on time. Waiting for

49 :56. Man, those numbers. Oh, what 's happened
is that the numbers in the ROTATION and TILT are
black on black, some of them. And you have to
have your flashlight out to read them, and I
didn't have m_ flashlight out when I tried to
change. Some of the numbers are missing the
little - the filled-in recess for - supposedly
to help you see it. Of course that stuff has all
come out and it flicks around. When you rotate
the thing, it turns around in there and looks
like talcum powder rotating around the dials ; and
I'm afraid it doesn't help to read the numbers.
That was why I was expressing some consternation
there. I'm going to turn the recorder off in
between this.

346 O1 48 41 PLT Coming up on 49, 15 seconds. The lights have all

worked nominally as described before. I was Just
 981

trying to hear that noise and I couldn't find it.

I think I may have convinced myself that I heard
it. But I think the fact that that magazine was
clocked in properly pretty well clinches it, and
it's Just a - a problem of hearing. Okay, h9.
And we're standingby for h9:56, RESET switchto
START, followedby an OFF 1 second later.

PLT Stand by. On my mark it'll be 50, 49:50, Stand

by - or 56.

346 01 49 55 PLT MARK. START; OFF. Okay. That completes the

operation of 01:25 ops and I think everything
worked out there very satisfactorily. And I
still can't give you a complete, lO0-percent
confident report on the clunk, but I did hear a
very faint noise in there that, I think, may
be your clunk.

346 O1 50 22 PLT PLT out.

346 01 51 34 PLT And this is PLT setting TILT to zero zero, ROTATION
to zero zero, in that order, and retracting the
- AMSmirror.

346 Ol 55 O0 CDR This is the CDR at 01:55 Zulu. The subject is

transporter malfunction correction. Transporter 05
was Jammed. The takeup reel had approximately
20 percent of good film on it covering some S183
and some M092. So that particular cassette has
been placed in - in storage to be returned, and
I - I got takeup cassette number Mike Tango 06.
We've cleared the DAC - We've cleared the Jam, I
should say, and transporter 05 is back in posi-
tion A-2 with sup - supply reel Charlie India 93
and takeup reel Mike Tango 06. A/id we're starting
off with 74 percent.

346 01 56 03 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

3h6 02 _9 17 SPT Hello, this is the friendly SPT at lh:h9 [sic]

debriefing the ATM pass which began at 02:23 after
the maneuver back from the Kohoutek observations.
 982

SPT Okay, I had some interest in going and looking at

the corona again, particularly the filament - I'm
sorry, the streamer which had changed shape and
necked in quite a bit. So I gave us a building
block 2. 52 had a STANDARD; 56 a PATROL, LONG -
I'm sorry, a PATROL, NOI_W_ALand a PATROL, SHORT.
And 55 got a MIRROR, AUTO RASTER at a GRATING of
zero. DETECTORS, all -

346 02 50 B0 SPT Then looking at the time remaining, I had not

realized I would not have a full orbit. I didn't
realize how long the maneuver would take. I
figured I really didn't have any adequate - time
to do an adequate Job on exploring the coronal
hole bound_ at the south. I think that takes
at least, a good full orbit of the types of obser-
vations which have been spelled out for the one
at the north. So I went over to try to look for
whether there was anything on the limb which
could be causing the changes in the streamer
which we've seen. And the only thing I could
determine - Well, first of all, on the XUV MONITOR,
we do have some brightening in that region, and it
could be 88/90 coming over the southeast limb
again. However, the location where the ,streamer
appeared to be changing was a little further south
of that. I did move south and saw some low-lying
prominent structure on the limb. And had I had
time, I would have liked to have done a couple of
MIRROR, AUTO RASTERs, stepped out towards the low-
lying changes in the corona; that is, a maxi-
RASTER.

346 02 52 05 SPT However, I only had time to do a MIRROR, AUTO

RASTER at that point. Actually, I went through
l-l/2 MIRROR, AUTO RASTERs, then a GRATING, AUTO
SCAN at slit center - a little over one GRATING,
AUTO SCAN at slit center. What I did was to roll
the slit tangent to the limb, and then try to
find some maximum in ROLL on the oxygen VI.

346 02 52 45 SPT I got a peak of around 600, and it was sensitive

in ROLL. About plus or minus 5 arc minutes would
change the roll - would change the oxygen VI readout
to about half of that - of what it was; that is,
from 600 down to 4[00] to 300.

346 02 53 13 SPT 82B received a WAVET.k_NGTH, SHORT exposure TIMES 4.

And the last exposure had to be truncated, although
 983

most of it did get in. I truncated exactly at

400 K. 56 received a FILTER 4 for 8 minutes, and
a FILTER 5 for 5 minutes. And again I had to
truncate that.

SPT In H-alpha, I did see a low-lying prominent struc-

ture, and l'm Just not sure what's coming around
the limb. Again, the only thing that really
prompted me to do this was to try to explore what
could be - the causal factor behind changing the
streamer structure seen at roughly that same lo-
cation. Okay, next orbit we have a JOP 6, step i,
so that'll continue to - to look at the corona.
And from there on, it's unattended.

346 02 54 25 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

346 03 20 22 CDR This is the CDR at 03:20 Zulu. The subject is

DAC movie camera maintenance. DAC number 09 checks
out properlywith - We're using the cassettethat
was recommended by the ground with the fog film
on it. DAC 09 works very well. DAC 08 still does
not grab the film. It looks like the hook or the
pawls whatever you call them - are not reaching
forward far enough. And in this particular one -
it looked like they Jabbed into the film a
little bit short of the hole and Just made a groove
in the hole. So if there's any adjustment that can
be made, you Just send up - send up word. Other-
wise, DAC 8 is still red taped.

346 03 21 14 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

B46 04 2h 28 PLT PLT debriefing the ATM pass at 03:29. Started

out with JOP 6, step i, building block i. Com-
pleted as per JOP S,imm_ry Sheets. It was in this -
the start of this JOP that I noticed the activity
at the 7 o'clock region with solar noises at the
top of the screen. It appeared to be a bomb on
its way out from the disk. Called Ed up. He came
i
_-_ up to take - took a look at it and indicatedthat
 he thought there was something interesting. We
went ahead and did the building block i and tasked
to the ground. Continued with the JOP 24 to
step l, building block 28. Two errors on the opera-
tion there. One was I did the SINGLE FRAME, 2 in
SHORT instead of LONG; and the other was when I
slew to the right limb, I went to LIMB SCAN and
pointed to plus 6 with the LIMB POINTING which I
thought would hold it at plus 6 off the right limb.
And went ahead and when I looked back about 3 or
4 minutes later, it was in plus i. So the 82 -
I don't know how that happened because I thought
I'd put - had an attitude-hold capability there
when I went to LIMB POINTING. It - it kept the
slit in the right position, but anyway, I'll check
that ou_ with Ed. And that slit drifted back plus
6 or 7 arc seconds off the right limb back to
plus 1. So there was some integrated spatial
emission there in that slit.

346 04 26 07 FLT I truncated at 6 and was able to do that in about

3 minutes and 3 seconds to go; I went ahead and
threw in the JOP 20, even though building
block 32 - Even though we were down in atmosphere,
I figured that the corona would give some good
data. And 56 indicated a high degree of flexi-
bility. When in doubt, they said go ahead and
use it, so I did, even though I was in the atmos-
phere. And I completed the building block 32 just
at the end of the orbit.

346 04 26 46 PLT 55 was executed properly. I didn't do a real

professional Job, but I got quite a few 13 line
scans in there. I - occasionally, I let it go
over. Should be quite a bit - quite a few scans.
And I think I got four to five in each limb. The
major config - the - the point of most significance,
I guess, is the - what appears to be the develop-
ment of the slow-moving transient at the 7 to
8 o'clock position with solar noises at the top.
Appears to be out about 2-1/2 radii now and a
definite widening - whitening in the - coronal
texture and structure as opposed to Just some
brightening in that area. You can actually see
more or less the linear features or fiber-like
quality of the structure. And other than that -
everything went fairly well. I 'm sorry about the
56 on the - on the SHORT. I've done that a
couple of times, and I Just have to watch that _-_
 985

more closely. And the film count is H-ALPHA,

10, 915, that's 10,915; 56 is 3733; 82 Alfa, 127;
82 Bravo, 1075; 52 is 5514; and 54 is 3680.

346 04 28 22 PLT PLT out.

TIME SKIP

346 Oh h9 Oh CDR This is the CDR at 04:h9 Zuluwith a message for

the medical folks and for the evening status
report world. And that is, we're going to stan-
dardize our exercise routines in order to minimize
the amount of reading down that goes on at the
evening etatus report. And henceforth, beginning
tomorrow, which is actually today, mission day
B46, we're going to refer to our standard exercise
routine and we will give you only the deltas from
the standard exercise routine.

346 04 49 44 CDR The C - The standard exercise routine follows. CDR,

method Alfa, which is the ergometer: leg, 30 min-
utes, 5000 watt-minutes. The next method is Bravo,
the Mark I: and the positions are Alfa, Delta,
Echo, and Foxtrot; the time is l0 minutes, and
20 repetitions for each one of those. Method
Charlie, which are the springs or the Mark II:
the positions are Charlie, Delta, and Foxtrot,
06 minutes and 20 repetitions each. The next
method is Echo, which is isometrics: the positions
are Alfa and Bravo. These are what we Jokingly
refer to as a Hordinsky Special. These are
opening and closing the legs isometrically. The
time is 03minutes and lO repetitions each.
Method Foxtrot, which is the treaam_ll - I'll be
walking for l0 minutes, running for 1 minute, I'll
do - I'll pick up in a few minutes.

3_6 04 50 54 CDR We're starting our medical briefing.

B46 04 58 51 CDR This is the CDR again at 04:58 Zulu continuing

with the standard exercise routine that I was
calling out. I'll pick up again with the CDR's
exercise. I've given you Alfa through Echo. I'll
pick up with Foxtrot and go from there. Foxtrot,
which is the treaam_ll: I'll be walking for l0 min-
utes, run for O1 minute and there's an NA over in
the repetitions side of the columm. Under springs,
Foxtrot I'll be doing springs for 2 minutes and
 986

that'll be 200 springs and- correction, 300 springs,

300 springs, and for toe rise, 03 minutes for
200 toe rises.

3h6 04 59 34 CDR That - That's the CDR's standard exer - exercise

routine. Now the aPT. Method Alfa: leg, 40 min-
utes ; 8337 will be his standard. Method Bravo:
he's going to do position Bravo and curls. It'll
take 20 minutes, i00 repetitions each. The method -
third method, Foxtort, which is the treadm_ll:
He's going to do springs for I0 minutes for i000 of
those and toe rises for i0 minutes for 200 of those.
And that's the SPT's exercise routine.

3h6 05 00 12 CDR The PLT. Method Alfa: leg, 35 minutes, 600 watt-
minutes. Method Bravo: he'll be using positions
A, B, - I should say, Alfa, Bravo, Delta, and Echo
for 8 minutes, 50 repetitions each. He'll use for
method Charlie, which are the springs: He'll be
going for positions Bravo, Charlie, Delta, Echo,
Foxtrot, and Golf for i0 minutes, 20 repetitions
each. Method Echo, which is isometrics: Alfa and
Bravo, the Hordinsky Special for 2 minutes, i0
repetitions each. Method Foxtrot, the treadm_ ii: ,
wa]_ for i0 minutes; springs for 1 minuSe or i00
repetitions; toe rises for 1 minute, 75 repeti-
tions ; and that concludes the standard exercise
routine.

3h6 05 01 03 CDR CDR out.

3h6 05 02 37 SPT aPT at 05:03 with a quick look at the WHITE LIGHT
CORONAGRAPH TV display. Shows that the streamer
which was at 8 o'clock has pretty much straight-
ened out and very necked down and close to the
disk, and looks like the trio which once was down
at the base of the helmet streamer has Just lifted
off and moved away from the Sun. We have stretch-
ed out the field lines underneath it; they're now
pretty much straight and most of the material has
moved off. I've been giving you another quickie
with a CONTINUOUS MODE for 1 minute. And I hope
you folks are going to get some observations on
it tonight because I imagine it's still going to
be changing.

346 05 03 34 SPT SPT out.

 987

346 05 04 47 FLT FLT at 05:05 Zulu, reporting on the completion of

p S23B scheduled for approximately 04:51. That
first exposure was started promptly at Oh:S1,
60 seconds, 15-foot focus and I could not see the
comet. I do not have binoculars. 30 seconds for
setup for the second, 120 seconds in infinity,
30 seconds for setup for the last 60-second exposure
at 15-foot focus, and at that point, about 15 seconds
into the last exposure, the horizon w_ perceptibly
brightening due to sunrise and by the end of the
exposure was fairly bright. So I don't know how
good the last one was, but I - I got them in as
rapidly as you could possibly expect, so whatever
data was available we got.

346 05 05 hl PLT PLT out:

346 05 17 ll CDR This is the CDR at 05:17 with the rate gyro six-
pack temperatures, housekeeping 2 Charlie. Zulu 6
is 95 degrees, X-ray 6 is 93 degrees, Yankee 6 is
93 degrees, Yankee 5 is Oh, Zulu 5 is 95, X-ray 5
is 95.

- 346 05 17 33 CDR CDR out.

346 05 25 42 SPT SPT at 05:25, ATM. For 52, you've got another
CONTINUOUS MODE for 1 minute - about 3 minutes to
go.

346 05 25 56 SPT SPT out,

TIME SKIP

346 05 57 02 PLT PLT. The time is coming up on 5 - Just past 57.

How far? 2 degrees?

SPT ...

PLT Thank you. Okay, that 's it. Okay, we want to

talk to - I'm - I'm on this thing here, Jer; so
I can go ahead and record. And we can talk to Ed
on this. We're going to start a sequence at -
coming up on 58. We're going to start it 3 min-
utes late, and I'll truncate on time at 06:03:26.

346 05 57 50 PLT And we're still in settling the maneuver and at

field T-12, we'll probably not be exposed with a
 988

good stable spacecraft. Okay now we are in an

exposure sequence starting at 58. I will termi- I
nate at 06:03 - let's see - 26. The thing is that
we could, if we wanted to gamble a little bit -
but I don't want to. I want to go ahead and use
that full minute of time there to reset. So what
I - I have arbitrarily decided to start this,
even though we are not stable on rates and we will
not get the full sequence for which we were sched-
uled. That 's on field Tango 12. Okay, everything
seems to be working properly.

346 05 59 06 PLT And I think I will do this step in here, because

I'm not quite sure under what circ_m_tances you're
clear to turn the POWER switch OFF.

CDR I agree 'with you. That 's what I 'd do.

PLT May only get a partial exposure on that one, but

I don' t know.

CDR Coming up on 06:00.

PLT Onmymark
- -_

346 06 00 00 PLT MARK. 06:00 even.

PLT Okay, we started at 58; we started 3 minutes late.

Hey, we'll get all of this sequence in here.

SPT You can get all that in the first minute.

PLT Uh-huh. What we are going to - we're going to

get this 200. What is it?

SPT 2046 is the one we're on. Okay, it's in 601.

346 06 01 08 PLT Two 107-second exposures at the end. So there

you - you're 3 - little over 3 minutes right
there. That's what we're going to lose, those
last two 107-second exposures.

SPT There 's only one.

CDR It's Just beginning, Ed.

PLT You' re right.

PLT Okay, we're coming up on 06:02.

 3h6 06 02 53 PLT Coming on 06:03. At 16:03:26, I'll go RESET; 27,
I go POWER switch, OFF. Soon as I can do that,
you can start changing your ROTATION.

SPT Okay.

PLT Okay, coming in, almost 15 seconds -

346 06 03 15 PLT MARK.

PLT 25, 26, 27. Okay, and we want 312.5 over there
and 31.7 over here.
SPT Got it.

PLT Okay, _],i right, to recheck: 312.5 and 3 - 31.7.

SPT Verified.

PLT 06:04:30. We're coming up on 06:0h. We're in

good shape. POWER switch, ON, at 30. RESET
switch START, at 31.

_ PLT 15.

PLT Okay. On my mark, POWER switch, ON -

3h6 06 04 31 PLT MARK. RESET, START, now. Okay, we're in - we're

running. There we go. We're advancing film.

CDR Got to be the most ridiculous thing I have ever

seen.

PLT (Laughter) They want the - there's a clunk, ap-

parently, when that white light flashes. It's
when the film is changing and I never could hear
it because I always had this thing on, too, I
guess. Okay, now we have we're waiting for - as
we've done that one. It dries out.

PLT Did you hear a little bloop? That's what I hear.

I never did hear a good clunk!

CREW ...

346 06 05 35 PLT Okay, we've got a second party that's heard the
bloop instead of a clmmk. So maybe you're in
business on the frame advancement and the slide
advancement.
 990

CDR ...

PLT Yes. 06:08 even?

CDR 08 even, you've got a few minutes left.

PLT l'm Just going to leave that RECORD, ON, to get

plenty of time to dump it tonight.

346 06 06 04 CC Skylab, this is Houston through Goldstone, Corpus

Christi, Merritt Island, and Bermuda. Break
break; the launch has been scrubbed. Over.

346 06 06 12 PLT Roger, Bruce. We're continuing with the exposures.

CC Roger. And you'll skip the part that's entitled

launch and take up again with the T-20.

PLT Roger. Oh, too bad.

CDR That's worse...

PLT Yes.

SPT Does this much work -

3h6 06 06 42 PLT We truncated - -

CDR - - started when you got within 2 degrees, we

started it - we truncated it. We only missed
about I think, the last exposure.

PLT Maybe the last two. But - -

CDR ... exposures for that ...

346 06 06 57 PLT No, it's - I don't think there's any - We had to

let it go through the whole sequence. And I don't
know how they - where that star field is, and how
it is - movement and all that. The time is criti-
cal on this. Let's watch it. That's 07.

CDR Okay.

PLT Okay.

346 06 07 20 PLT We got a lots of time after this next one.

 991

CDR When this is over, then I think you should tell

Bruce - -

PLT Yes.

CDR - - ... T-12.

346 06 07 28 PLT I will.

3_6 06 07 38 PLT The next exposure is at 06:13:30. You can go

ahead and set ROTATION as soon as this is over.

CDR Yes.

PLT Okay, stand by. On my mark, it'll be 06:08, even.

POWER sw_tch will be going OFF -

346 06 08 O0 PLT MARK. POWER switch is OFF.

PLT Houston, Skylab ; PLT.

CC Go ahead, Bill.

f- FLT Roger. On Tango 12 field,we were Just a bit late

getting to attitude. We started - We w_ited until
we were reasonably stable within the degree and
a half. I started the sequence, and I terminated
it on the pad time. So probably lost the -
maybe the last two exposures in the sequence. The
rest of them we should have with no problem.

346 06 08 39 CC Okay, we copy that, Bill.

PLT Okay. Now I've got tilt of 1 - -

CDR 15 .i

346 06 08 46 PLT - - 15.1. Okay.

CDR Okay. So reverifying, rotation has 08.2 - -

PLT 082.0 [sic].

CDR 15.i - -

PLT 15 •1.

CDR - - and we're just waiting for - -

992

346 06 09 14 PLT 13. You can't do these early because I'm certain
that the - these star fields are rising and moving,
see. This is another reason that I didn't really
worry too much about starting this, you see, with
a 2-degree attitude error. Because during the
time of these exposures - of course during the
sequence, they're separate exposures and they're
- they're moving across the field.
SPT Yes.

3h6 06 09 34 PLT But during each one of these exposures, there is

considerable star motion due to our rotation and
our orbit.

346 06 09 h4 SPT I imagiue this data is much like the other one I
did.

PLT Yes.

SPT ... sent to them.

346 06 09 55 PLT In fact, he's probably sitting down there kicking

me because he'd like for me to go on and start on -4
it even though we weren't in attitude. But any-
way, I - I think that was a reasonable approach
to take.

346 06 l0 09 SPT You had two other choices. One was to start on
time and let it all - No matter what happened.
And the other one was to not do anything at all
on these particular -

PLT Yes, I think it is a ... These people - that's

irrevocably gone, a lot of that data. Some of
these star fields don't come into view for - -

SPT Yes.

346 06 l0 25 PLT - - except for the of - every so often, and then

they don't have the AMS in the window, and a bunch
of other things.

PLT Okay. It's coming up on ll.

SPT ... 0.1.

346 06 l0 50 PLT 82050. A shame about all that filler - filler

material coming out of those numerals.
 993

346 06 i0 53 CDR Yes, I was turning the crank and I could see the
., . _ I

PLT Little stuff - -

CDR - - filler move by.

PLT Yes.

CDR ... - -

PLT Wonder why that is. It ro - This must ro - this

must do more rotating than the rest of them.

CDR NO, I think basically - -

PLT Actually, the - the decimal would, wouldn't it?

CDR No, I think this - this wheel probably Just didn't

get cleaned properly before they put the paint on
it.

3_6 06 ll 52 PLT Putting it - putting it - -

CDR .°.

PLT Okay. When you stow this thing, it's quite an op-
eration. You've got to pressurize it with nitrogen.

CDR Yes.

PLT They don't want any air getting in there at all.

Apparently oxygen, or I don't know what it is, I
guess - whether it's Just contamination, or if it's
the oxygen. Okay, 12 it is. All right, at 03 -
No, at - at 1 - 1B - at 13:30, POWER switch, ON.

CDR .••

PLT Okay.

CDR Mark in 30 seconds.

PLT 13:30, POWER switch, ON. 31, RESET switch to START.

PLT l0 seconds.

PLT Stand by -
 99h

346 06 13 31 PLT MARK. POWER switch,ON.

346 06 13 32 PLT MARK. RESET switch to START. And we're running.

CDR Yes, it is a bloop, definitely ... sounds like an

owl.

PLT Yes, that's right. That's exactly what it sounds

like. Sounds like an owl hooting. Hoot.'

346 06 lh 01 PLT Okay, we're rnnning for quite a long time here.
Okay, PI, I think we're in business here. I've
got eonfermer - confirmation from second party,
and we're both positive we're hearing what you're
calling a clunk, only it sounds like a - Jerry's
described it as the hoot of am owl - the little
hoot! At a - at the - when the light flashes.
So I'm pretty sure we're getting the plate advance-
ment. Yes, you can - Now you can hear it, once
you become accustomed to the sound.

CDR Yes. There went another one.

3h6 06 14 30 PLT Yes, it does that. The first time I thought it was --
re - I though the thing was all screwed up because
it kept flashing, and hit sort of irregular inter-
vals. But that's all these - you see that's all
these peculiar exposures here.

CDR It has a i, 2.5 and a 6.

PLT I don't see 40 seconds. No, more than that.

CDR ...

PLT Yes.

3h6 06 15 35 CDR 20h seconds, that's 3 minutes ....

PLT There's something doesn't Jibe there.

CDR No, it sure doesn't. The whole thing's only

20h seconds long, but now this thing's set for -
7 minutes.

PLT Okay. Then apparently what's happened, Jerry, is

_nere's another plate moves into view, and they
get a long time exposure.
 995

CDR That's supposed to be all of it right there.

B46 06 16 ll PLT Well, this, I think, is the reason for this other
RESET switch to START Just before you go switch
OFF again, is to start that thing off again. And
I think they go to a - they probably lose this
1-second lithium flouride here. Or they - they
wait - they - they put it into that mode, and
then - -

CDR Then why do they allow 6 minutes and 30 seconds - -

PLT Gosh, I don't know. That's - -

CDR - - for a sequence that only takes - -

PLT I don't know.

CDR - - 3 minutes and 24 seconds?

346 06 16 42 PLT As I say, I think that what is happening is there's

another plate advances in position after this.
And it's sitting there soaking all this up, see.

CDR Has to be the lithium flouride ...

PLT Well, as I say, I don't know how this thing works.

CDR This was supposed to be the ... sequence right here.

I gave it to them. It was supposed to ...

CDR This was the right place down here.

PLT If we had a frame counter on that, we could sort

of sort it out - -

CDR Yes - -

PLT - - but without the - I - I - -

CDR ... television.

PLT (Laughter)

CDR Channel 2.

PLT Speaking of ... I'd sure like to go camping up

there in Arkansas, nice and restful.
 996 _-.

CDR We ought to have time when we get home and get

debriefed, get through with all that nickel and
dime stuff; by late spring, be ready to go up
there a couple of weeks.

346 06 18 22 PLT Coming up on 19.

PLT May - let me reach in there and check that thing real
real quickly. However, if I have to change that,
we have to bleed - put nitrogen bleed in it.

CDR You want ... ?

PLT That or - I'm wondering - I guess for the new film

container - the reason that we do have spare film
containers. I think they probably Just let us
reach in there and change it. Yes, that logic
sequence is ... Okay, coming up on 20 now.

346 06 19 26 CDR Those lights ... conditions ... ridiculous. How'd

they ever let themselves get taken - -

PLT I don't know. They - they're not bright enough to

use on EVA at all. We'll Just have to go on faith. --

CDR ... really had on that one.

CDR (Whistling )

PLT You really have to watch that teleprinter, too.

Boy, some of those 3's and 8's Just look alike,
you know it? Smartest thing they ever did was
put the slash through the zero.

CDR Yes.

PLT Okay, coming up on 06:21.

PlaT Boy, I've really beat the heck out of these watches,
thrashing around here.

346 06 20 54 PLT 16:21 - rather 06:21.

CDR 06 :21 :56 - -

PLT 56. RESET switch to START, and 1 second later,

POWER switch to OFF.
 997

CDR (Whistling)

PLT Okay, Stand by, 5 seconds.

PLT On my mark -

346 06 21 57 PLT MARK. SEQUENCER, OFF; POWER, OFF.

346 06 21 58 CC Skylab, Houston. i minute to LOS.

PLT Start POWER, OFF rather.

CC Next station contact in 6 minutes through Madrid - -

PLT And going for 00.5.

CC - - ... the launch got scrubbed, we all appreciate

your staying up the extra 3 hours to give it the
old college try for $201.

PLT Roger, Bruce. No sweat. Glad to do it.

CC And the old silver team here says good night.

f We're going to hand over to our buddies.

PLT Roger. Good night. Okay - -

CC ... tarnished silver team ...

CDR Zero zero ...

PLT Okay, coming up on 06:23:00. POWER switch, ON,

and then 1 second later, RESET switch to STAI_T.

CDR Okay. I'm reverifying.

PLT Okay. Standing by.

3h6 06 2B 00 PLT MARK. POWER switch, ON.

346 06 23 02 PLT MARK. SEQUENCE switch to START. And we are getting

action.

PLT I'm thinking more - you know, I guess that was not - -

CDR 0.5 •••

PLT Okay.
 998

CDR ...

CDR Right on time.

346 06 23 46 PLT You know, I couldn't - I wa - I - I was just

listening for another sound. It's - it's amazing.
I Just was not programmed to hear that sound. It
wasn't until today, I took this comm carrier off,
stuck my ear on the metal case, that I was able to
hear that hoot. And I still wasn't convinced that
that was what he was after.

CDR Yes....

PLT It's got to be, because it times out perfectly on

the schedule.

PLT Well, we got the lion's share of that, other than

the - the launch. Just a little bit of data at
first. All right, the pad (yawn).

346 06 26 01 PLT They got Ed scheduled to stow this. It's a - it's

a really wormy operation. No, tomorrow - I'm just
looking at tomorrow's schedule.

PLT I think I'll - If we take about l0 minutes right

now, I can save 30 tomorrow.

346 06 28 00 CC Skylab, Houston through Madrid for 9 minutes.

PLT Roger.

PLT Okay, coming up on 06:29. And at 06:29:26, RESET

switch to START, and at 27, POWER switch, OFF.

346 06 29 ll PLT 15 seconds.

PLT Stand by. On my mark -

346 06 29 27 PLT MARK. START; POWER, OFF. Okay, we are through.

Okay, note for - that's right. Completetion of
last sequence, set AMS ROTATION to zero zero,
retract mirror and tilt first. Okay. We were
Just about there, weren't we?

346 06 29 50 PLT Okay, and LOCKED.

CDR Okay, LOC_.

_'_ 999

346 06 30 09 PLT Okay, you retract the mirror?

PLT Still working hard? No.

346 06 30 33 PLT Okay, term- PLT reporting termination of sequence.

TIME SKIP

346 07 00 03 SPT SPT at 07:00; handheld photos on mag CXlT. First

one was taken at 05:47, frame number 14, f/5.6
over 100-millimeter, 1/250 of a second. Taken of
some towering cu[mulus] which were seen at sunset
and the Sun angle plus they're very - ... very
prominent above the lower lying clouds, gave a
really - a good three-dimensional picture of a
series of towering cumulus.

346 07 00 42 SPT At 06:55, frame number 12 was taken at f/ll, 1/250,

100-millimeter. This was taken of ocean interfaces.
By that I mean m_ right side, as I'm looking out
the S190 window, I saw a metallic gray ocean, and
on the left side was a bright blue. And I believe
it's the - the surface effect, Just the wave phenom-
enon - at the surface. And I saw this interface
for a couple hundred miles, or I should say for
about 1000 miles, as I watched it for quite a few
minutes.

346 07 01 33 SPT The interface, at times, tended to have clouds

running parallel to them. I'll say that was, gen-
eral - generally true. And at more times than not,
the clouds were running right over the interface.
I have yet to figure out in my own mind exactly
what I'm seeing, why the two different types of
reflections, and what causes it. But I'll be con-
tinuing to look.

346 07 02 03 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

346 15 33 07 SPT SPT at 15:32. PRD readings: 42350, 23188, 38243.

i000

346 15 33 15 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

346 18 04 I0 CDR This is the CDR at 18:04 Zulu. The subject is

M131-1. I had no sensations of motion until I
got to the higher rpm's. And at the low rl_n's,
I did have sensations, or I did have - find that
I picked out motion that was opposite to what I
expected on a couple of occasions, One funny
little thing that I noticed this time was that
I rather got the impression today that my gyros
are caged - or whatever you want to call it, when
I close my eyes, down and to the left. And as
soon as I open my eyes, the - and - and look at
the - at the line, the vertical line, it comes
from - up from lower left, up to the center, and
then stops. And then - then I look for the - the
rotation that I expect. But more than Just a few
times, I noticed that as soon as I opened my eyes,
I would see the line move up and to the right
slightly and then stop and then take oD a motion
relative to what I was really doing. So it kind
of made me feel like - when I closed my eyes -
I caged my gyros, and they caged slightly down
and slightly to the left.

346 18 05 31 CDR CDR out.

346 18 07 25 PLT PLT. The conclusion of the 0GI run. Nitrogen

pressure of the chair is about llS0 psi.

346 18 22 19 SPT SPT at 18:22. ATM, pass beginning at 17:30. Okay,

we had a couple extra things thrown in on
this pass. It started out with the building
block 2, Sun center, one nominal. The corona
at 8 o'clock or so shows what's left of a streamer
which - from which a fair amount of material has
been ejected, I would say.

346 18 23 32 SPT And apparently, the material in its path outward

stretched out the field lines; so they're pretty
straight now. They were slightly curved yes-
terday during the ejection itself. Okay, then
we - there we had abetter reconfiguration to do
 1OOl

at the beginning of the orbit, involved in get-

ting the rate gyro squared away and then, also,
before we did the four-limb coalignment, switch-
ing over to the SECONDARY FINE SUN SENSORS. Okay,
55 offset was done first, before we went over to
the SECONDARY FINE SUN SENSORS. I did that using
MONITOR l, and I did not have to change anything.
The alignment looked good for H-ALPHA 2.

346 18 24 44 SPT Caged four-limb coalignment. Started off a little

late in that. And I checked the numbers in UP/
DOWN, and they looked good at the beginning. They
were moving in the right direction; so I assumed I
didn't have to zero the wedges in UP/DOWN. In
LEFT/RIGHT, it turned out that I did. And as I
was doing the UP/DOWN work, Houston called; so I
went ahead and did both UP/DOWN and LEFT/RIGHT.
And for some reason, it made a difference of 1 arc
second in UP/DOWN. Of course, the LEFT - the La_'l'/
RIGHT, we were on the back side of the wedge; so
that certainly had to be done there, and I would
have caught that doing the LEFT/RIGHT work. So even
though we started a little behind, we got - got the
the four-limb coalignment in. However, we did not
complete all of the 82B exposures.

346 18 25 37 SPT I got the one WAVET._NGTH, LONG, 2 seconds at

minus 2, and I did not get the other two. I
think I'll - I can pick those up very easily on
the next orbit or one of those following orbits ;
so I'll keep that in mind and make sure it gets
done. Okay, the numbers follow: Day 346; time
we started was about 17:55. And again, I'm giv-
ing you tha data on page 1-1 for the four-limb
coaligument, ATM log. The upper limb, H-ALPHA 1
was a plus 1006; 82B, plus 1006. No drift be-
tween them. 45 was plus 1010. The lower limb,
82B was minus 944, and 55 was minus 943. And
apparently, looking at the deltas between the
upper and lower, there is a 5 and a l; so it
was probably a 1-arc-second deviation in there,
though delta should add up to 5. The left limb,
H-ALPHA 1 was minus 924; 82B was minus 923. And
the offset, as I mentioned - In your LIMB OFFSET -
the limb SCAN mode was zero - 55 was minus 923.

346 18 27 h8 SPT The right limb, 82B was plus 1045; 55 was plus
1046. MIRROR POSITION, still 1032.
1002

346 18 30 13 SPT Okay, again looking at the results, I find some-

thing a little confusing. And that is, the solar
diameter in two directions again is off. In the
UPDOWN we get a diameter of 1950 ; and 1968 in
the LEFT/RIGHT. I'll look these things over and
probably be talking more with you at the ground.

346 18 30 50 SPT SPT out.

346 18 34 37 CDR This is the CDR at 18:35 Zulu, reporting on

MI31-1, MS. The - There were no symptoms. The
time required for the sensation of motion to
subside was about 30 seconds. One interesting
little thing that happened between head movement
number 25 and number 26. During the rest period,
I apparently went into a vertical nystagmus or
something like that, because I got the distinct
impression that I had a wobble going that was a
frequency of about 1 cycle per second. It was
a very low-amplltude wobble and lasted - It was
very lightly damped. It was still going on when
I started the 26 head movement. And when I
finished number 30 and went back to a rest period
again, the sensation had completely disappeared.

346 18 35 36 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

346 19 29 58 SPT SPT at 19:30 with observations on weather phenom-

ena. We have been coming over a lot of ocean
water which has got a very thin low-lying cloud
layer.

346 19 30 23 SPT By low-lying, I mean structure which is below

cirrus and has a fair amount of detail to it.
I've been noticing the B4nard cells over the
past couple of weeks, and one figure stands
out very clearly. That is that most of them,
there is always one side -

3_6 19 31 07 SPT I was interrupted there. One thing which I have

noticed was the Bgnard cells - that one side is
always much more prominent. That is, over a whole
field of cells, there is only one preferred direc-
tion for each cell, whivh has got a boundary much
better defined. In a series which I Just went
 1003

over, the effect made the cells look very much like
fish scales. That is, the contour of one Just over-
lapping onto another, so that the ..., without the
well-defined contour, just sort of faded away or
was not even - did not diminish at all in the ad-
Joining cell with that abruptly brought up against
it and its curved interface, which shows up clearly,
Just like fish scales.

346 19 32 09 SPT I would say I've noticed this quite frequently.

unfortunately, I did not have a camera with me,
because it was an excellent example of the one
I Just passed over.

346 19 32 16 SPT I will try to get a picture of this when I see

another good field of these. I guess I have a
question to the weather people. Is - is this
indicative of the general flow that corresponds
to the convection and associating sheer layer?
Or what really is the cause of it? I think if
I could understand that a little bit better, I
might be able to make some more observations to
give us a little better insight into the total
convection picture.

346 19 32 45 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

346 19 54 4h CDR This is the CDR at 19:55 Zulu debriefing the ATM
pass. The second one of the day started at
19:01 Zulu. Made up of a JOP 9, step 1 and 3,
JOP 26, step 2's. All four of those exercises
went as planned. The JOP 9 started off on time;
got a little bit delayed because I wanted to show
some white light coronagraph on the downlink.
And I got some XUV MON in on the downlink and then
got the first JOP 26 started at about 41 rather
than 44, which meant that the last one ate into
my observing time a little bit. All of the JOPs
went okay. All the data was gathered as - as
scheduled. During the observing time or actually
during the JOP 26, as I took a few peeks at XUV
MON, got the distinct impression that the - there
was new bright area coming up over the west limb.
And since we Just had - had a quiet area go over
ioo
4

there, I was rather surprised by it. I compared

this with the picture that was taken this morning,
and this bright area was kind of surDrising. So
as soon as we finished building block - correction -
JoP 26, I went Sun centered.

346 19 56 21 CDR That seemed to tone down that bright area on that
east limb. Then we took a picture of it and
compared it with the original picture, and it
didn't even show; so I guess that points out a-
an area we should be careful in. And that is
comparing what we see with what's on the photo-
graph, because I guess the old eye is better
integrater than the - than the camera. And I
was able to see bright areas that the camera did
not. After that I only had about 4 minutes left ;
so I fooled around looking at the various active
regions.

346 19 57 04 CDR And active region 96 is _]most completely

indiscernible. It's got small filament nearby
and one rather weak sunspot that hardly shows up
in H-alpha at all. 97 is the only bright area
on the whole disk, and it doesn't even show in
H-alpha 2, zoomed out. It has to be zoomed in and
up close looking at it before you can see it.
98, I couldn't even find; so I can't say much
for that at all. AR 96, I see the - the pad here
says it's - it's stable. It's ver_ stable. It's
so stable, it's almost nonexistent. Okay, that's
about all really. There wasn't anything too
spectacular happening in this pass.

346 19 57 56 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

346 21 00 04 SPT SPT at 21:00; ATMpass which began at 20:35.

Building block 2, Sun center, was straightforward;
building block i0 in JOP 27 in straightforward.
What was done for the pointing, I ROLLed, 0000,
although I performed the subsequent nu Z update
and the current turned out to be plus 0009. Went
down to line 25; looked for the brightest spot
in the active region, which is not a terribly
active region. It's Just a plage. Found one
 lOO5

which was roughly - actually the brightest one

in H-alpha, which was about halfway between the
upper and lower limits of the active region. I
went over to that bright spot and m_ximized the
oxygen VI on it, and it got up to a reading of
around 6 or 700. And then I Just slewed directly
to the right so that I would be UP/DOWN - would
remain the same and I would be centered on the
active region. This way, the mirror line scan,
which we'd be performing in doing the line profile
work, would also pick up that bright point.

3_6 21 02 _6 SPT And the remainder of building block 19 is - Assum-

ing straightforward, we'll get in Just about 27
grating steps before ESS, ..,26.

SPT The active region itself looks like it has been

eroded quite a bit. You can see the super gran-
ulation boundaries leading right up to - within
about an arc minute or so of the center. And I do
not see any plage brightening in the network.
It appears very much like quiet Sun network cells
all the way. So apparently, this active region
has been aroundfor a long time and is slowlybe-
ing eroded. The one bright point I did find was
located in H-alpha, and sure enough, when I went
over and put the crosshairs for H-alpha 2 on top
of that bright point, I found the maximum in oxy-
gen VI, which was a fairly sharp peak - sharp in
spatial terms. 2 or 3 arc seconds either way will
make an appreciable difference, maybe dropping
down to 3 to 400. So the pointing I - I ended up
with then was an UP/DOWN, plus 0157; and L_'I'/RIGHT
OF MINUS 0187. The technique for doing the line
profile work at 19, which we also have in our shop-
ping list item, was very straightforward. I was
thinking of doing this the other day when I had a
little bit of time in line profiles.

346 21 05 06 SPT However, there really was nothing on the disk at

the time. And looking at the line list, I noted
that it's been chosen so that we're working with
fairly bright lines so we've got something to work
with in studying the line profile. I have thought
of doing something like that on a prominence, but
I could not find a line in here which was very
strong in the prominence.
 1006

3h6 21 05 56 SPT For example, the Lyman-beta line is not included

in that list, and I'm wondering whether that was
an oversight or an omission because it was rela-
tively of small intensity. As was already pointed
out, the Lyman-beta can get up to a maximum of
around 200 or so in the one prominence we did look
at about a week ago; so in the future, that may be
something we would want to look at for line pro-
file.

3h6 21 07 lh SPT H-alpha 1 certainly is superior to H-alpha 2 in

its ability to resolve all the fine features ven-
tilating off the limb features which we've men-
tioned, but also the details of the active region
and including the details of the network. But
comparing the two here and trying to study the
chromospheric nextwork and the way it fits in with
the active region, and it's nearly impossible to
do with any kind of assurance in H-alpha 2, but
H-alpha 1 certainly does give you a good picture.
Certainly the folks who worked on that one deserve
a lot of credit. It's a very good image. In
working with a CONTRAST of about 8, BRIGHTNESS of
3 on MONITOR i, chromospheric network stands out
beautifully. Again, as I said, it just moved all
the way up to around 1 arc minute of the center
of the active region.

3h6 21 08 50 SPT SPT out.

3h6 21 16 18 CDR This is the CDR at 21:16. The subject is Earth

observations through the area of HHll8. No
photography taken. The pass this time, we came
in right over Peninsula de Taitao and a very large
lake with a small town on the south side of the
lake. The lake straddles Chile and Argentina
border. The - The city - The town of Los Antigos
[?] is on the south shore of the lake. We notice
on the north shore of the lake, there is lighter
colored lake, very greenish in - in color, that
appears to be draining into the larger lake, which
is a very deep blue.

3h6 21 17 01 CDR That seems very strange to see these two lakes
with a rather large opening between the two. But
yet the smaller lake is very green; looks like it's
sedlmented. And the larger lake is - is very deep
blue. As we moved over across Argentina, past
Puerto Moreno [? ] and the Lago Musters and Lago -
can't hardly read it - anyway, the large lake next
 1007

to that one near Pampa del Castillo, it's a -

it was rather striking to us to see that so mRny
lakes up here had such different colors. Some
lakes are blue; some are green; some are Just tan,
like they're Just covered full of silt and very
shallow; and other lakes are sort of a dusty green.
And it's a very striking thing. As we went out over
the Gulfo de [sic]San Jorge, we looked to the -
to the south and to the east, and we could see the
Falkland Current coming up along the coast. And
we could see a large swirl Just north of the
Falkland Islands. And it looks like maybe there's
a portion of them - Possibly all of the FaSkland
Current comes in from the east over the north of
the Falkland Islands and then turns north, and
you hava sort of a eddy area right there at the
turn.

346 21 18 31 CDR CDR out.

346 21 23 50 CDR This is the CDR. The time is 21:24 Zulu, and
we're in preparations for S019. We have sunset
on this side of the house - I should say it's dark
- on this sideof thehouse. I have openedthe SAL
and extended the mirror. The ROTATION is set at
27.7, and TILT at 23.9. The prism is in and
cassette number 02 is on. And I verify that I have
set the FOCUS at 2 - number 2. The film hatch is
coming - I'll wait another minute for the film
hatch Just to make sure it's plenty dark.

CDR This is a no-crew-disturbance Jobber; so let's be

careful. Ed, this S019 coming up in about 3 min-
utes is a no-crew-disturbance.

SPT Okay, ...

346 21 25 12 CC Skylab, Houston. We're back with you through

Ascension for 9-1/2 minutes ... - -

346 21 25 21 CDR Okay, the nuz that's called out on the pad is
minus 2.3. The nuz that's in the ATMDC at the
moment is minus 1.8; so we're at 1/2 degree, and
therefore no correction required.

CC -- ...
 1008

346 21 25 51 CDR Okay. All right, the time is now 21:26; stand by -

346 21 26 01 CDR MARK. I'm going to open the FILM HATCH at this
time. FILM HATCH is opened. All right, our first
exposure is 270; so I'm setting it right now. Re-
verifying: ROTATION, 27.7 and a TILT of 23.9. _
This first field is number 620. Okay, verifying
the filter is open.

346 21 27 25 CDR Hey, we have a RETICLE light now. Okay, with

about 30 seconds to go, I'm going to film lever -
to SLIDE RETRACTED, setting the spectral widening
at 270, and going to 100 percent. All right,
we're coming up on 28; so I'm releasing it. Stand
by-

346 21 28 09 CDR MARK. SHUTTER is OPFIN, and it was OPENED at 06 -

21:28:06. This is, again, field number 620 with
a 270-second, widened exposure. And somehow, mi-
raculously, we have a RETICLE. Bill, did you
change the battery in this thing or anything?

PLT No.

CDR Okay, it must be the other one that the RETICLE

doesn't work in.

PLT ...

CDR Yes. The frame counter is reading 001 at this

time.

CDR We're passing 50 percent.

CDR 70 percent.

CDR 95 percent. Stand by for termination of the ex-

posure. Stand by -

346 21 31 46 CDR MARK. Going to CARRIAGE RETRACTED. Setting the

exposure for 90. Winding it up. This is the
same field, number 620. Stand by -

346 21 32 04 CDR MARK it. Starting the 90-minute ex - 90-second

exposure at this time.

346 21 32 59 CDR Time is now 21:23 [sic].

CDR Stand by -
 1009

346 21 33 17 CDR MARK. Termination of this exposure. CARRIAGE

RETRACTED. New ROTATION is 002.3. Next, the
TILT is 28.4. All right, verifying the ROTATION
is 02.3; the TILT is 28.4. This is field 854.
Winding up to 270. Stand by. Going into SLIDE
RETRACTED.

346 21 34 21 CDR MARK. Starting this - OPEN the SHUTTER. Starting

the exposure of field number 854 with a ROTATION
verified at 002.3, the TILT verified at 28.4.
We tre looking at frame counter number 3 - frame
count number 3.

346 21 36 O0 CDR 50 percent.

CDR Karl, it 'looks llke you tried to pack too much

into this pad. Your last - last field is 21:5R,
and you want a 90, a 30, and a 30, and sunrise is
22:02. It looks like there's Just a Chinaman's
chance of making it. Passing 80 percent.

346 21 37 19 CDR I think I'm now rnnning about 15 seconds behind.

The 21:34 start time was 21:34 about 16 or so.
We're past 90 percent, coming up on lO0. Stand
by for termination of field 854 at lO0 percent.
Stand by -

346 21 37 50 CDR MARK. Termination. Going to CARRIAGE RETRACT.

Changing the TILT to 227.8. One of the problems
is, you can't read the dials too well.

CC ...

CDR Okay, 227.8 and the TILT is 01.9.

CDR All right, they're set. The first one is a 270,

widened. All right, going to SLIDE RETRACTED.
Stand by for the initiation.

346 21 38 50 CDR MARK. SHUTTER is OPEN. Verifying ROTAT_0N of

227.8, a TILT of 001.9. This is field 276, and
we're on a 270, widened.

CDR What 's that, Bill?

PLT ...

CDR Oh, beautiful. He said there'd be little or no

p- loss?
 lOlO

FLT ...

CDR Beg your pardon?

PLT ...

CDR What you say about, again7

PLT ...

CDR Oh, gre_t. Okay.

CDR Karl, I wish you'd put a T-handle on top of this

winding valve instead of a - instead of Just this
knob. The knob, when your hands are moist, is
very slippery. A T-handle would have been a whole
lot better for winding this rascal up.

346 21 h0 55 CDR Passing 60 percent. The next exposure is a 270,

but it's unwidened. By the way, we're looking at
a frame count of 004, a little past 70 percent.

B46 21 42 09" CDR Passing 90 percent. Stand by for termination.

346 21 42 23 CC Skylab, Houston. We're 1 minute from LOS. Next

site is Guam- -

346 21 42 26 CDR MARK. Termination. CARRIAGE is RETRACTED, The

TILT and ROTATION stay the same. The SLIDE is
RETRACTED.

346 21 42 36 CDR OPENING the SHUTTER now and starting my watch.

CC That's why I'm crimson.

346 21 43 42 CDR 60 seconds have gone by.

346 21 44 4_ CDR The frame count on this frame is 005. 2 minutes

are gone.

346 21 45 39 CDR 180 seconds gone by on this exposure. This is

field number 276; 270, unwidened.

CREW ... (Recorded laughter)

346 21 46 49 CDR Okay, we have 250 seconds in now. l0 seconds.

Stand by -
 1011

346 21 h7 i0 CDR MARK. Termination of the 270, unwidened. Now

changing the ROTATION to 22h.2. That's set. And
a TILT of 00.9. That's set. Winding up for a
270, widened. Okay, SLIDE RETRACTED now. Stand
by for SHUTTER OPENING.

346 21 h7 56 CDR MARK. SHUTTER OPENED. We're looking at frame

count number 6. This is field number 281 with a
ROTATION of 224.2 and a TILT of 00.9.

346 21 48 28 CDR Oka_f_ the time is now 48:30 - 22:48:30. We're

about on schedule, but I don't think we're going
to get it all in by sunrise.

346 21 49 44 CDR Fassing 50 percent.

346 21 51 06 CDR Okay, we're looking at frame number 6, and we're

90 percent of the way through the exposure. All
right, stand by for termination. Going to CAR-
RIAGE RETRACTED. Stand by -

346 21 51 35 CDR MARK. Termination. CARRIAGE RETRACT. Going to

a ROTATION of 166.5. All right. And we're going
to a TILT of 14.5. All right, that's set. The
first exposure is a 270, widened. Okay, SLIDE
RETRACTED. Stand by for the exposure. Stand by -

346 21 52 22 CDR MARK, SHUTTER's OPEN. We're looking at frame

number 7. I'll go back, verify TILT and ROTATION
here. TILT is 166.5; ROTATION is 114.5. This is
field number 821, and the first exposure is a 270,
widened.

346 21 54 27 CDR 60 percent.

346 21 55 12 CDR 80 percent. Try not to clank things around, you

guys.

SPT That doesn't ..., Jet.

3h6 21 55 31 CDR Okay, I Just thought I felt a - a clnnk when the

LBNP opened. Passing 90 percent. Coming up on
lO0 percent, termination of the first exposure of
field number 821. Stand by -

346 21 56 01 CDR MARK. Termination of the exposure. Going to

CARRIAGE RETRACTED. Setting up for a widening of
90. No change in TILT and ROTATION. Stand by -
1012

346 21 56 15 CDR MARK. Frame number 8 has started now.

346 21 56 50 CDR Passing 50 percent.

346 21 57 14 CDR 80 percent. Stand by for termination of this frame.

It's 008, field number 821. Stand by -

346 21 57 33 CDR M_RK. Termination. CARRIAGE RETRACT. Going to

a new ROTATION of 166.4; that's set. New TILT
of 7.5; that's set. First exposure is a 90.
Winding it up now. Going to SLIDE RETRACTED.
Stand by -

346 21 58 i0 CDR MARK. Frs/ne number 9. Verifying ROTATION of

166.4, a TILT of 7.5. This is field 818, and
we're in'a 90-second exposure. The time right
now is 58 and 40 seconds - 45 seconds. It's
going to be nip and tuck. We're going to have
two 30's of this same one - same field 818.

346 21 59 20 CDR Passing 90 percent. Stand by -

346 21 59 29 CDR MARK. That's termination. Setting for 30. Winding

it up. Stand by -

346 21 59 40 CDE MARK. This is frame number i0 of 8 - field 818.

We're going to do this one more time.

346 21 59 56 CDR 60 percent. Stand by for termination. Stand by -

346 22 00 08 CDR MARK. Going up to 30 again. Winding it up.

Stand by -

346 22 00 15 CDR MARK. About 1/2 second late there.

346 22 00 22 CDR We're coming up on 28 - 22:01. 50 percent has

gone by. We're going to ms_ke, by golly.
80 percent. Stand by for termination -

346 22 O0 43 CDR MARK. CARRIAGE RETRACTED. All right, going to

set the TILT and ROTATION to zero. And setting
the TILT to zero. Retracting the mirror now.

3_6 22 Ol 28 CDR Closing the door. Complete. And coming up on

22:02.

346 22 Ol 52 CDR Now coming up on 22:03; so it looks like I Just

barely got it done.
 i013

346 22 Ol 59 CDR MARK. 22:03, and - and the door is closed.

346 22 02 Oh CDR This is the CDR out.

346 22 19 28 PLT PLT reporting M092/171 run on the SPT. It started

at 20:50 getting the LBNP (music). The measurements
on the left calf are 13-3/4; right, 13-1/2. Left
legband, Alfa November; right leghand, Alfa Quebec.

346 22 19 50 PLT PLT out.

346 22 38 39 PLT PLT recording the end time on M092 at 22:40 and
correcting the start time. Make that 21:50; 21:50
instead of 20:50, as reported earlier.

346 22 42 00 PLT PLT; GAS PRESSURE, CAL N2, 02, CO 2 is 1183.

346 22 49 00 PLT PLT; CAL N2, H20 is reading 1263.

346 22 56 35 PLT PLT; percent - CABIN AIR, PERCENT 02, H20 , and

C02 are 764h, 3h3, and 1.98 respectively.

346 23 01 09 CDR This is the CDR at 23:00 Zulu, debriefing the ATM
run that started at 22:12 Zulu. It was made up
this time of a JOF 6 followed by three block -
JOP 26's; pretty much the same as the last pass
I did, except the last one started with block -
JOP 9. _ the JOP 6 went uneventfully. The first
J0P 26, I was well into it when I discovered a
spray beginning to come out what looked like, oh,
40 or so arc minutes of roll above where I was.
And it's too bad I wasn't a little bit later. I
think I might have been tempted - If I hadn't
started J0P or - yes, J0P 26 yet, I would have
been sorely tempted to modify the ROLL from
minus 0720 to something like minus, oh, 0800 or
whatever it was and lay it right on that little
spray. As I proceeded on through the first
JOP 26, I had no problems with it ; got it off in
good shape. But Just as that J0P was finished,
another - that was building block i0 - another
spray occurred, oh, probably 60 arc minutes of
roll on up above the first one I saw.

346 23 02 38 CDR And the first one was beginning to wane; so I

stayed where I was and pressed on with the second
JOP 26. And while being distracted and watching
 i014

the other one, I managed to bungle on 82B experiment

NORMAL; I forgot to STEP the LIMB OFFSET from minus
2 to zero, I think I got two frames done on 82B
with the 82B exposure NORMAL. I terminated it -
offset to - from minus 2 to zero - and then started
it over again. So I wasted two of your frames, and
I apologize.

346 23 03 21 CDR Other than that, that building block i0 went well.
The third building block l0 went without a hitch.
Went right on through it with an offset of plus 2.
And then I checked my sprays again. The first
spray was gone, but the second spray was still
well defined and did not appear to be on the wane
as yet. So I ROLT.W._on up to that point, and that
gave me'a ROLL of minus 1094. I - On the XUV SLIT
I reset to LIMB SCAN. Actually, I went back to
LIMB SCAN, then WHITE LIGHT DISPLAY. Made sure I
was right on the limb. Went back to LIMB SCAN,
noticed that my limb offset had reset back to zero;
SO I went to LIMB POINTING and did a shopping list
number 3, interesting events. And I called it a
spray; it might have been a minisurge. I don't
know Just which you would want to call that.

346 23 04 25 CDR At any rate, I did one PATROL, SHORT for S056.
For S082B I did one timed WAVE T_GTH, SHORT, expo-
sure 240 at a zero offset - that's offset out 2 -
and did another. And then offset out to 6 and
did another and got 1 minute and 40 seconds of
that done before we hit ESS. Now S055A, I should
have stopped every time I got to line 13, but I
Just completely forgot that. I went ahead and
Just did a full MIRROR AUTO RASTER on the area
and - Actually, we did about a mini auto - a
MIRROR AUTO RASTER and 3/4. I forgot to note
which line we were on when I terminated, but it
was about 1-3/4 or possibly 2 complete.

346 23 05 22 CDR Well my counter says 2; so that's what we did.

We did two MIRROR AUTO RASTERS. Now for about
2/3 of the first MIRROR AUTO RASTER, I, unfortu-
nately, had DETECTOR nnmber 1 inadvertently turr,ed
off, and I got that on at the suggestion of the
ground. And I'm sure you got at least one full
MAR with DETECTOR 1 in. And that's the time we
hit ESS. I terminated S082B promptly at ESS. I
terminated S055 at about - oh, I would suspect
about 300 K rather than 400 K. And that's about -4
 lO15

it. I took a look at XUV MON; didn't see anything

particularly interesting there. And the white
light coronagraph was devoid of any indications
of - of anything new. And this little spray, I'm
quite sure, was not big enough to cause any sort
of thing that you might see on the coronagraph.

346 23 06 18 CDR CDR out.

346 2B 07 ii PLT PLT with the VITAL CAPACITY on the subject, the
SPT, for M092/171-I: 5.483, 5.363, 5.h56.

###
 DAY347(AM) i017

347 00 i0 48 SPT SPT at 00:i0; M092/MIT1. M092 run was kind of a

disappointment. I made it through but it got a
little ... there at the end .... a little faint,
but otherwise, no objective symptoms .... the old
... along the back of the neck. Pulse pressure
dropped down there a little bit. The only thing
I can attribute it to was probably I must be de-
hydrated. I didn't prepare for this in any special
way at all like I have the other ones ; that is, I
did not ingest a large amount of water either yes-
terday or today and did feel even a little - a
little dry in the mouth when I started, but I
didn't feel it was bad enough to warrant taking
in a lot of water. Not especially rested nor -
not especially tired either. So I don't know.
It's Just another dip of the curve.

347 00 Ii 48 SPT MI71 - Didn't have no problem with that. Did a

little exercise afterward. One thing I did notice
about that is that every time the blood pressure
cuff swings while you're riding the bike, you have
to hang the one arm loose; so you've got to really
hang on with the other one. And I think it's cor-
relating the heart-rate rise with the blood-pressure-
cuff inflate period. You'll see a definite cor-
relation. I noticed it go up two or three beats
each time that occurs. And then as soon as the
whistle'd go off, I could relax and hold on with
both hands ; and the heart rate would level off and
go down a little. I'd be interested in knowing
what kind of a factor you have to apply to the
flight readouts here in order to get the actual
oxygen consumption rate. Today it got up to be
2.h, 2.5, or so, and I'm wondering what that really
corresponds to.

347 O0 12 49 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

347 00 36 13 PLT The PLT debriefing the ATM pass that started
approximately at 23:45 and included a JOP 9,
building block i, which was truncated at 6 min-
utes, omitting 82 Alfa. That was completed as
published.

r_
1018

347 00 36 h3 PLT I did notice what I consider to be a sort of a

brightening at the base of coronal streamer located
at approximately 8 o'clock when solar north is at
the top. Made a mental note to look at it later.
I checked it later; I checked XUVMON, went Sun
centered and the - there was - on INTEGRATE there
was an area of brightening on the limb, much bright-
er than the rest of the limb brightening at approx-
imately 08:30 position. In other words, not - not
precisely but grossly correlated with the streamer
which appeared to have some brightening at the base.
Then I went to JOP 26, building block 10. Did
three of those in a row, and those were all per-
formed nominally with the exception of the last
one.

347 00 37 45 PLT I hit 82B exposure NORMAL; let's see, and I got
the first exposure at the previous LIMB OFFSET
of zero. So when it - when I saw the READY light
come on, I hit the 82B STOP to stop the sequence,
stepped up to plus 2 and restarted the - the
NORMAL SEQUENCE. And when I completed the sequence -
NORMAL SEQUENCE at LIMB OFFSRT plus 2, I went back
and got the 10-second exposure; so there's one ex-
tra 10-second exposure at the zero LIMB. OFFSET.
Everything else was performed nominally except when
I - I completed a little bit early, I went back -
went over to the limb and looked at the area at
8 o'clock, and there is - nothing spectacular.
But there is definitely a sma]1 prominence over in
that area. Checked XUV M0N again, and there's
brightening in that area. Had Ed come up and look
at it. He wasn't too impressed but said it - it
could be growing in that area. Other than that
one extra frame of 82]3, I think everything was
performed nominally.

347 00 39 18 PLT PLT out.

347 00 42 30 SPT SPT at 00:42. MITI, conclusion of run. 02 PERCENT

is 75.04; WATER, 4.66; co2, 2.21.

347 00 42 51 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP
 1019

347 01 15 08 CDR This is the CDR at 01:15 Zulu, reporting completion

of housekeeping 70 X-ray, 3 and 4. M0L SIEVE PP -
correction - MOL SIEVE A, PPCO 2 IN indicator is 5.5;

PPC02 OUT is 2.5; for MOL SIEVE B, PPC02 IN is 1.8;

PPCO 2 OUT is 0.h. New subject: This is oxygen
•.. partial-pressure sensors. I think on about
day 3 or day 2 in the activation sequence, there
was one sequence where I was to change out the -
the sensors - partial pressure oxygen sensors. And
I made the note that in sensor number 2, I found
a deposit of crystalline structure that was salty
to the taste. It was a white crystalline structure.
The ground said - I asked them what they wanted
me to do with it, and I kind of inferred that I'd
be willing to put it away and save it, bring it
home so they could analyze it and see what it was.
PPO 2 number 2 sensor is the one that's not working
properly, and it's the one that won't seat properly.

347 01 16 35 CDR After a little bit of experience, it's become

apparent to me that that white crystalline structure
that tastes salty is indeed salt. We've had a couple
of small spills from our salt slcfinges at the
eating table, and the crystalline structure that -
that remains when the salt evaporates is exactly
the same. It's Just plain old garden variety
household salt• So I would suggest that we forget
about going to the trouble of bringing this - this
particular sensor back with its _sterious crystal-
line structure attached to it, because I think
all it is is plain old salt. It probably happened
when a previous crew had one of their salt packets
break and go squirting off in the wrong direction.

347 01 17 22 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

347 01 56 01 SPT SPT at 01:56. Handheld photos. First one was HH55,
and the mag ID is CX17; frame numbers 17, 18, and
19. This was of Merapi Volcano in Java, Indonesia.
The location of the volcano was wide open and -
the clouds, good Sun angle. So we got three hand-
held 100-millimeter shots of it; f/ll, 1/250.
 1020

3h7 0156 h3 SPT Bill Pogue, Jerry Carr, and I were up there looking
at it. I took thephotos. Jerry said - he thinks
he was able to identify it by eye. There was no
smoke or no vent visible to us. And Bill Pogue
looked at it through binoculars and also was able
to see it and believes that - He says he did see
the crater but could not see any - any venting or
any smoke coming from it. However, we have gotten
three good photos of that area; so I believe we
do have it recorded.

ShY 01 57 17 SPT Following that, we got a series of photos, and they

fall into the land use category. They were all
along the coast of Australia. First of all, before
I give you the particulars, mag ID numbers ... add
Cxo7 to them; frame number 20 to 32. The GM_was
01:35 to Ol:hO. Okay, going back to HH55, that
was - those frames were taken at 01:2h.

347 01 58 04 SPT Okay, back to the land use photos, 20 to 32.

347 01 58 30 SPT The southern part of Australia, which is wide open-

ing now, has been cloud covered, and that ... what
we came over. And by that, I mean the area from
Port Lincoln, Adelaide - that's A-d-e-l_a-i-d-e -
the Kangaroo Island, Fort Firie, Feterhorough,
Mount Gambler, Hamilton, Geelong, down to Melbourne,
especially that whole area which was nothing but
a continuous quiltwork of either urban development
or rural farming. I think the geometry in the area
was most interesting from the way in which the
quiltwork pattern was laid out.

SPT The cities themselves were very visible, and you

could see the major directions of streets, and
they all showed - Not that each individually
showed up, but the - Just the directions were
readily apparent by eye.

347 01 59 45 SPT The rural development all showed a quiltwork which -

Each area seemed to have its own direction for
each - for the boundary for everybody's land. That
is, you had nothing but a series of rectangles
all lined up against one smother, and the sides
of the rectangles all had a different orientation
in a given locale. And then it would gradually
transform into another major sages [sic] or major
rotation or clocking of these axes.
__ 1021

347 02 00 24 SPT The area was wide open and it reminded me very
much of what you see in flying over, say, some
of the parts of southern California, although
this was rural development, not - not urban as
most of southern California is. It was just a
continuous quiltwork of - of farm and land division.

SPT The coloring showed up quite well. There was a -

a lot of vegetation, and the land was bright red.
The color of the - some of the ground underneath,
some was dark. It was a dark - very green or
almost black. So we had the geometry, the color,
and a good Sun angle in a wide open day; so I
shot a bundle of film, giving you a pretty thorough
coverage of that whole area, which I hope will be
useful fbr - for those who are interested in land
use - -

347 02 01 34 PLT Hey, Ed.

SPT - - and especially for the people down in Australia.

PLT Ed - -
f

347 02 01 39 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

347 03 27 04 PLT Okay, time is 15:30. Debriefing the ATMpass that

started at 02:48. Building block 1 - or - that's
right - J0P 6, step i, building block IA, was per-
formed nominally. Building block 6, J0P 1 Bravo,
was performed nominally except when I started to
do the CONTINUOUS on the 52, I forgot to change
into STANDARD. That's the second one - the second
sequence of 52 after ROLLing to minus 5400. And
then, I was going to throw in the first three ex-
posures of a CONTINUOUS after that to get a total
of 15. I got distracted from ground and forgot
my time and got a couple of extra frames in there
and probahlyused up one exposure.

347 03 27 58 PLT 82A exposures timed out properly. The video tape
was - was performed. Nu Z update went from minus 2.5
to minus 2.3. The activity seemed to be pretty -
pretty well nil. The one streamer I've been
1022

watching, over about the 8 o'clock position when

the solar north is at the top, still has about the
same character it did earlier this afternoon.
Doesn't seem to be growing any. I was watching
it fairly closely. A lot of fine structure on
the east limb in the corona. And there's onebig
streamer still active on the west limb.

B47 03 28 42 PLT Did a scan around in H-alpha for the east limb,
trying to pick up the prominence I saw earlier
this afternoon; could not find it. That's at the
8 o'clock position, where the - the streamer over
there seems to be - seemed to be developing then,
the point at which I reported earlier in the day
there was more XUV activity than in the rest of
the lim_ in the area.

347 03 29 i0 PLT There did not seem to be much change in that - in

the status as far as XUV associated with the
streamer at 8 o'clock. Still a little bit more
there, but nothing spectacular.

PLT Looked around in H-alpha at the sunspots and the

filaments. There were sunspots as right near -
almost near dead-center of the Sun. And that
was about it.

347 03 29 34 PLT PLT out on ATM. I'ii give the frame count here in
Just a second and - in case somebody wants to give
it to ground. Stand by -

B47 03 29 47 PLT H-ALPHA, 10623; 56, 3577; 82 Alfa, 12B; Bravo, 1014;
52, 5269; 54, 3504.

347 03 30 03 PLT PLT out on XU - on ATM debriefing. And PLT; I'd

like to debrief the S183 procedure I did. I've
already indicated, I think, the area - given the
information of the area you were interested in.
And I ha - I want to go over it step by step in
detail. This is in reference to the general mes-
sage S - S183, 1-1 checkout.

PLT "Following procedure is to be - is to insure car-

rousel 1-1 is synced and film gate is operable.
We hope loose glass encountered previously will
not Jeopardize future operations."

PLT "Step l: Pressurize and remove carrousel 1-1 from

stowage container in subdued light." I did that.
 1023

"Vacuum exterior of carrousel and interior of con-

tainer." I did that. I saw only one small frag-
ment about the size of a grain of rice, except it
was flat.

3h7 03 30 59 PLT "2. Verify f_]m gate closed. Check action of gate
by opening and letting it snap closed with spring
action." I did that, and it appeared to work prop-
erly. In other words, it opened; it sprung back
closed, and didn't seem to be binding on anything,
and that's what I was looking for.

347 03 31 15 PLT "Step 3. Verify alignment mark (drill mark on

center hub face of carrousel) is aligned with
film gate." It was not. In fact, if you visual-
ize the film gate slot as 12 o'clock position on
the clock, then the drill alignment hole or mark
was just about dead on 45 degrees counterclockwise.
In other words, the 10:30 o'clock position on the
clock. I checked it with the preference that was
suggested, and it came out Just right on the
45-degrees marker.

_- PLT "If al - if aligned, go to step 5." And it wasn't;

so - "If not, voice record angle offset and align."
I did. I - I'm doing that now. I did align. The
ATM point - Align. "The ATM point overlay may be
used to estimate the angle offset." I did. I
used that.

347 03 32 09 PLT Okay, now. "To align, depress center of carrousel

hub - recessed - center it, and rotate the minimum
angle of travel to align drill mark to film gate.
Release hub to film gate. Release hub center and
rotate slightly to insure carrousel is in a de-
tented position."

3h7 03 32 33 PLT Okay, now I tried to do this one the same way I
did on that 2-2, and I - I Just about ruined the
end of my fingers trying to - to rotate the hub.
I could not put enough pressure to get enough
friction between the end of my finger and the hub
to rotate it. So what I did was, I went down and
got some tin-straightener pliers and carefully
reached in there and grabbed that thing and turned
it. Now it turned fairly easily with the pliers,
which - you know - I mean I don't know how much
force is sup - supposed to be required to turn
f_ that thing. So you - we may have a problem; we
 1024

may not. In other words, what I'm saying is, I

may have been overcoming interference which the
carrousel advance mechanism may not be able to.
That is, when I was using the pliers, I had enough
force to overcome some friction or internal re-
sistance that the carrousel may not. We ought
to be able to find that out tomorrow. So I can-
not give you definite assurance that we've correc-
ted that problem.

347 03 33 34 PLT "5 - Step 5. Install carrousel in stowage container

and evacuate." That was accomplished, and it was
stowed. "Note for subsequent 193 ops: If plat -
if plate found protruding from carrousel, remove
plate, report number, and save. Insure film gate
always closed." I've never seen it open. "If
glass encountered again, terminate ops; notify
STDN. "

347 03 34 O0 PLT Okay, now - Leo's see. There was another question
I wanted to ask on that.

PLT Okay. I guess I already asked it. We are going

to use 2-2 tomorrow. And we ought to be able to
tell by plate advance indications whether or not
we're actually getting operation.

347 03 34 23 PLT Okay. There was one other question I wanted to

ask. Oh, yes. Where - Is the number on the plate?
"Report number." Yes, "Report number and save."
Where is the number on the plate? Is it - if -
if - if it's obvious, don't bother to answer. If
it requires some looking around, how about giving
me a clue as to where to look? I got a little,
tiny sort of magnifying glass that I could use -
that's a part of my eyeglass kit - that I could
use to look for it.

PLT So that ought to take care of the 183. I hope it

works, and I hope that we've been able to salvage
this operation.

3h7 03 35 03 PLT PLT out.

TIME SKIP
 1025

347 04 57 51 CDR This is the CDR at 04:55 Zulu. The first subject
is handheld photography. The first subject is
the mountain areas north and northeast of Rangoon.
During the pass Just prior to coming up on volc_mo
HH55, Merapi, and trying to get some shots of
Malaysia, we came down on a descending pass past
Rangoon. And as we were pulling off to the south
of Rangoon, the topography of the mountains north
of Rangoon became very striking with their snow
cover, and I thought that it was - it deserved a
good picture, an oblique, if for no other reason
but for topographical significance. The entire
mountain range shows - is beautifully outlined by
the snow.

347 04 58 57 CDR The magazine ID is Charlie X-ray 17. It was taken

at Ol:2C on day 346. The frame number is 16 and
the settings were f/8 on the Hasselblad lO0 with
a 1/250 of a second.

347 04 59 16 CDR The next items I have to report are - were later
on at 04:25 Zulu. We got three obliques of the
Afar Triangle, taken from the southeast looking
northwest. The Afar Triangle was particularly
cloud free and we thought that the obliques with
the low Sun angle were probably pretty interesting
pictures and valuable to have. The three pictures
are on magazine ID number Charlie X-ray 17, taken
on 34 - day 347 at 04:25 and 04:27 Zulu. The Afar
Triangle obliques, HHll0, frame numbers are 32, 33,
and 34. They were all taken with a Hasselblad 100
at an f/8 and 1/250.

347 05 00 01 CDR Okay. I have a new subject. This message is to

be delivered to Dr. Hordinsky as soon as you can.
It's a special open letter to Dee O'Hara from the
crew of Skylab 3. Jerry, I'd appreciate it if you
would hand-deliver this to Dee Just as soon as you
can.

347 05 O0 35 CDR Dear Dee, it's with mixed emotions that we bid you
a very fond farewell. Your leaving is an acute
loss to all of us, but at the same time we share
with you the excitement that the promise of a new
Job brings. You've been a great friend to all of
us and to our fam_ lies over the years. Our kids
love you and our wives love you and so do we. And
we're all going to miss you terribly. Our hearts
are with you, Dee, but not our livers, our kidneys,
1026

our stomachs, our gall bladders, our lungs, our

spleens, our appendix, our pancreas.

347 05 01 12 CDR Signed, Jerry, Bill, and Ed.

TIME SKIP

347 12 09 01 SPT SPT; PRD readings: 42359, 33193, 38350.

347 12 09 13 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

347 12 32 38 CDR This is the CDR at 12:33 Zulu, reporting on Earth

observation handheld camera work. The first site
was HH101-15, the city of Brazilia; a metropolitan
study. We didn't really locate Brazilia until we
were past it somewhat; so this picture is slightly
oblique. However, it should probably serve the
purpose. The weather was good. The next site,
which was, I believe, dash 9, Rio de Ja_eiro, had
cloud cover over it, so all you could see was the
harbor; so we didn't - didn't bother to take that
picture.

3_7 12 33 28 CDR The frame numbers for the first picture are number
35 and 36. They were taken at 13 - correction,
12:22 Zulu. The magazine is Charlie X-ray 17; the
f-stop was f/ll; and 1/250. We're just not posi-
tive we did get Brazilia. We felt we ... what
looked like a populated area, and it looked like
at the branch of two rivers. We were looking for
the Pan American Highway as a possible landmark;
however, that was not evident. And if we get
another opportunity, we'll try to do a little
visual and oral work, rather than the photographic
work.

347 12 3_ 21 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP
 1027

347 13 27 58 SPT SPT at 13:28 reporting on the photos taken of

triangle shoes. They were taken on mag CIIIO,
f/8, 1/60 with a flash attachment ; frame number 52 -
No, make that frame numbers 52, 53, and 54. Cor-
rection, that was frames number 51, 52, 53, and 54.
The first three were taken of all three triangle
shoes - all three sets - on the grid, all from the
same angle, all - each one with three different
angles: left-side front, right-side front, and
back. And the last one was taken of the SPT's
left heel, which has become fairly unglued. Let
me describe the conditions of the shoes in general,
that is, what seems to be characteristic of all the
shoes and of the SPT's heel.

3h7 13 29 3h SPT Okay, the toe guards which were set up have done
a good Job. I wore - did not have the toe guards
on for about the first 3 weeks, and I could cer-
tainly see the wear of the toes. Wherever there's
a hard surface underneath, it tends to help wear
through quickest at that location. With the toe
guards on, however, it seems that they can be quite
adequate. As you'll see, there's a lot of scuffing
and discoloration of the toe guards, but they're
holding up real well. We don't expect to have any
problem with them. The only problem encountered
in the toe guards is that they're very hard to
install. And in my set in particular, there was
one screw, the one at the very tip on the left
shoe, which I could not get in. And I have worked
with the - for the past several weeks without that
screw in there, and it seems to be in no way a
detriment to the shoe or to myself.

347 13 30 37 SPT There is not much wear on the side of the shoes -
Just an occasional amount of abrasion. I think you
can see that's very minimal at the largest width
of your foot, say right below the small toe, if you
will, on the outside. But that's minimal and is
more of a discoloration or dirtying of the canvas
from wearing. The other real wear points come in
the back and - that is, with everybody's shoes,
there is a ridge which runs vertically down the
back on the inside, a stiff - very stiff one, maybe
2 inches across at l-l/2 inches across. At the
border to these ridges, the canvas is stretched
and encounters a fair amount of wear and stress
where they have started to come through on aSmost
everybody 's shoes.
lo28

347 13 31 49 SPT The CDR and SPT have - the CDR and PLT have put
tape over those locations and I'm about to do the
same. Now one part of the SPT's shoes, on the
back on the left, have undergone a pretty healthy
tear. And that is the - right along the bottom
edge of the very back, parallel to the ground.
The bottom has been ripped straight across.

347 13 32 40 SPT And that occurred one day on the bicycle ergometer,
which if you put your heel back down at the bottom
stroke, rubbing your toe down - if you put your
heel down, which I just happened to be doing be-
cause of the way I was pedaling oz_ day, you can
catch it on the triangular grid. And with the
force of your other leg coming down and the inertia
of the system, you just flat rip the - the back.
It has not slowed me up at all and has not gotten
appreciably larger, and I expect that if this'll
hold up at least until halfway through the mission,
we should have no problem. In general, the shoes
are wearing, but the thing is, we've got another
set of canvas on board that we'll put in about
halfway through. Seeing as we're about a third of
the way through now, it looks as though we're pret ....
ty much -got it made. We - we expect no problem
with them.

347 13 33 33 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

347 14 51 26 CDR This is the CDR at 14:52 [sic] and 30 seconds.

We're beginning the S019 operation. The SAL DOOR
is OPEN. The mirror is EXTENDED and set at a
ROTATION of 31.0 and a TILT of 6.2. The first
field is number 213, and exposure will start at
14:54.
PLT ...

CDR Okay.

3h7 lh 53 l0 CDR The nuZ correction is zero. The nuz in the ATMDC
is minus 2.h, and on the pad, it's minus 2.5.
 1029

347 14 53 32 CDE Okay, the first exposure is 270, widened. Okay,

I'm going to start. Going to SLIDE RETRACTED.
All right, coming up on the first exposure.

Standby -

347 lh 54 08 CDR MARK. The SHUTTER is OPEN. And I verified that

the FILM HATCH is OPEN. This is star field 213.
The first exposure is 270 seconds, widened, and
we're verifying a ROTATION of 31 and a TILT of
6.2, The frame count is 012.

3h7 14 54 55 CDR That exposure was started at lh:54 and 7 seconds.

CDR 50 percent.

347 14 56 27 CDR The next. exposure will be on the same field. It

will be widened and 90 seconds. Passing 90 percent.
Stand by for termination -

347 lh 57 16 CDR MARK. Termination. Going to CARRIAGE RETRACTED.

Setting it for 90 widened. Winding up. Okay,
standby for exposure start -

_ 347 lh 57 32 CDR MARK. Exposure started at 57:40 - 57:35.

20 percent.

CDR 50 percent.

347 14 58 39 CDR Okay, stand by for termination. By the way, the

frame count is 013.

347 14 58 49 CDR MARK. Termination. CARRIAGE R_'I'_ACT. Changing

the ROTATION to 35.7, and the TILT is being changed
to 15.3. All right, it's a widened, 90. I'm wind-
ing it up now. I'm going to SLIDE RETRACTED.
Standby -

347 14 59 36 CDR MARK. SHUTTER is OPEN, and the time is 15:02 -

15:00 and 2 seconds [sic]. I'm verifying the
ROTATION,is 35.7, the TILT is 15.3. This is field
number 128, 90-second widened exposure. My next
exposure will be Kohoutek at 15:03:40. 50 percent.

347 15 00 43 CDR 90 percent. Stand by - This is frame 01_.

347 15 00 53 CDR MARK. The CARRIAGE is RETRACTED. Changing the

ROTATION to 195.5. And locked. The TILT is 22.1
and locked. This is a 240-second, unwidened.
Standby. Going to SLIDE RETRACTED.
1030

347 15 01 30 CDR MARK. S_ER is OPEN, and the watch was started.
It was started at 15:02 [sic] and 30 seconds.

3h7 15 02 22 CDR Okay, I'm reverifying the ROTATION is 195.5, the

TILT is 22.1. We're looking at frame count number
15. i minute has gone by. I'm looking at the
viewfinder, and I think I'm looking at the ground.
But I think I see the horizon moving past now.
We're at a minute and a half into the exposure. I
see the horizon going by. Should see Kohoutek-rise.

347 15 03 46 CDR Okay, we see the airglow horizon going by. I see
Kohoutek loud and clear. 2 minutes and 30 seconds
have gone by or will go by in about 4 seconds. So
the first minute and a half of the exposure, Karl,
was clodds, or I should say the Earth. And then
up until about 2 minutes and 15 seconds, you were
looking at the airglow between the horizon and the
top of the airglow. And finally, just about, I
would say 2:30 - Well, no, 2:15 is when the comet
finally cleared. And we are now completing our 3rd
minute. We have the comet and a tail. It's really
not as clear in your optics as it is with a pair
of binoculars out the STS window.

3h7 15 15 13 CDR I think I did you a disservice, Karl, in that I

started the exposure on Kohoutek too early. I'm
finally looking over the remarks in my pad, and I
should have waited until exactly 03:h0. Okay -

347 15 05 43 CDR MARK. h sec - 4 minutes have gone by. CARRIAGE

is in RETRACT. And let's see. It's now 06, and
I'll go ahead and get the mirror retracted and the
door closed. Setting ROTATION and TILT to zero.
I'm so used to being so far behind on th s S019,
that I - I should not have gone ahead and started
the exposure early because - I hope I didn't over-
expose the film and degrade your Kohoutek informa-
tion by showing you some air low first. All right,
ROTATION and TILT are both zeros. I'm going to
retract the mirror; retracted and locked. I'm go-
ing to CLOSE the wind - or the SAL DOOR. It's
CLOSEd and LOCKed.

347 15 07 30 CDR Okay, this is the CDR terminating S019 operations.

347 15 12 36 PLT Comes PLT - a GMT of 15:15 - with the M487-2 Bravo.
Number 1 - this is on page 2-3 of the Eval. Check-
list - How adaptable are the various compartments _-_
 1031

to multi-uses beyond their prime design function?

Example: Does each sleep compartment double for
off-duty reading, et cetera? I find that in the
case of the sleep compartment - Of course, we don't
have time to do much reading. The flight planners
see to that. But in any event, the sleep compart-
ment does afford a lot of stowage during the day.
I find the straps across the sleep restraint very
useful for ... if l'm handling bi,1_¥ items, such
as urine bags .... supply modules, that sort of
thing. The towel holders, I use every one of them
for holding clothes, socks, watches, et cetera.

347 15 17 50 PLT As far as the wardroom doubling beyond their prime

design function - Of course, the wardroom is our
prime viewing area because we're getting ... and
it's very convenient to look over and see where
you are. And I think that we're probably getting
an awful lot of good handheld photos and visual
observations by virtue of the fact the ward - the
window is located in the wardroom; so I think that
probably the wardroom is making a prime contribu-
tion to the visual-observation sciences, which, of
course,it wasn't its design function. We also
find the wardroom walls very convenient for post-
ing items for general crew reference. Wall space
is at a premium, and we find - In fact, I find my-
self using the doors of all the lockers for stow-
age also, which makes it inconvenient to get into
the lockers, and in one case, the tableware - the
eating utensils stowage, I find undesirable in
their design; so I Just line utensils out on my
tray, using the magnets, which are only marginal
in their effectiveness but at least they still work.

347 15 19 07 PLT The wardroom table is not very convenient to use

because of the fact that a lot of times we have
food heating in the area. And the trays - When
you take the trays out, the puddings all come out,
and so you're - and also, it Just - it doesn't seem
to be convenient to put the tops on the trays a lot
because of .the latches, because of the fact that if
you take the bottom tray out, the puddings come out
of their drawer. Experiment compartment : It 's
sort of useful. It's got such a fairly good volume,
and you're able to move around it quite well; so I
do a lot of - Just sort of ... experimentation with
small objects, such as balls and that sort of thing.
 1032

347 15 19 52 PLT And I use it in zero g for play and the elementary
experimentation because it does have a close ceil-
ing and you can move around and catch thlngs, whereas
the forward compartment has such a large volume,
it's fairly difficult to do anything. When you ....
it drifts away. The head is not Useful for about
anything else because of the floor is there. And
also, it's not intended for anything else, and it's
not used for anything else. Very difficult to re-
strain yourself in the head because of things we've
already mentioned.

3h7 15 20 28 PLT Forward compartment: I don't - I can't think of

anything other than the prime design function; that
is, it's got large volume and housing stowage and
supplies, and providing the scientific airlocks for
the corollary experiments. Also, there's volume
for the corollary experiments. I can't think of
anything else. Airlock's not useful for anything
other than going through. MDA is use - It's worse
than useless because of the lack of restraints in
it. And how good has the sleep restraint been for
sleeping? It's excellent. Anything useful for
anything other than sleeping? I've already men-
tioned the fact that it's a good interim stowage
place ; very good.

3h7 15 21 15 PLT 3: What noneating uses have been found for the
wardroom table? Okay. Agiin, I think the eating
utensils should have a good stowage position_ the
location, on the tray itself or in it. I find
the stowage in the locker is very inconvenient to
use and unsatisfactory from my standpoint. It
takes a lot of - It's a lot of trouble to get them
in there and ... the restraint is unsatisfactory.
It doesn't hold up too well.

3_7 15 21 hh PLT Would a design modification of the table and its

associated restraints be desirable for any and
all uses? Well, I wouldn't want the people that
designed this table doing anything else. I think
that it's such a lousy Job of design and the foot
restraints are so poorly designed that I wouldn't
want to have - have those same people work on that
thing, because all they'd do is Just make a bigger
and better white elephant. Although the idea is
sound, I'm afraid the implementation would be very
bad if the same people were permitted to work on
it.
 1033

347 15 22 14 PLT What sanitation problems have developed, and how

have you dealt with them? Urine spills, I guess.
I have been - l've had about two urine spills,
and both of them were my fault, mainly because of
the peculiar way we're ... processing our urine
bags. Now ... you leave them out, we get to
to evacuate them, ... chloride, and so forth.
And l've saved up old clothes for that purpose;
mopped up with the old clothes. Defecation for
me has not been a problem. It could be. Again,
you - The prob- The ws.v you deal with them is
give us time, and that time is at a premium. I
think that anything can be cleaned up if you're
given enough time. Of course, it's unpleasant
and - It hasn't been that big of a problem for
us. Food spill in the - in the wardroom has been
a problem in that the bags have been -l've had
a lot of trouble with spilling the drink bags -
Or flatus bags is probably a better name for them,
because that's where I think all the flatus is
generated - in drinking our drink with drink bags.

347 15 23 24 PLT I think that that's another problem, too. We

z-_ generate so much flatus, we have to pass so much
gas, that you're laundry marking your shorts all
the time. And that, I think, probably sounds a
bit flippant, but I think it's an - it is a
problem. And I don't want to pass over the flatus
problem lightly because I think passing gas
about 500 times a day is not a good way to go.

347 15 23 48 PLT What is the most disconcerting personal hygiene

problem you have encountered? I think I Just
mentioned it - Passing gas about every 5 minutes.
And I don't mean Just a nice little pooh; I mean
really passing a big blast of gas (laughter).
It's Just not a nice thing. It - it offends
people around you, and the only rede_,_ng feature
is that everybody else _s passing the same amount
of gas. It's a good thing we got some charcoal
canisters taking the stuff out.

3h7 15 24 16 PLT How effective and efficient are the cleanup

procedures and hardware? The - We don't have a
very good way of cleaning up. It's Just swab and
mop, and we use our own personal towels. The -
the tissues are at a premium, and I don't want
to - I find m_self very reluctant to. use gobs of
 tissues to clean up. i made one obser - observa-
tion at least in the aft compartment, and that is
we have grid structure about 6 to 8 inches above
the plen_wall, the bottom of the workshop, which
is a closed b,_1_head. Now this biJ1khead is about
6 to 8 inches below the grid, and it gets an awful
lot of food spills. And yet there's not a good
way to reach through there and clean it up. You
can reach your hand through there, but you're - you're
Just very confined. And you can scratch - cut your
wrist fairly easily if you try to do any vigorous
scrubbing. So I think in the future we should
have removable grids if we have the same arrange-
ment we have, with an area below which can be
conta_minated by food and drink particles drifting
around ... and splashing around.

3_7 15 25 26 PLT How much of a time-line imposition are cleanup

chores? I'd say anything that you do is a timeline
imposition, because cleanup obviously - What I do
is, I try to use my utensil wipes on my utensils.
And then I try to use the utensil wipe to clean up
a small area every day befo - after I get through
eating, before I throw the utensil wipe away. That _
way, I get a little bit cleaned every day, but the
grid avove the food preparation table is pretty
soiled - pretty well soiled with small drops of
food. By the way, the bags - the - the - the food
hags that had to be cut across the top, they're in
- some of them are in cans. The - These are very
poor hags, and the Apollo bags are very, very bad
for flipping the particles of liquid out. And I
think that we're maybe directing ourselves at the
wrong problem here; and rather than cleanup, to
prevention. Now of course there are always going
to be spills, hut rather than, say, focusing your
attention on giving us more cleanup time, a better
designed bag is probably - It would go a long way
toward minimizing a lot of those food spills. I
can't overemphasize the poor properties of those
cut-across bags. They call them pull-open bags -
That - I - the ones that you have to use the big
spoon in - and they have caused an awful lot of
food spills.

347 15 26 53 PLT HOW adequate is the ATM chair? I have not used
it, and I won't - I won't cogent on it. Do you
use the shoes/gridwith it? Is the toe bar useful?
Oh - Okay, no comment on that.
 1035

347 15 27 13 PLT How comfortable are your garments in terms of fit,

warmth, and don/doff ease? Fit: I lost a lot of
weight. I can't complain about the fit because
they fit me when I was about 15 pounds heavier.
Warmth: No problem. Don and doffing : Well,
that's a good question. The Jacket has the sweat-
shirt-type insert at the sleeve. I find it
difficult to get the Jacket on and off with a
wristwatch on, particularly if you have to use the -
the passive radiation dosimeter on your watchband.
I finally took the PRD and - the passive radiation
dosimeter off the watchband because it - it was
so cumbersome. So one of the things I think we
need is the ability to put trousers on and off with-
out taking your shoes off, because that causes a
lot of trouble. And also, the sleeve opening needs
to be Just a little bit more flexible. I - I like
the idea of this sweatshirt-type sleeve, but - Also,
the sleeves are too long. Now all of my sleeves
are about an inch and a half too long; I've rolled
the cuffs up to a sort of Jacket. And I think
that's a fit problem. It was just not quite tail-
ored properly. The - They just hang down too long
on the arms.

347 15 28 31 PLT What recnmmendations do you have for improving

IVA garments? Do they tend - Well, that's first.
Do they tend to snag as you move about in the 0A?
Yes, they do. The pocket that holds the little
Flight Plan book and also the scissors pocket
tends to snag, but you could - I finally took the
cord off my scissors because I figure it was a safe-
ty hazard. The pockets are also inadequate. We've
already commented on those before, but they Just
_lmost made them good enough. You know, it was
Just like if they'd have Just used 5 more minutes
of time and thought, they could have made them
real nice, because the way they are now is Just
sort of m_ginal, useless, although we - Of course,
we do use the Flight Plan pocket ... the little
straps aren't long eno,_h. I - The little pocket
in front, I think, was supposed to be used for
pencils; however, it Just - Just accommodates a
flashlight. But this - this flap isn't long
enough to really hold it in. I keep losing it.
So I finally stopped using it and went back to
using it for pencils. The scissors pocket: Again -
again, the flap is not quite long enough to really
give you good positive retention of the scissors
1036

and you can knock the scissors out of your - flip

them out real easy if you hit something.

3h7 15 29 41 PLT What recommendations do you have for improving

IVA garments? Well, any place there's a zipper,
there ought to be a zipper-pull tab on the zipper,
if it's nothing more than a little inch and a half
lace or cord or - with a knot on it or something
like that. But I find myself irritated by having
to dig and hunt and probe for the little zipper-pull
and - in order to get at a flashlight in a hurry.
Also, any place there's a zipper, there ought to
be an opposition pull-tab. In all, I don't think
that's so critical on the clothing here. But they
- they Just left these off every place. And I don't
think the people really knew what they were doing.
I mean I - I've seen an awful lot of things de-
signed with zippers that have pull-tabs on the
zippers and opposition pull - -

CREW ...

347 15 30 37 PLT Anyway, that's my comment on zipper pull-tabs.

And what have you detected in environmental ele-
ments discussed as the last question in the first
debriefing? Have you used any of the M487 to doc-
ument these changes?

347 15 30 47 PLT I'ii have to answer that later. I have an ATM

pass now.

TIME SKIP

347 15 55 23 SPT SPT at 13:55 [sic] for M151. Just starting the
M092 run now. SPT, observer; CDR, subject.

3h7 15 55 35 SPT SPT out.

347 15 59 33 PLT PLT, debriefing the ATM pass started at 15:14 -

actually 15:32. JOP 9, step l, building block 2,
performed per pad. I left DETECTORS 6 and 7 on
there when I first started the set at 2500 - and
first started the MIRROR, AUTO RASTER. Ground
call, I got that off. Other than that - that was
performed nominally - truncated at 6; got the nu Z
update.
 i037

347 16 08 92 PLT And the 15 Bravo, step 2, building block 36-A,

coronal hole, was pretty well fouled up. I tried
to give them - I wasn't quite sure what they want-
ed to do on that. I asked Ed. He helped - he
tried to help me out. And I left 59 on STOP. I
saw him put it to AUTO SCAN. Then he put it to
STOP apparently and set there. He turned to hit
the START switch and didn't notice it didn't have
a READY light; set there for about 5 minutes with-
out any - taking any data.

347 16 09 27 PLT So I lost a lot of 55 data there. I - I did not

get the last prescribed observering from 56, but
that was mainly due to the fact that I was slow
getting everything set up there; so that wasn't
too good. 15 Bravo, I got - I let 55 run down
past 400 K, so I don't know - the data may be
atmospherically degraded on the GRATING, AUTO SCAN.

347 16 l0 01 PLT And - sort of a case of too many cooks can spoil
the broth, there, although I asked for help. So
that data was not - was not the best data I've ever
got or ever given you. I didn't have a chance to
monitor anything. Ed's given us a pretty good brief
on the coronal structure.

347 16 lO 25 PLT I did notice that - that - as I've noticed before -

that the hole - south pole coronal hole is quite
distinct. And on the - a few things, with solar
north at the top, the - It moved in a clockwise
direction from the south pole, and it moved slightly
to the left and up.

PLT When you come to the edge of that coronal hole,

there's a fairly bright border there. In other
words, it seems like there's a - there's a high
degree of activity and then all of a sudden it'd
stop. And this was one of the things, I think,
that led Ed initially to want to point over there
and get that border. And finally we decided to go
above the limb as per the JOP Snmma_y Sheet, which
we did. But that is an interesting feature which
bears watching.

347 16 ll 20 PLT PLT out.

347 16 20 h0 SPT SPT at 14 -Make that 16:20. M092; CDR is subject.

1038

On the left leg, 13.0; the right leg, 13-1/8. Leg-

bands: The left, Alfa November; the right, Alfa
Quebec.

347 16 21 00 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

347 16 56 01 SPT SPT at 16:55. M171. We Just concluded the M092.

347 16 56 08 SPT SPT out.

347 16 57 ii SPT SPT at 16:58. M171. CAL N2, 02, CO 2. ll80.

347 17 08 31 SPT SPT at 15:08 [sic]. M171. CAL N2, H20 , 1257.

347 17 08 40 SPT SPT out.

347 17 ll h8 SPT SPT; 171. M171 CABIN PRESSURE, 5.019.

f_

347 17 12 58 SPT M171. First ...

347 17 23 21 SPT This is your friendly SPT at 17:22. MI71.

SPT Looking at the PERCENT 02, 76.12; PERCENT WATER,

3.48; and CARBON monoxi - DIOXIDE, 2.09. VITAL
CAPACITIES of the CDR: 5.229, 5.090, 5.205.

347 17 24 15 SPT SPT out.

347 17 32 28 PLT PLT, debriefing the ATMpass which started at 16:47.

JOP 9, step i, building block 2, performed as per
pad. The repetitive JOP 26, building blocks 10's,
were performed all nominal, except on the last one.
When I was changing DETECTOR, I left 3, 4, 7, and 6
on and didn't notice it. And I saw the GRATING
moving. I turned it off. I don't know how far it
went. But I think it went up past 4000. Then I
got 102, got a MIRROR, AUTO RASTER in at the GRATING,
102. The XUVMON, as far as observing time is con-
cerned - XUV MON on this ROLL, minus 3800, it looks
like there's a loop reaching across - let me see if
I can look at my sketches on --minus 3h - Okay, that
puts it about the l0 o'clock position.
 1039

347 17 34 03 PLT Minus 3h puts about 7 to 8_00 on - arc minute posi-

tion on the - the limb_ yes. And_be a 9600 -
' 3600 - 8h00 position on the limb - roughly along in
there. And there seemed to he a loop reaching across,
angling in, going down to the right, an arc-like
structure in the XUV. Now I can't positively say
that that's there or not. I was - I was in it using
the repeated IBTEGRATION. But it looked like you
had a very good location, minus 3800, for the last
two building block lO's. That was about the only
thing I noticed other than I took a quick look
at the corona. And the fine structure et cetera
that Ed briefed on earlier today is still there.

347 17 35 02 PLT PLT out.

347 17 51 01 SPT SPT at 17:50. MI71 first: PERCENT H - PERCENT 02,

75.59; PERC_T H20 , 4.12; PERCENT C02: 2.05.

3h7 17 51 28 SPT SPT out.

347 18 07 58 SPT SPT at 18:07. Housekeeping 7 Delta. ATM C&D water

reservoir check shows it to be full, with no bubbles.
Good looking reservoir - no sediment, nothing visi-
ble. SUS water reservoir quantities: T-23, quan-
tity there looks about like 30 percent remaining,
approximately. There are about equivalent of six -
five, six bubbles, maybe 2 centimeters or so in
diameter. On T-24, about 95 percent remaining and
approximately l0 to 12 bubbles in the reservoir,
approximately 2 centimeters diameter.

347 18 08 52 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

347 18 43 42 SPT SPT at 18:45. M487-2B - 2 Bravo, which was about

2_ hours behind the scheduled time before its com-
ing: I didn't have a time ye - long enough for a
period yesterday where I could do an adequate Job.

SPT Number l: How adaptable are the various compart-

ments to multi-uses beyond their prime function?
Okay, let's take one at a time. Sleep compartment:
The only thing the others do in there besides sleep
i04o

and dress is read a book occasionally. Not too

often; we usually don't have too much time for it. j

347 18 _4 25 SPT Wardroom: Sometimes I use the wardroom table as

a desk for writing or working on graphs that we
have for medical - keep track of medical status.
Can't think of wardroom in anything else. I guess -
Well, there we also have the - the window, and we
do a lot of photography work out there_ so that's -
that is another function of the room, although the
wardroom window itself multiplies it as a design
function of the room to do photography there.

347 18 45 19 SPT Okay, the experiment compartment: No, I wouldn't

say there's a heck of a lot to do there except the
experiments. There's not much - much room, and
there's nothing else to really attract you to go
in there. So other than the experiments for which
they're designed, I've not found much use for it.
The upper dome - The dome area of the OWS: Well,
occasionally, I go up there and Just do some gym-
nastics or acrobatics, if you will - body acrobat-
ics. I also have been working on some science de-
monstrations up there. It's a wide open room;
allows you to do a - a lot more, and I would re-
commend that in future spacecrafts, that at least
a room of that type be available and one fairly
large which - The only problem I find with that
for your acrobatics, for other things, is that
there is a lot of appendages, a lot of things stick-
ing out of the floor and also not that many foot-
holds around. I'd like to see that whole area up
there with more triangular grid around the walls
and a little plainer - or if anything, just have
things built close to the wall. M509's sticking
up with arms out, fans sticking out of the floor,
T020 sticking up - I think this kind of ruins the -
the whole working area in there for anything else,
although you can still use it for some of the other
things I mentioned. The way in which those things
are situated - not off in a corner but Just kind
of sticking bare naked right out in the center of
everything - makes it a little bit hard to use that
area as you would like. The MDA: We use the 190
window for the photography again. But other than
that, it's primarily the design functions of that.
One of the whole problems of the MDA is, there's
no footholds or handholds. Shouldn't say none,
but next to none.
 lOhl

3_7 18 _7 3_ SPT Other than the EREP foot - triangular shoe platform
and the one for the ATM, you've got very little to
grab onto in there. Airlock: No, that's Just a
place to go through.

3_7 18 h7 49 SPT How adequate has the - the sleep restraint been
for sleeping? Has it been useful for anything
other than sleeping? Well, I just hang in there
and read sometimes. I think it's perfectly adequate
for sleeping. The one thing that I find gets in
my way is that top cover which comes down, which
is - Who knows what you're supposed to do with it.
It's always either in my face, or I tuck it in,
and I can't get my arms out if I want something.
The thing is just a general nuisance. I think
they should have made that thing so you could zip
it on or off or at least so you could have arm -
armholes through it if you wanted to use them. I
don't use the upper blanket, the top blanket. We
don't have it on there. Just the netting, and
that seems perfectly sufficient.

347 18 48 40 SPT I think one of these nights l'm going to try sleep-
ing without it - that is, withoutthe outsideof
that, just floating free. I think that _can be done,
and maybe there'll be an advantage to it. So far,
I've not been able to afford the - the chance of
losing a good night's sleep for the experiment.

347 18 49 06 $PT What non-eating uses have been found for the ward-
room table? Would a design modification of the
table and its associated restraints be desirable
for any or all uses? Well, as I mentioned, I use
it as a desk sometimes, with the cover on the top.

347 18 49 37 SPT The other day I had to take plants - elodiza p_an_ -
elodea plants out of the agar, and I used the table -
Actually, used the food tray itself with a couple of
cans in there .... it's an inconvenient place ...
table. The restraints for that table are awful -
primarily the foot restraints. I think the best
thing they could have done was to yank them - never
put those foot restraints in there; strictly stick
with the triangular grid. If - if anything, people
may want to use soft shoes in there, which is a good
idea. We should have had foot restraints - light -
lightweight foot restraints which are portable. You
can move those around and put them down there if you
want them. Right now you've got ... triang_alar foot
1042

restraints down in there that do nothing but move

your triangle so that it locks. But your foot is
out, and you have to ... chasing around. The net
result means that you'll very rarely ever put your
foot in it. The rest of the blooming thing just
keeps you from putting your feet in the triangle
grid. It's a lousy design and a lousy idea. Thigh
restraints seem to work all right. You've got your
option whether you want to use them or not. Some-
times I do; sometimes I don't.

347 18 51 i0 SPT What sanifra - sanitation problems have developed,

and how often have you dealt with them?

SPT No real major problems. No major problems. Prob-

ably the place which you got to keep after - Seems
like there's one in the wardroom, and there you can
do it piecemeal. Anytime something flies out, you
clean it up. Or if something looks - looks as though
it's building up a little - little layer of crust,
then you clean it off. You do all this piecemeal.

3h7 18 53 05 SPT The other location where we have our problem is the
head. But everybody's pretty conscientious there
and cleans up after themselves quite well, although
potentially it could - could be quite a problem.
Okay, that was number 4. I'll pick up on this in
Just a moment.

3h7 18 53 45 SPT SPT out on 487-2B.

347 18 53 h9 SPT Let me pick up a moment here on handheld photos -

CXIT, day 347, frame number 37 and 38.

347 18 54 ii SPT Okay, I'm looking at what appears to be a pretty

good pattern of - of plankton. Whether it's from
an upwelling, I am not sure. Let me take a look
at our location. What I've seen is a very bright
green contrast to the _]most royal blue ocean wa-
ter and, again, a very sinuous element - a long
sinuous element and some fairly subtle, and some
subtle ones seem relatively larger. The not-so-
subtle ones, the ones which have a higher contrast,
if you will - so that would be non-subtle, with a
higher contrast - are thinner, more compact, better
defined ones. I can see circulation in some of
them. One in particular looks very much like a
low-pressure center, although it's relatively small.
I would guess maybe 20 miles across. Clockwise __.
 lO43

rotation. A couple of the long sinuous elements

have pink in them, indicating - or which looks
something like there have been a - a vortices [sic]
created along part of it. I wouldn't quite call
it a Von Karmon Vortice, but there's two or three -
three kinks in one sinuous element which I could
not identify the sense of rotation in two of them.
One of them is clockwise.

347 18 56 28 SPT The colors again: One is a light blue contrasted

with a deep - aSmost - kind of a cross between a
navy blue and a dark blue. I don't have the book
out; otherwise, I'd give you the Forel scale. I'll
try to do that in a minute. One element is a light
blue; one is a light green; and one's a relatively
darker blue which shows up with - not with much of
a high contrast - color contrast to the other ocean.

347 18 58 17 SPT Okay, as I Just thought, we have just come across

the tip of South America by Argentina. And we're
looking at the Falkland Current, which we saw a
little bit of the other day, before we went across
at - a little higher up. And I have looked - gotten
a couple more photos down here on the effects of
that Falkland Current, and we have some oceanup-
welling associated with it and accompanying plankton
growth. In - in the brightening, that - there was,
I would say, three different types of colors and -
and general patterns. One was a very tight pattern.
By that, I mean small, fairly sharp pink involved
in sinuous elements, and I would say there the
color of that was, oh, about a 9 or so on the
Forel scale - 8 or R.

347 18 59 53 SPT These are relatively small, sharp pink. Second

one was one which was maybe a 7 on the scale, not
quite as small, spread out, more diffuse, contras-
ting with the ocean water behind it, which was
more llke a 4. And then - Well, actually, it
wasn't; it was almost, say, like a 5. I would say
just one step up on the Forel scale because you
plainly see this covered a much larger area. And
the two previous ones will be superimposed on the
larger one - not necessarily, but it was observed
to be that. So it looks to me like upwelling or
plankton blooms, if you will, will come up; the
picture is depicted in m_ mind anyway. Looks as
though the pla_ton bloom will come up and spread
1044

out on the surface of the water. It'll first ap-

pear as a very tight packet stretched out by the
current or the motion of water - eddies, ... ;
a very sharp, sinuous element. Then it spreads
out a little bit and becomes spread over a much
larger area. The currents which carried it slowly
dissipate and die away, and another one can move
up through it. And it actually was visible, three
stages ; very much in the same way new cells in the
atmosphere will grow up from the remains of an old
one or a new chromospheric network will grow in
the remains of the network around it, although
here the packet, if you will, looks more densely
packed, smaller than usual at that time. Okay,
SPT out on - Well, hold on. Let me give you the
camera data on that: CX17; frames 36, 37, 38;
f/ll; 100-millimeter; and 1/250.

347 19 02 01 SPT SPT out.

347 19 02 25 SPT SPT back in again. Let me give you those frame
numbers once again. They are 37, 38, and 39.
Wanted to make sure I gave them to you correctly.

347 19 02 38 SPT Out.

347 19 04 02 SPT SPT at 19:06 - 19:04, picking up again on M487-2B.

Okay, we're up to number 5.
SPT What is the most disconcerting personal hygiene
problem I've encountered? Probably one is, you
Just don't have time to take a shower every day.
It takes a good 45 minutes to an hour. I do en-
Joy that, but we don't have time for it. The
other sponge bath works, but it's not anywhere
near as efficient. And you just not end up being
in the clean and healthy-feeling state that you
can on the ground, especially after vigorous ex-
ercise. Usually exercise - after exercise, taking
a cold shower will stop the sweating. Then you
need a good soap bath. But here it's not pos-
sible.

347 19 05 00 SPT Now another way I can interpret that question, and
that is the head itself. Even though it's very
efficient and I think well designed, the process
still Just takes too blooming long. Correct bowel
movement takes a good, oh, half an hour or so.
Sometimes in a day you Just don't have a half an
 hour. The net result is, you end up being uncom-
fortable for a good part of the day. I think a
lot of this is a requirement put out by the ex-
periment itself. And the time can certainly be
cut down to far less than that if the experiment
did not exist. But the way things are right now,
the process just takes too long.

J47 19 05 5J SPT How effective and efficient are the cleanup pro-
cedures and hardware? How much of a timing im-
position are the cleanup chores? I don't find
that to be a problem at all. Pretty much shay on
top of it as they said it would happen. So it's
no real problem. How adequate is the ATM chair?
Haven't used it yet. It is readjusted for each
crewman? No, we don't use it. Do you use the
shoes or grid with it? No. The toe bar useful?
No. Do you use the chair anywhere other than the
ATM? We've got it stashed up there in the top of
the OWS. What design improvements do you recom-
mend? Eliminate it. The reason I gave all these
negative comments on it is that when you're oper-
ating in the ATM, I personally have to reach all
aroundfrom one side to another. One, I use the
timer over on the STS for some function, As I
use the - as I look at the time, I have to turn
the VTS ON or OFF - the VTR ON and OFF. Infor-
mation - Experiment information is stowed off on
a panel right behind me, which I use to get over
to - to open the container for the book. I use
that quite often.

347 19 07 i0 SPT I generally Just have to reach all around, and

also, I don't llke to be confined. Many times,
when I don't have my hands on a switch on the
panel, I lean back and move all around. I find it
much more enjoyable to work when I'm not confined.
We will be giving that thing a try, though, in the
future, Just to fill the square.

B_7 19 07 29 SPT How comfortable are your garments in terms of fit

and warmth and don/doff ease? All of those are
not too bad. Were they sufficiently resistant to
tearing and abrasion? Yes, they're sufficiently,
although I have imagined the value of the next
question. I went into the airlock one day, and
I had the bottom of my pocket - the zipper in my
pocket on the bottom left leg open. And it caught
on somethingand Just rippedthe pocket halfway
1046

down. I was really whistling along, though. What

recommendations do you have for improving IVA gar-
ments? Well, one is, even though I like these
pockets, I'd like to have a couple garments around
here which don't have these blooming pockets, that
I could use Just for comfortable, casual wear. I'd
also like to get some different colors. I feel
like I've been drafted in the Army with this darn
brown; it gets pretty obnoxious after a little
while.

347 19 08 30 SPT I'd like to get some different colored T-shirts.

Sweat shirts might not be a bad idea, but probably
T-shirts are better to go with for right now -
either that or Just pullover cardigan type. I think
they're plenty warm. Might think a little too
warm. The pockets on the gear, though, is not -
for the flashlight, is not too sterling. The pocket
is either too small or too big for whatever you
want to use it for. This pocket, I just don't use.
I put the pencil over on the inside pocket on the
top left thigh. I use the one pocket in the back
to hold the - my schedule book, although I think
that the flap on that is too weak - the Velcro is --
too weak. The po - or the flap itself is too short;
Just barely makes it.

347 19 09 30 SPT The pockets on the back right-hand side, which I

guess one is a pencil pocket and one's a flashlight,
are next to useless because they're too small for
a flashlight or too big for a flashlight. The
flashlight gets lost in the center pocket and
comes out of the other one. I have not found them
very useful at all. One thing I would like is to
have a couple of plain old handkerchiefs around
here. Not quite too sure why we have to go around
plucking tissues out of every ... all the time. I
would much rather have the two handkerchiefs, and
we are _,n_ing short on tissues and wipes.

347 19 l0 16 SPT What changes have you detected in the environmen-

tal elements discussed in the last question in the
first debriefing? Have you used any of the M487
instruments to document these changes? Environ-
mental elements: Can't say - environmental
element. Okay.

3_7 19 i0 _7 SPT No, I have not done light surveys. Spot meters,
I've only used for photography. No, I have flat
 10h7

made - made the situation work whenever I've been

handed ... Haven'thad time to Jury-rig the light-
ing or worry about sound levels - try to measure
them and so forth. The press of getting the job
here Just doesn't allow that kind of activity.

3h7 19 ll 20 SPT SPT out.

3h7 19 18 h8 PLT PLT debriefing the ATM run that Just started at
19 - at 18:20. J0F 9, building block 1 - or
steD l, building block 2, was done at about minus
3600 arc minutes and a ROLL of - to a minus 5400.
Everything else is nominal. Started too soon.
JOP 26, all those steps were completed correctly,
I believe. The only thing I did wrong was, at
the end I didn't go back to WHITE LIGHT DISPLAY
when I maneuvered toward the center of the Sun by
the 52 standard sequence. In fact, I had for-
gotten that. And I understand why, I think,
you've got that limb tracking mechanism in there,
but it had slipped m_mind actually. It wasn't
Just an oversight; I Just flat wasn't aware or
even - It's been a long time since I've done that.

347 19 20 04 PLT I looked at the corona versus the XUV MON , and I
think they're looking in the right area. There
definitely - As Ed reported, there is sort of a
secondary-type detail of structure developing in
that region you've been looking at there, and -
in about the 8 o'clock position on the Sun. It
appears in the XUV MON there is a bright spot on
the disk - not - not Just in the limb but down
onto the disk now. And it appears as a continua-
tion of the highly amplified limb-brightened area
with the streamers coming out, and a little, oh,
about 1/16-inch-diameter circle-sized spot has
now moved onto the disk at that point at the lower
part of the brightened area at the limb, on the
XUVMON, which very closely correlates, of course,
with the ac - activity or whatever that - whatever
is taking place out there in - in that - It looks
like an active region coming on the disk.

3h7 19 21 15 PLT I don't know that, but that's what I would guess.
If - if I were a betting man, I'd say that that's
- that's what is happening - that it's just moving
onto the disk. That's about all the viewing I got
other than Just watching that limb activity on the
H-ALPHA i, which - and H-ALPHA 2, which didn't
/
io48

tell a whole lot. You can't - Sometimes you can't

see that stuff out in the corona; sometimes you
can on this MON 1. Let's see. That actually is
about it. I'm set up for the next orbit. I think
that everything's in good shape here. I'll clean
up the panel.

347 19 21 50 PLT PLT out.

TIME SKIP

347 20 20 40 PLT PLT at 20:20 reporting MI31, OGI MODE. At level

- Just above level 4 - about level 4, I started
getting no response at _11 and - However, I did
get considerable motion up and down of the - the
visible bar in the OGI goggles. So I got an
awful lot of negative responses. However, I was
getting motion up and down, and I don't know
which way I was going; so there was no way for
me to correlate if upward motion was perhaps cor-
related with right and down with left or what.

347 20 21 26 PLT In any event, I just saw - I got no illusion at

all, I guess, above level 4, as far as right and
left. Occasionally, I got very minimal sensation
and gave a response, but, by and large, the - the
illusion was not present.

347 20 21 43 PLT PLT out.

347 20 23 24 SPT SPT at 20:23. MI31 N2 pressure, 1250.

347 20 23 29 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

347 20 44 05 SPT SPT at 20:44 reporting to you the two handheld

photos - mag CXl7; frames number 40 and 41 taken
at 18:13 and 18:15, respectively; f-stop of ll
plus l; and lO0-millimeter lens; 1/250 of a sec-
ond. First one was of a crosscurrent in clouds.
That is, at a higher level I saw a linear light-
cloud structure, a lot of - lot of elements very
wispy in appearance, all lined up parallel to one
another, fairly close together. Compact was not
.-_ lob9

their nature, though; they were wispy, high clouds.

Underneath, a current structure or flow structure
perpendicular to that; a low-lying cloud which
was - Linear features were all perpendicular to
the ones above. This was ver - very representa-
tive of the area over which we had been flying
for the past 1000 miles or so. There was a large
current - flow structure along our route, and this
was adjacent to it, although not particularly in-
volved in it. This type structure was fairly
evident all the way along - especially the higher
clouds, which were all lined up. Looked very
much like the - the linear lines you can see along
a specific type ... which - which ... or a cloud
field. The - the second one of these pictures
was - sort of a transition between Bgnard cells
and large flow structure. This large flow was
spilled over about 1000miles.

347 20 46 O1 SPT I could see the B_nard Cells fairly well deformed
on the - like a V on my right-hand side - transi-
tions become slightly elongated and finally dis-
appear, moving to a random area - and then the
flow structureon the left. It was an interesting
study in undisturbed convection and transitioning
into a flow.

347 20 46 26 SPT SPT out.

347 20 46 55 SPT SPT at 20:46. Handheldphotos. These were on

mag CX36, frame number 30 and 29. They were
taken at 20:35. First one: f/ll, 35-millimeter
lens. Second one: f/8, 35-millimeter lens,
1/500 of a second. They showed at sunset an arc
of cumulus clouds, essentially _hat - an arc
formed by a - Looks like a low-pressure center at
the right. We're in the south, and it was a
clockwise structure. The center was relatively
clear, and then all of a sudden appeared this very
long, pronounced arc of cumulus buildup. Over-
shooting cloud tops, fairly well defined cumulus
clouds, seemed to be looking at - oh, maybe ex-
tending over 500miles or so. What was surprising
is that these clouds were not on the front side of
a front, the moving side of a front, but actually
on the backside. And then _mmediately behind
them, it was perfectly clear. It was not a rep-
resentative type of thing, which I have seen a
number of times now. And with the 35-millimeter
IQSQ

lens, I was able to get in Just about all of that

structure.

347 20 48 29 SPT SPT out.

347 02 59 04 PLT One, huh? Okay.

347 20 59 19 PLT The PLT. The time is coming up 1 minute from

19:00, and I'm going to initiate the first min-
ute's exposure. Oh, okay. All right, we have
field 97 Alfa; ROTATION again is 40.9; TILT is
23.7; PLATE is 21; and let's see. Okay, I'm
starting exposure now. SEQUENCE START's on my
mark.

347 21 00 12 PLT MARK.

CDR It would take a minute and 50 seconds for the

•camera to ... film in the cassette. They were
supposed to have figured that in for you.

347 21 00 2h PLT It says available at 20:46; 21:20 - Okay, now I've

started on the hour roughly.

347 21 02 06 PLT Okay, this is the PLT with a message to the PI on

183. I was scheduled for another experiment, which
was scheduled to be completed at 20:45, and we
completed it right on time. Your window opened
at 20:46. I had to debrief from the other experi-
ment, and you might - you've lost an exposure
because of poor flight planning. And you might
ask them how they expect me to - and in 1 minute,
ass,-,_ng that I could set your experiment up in
zero seconds, which of eourse is impossible, how I
could get out of the other experiment and debrief
it and get up here and then push the switch?
60 seconds isn't even enough time to do that.

347 21 03 04 PLT Now I'm only going to be able to get your

1260-second exposure because I've already taken
it, but I don't want to be put in this position
anymore. Now this is Just undesirable flight
planning. Now Bob Parker mentioned the other day
about us cutting down on prep time, and I think
that 60 seconds to debrief one experiment and set
up another one isn't quite enough prep time. And
that - You might pass that on there because someone
is getting the short end of the stick, and I don't
want to be held to blame for it. I think your _-_
 IQSI

experiment is important, and I wanted to do a good

Job in setting it up. But this is exactly how we
fouled up SO19 and S183 - is when we're thrust
bodily from one point of the spacecraft to another
with no time for - not even enough time for mental
preparation, let alone getting the experiment ready.

3h7 21 04 O1 PLT There's no way we can do a professional Job or to

take scientific data working under those circum-
stances. I feel very strongly about it; I think
there is no - not enough attention being given.
It has been mentioned repeatedly, and I don't
mean one or two times; I mean like a dozen, 25,
or 30 times. Now I - I don't like being put in
an untenable position, where I'm taking somebody's
expensive equipment and thrashing about wildly
with it and trying to act like a one-armed paper
hanger trying to get it started in a insufficient
time.

347 21 04 34 PLT Now I think that this is - You're going to get a

good exposure out of this, but you're only going
to get field 97 Alfa. And this is going to happen
again, and it's going to happen again, and it's
going to happen again until the word gets through
to the Flight Activities Officers that they're
going to have to give us time to get from one
point of the spacecraft to another. And when an
experimenter tells them that it only takes 15 min-
utes to perform his experiment and then asks for
a debriefing after that - and not only that, but
you've got to put up his equipment - then say they
are being - the FAOs are being misled by the time
deltas that have been given to them to perform that
experiment. Performance of the experiment is not
the only time delta involved. You have to put up
equipment, you have to debrief, and then you have
to move from one position in the spacecraft to
another. And you have to look and see what's
coming up, and it - and we're Just being driven
to the wall. And I'm sure that repeated errors
have been made in cases - in what I consider to
be very important scientific data simply because
there's noZ enough consideration given for moving
from one point in the spacecraft to another and
allowing for a transition from one experiment to
the other.
1052 _.

347 21 05 44 PLT I don't kn,ow how we're going to get this across
to the people n_less you people put your foot down
and stomp it hard. So I guess that's - that's all
I wanted to tell you. And I have done the best I
could. I was given 60 seconds to get from one
point in the spacecraft to another to take advan-
tage of your window. Now let's check your times.
You were not aware of this problem because your
times at - a 1260-second exposure and a 620-second
exposure occupies all the ava - Just about all the
available time between 20:h6 and 21:20. It was
59 before I was in position, had your experiment
clicked in position and ready to actually push the
SEQUENCE START switch. And so, theoretically, I
did m_f - completed the other experiment at about
h5 - let's say h6. So there's Just - there is no
way that we can operate under those circnm_tances
and get all of - of the task done that is scheduled.

347 21 06 46 PLT PLT out. I'll give you a time hack at the comple-
tion of the exposure on field 97 Alfa. I wish
you'd pass this message on to Bob Parker because
I - I - I feel like Bob has been beat about the
head and shoulders by the Flight Activities 0ffi-
cers, and I think this will give him the ammuni-
tion he needs to insist upon more setup time for
experiments like the 183 and the SO19 and whatever
else is involved. Let's see. That T025 also falls
in that category, as does the S063.

347 21 07 20 PLT And we Just cannot set this thing up in 2 minutes

or 60 seconds, as in this case.

3h7 21 07 41 CDR This is the CDR at 21:08 debriefing the ATM pass
that started at 19:53. The pass consisted of a
JOP 6, building block 2, which was executed with
no problem. I also did video tape - VTR down -
downlink and - for 5 minutes. About the first
minutes was XUV MON, and I did the INTEGRATION
cycle as frequently as I could during that period
of time. The last minute of it, I was able to get
the white light coronagraph fired up and - and on
it. So that's going to just about - what filled
the VTR for that 5 minutes.

347 21 08 31 CDR Then we went into building - JOP 26, building

block I0, with a ROLL of minus 6500 and a LIMB
OFFSET of minus 2. I had to do some finagling
because when I put it into LIMB SCAN, I came up
 1053

with a LIMB OFFSET of zero. Had to get it back

down to minus 2; so I had to do some manipulation
work.

347 21 08 58 CDR Of course, this is all time c°nsuming" Finally

got it running at about - I think about 38, a_d
the exposures went real well. And Just as we
finished the 82B second exposure, the mirror went
unstable. I reported this on the air-to-ground
loop; so I won't dwell on it. Went ahead and did
building block - or J0P 26, building block 10,
again with a LIMB OFFSET of plus 2 after we got
things settled down. That went without problem.
And then we went to a ROLL of minus 7400 and did
another JOP 26, building block l0 ; no problem there.
And then on - at an OFFSET of plus 2, we did
another JOP 26, building block 10, and at that
time, I set up 82B, I thought, for an experiment
NORMAL with a - a SHORT WAVI_.k"NGTH and a START.
At the end of the experiment I looked down and I
saw the flag said LONG; so I tried to shift it over
to SHORT. I was going to re - But it - it would
not shift to SHORT. So what I did is, I went ahead
and set up for the TIMES 1/4 and did a TIM]_q i/4
with a SHORT WAVELENGTH. And when that was com-
pleted, I shifted back to a LONG and did a TIMES -
Well, I did a NORMAL with a - a SHORT WAVELENGTH.
I finally got it to shift back to SHORT.

347 21 l0 35 CDR Let's see, did I say that right? I did the time
one - TIMES 1/4 with a SHORT WAVE T._GTH - No, it
was a LONG WAV_L_GTH. I beg your pardon. I did
it with a LONG WAVeLeNGTH, the correct way. And
after that was over, then I went back and tried to
shift to SHORT, and it worked.

347 21 l0 5h CDR So then I repeated the NORMAL with a SHORT WAVE-

LENGTH, and it worked out okay. So as best as I
can remember, I apparently hit the WAVELENGTH
switch on 82B to go to SHORT in order to get the
NORMAL exposure. Apparently it did not go to SHORT,
and I didn't verify that it had gone to SHORT and
didn't notice that the WAVELENGTH was LONG until
that was completed. At that time, I tried to shift
to SHORT. It did not work; so I stayed LONG, did
a TIMES 1/4, and then was able to go to SHORT and
did a NORMAL.

f
105h _

347 21 ii 28 CDR And that Just about covers it on this JOP 26, as
I got all of your data. But I apparently used
some extra film with that one NORMAL pass. And I
did not get a chance to get any observation time
because of the hangups in getting the mirror off-
set set up properly. And so we Just barely got
the JOP 26's done before we got to 40OK.

347 21 12 02 CDR And this is the CDR out.

347 21 23 40 PLT Okay, this is the PLT. The time is 21:24, and -
Let's see. I'm in STANDBY. I'll be going to
PLATE 22 - experiment when RECORDER is OFF. Stand
by. Okay, I'm ... to zero.

3h7 21 24 17 PLT Okay, the POWER is going OFF now. And TILT and
ROTATION were set to zero, and the mirror was re-
tracted. A little late getting on - what's on the
tape and late CLOSING the SAL DOOR.

347 21 24 34 PLT PLT out.

TIME
SKIP

347 22 16 26 CDR This is the CDR at 22:16 Zulu. The first subject
is housekeeping 2 Charlie which is rate gyro six-
pack temperatures. X-ray 6, 94 degrees; Zulu 6,
95 degrees; Yankee 6, 93 degrees; Yankee 5,
95 degrees; Zulu 5, 95 degrees; X-ray 5, 96 degrees.

347 22 16 56 CDR New subject. New subject for the CDR is M487-2,
crew briefing. Question number l: How compatible
are the various compartments for multi-uses beyond
their prime design function? Let's see; the sleep
compartments - Yes, that's given as a possibility,
used as a kicker. Sleep compartments, as far as
I can see, double for nothing else other than
sleeping. There's not enough room in there to do
much of anything else. And if you want to do your
off-duty reading in bed, it would be okay for that.
But essentia]ly, I think the - the sleep compart-
ments are pretty much of a single-use compartment.
There's not a whole lot more you can do in the
sleep compartment other than - than Just crawl in
your sack because there really isn't any more room.

347 22 18 03 CDR If you went in there to do - to - say, to read or

something like that, you'd have - you'd probably
 1055

want to anchor yourself on the floor somewhere,

and you'd have a blower blowing air right in your
face the whole time. So I think - I th_nk you'd
Just have to say that's a single function compart-
ment. I guess if you wanted a quiet place to go
read, the best place to do it would be in the com-
mand module. That's a good, quiet place to go;
nobody spends much time up there. You could turn
off the speaker. And if you wanted to be by your-
self and be quiet, that would probably be about
the best place.

CDR The - the MDA is fairly adaptable to other uses,

but it's kind of crowded there. There's a guy
there working all the time. If you wanted to go
in there and do something else besides what's
being done at the - at the ATM, I think you'd be
hard pressed because if you wanted to spend any
time at the other end you would find yourself sud-
denly out of foot restraints with the exception of
the EREP C&D panel foot restraints.

B_7 22 19 21 CDE Of course, then you get into the forward compart-
ment in the workshop, and this is a multi-use de-
sign compartment ; so I would say that's - not much
you can say about there. You use it for just about
everything where you need room. The wardroom could
be considered adaptable to paperwork, like check-
list changes or something like that, but I don't -
I think we have to bring up a few more things. We
did bring up some springs ; we brought up some mag-
nets. The central cover that covers the - the
water dispensers could be used. You could put that
cover down, and it would make a fairly nice place
to put out papers and - and work, since it's also
adaptable to a magnet.

347 22 20 27 CDR The - That's about the only other use I can think
of offhand for the wardroom, and even that's not
all that great. Bill, do you want to debrief the
ATM now? Well, I'm going to be a while_ I'm Just
getting started.

CDE If you want to debrief your ATM, I'll terminate

for now and pick up as soon as you're through.
Okay.

B47 22 20 _6 CDR This is CDR. I'm going into a stand by until the
ATM debriefing 's complete.
laS6

347 22 21 14 PLT The PLT, debriefing on ATM pass which started at

21:43. Nu z update was performed on schedule.
J0P 9, building block 2, step l, was performed
nominally, truncated at 56. And I may have put
in - let me - that's all right; it doesn't make
any difference. I may have put in an extra PATROL,
SHORT in there. May have put it in the building
block. But everything else is okay. J0P 26,
step 2, building block 10, at minus 2 was okay,
plus 2 was okay.

347 22 22 13 PLT And I started maneuvering again with the thing

still in LIMB POINTING and caught it _ went back
and looked at the coronagraph. And the corona
structure seems to be developing a little bit over
there on the east limb. As best I can describe it,
there are four distinct streamers. The one at
8 o'clock is fairly dominant on the east limb.
This is the one that looks like it Almost has a
three-dimensional aspect and is sort of extending -
coming from stuff that goes behind the limb, then
in front of it, on the disk. And it is the most
prominent, and it has a sort of a - what may be
an associated - or may not be - streamer, which
is slightly clockwise from it. Then the two others -
I think Ed has described as very fine streamers at
around the 9:30 to lO o'clock or lO:O0 to 10:30
positions - are two distinct ones. The one closest
to the 9 o'clock position seems to be thickening a
little bit, developing. The XUV activity associated
with the limb activity on the east limb is about the
same as it was previously. I saw no other items
significant - of significance, and that's about it.

347 22 23 45 PLT PLT out.

347 22 25 52 CDR This is the CDR again picking up at 22:26 again

with the Mh87-2B crew debriefing. Question number 2;
How adequate was the sleep restraint - has the sleep
restraint been for sleeping? Has it been useful for
anything other than sleeping? If so, what? Yes,
it's been quite adequate for sleeping and I've got-
ten some good rest. It's, as I mentioned in my
last debriefing, it - After having spent one night
in the command module with no sleep restraints, it
was an extremely welcome change. And I found it to
be quite comfortable and got quite used to it. I
can't imagine it being useful for much of anything
other than sleeping, and I haven't tried anything
else. Question 3: What noneating uses have been
 3-057

found for the wardroom table? Well, I mentioned

that up in 1. The fact that - -

347 22 26 52 CC ...

347 22 26 58 CDR - - as I mentioned before, it - it could be used

for paperwork and things like that, if you want to
put down the center cover and cover your tray and
put springs on and magnets and get on with - with
that. It's - Would a design modification of the
table and its associated restraints be desirable
for any or all uses? To that, the answer is yes.
First modification I would make would be to change
the water dispensers and design them so they'd de-
liver more than Just 6 ounces of water. I think
probably the largest water requirement we have is
8 ounces for some of the drinks, and I think that
that's probably what the water dispenser ought
to - ought to dispense, about 8 ounces. In fact,
it seemed to me it might be Just kind of handy
to have it dispense l0 ounces.

347 22 28 01 CDR The - The floor, the restraint floor. We still

haven't gotten around to raising - removing part
_" of the floor there. But on m7 very first debrief-
ing, which was, I believe, 487-1B, I pretty well
told you how I feel about the foot restraints
that are in there now. They should very - would
very definitely - if I had - You know, if I was
designing a new table, I would certainly modify
the foot restraint design greatly.

CDR I think that there are probably some pretty snappy

ways you could redesign the table for paperwork
for the - the things like checklist changes and
the like. We have never tried playing cards yet,
which might be interesting. We keep thinking
about - well, one of these days we ought to give
it a whirl. But our problem is, we don't seem to
be able to fink enough leisure time where we can
Just maybe want to sit down and play a little cards.
Okay. Question number _ : What sanitation problems
have developed, and how have you dealt with them?
No serious sanitation problems have developed at
all.

347 22 29 2_ CDR The only area that could be a problem, if - if you

don't keep up with your housekeeping and every-
thing, could be the - the trash locker in the waste
managementcompartmentin general.
1058 _

CDR But I think that our housekeeping tasks that we

have which have us water washing and biocide
washing the - the head and the wardroom area on -
on a frequent basis pretty well takes care of that
problem for us. Around the food area, sanitation
is not much of a problem, again, if you Just stay
with it. I think probably the - the biggest prob-
lemwe have is - has been a rash of - of faulty
valves particularly in the drinks.

347 22 30 20 CDR It seems to be pretty much concentrated in the

drinks that we brought up. It appears that - that
those drinks were not - not too well evacuated,
and it looks like some of the crystals or something
got into the valves. But anyway, we - Bill has
particularly hadtroublewith those - those valves.
There's been a lot of spillage. And that sPillage,
when it gets up into the grating area, is - is
_most impossible to get out because none of us
have small enough hands to get in between the - in
the grating and work very easily. I can get in
there but I can't do much, once I get m_ hand in
there. Waste management has been no great problem.

347 22 B1 lO CDR I'm beginning to get into question 5, so let's go

to that. What's the most disconcerting personal
hygiene problem you've encountered? Well, I had
a urine bag break on me. It wasn't so terribly
disconcerting as it was Just a great big pain in
the neck. I had to pull the drawer out and - and
go in with rags and things and - and clean out
the drawer. Luckily, we had the foresight to begin
saving soft cloths like towels and T-shirts that
weren't too dirty, and we put them in a rag bag
that we have got established outside the 131 area,
MiB1. And when this spill occurred, we had some
nice absorbent rags to soak it up with, and then
we Just threw them away. The fecal containment
system has been no problem at all for me. I think
I mentioned before that I was very pleasantly
surprised with how well it worked. And so I've
had no hygiene problem there at all.

B47 22 32 16 CDR It takes a long time to wash yourself. I've found

that it takes about 20 minutes for an entire body
wash, and you kind of hate to spend that kind of
 iQ59

time. But after a heavy workout, you Just need it ;

it ; so if you have an hour and a h_lf exercise,
PT period, you're going to spend 20 or so minutes
of that cleaning yourself up, getting yourself
squared away again.

347 22 32 h2 CDR Question number 6. How effective and efficient

are the cleanup procedures and the hardware? How
much of a time-line imposition are cleanup chores?
When programmed, they are no time-line imposition;
and I'm assnm_ng that's what you mean. I think
the procedures we've got for cleanup are - are
pretty good. I think we could use some better -
some sort of a better system than running around
dabbing with - with biocide wipes. I never have
understood why we have shied away from aerosol
things; maybe it's flammRbility. I'm not sure Just
exactly what it is, but it seems to me that there
are some aerosol products that are nonflammable
that would be excellent for cleaning the place
down, some disinfectants - Lysol, Mr. Clean, Pine-
sol. You know, some of those things where I think
you could probably clean a lot better if you could
_ squirtit with a spray of some kind; let it sit
and bubble for a minute, and then wipe it off. It
would be a whole lot better than going after it
with a biocide wipe and then following that up
l0 minutes later with a wet, sloppy cloth of some
kind.

347 22 34 00 CDR We've definitely found that following a biocide

wipe with a wet wipe is ridiculous. What you got
to follow it with is a wash - wet wash cloth or a
towel. It's not so much in the area of procedures,
but scraping the re - the freezer is - is no easy
chore because we don't have any of the right kind
of tools for scraping. What we're using is a - a
T-bar to which are - are fastened our extra snap
to the tool - tool box, and that's really not a
very efficient way. I think a regular old-
fashioned ice scraper or putty knife would have
been a whole lot better, and we could have - we
could scrape the ice from the freezer in a lot
less time than we are doing it in right now.

CDR Cleanup of the - of the food disposal area, the

place where the six can - over cans can be placed,
and we put our - our dirty cans and things in
there, That place does not lend itself too well
 1060

for cleaning, because there's too many nooks and

crannies around the cover. I think next time we
design something like that we ought to design the
tops sO that they're nice and flat and easy to
clean and there aren't too many hooks and nooks
and things like that to - to tear up your wipes
and everything and make it difficult for you to
clean.

B47 22 B5 BI CDR Let's go on now to question number 7. How ade-

quate is the ATM chair? We have not used the ATM
chair, and none of us is of a mind to try to use
it. I think, Just in deference to - to you folks,
we probably ought to get up there and stick it in
and - and run one ATM pass with it, but quite
frankly, I like the freedom that you get by stand-
ing up. I like the - the more reach that you get,
and I don't think I'm going to like the chair.
I'm sorry that I'm prejudiced already, but we'll -
we'll give it a try one of these days.

CDR Do you use the chair anywhere other than at the

ATM? No, we haven't used it for anything. And
what design improvements do you recommend? I
guess I recommend that we don't have a chair next
time. It's really - I don't think it's needed.
How comfortable are your garments in terms of fit,
warmth, don/doff ease? Were they sufficiently
resistant to tearing and abrasion, et cetera, et
cetera?

B47 22 B6 36 CDR Okay, I found that in terms of fit and warmth that
m_ garments are quite comfortable. I quite frankly,
as I mentioned earlier in an earlier debriefing, do
not wear the brown shirt because they get to smel-
ling so bad after you've got them damp. So quite -
quite frankly, I pretty much stick with the short
trousers and a T-shirt, and I'm quite comfortable
that way. And in the event that I have a - a tour
of duty at the ATM or in the co_nand module and
I'm going to be there for a while, I zip the legs
in, and I even bring a coat if I feel it's neces-
sary. But I find the ad - the garments are ade-
quate in terms of fit and warmth and don and doff
ease, and that they are flexible enough so that
they can be adapted to the environment that they're
going to be in. They are sufficiently resistant
to tearing and abrasion. I have not yet torn or
snagged one at all. Do they tend to snag as you
moved about the orbitalassembly?
._ IQ61

327 22 37 39 CDR One thing I mentioned last time a - about them

snagging, and that is the - the book pocket.
There's one on _y left hip. The book - The pock-
et's not long enough for the book, and the book's
inclined to snag on things. Other than that, it's
okay. I've already discussed m_ dislike for the
other small pockets that are on here - because
the - the ones that are designed for scissors don't
have a flap long enough to cover the scissors_ the
one designed for the flashlight, the same. And so
you end up having - you put things in those pock-
ets, and you put the scissors and the flashlight
in other pockets.

3_7 22 B8 16 CDR The fact is, I think the way it stands now, I have
my flashlight in my scissors pocket; I have pencils
in my flashlight pocket, and I have my scissors in
the upper right leg pocket. And every time I raise
my right foot to tie my shoelace, I Jab myself in
the groin with the scissors. The - the most im-
portant recommendation I would have for the IVA
garments is, for crying out loud, let's be more
careful about how we design all these little
special-purpose pockets and make sure they fit,
with a little bit of leeway, the things that you
intend to put in them. And I don't know what to
tell you about the shirts. They catch the - the
sweat, and they allow the water to - to evaporate;
and the rest stays, and they smell. They react
with the sweat and pick up a real smell. Okay,
so much for that one.

327 22 39 17 CDR Question number 9. What changes have you detected

in the environmental elements discussed as the
last question in the first debriefing? All right.
The last question is lighting, noise, temperature,
_,m_dity, airflow, and all that sort of thing.

CDR What changes have I detected? Well, temperature,

of course, I've noticed was hot when we got here.
It cooled off and was quite comfortable, and now
we're back up into a hot cycle again. It's start-
ing to get warm; OWS temperature is about 75 to
77 degrees now.

CDR And the system can't keep up with it and it's Just
getting warmer and warmer, but, thanks heavens, we
can doff clothing and stay reasonably comfortable.
The _Im_dity in this - As the temperature goes up,
1(]62

the h11m_dity seems to - to bother us more. My -

my hands are very dry and peeling, and so I'm
using a lot of the lotion to keep them from crack-
ing and getting painful.

347 22 40 17 CDR Noise: Nothing - No change from the noise patterns

that I mentioned before, being surprisingly quieter
than I expected. Lighting, I consider is adequate
in the - in the dome area and the experiment area.
Airflow: I think airflow is adequate. If there
was any - any more airflow it would be bothersome.
And again I don't - don't really note any changes
in these environmental elements. I have not used
any of the 40 - 487 instruments to document any
changes, mainly because I haven't really noticed
any changes other than temperature. And we have
a - we have a temperature gage right down on the
OWS instrument panel that tells us quite nicely
what it is.

347 22 41 06 CDR This is the CDR; termination of M487-2B.

TIME
SKIP -_

347 23 24 51 CDR This is the CDR at 23:25 Zulu with a message for
data priority, Phil Shaffer. Phil, we have been
doing a little thinking up here about the pos-
sibility of another lost CMG and recognize that
what we in data priority have given a lot of
thought and study to, is the wide deadband mode
of operation. I guess that would be after we
reach a point where we don't want to get into the
TACS any deeper. As I understand it, we would go
from - Where we are now, if we lose one CMG, we'd
go to TACS ONLY and then try to set up for wide
deadband and go with that, conserving TACS and RCS
the best way we can and getting as much out of the
mission as possible. One other thing comes to
mind; that's the possibility of setting up some
rates in the spacecraft and stabilizing ourselves
with rates. Now, of course, that means we'd have
to give up - Well, we're going to have to give up
ATM and EREP anyway in the wide deadband mode, as
far as I can see. But I think maybe on - for 1
or 2 days or so, that would be a very interesting
thing to try. I don't - don't know offhand - I
 IQ63

can't think of any reason why it would be considered

to be dangerous. I don't know how that would af-
fect the communication.

347 23 26 18 CDR But I think it would be an interesting thing for

people to start thinking about and doing a little
planning, to see what the feasibility would be of
spinning the workshop up to some reasonably low
rate. And - and use that to stabilize for a while
and Just see what happens. It doesn't sound to
me, right offhand, as being a particularly dangerous
thing to do. It's something that's never been
done before. I think we would probably, undoubtedly,
set up a - a gravity of our own, an artifical grav-
ity. I think that would be an interesting thing
to look at too. Why don't you take a look at that,
Phil, and maybe just teleprinter me up a little
note and tell me what you think of it, even as a -
as an idea, whether we - it's feasible to go ahead
and look at it or whether it's just completely
unfeasible altogether, and give me a couple of
ideas as to what the reasoning might be.

347 23 27 18 CDR This is CDR; termination of message to data prior-

ity, Phil Shaffer.

347 23 27 27 CDR The next message from the CDR; the time now is
23:28 Zulu. This message is to the $233 people,
the Kohoutek observation folks. Bill and I have
said on several occasions that we very much doubt
the validity or the usefulness of the third ex-
posure that we're taking because we're getting
s_Inrise or extreme brightening in the film - or
on the camera before the third exposure is up.
So far, we've heard nothing from you folks about
that. We would very strongly urge that you stop
wasting film on the third exposure of Kohoutek -
the third - you know, the last 60-second exposure.
We're convinced it's an absolute waste of time
because there you are sitting there with the shut-
ter wide open; then you're going to get 15 minutes -
or 15 seconds or so or even more of scattered
light. And this last exposure I took, I got about -
probably 2 seconds of nlmost direct sunlight right
into the camera because sunrise was there.

347 23 28 43 CDR I need to admit to you that I did not get the
Kohoutek exposure done at the - the time that was
scheduled,which was 21:16 Zulu, but I waited until
 1064

the next pass. And at about 22:55 Zulu I started

the first exposure precisely at the moment that
Kohoutek rose above the - the airglow, the second
horizon I should say, or the airglow, whichever
you want to call it. At precisely that instant,
I started the first exposure. The first exposure
was 15 seconds - correction, 15 minutes at a focus
of 15 feet. Let me start over again. It was
60 seconds at a focus of 15 feet. The next expo-
sure was after a delay of 20 seconds; I started
the second exposure of 120 seconds at infinity.
And after another 15-second delay, I got the third
exposure started at a focus of 15 feet for 60 sec-
onds. And as I said before, we must have got 15
to 20 seconds of scattered light into it, and the
last 1 or 2 seconds was direct sunlight.

347 23 30 03 CDR CDR out.

347 23 47 52 SPT SPT at 23:47. ATMpass began at 23:00. Sun-center

operations went fine. I took a look at the corona.
The streamer structure is still evolving on the
east limb. What used to be two sharply, narrowly
- narrow streamers - sharply defined and narrow
streamers at 08:00 and 10:00 yesterday are now into
four different streamers. The one at 10:00 split
yesterday. We should have mentioned that the two
-And that gap is widening at maybe around lO de-
grees now between the two. The one being - bright-
est is the one closest to the south. The - the
one at 8 o'clock is still very sharply defined,
but it appears that superimposed on that is a very
broad, 111m_uous one which does not reach out any-
where near as far, maybe only out to 3 solar radii.
The other one goes out to the edge of the picture,
about 4-1/2. However - it does look like a new
emergence of material into the corona, as this was
not anywhere near as visible yesterday.

347 23 51 04 SPT The preparation for building block 37 went pretty

well. We **_ seven for the bright - What I did
was put the slit tangent to the limb and I had a
bright point maybe - oh, close to 0.9 - a little
less than 0.9 out. The UP/DOWN was minus 0007;
LEWT/RIGHTwas minus 804. I maxim ed in oxygen
VI and found a very - I'm sorry, ox - DETECTOR 1
at GRATING of ZERO, which was a carbon III, 1336
line. We found a very sharply - bright point which
 io65

was about 200 or so maximum. Fall - Fell off to

100 in plus or minus 2 to 3 arc seconds, looking
inside of that location UP and DOWN, LEFt/RIGHT.
And then I went over to look at oxygen VI and
found it to be the more broadly peaked one. But
essentially the peak was at the same locationwhich
surprised me a little bit, but that's the way it
came out.

B_7 23 52 22 SPT Although the peak being so relatively broad - that

is , maybe 4 or 5 arc seconds - there could be -
the actual peak could be misplaced - displaced a
little bit, which I expect they are, especially
that close to the limb. So we had good pointing
for that and, I believe, good roll. In H-alpha,
there was nothing visible except a chromospheric
network structure. It was one of the brighter
points outside of the active regions, I tried to
stay away from anything which had any plage around
it at all. There was one other bright point which
was almost the same radius out, located further to
the south. This one was around, say, 070, and the
other one was about 095 or 100. And I suspected
that becauseof its - how broad it was, that it
was perhaps associated with activity, and I did
stay away from it.

347 23 53 35 SPT Also the oxygen VI line did come out to be ...
fairly close to what we would expect for a bright
point ; so I assumed we had a good one to study,
A] 1 the operations on building block 37 were car-
ried out. Our only problems encountered were -
there's a lot of movement of the grating, and as
often happens in that case, you end up with a -
an extra lap or two around the grating that you
don't need and it slows you down. But we got all
the operation - observations in that were called
for.

347 23 54 24 SPT And pointing for building block l0 was done by go-
ing Just UP exactly 85 arc seconds to 78 UP. So
, eventually, that same spot should show up .,. line
25 in region 32, the same bright point. And we
did not completely finish the MIRROR, AUTO RASTER
before we got down to 400 K. We got down to some -
line 40, _4, 45 - somewhere around in there before
we hit 400 K.
 1066

347 23 55 09 SPT And 82B got their exposure in well before 400, as
did 56. It looked like a useful thing to be doing.
And I guess what 55 was studying is, as you move
7-1/2 arc seconds away from the center of the
bright point, notice how the - the spectra change
with each step of 7-1/2 arc seconds. Oh, I guess
it's closer to 7 arc seconds.

347 23 56 14 SPT I guess something else we could do to explore that

further would be to look at a 3-by-3 grid that is
centered on 1032. For example, sometimes I had -
have observations coin - coinciding with 82B. You
go to get your 1032 in; then go to 931, 932, and
933, 1031, 1033, 1131, 1132, and 1133. Do a GRAT-
ING ... and scan in each one of those. I suspect
that except in exceptionally high lines like mag-
nesium X, that a step of 7 arc seconds is going to
pretty much put me out of the bright point location
or the influence of the bright point. At least
that's what I would get from looking at the point-
ing, at the changes that I see with the pointing.
I'd be interested to know how the spectra does
change and how far the influence of the bright
pointdoescarryout.

3h7 23 58 02 SPT SPT out.

###
 DAY (AM
,_ 1067

348 O0 19 00 CDR This is the CDR at 00:19 Zulu. The subject is

S183. Beginning S183 operations at this time.
The SAL is open, the mirror is extended, the RO-
TATION is 195.8, the TILT is 25.0. We're doing
PLATE 22, rather than PLATE 05 ; that's on the p&d
per ground instructions. The EXPOSURES are set up
at 0, 300, and 00. Available time is 00:22 and at
that time I'll be going to SEQUENCE, START.

348 00 20 00 CDR MARK. The time is 00:20.

348 00 21 00 CDR MARK. The time is 21.

CDR The nu Z on the ATMDC is minus 2.4, the pad is

2.5, so there's no ROTATION correction. The star
field is Kohoutek. I'm looking through the eye-
piece at this time, and I see the ground. 30 sec-
onds to go to available time. Stand by for 00:22.
Stand by -

348 00 22 00 CDR MARK. SEQUENCE, START at 00:22.

CDR Okay, this is a 300-second exposure; that's

5 minutes. Going to take this machine a minute
and l0 - 5 to 15 seconds to get going and sunrise
is at 27. It looks like you're only going to
get about 242 of that 300 seconds. Okay, the
Earth's horizon is now going through the field
of view.

CDR I see Kohoutek. It's still in the airglow.

348 00 23 06 CDR MARK. At 06.

CDR At 23:06, Kohoutek cleared the airglow and it's

in the night sky now. We're not too well
pointed, Houston. Kohoutek is down in the lower
right-hand side of the field of view.

348 00 23 54 CDR Okay, we still have Kohoutek in the field of view

and it's coming up on 00:24.

CDR 00:24 and 30 seconds. Kohoutek's still in view.

Well, looks pretty good. I think it's - it's
not well pointed, and I don't think we have all
the tail in the field of view. We have Just the -
the nucleus. We're coming up on 00:25. Stand by -
1068 _.

348 00 25 00 CDR MARK.

CDR It's 2 minutes now until termination of the ex-

posure in my field of view in the optics eyepiece
here. Kohoutek is down at 4 o'clock and it's out
at a radius of about 0.7 or point - yes, 0.6 to
0.7. The tail is radiating down toward about
5 o'clock. And I think if we were better pointed,
you would get all the tail in this picture. Right
now I think the tail is - is outside - at least
• outside of the field of view of this eyepiece.
Okay, we're - we've passed 26 minutes; we're now
50 seconds from term_ination of the exposure. Okay,
we still have Kohoutek; it's still with us.
30 seconds to go. Have a nice, long, straight
tail on Kohoutek; quite clear. Can be seen with
the uaaided eye now out STS window number 3. We're
5 seconds from termination, still looking good.
Stand by -

348 00 27 02 CDR M_. Terminating at 27. Okay. As I look, I'm

going to close the SAL window immediately. All
right, setting the ROTATION to zero. And as I
was looking at the star field, looking at Kohoutek,
I think I saw the upper three stars, the - of the
head of Scorpio up at about 10:30 to ll o'clock
at a radius of about 0.9. One question I would
like t6 have answered is I'd like to know what
star it is that - it's a fairly bright star.
I don't know what magnitude; it can be seen with
the naked eye and it's on the order of, I guess,
Menkent, Menkar, Acamar, some of those. And the
tail of Kohoutek is extending clear back to that
particular star. All right, I'm retracting the
mirror at this time.

348 00 28 57 CDR The mirror is retracted. Closing the SAL door.

The SAL door is closed. All right, now in accord-
ante with instructions from the ground, I am to -
after the taking of this exposure, I am to ad-
vance the SA to 09. I'm to remove the carrousel,
and then advance to 01. So the PLATE ADVANCE
switch is going to RESET now. The three EXPOSURE
switches are all reading zero. The little green
exposure light for the three - in the number 2
position for 300 is - has not gone out. Okay,
I'm going to run a little bit of DAC film in order
to preserve the picture. That's complete; we're
backintime. --_
 1069

3h8 00 30 30 CDR Can you see it out the wardroom window, Ed?

CDR Oh, that's right, that's right, l've got TILT

and ROTATION. We had a ROTATION of 195 degrees
which meant Ye're Iook_ng dovn 5 degrees . Or no,
we were looking to the right _ degrees; and a TILT
of 25, which is down 25.

CDR Okay, we're looking at PLATE number i. I'm going

to put the RESET switch back to OFF and then back
to RESET. We're going to RESET ADVANCE on up to
9 now, I hope.

3h8 00 32 h5 CDR Okay, we're now advanced to PLATE number 9. I'm

removing the carrousel at this time. I'm going
to turn off EXPERIMENT RECORDER nnmher l; I don't
think we _need to be rlmning that any more.

348 00 33 17 CDR But I'ii keep channel A voice recorder going so

that you car. hear every move I make.

SPT ...

CDR Say again? I alreadyturned it off. Ed, would

you close the wardroom window and turn off the -
the lights for me? I don't want to be surprised
if I open this thing up and find a film plate
hanging out.

SPT ...

Bh8 00 34 13 CDR Just the lights in the forward compartment here

would be fine, I th_n_. ThatVs great. Than_ you.
Let's not have any surprises, please.

CDR Okay, I'm unlocking the carrousel at this time and

retracting it. As I said before, weWre now look-
ing at PLATE number 9 in the counter. Okay, I'm
going to pressurize the SAL now for this film re-
moval.

348 00 36 40 CDR Okay, it's going to take a little time for this
SAL to pressurize, so I'm going to go off the
air. The procedures that are going to be followed
from here on after the SAL is pressurized - I'm
going to remove the carrousel while we're sitting
here looking at PLATE 09 and I'll pressur - I'll
io7o _

depressurize the carrousel and stow it. And with

the pl - _im..y plate on we will go ahead and
advance. We will advance the car - the logic
assembly onto position number l, at which time
then I'll carry out the rest of m_ SP procedures.

348 00 37 29 CDR This is CDR leaving the line at this time.

TIME SKIP

3h8 02 40 18 PLT This is the PLT reporting on handheld photographs

Charlie X-ray 17 magazine, exposures h6, 47, h8,
49. I had an excellent oblique view of tropical
storm, which was the subject of handheld photo-
graphs a couple of days ago. I took a picture of
the center of the circulation and along what ap-
peared to be the main feeder band, focusing then
on the areas of intense thunderstorm activity,
which were more or less unevenly distributed along
the feeder band, and which were co_nented on in
the previous - during the previous photograph.
I took a sequence of about 10. And again this
is an extremely long arm which reaches into the
center of the pinwheel. And some of these - these
thunderstorm photographs - a lot of overshooting
tops, et cetera. Okay, that is the report on
the Hasselbald. Now a general report on handheld 149,
I think it is. Stand by.

348 02 41 34 PLT Handheld 149. Perth, Australia, and that will be

frames 27 and 26, and Charlie X-ray 36 Nikon,
300-millimeter. The - the view of the city of
Perth was excellent overhead. I took two frames,
and that's about the size of it.

348 02 _l 54 PLT PLT out.

TIME SKIP

348 03 03 20 SPT SPT at 03:02. ATMpass which began at 02:06.

J0P 9, step i, building block 2 went off; no
problem, straightforward. And I got a little
observing time, so I was - went over to look at
the site with all the bright point which I said
was the brightest point before. And I discovered
that it really was a remnant of old active region 98. _-_
 1071

CC °..

CDR ... Now, Bruce.

348 03 05 08 SPT Okay the TV downlink which came up when we put that
in there before. There, we had 5 minutes, and it
doesn't take you very long to give you an XUV MONITOR
integrate. And I'm wondering, what do you want
for the remainder of that time? I'll be glad to
leave the - the tubes sitting on any given position.
Does looking at XUV MON without the integrations
help you? Or are you really only concerned about
the -

CC ...

3h8 03 05 59 SPT Okay, excuse me for the interruption. The

question is: For the remainder of the time when
I 'm doing integrations, what would you like to
see on the TV tube? Okay, over to the operations.
Afterwards, I went over to look at the active
region, for I originally thought that perhaps that
was the bright point because it was very locally
f_ defined,and it turned out to be Just a remnant
of active region 98. Went over and looked at the
second bright point, the one which I had looked
at earlier today. That was out 070 at 0.8 - 0.85,
and that one - I tried to look for it in a rela-
tively high light in the atmosphere with magnesium
X. And as I suspected - although I hoped it
might, but it, as I suspected, it did not show up.
So rather than pursue amy more, I went over to
the limb and started to look for activity on the
limb. Found a good prominence.

CC ...

348 03 07 _6 SPT Excuse me for another interruption, I'ii - I'ii

finish as soon as he gets through.

348 03 16 18 SPT Okay, your friendly SPT back again at 03:16, ATM.
Picking up on the observing part of the orbit.
We did the - again the quick look at 98. Went
over to look at the other bright point. Couldn't
find it in magnesium X. Went over to the prominence
and prominence was located -

CC ...
1072

348 03 18 17 SPT This prominence is located at around 5 o'clock,

and it was a relatively low-lying one, that is,
in alpha - H-alpha. I could not see it off the
disk at more than about 30 arc seconds. It was
fairly well defined, however. And I had essen-
tially good pointing at that. The first one I
used, I put the slit adjacent to the limb 9 arc
seconds offset and maximized Lymph continuum. I
was at 1032 on the MIRROR and then I gave 82B an
exposure SHORT, TIMES 1/4 - I'm sorry, TIMES 4.
I had to truncate the - the last exposure, how-
ever. 55 got a GRATING, AUTO SCAN and two MIRROR,
AUTO RASTEHs down to the line 30.

SPT And S056 received a SINGLE FILTER - SINGLE FRAME

and FILTER 4 for 8 minutes. The 82B exposures
are all taken with 9 arc seconds, LIMB OFFSET and
LIMB POINTING, and tangent to the limb on the
prominence.

348 03 20 15 SPT And in order to get some background spectra for

82]3, I rolled about Sun center and moved the
MIRROR down to line 35 and maximized in Lyman beta
this time. That is, all I did was maximized in,
roll about Sun center. Then gave 55 another
GRATING, AUTO SCAN and the better part of a MIRROR,
AUTO RASTER. 82B got another exposure SHORT,
TIMES 4. The last exposure being truncated; it
stopped at 400 K. And 56 received about a
6-minute exposure in SINGLE FRAME, FILTER 5. It
looked like a relatively good observation program.
And then I gave 82B some good film usage, some
spectra of a prominence and the background spectra.

348 03 21 l0 SPT 55 got, fairly, two good GRATING, AUT0 SCANs,

three MIRROR, AUTO RASTERs over the prominence,
although the first two MIRROR, AUTO RASTERs were
done at MECHANICAL REFERENCE 102, and the second
one was also done at MECHANICAL REFERENCE 102,
although I neglected to turn on DETECTORS 3, 4,
6, and 7. 56 got two good, LONG EXPOSURES and
their preferred filters. And it was kind of a fun
thing to do; I'm glad I had this much observing
time.

3_8 03 23 28 SPT I don't think that as long as we still have the

capabilities that we do in MONITOR i to find inter-
esting events on the limb, and the XUV MONITORs
to find bright points on the disk, that we'll be ___
._. 1073

lacking for anything to do in our observing time.

Even if the Sun stays as quiet as it is.

348 03 23 54 SPT SPT out.

CC ...

348 03 27 ll SPT SPT at 03:27, ATM. I neglected in the debriefing

on the observations carried out after the Sun
centered work to give you the shopping list numbers.
And in scanning through, I guess, the one that comes
the closest to it is building block 28 and shopping
list item ii. Although clearly there were
a few deviations.

348 03 28 00 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

348 12 19 28 SPT SPT at 12:19. PRD readings: 42374, 23202,

3...54.

348 12 19 29 SPT Out.

TIME SKIP

348 13 12 18 SPT SPT at 13:12. VTR information. VTR of white

light coronagraph and XUV monitor were given
from 13:08 to 13:12, mission day 3h8.

3h8 13 21 15 PLT PLT. The time is 13:21 Zulu; reporting on hand-

held 12h and i01-i, frames 50 through and includ-
ing 54, Hasselblad and one -that is, the i00.
The city - The area around Lake Titicaca and La
Paz was clear. I got two very good pictures of
La Paz and also some - We were almost nearly
vertical right over La Paz, Bolivia. And there
I took three or four pictures - to three more,
ranging from near-vertical to oblique, of the
other area or handheld 12h.

348 13 22 00 PLT PLT out.

TIME
SKIP
 i07_

348 14 15 27 SPT SPT at 14:15, debriefing the ATM pass which began
at - Well, it has 13:02 here. I began at around
12:45 or so. There's nothing in - written in here
except video tape recorder should take you 5 min-
utes, and the Nu Z update. Okay, went over and
first of all, looked at the limb to see if I
could - the east limb to see if I could see any of
the act - re_mants of the activity which occurred
last night. I could not, and in H-alpha I could
see some streamer structure change. I gave some
of these details during the science conference; I
won't bother going through them now.

348 14 16 15 SPT What I did - did do, though, was to use a shopping
list item l, a ROLL of a minus 6400. Then I went
over to the limb and did something like a shopping
list item 2, I guess - Well, not really. Shopping
list item 3 probably is more like it - combination
of both experiment modes. Then went, first of
all, to survey the limb, put the 55 MIRROR, LINE
SCAN parallel to the limb. Then did some MIRROR,
AUTO RASTERs. Essentially put H-ALPHA l, HORIZON-
TAL CROSS HAIR on - just a little bit below the
limb and tangent, to get MIRROR, AUTO RASTERs
pointing at three different positions, covering
the area from 240 degrees to 270 degrees, and in
each one getting 56 PATROL, SHORT.

348 14 17 33 SPT Then I ROLLED for the 82B slit, just tangent to
the limb and gave some exposures there. I was
2 arc seconds off it and a LIMB POINTING, exposure,
SHORT, NORMAL - sequence 3 in the NORMAL. And
this was when I rolled to the oxygen VI with -
maximized on DETECTOR 3; gave around 10,000, and
that was at a ROLL of 2029. Then I rolled further -
so the slit was further north, and the LIMB OFF-
SET was the same. The oxygen VI dropped down to
around 600 to 700 at a ROLL of 1728.

348 14 19 33 SPT So, in Sllmmary for 82B, there were two sets of
exposure NORMAL 2 arc seconds off the limb: one
at 2029, oxygen VI maximum; one at 1728, oxygen VI
pretty much at a background level. And I could
also see in H-alpha 1 that we had a - a prominence
on the slit at that given location for the oxygen
VI maximum and it was well off the slit for the -
for the second pointing. The prominence itself
had - At least, there was two parts of either the
same prominences or two different ones.
___ 1075

348 14 20 20 SPT The first one, which was a - about 236 degrees off
the - from solar north, with the largest segments;
and then further south, there was another smaller
segment. Could not see whether the two were inter-
connected. Okay, then just recapping what I'd
looked at.

348 14 20 54 SPT And also, to mention one other feature. First,

the corona. The bright narrow streamers at the
edge of - of streamer activity and those that ...
seemed to have faded away and nearly disappeared
from what they were yesterday - they've decreased
in intensity. Two in the XUV monitor; the limb
is appearing very bright, between 247 and 270 de-
grees, even though we do have limb brightening,
of course, using this effective double limb. It
still appears exceptionally bright.

348 14 21 26 SPT So I think there's something coming around the

corner, and all of the activity in the corona would
signify that also. Looks like the emerging
region is - might provide us with something. And
thirdly, a bright point. This one I did not men-
tionon the air-to-ground, yet, I will in the
science conference. The bright point is located
at around 241 degrees at 0.39 radii, l've got
coordinates of a ROLL of minus 1728, UP/DOWN of
plus 2, and a L_FT/RIGHT of minus 378. It appears
in H-alpha as a hingement in the chromospheric
network. A quick look says it's at the vertice
[sicS of a couple of cells. East - It's at a
location where yesterday was an east-west filament
channel. There was a prominent north-south, one
running up from the coronal hole at the south
pole, and then branching off of that, there was
one which ran east-west, turning east off of that
primary filament channel. The bright point is
located where the east-west one was located.

3h8 14 22 49 SPT So if I were drawing up the plans for today,

looking at the Sun as it is now, I would want to
include a J0P 17A, step l, building block ll, and
a step 4, building block 36-A, to take a look at
that bright spot. And I wouldn't do the J0P 26
location, I think, in order to study that limb
activity. Ought to do them at the left limb at
ROLLs of 0000, 06000 or 1200, and 1800.

348 14 23 32 SPT SPT out.

1076

348 14 30 04 CDR This is the CDR at lh:30 Zulu, reporting completion

of the first $233 exercise of the day. It started
at 14:21. I got the exposure started at precisely
14:21 with the c_net still down in the airglow.
You could see the star which we never have gotten
the name of; I asked for it yesterday. There's a
bright star and it was being somewhat occulted
by the tail yesterday.

348 lh 30 39 CDR The comet has now moved far enough along so that
the bright star is no longer in the tail of the
comet. That star had Just risen when I started
the first exposure. The second eXposure I started
at 40 - 14:22:39, which is about 2 seconds after
the comet itself had risen. The third exposure
was started at 14:22 - correction, 14:24:59, and
that _ne was completed before sunrise.

348 14 31 18 CDR The comet - i just got finished sort of debriefing

on the air-to-ground - the comet is becoming, as
far as we can see, longer and stronger. I could
see the comet last night and this morning with
the unaided eye. And that is sssentially it.
We have another cc_et, I believe, observation
later on - late this afternoon or evening. And
window 3 is beginning to work out very nicely now.

348 14 31 h8 CDR CDR out.

348 14 39 56 CDR %his is the CDR-at 14:40 Zulu. Initiated charge

on battery number 7 for M509.

348 14 h0 03 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

348 15 22 12 PLT The PLT, debriefing the ATM pass starting 14:30.
JOP 6, step l: 1 Alfa was not completed as per
pad. I did not finish the raster at 162; I over-
shot. Got it back and got about half of the MAR,
and then I didn't want to - Took a lot of time.
I didn't want to get behind, so I went ahead to
1 Bravo. That was okay. JOP 29's step 1 was done
twice starting about 28 as per pad except I was
not quite as swift in getting the 13 line RESET at
all - in all cases. I think I got a total of six -
_-_ 1077

five to six MARs in the most of the - maybe -

probably six building - six scans in most of the
building blocks. I finished - There was enough
time, so I went back Sun center. I picked up the
162 green MAR and at a ROLL of zero approximately.
Then I went to 5400 and set up the WHITE LIGHT
CORONAGRAPH on CONTINUOUS. Took i minute - a
little over i minute, so I got three exposures
there Just before sunset. And all of the timed
exposures, 56 and 82B, were correct. The two
time exposures in 82 Alfa were good. And the
only - the only shortcoming was in some discipline
on getting the RESET on line 13 and in getting
only half of a raster 162 at - up at the J0P 6
point. And I did go back and pick up a full ras-
ter at the completion of the three building
blocks.

348 15 24 21 PLT PLT out.

B48 15 25 18 PLT The PLT with a co_nent on solar activity. The a

active region in the center - near the center of
the Sun at 070, 0.2 looked a little brighter today
than it did yesterday;that's96. That was my
general impression. I can't - Of course, when
you're trying to INTEGRATE - use the INTEGRATE
switch on the XUV MON, it's sort of hard to tell
whether you're - lets you see things into it that
aren't really there. The activity on the east
limb, I couldn't tell much difference other than
the fact that it looks like it's still there and
changing form. In other words, it's developing,
or at least it's undergoing changes. Let's put
it that way. And that was about - the - The
corona structure on the east limb is quite dif-
ferent than it was yesterday, which indicates to
me that something - at least some action has
taken place, or it's Just a consequence of the
fact that we could see more of the stuff as the
thing rolled on - onto the disk.

3_8 15 26 17 PLT PLT out.

348 15 43 56 CDR This is CDR at 15:44 Zulu. The subject is

S019 operations. We're Just beginning to get
started here. The SAL is open; the mirror is
extended; the ROTATION is set at 034.5; a TILT
of 7.1; the first field is number 209. It'll
be widened, 90-second exposure. And I am at
1078

the moment looking at frame 15, and I 'm setting

the operate handle to the CARRIAGE RETRACTED posi-
tion. And we're coming up on 15:45. No reference
stars, so no problems there. On the nu z given
by the ATMDC is the same as that given on the pad;
so we have no nu z update to worry about or delt_
rotations.

SPT Hey, Jer.

348 15 45 22 CDR Okay, the FILM HATCH is open. Roger, Ed; thanks.

CDR Okay, we're standing by for the first exposure.

We're looking at frame number 15 at the moment.
It'll probably change to 16 when I do my thing
here. Going to the SLIDE RETRACTED position.
All right, winding up the timer for a 90-second,
widened. Stand by -

348 15 46 02 CDR MARK. No, hold the mark.

348 15 46 05 CDR MARK now. SHUTTER is OPEN. And I opened the

shutter at 46:04. The first mark I gave you is _
when I released the knob, and I wasn't An zero
yet. Repeating: This is ROTATION of 34.5, the
TILT is 07.1, field 209. I'm now looking at frame
number 16. As I remember, frame number 14 was the
last one we did last time; so it looks like we -
in the maneuvering here of the machinery in and
out - we've lost one frame. My memory may not be
correct, though. Passing 60 percent. The next
exposure is going to be field number 129.

CDR Okay, we're passing 90 percent. On my mark, we'll

be de - we'll be terminating this frame. Stand
by-

348 15 47 18 CDR MARK it. We're in the CARRIAGE RETRACT position.

Changing the ROTATION to 45.3; set and locked.
The TILT is going to 32.4; set and locked. The
exposure's a 270, widened. Stand by for my mark.
SLIDE is RETRACTED.

348 15 47 58 CDR MARK. SHUTTER is OPEN. All right, this is 270,

widened. The ROTATION is 45.3; the TILT is 32.4;
field 127.

CDR We're now looking at a frame count of 017.

 1079

348 15 49 16 CDR We have one very bright star in the field of view
at lO o'clock, right at the edge; a radius of 1.O.
In the upper right, extending from 2 o'clock down
to 3:30, is a string of stars. The 2 o'clock star
is in --at about 0.8 radius, and the last star
down at 3:30 is at - about right at the edge of
the field of view.

348 15 50 01 CDR Passing 60 percemt.

348 15 51 05 CDR Passing 90 percent. Okay, on my mark we'll be

terminating a 270-second, widened exposure on
field 127. Stand by -

348 15 51 30CDR MARK. Going to CARRIAGE RETRACTED. New ROTATION

is going to 188.5 - and locked. The new TILT is
21.3 - and locked. The exposure is a 90, widened.
Going to SLIDE RETRACTED. Stand by -

348 15 52 lJ CDR MARK. SHUTTER is OPEN. We're looking at frame

number 18. Reverifying: 188.5 on ROTATION, 21.3
on TILT. We're looking at field h08 on frame 18,
and it's a 90, widened.

CDR Okay. And thank heavens I'm about 30 seconds ahead

of schedule now. I have plenty of time to get
Kohoutek set up properly. Passing 60 percent.

CDR 90 percent. Stand by -

348 15 53 27 CDR MARK. Going to CARRIAGE RETRACTED, termination

of that one. Going to a new ROTATION of 201.6 -
and locked. Going to a TILT of 18.8 - and locked.
All right, reverifying: a ROTATION of 201.6; it's
a TILT of 18.8. My first exposure is going to be
of 180 seconds, unwidened.

CDR We're coming up on 15:55 now.

348 15 54 59 CDR MARK at 15:55. 49 seconds to go. Going to SLIDE

RETRACTED.

348 15 55 33 CDR Okay, standing by for Kohoutek-rise. Stand by -

348 15 55 49 CDR MARK. We're looking at frame number 19. We're

looking at Kohoutek. The TILT is 2 - correction -
ROTATION is 201.6; the TILT is 18.8. The first
one is 180 seconds, unwidened.
io8o

CDR Okay, it looks like we're pretty well pointed.

I have Kohoutek at 5:B0 o'clock at about 0.4 ra-
dius out from the center of the viewfinder, and
the - the tail is pointing downward at the 5:BO
direction. Looks like it's kind of radially
outward from the center of the - center of the
viewfinder. 1 minute's gone by - 60 seconds.

CDR So if there's a spike, you're going to have it

right in the middle of the viewfinder. Unfortu-
nately, you probably don't have all the tail.

B48 15 57 49 CDR 2 minutes have gone by.

CDR 15 seconds to go.

CDR This was frame number 19. Stand by -

348 15 58 51 CDR MARK. Terminated. Going to SLIDE RETRACTED.

Stand by; I'm going to OPEN -

348 15 59 01 CDR MARK. SHUTTER is OPEN. We're looking at frame

n_Jmber 20. This is a 30-second, unwidened, l0
seconds gone. _

CDR 20 seconds gone.

CDR Frame number 20. Stand by -

B48 15 59 31 CDR MARK. CARRIAGE is in the RETRACT position. And

that should terminate the Kohoutek observations.
The time is now - It's coming up on 16:00 Zulu
in about l0 seconds.

B48 15 59 58 CDR Okay, it's 16:00 Zulu. I'm going to set the
ROTATION to zero. Set the TILT at zero - Better
do that first. Stop the ROTATION at 60. All right,
the TILT is set at zero. The ROTATION is zero.
This rotation dial is ridiculous with all the
paint missing out of the - the unit's digit.
Little pieces of white paint floating around inside
there. I'm now retracting the mirror.

348 16 00 _B CDR Retracted and locked. The Sun is Just beginning

to rise through the wardroom window. Closing the
SAL air - SAL door. Okay. All right, I'm sup-
posed to do an ST-1 i_nediately; so I'm going to
leave the film hatch open while I pressurize the
canister.
 1081

CDR This is CDR terminating the recordings on S019

operations.

348 16 01 27 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

348 17 01 41 SPT SPT at 17:02. ATM ops; debriefing the pass which
occurred after the SO19 maneuver. Okay, there
was nothing strenuous in this pass; so I took a
little observing time. I went over and looked at
these bright points which I had seen previously.
Essentially less than 24 hours old, and it begins
at - the one at 241 degrees, about 0.39 solar
radii. Now let me drop back one. First thing I
did was give a shopping list item 1 at the begin-
ning of the orbit to get a look at the corona, and
it's pretty much as I have reported it previously
on air-to-ground. Then I went over and looked at
the emerging flux region, and I got a m_x on the
oxygen VI of around 2200 with a ROLL of minus 5393,
_ UP/DOWN of zero plus - 0311, and a LEB?f/RIGHT of
minus 0182. At that location I gave 55 almost two
MIRROR, AUTO RASTERs, 1-2/3.

348 17 03 30 SPT Then 15 lines of - 15 minutes of MIRROR, LINE SCAN

to see if they could pick up any prime rates of
change. I had the MIRROR, LINE SCAN covering not
only the brightest point but also pretty close to
running along one of the brighter linear elements
on the chromospheric network, which was brighten-
ing. 82B: At that point, I gave two sets of
WAVELk_GTH, SHORT; exposure, NORMAL sequences sep-
arated by around i0 minutes. 56 received a PATROL,
SHORT and a SINGLE FRAME, FILTER h for about 7
minutes. I then repointed in order to give 82B
some comparative spectra. UP/DOWN and ROLL re-
mained the same. LEFT/RIGHT, I moved to the left
about 40 arc seconds, that's to minus 222, and
expecting I would step the mirror then to the
right nine - or eight steps.

348 17 04 48 SPT And I did that, and it was not the value I had
seen previously in oxygen VI. I stepped it one
more and got up to 2200 again; so it really took
nine steps even though I only moved the equivalent
of eight,which is stillkind of a mystery to me,
1082

but that's the way it worked out. 55 then at that

GRATING position where it went back some, received
a GRATING, AUTO SCAN - about l-l/2 before we got
to 400 K. I had hoped that I'd been able to fit
into a - a partial MIRROR, AUTO RASTER to show
them where that GRATING, AUTO SCAN was done, but
we got to the 400 K before that.

348 17 05 26 SPT 82B received a SHORT WAVELENGTH exposure, NORMAL

sequence for comparative spectra. I might men-
tion before I changed the mirror that we were down
to a - an intensity of around 200 or so in oxygen
VI; so we truly were right off - far off the bright
point. And 82B looked fairly uniform. I did not
see any bright elements in there. It looked as
though we were Just crossing quiet-Sun network.
And at that location, 56 received a SINGLE FRAME,
FILTER 5 for 7 minutes. They were - both 4 and 5 -
7 minutes because that's the best I could work in,
as opposed to their minimal of 8.

348 17 06 15 SPT However, if we're looking for something relatively

bright here, like an emerging flux region, then
it probably doesn't hurt to go a little bit on
the short side. Let me bring up something here.
As I see something occur and I know what observa-
tions each instrument would like to have on it,
I go ahead and start those observations; and then
I look around for a shopping list item which will
fit it. Whether this is ethical or not, I'm not
sure. However, in my hurry to get the event
covered before we ran out of viewing time, I've
took - taken that tack.

3h8 17 06 59 SPT Now I can - I can look back through and come up
with a shopping list item which just about approx-
imates it. I'm not sure whether that's useful to
you. For example, I guess I could call it a shop-
ping list item 7 with a few modifications or a
building block 28 with a few modifications or a -
I guess shopping list item 5 comes the closest to
it. I was looking at chromospheric network, al-
though it was enhanced chromospheric network. So
I guess I'd like a word - without making a large
thing about it - I'd like a word from you folks
as to whether you'd like me to Just stick strictly
to the as-published shopping list items, or wheth-
er I can go ahead and put the instruments in the
modes which I know - which I best believe they
 1083

would like to be in for a given observation and

which I believe are supportative [sic] of one
another.

348 17 08 18 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

348 18 12 39 PLT This is the PLT - the time is 18:12 - reporting on

two handheld photographs for 30 Alfa, ocean cur-
rents - particularly the F_]kland Current. Loca-
tion of interest was Just where we crossed the
southern coast or the southern part of Chile and
Argentina, just about Santa Cruz, which is just to
the west-northwest of the Falkland Islands. And
as I was watching for the current, the gen - my
general impression was that it was a southward-
flowing current. And this is the reason that I
said that. The appearance is like this: There
are isolated pools of light color, Forel scale 7
to 8, and some of these are sort cf - just like
_ shed-offmeanders - that is, part of the current
that just sort of separates from the main channel.
And sc_e of these are just sort of nondescript, no
particular form, you kn_, Just loops and arcs and
PoOls and - Actually, I saw one to the northwest
of the Falkland Islands that was actually sort of
a donut shape, rough - It was roughly donut-shaped,
with a sort of strung-off blob off of one side.

348 18 l_ 05 PLT But about Puerto Deseado, or whatever it is - It

Just takes off in a straight llne up northeast.
And that was the reason that I was saying that it
was - the reason I thought that it was a southward-
flowing current, because here it came by its -My
impression was, it came zigging almost straight as
an arrow, roughly southwest direction, and then
about Puerto Deseado, it started sort of going to
pot, going all serpentine and creating oxbows and
these other isolated, separated pools of color that
I've been ta]_king about.

348 18 14 40 PLT And then about, oh, Strait of Magellan over to the
Falkland Islands, it just sort of loses all form
and shape. Now that was my impression. I see by
looking on the map that that thing actually flows
to the north throughthe Strait,which will not -
1084

I guess you wouldn't really call it Strait, the

space between the Falkland Islands and Santa Cruz
close to Argentina there, Tierra del Fuego. But
that is shallow, apparently, along in there, and
you do not get to see as definite a color on that
7-day Forel scale as you do up further to the north.
And then the thing is fairly narrow at the point,
Puerto Deseado, where it takes off - shooting off
in a straight line up toward Montevideo - the
point off of Montevideo. And it's highly linear
and narrow, about - oh, I'd say probably on the
order of 15 miles wide.

348 18 15 37 PLT And we have two photographs to document part of

that at least. I couldn't get that - I tried to
get that narrow straight-line portion in the photo-
graph, but it was much to oblique. And those were
frames - frames number 56 - 55 and 56 on the
Hasselblad, Charlie X-ray 17.

348 18 16 39 CDR This is the CDR at 18:17 Zulu with a handheld

camera report, Earth observations. The site I
picked was an ice island which was about 200 miles
southwest of the Falkland Islands, maybe west-
southwest - correction, southeast or east-southeast
of the Falkland Islands. The striking thing about
this ice island was the fact that it had stratus
clouds all over the water, and the stratus clouds
came right up to the island but would not cover
it. Apparently, it's sort of the inverse of the
effect you get Of cumulus clouds building up due
to convection over a - an island. The magazine
ID was Charlie X-ray 36. The times the pictures
were taken were 18:13and 18:15; frame numbers 25
and 2_. The first frame was taken at f/ll at
35-millimeter lens, 1/500. And the next one was
taken f/ll, 35-millimeter lens at 1/250.

348 18 17 _l CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

348 18 37 09 SPT Hello. This is the friendly SPT at 18:38; ATM

pass, which began at 17:39. The pointings at
LB-3 went with no problems. I stepped through it
pretty quickly; finished up at around 30 minutes
remaining, without having to do any repointing.
 i085

Only moved the 82B mirror. It moved along quite

quickly. 'I 4Li_ go to an exact ROLL of minus 1080,
did - and I did move the slit exactly tangent to
the limb; I find myself with a DOWN of minus 20.

3h8 18 38 13 SPT Those three performances of building block lO,

J0P 26, step 2 - no problem. After that, I went
on over and looked at the emerging flux region
again and did sc_ething similar to what I did in
the previous orbit. I tried to get 82B some good
data and at the same time get the other experiments
going and learn scmething about the emerging flux
region, if that's really what it is. It's appear-
ing more and more like - like - like it. I have
not seen any spots, as yet, I would not expect to
in the white light display. However, the chromo-
spheric network now has - I'd say five different
elements of the network are bright to very bright,
and three further south of the two bright ones are
just beginning to come up.

348 18 39 15 SPT Really it's kind of fun to watch s_nething like

that grow. It's - from orbit you can see the
changes in that brightening and network. First,
_-_ I was at a GRATINGPOSITION of 1941; so I looked
at magnesium X and maximized there and tried to
ROLL so that the slit was looking primarily at
Jim's (?)network. I ma_mized and got a GRATING
of about 300, which is not too strong for magne-
sium X with an active region, but I guess this is
Just an emerging one; so we'll - so I overlooked
that. It still had plenty of contrast in the back-
ground. And the coordinates where I found was
maximum was a ROLL of minus 6552, an UP/DOWN of
plus 345, and a LEFT/RIGHT of minus 69. " 82B got
a 2-1/2 second exposure in WAVET.F_NGTH, SHORT fol-
lowed by a NORMAL SEQUENCE. 55 got a GRATING AUTO
SCAN going from 1941 up to REFERENCE.

348 18 40 42 SPT And then received a MIRROR, AUTO RASTER in REFER-

ENCE with all detectors down to around line 40.
56 received a SINGLE FRAME, 4 for 8 minutes -
FILTER 4 for 8 minutes. I then shifted 30 arc
seconds to the left, which brought the - Well,
let me say, first of all, I - before I shifted,
I put the GRATING back at zero, and I looked for
the maximum in now - oxygen VI.
1086 _-_

348 18 hl 20 SPT The UP/DOWN had not changed - I'm sorry; the UP/
DOWN had changed, and it was now 337 rather than
3h5. The LEFT/RIGHT of 69 remained the same. I
think part of the problem is that in magnesium X
it's very tough to determine the peak. That's
because it is relatively broad. Shifted to the
left; then 30 arc seconds to a LEFT/RIGHT of
minus 99. Stepped 55 MIRROR, six steps to the
right, expecting to see my peak of a 1000 or so
in oxygen VI, which I had just seen previously,
and could only get around 500 - around 5 or 600,
stepping it LEFT/RIGHT over several steps around
the location where I'd expect the peak and could
not find it.

348 18 42 18 SPT I expect there is a - especially if they're sharply

peaked - that there's a problem here in the
Marshall arc seconds versus the 55 arc seconds,
which they have on their step. So I - Since I
could not really get on the peak, I did not try
the GRATING, AUTO SCAN. And time was running out;
so I gave 55 another MIRROR, AUTO RASTER, and it
got down to a line 40 again or so before we hit
400 K. And from there, I gave it a MIRROR, LINE -
SCAN for JOP 7. 82B received exactly the same as
it had before for comparative spectra - that is,
a WAVELENGTH, SHORT. 2-1/2-second exposure. And
a NORMAL SEQUENCE. 56, because time was short,
I did not get any - any - a LONG EXPOSURE at 6 -
get a LONG EXPOSURE in before 400 K or even 250 K.
So they received a PATROL, SHORT.

348 18 43 35 SPT SPT out.

348 19 O0 34 PLT PLT; the time is 19:00 Zulu. I've discon - dis-
continued charging BAT 7, and I've started charging
BAT 6 in the ASMU.

348 19 00 45 PLT And that's at 19:00 Zulu.

TIME SKIP

3h8 20 Oh 00 SPT SPT at 20:0h.

 1087

348 20 04 05 CC Skylab, Houston. One other -Additional information

is that we have developed what we call a quasi-
inertial patch to be loaded in the ATMDC, which
reduces the cost per rev around - or about 100
to 150 pound-seconds each rev. Also, we're work-
ing on something similar to that for the command
module, which would reduce the RCS cost down to
about a third of what it is now.

SPT Crip, what's our useful number of pound-seconds

remaining?

348 20 04 56 CC We have 26,000 pound-seconds total. We've saved

6000 pound-seconds for - as a rescue dead - a
red_line, and that leaves us 20,000 pound-seconds
available.

SPY Thank you.

J
CC Okay. And as I said, we're going to be uplinking
a message to you, hopefully, maybe by tomorrow.
It'll probably be about the same time we would
be loading this APCS quasi-inertial patch, and
that will go into a lot more detailas, you know,
fuel usage in both - with RCS or with a A***CSC.

SPT Okay, that sounds like a little over a week, Crip.

I hope we can come up with some other method.

348 20 06 27 SPT Okay, once again the SPT, at 20:07. ATM pass,
which began at 19:12. Building block 2 went off
fine. Building block l0 at the ROLL of minus 9900
want off fine ; no problem. At the conclusion of
that, I gave the TV downlink and then went over
to look at the emerging flux region again. And
it certainly is changing day by - or orbit by
orbit. The - in H-alpha I see more chromospheric
network, which is enhanced now, moving into the -
the brightest part into the southern end of it.
The northern part of the chromospheric network is
brightening, but the brightest still remaining at
the southern. I think it - I pointed at the
maximum intensity as seen in - In this case, it
was neon III- -

348 20 07 4I CC Skylab, Houston. We're i minute from LOS. We'll

see you again over Guam in 35 minutes. That's 20:42.
zo88 _,

SPT - - 991 wavelength, maximized at a position of

1640, D_ECTOR i.

3h8 20 07 56 PLT Okay, Crip, we'll see you there.

CC Roger.

3h8 20 08 50 8PT At that point which I _imized, we then did a

55 GRATING, AUTO SCAN from the GRATING of 1940 on
around to REFERENCE and then a MIRROR, AUTO RASTER.
So we got pretty much finished, I think, down to,
I believe, somewhere around line h0 or 50 before
we hit 400 K. 55 - Oh, well, that takes care of 55.
56 got a PATROL - 56 got a SINGLE FRAME, FILTER 2
for about 5 minutes, and 82B got a WAVELENGTH,
SHORT, an exposure of 2-1/2 seconds, and then
the SEQUENCE of NORMAL.

348 20 09 48 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

3_8 20 29 19 CDR This is the CDR at 20:30 Zulu. The subject is

M092; the subject, PLT. TheM092 exercise was
begun at 20:00 Zulu. The calves girth: Left
calf was 13-3/8; the right calf, 13-1/4. The
legbands attached: On the left is Charlie Juliett;
on the right is Alfa Quebec.

348 20 29 46 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

348 21 09 12 CDR This is the CDR at Rl:10. The }4092/93 sequence

is complete at this time.

348 21 35 33 SPT SPT at 21:36, debriefing the pass which began at

20:46. Okay, pointing at LB-5 and LB-6, straight-
forward; no problems. Only one problem encountered.
We've taken an extra lap around S055 grating and
not having the grating conducive to the pad; so
I - I think I got a little behind there. However,
we got the observations done well in time, ahead
of schedule. I also put a shopping list item 1 at
the beginning of the orbit. And at the end, Just
 1o89

as I was getting off the last _IRROR_ AUTO EASTER

for S055, I got a call about a surge over the limb
at 250. And even though the pad said continue
this to 400 K, which I'm not sure what that really
meant, whether it was to give me leeway - or past
400 K, it s_s. I'm not quite too sure of the
intent of that.

348 21 37 09 SPT And so I asked for clarification while we were

taTklng with ground. And whistled on - then
whistled on over to the surge and gave 82A some-
thing less than an 80-second exposure, which they
wanted, because we were coming up on 400 K. And
I terminated Just a couple of seconds after 400 K
time. I think we got more like a hO-second exposure
on that one. 55 was running in MIRROR, AUTO RASTER,
and I truncated that three times, although the
second two were below 400 K, in an effort to get
a look at the surge. And 56 received a PATROL,
SHORT.

348 21 38 i0 SPT Surge showed up quite well in H-alphawith a - a

spike extending almost an arc minute above the
surface. It was very identifiable as a surge. I
r- regret that I had not ... on that particular
location with H-alpha 1 at the time. And I cer-
tainlywould have been able to pick it up earlier.
But down there at LB-6, and it did not show up in
H-alpha 2; so there was really no way of getting
to it other than the call from the ground.

348 21 38 55 Sl_r SPT out.

348 21 41 16 PLT This is PLT. The time is 21:40. Reporting on two

! handheld photographs over Brazil. Actually, one
i of them was taken over a small inlet Taitao,
T-a-i-t-a-u [sic], in southern Chile. I know you
didn't want any more pictures down there, but this
looks like a - an unusually good shot from the
water side of some of those fiords; so that -
took it anyway. It's number 57 on Charlie X-ray 17.
_,mher 58 is a frame over Brazil, an ag - It has -
It's an agricultural area, and there are banded
patterns which appear to be of regional interest
in the - in that they appear to be revealing some
sort of geologic feature.

348 21 42 12 PLT And that was taken at 21:26, that's frame n_ber 58
and Charlie X-ray 17. Also, we took a good look
1090

at the Falkland Current off of Montevideo and this

time I saw a difinite fork out about - oh, I'd say
maybe 100, 150 miles to sea from Buo - Buenos Aires
and Montevideo. And again, the - the - the single
stem extending to the north-northeast - or the
northeast and the Y forming Just out, oh, as I say,
100 to 150 miles out to sea from Buenos Aires and
Montevideo - one fork running straight, almost
due south and the other one parallel with the
coast to the southwest.

348 21 42 59 PLT Again, I don't know if this is part of the Falk-

land Current or part of another cu_rrent. But
smyway, it - it appears the s_ne, and it be - it
was serpentine and meandering to north. And the -
the Y stem appeared to be more nearly disciplined
and straight and linear.

B48 21 4B 18 PLT PLT out.

TIME SKIP

348 22 B9 09 SPT SPT at 22:39. Debriefing some ATM work put in

before the maneuver to Z-LV.

SPT Upon coming into sunlight, we immediately returned

to looking at the position where the surge was
on the limb, and could no longer readily identify
it, although I believe I could see a remnant of
it. It's no longer the spike which struck - stuck
atout 1 arc minute above the limb. But now some-
thing - maybe a third of an arc minute. Relatively
wider at the base and not looking too much differ-
ent than some of the chromosphere around it, es-
pecially along that area of the limb which has
got so much activity associated with it.

348 22 40 16 SPT We gave 52 a quickie at Sun center, ROLL 5400 -

minus 5400, and 56 PATROL, SHORT; so we had a
shopping list item 1 there. Then went back out
to that position. Stayed at the roll of 5400 and
did five truncated MIRROR, AUTO RASTERs, shopping
list with the H-alpha 1 horizontal reticle Just
a little bit below the limb. And did five MIRROR,
AUTO RASTERs down to line 14 at a GRATING POSITION
of 102 MECHANICAL, DETECTORS, all. 56 received
 io91

a - a SINGLE FRAME, FILTER h, again for on/_

6 minutes because I had to get going on EREP. And
with that much activity over there on the limb, I
thought we'd still benefit by that 6-minute ex-
posure.

348 22 hl 38 SPT Just before we went into the powerdown for EREP,
I went back to Sun center and gave another
1-minute's worth of CONTINTOUS MODE, three exposures
to 52.

348 22 41 50 SFT SPT out.

348 22 42 05 SPT Oh, a - addition to that - the last comments on

ATM. In looking at the ..., I could not identify
any S-transient, although I perhaps have talked
myself into thinking that the material at the
base of the streamers over around 8 o'clock to
9 o'clock were a little bit more dense, but there
were no other suggestions of activity which made
me think of that.

348 22 h2 33 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

348 23 14 01 PLT PLT and time is 23:15, voice recording Delta 6.

Delta 6 is reading 56.

348 23 lh 15 PLT PLT out.

I TIME
SKIP

348 23 41 41 PLT Okay, PLT with the T minus i0 readings, monitor

readings. Alfa 2 is reading 92; Alfa 3 is
reading 86; Alfa h is reading 70; Alfa 5 is
reading 67; Alfa 6 is reading 0. Bravo 2 is
reading 61; Bravo 3 is reading 76; Bravo h is
reading 71; Bravo 5 is reading 75; Bravo 6 is
reading 50; Bravo 7 is reading 31; Bravo 8 is
reading 81. Charlie 2 is reading 5 - Charlie 2
is reading 45; Charlie 3 is reading 88; Charlie 4
is reading 98; Charlie 5 is reading 82; Charlie 6
is reading 47; Charlie 7 is reading 57. Delta 2
1092

is reading 86; Delta 3 is reading 85; Delta 4

is reading 72; Delta 5 is reading 14; Delta 6 is
reading 57; Delta 7 is reading lO, 10.

348 23 44 09 PLT Okay, the PL2 [sic]. Alfa 2 is still reading

about 92 percent. And I'm - it is a little bit
out of tolerance for the number 1 detector. It
was even for the high range.

348 23 45 Ii PLT And Charlie 4 is still reading about 98 percent.

348 23 47 22 PLT Okay, coming up on T minus 5. S192 MODE to

READY now. DOOR, OPEN, now in 30 Seconds.

348 23 48 27 PLT Okay, there's the READY light for 192. MODE going
to CHECK.

CDR Oh, good. It's light outside, but it ain't

through the VTS.

PLT S190, HEATER SWITCH OFF light, off. DELTA TEMP,

PRESS TO TEST, both check okay. 0VERTEMP okay.

348 23 h8 hh CDR Here I am worrying again. *** I see light coming

in around S190 and I don't see any on the VTS,
and it bugs me.

PLT Yes.

CDR (Laughter)

348 23 49 14 PLT Okay, coming up on T minus 3, preoperate

configuration. TAPE RECORDER, ON; READY, on.
92, ON; the READY, out; CHECK. DOOR, OPEN.
91, ON; READY, on; C00T.k_/_,ON; door is fixed open.
90, ON; READY, out; STANDBY; door has been checked
open. 93, RADIOMETER, STANDBY; READY, out;
SCATTEROMETER, OFF; READY, out; ALTIMETER, OFF;
READY, out. 9h, ON; READY, on. And I've got
an extra line in here which says 93 - okay,
that's Just a repeat.

348 23 50 00 CDR Oh! Got a sunrise.

PLT Should be sunrise Just over the Himalayas if it

was the same as - -

CDR Yes.
 1093

PLT - - it was last time.

CDR Yes, it is.

348 23 50 09 PLT It's really sort of orange fire looking - -

CDR Certainly is.

PLT - - down there on all that.

CDR I thought those were clouds, and it's snow.

348 23 50 38 PLT Okay, I guess Ed is down at the panel there,

ETCing it. Okay, 2 minutes to EREP start and a
little over 2 minutes for an AUTO CAL; I'll
give you a call.

CDR Okay.

CDR We whistled down over - well, be about over

Phnom Penh and right over - right near Saigon.

348 23 51 48 PLT 1 minute to start.

CDR Okay, we're just ccming across northern Thailand

now, according to my map.

PLT Okay, Jer. l'm going to need a EREP - -

CDR All right.

PLT - - AUTO CAL in about - VTS, AUTO CAL in about

30 seconds. I'ii give you a call.

3h8 23 52 35 CDR All right. Very cloudy.

PLT l0 seconds to EREP, START. Stand by. On my mark

23:52:50.

348 23 52 50 PLT MARK. EREP, START. l0 seconds to VTS, AUTO CAL.

I'll give you a mark.

CDR Okay.

PLT Stand by. 2, i -

348 23 52 59 PLT MARK. VTS, AUTO CAL.

CDR On time.
1094 ___

PLT *** Ok%V, stand by for 53:12 for 194 MODE, MANUAL.
Stand by -

348 23 53 12 PLT MARK. And 194 MODE to MANUAL.

PLT 4 minutes for ETC, AUTO, Ed.

SPT Okay.

348 23 54 26 CDR Okay, the clouds are beginning to build up now.

PLT Okay, standing by for 55:40. We have a READY on

191.

CDR Looks like we're out over the water now between
Vietnam and Borneo - Viet - Vietnam and Ma -
Malaysia.

348 23 55 39 PLT There we go. Right on time. REFERENCE going to

6 on 191. Standing by for 56 even.

348 22 55 52 PLT On my mark it'll be 56 even.

348 23 55 59 PLT MARK. Okay, ALTIMETER to STANDBY; RADIOMETER is

ON.

348 23 56 30 CDR Okay, starting to look for some under - overshooting

tops.

PLT Okay, Ed, in Just about 1 minute on my mark, mark

the - for ETC, AUTO. I'll give you a call.

348 23 56 54 CDR Okay, 56:51 the CAMERA is ON. And I'm not seeing
very good thunderstorm clouds as yet.

CDR Oh, there's a good one.

PLT *** my mark it'll be 57:33.

PLT And on 7 seconds later I'll give you a - ETC, AUTO.

348 23 57 32 PLT MARK. Okay, 190, MODE, AUTO. And stand by for a
mark, Ed. 2, 1-

348 23 57 39 PLT MARK. ETC to AUTO.

348 23 57 42 CDR Okay, DATA pushbutton's ON.

 1095
,,_

34_ 23 57 _Q CDR Okay, thereWs 5-seconds worth. I'll see if I can

find an anvil top.

CDR Thunderstorm has played out on us.

PLT Standing by for 58:24.

CDR Okay, the best I can give you is sc_e cirrus.

348 23 58 24 PLT MARK. MODE to RE_dDY. Okay, now I've got a green
TAPE MOTION light after ETC change -

348 23 58 30 PLT MARK. SHUTTER SPEED to FAST.

CDR Okay, I may look further ahead again here.

3h8 23 58 57 CDR I'm afraid it's the wrong time of day for thunder-
storms around here. Rather clear.

PLT Yes, it's just after sunrise, isn't it?

CDR Yes. I found one, and that's about it.

348 23 59 26 PLT Okay, Ed, stand by for about - I guess it's about
_ 40 seconds.At - on thehour plusi0 seconds, ETC
will be going to STANDBY ; I'll give a call.

CDR Okay, it looks like we've overflown Borneo; now

maybe I'll find something on this side.

PLT Okay, on my mark it'll be 24:00 hours even. Stand

by.

3h8 23 59 59 CDR Nothing at all.

###
 DAY 349 (AM) 1097

349 OO O000 PLT MARK. Stand by for ETC to STANDBY, Ed. 3, 2, 1 -

349 00 00 09 PLT MARK. ETC, STANDBY. And my 190 READY light did
go out. 190MODE to STANDBY; SHUTTER SImm_D to
MEDUIM; and 08; and IBT_VAL to lO.

CDR There's one isolated cell I might be able to get

for you. Two isolated cells side by side.

PLT Okay, I made a - Okay, 190 MODE to STANDBY, MEDIUM

I_'I'EHVALis - FRAME 08, I_'r_VAL 20.

349 00 00 47 PLT RADIOMETER to STANDBY.

PLT 93ALTIMETER is ON.

CDR One of the cells even has an overshooting top.

PLT 90 MODE to AUTO. Slow on the 193 ALTIMETER, ON;

and ... - on the MODE to AUTO. 2 seconds slow
on the MODE to AUTO on the 190.

349 00 01 12 CDR Oh here's a - Just a couple of real classic cells

just all out by themselvesfor the world to see.
I thought I'd missed my chance to get a good
thunderstorm.

349 00 01 27 CC Skylab, this is Houston with you through Carnarvon

and Honeysuckle Creek for 13-1/2 minutes. Out.

CDR Roger, Bruce.

349 00 01 50 CDR Okay, we've got a good thunderstorm here with a

nice little overshooting top in it. Taking data.
Right now, going for the anvil. Taking data.
A dual cell. All right, going for clear water -
and data.

349 00 02 19 CDR Termination.

PLT Is it very clear down there?

CDR It is now. Got to go for Alice Springs now. 44.9.

CDR And set that camera to 1 - 1/25.

CDR Set. LEFT 6 for Alice. Starting over the

north Australian coast, I believe; got clouds.
1098

349 00 03 13 PLT Standing by for 03:20. Man, that's unusual right

there in that area too.

CDR Well, maybe l'm a little bit too quick to call

that Australia.

PLT Stand by -

349 00 03 20 PLT MARK. Stand by -

349 00 03 21 PLT FAST; 08; and INTERVAL to i0.

349 00 03 55 PLT ALTIMETER UNLOCK light, turn it off for 15 seconds.

CDR Okay, we're interested in rangeland and rock

out croppings.

PLT Ought to be a lot of them.

349 O0 Oh 12 CDR Unfortunately all there is now is a lot of clouds.

PLT Okay, 193 is back ON and I do have a READY light.

Standing by for 04:30. Then *** going to turn
it back to STANDBY. And got the ALTIMETER UNLOCK
blinking now. On my mark, Oh :30 -

349 O0 04 30 PLT MARK. And the ALTIMETER to STANDBY.

349 00 04 45 PLT Be soaking up the 192 data here. *** not either.
We' re in CHECK.

349 00 04 55 CDR Okay, the clouds are beginning to breaking up -

break up.

CDR Scattered cirrus, scattered to broken cirrus now

it looks like.

CDR All right, from northern Australia down to about

central Australia, Just north of Alice Springs,
it was broken to overcast ; it's now broken to
scattered cirrus and breaking up now where it
looks like we 're headed for - that 's broken,
below deck, broken stratocu. Okay, CAMERAS's
going ON at 45-degree time. Alice Springs, where
are you?

PLT Stand by for 06:13.

 1099
f--_

3h9 00 06 13 : PLT MARK. 190 MODE to AUTO.

CDR Okay.

349 00 06 17 PLT 06:20, stand by -

349 00 06 20 PLT MARK. 192 MODE to READY. ETC to AUTO, Ed.

CDR Looking for some rangeland; I'm not finding any.

All right, this looks like it's probably rangeland.
*** buy that either. No, it's all wind streaked.
I don't see how you could grow anything there.

349 00 06 55 CDR Back out and take another look.

PLT Now, we're taking 192 data, over this area.

Standingby for 07:20, and at 07:20, Ed, ETC to
STANDBY. And 07:20 on my mark -

349 00 07 20 PLT MARK. CHECK; ETC tO STANDBY.

CDR All right, there's some good outcroppings, right

there.

SPT Roger; got it.

CDR Data.

349 00 07 31 PLT And I've got a READY light out at 31. MODE is
going to STANDBY_ SHUTTER SPEED, MEDIUM; FRAMES
l0 - -

CDR Okay, little or no outcroppings there.

PLT - - INTERVAL 20. Waiting for 09:53.

349 O0 07 56 CDR 10.7 RIGHT. Okay, the clouds over the Alice Springs
area were clear to - oh, scattered to broken, I
would Say; most of it was low cumulus. At this
momentI'm looking 45 degrees ahead and we're
coming into overcast conditions now. And I must
be looking very close to the Woomera Test Site
area. And we have scattered - or broken to
overcast clouds; very little ground visible.

CDR Looking for vegetation. No, that's rock.

 ii00

PLT Looking up ahead there, do you see clouds starting

to thin out?

349 00 09 01 CDR Negative. Solid overcast.

PLT Yes, 09:53 we go 190 MODE, AUTO again.

CDR Now there is little or no ground available to

be seen.

PLT Okay.

CDR All right, I'm now 15 degrees to the left of track

and I've got a littl@ patch of ground, However, it
is not vegetated; it is dry and sandy looking.

PLT Standing by for 09:53.

349 00 09 41 CC Skylab, this is Houston, With the overcast, you

can scrub the S190 ETC and the DAC operations
on 191 for the balance of the pass. Over.

PLT Thank you, Bruce, That's a very good call.

CDR Okay, Bruce. I'm going to take - I'm going to

look for Canberra. If I don't have any luck
there, we'll give her up.

CC Roger. That's the alternate site; sounds like

a good plan.

CDR Okay, the clouds break - they're broken up until

about 15 or 20 miles from the coast and then
over the coastline they're scattered cu.

349 00 i0 32 CC Okay. Which side of that break is Canberra on?

Can you see it?

CDR I haven't located Canberra yet, but I've got

a good vegetation area, which is what I'm
supposed to be going for. Might be the eucalyptus
groves they're interested in, HH146, I think it
is.

CC Okay.

349 O0 ii 09 PLT I didn't undergtand you, Ed, but at 11:45, and

that's coming up in about 30 seconds, the ETC
is no - we've - we've scrubbed that, though.
We scrubbed it. _-_
 ii01

CDR Hey, Canberra, where are you?

CDE Some more dark vegetation, very dark vegetation - -

PLT And I'm going to go ahead with ... - -

f

CDR - - which I'm going to go for.

PLT - " and ll:h5 callout to NO GO; no - no ETC.

Negative on the ETC, Ed. I'm sure you heard
that call.

CDR All right. Got data on light vegetation area

and data on dark vegetation area.

PLT Standing by for 12 minutes.

3h9 O0 12 00 PLT MARK. 191 REFERENCE to 2.

CDR Got a farmland area now.

349 00 12 Oh PLT And 19h MODE to MANUAL.

CDR Data on farmland.

PLT What are you doing; just going in the breaks in

the clouds there?

CDR Yes. Okay, we've about run out of opportunities.

PLT Okay, the SOLAR INERTIAL m_neuver is supposed to

start here at - in about 30 seconds.

CC Okay. And, Bill, we do want to get the SHUTTER

SPEED on S190 to the SLOW position before you do
the Earth limb stuff.

349 00 12 39 PLT Okay, it's going to SLOW now.

CC And 191 AUTO CAL, of course.

PLT Yes, and stand by at - in about 5 seconds -

l0 seconds.

CDR Okay, I'm ready.

PLT Stand by on my mark -

349 00 13 00 PLT MARK. VTS, AUTO CAL.

ll02

CDR Okay, you got it.

PLT Thank you.

PLT STANDBY and SLOW. Okay, we're configured for

190 all right.

349 00 14 05 PLT And the S190 INTERVAL is i0. So I think l'm up

to date on my 190 configuration. SLOW; i, O,
and i0.

CC And you verify S190 is in MODE, STANDBY, Bill?

PLT That is affirmative.

CC Okay, 46 seconds until LOS. Next station contact

in 37 minutes through Bermuda at 00:52. Out.

PLT Thanks for the help, Bruce.

CC Roger. Sounds like a good Job there.

PLT Okay. Coming up 15:40, I should get the READY

on the VTS, 191.

349 O0 15 19 CDR Must be headed over New Zealand.

CC Yes, sir; passing over the southern island.

CDR Hey, how about that. I got a good - a good picture

of it. I'm going to take a couple of pictures.

PLT Okay, standing by for 15:40.

CDR Okay, I'm taking pictures of the - -

3h9 00 15 39 PLT Okay. READY light on.

CDR - - the Alpine Faults area on South Island. I'm

going to sweep up the Alpine Faults Just as far
as I can go. Turned out to be about - oh, halfway
up the island. All right, I am now looking at
an area where I have a very straight river, which
I suspect is a crossfault. And very straight
looking lake. Okay, the CAMERA's OFF. I won't
use any more of your film.

PLT And, let's see, Jer, I do have to change apertures.

 1103

349 00 16 15 CDR Okay.

CDR Okay.

PLT Okay. Let's see, I'm going to open this top

thing first, pull that FMC circuit breaker.

CDR Okay.

PLT That 's good,

CDR I'll get that out of your way. Got your - your
pins out?

PLT Not yet.

CDR I'll take this near one here. Okay.

PLT Here we go.

PLT Okay. Set 190 aperture, six of them, to 2.8.

CDR All of them to 2.8?

PLT 2.8.

349 00 17 04 CDR All right, I'll take care of these lower ones.

CDR They're very hard to find little aperture -

PLT ... it is.

349 O0 17 15 CDR But once you're in it, you're there; you're solid.
Okay, these three down are all 2.8.

PLT Okay, thanW you. Earth limb, setup follows:

Open S190 FMC 's circuit breakers ; set 190 apertures,
six of them, 2.8. We did it. Okay, six pack.
Okay. There we go and locked.

CDR There they are.

PLT Thank you.

PLT Okay, we're waiting for 32 - excuse me, 23.

CDR I'm waiting for 23:11.

i-- 349 00 17 45 PLT 23.

I104

CDR Got myself an Earth horizon out here.

CDR Ed, would you tilt the horizon a little bit?

The - the world is not straight in my VTS.

349 00 18 14 PLT And EREP was turned to STOP.

CDR Okay, the DAC shutter speed is 1/60.

CDR You don't need any DAC for this, right? I don't
see any on my pad. I'll Just - oh, yes, here's
DAC, ON at 23:11.

PLT Yes, I think the DAC's on for all those sequneces.

CDR Yes.

349 00 18 57 CDR Now do they want us to scan crosstrack to make

this horizon symmetrical about ... axis?

349 00 18 58 PLT I used - I used their settings there, and I just

got the - the gross picture, you know, sort of
integrated to - -

CDR Yes.

PLT - - what would be halfway up or three-qlmrters of

the way up.

CDR Well, there's no settings there.

PLT Oh, they're not.

CDR It Just says, "Set the VTS such that the Earth
appears like figure A."

PLT Now see, they gave me a zero, whatever it was,

Lk"_T - let's see.

CDR Well, I had to go LEFT 23 to get the Earth

s_-,,,,etricalwith the horizontal axis. And I'll
do it, if that's what they want.

349 O0 19 34 PLT It should work all right because what they're

doing is - you know, Just letting that thing
sweep up through the atmosphere.

CDR Uh-huh.
 ii0 5

CDR I take it what this laser dots are, is the airglow,

not the atmosphere.

PLT Look at that one on the right, though. It's got

half of them in like that.

CDR Yes. Doesn't make much sense, does it?

PLT Maybe you're supposed to be looking at - no, that

wouldn't be the terminator.

PLT Not going that way. That's what I'm doing over
here. 23minutes will be EREP, START.

349 O0 21 40 CDR Okay, for the record. Because the horizon is

skewed, I have trained off to the left 22 degrees,
22 degrees. And I still have a skewed horizon,
but it's not as bad as the other. So I'm going
to go back to zero again and see if it's any worse.
Yes, and it's - skewed considerably worse over
there. So I'm going to set it at 22 degrees LEFT,
which is not agains_ the stop.

PLT Give you about 30 seconds.

CDR Okay, you going to give me a mark at 23:117

PLT I'll give you a mark at 23:11. Now is that -

My first mark will be for me, Jer - -

CDR All right.

PLT - - and I'll give - I'll say a mark for 23:11

later.

CDR I can give my own really, I guess.

CDR I can say my own, Bill. No sense in garbaging

up your time line with mine.

PLT Okay. Stand by for my mark on 23 even. EREP,

START. And -

3_9 00 22 59 PLT MARK. And I got a re - Okay, got a green TAPE

MOTION light. Doesn't show.

CDR Coming up on 23:11. At 23:09, I'm going to start

the DAC. It's started.
ll06

3h9 O0 23 ii CDR 23:11, data hold, 40 degrees.

PLT Okay. Getting 191 data; 194 it looks like. About

it.

CDR Coming up on 23:45.

349 00 23 45 CDR MARK. Pushbutton release. Repointing.

CDR 23:55. The PITCH is 38 degrees. We're still

looking at LEFT, 22.

CDR Coming up on 24:29.

359 00 24 28 CDR MARK. Pushbutton release. Repointing.

349 O0 24 39 CDR MARK. 24:38, pushbutton's in. Looking at

35 degrees, ANGLE of PITCH.

349 O0 25 ll CDR MARK. 25:12. Repolnting.

349 O0 25 20 CDR MARK. 25:21, we're looking at 30 new -

32 degrees of PITCH.

349 O0 25 56 CDR MARK. 25:57, repointing. The ANGLE's 29.

Still 22, LEgT.

349 00 26 08 CDR MARK. 26:09, I was a little late with that one.

CDR 29 degrees on the PITCH, and 22 degrees LEFT.

3h9 00 26 41 CDR MARK. 26:42, the DAC's OFF.

349 00 28 17 CDR I've got one more shot at 32:09, here. Oh,
another shot after that, at 32:59. Oh, boy!
Okay, ground, I messed up. I've given you all
that first data with a - with a MAGNIFICATION in
MINIMUM. Doggone it.

PLT It shouldn't make it much a -

CDR It shouldn't, but as long as they know they can

figure what the - you know, what the difference
is from MAX to MINIMUM.

PLT Diffenence is angle is - Angle will be a little

different.
 IIQ7

CDR All right. We're at MAXIMUM MAGNIFICATION now.

Doggone it.

PLT Jer, I should have got the hint there when you
said that thing was slanted so much. Because mine
- you know, it's - when you - when you go in MAX,
it doesn't - it reduces that effect a little bit.

CDR Well, I'll leave it at a pointing LEFT of 22,

so that we don't change that bit of data anyway.

349 O0 29 39 PLT I'm still standing by for 32:04.

PLT Hey, you know what we ought to do is Just to get

this - all this stuff out of the way we can - No,
I guess we won't be coming over that same part of
Europe though.

CDR No, that' s right.

PLT Those - those orbits, though, right along there

are fairly adjacent.

PLT I'll take a look at it in a minute. Better watch

whatI'mdoinghere.

CDR About 2 minutes to go. I p,1]Ied that - that

back to look at New Zealand.

PLT Yes.

CDR And then I didn't zoom it back in again.

349 00 30 54 CDR Like we're coming up on South America now.

CDR Okay. Got about 1 minute to go.

PLT 32:04 coming up for me.

PLT Stand by on my ms,k, 32:04 -

349 O0 32 03 PLT MARK. 192 MODE to READY. 32 - I will go SINGLE.

Stand by -

CDR 32 :09.

349 00 32 09 PLT MARK. 190 MODE, SINGLE.

 1108

CDR The ANGLE is 5 degrees.

PLT 32:43.

PLT 32:43, 192 will be going ***

PLT Stand by on my m_k, 32:43 -

349 00 32 42 PLT MAHK. MODE to READY.

CDR Pushbutton's off.

PLT ... CHECK.

CDR Repointing.

PLT Stand by, in 49 -

349 00 32 49 PLT MARK. MODE, SINGLE.

CDR 32:59 is my next one.

349 00 32 59 CDR MARK. 32:59 is 1 degree - plus 1 degree, PITCH.

349 00 33 02 PLT MARK. MODE, SINGLE. 3_:02 it was.

CDR That's 33:02.

PLT It sure was. I got you an extra frame there.

34 - 33:02, I hit the 190 MODE to SINGLE.

CDH Okay, we're still looking at 1 degree PITCH, at

22 degrees LEFT; waiting for 34:02.

PLT Stand by for my mark, 34:02 -

349 00 34 02 PLT MARK. SINGLE.

CDR Pushbutton, off; DAC's coming OFF.

PLT Standing by for 36:05 now.

CDR Again setting the VTS at 3 degrees UP.

CDR And it says "Zero, LEFT/RIGHT" so we'll do that.

PLT I just still can't get over that view of Western

Europe.
 llO9

CDR That was beautiful. Boy.

PLT Such a sparkling irridescence, you know, I mean,

it just - everything just seemed like it was laid
out there in a cut and fine crystal.

CDR Yes.

CDR I was amazed at the diffused light over - over

England, though, and the fact that their country
is so well lit up - -

PLT Yes.

CDR - - compared to France. You could almost make out

the whole shape of the British Isles.

3h9 O0 35 26 PLT Yes, that's a pretty heavily populated area. Of

course, I know France is, too, but -

CDR Okay. 36:05 and this data is DAC only. The VTS
is pointing 3 UP, and zero RIGHT/LEFT.

PLT Standing by for 36:05 for another MODE, SINGLE.

PLT Standby on my mark -

349 00 36 04 PLT MARK. MODE to SINGLE.

CDR DAC, OFF.

3h9 00 36 lh CDR DAC, OFF at 15.

PLT Let's see. They don't have - we'll do that in the

post; the cal.

CDR Well, I had a picture of the Alice, Tex - the

Alice Springs area right in front of me and I
could see some of these - these mountain lines,
these ridge structures.

PLT Yes,

CDR But I Just couldn't find any - any rangeland.

I wasted too much time looking for rangeland
and didn'h really get the rock outcroppings.
lll0

349 00 38 12 PLT Standing by for 39:17, about i minute. No ***

other frame and then we'll go STOP.

CDR Okay, I got a thing to do at 39:07.

PLT 39:00.

349 O0 39 07 CDR DAC's ON at 39:07.

PLT Standing by on my mark for 39:17 -

349 00 39 16 PLT MARK.

3h9 00 39 17 CDR DAC's OFF.

PLT 191 MODE, SINGLE; EREP's going to STOP.

CDR That does it.

349 00 39 25 PLT Tape measurement. Turn EREP COOLANT valve to

BYPASS at end of post. Close 190 FMC circuit
breakers. I'm going to leave those out so I don't
fail to do that.

PLT Okay, get the post card out. If you'll pardon the
expression.

PLT Ed, would have liked that one.

CDR Yes.

PLT (Laughter)

CDR Is he holding his nose?

PLT No, he's - I think he's doing something else.

He's making an obscene gesture at me, that's
what he's doing. (Laughter) Okay, voice record
Bravo 7. Bravo 7 is reading 32. S192 DOOR is
going to CLOSE.

349 00 40 45 CDR Okay, I'm running the camera for its l0 seconds.

PLT Okay, DOOR CLOSED light on, 60 seconds. Appears

a little less there, I think. Close and latch
191 to cover. I'll close it.

PLT And what a - what a beautiful view.

 llll

349 00 41 19 PLT RECORD switch going OFF.

349 00 53 16 PLT PLT. The TAPE RECORDER reading is 1.8 centimeters

at end of the EREP pass.

TIME SKIP

349 01 39 20 SPT SPT at 10:40. VTR information for ATM was re-
corded between 01:35 and 013 - Ol:h0, mission
day 349.

349 Ol 40 Ol SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

349 02 29 20 SPT SPT at 02:30. This is the last ATM pass of the
day. Building block IA and IB went as specified,
no problem. At the conclusion of that I went
over to take a look at the east limb, and sure
enoughthere waswhat appearedto be a surge.
I had no past history on it, so I did not know
how long it had been surging, whether it was on
the decline or- or rise. I rolled tangent. As
I rolled, 55 scanned parallel to the limb with
the H-alpha 1 crosshair Just slightly below the
limb. Did two MIRROR, AUTO RASTERS; truncated
at 13 lines - line 13 there, GRATING of 0000.

349 02 30 25 CC Roger. And for you and Bill ...

SPT 56 proceeded to PATROL, SHORT.

CC ... sunrise problems that you've been having with

S233 ...

SPT Then rolled about the line of sight - -

CC ... been having you take the first photo in the

direction of the comet ...

SPT - - with 5 m with 82B tangent to the limb - -

CC ... the anticipated time of comet rise ...

1112

SPT - - 6 arc seconds out in limb pointing, WAVELENGTH,

SHORT and gave them a SEQUENCE in NORMAL.

CC ... one of the purposes of the third frame is

to ...

349 02 30 55 SPT Unfortunately, I ran out of time at about then -

ran out of viewing time and could not pursue it
any further. It was kind of - -

CC See if you can give us a mark over the intercom

system or on tape when the sky does . ..

SPT - - frustrating in that I wanted to get good

coverage of that and also go on back and take a
look at our emerging flux region. But time did
not allow it.

CC And in the light of that, did today's pass give

you any problem with the sunrise? Over.

CDR Okay, this morning ...

349 02 31 28 SPT Now in the XUV monitor, I now see that the brighten- _
ing on the limb has boeken into two distinct
sections. One is still the limb brightening and
the other is an active region which is down at
about 240, 250 at 0.9. Then there's one slightly
a bit above that msybe two very, very - relatively
small though - getting a 280 at 0.8. And the ESR
which I mentioned. And lastly active region 96.

349 02 32 21 CC ... your detailed Flight Plan for tomorrow, that's

message 3002 Alfa, we need to change the time for
the S063 Kohoutek maneuver from - from 14:56 to
14:48. This is necessitated by a tangent maneu-
vering position.

CDR Okay, Bruce, that' s noted.

CC And one more question dealing with ...

349 02 32 59 SPT I see we're calling that one at 250, 0.9 - I think
it is 90 - active region 97, although I don't
believe it was - is really that far - close to the
center of the disk. It looks more like 0.8 and
this is towards end of the day also, 0.8, 0.85,
possible 0.9.
 1113

349 02 33 h2 SPT SPT out.

349 02 33 44 CC Houston, Skylab, Do you read me?

349 02 50 00 CDR This is the CDR at 02:50 Zulu answering a question

that was raised 2 days ago concerning mission day
ii, wanting to know if we would please retransmit
the limb volume and measurements that were sched-
u_led for that day. I have in my hand the tele-
printer pad that was sent up for that day, and in
the details - in the details under the general
subject of limb volume, it says, "CG measurements
only on the CDR, girth and CD - CG measurement on
the PLT left arm and leg." And then at 18:45 it
says, "limb volume general," and then it says,
"CG measurements only on the SPT," and so I'm
going to give you that information.

349 02 51 00 CDR Okay, CG measurements: The SPT was 25.5 centi-

meters ; the CDR was 24.2 centimeters; and the PLT
was 24.2 centimeters. The PLT's left calf girth
was 13-1/2, and his right calf girth was 13-3/8.
We could not believe that anybody wanted his left
_- arm maximum girth measurement, so we didn't take
it. I think we still need to clarify what you
mean when you send up a message that says limb
volume and then dash and then something else.
Under our - our understanding the term limb volume
dash something else means that - the generic term
limb volume tells us what checklist to look in
but the dash thing tells us what particular thing
you want in the checklist. And that is why you
got the measurements you did.

349 02 51 57 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

349 03 27 17 SPT The colors again were pretty much as we've seen
them before. The uniform across the ocean wherein
we see plankton bloom is a light green, somewhere
around 8 or 9. And I don_t recall the exact geom-
etry. Stand by.

349 03 28 ll SPT I'm being jerked enough now, Bruce.

1114

349 03 28 35 SPT Was a - it was a fairly extensive bloom from what

I could see. It seemed to be alternate, due to
clouds.

349 03 28 47 SPT There was a fair massive portion to it and some

tentacles coming off of it. All pretty much of
this light green. I had a - pretty much of a quick
look at it and then took the photo.

340 03 29 31 SPT Next photo to report is CXl7. Taken at day 349,

00:09 GMT, frames 60, f/ll plus a stop, 100-milli-
meter, 1/250 of a second. Taken over Australia
and'I just happened to notice when we were looking
down doing the EREP run, when the ETC was not
running, a very small body of water which was
both - which was red and white. One side of it
was white and the other side was red. At least
from the outline and the shape of it, it appeared
to me that it was a very small lake, but what it
was I'm not sure. It may be something very well
known, however, I thought it would be interesting
because of the color and the - and that location,
so I took it. Best I can tell that it - puts it
out in the south central Australia over a test
site somewhere around in that area.

349 03 30 54 SPT Next handheld photos were also CXl7, taken 349,
00:15 GMT to 00:17. Frame numbers 61, 62, and 63,
f/ll, 100-millimeters, 1/250 of a second.

349 03 34 15 SPT The remainder of the photos were taken on CXl7,

day 349, 01:43 to 01:46, frames 64 to 77, f/ll,
100-millimeters, 1/250 of a second. The handheld
photos 140-6. Rangelands in Australia, around
Perth, Albany, et cetera in that area. The
rangelands - I've taken to be rangelands, those
which were close to the coastline, makes you see
a whole quilt-work, whole pattern of what appeared
to be either farm or and/or grazing land divided
up all along the coastline. It didn't appear that
there was a real systematic organization to them.
Not quite the same organization which I saw the
other day around Melbourne and that area, or at
least that side of Australia. Here the pattern
was - many of the fields were not even rectangular.
Many of the lines did not seem parallel to one
another in - over one given area. In some cases
they were and in some cases they weren't. It was
 1115

not - not - not as well organized. Colors range

from green, showing a lot of chlorophyll, to red,
and dark in a couple of places. Most of it was
a fairly light color, however, it reminded me of
straw. But the pattern outlining the rangeland
was certainly - or whatever they actually were,
was certainly very evident.

349 03 36 ll SPT Now I'm taking easy rangelands; we don't have any
further briefing.

349 03 36 lh SPT When I looked further to the - further inland I

could see red land which was blocked off, very
large segments, very rectangular fashion. I'm
not sure what these were. I don't believe these
were the rangelands. Certainly the other plots
which I saw down below me were plenty large for
that - that function. The other areas, I'm not
sure what I saw. They weremaybe a factor of 5
to l0 larger in - in linear dimension than the
others I've seen and also were Just very recti-
linear, laid off in precise fashion. It was
almost all red soil but there was this very light
colored division separating large plots of the
soil.

349 03 38 48 SPT SPT again completing the information on the

New Zealand/South Island coverage that I just
reported on the previous CXll7 [sic] mAg. Also,
I had one photo of it on CX36. Information there
is day 349, 00:15 GMT, frame number 23, f/ll,
35-millimeter, 1/250 of a second. Coming in over
New - New Zealand, the whole southern half of
South Island.

349 03 39 21 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

349 12 58 ii SPT SPT at 13:58, M133. In the log, on day 349,

7 hours; quality, fair; and remarks i, 3, and
4. It wasn't a good night for sleeping. No
particular reason; every once in a while I get
a night like that. No reason
[
that I know of.
SPT out.
lll6

349 13 06 49 SPT SPT at the 13:07. PRD readings: 42389, 23211,

38275.

349 13 06 59 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

349 14 44 54 CDR This is the CDR at 14:45 Zulu, debriefing the

13:48 - 13:49 ATM pass. Scheduled was TV downlink,
JOP 6, and JOP 4 Alfa. The TV downlink came with
no problem. The 52 - the J0P 6 was carried off;
we got all of the required data on the J0P 6. I'm
trying to remember now how I got behind. Oh, I
know how it was; did not get J0P 6 going until
about 54 or so. We get - when we get the Kohoutek
photography, $233, here at the MDA, there Just can't
be any lights in here at all, which means you essen-
tially have to turn off the ATM panel and close the
hatch - the forward airlock hatch. And the guy in
here doing 233 just has to have it absolutely dark,
which means the guy that's got the ATM the next
pass is hard pressed for time. And so for that
reason, I got to the ATM panel a little late, got
started a little late. Gave serious consideration
to truncating JOP 6, building block l, at the trun-
cation point. But decided I had enough time because
at the end of this pass, we were going to cancel
the powerdown for unattended ops and leave it up.
So I figured, well, I've gained a few more seconds
there.

349 14 46 41 CDR And I Just did not account for any time required,
any extra time required, to locate this prominence
for J0P 4 Alfa. Just took a little bit of extra
time to go up and locate it, mske sure I was in
the right prominence, to get some maximizing of
DETECTOR 3 for the Lyman beta. And I Just ended
up using a lot more time getting pointed than I
really had calculated.

349 14 47 12 CDR So, as it stands on building block 37 for JOP hA,

I got all of 56 done; 82B, I got the first one
started and running. And I have the distinct im-
pression that it ra - that it did not terminate
on time. I had to truncate it. I had to turn
it off myself. The TIMES 4 mode is a 14-minute
and 7-second total. It seemed to me I started that
 1117

at about 19 or so - or 18 - to go. The thing

should have timed out itself, but it didn't. I
had to truncate it. Now unfortunately, I didn't
write down the time when I started that doggone
thing, so I'm not positive whether it failed to
shut down itself, or whether it still had a little
time to go and I truncated it. But at any rate,
I do know that I was the one that stopped 82B in
the WAVELENGTH, SHORT, exper - exposure TIMES h.

349 14 48 18 CDR The S055 data. What I did there to truncate was -
the first GRATING, AUTO SCAN, DETECTOR 1/2, w_s at
a MIRROR POSITION of 1032. So rather than repeat
it, I just dropped the second one and did a 1031
and a 1030. So you got one of each, and that takes
care of it. So it looks like the only people who
got shortchanged were the S082 people, S082B. I
wish I could've gotten started and got your data.
It only would have taken an extra - probably
h minutes. But I Just didn't get pointed quick
enough.

349 14 49 01 CDR The prominence in H-alpha that - that I pointed

at was at a ROLL of minus 6362, which is nearly i00
arc minutesroll from the 5h00 that I had, but
that's about 260 at the limb. The prominence looked
much like the Rock of Gibraltar. The height of
the prominence was - By the Rock of Gibraltar, I
mean it had one of what looked like a rather
straight side and the other side tapered off at
sort of an angle. The apex of the prominence looked
like - compared with what I call - I'll call spicule
height. That is the - the term spicu/e height,
for me anyway, is the difference between the inner
and the outer limbs in H-alpha 1. And I would say
this prominence was about 2-1/2 times spicule
height.

349 14 50 07 CDR And that was about the size of that. The XUV M0N -
I did not get much chance to look at that. I was
busy doing other things and trying to do the TV
downlink and all that, and missed it. We seem to
be having trouble _rith this particular roll of
Polaroid film. I tried four times to get a good
white light coronograph picture. And the film has
got a - a one - about a one-third of it in each
frame is - is brown, unexposed, and the other two-
thirds is the white light coronagraph. So maybe
i118

the next guy will have a little bit better luck.

We may have to go to a new package of film.

349 14 50 52 CDR The - let's see, I took a quick look at active

regions 96, 7, and 8. The only one that even
looks remotely like an active region is 96; 97
and 98 are rather devoid of activity, although I
did not get to look at them in the XUV and see
what they looked like there. But in white light -
I mean, not white light, but in H-alpha. And 96
was the only one that looked like much of anything.
Most of the filaments that you called out are
there and - and easily discernible. That's Just
about all I can say.

3h9 14 51 33 CDR CDR out.

349 14 51 51 CDR This is the CDR with an addendum to the ATM

debriefing that I was giving just a few seconds
ago. And that is, in J0P 4 Alfa, step _, where
I was maximizing DETECTOR 3 with Lyman beta, the
maximum count I got was about 730, 730.

3_9i_ 5213 CDR CDRout. -_

349 14 56 03 SPT SPT at 14:56. An observation, Falkland Current.

This is handheld 30-12. And I got a look at it
one orbit earlier than scheduled. I'ii take a
look again as scheduled. The upwelling along the
coastline was very prominent. And what got me
this time was it extended all the way along the
coastline as far as I could see. I'ii try to
give you some parameters here, before I describe
the details of the upwelling.

CDR ... current?

SPT Uh-huh. Got some good ones of the Falkland Current

here. Okay - -

CDR ... take pictures.

SPT Okay. Get all my mass of papers organized here.

349 l_ 58 01 SPT Okay. The time at which the observations were

made, in around 14:13. And I figure we came
across the coastline somewhere around Bahia
Blanca - B-a-h-i-a B-l-a-n-c-a - and we are looking
 1119

south. And the upwelling which was a - a linear

element, I'll describe in more detail in a moment,
ran parallel to the coastline as far down to the
southas I could see, although there were clouds
about two-thirds of the way to the horizon. So
just a rough eyeball estimate then says that we
were looking at maybe - oh, 500 miles or so down
the coastline and I could see that extending into
the clouds ... the coastline. The length or
distance off the coastline which it was, is essen-
tially the distance from San Antonio Oeste, which
I am probably mispronouncing, but it's San Antonio
O-e-s-t-e, down to Puerto Madryn or Madryn, M-a-
d-r-y-n. And I guess that's a distance of some-
where about 150 miles.

349 14 59 37 SPT The width of this was about the - half the width
of Peninsula Valdes, or Valdes, V-a-l-d-e-s, and
that puts it at around, oh, 30 miles. Now the
current itself, or the plankton bloom, the upwell-
ing - First of all, the - the general appearance
was of a long sinu - sinuous element extending
all the way along the coastline. However, what -
what was much more pronouncedvisually today than
I have noticed before is that this was all one
element; that is, one - one single element with
a few appendages coming off of it, which came off
in a slight angle between a major one running
along the coastline. They tended to extend off
on either side, maybe at an angle of 20 to 40 de-
grees and running further to the south as they
went off. These maybe a factor of 2 or 3 sm_ller
in width and gradually faded off. It was a width
or a length-diameter ratio, then again, I'm just
guessing from memory, of around l0 to 20. Now
these appeared every once in a while along the -
along the major structure of the bloom.

3_9 15 01 17 SPT Now the colors, on a Forel scale - And first of

all, let me say one thing about the Forel scale
we have in our book. The blues at the very top
one come out well, but the bottom one, I think
the lighting was wrong for the photograph which
was taken. There's an awful lot of reflection on
those, especially 8 and 9, which are the colors
I'm thinking of and I can't get a real true as-
sessment of those colors, so I'm really guessing
to a degree. The color was more like a tan in
1120

the center of the bloom itself. Some of the other

appendages went off and were a little bit darker,
say between a 7 and an 8. Actually some of that
bloom was quite bright green, not - not a yellow,
but it was a bright green, almost a lime green
which I don't think shows up on this Forel scale
and I would say it was brighter green than what
we have in 9 or 10. The ocean water behind ap-
peared to be something like a 4 or a 5 on the
scale and I'll take another look and try to com-
pare it real time next - next time. We do not
have a camera handy, so I did not get any photos,
although I guess you would like some emphasis on
the observation; so that's what I'll try to do
again the next time around.

349 15 03 08 SPT Again what impressed me the most was the fact that
this extended all the way along the coastline.
It did not look like a random occurrence at all.
It certainly - the Falkland Current tended to
cause this up_-elling at a uniform distance along
the coastline. An attempt to follow some larger
- some of the larger structures in the coastline;
for example going farther south, we have Golfo _
San Jorge, G-o-l-f-o S-a-n G-o-r-g-e [sic], and
it tended to bow in there a bit. And then it went
underneath clouds from there on.

349 15 Oh i0 SPT And let me think, my distance of 500 miles that

I quoted previously, whether that's right, that's
- 8 degrees times 6 - yes, sure, that's - about
500 miles.

PLT ...

349 15 Oh 30 SPT We'll get another look at it the next time around.
Okay, let me move on to another observation which
was made immediately after that. And let me
quote a photograph number for it first. This was
CX17, day 349, taken at 14:23, l0 minutes after
this previous one. Frame numbers 78, 79, and 80;
f/16, 100-millimeter, and 1/250 of a second. These
were taken of a island wake in - which showed up
in the stratus clouds, not cumulus, but primarily
stratus-type clouds in that area. What was most
impressive about this was the large extent of a
wake in the clouds, exceptionally large extent.
The location of the island, which I did not spe-
cifically see, I figured to be at 4 west and
 i121

48 south, which there is two small isla_Ids on the

map at that location. The wake extended off in
the east direction, in our direction of travel,
and it reminded me very much of a - of a Christmas
tree, if you will, with a star at the top of the
Christmas tree being the island, and the wake ex-
tending out as branches extend out. Very simular
in several characteristics in that respect.

349 15 06 27 SPT First being that closest to the center of the

wake, the wave or trough and a crest were rela-
tively close together and especially at the head
of the - wake or closer to the island, they were
very close together. And then the wave tended
to fan out and bow slightly outward. By that,
I mean that the angle relative to the axis of the
wake was a little bit smaller, the acute angle,
was a little bit smaller close to the axis and then
it tended to increase so that we got a slight
arcing effect. And also on one side, that is on
the outside that angle - acute angle - tended to
be larger. The waves extended out - Well, first of
all, by timing the distance by using a spot on
the window and as far back as I could see in the
wake, it came out with 33 seconds which is about
4 miles a second, is 120 miles long. Yes, I es-
timate it was a little bit beyond that I actually
saw it. So it was more like a 150. We're talking
about for the distance of the wake and the distance
across was roughly comparable to that at the tail
end of it. The wake itself was not a vertex, not
a co_on vortices [sic], but strictly waves which
you might expect in - Well, similar to supersonic
flow, for example, you put an object in there and
you get a shock diamond coming off. This was
just a series of these, although not as linear
and straight as a - as a shock wave would be. But
you can see the hills and the crest in the succes-
sion of waves in the wake itself.

349 15 08 23 SPT The - I estimated that I saw somewhere around 20

to 30 crests and valleys in the distance of going
back from the head, back down to, say 150 miles
or so. So maybe we're looking at 5 miles or so
of crests over there towards the end, maybe a
little larger. What was very impressive was that
the wave stood out exceptionally well, far from
the island and far from the axis. The shadowing
 1122

was such that the crest, or the trough of the

wave - although the angle was not proper for it -
they appeared slightly shadowed, a little bit
darker. And it was a - just a most pronounced
effect. And I think the analogy to a Christmas
tree in the general appearance was good. I think
that those three Hasselblad photos, which I hope
will show it up - took them in f/60 and the Sun
angle was relatively high over clouds. We'll
get another go at this one next time around and
I'll see if I can take a look at it then.

349 15 09 33 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

349 16 ii 52 SPT SPT at 16:12, reporting on handheld observations

and photos.

349 16 12 52 SPT These observations were of handheld 30-12, Falkland

Current. This time we went a little further south
than our previous course.

349 16 13 27 SPT This time we went over the Golfo San Jorge, which
is again, G-o-l-f-o S-a-n J-o-r-g-e. We were able
to look north and see the very strongly defined,
relatively narrow linear element of plankton
bloom. Again this was a very sharp contrast the -
the numbers which I've given before are approxi-
mately the same; it's a bright green against a
relativelymediumblue - dark to medium blue. The
numbers I gave on the Forel scale still hold. As
I recall, the green was a 8 or a 9. I though it
was again, a lime green which I don't really see
on that scale.

CC Skylab, Houston. About 1 minute from LOS. Hawaii

at 52 ...

349 16 14 44 SPT It came down the coastline toward the gulf, and
was very well defined. This time I saw the
streamers which were coming off of it, if you will,
protruding to the south. And in most all of them,
I'd say 90 percent of them or so - which were nu-
merous - were streaming off to the west - I'm
sorry, to the east, that is to the - further away
 i123

from the coastline. My estimate of the distance

off the coastline I still think is accurate, which
I gave last orbit. At about the gulf, it started
to become diffused and then it ran not into the
gulf, but rather out away from it - out toward
the islands which are a little bit further south.

3h9 16 15 4h SPT And by these I mean the Falkland Islands. The

cloud cover was down at the tip of South America,
so I could not see how far it went really beyond
the gulf. Essentially it's going between the gulf
and Fa]kland Island, their south - southwest was
covered with clouds. But I did see a turn for
the very sharply, narrowly defined pl_ton bloom
into a more diffused hidden-type bloom as it moved
towards the Fa]kland Islands. It went out further.
I was able to observe - By further, I mean maybe
2, 3 minutes past the point of being right over
the main plankton bloom off the coastline. I was
able to observe just a very diffused random edge-
type plankton blooming, which again reminded me
of plankton blooms which had seen its better day
and become spread out and diffused by ocean cur-
rents.

349 16 16 57 SPT Apparently the current turns and goes out to sea
there and this could possibly be the cause - sweep-
ing it out. The colors were such that the contrast
was very much lower; that is, I could see a deep
ocean blue with a - with a relatively lighter
color ocean water has a bright green to it. Hold
on, let me get the Forel scale and I'll try to give
you some numbers.

SPT I'd say the ocean water we were looking at was

somewhere around a 3 and and then I can see a 5
and a 6. Maybe - maybe/more of a 5 and occasion-
ally a 6 in the very diffused blooming further out.

349 16 18 27 SPT SPT out.

349 16 18 43 SPT One addendum to that last report on the Falkland

Current. We did get a couple photographs; they're
easy to click off. Those were CXl7, time of 15:49,
frame number 81 to 84, f/ll, 100-millimeter, 1/250
of a second. Okay, another subject was a handheld
photo, CX17, taken at 15:54, frames number 85. It
was just taken of weather phenomena; relatively
112h

low-lying stratus, few if any patterns in it, no

real - no cumulus buildup. And over in one loca-
tion which I photographed with the 100-millimeter,
there was an overlying patch of exceptionally
bright cloud. I'm not sure what would cause it,
it really caught my eye because it was such an
exceptionally bright patch relative to the back-
ground of sort of an off-white to almost gray in
color for the - stratus which was slightly under-
neath it. What lighting effect would do this,
I'm not sure. I don't think it was the differences
in the densities of the two, although it may -
could possibly be - or the Sun _gle was relatively
high. Right now, I'm - I don't have an answer.
It must lie in the reflective in the density prop-
erties of the various clouds but I have not - It
was not obvious to me at the time when I looked
at it though what it could be.

349 16 20 41 SPT Again, what prompted me to take it was exception-

ally bright characteristic of this one patch of
clouds relative to all the others. SPT out.

SPT Oh, in addition to that last - the patch of clouds

was probably 5, i0 miles or so across.

349 16 21 03 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

349 17 52 17 SPT SPT and at 17:52. ATM ops. Well, it began at

16:57. Started off with the building block 32
Sun center. Looked at the corona and did not
see any real appreciable change from yesterday,
except that the streamers which were prominent
at 8 and i0 on the outside of all the streamer
activities have become, again, a little bit more
prominent than they were yesterday. They w - were
prominent, they faded into the background again
and now, to me, appear a little bit more prominent
again. No other real changes that I could note.
Although certainly we do have an awful lot of
fairly dense streamer structure there at - between
8 o'clock and i0 o'clock. It's impossible to see
all the rest of the details from the TV display.
 1125

It all appears - not too much of a uniform bright-

ness. But I'm sure he's got a lot of activity
coming around the corner. Okay, then I went over
and looked at our emerging flux region and was
kind of disappointed. First the brightness in
the XUV had decreased. In oxygen VI, the brightest
point only yielded something on the order of h00 -
300 actually, occasionally at 3 or h. Chromospheric
network brightening was not as pronounced and not
as extensive as I thought it would be, only two
or three cells were involved. And not really a -
a real brightening there.

3h9 17 5h 02 SPT And there was no arch filaments that I could detect.
And no spots evident in the white light display.
So I did a shopping list item 2 there, just for more
of a synoptic observation. Then moved on to
prominence 55 and I'm motivated by going over there
to try to catch some surges. And also it Just
seems to be where most of the activity was occurring
which was well worth watching. Went over to P55.
Rolled 82B SLIT tangent to the limb. Did essen-
tially a shopping list ll, except for a small
modification which I'll mentionhere.

349 17 54 59 SPT I maximized - Well, first of all, I was _around

7 arc seconds off the limb, then rolled about
Sun center to maximize Lyman beta. And it was
not a very pronounced maximum. 82B had received
a - was at LIMB POINTING 7 arc seconds off the
limb, got a long exposure - LONG WAVELENGTH ex-
posure for 40 seconds and then a sequence of
SHORT WAVELENGTIIS, TIMES 4. 55 received two GRA-
TING, AUTO SCANs in that position and then two
MIRROR, AUTO RASTERs, truncated down around 40 or -
the first one all the way down, the second one
truncated around 50. And these MIRROR, AUTO
RASTERs were on a GRATING POSITION of 595 - 594,
excuse me. Got a look at a lot of - of free hydro-
gen - Lyman alpha on the wing - hydrogen continuum.
Two locations, neon VIII line and the helium
continu_n of magnesium VIII. I decided hydrogen
would be more useful there. And 56 received a
SINGLE FRAME, FILTER 2, 5 minutes_ SINGLE FRAME,
_, for 8 minutes. I then rolled 82B away from
the prominence hoping to get some background
spectra. Rolled 1 arc minute to the south - ap -
proximately 1 arc minute to the south_ 7 arc sec-
onds OFFSET. Then I went to WAVELENGTH, SHORT,
1126

TIMES 4. And while that was in progress, I noticed

the surge right in front of me, right on the SLIT
about one-third of an arc minute _ay from SLIT
center, so I let the auxiliary timer time the
82B out to the conclusion of the 2:40 - 2-minutes-
40-second exposure and then reinitiated that
sequence.

349 17 57 26 SPT So we really got two sequences at WAVELENGTH, SHORT

of 20 seconds and 2:h0 seconds. Just hoping to
catch some time - time rate of change in that.
That same surge which I saw also was - I thought
I saw a hint of it while we were up doing the
observations above. I chose to roll in this
direction, however, because the XUV MONITOR showed
that we were relatively clear in that area, much
more so that had I rolled north. And it looked
clear in H-alpha at the time I started the
observations. However, I did notice that that
surge in the first set of observations, on P55
and I think 55 should have seen something down
around line 27. Okay now, the second set here
where I was rolled 1 arc minute south again,
picking up there. 82B, I've just described, with
the h exposures. And - 55 received three MIRROR,
AUTO RASTERs, truncated in order to give you some
time resolution. They were done at llne 772,
GRATING 772. And that again gave me some hydrogen
continuum, carbon III, and the neon VII which is
apparently an interesting line for looking at
liTm_n activity.

349 17 59 34 SPT 56 received SINGLE FRAME, FILTER 5 for 8 minutes

at that location. The surge was located at an
UP/DOWN of zero, and a ROLL of minus 1200, which
would put it down at 250 degrees at 1 solar radius.
And again I appreciate the observing time. It's
an interesting way for me to operate. I find it
challenging and stimulating. Kind of brightens
up the whole day. And I hope you're getting some -
good data in the process. Feel free to critique
what I'm doing. I'm sure each one of you has
thought in much more detail about the observations
which you would like to have and could get with
your instruments. And the more I learn from you
on - on that, I think, the better data I can get
for you.

349 18 01 02 SPT SPT out.

,_ i127

TIME SKIP

349 19 26 25 SPT SPT at 19:26. ATM pass which began at 18:31.

They're all carried out with no problem, that
is the 26, building block i0 - second building
block i0 and building block 28. A couple of -
well there was two - two difficulties. One is
the EXTENDED STANDARD. When that timed out, it was
inadvertently reinitiated again. And, after the
first frame was taken, as evidenced by the frames
decrementing off switch, the stop switch was hit.
However, I saw it decrement a second time so I
don't think I was able to catch it before we lost
one more. And in 56, we got the 8-minute in
FILTER 4, but then only a LONG EXPOSURE in
FILTER 1. At the conclusion of the planned
observations, I moved off to the limb on the east
side and rolled so that 82 - I rolled so that
55 MIRROR, LINE SCAN was tangent to the limb.
Actually it was H-ALPHA l; HORIZONTAL CROSSHAIR
was slightly below the limb. And Just started
the - a MIRROR, AUTO RAS'I'EMat a GRATING of zero,
and was part way throughthe first one when I
noticed a transient, that is, a surge in H-alpha.
We did not have much time left and rather than
repoint, I gave it - I let the MIRROR, AUTO RASTER
continue on down to around line 13 and then
reinitiated.

349 19 28 41 SPT By the time we got scan the second time, we were
below 400 K. The interesting surges - There are
two large masses of material eJected with no
material reaching up from below that was evident.
And it appeared to be moving at a fairly high rate
of around 1 arc minute - or a half an arc minute
per minute.

349 19 30 l0 SPT Which I guess would be llke 350 kilometers a sec-

ond or so. It sure was impressive to watch it
move in H-alpha.

349 19 30 30 SPT The size in H-alpha was about a third of an are

minute for each one of them.
the second one caught up with
it got off toward the edge of
could follow it out to around,
2 arc minutes. It's actually
Appears as though
the first one as
the screen. And I
oh, not quite
out to the edge of
1128 _

the field of view of the scope. Sure was inter-

esting to follow it.

349 19 31 01 SPT SPT out.

349 19 hO 38 PLT **_ PLT. Time is 19:40. Reporting the rate gyro
package temperature: X-5 is 108 degrees ; X-6 is
105 degrees; Y-5 is 105 degrees; Y-6 is 96 degrees,
that's 96; Zulu 5 is 108; Zulu 6 is 105.

349 19 hl i0 OLT PLT out.

TIME SKIP

349 20 25 33 PLT PLT. Time is 20:21 Zulu. Calf measurements on

SPT, MO92 run. Left leg, 13-5/8; right leg,
13-3/8.

349 20 25 50 PLT The legbands are Charlie Juliett and Alfa Quebec,
left and right respectively.

TIME SKIP

349 21 00 51 CDR This is the CDR at 21:00 Zulu, debriefing the

20:0h Zulu ATM pass. The - because of the surge
that Ed Gibson saw on a previous pass, we elected
to do the building block 32 prior to starting this
ATM pass. So we did it, and we also took a look
at the WHITE LIGHT CORONAGRAPH and saw no transients
or any signs of any. Went ahead and did the build-
ing block 32, watched for a little while, and then
finally decided we'd better get with it on the
JOP 25A, building block 10. Jumped into those and
really whistled through there's - those rather rap-
idly. At 26, I noticed that it - it was Just a
repeat of 35 to go, down 26 to go, so I just left
the MAR going.

349 21 01 56 CDR I let it go for two - two RASTER counts and re-
started the PATROL, SHORT after the first RASTER
SCAN there. I guess it's raster JOP. And did the
same thing at 08 to go as well.

349 21 02 18 CDR Finished up about lO or something like that, and

went back and did another building block 32 Just
 1129

to follow up. Looked at the WHITE LIGHT CORONA-

GRAPH for a while and saw nothing. Decided to go
on up and take a look at that limb which I had up
at 12 o'clock on m_ scope with a ROLL of minus 5bOO.
Went up and looked it over. The particular surge
that we had seen at the beginning of the period was
gone. There was another one to the right of it.
And over considerably to the right, another - oh,
lO0 arc minutes - was another surge coming up off
the llmb.

349 21 03 ll CDR During this period, I took a couple of looks at the

XUV MONITOR, and this particular limb is now getting
so bright with activity that it does not need INTE-
GRATION. So it looks like we got a boomer coming
around the horn and we're looking forward to seeing
it. All of the JOP 25, building block 10's were
done. There were no problems. Everything went as
scheduled, in fact, a little bit early and so I
ended up with a little bit of observing time at the
end of the period. So that's it for the ATM de-
briefing.

3h9 21 03 43 CDR The CDR out.

349 21 0h 05 CDR This is the CDR at 21:04 with a message for the
food people and the FAO. Has to do with providing
time for the food and the inventory. First of all,
we have so far completed one locker, front and
rear, which is 61 - 561 I believe it is - yes.
And we have Just about completed the front - the
front pallet in locker 562. I think that we're
wasting a lot of time messing around with the food
canisters in these pallets because we know that
the SL-3 crew, or at least we have their assurance,
that they did not get any of the food; they were
only into the beverages. Most of the beverage cans
that have been gotten into by the previous crew
were either marked or it was obvious from the
way the tape or lack of tape was arranged on the
can that it had been gotten into.

349 21 05 l0 CDR I would suggest that we could cut down our workload
by about half, by not inventorying any further any
of the food cans in lockers 562 and 563. Further,
all - I wanted to point out to the food people that
all of the overage food has now been gathered by
food type and put into our pantry, which consists
of locker 550, 51, 52, and 53, I believe it is.
1130 _-_

We have all of our food - all _he same kind of food

in one can, and that work has been completed, so
that when we get to the inventory of the overage
it should be fairly easy. This inventory of the
food particles - food p_]]ets - is extremely time
consuming and I think, for the most part, taking
twice as much time as it should.

3h9 21 06 13 CDR Ed and I have devoted all the time assigned today
to that Job and only gotten through one locker and
a half, which I think is a rather unproductive way
to spend our time. I've already mentioned how I
think we can cut that time down - by skipping the
food cans. That Just about covers the - the food
thing. I think we're going to need some more time
for that. The checklist changes, I got about half
of them done. I think you're going to have to
schedule - this is for the FAO - you're going to
have to schedule me another period of time, I
should think that at least a half hour to three-
quarters of an hour, for more checklist changes.

3h9 21 06 53 CDR You folks seem to send those doggone things up in -

in spurts, and I get snowed under, and there doesn't
seem to be any way I can catch up. And I think
you just - when you start sending up a spurt of
checklist changes, you better just go ahead and
arbitrarily assign me a period of time to make the
changes because it does take time. Particularly
the ones that we got this time that had to do with
RCS reconfiguration and things like that. There
was about four checklists I had to go to and about
five entries in each checklist. So one little
piece of paper, 3 or h inches long, represented
about 30 minutes of work.

349 21 07 32 CDR This is the CDR, out.

349 21 19 03 PLT PLT reporting completion now of M092 run on the

SPT, the subject, at 21:00 hours even. And com-
plete with the M093 at 21:20 hours. I took a look
at the right legband when I took it off the subject
at the completion of MO - M092 and I could not tell
or detect anything amiss with the legband.

349 21 19 30 PLT PLT out.

3h9 21 19 59 SPT SPT at 21:20; total work on M093, 292, that's 292.
 1131

349 21 20 i0 SPT SPT out.

349 21 31 01 PLT PLT debriefing ATM pass which was executed earlier
today, I forget the exact time. I want to make a
few con_nents on the way that the shopping list
item- items ii and 12 were completed because I
didn't get around to finishing 13. The shopping
list item 1 was completed - constructed early, so
what I - I did a second PATROL, SHORT. Item ll -
shopping list item ll was done as had requested.

349 21 31 50 PLT Let's see; I used SHORT on 82B; the GRATING, AUTO
SCAN was done on line 20. I was getting counts in
the 100 units for in - in the - the hundredths
place, so I used line 20 and position 30. And now
on the second SCAN I got my maximum reading at 21.
And - let's see, instead of doing another PATROL,
NORMAL - PATROL, SHORT, I did a SINGLE FRAME, 2,
LONG, and a SINGLE FRAME, 4 LONG; SINGLE FRAME, 2,
5 minutes; SINGLE FRAME, 4, 3-1/2 minutes. Then
on the third slit position, on the OFFSET position,
the GRATING, AUTO SCAN was done on line 23, which
was a much weaker indication on GRATING - or on
DETECTOR 3.

349 21 32 53 PLT I did an 82B SHORT, 2 minutes and h0 seconds. Did

not have enough time between then and 400 K to do
another SHORT, 5, so - 520, so I did a LONG,
2 minutes. And I did a 56 NORMAL and SHORT again
on that third SCAN position. The little prominence
that I was looking at, it appeared as though I put
the first OFFSET position - slit position - in the
hottest part of it.

349 21 33 25 PLT And I got a position to the left of it, 2 arc

seconds to the left, 2 arc seconds to the right,
with the 55 GRATING POSITION in what was the hot-
test position for that slit - was line - for posi-
tion 30. And that's about the size of it; it
didn't do anything while I was watching it. Didn't
do - see any unusual activity there, but it was
obviously a definite structure of the limb, and I
think that that ought to be pretty good.

349 21 33 54 PLT PLT out.

TIME SKIP
i132

3h9 22 i0 25 SPT SPT at 22, handheld photos. H-30 plankton blooms

off the coast of New Zealand.

3h9 22 13 37 SPT Okay, SPT again on H-30, plankton blooms off the
coast of New Zealand. First of all, let me say,
there was a small amount of evidence of plankton
blooms fairly close to the coastline. I could
see on the east side of North Island what appeared
to be very small blooms, although they pretty much
ran along the shoreline. I suspect that the dis-
coloration there was due to something else.
However, I will describe it. It's - was just a
very thin line, maybe 1/20 or so of the width of
the island. It ran along the coastline.

349 22 lh 27 SPT The Forel scale again was around 8 or so on that.

It was not very - very bright green. But it
certainly was detectable. There was one other
prominent location where I saw a little ebbage
[sic] coming off, and that was over on the opposite
side of North Island. Somewhere around New
Plymouth.

CDR Time's ... one and ...

SPT On the opposite side, maybe far - further out

on the east side of the island is where I saw
the most extensive blooming. It was not a - The
color was not a very sharp contrast to the waters
around it. The water basically was about a 2
or - about roughly a 2 or so, although it didn't
have the bright blue that the Forel color - color
shows in the book here.

349 22 15 42 SPT It was Just a - a darker - it was obviously a

blue, but not as - not with a bright - rich
blue in it that this nt_nber 8 shows - sorry,
number 2.

SPT The Forel scale for the - for the upwelling was
about a 7 or an 8. Again, it was a dark, dirty
green, as opposed to a light lime green. This
contrast was not very great. Both the blue and
the green were both dark dirty colors, if you will,
as opposed to the bright contrast we've seen off
the coastline in South America with the Falkland
Current. Here the blooming - the color anyway,
was very much more subdued; contrast much lower.
 i133

349 22 16 48 SPT The current lines themselves have given a very

strong impression that there was a - a flow llne
or stream lines of water which ran between the
North and the South Island, and went out east.
The blooming seemed to reflect the - the lines
which lay - ran out, I would say, about the length
of the North Island, and then there was some
eddies, and pretty much of a random motion. And
then I could see, coming in - evidence coming in
from - especially from the north, and a little
bit from the south, a flow line, which was Joining
that major flow.

3h9 22 17 2h SPT It looked like we had a - a stagnation point, if you

will, where two flows came in from the north and
the south - -

3_9 22 17 31 CC Skylab, this is Houston through the Vanguard

for 6-1/2 minutes. Out.

SPT - - although not directly opposed to one another.

SPT And then bulged out further out. So we had lines

_-_ moving away from the coastlinebetween the North
and the South Island to the east. A period of -
or location of stagnation with lines coming in
from either side, and then stream lines moving
further out again to the east, a distance which
I could see it further south with, especially
out to the cloud line, which was out to about the
distance of the length of South Island.

349 22 18 22 SPT I could actually see it out to the island out

there, which is Chatham Island. And then the cloud
line picked up. I think it began to clear over
seas. There was no - no clouds that might be a
much larger overall pattern to it all. I was
very impressed by how extensive it was.

349 22 18 52 SPT When I looked back into the map showing the major
currents of the world, I see that there is some
flow going through between the north and the
south, which does fit.

CDR What happened to that?

SPT However, my description was ready-made and drawn

up before I seen that, so I don't think there's
i134

any subconscious imagination there. I'll give

you handheld photos n11m_ers on those.

349 22 19 35 SPT CXl7, day 349, taken at approximately - -

CDR Bill, it's just ...

SPT - - 21:58 to 21 - -

PLT Ahh ...

SPT - - 21:58 to around 22:05, frame n1_m1_ers,86 to

99. Buried in there, also, are some pictures
which I thought show the fault llne in the - -

PLT Here it comes.

349 22 20 20 SPT - - South Island very well. I looked for them in

the North Island; I think I was able to see them
also, but I was more looking for plankton blooms
at the time, and I really didn't have time to
focus on that. I'll give you a little more
description on that - those photos in a moment.
But there're all blended in there together. Up
to photo n_ber 90 was taken at X-16, as there
was some cloud cover. But then I realized we
were looking at pretty much of a cloudfree area,
then I went down to f/ll.

349 22 21 38 SPT One thing I had not had the chance to do is to

look at it through a haze filter or Polaroid
filter, and I do intend to do that when I - the
next opport1_nity. Now as far as finding the
whole upwelling area, looking for darker ocean,
that's a very difficult thing to do unless the
sky is wide open because when you see little bits
of it - when you've only got a piecemeal view of
it, it's kind of tough to tell which is the - the
matrix, and which is upwelling material. We'll
try to see that _n the future and keep that in mind.

CC Bill, ...

SPT I think, obviously though, we have a very prominent

upwelling area there. Not for the color contrast -
the points of blue that we've seen off the Falkland
Current, but certainly very extensive.
 1135

349 22 24 00 SPT Okay, again now, buried in those photos are some
photos of North Island, which I have found from
Jerry have been extensively covered already.
Unfortunately, I did not know that, and I buried
quite a few photographs in there of the North
Island. I also had some of the - one fairly
oblique of the South Island, but it was looking
straight down the Alpine Fault, that's A-l-p-i-n-e.
And I thought it was a very good picture showing
that fault. I did not have time to notice the
slippage of - of one side relative to another,
and try to determine exactly what type of fault
it was or - or fault coming in from the side.

349 22 2h 55 SPT I was pretty busy looking at plankton blooms at

the time. However, I think we're getting better,
not that we know what we're looking for up here
in a couple of shots at it. I think we'll Just
continue to improve. I'm very encouraged by this
visual observation. Rather than saying we've
filled so many squares, once you've done it a
few times, I think you actually get better at it,
and you learn what subtle features you're looking
_- for. And I'm not at all concernedabouthaving
particular features called out over again to
observe.

CDR It's left over here and that's right.

349 22 25 37 SPT I think the more you expose us to the whole

multitude of things that you're looking for, and
we get a chance to use the book and look at the
Earth below and try to become competent observers,
the better we're going to get at it; the better
the data's going to become. So, Just because we've
done something early in the mission - no reason we
sh - we shouldn't continue because the da - data
certainly should be getting better all the time.
It's something we certainly enjoy doing, Phil.
Keep the information coming.

349 22 26 06 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

349 23 29 45 PLT Okay, undocking checkout has been completed.

Yawing left 180 degrees; very smooth.
1136

349 23 30 39 PLT Pitch up 90 degrees.

349 23 31 48 PLT DATA MARK. Rolling left - 90 degrees, left.

Okay, a lot of the data here of my voice comment
was lost because of coordination with the ground
and also a little bit of a problem catching up with
the TP. If I can just - fin - he finish single
axis cal, CMG. Okay, that was the completion of
single axis cal, CMG. Now I'll try to give you a
little better voice. Now coming up with single
axis eal in RATE GYRO MODE. Okay, he's getting
a little minus Z translation with the - the roll.
Also he's translating plus Y. Really raising a
lot of dust in here.

349 23 33 20 PLT DATA MARK. Yawing left 180. Very little coupling.
Here, he's stopping the roll left. Got just a
little - yaw left - got Just a little roll left
when he started to kill the yaw. Pitching up 90.
Okay, he's getting ... stopping the pitch.
Developed just a little left yaw. Yaw right 90
coming up. He's getting ready to kill it now.
There he goes. He had to put on a little minus
Z there. Okay, he had to put in some minus Z
to move himself out. He was drifting slowly over
toward higher sensor control panel. Roll left 90.

349 23 3h 5h PLT DATA MARK.

PLT Okay, he's still on the roll. Okay, this is a

fairly clean maneuver.

349 23 35 13 PLT DATA MARK. He's got a little translation but it's
left over from what he put in prior to this maneuver
to keep him away from the dome lockers. Okay,
DIRECT coming up now.

034 23 36 44 PLT Okay, he picked up 90 degrees ... Maneuvers all

seemed pretty clean. No coup - very little
coupling. There appears to be a little at
first, but it didn't seem to affect it. Got a
little bit of left yaw in that one. It was a
pitch ... pitch of 90 degrees. Yaw left 180.
Okay, yaw left 180.

349 23 37 42 PLT DATA MARK. And that was pretty clean maneuvering.
He's ended up with a slight plus X translation.
 1137

Y_ing right 180 degrees. He developed a little

left roll when he started yswing off on his right
yaw.

349 23 38 18 PLT DATA MARK. And he had - also put in a little

plus X at the end there. Translation. Roll right
90 degrees .... up. Moving out to the center of
the workshop. Rolling right 90.

349 23 39 06 PLT DATA MARK. Rolling left.

PLT *** ... minus X translation. He's stopping it.

Got a little left roll when he stopped it. Okay.
Stable now. Plus X coming ...

349 23 40 23 PLT DATA MARK. And he's killing off that plus X; looks
pretty clean. Minus Y coming up. Minus Y. Okay,
when he killed off that minus Y he got a - a
little roll in the ...

349 23 41 17 PLT Okay, he got a little plus roll when he started

killing off the plus Y. Plus Z now. Got a little
left roll there when he killed off the plus Z.
I toldyou it was plus;it's minus Z. Minus Z
nc_. Good, it was a pretty clean maneuver killing
off the minus Z. The completion of single axis
cal.

349 23 42 58 PLT Okay he's now at the banjo. He's yawing back
around. He'll be flying to the donning station
shortly. And that was in the RATE GYRO MODE. Now
he's getting ready to fly to the donning station.
No, he's going to MODE, DIRECT now. There's a
good one - thruster toward the donning station.
He forgot to give a data mark before he thrusted.
He'll be giving a data mark midway here.

349 23 44 07 PLT DATA MARK, midway. Make it from midcourse cor-

rection. Okay, he was pitched down a little bit
too much when he initial - originally translated
there, and I think that's his comment on midcourse
correction. It looks pretty good there.

PLT Okay, we're trin_ning ID 2 now. Get ready for the

*** MODE, CMG. 800. Got about 900 pounds.

349 23 45 53 PLT DATA MABK now. Return to baseline.

 1138

349 23 47 04 PLT DATA MARK. Okay. To the banjo, that's point i.

Looks like he - pretty good accuracy on that. He
made several midcourse corrections there on the
way. Didn't look like he put in initially enough
thrust to get back. So when he was yawing around
about 90 degrees, he put some plus Y in. He was
already on his way *** Seemed to have worked out
pretty well. Now on his way to position 4.

PLT Now he's made it position 2. Correct that, he's

trying ... position 2. And S063 looks reasonably
safe. Okay -

349 23 48 40 PLT DATA MARK. At position 2. Okay, his X axis is

not quite paralleled to grid floor, but he's not -
not far off in his eye - he's got correct eye -
eye position. On his way to position - to
position 3 now.

349 23 h9 h9 PLT DATA MARK. He's at position 3. Now he's started

around the dome lockers. Armrest about I0 inches
out from the dome lockers, starting the left arm-
rest okay, ... left - left armrest. It went in
to about 4 inches. Now he's holding it out. I --
think he's doing a pretty good job maneuvering
it around there. The knees are about even with
the center of the water tank. The fire hose is
coming up. Looks like it may snag his feet. Now,
he's going to clear it. He just barely cleared the
water tank - condensate storage tank. Coming up
on one of the DAC mounts. And it's 4 - He's at
position 4 now of the data mark. And looks
like he's stabilized fairly well. Getting ready
to come back to donning station.

PLT Okay -

349 23 52 20 PLT DATA MARK. He's back at the donning station.

Looks like a pretty clean run. Okay, I'm going
to have to change a bottle out. Stand by.
 1139

DAY 350 (AM)

350 00 00 04 PLT He's got a little roll left, coupled with a right
yaw. Starting second baseline in DIRECT. Okay,
he's up to banjo. It sounds llke he's doing a
little more thrusting this time, and I'm sure it's
because he's using added thruster gas for attitude
as opposed to CMG on the last one.

350 00 01 21 PLT DATA MARK at the banjo. Doesn't seem to have

any trouble at all going where he wants to. He
got over a little bit close - too close to the
minus - minus Z SAL, coming down, but it's ...
He's going to kill that translation out, too. I'm
not noticing a lot of coupling on this one because
he's not using a very long duration. He's - again
he's ended up with his head a little high relative
to the grid floor. Maybe that's the position he
likes. Head and eye positions there turn out
good. Getting considerable coupling now as he
tries to stabilize his translation.

350 O0 03 06 PLT DATA MARK .... Now headed for position 3. Really
a lot of aerosol.

350 O0 04 Ol PLT Coming up on position.

PLT Okay, he's using quite a bit of attitude and

translational thrust there to get him, you know,
started. And it'll settle down as soon as he
starts around the dome ring lockers.

350 O0 04 25 PLT DATA MARK. About a foot out. Got to start a

right yaw here very shortly. There it comes. A
little bit close now; a little bit close to the
lockers. He's in minus X now. The bottom of the
rotational hand controller is just about even
with the bottom of the dome ring lockers. Sync
[?] hoses are just below the blue rail and about
h to 5 inches out. I might as well get a cord
out of the way.

350 00 05 56 PLT DATA MARK. Okay, it was smooth. He gained a

little height as he went around and took it out
near the end. That wasn't over about 2 or
3 inches. Okay, he's moving back around and
starts to the donning station.
i140

PLT Okay, as he 's showing minus X. He 's getting minus

pitch.

350 O0 07 09 PLT DATA MARK at the donning station. He's going to

repeat thebaseline.

350 00 07 21 PLT DATA MARK. Going to be RATE GYRO.

350 00 21 59 PLT The time is 00:21. The ASMU is docked. The

POWER is down and I'm getting ready - I just
turned the TELI_I_RY POWER, OFF. We have com-
pleted the first run, and we did not get HHMU
fam in complying with your instructions to make
sure we're - started the button-up by 00:15.

350 00 22 24 PLT PLT out.

350 00 35 25 CDR This is the CDR at 00:35 Zulu, debriefing the

M509 run. First of all, let me give you a - a
quick agenda or scenario of what went on to give
you an idea of what happened to the time line.
The preps all went without incident; a little
slow, but they all went well. We were moving
along very nicely and had the ASMU running and
in good shape. And it got time to do the undock-
ing and checkout - correction, let me locate the
first one here. Okay, we were on page 7-10, MODE
HHMU. We Just transferred to INTERNAL POWER. And
Bill said, "Check your bus ; buses are greater than
26 volts." Well, I misread the meter, and we de-
cided we had a low battery; I read it at 22.

350 00 36 42 CDR What I was doing really was reading the nitrogen
pressure. So we quickly change - changed batter-
ies. We went to the battery change procedures and
changed batteries to see if that would help us.
And I hadn't gotten smart yet. I still looked at
the wrong needle and said, "No, we're still only
at 22." And by that time, the CMGs had run down
some. By the time we figured out what was going
on and that I was really reading the wrong and
th - wrong meter and that everything was okay, we
went back to EXTERNAL POWER and had to wait until
the CMGs wound up again. Okay, once we got the
CMGs wound up again, we went back on the battery.
And then we went through the rest of the procedure
without too much problem. We undocked, did the
checkout, single-axis cals, transfers, baselines ;
and by that time, we were running out of time.
 ll_l

350 O0 37 h0 CDR We - we changed the PSS. After the transfer ma-

neuver and after the CMG maneuver, we were sup-
posed to have changed the battery out. But we
still had ample voltage left, and so I elected
not to have that done• Went ahead and flew a
DIRECT baseline and then planned on changing both
the PSS and the battery at that time• Correction,
we changed the PSS after the DIRECT. And the bat-
tery, we decided to hold off until after the RATE
GYR0. And after the RATE GYR0 baseline is when we
would have changed out the battery; however, it
became time - it came time to quit at that time,
so we stopped. So let me get into the meat of the
maneuver here•

350 00 38 h6 CDR At any rate, we changed the PSS at the time speci-
fied. We ju - elected to let the battery go one
more time. We shut down on the battery Just
slightly above 26 volts, so it was in good shape.
All right, now let me find the debriefing pages.

350 00 39 40 CDR Okay, run-number-i debriefing guide. Could you

fly the baseline maneuver satisfactorily in all
modes? Yes. Any modes deficient? No, the -
Of course, the DIRECT MODE requires quite a bit
more attention, but I wouldn't say it was any
more deficient. It's Just a different way of
flying the machine. I was real pleased and sur-
prised to find out that the - that the actual
ASMU flies very much like the simulator that we
worked at in Denver, except that you're zero g
all the time. And - and without having that
old g vector pulling you around, particularly
when you're upside down or on your head, I - I
found - or on your side - I found that when I
was moving from position 1 to position 2 in the
baseline maneuver, that it didn't bother me as
much as it did in Denver when the g factor came
into play.

350 00 40 45 CDR Was precision - precision stationkeeping easier in

some modes? Which ones and why? Well, of course,
in the CMG and in the RATE GYRO MODE, it was much
easier because it doesn't require as much attention.
I - I found in the DIRECT MODE, particularly in
roll, that small corrections were difficult to
get. Maybe I'll try banging the hand controller
next time. I tried using the hand controller in
•.. with strictly wrist motion and not any banging
1142

to get very small attitude corrections or very

small thrust. I did not at this time try squeezing -
squeezing off any thrust, either, to see if that
was possible in the DIRECT MODE.

350 O0 41 hh CDR Question 3. Did some modes take more attention

to flying than others? Yes. In order of - of in-
creasing attention to flying, CMG was the least,
RATE GYRO was the next, and then, of course,
DIRECT would - took - required the most attention.
Were you able to satisfactory [sic] aim at the
target for the transfer maneuver and the baseline
maneuver? Yes, once you get the hang of it. The
first transfer maneuver I did, I was essentially
pitched down too much, and I really didn't point
my X vector at the target. I kind of pointed my
X vector at the floor in front of it, and that's
exactly where I went. But I would say, yes, I
was able to satisfactorily aim at the target. You
have to try it a couple of times and once you get
the picture, it's very easy to do. Should any
maneuver be changed for the next M509 run? Negative.
I don't think so. I think all the maneuvers we
have scheduled are good maneuvers, and they cover ....
the waterfront real well.

350 O0 42 48 CDR Number 6. During the single-axis cal, did you

notice any attitude disturbances when commanding
translation? Yes. Not so much in the single axis
as when I was starting one of the baseline man-
euvers from down at the docking station. I - I
start - I - I did a minus-X translation and a
minus-Z translation, and I got in a little hit of
roll along with some yaw. Now I don't think that -
I don't think that roll got in as a result of the
translation. I think it came in as a result of the
yaw. That's - anyway, that's when I first noticed
it. I called it out for Bill, and Bill noted it
on the other tape. For the most part though, I
think in the translations, the cross-coupling or
attitude disturbances caused by translation were
minimal. I did not - did not feel like they were
very much. On my next - my next one, I'll give
it a lot more attention in the DIRECT MODE.

350 00 44 09 CDR In the single axis cal, DIRECT MODE, did you notice
attitude rates increase or attitude change about
an axis other than the axis commanded? Well, I'll
 i143

Just refer back to the last question. They were

minimal. However, this was the first time out of
the bag. I suspect I'll be much more sensitive
to that next time.

CDR Were attitude disturbances due to normal limb

motions in the DIRECT MODE bothersome? They were
not bothersome, but I did notice them because I
made a few limb motions.

CDR And - and question 9: Did you notice any leg lag?
That is affirmative. I did notice leg lag during
rotation and translation cnmmand. I kind of wish-
ed I'd had a - a thing to put my feet in, because
I felt like the leg lag was causing, or had the
potential anyway of causing problems with the
purity of translation command.

350 00 45 01 CDR Did you inadvertently contact the 0WS? If so, how
often? Yes, I did once while coming down from -
from the D-432 area - that's position number 4
going to position 5 - correction, going to po -
Let me think about this. I did it - yes, going
from position4 to position5. I tappedthe food
locker 550 with m_ toe, but it was a very gentle
taD, and it wasn't too - too much. It was in the
DIRECT MODE that I hit it.

CDR Did you sometimes use your legs or hands to stop

or push off? No, I did not.

CDR Did the ASMU tend to slip during roll commands?

I didn't notice that. We had the straps pretty
tight. And I really didn't - I really felt like
I was part of the ASMU or it was part of me or
vise versa, and I did not feel any of the slop
that - that Bean and his - and his crew noticed.
And I'll keep an eye out for that next time, too.
But the slop was not such that I really noticed it.

350 00 46 19 CDR Did shadows provide useful motion cues? Oh, I

forgot number 13. Did you notice the OWS air
velocity perturbating your translation? No, I
did not ; nor did I feel it on stationkeeping.
Did the shadows provide useful motion cues? Not -
not so I could notice. I found most of my motion
cues by Just moving my head and looking where I
was going and taking a couple of cross-checks.
ll4h

350 O0 46 h9 CDR Did the high-intensity photo lights bother you?

No, they did not, other than that they make things
pretty hot in here, and both Bill and I were com-
plaining of the heat by the end of the - the
mission. If M509 had flown on the first day of
the mission, do you think you would have had a
greater tendency to become disoriented? If so,
why? Well, I don't know if I could tell you why
other than the fact that I could get disoriented
without the ASMU on the first day; that was no
problem. The ASMU would have just made it all that
worse because I had a - what would he sort of an
abnormal control situation. On day i, I was using
my arms and legs and pushoffs and all that for con-
trol, and then that, when you're flying something -
And yes, I do. I feel I would have had a little
tendency to become disoriented. And I think it
was best that we did not rush into M509.

350 00 47 43 CDR HHMU. I'll have to skip that because I didn't

get to do any in the HHMU, because we were so dog-
gone late getting going because of that boo-boo.
But in general, I found the HHM- the ASMU a very
pleasant piece of machinery to fly. I found that
DIRECT was controllable. I deliberately took it
fairly slow today. I used about the rates I use
in the six-degree-of-freedom simulator. They felt
comfortable today. I'm not sure if I'll be tempted
to speed them up or not. I think probably I will.
And if I do decide to speed them up, I will so
debrief, so that your data will - will reflect it.

350 00 48 32 CDR The DIRECT MODE is a little snappier than I ex-

pected. I think it might be a little bit snappier
than the six-degree-of-freedom simulator. And I
said before, I'm going to try slapping the hand
controller next time and see if I can get smaller
impulses in DIRECT and see what that does in the
way of control and - and the conservation of gases.
The only other comnent I had is the one I gave
Bruce at the last minute on the air-to-ground,
and that is that we have not been able to fine
the bracelet for the - the wrist checklist - the
Cuff Checklist. We looked in the protection kit,
in the protection helmet, in the white bag up
there. We looked - we pawed through all of the
data card kits down in the wardroom and could not
 1145

find the bracelet and have really run out of

ideas as to where that thing might be so. If any-
body down there might possibly know we'd appreciate
finding out.

350 00 49 35 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

350 01 28 h8 SPT SPT. It is 01:29. Information on the handheld

photos. Mag CXI7; frame number i00, i01, and 102.
First one, i00, was taken at 01:ii; next one,
01:12; and the next one at 01:13. They're all 16
on the f/stop ; lO0-millimeter lens ; 1/250. Okay,
the first one was of phenomena I've seen quite
often over the ocean where you have stable air.
It looks very much like cloud rows, if you will.
Just - It almost looks like cloud streets, except
these are much more closely packed together. They
go in very narrow - a line between them just to
show that there actually is some - some division.
They remindme very much just of an open plowed
field. The distance between the lines separating
each cloud is about - oh, I'd estimate on the order
of a half mile. So that you can - over a large
field, you could see very easily 100 to 200
wavelengths.

350 Ol 30 31 SPT I've noticed that over the ocean they fade quite
a bit and they - wherever their stratus were, that
you Just seem to find them embedded in there some-
where. This particular field was very uniform on
both 101 and 100 and 102. There is one other
particular feature on lO0 which put - prompted me
to take it, but the subsequent photo which came
up, I have - caused me to forget that particular
feature. And I'm sure when I look at that picture
again, I'll be able to recall it. 101 was taken
of the same type of cloud only with a much larger
wave pattern superimposed on it. The wave pattern
here was maybe a factor of l0 to 20 larger than
the sub - than the other one; that is, of the
plowed clouds, I'll call them.

350 01 31 30 SPT The wave pattern was just a series of crest -

crests of troughs in the plowed clouds which in
llh6 _-_

some locations were perpendicular to the linear

elements, and in some cases, at an angle to them.
... types of ...

350 01 32 02 SPT *** the same location I though was interesting,

one superimposed on top of the other. The last
photo I took was CX17, taken at Ol:13, frame
n_,mher 103. It was f/ll, 100, 1/250. They were
taken of an island wake to an island just to the
south of New Zealand. I'm not sure exactly which
one it was. But in the water there was a very
pronounced bow wave, if you will. You could
certainly see the direction of the water flow
and the effect that the island had on it. It
looked pretty much Just like a ship moving through
water with sev - several bow waves moving off
of it. I'm sure you could calculate the speed
of the water flow very easily knowing the size
of the wave and the velocity and the angle which
we can get from the picture.

350 O1 33 08 CDR The angle was essentially - oh, maybe 6 degrees

from the - a line running straight back or 30
from a line perpendicular to the flow. There
was a couple of bow waves or wakes, if you will,
pretty much emanating from the front part of the
island and tending to run out and spread out
slightly from one another as they moved further
away from the island. Very small angle in be-
tween the two. There were no clouds in that
particular area_ just a break in the clouds from
the other I happened to be looking at. And there
it was. I think it was an excellent illustration
of a bow wave. I did see any vortices at all.

350 O1 3_ 03 SPT SPT out.

T llvL_SKIP

350 03 27 h8 SPT SPT at 03:28 with the results of the four-limb

coalignment. Day 350. Initiated at 02:55.
Upper: H-ALPHA i, plus 1006; 82B, plus 1006; 55,
plus i010. Lower limb: 82B, minus 94h; 55,
minus 94_. The left limb: H-ALPHA i, minus 915;
82B, minus 917; 55, minus 922. The right limb:
___ ii47

82B, minus 1052; 55, minus 1051. The MIRROR

POSITION: 1033. That's a change in the LEFT/
RIGHT - 1033.

350 03 29 03 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

350 04 30 41 CDR This is the CDR at 04:30 Zulu, reporting Earth

observations. The target was New Zealand, South
Island. This particular pass we flew right up
the west coast of New Zealand. The Sun angle was
fairly high. I would estimate it was probably
around 60 to 70 degrees. And the island itself,
with the exception of a few scattered clouds at
the southernmost end, was clear all the way.
I'll be darned if I could see the fault lines
that are - are shown on the map. I just - I Just
can't see them. I see about one-third of the
way north from the south end of the island. I
see - I've mentioned this before - a very straight
river that plunges right down out of the mountains
and right down to the sea. And when it gets
part way up the slope of the mountains, it makes
a sharp turn to the north and then kind of meanders
off. But on above the river is a long lake that's
aligned with the river. And the straightness of
the river and the fact that the lake is in the
same direction makes me very suspicious of cross-
faulting. I don't see any of the dunite that is
mentioned in the - in the text. I did, however,
finally see some evidence of a fault line once
we got to North Island.

350 Oh 32 21 CDR And it was right at the southern end of North

Island. There's a little hook and a little bay,
and coming up from that hook and bay is quite
obviously a fault line. This is the westernmost
of the two fault lines that are drawn in our -
our chart.

350 0_ 32 39 CDR I don't feel I can give you much more of an

intelligent comment about it. The mountains are
dark and there is lots of vegetation all over
the island. The low - the lowland is well cul-
tivated. From a geologic standpoint, it's very
difficultfor me to pick out anythingthat really -
really grabs you. That's Just about all I can say.
llh8

350 Oh 33 09 CDR CDR out.

350 Oh 3h 07 CDR This is the CDR again, continuing on with the New
Zealand discussion. The target is HHI07. I
guess the reason why I couldn't see the dunite
zones or anything like that is the fact that
they're looking for the low Sun angle for the
fault lines and the high Stun angle for the dunite
zones. And I'm afraid I Just couldn't see the
dunite zones at all. I took three photos with
a Hasselblad i00. I couldn't resist that because
this is probably the most cloud-free that I've
ever seen New Zealand. The exposures I took
are nnmher 10h through 106 on Charlie X-ray 17.
And the f/stop was ii, and shutter speed was
1/250.

350 Oh 3h 56 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

350 12 02 03 SPT SPT at 12:02. PRD readings: 42402, 23219, 38386. --_

TIME SKIP

350 12 59 09 SPT SPT at 12:59. Subject: light flashes. These

should go to Bob Parker in the Astronaut Office.
Last night I was sleeping rather lightly and woke
up around 08:_5. I was observing a whole chain
of light flashes for around 2 or 3 minutes. They
all appeared to be coming from the right-hand side
as I lay on the bnnk, which, close as I can figure,
is the plus-Z direction. Most all of them were
long with two segments to them and ... appeared
high energy.

350 12 59 56 CC Skylab, Houston. We're A0S stateside for 13 min-

utes. And, Ed, if you ... - -

350 13 O0 01 SPT I'll pick this up later. SPT out.

TIME SKIP
 1149

350 13 37 15 CDR This is the CDB at 13:37 Zulu with observations of

the Falkland Current. This is for the Earth ob-
servations people. About l0 minutes ago, we had
a pass which crossed the southern part of Argenti-
na/Chile and paralleled the coast of South America
in a northeasterly direction. Bill and I got a
good look at the Falkland Current and the green,
the light-green upwelling, the blooming that's as-
sociated with that. We again verified that the
current is extremely straight along the coast -
along the eastern coast of Argentina. And today
we noticed that the fork or the - the blending of -
of currents appears to be off - Let's see now, if
I can give you the name of the inlet here - off
the Golfo San Matias.

350 13 38 32 CDR Stand by just a second; I'm going to get out that
current chart and try to be a little more specific.

350 13 39 I0 CDR Okay, this is the CDR again. Discussion again on

the FAlkland Current. Bill and I have, I think,
both been thinking that the current was stronger,
was not Just a west-wind drift that we see here
in our little chart of currents. But at any rate,
this - this Falkland Current that is traveling
from the south up to the north, it appears to me
now - what I described yesterday Just north and
west of the Falkland Islands must be sort of an
eddy pattern in the lee, if you can call the
downstream side of a water situation the lee side.
The lee side of the island, from a current stand-
point, must have caused the eddies there. Now as
I stand here looking at the chart, example 4-1,
we see that the Brazil Current and the Falkland
Current come together off of Montevideo and head
southeasterly. Today, it looks like that Joining
of the currents has shifted south from Montevideo
and the R_o de la Plata mouth - harbor there. It's
shifted south to where it's more opposite the
Golfo de San Matias. From the Golfo de San Matias
on down to Golfo - Golfo San Jorge, the - the
current is very, very straight as we have indi-
cated before.

350 13 40 53 CDR We were sorely tempted today to take another

picture of it, but we decided that - Well, for
one thing it went by too fast, and then the other
i150

thing was that we decided we'd pretty well docu-

mented this current and the straightness photo-
graphically, already. But, again, at the point
where these two currents Join together', and again
this morning, it was off of Golfo de San Matias -
there is considerable mixing going on. And again
I got the distinct impression that I saw the - the
reddish, the bluish hint that you get when you see
petroleum on the water. Now, I don't know whether
this might be oil spills or something that are be-
ing caught by these currents and - and carried and
the mixing of these currents has caused this - this
slick or so, but I very definitely get the very
faint pink red - you know, the - the iridescent
look that you see when you see gasoline floating
on water.

350 13 42 00 CDR But at any rate, the main point here is that the -
that the joining of these two currents apparently
has shifted south from Montevideo several hundred
miles. And it's - I'm wondering just how rapidly
this shifting can occur, or whether that - we're -
all we're seeing is Just a manifestation of some -
some eddies that - that occur because of this -
the drifting of these two - the merging of these
two currents and if these eddies could pop up plus
or minus a couple of hundred miles from the - the
area that's sketched in our current drawing here.

350 13 42 39 CDR At any rate, the - the blooming and the upwelling
in the currents are extremly easy to see. This
appears to be the easiest place that we have seen
anywhere in the world to see where upwelling and -
or upblooming [sic] of - of the chlorophyll and
all that and the pl_nkton and the green - the light
green - this is the most prominent area right here.

350 13 43 08 CDR CDR out.

350 14 02 21 PLT Okay, this is the PLT. Time is 14:02:30 on my

mark.

350 14 02 30 PLT MARK. Stand by. I have ROTATION, 215.0; I have

TILT, 30; I have the timer set. I still do not
have a reticle. I will do the best I can. I
checked the timer yesterday after changing the
battery and apparently that was the problem.
 1151

Let's see. I wasted one frame of IR checking it -

that is, mistakenly installed the film first. I
figured I'd better go ahead and make sure the thing
was working. And I hope it works today. Okay, I'm
looking - I do have somewhat of a horizon. By the
the way, a note for future design: This - Opera-
tion of this equipment is difficult because of the
hardware - I guess just the design of it. It's all
a bunch of little bits and pieces put together and
it doesn't fit too well and the track drive is
rough and Jittery and a lot of other things that I
won't go into right now.

350 lh 03 37 PLT But one of the things that really bothers you is
that you have to remain in a crouch position in
order to take these observations. This requires
continual muscle tension in the abdomen. So what
we've got here is a problem that not only is the
hardware not - not optimally designed or - Act-
ually, it's sort of poorly designed. I don't mean
to be critical; I'm Just saying it doesn't work
right. It doesn't work smoothly, it's not easy
to see what's going on, this ring track is lousy -
But that'sbeside the point. It does requirean
awful lot of muscle tension to hold yourself in
position. We're coming up on time. Okay, you got
1 minute to go. Let me make sure I've got every-
thing working here. Here's the ring. Tighten
that just a little bit. There, that's good. All
of a sudden I've lost everything. Okay, 15 seconds.
Okay, there's the horizon. Stand by. Okay, 64.

350 lh 05 05 PLT M_A/K<. There's the start of the first exposure.

Also, because of the conditions you give us to
work, I have to use a flashlight and there may
be spurious light off of the window. Okay, I do
not have a reticle, so it's difficult for me to
track the horizon. Okay, completion of that one,
except - Okay, I'm sorry. That was on 64 - 32,
and you got a 32-second exposure. Okay, starting
up at - second exposure at lh:07. They have to
leave that off. This is their problem. You have
to leave the timer off so you don't run the battery
down. I had to select this in semidarkness, so I
went to 32 instead of 6h. I have 6h set now and
it'll give you a good one next time. Okay, I will
do that at lh:07 right on the money. And that's
1 - h0 seconds from now. Let's see if I can do
1152

any better on your horizon. Also, I have to lose

my eye - night adaption, you see, in order to make
these changes. Everything is against the operator
in this experiment. It's Just not optimally de-
signed for a h_an to operate. Okay, coming up on
14:07. We'll Just - I'll try to get myself orga-
nized here and give you the best Job. Stand by -

350 14 07 00 PLT MARK. Starting a 64-second exposure. Once again,

I got the horizon in there the best I can. Okay,
starting to lose that star on the view track [?].
Well, I just don't know how to get this thing in
the right position. Ring track's on zero. Of
course, the ring track is designed - It looks great
when it's out laying flat on the table all by it-
self _,but when you put the hardware together, you
conceal everything. Also, the marks are very poor-
ly laid out. Just no intelligence at all given to
the scheme of putting the marks on the ring. Okay,
here we go. All right. Just a sorry Job all the
way around as far as I can see as far as - if you
wanted an operator to work it right. If you wanted
him to screw it up, then it's great. Okay, 14:09
coming up in about 35 seconds. And let me check
my horizon. And I'm just having an awful lot of
trouble getting the horizon in here. Here is part
of it. Stand by. 14:09 coming up.

350 14 09 01 PLT MARK. I can't even find the dang button to start
the timer. It' s black on black. There' s nothing
here to help the operator. And, in fact, it looks
like there's somebody who went out of their way to
make it hard. And really can't be too critical of
hardware like this, because if you really want good
data, you ought to make it so an idiot could work
it and then maybe we could do it. But I think I'm
getting the data you want. There's the old horizon
in there. That should be closing. Come on there.
There we go. Okay, we got about a minute; let me
check the focus here. There we go, looks good.
Okay, we're standing by now for 14:11. Ah, I seem
to be losing my night adaptation to - in order to
get the ... Okay. Okay, let's see if we can't
fire at ii, 13, 15. Okay, here we go.

350 14 ii 00 PLT MABK; 14:11. Starting another 64-second one.

Okay, 14:11, 13, 15, and then we change to
32 seconds.
 1153

PLT Okay, coming up. There we go. Okay. Fits right

in there. 13 is next. I got about h5 seconds ;
let me check. And I think that's the airglow.
Well, I hope that's right. 13. Stand by -

350 14 13 00 PLT MARK. Okay, starting another 6h. One more

64-second exposure. Stand by - Come on - there
we go. Okay, now it's coming up on 15. We want
one more 64-second exposure. Okay, I hope your
angles are right. The trouble is that part of
the view has blocked our sight. That's what's
confusing me here, and I - I think I'm getting
what you want.

350 14 15 07 PLT MARK. I was 5 seconds late on that one. Trying

to make sure I had a view - the correct view there.
Okay, now at 15 - 16 - at 18 you want a 30-second.
32. It looks to me like I'm getting - that's a
very beautiful star field up there. Okay, now
we're changing to 32, 32-second exposure starting
at 18; 14:18. Okay, I've got a few minutes here.
Let's see. 14:18. It's coming up on 14:17; let
me check to make sure - the view in here. Nmmm,
it changed. Oh, I'm off in my night adaptation.
That's what it was. Okay, ROTATION's changed.
Stand by -

350 lh 18 00 PLT MARK. Starting a 32-second exposure. There's a

city on the horizon. I can see it going over the
horizon. Okay, there we go. Okay, that was one
at 18. Now we want one at 20. Coming up at 20.
20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 32. Okay, even minutes.
Okay, I can get along without the flashlight now.
Stand by -

350 14 20 00 PLT MARK. Okay, the track is ...

350 lh 20 33 PLT The only way I can keep this thing ... - Here we
go. All right, I'm going to fiddle with ROTATION
and see if I can get a little bit better picture
here. Well, that's at the different part of the
horizon; so I'll leave that and try the TILT. Okay,
there was our problem. Our TILT was way off. Okay,
maybe this will be all right, too. Okay, at 21, I
got 1 more minute. Seems to me we're 90 degrees
out of phase for using the tracking mechanism. And
I've been trying my best to keep this thing on the
horizon, and it looks like to me that the horizon
 llS_

is oriented 90 degrees to the cr_%k track. Maybe

I understand - incorrectly understand the operation
of this. Stand by -
e

350 14 22 01 PLT MARK. Oh, thunderstorm. Okay, stand by for 24.

Okay, I guess we can add another comment that's
sort of significant. Probably too late to do any
good here, but - -

CDR ... manual.

PLT Yes, I do. And - However, I don't need it. I was

just looking at the pad here. Let me just make
a - make sure here. When do you need it, Jer?

CDR In a while.

PLT Okay. Well, I - I looked at the pad here. I don't

see any - 36 - 32-seconds. No, I don't see that I
need it. Stand by just a second; let me get this
one started. Okay. I'll tell you. Wait until
this exposure is over and I won't touch the camera.
Okay, I think that we're finally getting some de-
centpictures here ....

CDR The timer 's not working ...

350 l_ 24 13 PLT The ti - the timer's working now.

CDR Oh, it is?

PLT Yes. It was the battery. I think these batteries

are going down just setting in there in the case
because we - the thing's switch was off. So I'm
going to take the batteries out and tape them on
the side of the timer. Okay.

SPT How's the reticle ...?

PLT Oh, the reticle is out to lunch. It's just not

there. I changed the battery, too.

CDR ...

PLT Uh-huh. Okay, let's see if we can get a better -

Okay, there we go. Beautiful, right in the middle
of the picture. Right across the middle. Okay,
next one's at 26. It is now 25.

PLT i0 seconds. _-_

 1155

350 14 26 O0 PLT MARK. 26; starting the 32-second exposure. Okay.

These are much better than the first ones. Get
the thing right across the middle of the frame, or
at least the sight's there. The first ones there,
I wasn't sure if I was on the edge or what - the
horizon, that is. Okay. Next one is at 28. Check
my ROTATION again. Hey, very good. We're doing -
we're doing great, just great. Beautiful. Okay,
now it just takes training. If you don't have a
simulator on something that requires this kind of
action, it's Just - first couple of times it's a
training session. That's just what it amounts to.
I feel a lot better about these exposures. Those
yesterday were terrible. But these in the first
of this sequence aren't too good. 28's coming up
here shortly. Yes. I guess we're getting them
better. This last part - The last half of these
ought to be excellent pictures. First half are
terrible. Standby.

350 14 28 00 PLT MARK. 32-second one. Great, beautiful. Star

right to the airglow and everything. Come on
there. 1 - 2, 1 -

350 14 28 31 PLT MARK. There it goes. Okay.

350 lh 28 42 PLT Okay, that was 28. Now you need another one at 30.
Okay, I think that - probably could still get rea-
sonable photographs. I'm going to try something
else here. Okay. There we go. I - I Just noticed
that I - I wasn't horizontal across the frame. It
still had good - good airglow, but it's going to
be - it was diagonal. And now I've got it rotated
around. It's just not obvious, you know, when
you're looking in here, because I don't have a
reticle. The thing was changing. Now I'm Just
line - just lining it up while I'm looking at the
camera case.

350 l_ 29 39 PLT Better watch my time here. Okay, coming upon 30.
I guess in a couple more times, I ought to be pret-
ty good at it. Standby -

350 14 30 00 PLT MARK. Well, sorry about that, but, boy, I tell
you. When you Just don't train on something like
this - all you do is go and look at the hardware
on a bench - why, first time through, it's just
different - Or not different; it's Just foreign.
Never done it before. Stand by -
i156

350 14 30 34 PLT MARK. Okay. Everything's working great now.

32; I need two more exposures. Terminate at
sunrise, i_:38. Okay. Get the window in, Karl's
mirror stowed. Coming up on 32. I feel a lot
better about these latter exposures than the
earlier ones. Okay. Standby about i0 seconds.
Standby.

350 14 32 01 PLT MARK.

350 14 32 35 PLT Okay. Termination.

PLT One more exposure to go.

350 14 33 27 PLT I'Ii tell you one thing that you did here that
really helps. And that's to put everything on
an even minute and space it like you did. Boy,
I tell you, you can't - you can't overemphasize
how much help that is. Like you started there,
you would go on odd minutes there for a while;
and then at the exposure-duration change - Make
sure I don't screw everything up. Okay, got anoth-
er I'm coming to in lO seconds here. I'll make
my comment then. Stand by -

350 14 33 59 PLT MARK. Starting last exposure. Anyway, it sure

does help. Every little crutch like that helps
because this is a fairly easy sequence to do here,
because I don't have to change filters. But hav -
having the major events, the exposures, start
occurring on an even minute like that, boy, I'm
telling you, it really - it really makes it easy
for you to catch everything and do everything
properly. Okay. That's the end of the last ex-
posure. I'm getting ready to secure. Okay. TILT,
zero .... That's okay. Okay, locked. Air coming
in. Come on .... Okay. Come on there. Locked.

350 14 35 48 PLT RECORD switch, OFF.

350 14 39 04 PLT Okay, this is the PLT; completion of S063. Camera

used was Nikon 02, magazine IR14. The last expo-
sure was number 26. The indicator - Perhaps it's
25 - the thing is not quite right; 25 or 26.
 I157

350 14 39 28 PLT PLT out. Difficult to read the little indicator.

350 14 hl 28 CDR This is the CDR at 14:40 Zulu, debriefing the $233
camera operations this morning. The first frame
that was taken was snapped on time; however, the
shutter closed again _mediately. I suspect that
maybe I did not push the button hard enough on the
remote cable. I verified the setting was bulb,
and recocked the camera and started another expo-
sure at 17:40 - 14:32:17. Got that exposure
complete and refocused and cocked the camera and
got the flare - correction, the comet-rise at
14:33:56.

350 lh 42 17 CDR And the third exposure was started at - let's see,
it'd be 14 - 14:36:15, terminated at 14:37:15.
And sunrise came 45 seconds later; that is, the
Sun edge peeked over the horizon, the inner horizon,
at that instant. For 30 seconds before the Sun
peeked over the horizon, the light coming through
the STS window number 3 was bright enough to read
a wristwatch without any aid from the flo - phos-
phorescence of the dial or anything like that.
So it lookslikeour exposures now are finishing
well enough before sunrise. And your fi,rst
exposure, of course, is getting the comet completely
in - in the airglow.

350 14 43 21 CDR The comet today is very easily seen with the naked
eye, and the tail itself can be seen with the
naked eye. Looking through the binoculars, the
comet from head to tail takes up three-quarters of
the field of view of the binoculars. See, these
binoculars are - I don't know if you heard all
that ; the mike was kind of away from my mouth. I
said the - the comet takes up the full - three-
quarters of the full field of view of the binoculars.
That is, I put the head of the comet on one edge
of the field of view, and the end of the tail, as
far as I could see, was about three-quarters of
the way across the diameter of the binoculars.
I'm not sure that any other method of - of measur-
ing the distance is valuable at all. I'm looking
here to see if I can't figure out what the power
is of these binoculars. I guess the best thing
to do would be to get a set down there and Just
check them out and see what the field of view is.
1158

350 lh 4h 38 CDR At any rate, the comet is definitely getting

brighter. I'm afraid that in another couple or
3 days, the comet is going to be hidden from view
by a strut. We have a strut that is just parallel
to the tail of the comet, and the comet gets closer
to that strut every day. And I'm afraid in another
2 or 3 days that we're going to find that the
comet rises and sets - essentially, rises and is
lost in sunlight -while it's entirely behind
that strut. And we'll Just keep you posted as
we get closer and closer to the strut.

350 14 45 19 CDR CDR out.

350 14 46 _0 PLT This is the PLT with further comment on S063 ops,
AO - Alfa Oscar Papa. In reflection back over
that, I think I really came up on a training curve
on the experiment on this part - particular obser-
vational sequence. However, I still have _ couple
of questions. First, to reassure anyone that's
wondering, I did remove the battery from the timer
and taped it to the cable. And I told Ed about
it. So we will be removing the batteries from
the timer each - at the end of each sequence to
preserve the timer batteries. A question_ for the
FIs, and that is this. The field of view we have
through the sight is truncated by, I think, the
SAL case, or the configuration of the S019 mirror.
In other words, I assumed, perhaps improperly,
that my field of view was truncated, but that the
camera's was not. In other words, the camera was
looking straight on to Karl's mirror, but I was
not seeing all - I was not looking down the optical
axis of the mirror, so I was seeing a truncated
view.

350 14 47 52 PLT What I tried to do - I assumed that my sight was

getting a truncated view but the camera was getting
the full view. So when I centered the airglow in
my field of view - in the sight's field of view,
I centered it in the circle, not the truncated
portion of the field of view. So, in other words,
the - I - part of the field of view was cut out
because it wasn't seen - it was not looking at
the mirror - it was looking on the edge of the
mirror. And I would - I want to know if this is
right, because if not, then I'm - I'm not centering
the airglow in the camera's field of view.
 ii 59

350 14 48 27 PLT So, the question is this. Do I extrap - do I use

what would be the full field of view in the sight?
That is, if it were getting the - to look at the
mirror fully, do I use that full circle for
centering the airglow band, or do I use my trun-
cated field of view, neglecting what would be the
completion of the circle of the field of view of
the sight? And I - I realize that I had not worded
that quite well, but I think you understand the
problem well enough, having used the - looked
through the equipment, to understand what the
question is. And do we - do we center the airglow
in what would be the entire circle field of view
of the sight if it were seeing a full field of
view of the airglow horizon in the night sky?

350 14 49 17 PLT PLT out.

TIME SKIP

350 15 20 59 PLT PL - PLT reporting on M092/93 run. CDR: Left

calf is 13 inches even; right calf, 13-3/16.
The - startat 15:05,and the legbandnumb -
IDs are Charlie Juliett and Alfa Quebec,'left
and right, respectively.

TIME SKIP

350 15 56 56 SPT SPT at 15:28. Subject: light flashes. And

this should go to Bob Parker over in the
Astronaut Office. Okay, Bob, I got sidetracked
in giving you the details on this last one. We
had the ATM conference come up Just at that
moment. I can go through it rather quickly
again and finish it off. Okay, Last night, I
was sleeping rather lightly - especially around
3:45 - and I saw a fair number of light flashes.
These all came in from - well, in my eyes. I
was Just laying there in the rack on my right
side, which turns out to be the plus-Z direction;
that is, they were all aligned in that direction
along the Z axis, maybe plus or minus 20 degrees.
And I thought I could detect that they were Just
i160

going in one direction. Certainly I could not see

the speed at which particles move, but the illusion
was that they were moving from right to left.
Maybe it was the shape of the trajectory itself
which gave that illusion.

350 15 58 20 SPT There were usually two parts to the trajectory,

major parts, of a relatively thin line which
branched out into a - a width of maybe 4 or 5
times the original line and then abruptly stopped;
picked up with another thin trace and essentially
did the same thing. That's Just a general im-
pression; they're not all that way. This occurred
at 3:h5. And I looked at the map when we got up,
and it turns out that's exactly when We were in
the South Atlantic anomaly, pretty much right
in the heart of it.

350 15 59 08 SPT At 10:45, I saw - Excuse me. At 10:15, which is

exactly 1 hour later, again in the South Atlantic
anomaly, I did not see the same type of light
flashes,• but I saw many more of them, at much
lower energy in apperance; Just a lot of what
looked like polliwog-shaped light flashes going
off in random directions - large number of them
lower intensity, smaller in scalel At one point
at the earlier occurrence, I saw what appeared to
be a green flash - which is the first time I have
ever heard of it - a green light flash which was
just as green as the RECORD light on one of these
SIAs. The first and last one I've ever seen, but
it was very definitely green. I've looked up the
times at which flares have occurred this past
night, and we've had a fair number of them in
that time frame. The largest one did not occur
until quite a hit later than that.

SPT According to NOAA -

350 16 01 23 SPT Active region 00 produced energetic flares at

0h:25 Z of the one at C-3, 05:h6 Z of the subnormal
C-7, 07:47 Zulu of the one normal M-l, and a large
one at 11:08 Z - a surge, and it was an M-3.
Whether there's any cause-and-effect relation or
it's strictly fortuitous, I'm not about to guess.
We did have the three flares - a C-3, a C-7, and
an M-I - before those flashes were visible. I've
not seen flashes for a long time now, and they
all of a sudden appeared quite - quite vividly,
 1161

so maybe there is some cause and effect there.

But until we - until I understand that mechanism
better, I'm not about to guess.

350 16 02 35 SPT SPT out.

350 16 19 23 CDR This is the CDR at 16:19. The subject is M093_

subject, CDR. Total work was 300 watt-minutes.

350 16 19 32 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

350 16 49 12 PLT And I also see a very small, what I think is an

iceberg, directly below me. I'm trying to locate
my position.

PLT Okay, PLT. I see numerous icebergs -sma]l ice-

bergs. There must be, oh goodness, 50 to 100 of
them. And the time is 16:49.

PLT Okay, it's the PLT. I Just took a Hasselblad

frame of those icebergs. I've never seen that
many together before in such a small space. And
it was frame number 108 - Make that 107.

350 16 50 27 PLT PLT out.

350 16 53 18 PLT Okay, PLT. I've checked my map, and that position
was approximately 40 degrees west longitude and
about 48 degrees south latitude. And it's, oh,
about several hundred miles to the east of
Falkland Islands.

350 17 04 16 PLT PLT, reporting on frames 108, 109 - Hasselblad

Charlie X-ray 17 - taken over Angola and southwest
Africa, approaching the coast. There were three
items of interest. First, there was - g - there
was low Sun angle. There was some very interesting
geology in Angola, and down north or - correction -
part of southwest Africa, there were some sand
dunes. And there were also several massive thunder-
storms. I took a - the pictures - well, because
it seemed to be a reasonable combination of three
items of interest.
1162

350 17 04 53 PLT PLT out.

TIME SKIP

350 17 33 56 PLT PLT, time is, on my mark -

350 17 3h 00 PLT MARK. Time is 17:34. ROTATION is 136.8, TILT is

11.3. There is extended doors open. Waiting for
17:37:00 for POWER switch, ON.

SPT ...

PLT Okay, Ed. Thank you. Just thought of a design

change for future pieces of equipment like this.
It could avoid a little problem. And that would
be a power-test light or switch - or switch and
light. What we are doing, we had to change cables
all around and so forth. When we get to the shuttle
there's going to be a real shuffle if you change
pieces of equipment around. And it's very easy
to get a piece, to do all the hard work - like
putting a piece of equipment into position and
everything - and forgetting to hook up a power
cable ... which is what happened a moment ago
here. I Just happened to notice that the power
cable had been left off. And which would be real
nice on this - on these pieces of equipment in
the future when we have big double shuffles taking
place because of limited viewing time. It will be
nice to have a switch and a power-test switch -
a light and a power-test light. Yes, go ahead,
Ed.

SPT ...

350 17 36 07 PLT Thank you. Say that again. A power-test switch

and indicator, like a light or a talkback or
something like that, so that in - early in the
procedures you could have them hit that switch
and see if the light lights or if the talkback
goes gray or something like that. You know you'd
had everything hooked up. Might incorporate it in
your logic somehow, too, to know that - made sure
that the equipment is operating properly, which
is apparently a question that you had - It was
a question that you had earlier. But that's Just
 1163

a note for future design. Coming up on 37. Stand

by; i0 seconds. Stand by - POWER switch, ON -

350 17 37 00 PLT MARK. RESET, START.

350 17 37 02 PLT MAEK. And we got the flashing, and everything

- yes. Okay, the stuff's moving in there. I
hear the bloop or that hoot. Okay, waiting for
17:39:10.

PLT And the - Going back to that suggestion on the -

the power-test switch, that could be a pushbutton -
a place that you have the indicator aud the switch
located on just one element. You'd push the
button to make sure that you had everything hooked
up right in there - maybe an end-to-end check on
your - on power and logic. Okay, coming up on
39 shortly. And now 38:30 on my mark.

350 17 38 30 PLT MARK. Okay, 39:10, electrical POWER switch, OFF.

PLT Coming up on 39. Stand by on my mark. Okay -

350 17 39 00 PLT MARK. 39. Waiting for 39:10,. 39:10 on my mark.

340 17 39 i0 PLT MARK. POWER switch, OFF. Now, let's go for

ROTATION 203.1. They're not doing . .. Can't see
those numbers. 203.1 is locked. TILT of 24.9
and locked. And I'm looking for 17:h0 - excuse
me, for h0:30. Coming up on h0 now. Check it
once more with the flashlight. Man, it's hard
to see that one digit. Yes, 203.1, 24.9. We
Just passed 40. Waiting for h0.30. 40.30, POWER
switch, ON; - 340 31, RESET switch to START.
Stand by on m_ mark; 4 - h0:30. POWER SWITCH on
the mark.

350 17 40 30 PLT MARK. START. Okay. Here we go. Okay, we're

moving film. Okay, we're waiting for 46:56.

350 17 hl 41 PLT I'm going to turn the RECORDER, OFF.

350 17 42 04 SPT SPT at 16:42 - 17:42, ATM pass which began at

16:15. JOP 50, step 4, building block 39, went
off as scheduled. The only thing I did not do
is truncate exactly at i0 MINUTES REMAINING
because I wanted to make sure we got enough of
our GRATING, AUTO SCANs in for 55 and as long
1164

as possible on that exposure for 82B, on their last

exposure, got 14 minutes and 30 seconds. And
55 got over three GRATING, AUTO SCANs. That last
part, I'm not sure exactly how much or - STARTED
off the orbit with a shopping list item 1 at
Sun center to get a look at the corona. Then I've
gone to the active region. I rolled so that the
slit was tangent to the limb and looked at oxygen
Vl on the detector, mode UP and DOWN, until I got a
maximum, LEFT/RIGHT, and that was about the 20,000
on the INTENSITY COUNT. The slit there was still
tangent to the limb. I had moved out to the limb
and performed the building block as specified; so
we were right above the hottest part in the active
region.

PLT Say, Ed? Ed, do you read?

SPT Yes, what ?

PLT Hey, I got to have the recorder at about 46; so

if you could open - or discontinue for Just a
moment there, I can get the last exposure's
con_nent s on.

SPT Okay. If you want it at 46, I can finish up

before then.

PLT Great. That 'd be fine.

350 16 44 h5 SPT Okay, during the first 82B exposures, we had a

surge on the limb which was right at the location
of the slit; so I suspect that you were looking at
surge at that moment. It was not a very large
surge but certainly effectual, maybe, oh a quarter
of an arc minute or so to a third of an arc minute
off the limb. It lasted for about 5 minutes and
then died away. The active region brightened up
at that time, also, however, we did not get an in-
crease. We couldn't get an increase in PMEC or
APERTURE - or no aperture ch - position changes on
56.

350 17 45 30 SPT SPT out.

350 17 h5 38 PLT Okay; PLT. Completion of S201, ... comet. Coming

up on 17:46 now. Stand by on my mark.

350 17 h6 O0 PLT MARK. 17:46. Okay, waiting for 17:46:56.

 i16}

FLT Okay, stand by on my mark, 17:46:36, RESET switch

to START, followed by POW_ switch, OFF. Stand
by-

350 17 46 56 PLT MARK. And OFF. Okay, let's see. We want TILT
to zero first. And ROTATION to zero. And both
of them are locked. Okay, here we are now.
Retract .... before I close the door. Okay,
terminating recording of S201.

350 17 47 54 PLT PLT out.

TIME SKIP

350 20 18 01 CDR This is the CDR at 20:18 Zulu, debriefing the

ATM pass that started at 19:24 Zulu. It
started out with a J0P 26, building block 10, at
LIMB OFFSETs of minus 2, 02, and 4 and ended up
with a J0P 6, step 2. On the building block 10's,
I had no great problem with that. I started up -
I found the - the GRATING RE_a_ENCE switch in
OPTICS and the GRATING sitting at zero. And I
_ looked back, and - and Ed had been doin_ some
limb work. And so I took the 000 that I had. I
put the GRATING in MECHANICAL and figured that
what I would do would be subtract 102 from every
reading and that would be the right GRATING
POSITION. And let's see. Did I do that right?
Yes. So the first grating - the first MIRROR,
AUTO RASTER, at the step of - off - LIMB OFFSET
of minus 2, was done with a GRATING reading zero.
But I had it in MECHANICAL, and I knew it was
supposed to be reading 102.

350 20 19 31 CDR And then the next - the next one, at an OFFSET
of zero, I had at a GRATING of 10h2. And then I
got ahead of schedule. I also got to feeling
uneasy about the grating, and I said, "Well, I've
got the time; so I'm going to resync the GRATING
around the MECHANICAL REFERENCE and make sure
I'm not messing things up." So for the third
building block 10, at an OFFSET of plus 2, I had
gone ahead and synced it - run it clear to the
end in MECHANICAL REF and then up to 1761. I'm
pretty sure the data's good. But I Just had that
uneasy feeling, and I had a little time to spare;
so I decided to go ahead and do it.
i166

350 20 20 l0 CDR The last building block l0 was no problem. That

was a LIMB OFFSET of 4. All the time I was doing
these, I was carrying the XUV in the other monitor
and watching region O0 for brightening. We went
into the South Atlantic anomaly at - Oh, golly,
I think it was about 50 or thereabouts. Good
old PMEC went galloping up. Master flare alarm
went off; so I turned it OFF. But I continued
monitoring XUV because I figured that was my best
possible hint between that brightening and
H-alpha 1. I started JOP number 6, step 2,
building block 2 and about 4 minutes into the JOP
I noticed a bright spot appear on XUV very suddenly.

350 20 21 ll CDR I looked at H-alpha, ahd H-alpha was brightening

very suddenly right in the middle of - of active
region 00. And I looked up just in time to see
the BERYLLIUM APERTURE POSITION drop from 4 to 3.
The PHOTOMULTIPLIER, PMEC, has been clanking around
between 500 and 700 all through the South Atlantic
anomaly. And I did not have the master flode -
MASTER FLARE MODE on; so I just can't tell you at
all what the EXPOSURE COUNT was.

CDR I don't know how much of the PMEC was South Atlantic
anomaly and how much of it was the flare. I looked
at the flare cue card. We were set up for a slew
to flare; so I hightailed it off in that direction.
I bungled in that I did not get 54 going, nor 82A.
And the reason why is 54 was running in 256. Now
it says at the beginning of this activity period
to configure 54 for SL-31. But down here in
JOP 6, step 2, there is no mention of omitting 54,
so I had the doggone thing set up in SINGLE, 256
instead of HIGH, 64. So I figured, at that time,
I'd already had it anyway; so I might as well slew
to the flare.

350 20 22 43 CDR Stand by. Okay, I'll continue on. Air-to-ground

started talking and then quit. I went ahead and
slewed to the flare, and I m_naged to bungle that
too be slewing to in in H-alpha 2 instead of
H-alpha 1. And the MAR was in the line 25 when I
got there, and I had already started - switched
over 56 - correction - 54 to HIGH, 64 and started
82A. And I decided - Well, the worst - best thing
I can do now is leave it where it is, and luckily,
we're in line 25 for the flare for S055. So all
 1167

in all_ I kind of bungled it. On the other hand -

Stand by.

350 20 25 05 CDR Okay, this is the CDR again, getting back to my de-
briefing on the flare. Essentially what happened -
and I'll review it very briefly - and that is that
I did not fire up 54 and 82. And the reason I didn't
fire those - fire 54 was a good reason, because
it wasn't set up properly. And I thought - since I
only had 8 minutes left - the best thing I could do
would be to slew to the flare quickly, and I
bungled that by slewing to it with H-alpha 2.
Partially recovered because $055 was on line 25.
I got 82A going, 56 going, and 54 late. And it
had already - the flare had already started
pooping out by then. We got out of the South
Atlantic anomaly, and the PMEC was starting to fall
fast. And we were down below the flare threshold
in no time at all. The whole thing was very quick.

350 20 26 13 CDR It might have been a - sort of a preflare sort of

thing; I don't know. About l0 minutes before
the flare went off, I noticed around O0 a brighten-
ing in H-alpha i. This - this occurred during the
last building block 10, up from the sunspot that's
there in 00 at the - about the 2 o'clock position
from the sunspot. And I think it was probably
about l0 arc seconds - l0 or 12 arc seconds long
and about 4 arc seconds wide. A - The area
brightened up and became the same - same brightness
as the plage that's to the south and east of the
sunspot - the bright plage that really makes up
active region 00.

350 20 27 ll CDR That, mainly, was what prompted me to continue

watching kq/V while I was trying to do JOP 6, be-
cause I saw that bright area increase in brightness
in H-alpha 1 but saw nothing in XUV. So that's
a little bit of preamble information that got me
looking at the XUV. I was awfully surprised to
see how fast the flare went up and how fast it
died out. And, of course, the whole thing was -
was fogged by the PMEC. We were still in the
South Atlantic anomaly.

350 20 27 55 CDR I'm trying to think. I guess probably what I

should have done was gone ahead and stayed Sun
center and fired up all of the - the experiment
1168

first, before I moved. Even though 54 was - was

configured wrong, I should of Just stayed there
and configured it and then moved off to locate
the flare. I think if I'd taken it a little more
slowly, I would have gone with the right H-alpha,
too. But things were happening so fast that I -
and there was so little time left, I felt obligated
to slew and ended up pointing the wrong doggone
H-alpha at the flare.

350 20 28 37 This is CDR out.

TIME SKIP

350 22 ii 28 CDR This is the CDR at 22:11 Zulu with S019 operations.
The first exposure will start at 22.160 The SAL
is OPEN. The mirror is EXTENDED. I have a

ROTATION set in of 44.6, a TILT of 10.2, for star

field number 004, and this exposure will be
180-degree, widened.

350 22 12 52 CDE All right, the nu Z is - I don't see a nu z called

out in the pad. Okay, apparently there is no nu Z

update desired. Okay, the brightest star in the

field - All right, I'm reverifying a TILT of
44,6 - a ROTATION of 4h,6, a TILT of 10.0, and
there is no single star that stands out as being
considerably brighter than all the rest. And I
would have expected Betelgeuse to be considerably
brighter, I had one star at the edge of the
field of view at 3 o'clock, and it Just rotated -
Just passed from view. The maneuver is still
going on; that's our problem.

350 22 14 30 CDR How much longer on the maneuver, Ed?

SPT ...

CDR Okay, and say again the nu Z . I forgot to _-rite

it down.

SPT Minus 3.8.

CDR Okay, thanks.

 CDR The nu z from _he ATNIDC is minus 3.8.

CDR Okay, here we are. We're not even at the attitude

yet.

350 22 15 20 CDR And we're up on - we're coming up on 16. We're •

30 seconds away. I Just don't have time to make
a - a TILT and ROTATION correction. I'm in the
SLIDE RETRACT position now. I'm going to start
this exposure on time, with no correction in TILT
and ROTATION. Coming up on 22:16. Stand by -

350 22 16 00 CDR MARK it.

CDR The first exposure is number 21, frame number 21.

CDR Are we damped out, Ed?

SPT ...

CDR Okay. They sure cut it close this time.

CDR Okay, the rates are damped out. I'm afraid we

Just cut that maneuvermuch too close. Now this
exposure is 180 seconds, unwidened. We have
about - almost 40 seconds complete on it so far.
1 second gone - correction, 1 minute gone. I Just
don't recognize Betelgeuse in the - in the stars
here. There is one fairly bright star down at -
It's about 7 o'clock, looking at the clock, and
it's out - Okay, it's in the - it's in the corner,
is where it is, of your reticle - the lower left
corner of the square.

350 22 18 07 CDR 2 minutes and 5 seconds are gone. But I'll tell
you, I'm just not positive that's Betelgeuse be-
cause my impression of Betelgeuse is it's much
brighter than that. And I don't see enough of the
other stars here to be able to recognize Betelgeuse.

CDR I know Betelgeuse is in - right near Orion, but I

don't see enough of the star field to positively
identify Betelgeuse. We have 2 minutes and 38
seconds now.

CDR Okay, coming up on a 18 - 180 seconds. Stand by -

350 22 19 00 CDR MARK.

1170

CDR The exposure is completed. Going to a ROTATION

of 204.2. That's set. Going to a TILT of 22.8.
204.2, ROTATION. 22.8. All right, the exposure
start time is 22:20:09. It is now 22:20 even, at
my mark.

350 22 20 O0 CDR MARK. 9 seconds to go. Looks like we're coming

up through the airglow. Stand by -

350 22 20 l0 CDR MARK. The SHUTTER is OPEN. We're looking at

frame 22. Reverifying 20h.2 and 22.8. Okay, I
have the comet in sight and it looks like it's
placed properly. Negative. It' s placed halfway
between the center vertical reticle and the
left-hand vertical reticle. And I can't quite
read the hatch marks. There's l, 2, 3-1/2 hatch
marks out. Almost in the exact center between the
two verticals on the left. 1 minute has gone by.
Oh, Lord. This is supposed to be widened. Okay,
I can't do anything now but leave it unwidened and
give you a 270, unwidened.

350 22 22 53 CDR We're coming up on 22:23.

SPT ...

CDR Okay, I'll be finished. Okay, we're coming up on

22:2h. The sky is beginning to lighten up.

350 22 23 52 CDR I'm going to terminate it 5 seconds early.

350 22 23 55 CDR MARK. Am closing the FILM HATCH, and the FILM
HATCH was closed 2 seconds before sunrise.
We're now in STOWAGE. Frame 22 was Kohoutek.
And I'm sorry about that - not widening that dog-
gone thing. I Just got too busy looking, to
check the crosshairs for you. Okay, I'm going
to set the ROTATION and TILT to zero and get the
mirror in.

SPT Through with the recorder, yet?

CDR Yes, I 'm through.

350 22 25 l0 CDR Okay, this is the CDR terminating the recordings

on SO19. CDR out.

TIME SKIP
 i171

350 23 02 15 SPT SPT ... pass which began at 20:57.... operations

of solar winds. It all went - all went fairly
straightforward. I got about seven sequences
of SINGLE FRAME, FILTER 2 or FILTER h for 56,
and the other exposures as called out for. Right
at the very tail end of 54 and as I was powering
down to do the maneuver away from solar inertial,
we got ourselves that M-flare, and I had no al-
ternative because we were running out of daytime.
We had about 5 minutes left in day, and we had the
maneuver coming up. I had about 2 or 3 minutes
for the maneuver. If I had known it was the
M-flare, I might have dallied a little bit longer
and tried to get something. But then I couldn't
get anywhere near complete data on it; so I did
not pursue it. Fortunately, I was spring loaded
that whole orbit for flares, but it just came
around hO minutes too late. When the Sun is in
this state, then I think if we really are serious
about getting a rise from a flare, we ought to
spend a considerable amount of time either in a
flare rise or a building block 24 or a building
block 24 with a couple of other experiment
_- operations thrown in there.

350 23 04 25 SPT Certainly know the name of the game, though. If

you get the X-ray instrument going and the - 82A
going as fast as we possibly can - and I think that,
we can - can do rather quickly if we're spring
loaded for doing it - I think we could be running
some operations centered on the flare, reeentered
on active region 00, with - certainly S054 in the
FLARE MODE ready to go. 56 can be running, but
it's very easy to switch then to PARTOL, SHORT;
turn them around. Have 82A set up the way I had
this past orbit - that's PARTOL, SHORT. Have
15 seconds set up on the EVENT TIMER; then ENABLE.
And 55, set up with a - in some sort of a mirror
mode - MIRROR, AUTO RASTER/MIRROR, LINE SCAN -
so that they're in reasonable GRATING POSITION.

350 23 05 43 SPT And maybe XUV SLIT doing something of a - some

sort of a patrol - or nothing at all, if you
desire - on the flare. The time we'd have, we'd
stand a very good chance of getting a rise, if
that was the announced intent.

SPT But I think as soon as we got ourselves a - a flare

alert - And I've been tolerating the PMEC moving
1172

the tolerances up and down as it goes in and out

of the anomaly and watching a brilliant APERTURE.
It was pumped up 3 on that last run at the very
start. We watched that in H-alpha, which,
surprisingly enough, it showed up quite well. And
also, the XUV MON, which - This last one I pushed
was - had Just taken and put the XUV MON away -
the - not the monitor but the persistent image
scope; so I could not verify that we really did
get point brightening immediately.

350 23 06 53 SPT But I think if we - ... all those displays - we

have the experiments in the modes which are going
to _ke them amenable to a rapid turn - on in the
FLARE MODE, I think we got a good chance for it.

350 23 07 09 SPT SPT out.

350 23 20 02 PLT This is now PLT, debriefing the ATM pass started
at 22:_3, approximately. Nu Z update performed as
scheduled. Did J0P 19, step l, building block 35
substituting for 3_. Everything went reasonably
well. I misunderstood one line - Truncate at 2-TR
at the bottom. I thought it meant two rasters. -.
I only give 55 two RASTERs and two GRATING POSI-
TIONs. I don't know what that means, but I'm
pretty sure did not apply to 55. Next time I
wonlt do that. Everything else was performed.
I got the 1-minute exposure - WAVE, LONG, 82A;
52, NODE,CONTINUOUS. No problem. I did - I
think - three sequences of 54, and I got a total
of 20 exposures, 56 - 5 through 6 in - No, not
20; ll - six SINGLE FRAME 2, LONG and five
SINGLE _ 4, LONG. I watched the 99, the
active region that popped on the last orbit,
and in - in fact, it sort of died down. The
activity is less now than it was when I first
came on console, and it is just not as near as
bright in XUV. In fact, it's disappeared from
the persistence image scope now, though it still
shows up in H-alpha 2.

350 23 21 25 PLT PLT out.

###
 DAY 351 (AM) 1173

351 O0 23 53 SPT SPT at O0:e3. Handheld photos 153 and 146-13 the
drought area in Australia, a ... at Gulf of
Carpentaria.

351 00 2h 48 SPT The one thing I certainly was looking for is this -
in the ob - these observations was any water or any
vegetation. And was fairly open sky, maybe lO
to 20 percent cloud cover. There was only one
location where I saw any vegetation and that was
right by the mouth of the river by Darwin. It
ran up the - up back past the mouth of the river
up the - on either side of the river bank. I
would estimate up to, say, Pine Creek. Other than
that, I could see no signs of vegetation. The land
looked pretty barren. In some spots, it was Just
plain open rock. Looked as though it had been wind -
wind eroded a fair amount. I could see no - no
small lakes. It was certainly a rather depressing
sight, knowing how much they are really in need
of water in that location.

351 00 26 21 SPT I did get a photograph of the - one particular area

where the - where I did mention previously - where I
did see some vegetation and also a couple of shots
a little further inland as we passed over. Numbers
on those are CXl7, frame nl,mbers llO to ll2. Okay,
moving on to another area of weather, open cells,
closed cells, the B4nard type, and waves. I saw
a good illustration of these all in one location
around over the ocean. These were taken on CXl7,
frame numbers ll3 to ll5.

351 00 27 19 SPT The B4nard cells, well, were on my right; open,

fairly classical pattern of them. And they - as
I scanned further to the left, they tended to be
more lined up in a linear fashion so that their -
their sides all tend to come together in a wave
moving east/west - white line east/west. That is,
they were not hexagonally shaped, if you will, or -
or fitted among one another, but gack - stacked up
right beside one another so that they're - the
further - furthermost end, closest side to me,
formed a linear line of clouds. As we moved further
to the left, we gradually moved into an area of
closed B4nard cells, very classical again. I
thought that the combination of the two in what
appeared to be essentially a uniform weather system
was kind of interesting.
1174

351 00 28 37 SPT The waves which existed over the open B6nard
cells also were evident to a small - to a
mucher [sic] degree over in the closed.

351 00 28 46 SPT SPT out.

351 00 29 01 SPT Oh, SPT back in again. I should add to that- this
last observation of the weather that for, I'd say,
a period of 500 miles or so - that these types of
clouds existed open, closed, and to some degree,
some stacking up of them in the manner I just
described. Oh, I think what I - photo I got was
probably - The photos I got were probably the best
illustrations in the area.

351 00 29 28 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

351 02 55 39 CC For the SPT or the PLT, I've got a question I'd
like to ask you about ILCA.

PLT Go ahead, Crip.

SPT Go, Crip.

351 02 56 01 CC Okay, one of the things that we've been pondering

is on day 347, about h days ago, we noticed - -

351 02 56 03 CDR Okay, this is the CDR on SO19. It's 03:56 [sic]
right now. We're in our positions. I believe
I have Aldebaran in sight. It's very close
to being in the proper position. It is, at the
moment - -

CC - - about 39 degrees. And we were wondering if

possibly ... - -

CDR On the reticle it is about two marks up, and about

five marks to the left. I'm now going to put it,
I hope, on the left margin.

CC Okay, Ed, that makes - eases the EGIL's mind to

know why his temperatures weren't what he
anticipated. And did - did it - they cleared
 1175

up last night when you cycled that circuit breaker

and that you did not have to turn off switches.

SPT ...

351 02 57 lh CDR Okay, the corrected angles are 27.7 ROTATION -

CC you did not have to turn the power switches

off to do that.

CDR - - and 22.8, TILT.

CC ...

CDR Now I'm going to the TILT and ROTATION for Spica.

CC Okay, very good. We're i minute from LOS. We'll

see you again at Tananarive in about 17 minutes
and - -

CDR 164.1 and 20.4.

CC - - ... And for - just as a reminder, for the

CDR, we've got the VfR to dump it, so it's not
available to you.

351 02 58 04 CDR All right. Spica's way over to the right. That's
ab - RIGHT, 6; and DOWN, i. I'll try to work it
back over to where it belongs.

351 02 58 28 CDR All right. There's Spica. And Spica's at 166.9

and 18.4. A]] right, I'm now going to the ROTA-
TION and TILT values for Kohoutek, which are
202.5 in ROTATION - and in TILT, 22.8.

CDR All right, let's verify that again. It's 204.5

and 22.8. Watching for Kohoutek. Got 20 seconds
until rise. We're coming through the airglow
nov, I believe. This one will be a 270, widened,
if I can ever find Kohoutek. As yet, I do not
have it in sight. There it is. It's - it's
on the left line, but it's - it was out'about
6 points.

CDR Okay, it's where it belongs now. I'm going to

start the exposure. Stand by -
 1176

351 03 00 35 CDR MARK. Starting a 270, widened, and I started

it about 30 seconds late. We're looking at
counter frame number 23. I Just checked and the
FILM HATCH is indeed OPEN. The corrected values
for ROTATION and TILT are 204.8 and 21.8.

CDR Okay, and I'm prepared to stop this rascal early.

351 03 01 5h CDR hO percent has gone by and it's now 04:02 [sic].

351 03 02 00 CDR MARK.

351 03 02 50 CDR Coming up on 03 now - 03:03. Stand by -

SPT ..., Jer.

CDR Okay -

351 03 03 00 CDR MARK. At 03:03 we had 72 percent.

CDR Okay, Kohoutek is about 1/2 mark up from the

9 o'clock position, and it's on the left-hand - -

SPT ..., Jer.

CDR Okay, we have - we have at mark, 20 seconds to

go. It's 90 percent now. I'm going to close
the shutterat - with about 2 secondsto go.
Well, the sky is starting to light up already.
I'm going to CLOSE the SUTTER now.

351 03 Oh O0 CDR Okay. And the FILM HATCH is closed. It is now

03:04. Okay, Bill, no sweat.

CDR Okay, we had about 97 or 98 percent of the widened

exposure completed then. The FILM HATCH is
closed. We're in the CARRIAGE RETRACT position.
I'll put it in STOWAGE. We're looking, right now,
at frame number 23; that was the Kohoutek frame.
Ed, you can turn on the lights down there if you
want to, if you need them. Here comes the Sun.
' I'd better get the mirror in.

351 03 04 42 CDR TILT coming out, and ROTATION coming out.

351 03 05 09 CDR Okay, TILT and ROTATION are out. I'm going to
retract the mirror now.

351 03 05 26 CDR I'm going to CLOSE the SAL door.

 1177
F-

351 03 05 43 CDR Okay, this is the CDR recapping again. For

Kohoutek, the pointing I found to be 20h.8 and
21.8, that 's ROTATION and TILT. For Aldebaran,
I found the ROTATION to be 277.7 and 22.8. And
for Spica, I found 166.9 and 18.h.

351 03 06 15 CDR Okay. This is the CDR terminating data on

the S019.

351 03 I0 28 SPT SPT at 03:10. Handheld photo CXlT, frame

number 116 was of an island wake taken at 00:30.
Again, I saw a bow wave as though from a ship,
although it was not the same as previously. The -
the wave pattern itself was not anywhere near as
extensive, and it was repeated along the axis
several times back with the waves being parallel
to one another, and as though there was a second
and third and fourth and fifth sources back there;
although I know that not to be true. One side
was more pronounced than the other. And in gen-
eral, the - it looked as though the clouds - air
mass was a little more unstable than the last one
which I discussed, which I believe that it was yes-
terday. I found no evidence of yon Karmon vortices
in thewaveeffect.

351 03 ii 45 SPT SPT out.

J

TIME SKIP

351 Oh 47 hO CDR This is the CDR at 0h:h7 Zulu reporting on $233.

Missed the 01:25 observation because of the medical
conference and we did not get an opportunity to take
our 233 pictures during the S019 maneuver or during
the time S019 was going on. So I elected to wait
until the next normal comet-rise on the night cycle.
I took the first frame, 60-second frame, focused
at 15 feet at 0h:32:50. At 0h:3h:08, I started
the 2-minute frame, focused at infinity. I would
estimate that it was probably 20 seconds after
comet-rise - 20 to 30 seconds. The first frame I
initiated at 32:50 and at - I initiated it the
instant I could recognize the - the comet in the
Earth atmosphere. As soon as I recognized it, I
hit that frame and then, as I said before, the
2-minute frame was activated at 34:08. And I de-
cided not to do the third frame because it was
1178

obvious there was not 60 seconds of darkness left ;

was already getting quite light at that time.
So I terminated with two frames, and the total
frames taken for the day were six. Four this
morning - the first frame, I think I explained
before, the shutter closed as soon as it opened,
and I think it was because I did not press the
mechanism hard enough. Frames 2, 3, and 4 -
Actually, the first frame was frame number zero in
the camera. Frames l, 2, and 3, were this morning's
233. Frames 4 and 5 were tonight's exercise. So
we start tomorrow - tomorrow morning with frame
number 6.

351 04 49 52 CDR CDR out.

351 04 53 09 CDR This is the CDR at 04:53 Zulu. Subject is handheld

photography or Earth observations. The site requested
was the Gal_pagos Islands. The time was 00:58 Zulu.
Unfortunately, Earth observations was upstaged by
solar observations. That was about the time we
were getting our first good look at a solar flare.
And so we did not get a chance to take a look at
the Gal_pagos Islands at night to see if any of the
volcanic activity could be seen.

351 04 53 48 CDR CDR out.

l

351 Oh 54 13 PLT PLT at 04:54 Zulu, reporting the initiation of

squeezer bag dump back at 04:45.

351 05 03 53 CDR This is the CDR at 05:03 Zulu with the results of
limb volume measurements and body measurements.
PLT - this is mission day 31, day of the year 350:
Limb volume - left arm, 17.2, 16.7, 17.8, 18.8,
20.7, 22.8, 24.5, 25.5, 26.2, 26.3, 25.8, 24.5,
24.7, 26.0, 26.4, 26.9, 27.7, 28.1, 29.6; right
arm, 17.6, 16.6, 16.8, 18.0, i -20.1, 22.9, 25.5,
26.6, 27.8, 28.0, 27.5, 26.8, 26.0, 26.8, 26.9,
27.4, 28.26, 29.0, 29.5. That's 19 positions on
each arm. Left leg, 25 positions: 20.2, 20.2,
21.2, 23.3, 25.5, 27.9, 29.9, 32.6, 34.0, 33.1,
31.0, 31.3, 32.6, 35.0, 34.6, 34.3, 37.5, 38.6,
42.2, 45.7, 46.8, 48.5, 49.8, 4 - 5o.7, 5o.4;
right leg, 21.6, 20.2, 20.4, 22.5, 24.6, 27.6,
29.4, 31.1, 35 - correction, 33.5, that was
number 9; number l0 is 33.5, 33.0 31.2, 32.5
34.5, 34.2, 33.7, 36.2, 38.1, 42.8, 45.1, 47.1,
 47.9, 48.6, 49.9, 50.0. Neck measurements, 35.3;
chest inspired, 97.0; expired, 92.5; waist, 71.0;
hips, 81.9 ; center of mass, 22.9 centimeters.

351 05 06 36 CDR Next subject is the CDR, mission day 31: Limb
volume - left arm, 16.1, 15.7, 17.1, 18.5, 20.7,
22.4, 24.3, 25.4, 25.6, 25.6, 25.6, 24.0, 24.3,
25.8, 26.0, 26.6, 27.0, 27.0, 28.5. That's
19 positions. Now the right arm, 17.8, 16.6, 17.0,
18.4, 21.5, 22.6, 24.5, 25.5, 26.4, 26.8, 26.5,
25.0, 24.5, 25.8, 26.9, 27.5, 27.7, 27.3, 29.4.
That's 19 positions. Now we go to the legs with
25 positions each. Left leg, 20.4, 19.8, 20.5,
22.3, 24.1, 26.3, 28.2, 31.8, 32.4, 31.7, 30.2,
30.6, 31.6, 33.4, 34.1, 33.8, 34.8, 36.8, 40.2,
42.0, 44.8, 47.2, 48.9, 50.6, 51.0; right leg,
21.2, 20.0, 20.4, 21.8, 23.9, 25.7, 29.5, 32.0,
33.8, 32.5, 31.4, 30.7, 32.0, 34.2, 34.8, 34.6,
35.0, 36.2, 39.4, 41.2, 44.3, 47.5, 50.0, 51.2,
52.0. Neck, 37.5 - correct that, 37.5; chest
inspired, 101.2; expired, 94.0; waist, 79.6; hips,
87.5; center of mass, 22.9.

351 05 08 42 CDR The SPT, there were no measurements taken on him

today. There was not enough time allowed in the
schedule. And we suggest that it be rescheduled.
CDR out.

351 05 08 58 CDR This is the CDR with an addendum to the previous

report on leg volumes. The IR photos were taken.
The e.g. mass - or the center masses were taken.
And the SPT will report that with his measurements
of limb volume. And the stereophotos were taken.

351 05 09 18 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

351 14 29 56 SPT This is the SPT at 14:30. PRD readings: 42411,

23227, 38298.

351 14 30 06 SPT Out.

TIME SKIP
II8G

351 15 05 14 SPT SPT at 15:06. M071. The blue dyemarkers were

taken on mission day 32, rather than day 31.

351 15 05 26 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

351 15 32 51 CDR Okay, this is the CDR at 15:33 Zulu debriefing the
$233 pass this morning. The first exposure was
taken at 15:25 on time, for 60 seconds and 15-foot
focus. The second exposure was taken at 26:19
with a 120-second exposure, with an infinite focus.
And the third one was taken immediately after that.
These were frames 7, 8, 9, and lO - I guess they
would be.

351 15 33 31 CDR We've shot six frames yesterday and three frames
this morning. Looks to me like maybe the next
day or so the comet is going to be occulted by
the strut that's out in the area there, and after
about tomorrow we'll be unable to take any pictures.
It'sgetting veryclose.

351 15 33 _7 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

351 16 55 30 PLT Okay, this is the PLT. Time is 16:55:40 on my

mark.

351 16 55 41 PLT MARK. And I'm waiting for 16:59:10. I have

ROTATION, 201.5 and TILT of 23.1. I have filter
A-1 in position now. I'm trying to see the comet.

SPT We're there now.

PLT Okay. Okay, we're in position and I don't see a

darn thing in here. I never have seen anything
in here. All I can see is a fuzzy white blob.
Maybe that's it. Take the filter all the way on.
See if that fixes it. Okay now, this did not have
focus. So that's not the problem. I've got the
mirror down, I checked that. Flat no way you can
tell it until you get there. Well, really kidding
yourself, I guess. I'm Just going to take them on
time.Okay. _-_
 1181

SPT ...

PLT No. No, that's okay. Coming up on 58. I can't

figure this out. When I first looked in there,
it seemed all right. Okay there's nothing - no
circle to use. Well, it looks hopeless as far as
trying to center the nucleus. Next 58. Well, I'm
going to - too late now. Screw up m_ exposures
trying to diddle with the ROTATION and TILT. Okay,
ROTATION is 201.5 TILT is 23.1. 30 seconds start-
ing at 16:59:10.

351 16 58 h0 PLT Well, now, I don't have much confidence this

camera is going to work right, but we'll give it
a go.

PLT Okay, ... filter and standing by. Gosh darn.

Okay, there we go. Standing by for 59:40. Have -

351 16 59 42 PLT MARK. Okay on filter A-1. Okay and filter A-l's
at zero, 3 seconds starting at 17:00. Stand by -

351 17 O0 02 PLT MARK. l, 2, 3. Okay .... zero. Change filters.

... Charlie 3. Charlie 3 is in position. Now
standingby for 170h5. Stand by. 15 secondsto go.
This w-ill be 90 seconds. Stand by -

351 17 00 48 PLT MARK. Okay, I'll put the A filter up.

PLT Coming up on 45 seconds on _ mark.

351 17 01 33 PLT MARK. Okay, 45 to go. Now filter B-1 next.

30 seconds to go.

PLT Okay, stand by. l0 seconds to go mark. 3, 2, 1 -

351 17 02 18 PLT MARK. That's .... And stuff a little filter.

... Bravo 1. Okay and at 17:02:55, coming up
shortly, 60 seconds on B-1. Yes.

351 17 02 56 PLT MA/IK. 17:02:55. Starting a 60-seond exposure on

Bravo 1.

SPT ...

PLT Okay. Okay. You gave me 5 seconds to center the

nucleus, kud I don't think I can quite do it.
I'll try. That is if one exposure's on time and
1182

the maneuver pad executed as per pad. Looks like

I have about 5 seconds of pad. Stand by.

351 17 03 57 PLT MARK. Take the filter out and see if I can see it.
I can't see a doggone thing. It's light. Okay,
I finished them on time.

SPT All through?

PLT Yes. Okay, frame count at start was 18. Frame

count at end is 22. And I never did - I never
was confident I saw the comet. I did have a
fuzzy white blob in the field of view. Very in-
distince, and I don't know if it was the comet
or not. And only, as I say, executing my expo-
sures per pad and with SPT executing the maneuver
per pad, there was only 5 seconds time remaining
to perform the required centering of the nucleus
and from - Even though I looked in there, it was
too light. There was light already -

351 17 05 l0 CC Skylab, Houston. We're through Hawaii for 6 minutes.

PLT Okay, I'm going ROTATION - TILT, zero and ROTATION,

zero.
¢
CC ...

CREW ..., Hank.

CC ... involved in your ... you can't answer a couple

of questions?

CREW No, go ahead. There's no way I can ...

PLT Yes, well actually I can't find my - my little

camera mount, so it will probably take a 1/2 hour
to get it all rigged up.

CREW It'll probably take a 1/2 hour to get the - to get

it all rigged. And then after that ... it'll only
take about l0 or 15 minutes.

351 17 06 39 PLT Okay, PLT out from S019 - correction, S063.

CC ... allow you about 30 minutes for the new setup,

is that -
 1183

CC We'll be getting you a new pad up, Jerry, to give

you the exact figures to support that time.

CDR Okay, good enough.

CC And, Jer, I don't know whether you've been advised

or not, but we would like to give you a brief run-
down on what tomorrow looks like and - and see how
it suits you. What we have scheduled tomorrow
morning is a geothermal EREP with an early getup.
In fact, it starts at - 10:00 will be the wakeup
time in order to do it. And we Just sort of got
ourselves in a box. We have to wait until it gets
dark over the CONUS and then we have two opportu-
nities, one for tomorrow and one for 2 - 2 days
later. And it's an even earlier wakeup, and we're
trying to keep it within 2 hours of your normal
getup. And in this same day, tomorrow evening, we
got 201 ops scheduled. And because of that we can't
get you to bed before your regular time, which
makes it a pretty long day. However, the follow-
ing day we've scheduled you to sleep later, to try
to make some of this up.

F_ 351 17 09 34 CDR Okay, let me get this straight. That means tomorrow
morning we will be getting up 2 hours earlier and
staying up until normal bedtime. Next day, we'll
be able to sleep in?

CC Roger. The next morning we'll give you one extra

hour of sleep which will mean that would be a
9-hour sleep period. And we think - we did t_lk
DOD into moving the rocket launch up for the 201
tomorrow night. We're goin_ to try that again and -
and we're again _,D_ing out of windows on that
thing. We're sort of caught in the - We're los-
ing our opportunities now, Jerry. And it kind of
hampers the schedule a little bit, and we were
wondering if it was okay with you to go ahead and
do this?

351 17 10 15 CDR Okay, and we'll just have you owe us one.

CC All righty. And we're about 30 seconds from LOS.

Coming up on Vanguard at 35 and I believe we've
got an ATM conference there for Ed.

CDR Roger.
1184

PLT And just a quick note, Hank. The - if what I saw

in the field of view was the comet, it's relatively
centered for this S063 I Just performed. Also, I
only had 5 seconds between the time I finished my
nominal exposure and the time the maneuver started
back. And on top of that there was light on the
mirror when I looked in there so I wasn't able to
perform that last action. I did use the film you
prescribed.

CC Roger; we copy, Bill.

351 17 12 17 PLT Ed, are you recording, or did I leave the recorder
on?

SPT SPT at 17:12. Debriefing the ATMpass which

began at 15:29. Everything went as planned for
the building block 1. I was a little late in
getting the whole production started because of
the conflict of the 8233 up in the MDA. Looking
at the corona, I saw at the area above l0 o'clock
a helmet streamer which was there yesterday. Now
it's very much more pronounced relative to what
it was yesterday and also relative to the sur-
rounding corona.

351 17 13 07 SPT The region above 00 is now full with corona again,
although I do not see - There's a couple of small
streamers imbedded in there, but no real major
features, other than Just a general enhancement
of the corona in the picture I have out to around
2-1/2 solar radii, contrasting yesterday where
that area of the region appeared to be depleted.
That area of the corona over on the west limb,
in the area between 3 and 3:30, it looks now like -
essentially, just a band running with the same
... but about lO degrees wider. So just running
straight out. It's not a helmet-type streamer,
but Just a band of corona which has straight sides
running straight out. I imagined this is due to
98 being rotated over - active region 98 being
rotated over to the edge of the disk, and a little
behind now.

SPT At the end of the building block l, I went - I

gave a setup on building block 2h with the slit
rolled tangent to the limb. 55 at line l0 look-
ing right at the brightest point, which in oxygen
 ii85

VI came up to around 30,000. I setup for the

flare wait for 54. 56, I gave a PATROL, SHORT,
and 55 received about lO minutes worth of MIRROR,
LINE SCAN, then a MIRROR, AUTO RASTER, truncated
at 40, and then picked up on the MIRROR, LINE
SCAN again.

351 17 14 54 SPT And 56 did receive two PATROL, SHORTs, and that's
essentially a shopping list item 2 with a MIRROR,
LINE SCAN thrown in. Well it's kind of combined,
if you will, with a building block 24. The end
of the orbit showed that Mother Nature managed to
do it to us again. And with approximately 4 min-
utes remaining, - I say approximate because I had
the maneuver keyed into the DAS and I had the last
maneuver keyed up with no ENTER and I could not
see the time, although I could keep reasonable
good track of when ESS was. That was about 4 min-
utes remaining. Sure enough, along comes a flare
again, and right where we were looking. And I
got to a_m_t that I did not get - I was not look-
ing at the scope at that moment. But the - the
image persistent scope because we had the maneuver
coming up and I was starting to power down for the -
P for the dark side. However, I had 55 running in
MIRROR, LINE SCAN, looking exactly where the flare
was. 56, I gave them another PATROL, SHORT ....
could use some good data on it. The PMEC got up
close to 600. I don't recall the exact value.
And then we got into the atmosphere and it started
to fade out.

351 17 16 43 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

351 18 03 02 CDR This is the CDR at 18:03 Zulu with a message

for the M509 consllm_les people. PSS number 2
and n_imber 3 after cooldown, have got 2200 pounds
pressure in them. PSS number 4 is holding
2500 after topoff.

351 18 03 20 CDR CDR out.

351 18 05 25 SPT ST - PT debriefing the pass which began at 07:22.

Had observing time and looked for a flare;
1186

unsuccessful. We did not have one scheduled

this orbit. However, in monitoring oxygen Vl,
I was able to find the hottest spot. I used
the MIRROR, AUTO RASTER to find the line it
was on and then searched around in that area
and finally found a intensity of up around 30,000.
And it was in a - H-alpha. A - plage which went
between two loops or went between - excuse me, it
went between two - two spots which I - I have to -
I did not really have time to look into it in de-
tail, but there were two of these spots in H-alpha
and I did not get the white light display on it to
verify that, however. During the course of moni-
toring it, I got some counts up as high as 57,000.
So there was some transient going on in there.
Unfortunately, we were in the South Atlantic anom-
aly; I could not see what was happening to the PMEC.
BERYLLIUM APERTURE did not step up and I could not
noticeably - I could not see a great enhancement
in H-alpha. IMAGE INTENSITY COUNT remained low,
below 10.

351 18 07 06 SPT SPT out.

351 18 08 32 SPT SPT at 18:09, handheld operations. Checking now

on the Falkland Current and the associated plank-
ton blooms. And just going by the wardroom window,
I noticed the - the Falkland Current again right
off the coast of South America. And was able, for
the first time, clearly be able to distinguish the
eddy which is Just north of the Falkland Islands.
I could see the plankton blooms which we've all
discussed very thoroughly, narrow and well-defined
plankton bloom coming down from the north and just
north of the island, turning out to - to the east.
And some plankton blooming south of the island,
although it was scattered clouds, and I could not
see too well down there.

351 18 09 30 SPT The eddy just to the north of that island - that
is, I could not see any direction - rotation di-
rection. But there was just a thick aggregate of
plankton blooms with some random spirals coming
off of it in various directions. Two or three -
about three or four elements and then some plank-
ton again turning and going to the east.

351 18 l0 06 SPT SPT out.

 1187

TIME SKIP

351 18 51 39 PLT PLT, the time is 18:51. Recording the six-pack

temperatures. X-ray 5, 82 degrees; X-ray 6, 8 -
81 degrees; Yankee 5, 82 degrees; Yankee 6,
81 degrees; Zulu 5, 82 degrees; Zulu 6, 82 degrees.

351 18 51 59 PLT PLT out.

TIME SKIP

351 19 47 04 SPT SPT again, at 19:47. ATM, picking up again on

the debriefing of the pass which began at 15:29 -
I'm sorry, 15 - 18:42, the flare wait. Okay, as
I was saying, I went out to the limb and was go-
ing to try to roll so that I could put the bottom
on the MIRROR, AUTO RASTER below the limb. The
active region at the top of the MIRROR, AUTO RAS-
TER has the slit on it, the - slightly beneath
the flares. However, the roll constraints did not
allow me to do that. So I went back to putting
the slit tangent to the limb, which would give
the best 82A exposure, and also if we did get a
flare and monitored it at the same place I did
the previous orbit. Unfortunately, the PMEC re-
mained down very low - below 300 a good part of
the time except when we had already started get-
ting into the South Atlantic anomaly. I saw no
significant changes in - the XUV or H-ALPHA. I
got a call then towards the end of the orbit to
go over to perform a shopping list item l, and
let me mention that I did shopping list item at
the beginning of the orbit, and then I did one
at the end. Followed it up with a STANDARD MODE;
at least we did go below 400 K and perhaps a little
bit below 250 K in order to complete it.

351 19 _8 52 SPT About one frame or so, perhaps, one or two frames,
I thought it was best to go ahead - If we can get
anything and - be careful in looking at the data.
I then looked at it with the TV, and I'm unable to
notice anything resembling a transient. And not
knowing exactly what the - what's been blowing off
because it's something I could not see clearly. I
was looking at the whole corona trying to detect
i188

changes, and I will say I just didn't see anything.

I did not have time to get out the photograph and
compare. So I'm - I did not see anything over
there where - where ... to 49 at llO - or lll blew
off. Well, now he just gave me solar 49 again
which is at 0.1 - no, 1.0, out, and I did not see
that go off. I was assigned to corona; I'll take
a good, hard look at it next time we come around
and compare it with the photograph. I'll start
out in Sun center.

351 19 50 19 SPT Okay, let me go on now with the S054 CHT mal which
just came up. And I'll go through the steps pret-
ty much as written here. Okay, I'm to - ... the
THRESHOLD is set to l; I'm going to COUNTER TEST
and hold. And the array of dots up in the 4 by 4
up there - shows up at the top. And it is - Well,
let me take - there's two circles - three circles,
acutally; a very small one in the center, one me-
dium way out, and one, I believe, which was a
48 arc minute one. And there are lines in between
those circles, and at the top the four - or the
squate 8mray is centered in UP/DOWN on the hori-
zontal line between the outer circle and the middle
circle. A LEFT/RIGHT - it is about two elements -
to the left - that's two elements to the right,
one to two. If we move the array to the right one
to two elements, I think it would be centered in
LEFT/RIGHT also, on that horizontal tic mark.

351 19 52 i0 SPT Okay, now going to 16. Now need to make thres-
hold. Okay, and I'll give you a location now of
the three sides which I can see of the RASTER.
The left-hand side is exactly tangent to the cir-
cle, the outer circle, the 48 arc-minute circle.
The right one is - falls a little bit short. And
I would say that it - Just the distance between
the intermediate circle and the outer circle is
about 80 to 85 percent from that distance out.
So it's not far from the outer circle but maybe
80 percent, and I guess a few - few scan widths.
Now in UP/DOWN there's a problem, and there it
starts at the very top all the way, and only comes
down to the horizontal tic mark between the bot-
tom of the square box and the intermediate circle.
That is, in moving out from the center downward,
we have a small circle, a box, and a tic mark.
It makes it down to the tic mark.
 i189

351 19 53 52 SPT I should report that I did notice this once, oh,
about a week ago or so. And it was in - was work-
ing properly, and - and I guess I should have re-
ported then, although through an oversight, being
I was working and concentrating on the observations,
I did not. And then we Just noticed, when I called
down the other da_, that it had gone back into %his
mode of operation. It is degraded, but I do not
think that it is that serious a degradation, unless
we start having two or three active regions on the
disk at opposite sides which are about - which
very potentially could flare. And we use this as
the - as the breakpoint for determining which one
is really going. Right now we use the XUV monitor
with the specific image scope and H-alpha. Granted,
this is a larger field of view; it would help a
little in that sense, but I don't feel that we're
that greatly handicapped by this malfunction or
anything else .... to restore it, I'd be most
happy.

351 19 55 02 SPT SPT out.

TIMESKIP

351 21 07 29 SPT SPT at 23 - correction, 21:07. ATM, flare wait

which began at 20:15. Short, no luck. At the
beginning of the orbit I went over to Sun center.
Took a look at the corona and also gave a STANDARD.

351 21 08 22 SPT Excuse me, gave them a CONTINUOUS for 1 minute,

and 56 a PATROL, SHORT, shopping list i. Then
went over to the active region, rolled - active
region 00, rolled to plus 9568 - must have been
180 from where I was before. It's a little tangent
to the limb. Did this set at the bottom of the
MIRROR, AUTO RASTER with the - looking toward the
other activity, active region 99. I know, of
course, it couldn't cover all of it, but it would
certainly see if there were any loops anyway;
hopefully see some loops going in that direction.
I gave them two MIRROR, AUTO RASTERs at a GRATING
of 772 which is optimal for putting neon VII in
DETECTOR 6 which may show up in the loop.
 i190

351 21 09 37 SPT Then did a GRATING, AUTO SCAN at that position.

Now let me first say that I chose that position
by maximizing in carbon III which is the interme-
diate line and should be a little bit further down
than oxygen VI. I'm going to repeat that. I
believe this block should be - should be a little
bit further down in the atmosphere than oxygen VI.

351 21 i0 25 SPT I gave 55 nearly two MIRROR AUTO - two GRATING,

AUTO SCANs. And then at detectors - at position -
at GRATING POSITION of 0000 started them - gave a
MIRROR, AUTO RASTER in that position, flJ]] MIRROR,
AUTO RASTER. And then went to the STOP MODE and
remaximized using oxygen VI and found the maximum
was different. But I think the appearance in
H-ALPHA though was somewhat different too. So
rather than having an UP of plus 3 and LEFT -
sorry, RIGHT of plus 880, what I found maximizing
in carbon III, the oxygen VI gave a UP of plus ll
and a right of 883. And the active region had cer-
tainly changed in that period of time, so we'll know
about that from the difference in the lines.

351 21 ii 51 SPT Towards the end of the orbit, I found that the
oxygen VI was fluctuating very - fairly greatly.
I was at about 20,000 and I went up to 20 - or
30,000, 35,000. Then I had to do a little reposi-
tion to make sure I was on the maximum. This led
me to think there might be something coming up in
central - or in the South Atlantic anomaly. I
couldn't really see. So rather than going back
to Sun center again and picking up that last
shopping list item l, I stayed where I was, hoping
that I'd be able to catch a - a flare rise, but
unfortunately nothing developed.

351 21 12 44 SPT 56 operation. Oh, correction, let me go back.

For 52, they did receive a STANDARD at the begin-
ning of the orbit. 56 ... received a SINGLE FRAME,
FILTER 2 for 5 minutes, and unfortunately at the
end I moved before I had closed their shutter or
cycled on to another frsme, so I'm afraid that
particular exposure is not the usual term. I then
had 56 in AUTO, SHORT for the duration, except for
one time when I stopped it when I had to switch
position to maximize in oxygen VI. I guess old
Sol is just perverse and isn't going to show us
her stuff when someone's looking.
 i191

351 21 14 i0 SPT SPY out.

TIME SKIP

351 21 49 14 CDR This is the CDR at 21:49 Zulu with a report on

$233. The exposures were taken on time. The first
exposure was taken at 21:38; the second exposure,
at 21:39:17; and the third exposure was taken at
41 - be 21:41 :34. Exposures were completed before
sunrise, and the situation on exposures now is that
we are sitting on frame 12. I'll recap it. I
think I was a little bit vague this morning when
I did it. The exposures are as follows: last night
I took only exposures 4 and 5 - frames 4 and 5;
this morning was frame 6, 7, and 8; and this aft -
this afternoon the frames were 9, 10, and ll.

351 21 50 17 CDR Just visually observing the comet, there is def-

initely a brightening around the nucleus and
streaming back from the nucleus. I would estimate
l0 percent of the tail is much as - the front
i0 percentis much brighternow. The comet no
longer looks like a - oh, a point with a long tail
diminishing in - in brightness all the way out.
It now shows the nucleus rather brightly, and
then extending back from the nucleus is a - a
wedge of light that's, you know, included in the
tail that is almost as bright as the nucleus itself.
And then extending on back beyond that wedge, the
tail begins to look more normal; that is, it - as
you get away from the comet, the tail becomes less
bright. I didn't notice that last night. I think
it took the remarks by Bill Snoddy this afternoon
at the science conference to make me - to cue me
to be more conscious of that.

351 21 51 24 CDR But now that I look at it and think about it a

little bit, it most definitely is brighter today
than it was, say last week. When - As I said,
last week it was sort of a bright dot with a uni-
formly diminishing brightness in the tail all the
way to the end. And now we see the - the wedge of
brightness extending back from the point, I would
estimate about l0 percent of the length of the tail.

351 21 51 52 CDR CDR out.

 1192

TIME SKIP

351 22 17 45 CDR This is the CDR at 22:15 Zulu, reporting on hand-

held photography. The assigned sites were - were
scheduled for 23:03 and 23:07 Zulu - correction,
22:03 and 22:07 Zulu. The sites were HH33 Alfa-5
and HH30-21. HH33 Alfa-5, the Coral Sea area,
was impossible to - to see because of cloud cover.
Just as soon as we crossed the - the southwest -
correction, the southeast coast of Australia, we
immediately went into a broken-to-overcast situa-
tion on clouds and could not see _y of the ocean
at all. And it pretty much stayed that way until
we got over New Zealand, over the northern part of
North Island, at which time we found a break in
the clouds and a large open area that extended from
New Zealand to the Chatham Islands, and it was
clear to scattered.

351 22 19 01 CDR I did not get a chance to see anything of the

Tasman Sea, but I was rather interested to see
that off the east coast of New Zealand, approxi-
mately - oh, rough guess, 200 miles, I found a
line which crossed the path of our orbit almost
90 degrees. And on the landward side of this line,
the water color was the normal blue that we're
used to seeing. And there were not much in the
way of signs of current or anything like that.

CDR Now the important thing is that when I got to

the ... side of this line, the water abruptly
changed color from a dark blue - a deep blue to
a, oh, let me call it a smoky blue or - in other
words, it's the dark blue but it had a pastel
smoky - little white added to it. So it became
a lighter blue. And there were many, many white
dots all over it. Now I don't think it's far
enough south for that to be ice. And I'd be
surprised if I could see whitecaps through the -
through the binoculars, but it gave me the definite
impression that we -

351 22 20 27 CDR It gave me the definite impression that I was

looking at whitecaps and that it was a very windy
situation down there. The clouds were aligned
parallel to the line, much like clouds streets.
And, you know, what few clouds there were, it was
a scattered situation by the time we got there.
 1193

The water looked very much like - like roiled

water; that is, you know, water that's been buffed
up essentially by the wind_ and turns a little
lighter color. And I think what I was seeing was
a wind situation and not a current situation,
although I may be wrong on that. At any rate, this
situation lasted - this coloring lasted all the
way to the, oh, about i00 miles or so west of the
Chatham Islands. And then by the time I got to
the Chatham Islands and watched them very closely,
there were no signs of any island wakes like we
had seen before on previous days. I think Ed
Gibson saw water and reported it to you.

351 22 21 26 CDR And the water around the Chatham Islands looked
pretty much normal for that area. I did not see
any blooming or anything like that anywhere in
the area indicating current or upwelling or any-
thing like that. But I did think that this parti-
cular straight line of demarcation was rather
peculiar. I probably should have taken a picture
of it, but i didn't. I - I spent more time looking
at the patterns rather than taking a picture.

351 22 21 56 CDR CDR out.

###

f_
 DAY 352 (AM) 1195

352 OO 29 06 SPT SPT at 00:29; ATM pass which began at 23:16. Went
through building block 28, J0P 6 ; no problem. TV
downlink. We went over and looked at the promi-
nence, A-69, and it certainly is a goodie. Very
entensive; it covers a - Well, I'm sure you folks
on the ground know. I think you can see that H-
alpha by now, I imagine. But it certainly is very
extensive, extending at the top, perhaps, maybe
3 arc minutes out. I cannot see the top on H-alpha,
though I can certainly see the seat of it, and I
would say up to essentially an entire third is
missing. We chose to work at the slit which is
the most dense, to try to get you spectra there.
And we figured that ought to be rotated out to the
limb first. Did essentially shopping list ii.
56 received FILTER 4 for 8 minutes, FILTER 5 for
about 6 minutes. 82B: With your sensitive film
in there, I had the exposure NORMAL; and I worked
at 3 arc seconds off the limb, parallel to the -
tangent to the limb.

352 00 31 ii CC Skylab, Houston. We're A0S Madrid for 7-1/2 minutes.

352 O0 31 17 SPT They received in LIMB POINTING, exposure NORMAL

there, at 7 arc seconds off the limb; exposure
NORMAL at ii arc seconds off the limb. And I had
to truncate the last exposure because of 400 K.

352 00 31 31 SPT 55: The pointing was done for 82B - that is,
parallel to the limb - and also to get maximum
amount of prominence on the slit. I would say
the slit was filled by 80 percent or so with vis-
ible prominence in H-alpha. So what I did there
was give 55 some MIRROR AUTO RASTERs at 0028 and
then came back and spread the 55 mirror UP and
DOWN and found that line 7 gave me the maximum,
which was around - oh, must be 100 or so, in a-
lignment data. And then I moved it right out from
the limb, just to get away from any limb effects.
So we ended up doing a GRATING AUTO SCAN at 0724.
And it certainly is the key to the - I think, one
of those things we ought to be doing the next few
days. I wish I had looked at this this morning.

352 00 33 00 SPT I think I got a little fixated on getting a good

flare out of region zero zero. And - and m_ first
attack probably would have been to study this film
and to set as many experiments up as I could for -
1196

for the flare mode. And so when it went off, treat

it as a slow flare. Many of the - Much of the work
on the prominence requires long time exposures,
and that would allow a fair amount of attention
to be devoted to watching for a flare. Toward the
end of ... longitude, this has come around; I wish
we had more like them.

352 00 33 46 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

352 01 30 55 CDR This is the CDR at 01:30 Zulu. I'm on the EREP
C&D panel. S192 has gone to CHECK, and MONITOR
Delta 6 reads 68 percent.

352 Ol 31 ii CDR CDR out.

352 01 46 00 CDR Okay, this is the CDR on the ready verification

check. S192_ POWER's ON; HIGH, LOW, HIGH. S191:
CALIBRATION, 9; REFERENCE, 2. S190 is an NA.
XTC is 193; ANGLE is zero; POLARIZATION, i.
93 Alfa: Continuing a MODE 5; RANGE, 61. And
AUTO, B on 194.

CDR Okay, at the T minus i0 point, we'll go ahead and

get - get going on some MONITOR readings. Alfa 2
is 60; Alfa 3 is 86; Alfa 4 is 71; Alfa 5 is 67;
Alfa 6 is 0. Bravo 2 is 56; Bravo 3 is 76; Bravo 4
is 71; Bravo 5 is 75; Bravo 6 is 50; Bravo 7 is
32; Bravo 8 is i; Bravo 9 is 58. Charlie 2, 44;
Charlie 3, 88; Charlie 4, 71; Charlie 5, 83; Char-
lie 6, 47; Charlie 7 is 52 - Make that 51. And
Delta 2 is reading 86; Delta 3 is 84; Delta 4 is
80 - is 72; Delta 5 is ***teen; Delta 6 is down
to 57 now; and Delta 7 is i0. I'ii monitor Delta 6.

352 01 48 25 CC Skylab, Houston. Copying you on VOX through Texas

for about 16-1/2 - 15-1/2 minutes.

CDR Okay. Just finished the monitoring check.

352 O1 48 57 SPT Well, Crip, I got two questions for you.

CC Go, Ed.
 1197

SPT Okay, in the first maneuver in the Y, shouldn't

that have been a plus - -
b

PLT ... right here.

352 01 49 08 SPT I think the entry is the same, but I think the
•.. - the degrees should have been plus 4.36.
And secondly - -

352 01 49 17 PLT Acapulco's over to the left.

SPT - - what we're going to do after this one coming

up. That's the last fine m_neuver before the SI.
Is that one for - -

PLT Kill the lights, please.

SPT - - or for experiment alignment?

CC That's for going back to the offset attitude, to

get the principal axis tangent to the gravity
metric.

SPT Okay. Thank you.

PLT Ed, do you mind if we kill the lights?

352 01 50 04 PLT Well, there's Acapulco at night. Come here and

take a look at this. See that area down there?

CDR Oh, yes. Uh-huh.

FLT Beautiful

CDR Mexico City coming up next.

PLT Mexico City. There it is. Golly, it's really

great, huh?

CDR Holy cow'

PLT Look at the visibility.

352 O1 50 19 CDR Most of Mexico City looks like a big five-pointed

star.

PLT There's Guadalajara; something to the left.

CDR Yes.
1198

352 01 50 27 CC Sounds like you guys are getting a pretty view.

CDR Yes.

PLT Oh, gosh; terrific!

352 01 50 30 CDR You know, Mexico City's lights are laid out in such
a way - or t_ne city's laid out in such a say that
it looks like a five-pointed star.

352 01 50 36 PLT So we can even see some beacon flashing down there.
Maybe it's a searchlight.

CC For the SPT: Ed, did I understand your question

on the first Y fine maneuver, the 50644? That is
supposed to be plus 4.20 degrees.

SPT ..., Houston.

CDR Say again.

PLT No, noth - nothing. I'll tell you later. See

that bright spot down there at Acapulco? That very
bright spot.

CDR Yes.

PLT *** eliminated ... people.

CDR Huh'

PLT Take a look and see where we're coming here.

352 01 51 37 CDR Okay, S192 DOOR is OPEN. The READY light is out -
or the DOOR CLOSED light is out. Waiting for a
READY light.

352 01 52 01 CDR READY light's on. MODE's going to CHECK. S190

HEATER SWITCH OFF light is off. ***17 window, push
*** and the 0VERT_IP; both PUSH-TO-TEST okay.

CDR Okay, let's do the preoperation configuration.

TAPE RECORDER is ON; READY light is on. 92:
POWER is ON; READY's out; MODE, CHECK; DOOR, OPEN.
91 is ON; READY light is on; the COOLER is ON;
and the DOOR is OPEN. 90 is OFF; the READY is
out; in STANDBY; and the door is - is open,
because we're rubber-necking through it.
 1199

352 01 52 45 CDR 93 R: STANDBY; READY, out.

352 01 52 49 CDR SCATTEROM_"±'ER, OFF; READY, out. ALTIMETER, OFF;

READY, out. 94, ON - excuse me - 0N; READY, off.

PLT Okay, come quick. You can see the whole Texas
coast from Brownsville to Houston, Beaumont,
Port Arthur - Oh'

CDR Oh, beck. Look at that.

352 01 53 04 PLT There's Brownsville and then the big one on the
coast. You can see Galveston Bay outlined by the
darkne s s.

CDR Yes.

PLT San Antonio, Austin. Let's see if we can see

Fort Worth.

CDR Okay.

PLT I can't quite crane my neck far enough.

CC I told you it was pretty weather out there.

CDR Sure is.

PLT Sure is.

CDR CAVU!

PLT Trying to see the dome.

352 01 53 31 CDR Okay, I'm 45 seconds from my first action here.

PLT ...

CDR EREP, START. It'll be 58:15.

352 Ol 53 37 PLT See New Orleans down there?

352 01 53 40 PLT Gosh, what a tremendous view' This is just like

the one over Europe, only better. The whole Gulf
coast looks clear as a bell.

PLT Yes.
12OO

CDR See any of the wells out in the water?

PLT Yes. That's what he was just talking about.

There's quite a few of them over there. I don't
see any on fire, though.

352 Ol 54 04 CDR Okay, on my mark it will be 54:15.

CDR Stand by -

352 01 54 15 CDR MARK.

CDR The ALTIMETER's going to STANDBY. The RADIOMETER's

going OFF. Next mark will be at 58:15 with an
EREP, START.

352 Ol 54 31 CC Think you're going to pass Just about over

Pensacola.

PLT Yes, we have the whole Florida peninsula in sight,

all the way down to the Keys. Miami's lit up.
Look at - You can see Miami Beach. Tampa, St.
Pete - -

CDR Oh, boy.

PLT You can see the whole thing.

CDR Gosh, just down there around the Everglades is the

only place that there's no light.

PLT Tallahassee. That's right.

CDR Pensacola! Where I first learned to fly.

352 01 54 58 PLT And we've got the whole eastern seaboard, too. Look.

CDR Well, they've got snow in Washington; so it's got

to be cloudy up there.

PLT Going up - Atlanta.

SPT Say, you can sure make out the major highways,
can't you?

PLT Yes. Well, that main route there goes all the
way up to Atlanta, see.
 1201

CDE From Tallahassee to Atlanta?

PLT Yes.

352 01 55 22 CDR Ho*** cow. Look at that. You can see the - you
can see the interstate highway all the way down
the center of Florida.

352 01 55 28 PLT That's right.

CDR Right down the middle of it like a backbone.

SPT There's the Cape ; see the Cape plain.

PLT Yes. Orlando -

352 01 55 41 SPT Merritt Island - the whole schmear.

PLT Cocoa Beach doesn't seem- Yes, it's lit up

fairly well.

CDR Sounds like you guys are getting all the good
looking, and I've got to watch this darn C&D panel.

PLT Look. The east coast now is still clear.

SPT Yes. Look -

PLT Jacksonville.

SPT (Laughter) Beautiful!

352 01 56 04 CDR That's got to be Savannah; straight down.

PLT Yes. That's right.

CDR Charleston coming up.

PLT Cape Hatteras can't be far behind.

CDR That's got to be Colllm]lusin there, and Augusta

*** on.

PLT Man, it's too bad you can't take a picture of this.

352 01 56 32 PLT This is very good demographic data. It's Just too
bad you can't record it. What we - what we need
is an IR cine camera.
1202

PLT Just look at the exquisite detail down there. The

right - With the right camera, you could really
do a proper job.

352 01 57 01 PLT You can see Lake - Golly, you can see all the way to
Lake Michigan. Chicago. Starting to pick up a
few clouds now.

352 01 57 12 CDR Oh, yes.

PLT Wait a minute. I - Is Washington clouded over?

It looks to me like -

CDR Let's see. We're just going over - Is that

Wilmington?

PLT There's New Jersey, and that city's over to the left.

CDR That's New Bern, North Carolina, down there.

Cherry Point.

PLT If you come ever here a minute, you can see all
the way over to Lake Michigan. Come over where
I am. You can see Chicago.

SPT ... Oh, yes.

PLT Okay, now we're starting to pick up cloud cover.

Okay, I -Washington's got to be right down there.

352 01 57 52 CDR Yes. There's Norfolk down there. Look at that -

Langley, Norfolk, the whole area.

PLT Now this is Washington right over here, isn't it?

CDR Yes. Washington - Baltimore.

PLT Baltimore; right.

SPT Look at that. What is that thing down below?

CDR Hey, tell your Baltimore folks they can - or your

Washington folks they can go home. The clouds
have cleared.

PLT Looks pretty clear. I see some clouds, but - -

 1203

CDR Okay, I got an EEEF, START to do here. I'm going

to need some light, guys.

PLT Yes. I don't know.

CDR I'ii see if I can do it without light. Stand by

for EREP, START.

352 01 58 21 CDR MARK. EREP, START at 58:21.

PLT ... Delaware peninsula.

CDR The ALTIMETER is ON. I got behind. ALTIM_I'ER went

ON at 31; the EREP, START at 21.

PLT We're screwing up, Jer. Let's stop it. Okay,

light 's coming on.

352 01 58 46 CC Can you guys verify for us that we did get the
FLOW - the valve - the EREP valve to the FLOW,
please.

352 01 58 54 CDR Verify that, Ed.

SPT Okay, it's gone to FLOW now. It did not get there.

CC Put it there for us. We'd appreciate it.

SPT It 's there now.

CDE Okay. This mark will be 02:01 and 45.

CDR I've got an ALTIMETER UNLOCK light, but I've still

got a READY light.

352 02 00 13 CDR Okay, it just blinked and went out. Now it's
back on. Now it's out.

CC Jerry, you can delay your 183 [sic] Alfa STANDBY

to 02:01:55.

CDR Okay. I will pick up that l0 seconds I lost at

the beginning.

CDR Okay, we're passing 01:45. On my mark it will be

01:55. Stand by.
1204

352 02 01 55 CDR MARK. ALTIMETER to STANDBY. EREP, STOP. Changing

the ALTIMETER RANGE to 63. MODE to 2. RADIOMETER
is goingto STANDBY. I

CC We enjoyed the - the ride over the clear coast

there with you guys.

CDR Well, I'll tell you. We did, too. I'm sorry I

let it get to the C&D panel - I was late - but it
was worth it.

CC No sweat. No problem at all.

CDR I don't believe I have ever seen it that clear be-

fore and to - the opportunity to see it from up
here is just fantastic.

PLT It is, and it's - it is so seldom, of course, you're

in Z-LV; only in the EREP pass that you can look
out the big picture window. Boy, that was tremen-
dous. I think the whole southeast quarter and a
little bit more of it was clear.

CDR Yes.

352 02 02 49 CDR It looked like a spider web with water droplets

on it, didn't it?

PLT Yes.

352 02 02 54 SPT Hey, Crip. You could see every major artery run-
ning all over the whole eastern side of the country.

CC Yes, it must have cleared up considerable up there

from where they were having that snow. And - and
consider you guys filled a visual ops DT0.

CDR Very good.

PLT Yes. It looked like the clouds started just to

the south of the D.C. area. And right over D.C.
it looked like - there may have been a solid over
if you were looking from the city. But from up
here, it looked like they had about 6/10, you know,
integrated over a i00- to 200-mile area.
 1205

352 O_ 03 26 CC Roger. We're about 30 seconds from LOS. We'll

pick you up again at Madrid in about 5 minutes,
02:08, and we'll be doing a data/voice recorder
dump there.

SPT I tell you, Crip, it really was a shame that we

did not have a camera out with some high-speed
film, because those demographic studies could
really benefit by a pass like that one.

CC Roger.

CDR This would have been a - a good opportunity for a

camera with that super-sensitive film - that - -

PLT Yes.

CDR - - some of that for taking pictures at night.

PLT It's just a rare opportunity when you get clear area
like this - get the country clear.

CDR Yes.

CDR Don't you think the people, the population-study

people - -

352 02 04 05 PLT Yes, the demographers would go right out of their

gourd, looking at that.

CDR And those folks studying the metropolitan areas.

352 02 04 i0 PLT Yes.

352 02 04 13 CDR All of the HHI01 sites. Miami is one of the sites.

PLT It was an oblique, but it was still much better - -

CDR Mexico City's one of the sites, and we were look-

ing right down at that. I couldn't get over how
much Mexico City looked like a star. Did you see
that?

PLT Yes. Yes.

PLT I didn't realize that Atlanta was that large. Man,

that's Just a big city.
1206

CDR It is.

352 02 05 05 PLT Could sure see Galveston Bay outlined, i

CDR Sure could.

PLT Okay, I've got everything set here. Let's see.

I've got nothing to do except l0 seconds - or,
excuse me, l0 degrees of tracking.

PLT Okay, 1440 to 17. I just keep going 5 degrees up

and let it track 5 degrees out.

PLT What you need is a dark shroud to put over this.

CDR Yes.

352 02 06 51 PLT You know, a pass like that, seems to me like, would
have been worth shooting up some - Well of course,
we don't - I don't guess we had any sensitive black-
and-white movie film - 16-millimeter.

CDR No, I don't think so.

PLT I'm just wondering how much you could get.

CDR What kind of BV film do we have?

352 02 07 09 PLT Well, I think that is black-and-white sensitive

film, but I don't think we have much of it. I
think it's just for 183 and -

CDR All the stuff we have to burn is - is all fogged

up.

PLT Yes. It's already - ... But I was wondering about

just - regular color interior on something like
that. No?

CDR Could be.

352 02 07 35 PLT Open it wide open and use 1/60 of a second, I guess.
That's as - -

CDR That's as slow as you can go.

PLT - - slow as you can go.

 1207

352 02 07 44 PLT If you took a roll of that and they specially pro-
cessed it - you know they'd get all they could out
j of the emulsion- yes, I think they couldprobably
get some data out of that.

CDR They probably could. I don't think you'd want to

spend the whole roll for something like that,
though, is the trouble.

PLT No, you wouldn't have to. .Two frames a second

would be fine for where we've been. I mean if we
could get it at all, it would be just as good as
that - -

CDR No, what I'm talking about is, you have to develop
the whole roll that way or it won't cut it.

PLT Oh, yes, that's true.

352 02 08 22 CDR Okay, coming up on 9 minutes.

PLT On second thought, I think it would be worth a

whole roll of film, but I imagine it's all alloca-
ted.

CC Guys, we're back with you through Madrid for

7 minutes, doing a data/voice recorder dump.

CDR Roger, Crip. 0n my mark it will be 09:00.

Stand by.

352 02 09 01 CDR MARK. SCATTEROMETER's going to STANDBY. EREP,

START in 55 seconds.

352 02 09 14 CDR Calibrating a VTS AUTO CAL at 10:06.

352 02 09 20 CREW Okay; give it to you.

352 02 16 04 PLT That's off. *** on high _, 3, *** 1. 5, off.

On high, 5, 4 _** off.

CDR Okay, on my mark it'll be 16:44. Stand by -

352 02 16 44 CDR MARK. S191 REFERENCE to 2.

PLT l, 2 -

CDR *** by for my mark -

1208

352 02 16 50 CDR MARK. 16:50; 192, MODE to STANDBY.

352 02 16 54 CDR SCATTEROMETER,

STANDBY. I

352 02 16 55 CDR RADIOMETER, STANDBY.

PLT One more swath. A little bit past 17 minutes,

but I'll go ahead and let it finish.

CDR On my mark, it will be 17:08.

CDR/PLT Stand by -

PLT 0ff.

352 02 17 08 CDR MARK. The ALTIMETER is ON.

352 02 17 i0 CDR 194 MODE to MANUAL.

352 02 17 Ii CDR RADIOMETER is going OFF now. And, Bill, I want a

VTS AUTO CAL at 4_. I'ii give you a countdown.

PLT Okay, at the 20 - 17:44 or - -

CDR Right.

PLT - - or 23?

CDR 17 :44.

PLT Standing by.

CDR Okay, i0 seconds. Stand by -

352 02 17 43 PLT/CDR MARK.

352 02 17 45 PLT AUTO CAL.

CDR Okay.

PLT ... *** ...

CDR Nothing.

PLT You'd think we'd be able to see something over to

the left. I guess we're looking right in the
middle of Med right now.
 1209

CDR We should see Africa off to the left, if we haven't

already passed it. Athens and Cyprus.

PLT Let me have that map for - -

CDR Nicosia.

PLT Oh, yes. There's Athens down there right below

us, I'll bet you.

CDR Let's see.

PLT I don't really know. Time is right. That's

probably it. That's the only big city.

352 02 18 34 CDR Oh, yes, probably.

PLT Or Constantinople or *** name of the place is

now.

CDR I stanbul ?

PLT I stanbul.

CDR That shouldbe well off to the left of Athens.

PLT Yes. I could see something down there, but it

didn't look as if it's big enough to be Istanbul.

CDR Okay. Next big city we'll go right over will be

Alexandria and then Cairo.

PLT Cloud cover over Ned [sic].

CDR About 2-1/2 minutes, we'll be over Alexandria,

and 3 minutes to Cairo.

352 02 19 03 PLT I think that's Malta we're looking at straight

down there.

PLT *** like a harbor.

CDR Mala -Malta - Let's see. Crete, the island of

Crete.

PLT Crete? Okay.

CDR Directly under us.

1210

PLT Well, maybe it's too big to be - -

CDR No, Malta's clear over by Italy.

PLT That' s right.

352 02 19 27 CDR Okay, Ed, you got about 30 seconds to maneuver

time.

PLT Okay, here we go. You can see ... over to the
left. Get down here, Jer, and take a look.
Let me turn the lights - Do you need the lights
over there, Ed?

PLT See, you can see the curve.

CDR Yes.

PLT Going up around to the Holy Land.

352 02 20 03 CDR Couple of big islands there.

PLT I see Cairo; where's Athens? Alexandria on the

coast, Jer, right under us.

CDR That 's right.

PLT And that's Cairo right up ahead.

CDR The big island was Cyprus, Nicosia.

PLT That's right. Okay, now look over to the left.

There's Haifa. And one of those - And inland
from Haifa there, the lightest point, that should
be Jerusalem.

352 02 20 39 CDR Beirut. Where is that?

PLT It should be on up a little bit farther. Well,

I'm not real sure about this, but -

CDR Beirut - Damascus is inland from Beirut. Yes,

Jerusalem. And then inland is Amman.

PLT That's it. I think I had it.

352 02 21 O0 CDR Okay, the S191 READY light came on all right.
 1211

352 02 21 06 CDR EREP, STOP.

352 02 21 i0 CDR ALTImeTER to STANDBY.

CDR Okay_ that's the termination of the - of the pass.

352 02 21 28 PLT Hey, I can see the Sinai Penin ***

352 02 24 02 CDR Okay, Bravo 7 is reading 32 percent. S192 DOOR,

CLOSED now.

CDR Wonder why we didn't run out of tape recorder.

PLT You didn't have 192 running, did you?

352 02 24 41 CDR Yes.

PLT You did_ Son of a gun! Very long?

CDR Well, let's see.

PLT I - I was expecting a tape change - since you were

at the last pass.

CDR It ran for nearly 3 minutes .... Is it C-8 that's

the tape recorder? Oh, yes, tape remaining. Let's
see what C-8 is.

PLT That thing's not too *** not supposed to be too

accurate.

CDR Yes.

PLT Okay, VTS gimbal angle is zero zero. VTS POWER,

let's see if I got it there. There we go. VTS
POWER ***

CDE Okay, the DOOR CLOSED light is on. Through loo_ing

out the window?

PLT Yes.

CDR Get that door closed.

PLT VTS POWER, OFF. Stow lightweight headset, cable,

camera. Discontinue hot mike.
1212

352 02 26 00 CDE I'm through recording, too.

352 02 26 02 CREW ... J

TIME SKIP

352 03 08 _0 PLT Okay, it's the PLT. The time is 19:09 [sic] Zulu.
Reporting on upwelling or at least coloration to
the northeast of Chatham Islands. Estimating the
distance between 50 to i00 miles. Looking at the
ocean-current map and also looking at the surface
coloration on the water that we saw, the following
sounds like a reasonable explanation of what we're
seeing. In this area, there is a general north-
west-southeast flow indicated on the ocean-current
map. And if there is a landrise to the north or
northeast of the Chatham Islands and - this cur-
rent would - depending on the depth of it - this
would indicate bringing lower-depth water up to
the surface in this area. And because of the in-
terference or resistance or friction, the viscosity
with the landrise, or perhaps just a - a backwater
eddy on the back side of this landrise, in the
Chatham Islands we're seeing an awful lot of mixing.

352 03 09 53 PLT There does not seem to be much order to the

pattern, although there seems to be a sort of a
general serpentine path to the south and south-
east. This is what you have to report on. This
is the first time, I think, that we were able to
sort of discern a directional pattern to this.
Before, it's Just been sort of a general area of
coloration, the water more or less nondescript
with no directionality or progression - direction -
progression implied by the pattern that we saw.
Again, this looks to be a pretty slow flow, almost
stagnant, with a lot spinoff eddies. We saw one
rather large clockwise eddy which apparently is -
was generated off of the main stream of the flow.
But all of it's very - very nondescript and with
very little discipline or order to the pattern of
flow.

352 03 i0 43 PLT PLT out.

 1213

352 03 18 47 CDR SPT at 1 - 03:17. ATM operations after the Z-LV

pass. I decided to get a little better pointing,
as we had a misunderstanding where the pointing
should be at the conclusion of the last ATM pass;
so we now got the good - relatively good pointing.
The MIRROR, AUTO RASTER will cover just about all
of the prominence, although it's pretty tough to
squeeze that in there. It's really a large prom-
inence. And we are in ROLL of minus 5400 right
after a nu z update.

352 03 19 33 SPT While we were Sun centered - Well, I did go back

to Sun center first and gave 52 a STANDARD MODE
and 56 a PATROL, SHORT and some - 55 also received
a MIRROR, AUTO RASTER at a GRATING of MECHANICAL
REF 102. Then I went out and did some repointing,
and they received a partial MIBBOR, AUTO RASTER,
although not anywhere near like what I think they
ought to cover for - for that prominence. I did
some moving around and alternately stopped the
MIRROR, AUTO RASTER and moved and then started
it again, to get a little better repointing for
the unattended.

352 03 20 15 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

352 i0 09 12 SPT SPT at 10:19 [sic]. PRD readings: 42425, 23232,

38305. SPT out.

TIME SKIP

352 ii 09 48 PLT PLT at ii:09 Zulu. Delta 6 is reading 56 percent.

352 ll 17 53 PLT Okay, and we're going to RECORD. T minus lO.

Okay, I'm reading MONITOR. Alfa 2 is reading 59;
Alfa 3 is reading 86; Alfa 4 is reading 70; Alfa 5
is reading 68; Alfa 6 is reading zero. Bravo 2 is
reading 56; Bravo 3 is reading 76; Bravo 4 is read-
ing 70; Bravo 5 is reading 75; Bravo 6 is reading
50; Bravo 7 is reading 32; Bravo 8 is reading l;
and Bravo 9 is reading 48 - Bravo 9. Charlie 2 is
1214

reading 45; Charlie 3 is reading 88, and it's a

little high. No, it's okay. We got the attenuator
installed. Charlie 4 is reading 71; Charlie 5 is
reading 83; Charlie 6 is reading 47; Charlie 7 is
reading 51. Delta 2 is reading 86; Delta 3 is
reading 85; Delta 4 is reading 72; Delta 5 is read-
ing 13. That's good. Delta 6 is reading 57. Go
back to Charlie - Well, it was Charlie 3 - All
right; that's right.

352 ll 19 48 PLT Okay. 91 *** 7; that's okay. Okay, I'll go check

if the ALIGNMENT switch is OFF.

352 ll 21 30 PLT The - Yes. See, that's much better. We may be -

Now it's okay.

CDR Want me to check it?

PLT No.

352 ll 22 35 PLT T minus 5.

352 ll 22 40 PLT 192 MODE to READY.

352 Ii 22 45 PLT DOOR, OPEN.

352 ii 22 49 PLT DOOR CLOSED light's out. Waiting for READY light,
on.

CDR Okay, thank you.

352 ll 23 56 PLT Okay, there's the READY light; MODE's going to

CHECK.

352 ll 24 00 PLT Now you want the HEATER SWITCH OFF light off. It
is. PRESS TO TEST. Both of them, good. Waiting
for T minus 3.

CDR Let's see. My nadir step starts over San Francisco.

CDR Yes. Looks like I won't get to do much rubber-

necking.

CDR Say again?

CREW When's your ...?

 1215

CDR 36, which is right at San Francisco - -

PLT ... Verifying voice/record preoperate config pad.

352 ll 25 19 PLT Preoperate config: The TAPE RECORDER, ON; READY,

on. 192, ON; READY, out; CHECK; DOOR, OPEN. 91,
ON; READY, on; COOLER, ON; DOOR, stuck OPEN. 90,
OFF; READY, out; STANDBY; door, closed. 93 RAD
to STANDBY ; READY, out. SCAT, OFF ; READY, out.
ALTI_I'ER, OFF ; READY, out. 94, ON ; READY, on.
TV-INPUT-STATION-133 POWER, ON; VIDEO SELECT, TV.
Ed, would you verify that TV-INPUT-STATION-133
POWER is ON, the VIDEO SELECT is to TV, over there
on that other switch, 132?

SPT Got it.

PLT Thank you.

352 ll 27 07 PLT Okay, we're all ready.

PLT Okay, on my mark, it will be ll :28 ; ALTIMETER will

be going to STANDBY. Stand by -

352 ll 28 00 PLT MARK. STANDBY. Hey, Jer. At 31:06, I'll give

you a call; I need AUTO CAL.

CDR Okay.

PLT Good.

CDR Okay.

CDR What was the time on that VTS?

PLT 31:06.

CDR Okay.

PLT On my mark, it'll be 31 minutes *** EREP to START.

PLT Stand by -

352 ll 31 00 PLT MARK. EREP, START. Stand by for VTS AUTO CAL,
Jer.

CDR Stand by.

1216

PLT On my mark.

352 ii 31 06 PLT MARK.

CDR Okay, you got it.

PLT VTS AUTO CAL. Stand by for 31:14; a MODE, MANUAL.

352 ii 31 14 PKT MARK. 194, MODE to MANUAL.

PLT Stand by for 31:40 for a RADIOMETER, OFF. Stand

hy-

352 ii 31 40 PLT MARK. RADIOMETER, OFF. And I want switch posi-

tion 6 on the down. Switch position 6 is on the
downlimk, and l'm standing by for 33 minutes.

PLT Kill those lights for a while, if you want to, Jer.

CDR There's nothing to see. We're out over the water.

PLT Stand by on my mark. It'll be 33 minutes; 193

ALTIMETER goingON. Standby -

352 ll 33 01 PLT MARK. ALTIMETER, ON. I have an ALTIMETER UNLOCK

light. Stand by; I'll watch it.

352 ll 33 lO PLT ALTIMETER UNLOCK light is out. Just blinking now.

Staying out. Good.

352 ii 33 21 CC Bill, we're reading you loud and clear and got you
stateside, 14 minutes.

PLT Good, Story. Standing by for 33:46.

352 ll 33 47 PLT Okay, READY light came on at 45; REFERENCE, 6.

Standing by for 34 minutes even.

352 ll 34 00 PLT MARK. SCAT to STANDBY.

352 ll 34 06 CC And your vehicle's looking good from down here.

PLT Thank you, Story.

CDR Story, would you clarify that that f-setting was

1.27 I believe you said wide open this morning,
and I copied 2.0.
 1217

CC That's f/2, and shutter speed now 1/125.

P

CDR Okay, thank you.

CDR Okay, 1 minute to go on the nadir step.

PLT Standing by for 35:18.

352 ll 35 19 PLT MARK. ALTIMETER to STANDBY. Stand by -

352 ll 35 25 PLT MARK. 35:24; RADIOMETER to STANDBY. At 35:30 -

352 ll 35 31 PLT MARK. RADIOM_±'ER, ON. And standing by for 35:39.

*** 192 MODE to READY. Stand by -

352 ll 35 40 PLT MARK. 192 MODE to READY.

352 ll 35 43 PLT TAPE MOTION green light ; good.

352 ll 35 58 PLT ALTIMETER UNLOCK- Okay, that's ***

352 ll 36 00 CDR MARK. At 36, we've started the nadir step. Track-
ingthrough
zero. Okay-

352 ll 36 12 CDR MARK; it's minus 5.

352 ll 36 14 CDR Going to plus 5.

352 ll 36 21 CDR MARK; plus 5.

352 ll 36 32 CDR MARK; minus 5. Okay, Story, it looks wide open

again, and we're getting some good data.

CC Okay.

352 ii 36 h2 CDR MARK; plus 5.

352 ii 36 47 CDR NADIR.

352 ii 36 52 CDR MARK; minus 5-

PLT Standing by for 37:10.

352 ii 37 00 CDR MARK; plus 5.

352 ii 37 06 CDR NADIR.

1218

PLT Stand by.

352 ii 37 i0 PLT MARK. RAD to STANDBY.

352 ii 37 ii CDR MARK; minus 5.

352 Ii 37 16 PLT Okay, 16. SCAT, OFF; RAD_ ON.

352 ii 37 19 CDR MARK; plus 5.

352 ii 37 2h CDR NADIR.

352 ii 37 28 CDR MARK; minus 5.

352 ii 37 37 CDR MARK; plus 5.

352 ii 37 h3 CDR NADIR.

352 ii 37 48 CDR MARK; minus 5.

352 ii 37 55 CDR MARK; plus 5.

SPT ...

352 ii 38 02 CDR NADIR.

PLT Taking some good pictures?

SPT Sure am--

352 Ii 38 05 CDR MARK; minus 5.

SPT - - I hope we got some good coverage for them. Got

every major artery and every small town along it.

PLT Great. Too bad we didn't have that camera last

ni ght.

352 ii 38 17 CDR MARK; plus 5. Yes, boy, I'll say.

PLT Man, that's tremend - that was just a tremendous

view.

352 Ii 38 23 CDR NADIR.

352 ii 38 28 CDR MARK; minus 5.

 1219

PLT Yes, everything's looking good here.

352 ii 38 36 CDR MARK; plus 5. Yes, lots of lights down there.

352 ii 38 46 CDR MARK; minus 5.

352 ii 38 51 CDR MARK; plus 5.

352 ii 38 56 CDR NADIR.

352 ii 39 02 CDR MARK; minus 5.

352 ii 39 i0 CDR MARK; plus 5.

352 ii 39 21 CDR MARK; minus 5.

PLT Standing by for 39:4h.

352 II 39 33 CDR MARK; plus 5.

352 ii 39 39 CDR NADIR.

352 II 39 43 PLT MARK. 192 MODE to CHECK.

352 ii 39 45 CDR MARK; minus 5.

PLT Check the TAPE MOTION. Okay.

352 ii 39 53 CDR MARK; plus 5.

PLT Stand by on my mark -

352 ii 39 59 CDR NADIR.

352 Ii 40 00 PLT MARK. 40; downlink to OFF.

352 II 40 04 CDR MARK; minus 5.

352 ii 40 12 CDR MARK; plus 5.

352 ii 40 16 CDR NADIR.

352 ii 40 22 CDR MARK; minus 5.

352 ii 40 30 CDR MARK; plus 5.

352 ii 40 35 CDR NADIR.

1220

PLT And, Story, I'd like to confirm one thing.

352Ii 40 40 CDR MARK;

minus5. i

PLT I turned the ALTIMETER to STANDBY at 35:18, and

l'm not turning it ON again until 44:32.

352 ii 40 50 CDR MARK; plus 5.

352 ii 40 55 CDR NADIR.

CC ...

352 ii 41 01 CDR MARK. Minus 5.

PLT Makes me suspicious because of the change in

selection at 42:12. It's probably right, but
I just wanted you to check.

B52 ll 41 lO CDR MARK; plus 5.

CC 44:32 is verified, Bill.

PLT Thank
you.

352 ii 41 16 CDR NADIR.

352 Ii 41 21 CDR MARK; minus 5.

352 ii 41 33 CDR MARK; plus 5.

352 ll 41 39 CDR NADIR.

352 ii 41 43 CDR MARK; minus 5.

352 ii 41 52 CDR MARK; plus 5. Must have picked up a little sun-

light.

PLT Standing by for 42:12.

352 ii 42 04 CDR MARK; minus 5.

352 ii 42 I0 CDR MARK; plus 5.

PLT Standing by -

352 ii 42 12 PLT MARK. 192 MODE to READY.

 1221

352 ii 42 15 PLT ALTIMETER, MODE 5.

' 352 Ii 42 17 CDR NADIR.

PLT RANGE, 65.

352 ll 42 21 CDR MARK; minus 5.

CC 44:32 is verified on the ALTIMETER, Bill.

352 ii h2 29 CDR Plus 5.

PLT Roger.

352 iI 42 3h CDR NADIR.

PLT Thank you, Story.

352 ii 42 38 CDR MARK; minus 5.

352 ii 42 42 CDR MARK; plus 5.

PLT Everything looking good.

352 ii 42 48 CDR NADIR.

PLT TAPE RECORDER is ***

352 ii 42 53 CDR MARK; minus 5.

352 ii h30l CDR MARK; plus 5.

352 Ii h3 07 CDR NADIR.

352 ii hB 12 CDR MARK; minus 5.

SPT Sunrise, Story.

352 ii 43 21 CDR MARK; plus 5.

CC Say again?

352 ii 43 27 CDR NADIR.

SPT Sunrise. Completion of photos.

CC Thank you.
1222

352 ii 43 32 CDR MARK; minus 5.

352 ii 43 42 CDR _4ARK; plus 5.

PLT Coming up on 44.

352 ii 43 47 CDR NADIR.

352 Ii 43 52 CDR MARK; minns 5.

PLT Stand by -

352 ii 44 O0 PLT MARK. 192 MODE to STANDBY; TAPE MOTION ...

352 ii 44 Ol CDR MARK; plus 5.

352 ii 44 07 CDR NADIR.

352 ii 44 I0 CDR MARK; minus 5.

PLT Stand by. 44:18 on my mark -

352 Ii 44 18 PLT MARK. SCAT to STANDBY; at 20 -

352 ii 44 19 CDR MAEK_ plus 5.

352 ii 44 20 PLT MARK. RAD to STANDBY.

PLT 26 -

352 ii 44 25 CDR NADIR.

352 ii 44 26 PLT MARK. RAD, OFF.

352 ii 44 30 CDR MARK; minus 5.

PLT Stand by -

352 ii 44 52 PLT MARK. ALTIMETER, ON.

352 ii 44 34 PLT READY light on; green.

352 ii 44 40 CDR MARK; plus 5.

352 ii 44 42 PLT ALTIMETER UNLOCK light at 41. Still have a READY

light.

352 ii h4 46 CDR NADIR.

 1223

352 ll h4 _9 PLT ALTIMETER UNLOCK light is blinking and going out.

Good.
p

352 !i L4 51 CDR MARK; minus 5.

PLT We still have a READY light.

352 ii 45 Ol CDR MARK; plus 5.

B52 Ii h50g CDR NADIR.

352 ii 45 12 CDR MARK; minus 5.

PLT The oi' ALTIM_'I'ER's hanging in there, looks like.

352 ii h5 22 CDR MARK; plus 5.

352 ii 45 27 CDR NADIR.

352 ll _5 31 CDR MARK; minus 5.

352 Ii 45 41 CDR MARK; plus 5.

f 352 ii 45 48 CDR NADIR.

352 II 45 52 CDR MARK; minus 5.

352 ii 45 59 CDR That's the end of the swath.

PLT On my mark, 46:10; it'll be REF 2 on 191. Stand

by-

352 ii 46 i0 PLT MARK. REF 2. A_d, Jer, in about 1 minute I'll

need a VTS AUTO CAL. I'll give a call.

CDR All right.

352 ll 46 21 CC Skylab, we're a minute from LOS. About lO minutes

to Vanguard. Be dumping the data/voice there.
We'd like verification that you did go to EREP
COOLANT VALVE to FLOW.

PLT That's affirm. We did, Story.

CC Okay, and we'd like you to go ahead and ENTER the

maneuver time back to SI, so we can take a look
at it over this station.
1224

SPT Okay.

352 ii 46 51 PLT I got an ALTIMETER UNLOCK now, but I still have a

READY light.

PLT Okay, Jer, I need a - I'ii get it.

CDR All right, I'ii get it.

PLT Stand by. 27:20. It's 15 seconds yet.

PLT Okay, 5 seconds. Stand by -

352 ll 27 20 PLT MARK. VTS AUTO CAL.

CDR You have it.

PLT Thank you. Okay, I still have - Oops' Now it

just went out. This READY light went out at 26
on ALTIMETER; I'm turning it OFF. And I go to
STANDBY at 50 seconds ar4vway. Well, I'll go ahead
and get a little bit more.

CC Got a good maneuver time, Skylab; see you in about

i0minutes.

PLT Okay, Story.

352 ll 47 46 PLT And ALTIMETER's back ON and then I get an ALTIMETER

UNLOCK light. And about time to go to ALTIMETER,
STANDBY.

352 ll 47 50 PLT MARK. Range, 68. And at 48:06. Stand by on my

mark; 48:06.

352 ll 48 05 PLT MARK. 193 ALTIMETER, ON.

352 ll 48 ll PLT ALTIMETER UNLOCK light blinking at ll seconds -

48:11. It's out now.

PLT And it's staying out. Good.

PLT ALTIMETER UNLOCK light is staying out. This really

looks like a very good pass. The UNLOCK - ALTIM-
ETER UNLOCK - lock light came on late in the pre-
vious ALTIMETER swath. Stand by 50. I do not
have a 191 READY. At 06, I go MODE, MANUAL.
There's the 191; right on time. Stand by -
 1225

352 ii 50 05 PLT MARK. 50:06; 194 MODE to MANUAL. Now the ALTIME-
TER UNLOCK light came on at 50:10, but the READY
, lightis stillon.

352 ii 50 35 PLT Just got a 194 M3KLF light blinking. That was at
50:38 [sic].

CDR Nothing but clouds. We were - -

PLT Okay, I just lost my READY light; going to ST_qD-

BY - -

CDR - - we were so busy we didn't get to look down at

the lights.

PLT What's happening? This thing is going - l'm - l'm

finally losing my READY light just about, oh,
40 seconds before the end of the swath.

352 ii 51 04 PLT MARK. Back on. I got a READY light on the ALTI-
METER. And--

CDR See South America, Peru.

-- PLT I do not have an UNLOCK light; it's hanging in

there, and I got about 15 seconds to go in the
ALTIMETER swath.

CDR Lima, Peru. Peru.

PLT On my mark, it'll be 51:35. Stand by -

352 ii 51 35 PLT MARK. And EREP to - ALTIMETER to STANDBY.

352 ii 51 38 PLT EREP to START - STOP. And at 11:54, which is about

3 - 2 minutes from now, we'll go to - start fine
maneuver. Okay. Fine maneuver first.

PLT No - Okay.

352 ii 52 24 PLT Okay, RECORD switch is going OFF.

352 12 ii 28 PLT PLT; time is 12:11. Bravo 7 is reading

32-1/2 percent.

352 12 19 23 PLT PLT -

1226

352 12 19 51 PLT PLT; recording EREF tape at 5.8 centimeters.

TIME SKIP

352 12 46 i0 SPT SPT at 12:46. ATM op after a EREP pass; only had
around l0 minutes left of day. We got to the
center of the Sun and gave it a shopping list
item 1. Took a look at the streamer structure.
The one over T-59 is larger at the base than it
was yesterday and as strong in emission further
out as it was yesterday; so it has essentially
just grown a little bit at the base. I also see
a little more structure to - close to the base,
further south than the center line of that streamer.

352 12 47 07 SPT Another good streamer is - although not anywhere

near as intense - is located over around 2 o'clock
on the east limb - correction - the west limb.
The XUVmonitor shows the active regions which
we have on the disk quite well.

SPT 96 shows up; 97 - both of which are relatively

weak. O0 shows up exceptionally well; and 01.
And I believe there is another one right at the
limb. So looks like we've got a real complex
system coming around, right next to 00.

352 12 48 00 SPT Went over then and looked at the prominence, and
again, that centainly has extensified [sic]. Love
to see that one blow off. We rolled so the MIRROR,
LINE SCAN was tangent to the limb and gave it a
MIRROR, AUTO RASTER and got to 400 K just as we
were going through, oh, line 15, 16 - somewhere
in there. So we got one good MIRROR, AUTO RASTER -
GRATING of ZERO, DETECTORs all - looking at the
prominence. It's probably not anywhere near enough
in order to get a good look at it, but that's all
we could squeeze in.

352 12 48 42 SPT SPT out.

352 12 49 22 SPT SPT at 12:49, reporting some observations - visual

observations of plankton bloom and current struc-
ture in the South Atlantic. Okay, at the conclu-
sion of the EREP pass, we came across the east
 1227

coast of South America; came out right over

Montevideo. Due to clouds, I was not able to see
the plankton
bloomvery closeto the coast;how-
, ever, as we moved further out, let me describe
to you what we saw. We were heading essentially
southeast to east, Maybe at a angle of 120 or so,
relative to solar nor - relative to Earth north.

352 12 50 53 SPT Okay, at 12:06:30 we saw, running perpendicular

to our path - that's roughly northeast - a very
faint but discernible plankton bloom; very low
contrast in intensity and a color fairly discern-
ible green. And it seemed to - okay, and I can
picture these as streamlines - okay, running as a
streamline to the northeast. At 12:07 to 12:09,
we saw a fair amount of plankton blooming. Al-
though extensive in area, it was again very low
contrast, low color difference. I don't have the
Forrel scale here, but I would - as best I can
remember - that we were looking at the 4 or 5
contrasted with a 2 or a 3.

352 12 52 13 SPT We saw several things, mostly eddies. One eddy

I noticed at around 12:08 which again was slightly
- to the north of our path, as most of the material
was; it was counterclockwise. The others were
pretty much random. I could not notice any spe-
cific direction.

352 12 52 51 SPT The clouds which were further north, at the very
base of the clouds, there appeared to be a little
brighter plank - plankton blooming - by base, I
mean just leading into the clouds from our vantage
point - and it leads me to wonder whether the clouds
are associated with the blooms themselves - blooms
representing the colder water and thereby cooling
the normal ocean air blowing across it, with a -
then bringing the dewpoint down to where we form
clouds or bringing the temperature down close to
the temperature where water will condense.

352 12 53 31 SPT I've seen this on a number of occasions, where

I've been frustrated because all of the plankton
bloom appears to be just starting where the clouds
start, and usually there is a relation.

352 12 53 48 SPT Okay, and as we looked further out, at around, say,

12:12 to 12:14 - and at this point, we are moving
1228

pretty much directly east - we saw two things.

One is a wave pattern in the water. Showed up
quite well in the contrast or the Sun angle we
had. The waves themselves were running parallel
to our path at east-west.

352 12 5_ 24 SPT Now over a very extensive distance, over hundreds

of miles, both along the waves and perpendicular
to them. And then also, a little bit to the -
say around 12:14, a little bit further east of
the major portion where we could see the waves
real well, we saw cloud streets.

352 12 54 45 SPT These clouds streets were in the same direction;

that's east-west, as the waves. So apparently, the
wind and the waves were parallel at that point.
Whether there is a relationship there, I'm not
sure, because I'm not sure what - what caused
the waves at that point .... to a very small
angle of our estimation, the cloud streets, which
were fairly long and linear, were parallel with
the waves, which were very long and linear. So
coincidence or cause and effect, I'm not sure -
or both effectsof the same thing. _

352 12 55 29 SPT SPT out.

352 12 56 02 PLT PLT at 12:50 - 12:56; subject is S183 carrousel.

I have the 2-2 out, and I found the two alignment
marks perpendicular to the line of the f_]m slide
opening. And I have rotated it counterclockwise,
which was the easiest way that it went.

352 12 56 31 PLT It's very difficult to rotate the other way. And
I moved it to line up with the film-hatch-opening
slot.

TIME SKIP

352 14 19 47 SPT SPT at 14:20; the ATM pass which began at 13:50,
building block ll Bravo. The J0P 4, step 4, build-
ing blocks ll and 28, really went with no problem,
but I found I was a little rushed in getting the
pointing in - that is, to try to find the maximum
as well as to get the slit off the thread. Took
a little care and patience, and I find I got a
 1229

little rushed. I think we got good data and I got

in what we wanted, but it put it pretty close.
, These threadsare very visible- in the H-alpha
monitor. One thing that will show them up better
is not just to use the low contrast brighten and
then relatively high brightness - that is, a CON-
TRAST of 3 and a BRIGHTNESS of 7 - but if we also
move most of the solar image off the edge of the
tube, then the gain in the TV will compensate and
bring out the structure even more. And that's
worked to real good advantage to get visibility.
With that, I am able to see the whole beautiful
prominence structure, which really has, as I look
at it, a whole complex array of arches and feet.
Let me Just start at the very north part. I'll
not try to give you dimensions of them; but big
and small. The northernmost part has got a re-
latively small arch; fairly bright at the first
foot of the small arch that's coming from the north.
And then we have the most - brightest point in the
cromin - prominence, which is the feet, which I
guess people are referring to as the north foot of
the prominence.

- 352 l_ 22 21 SPT And that's fairly intense as well as dense, and I

do not see very much thread structure there. Then
I see the prominence, as it goes south, looping out
in perhaps the largest arch of all, which is part
of what's been called the major portion of the
prominence. And I can see that - at least, a low-
lying thread of that going from one foot all the
way across to the other; just as I reported that
was open or I could not see that. Today we're
trying new techniques and also making some changes
in the prominence. I haven't been able to detect
that. I can see it quite well. There'll be, of
course, arches above that, which I cannot see.
And stretching my memory, I would say that's only
" about an arc minute or so off the disk. Okay, so
now we come to the end of that long arch, and there
is a foot there, which may be called the southern
foot, which is attached to the disk - except, well,
maybe a very small fraction of an arc minute. I
cannot see it on the disk. I'm not sure what the
- the cause there is - the reason is. But it comes
pretty close to being right down there at the very
bottom; so I do believe that one is, in the normal
sense of the word, attached to the disk. There is
1230

where all of the beautiful, vertical thread struc-

ture is. The structure itself - or that is, the
nttmerousthreads encompass the fairly wide area,
maybe an arc minute or so across, in multivertical
structures. This is where I did the pointing for
building block ll and building block 28. I'd show
it's one nearly vertical structure for building
block ll, at about l-l/2 arc minutes off the disk.
I did not measure it, but that's an eyeball esti-
mate.

352 14 24 33 SPT And then I chose one which was - where the top was
inclined slightly to the north, maybe 20 degrees
or so, for the building block 28. That's right
adjacent to it, the first one. I think I'd have
lined it up a little bit better had I taken a
little bit more time. But in looking at the inten-
sities in Lyman beta, I found that within that
range they did tend to change a little bit but not
as much as I might think from looking at the H-
alpha display. Maybe it was the width of the
5-arc-second aperture, although I - I doubt that.
That's still relatively small for what I was see-
ing in H-alpha. They look as though there's more
in the Lyman beta - and I suspect it's most of the
higher temperature lines - than anything we're
seeing in the visible. I suspect that's quite a
bit broader than the thread structure we see in
H-alpha. The Lyman-beta count we are getting in
that structure was 300 - 350, which is quite -
quite high, as - as I understand it. I looked for
the one we looked at a couple of weeks - a week
and a half ago or so - that's prominence 39 or 37 -
when it was on the east limb - sorry - the west
limb. That was only 200, and that was considered
relatively dense.

352 14 26 18 SPT Okay. Continuing further south in this description

of the prominence, there is another small arch,
which I see quite well, and it's at the southern
foot. Then comes into a series of relatively low-
lying filament structure which is - I'm sorry -
prominence structure which is fairly dense but low
lying, and there's one or two arches in it; it
seems like all of them are relatively small, one
system.
 1231

352 14 26 54 SPT So in general then, I see four feet. If I broke

the one up that l'm just mentioning to the south,
, I can probablyfind more of them. I thinkwe have
' an excellenttool here for doing pointingat the -
0nly wish I could stop it - the Sun from turning
for a little while. Building blocks themselves
mechanically were carried out with no real problem,
except for at the very end - 55. I was at MECHAN-
ICAL REF and wanted to maximize Lyman beta again
and went to 130, and for some reason I could just
not get anything out of the detector; it was just
laying down there around 20 or so. And I suspect
for some reason that I had a GRATING POSITION that
was off. This was coupled with the fact that when
I gave a GRATING, AUTO SCAN in building block ll,
I put it to GRATING, 3 SCAN. And for some reason,
it stopped before GRATING, 3 SCAN. I had a MECH-
ANICAL REF, and was indicating all zeroes. I don't
believe I was really at MECHANICAL REF. I'm just
not sure what the problem was here. Most likely
it was procedural, but I cannot unravel it. And
then before we did building block 28, I had to
take another lap around the GRATING to get MECH-
ANICAL REF of zero, stepping up to 102. And I did
• get a MIRROR,AUTO RASTER,down to around line 16,
which did encompass the filament before we got to
4oo K.

352 14 29 03 SPT Descriptions of XUV monitor and white light corona-

graph - that's given on air-to-ground. I won't
repeat.

352 14 29 14 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

352 15 48 50 CDR This is the CDR at 15:49 Zulu. The subject is

Earth observations. The first target suggested
today was HHI06 at 11:57:24. We just flat missed
that one. We got busy cleaning up after the EREP
and Just missed our opportunity to look out and
see that one in the window.

352 15 49 17 CDR It looks like it was probably pretty good for that,
too. The next two opportunities, for me anyway,
were at 15:28 Zulu, and that was HH77 and 78.

/r
1232

Again, all three of us were busy with other jobs

and didn't get a chance to look at it. And I did,
however, get a look - a short look out the window
at about 15:33, and I noticed that it was awfully
cloudy in that area anyway. So it may be, because
of clouds, we didn't lose much anyway.

352 15 49 59 CDR We did, however, get some good Earth observations

in. And stand by a second; let me get a map to
refer to.

PLT Are you still on, Jer?

CDR Yes, I'll be done in a minute.

PLT Okay.

352 15 50 26 CDR Okay. The observations I'm referring to were -

w@re done this morning at approximately 12:00 Zulu
as we were on the Earth resources pass and coming
out over Montevideo and the Rio de la Plata harbor
there, the area where it - where it comes into the
- the ocean. We got out over the ocean and remem-
bering that this is the point where the Falkland
Current and the South Equatorial Current come to-
gether and head out in a southeasterly or east-
southeasterly direction. It just happened at that
time we had very good sunglint conditions.

352 15 51 17 CDR And so we, Bill and I, started looking at the

water - I with binoculars and Bill unaided - and
noticed nothing particular in the - in the wave
forms that would indicate any current. However,
we did notice, after we got a good 200 miles off-
shore, that we picked up some very faint plankton
bloomings, the - the - the light green.

352 15 51 47 CDR It was nowhere near as pronounced as what we've

seen in the Falkland Current and certain other
areas, but there were definitely hints of it out
as far as 200, 200 miles southeast and east-south-
east of Montevideo. We looked at it and took sev-
eral Hasselblad pictures, and Bill will report
those at another time - the frame numbers and all.

352 15 52 16 CDR There were no intersecting wave patterns or any-

thing like that, indicating where the edge of the
current was; so that was not - not too easy for
 1233

us to find. However, we were surprised to see -

so far out at sea, away from landfall - the -
again, the indications of plankton bloom. And this,
as far as we were concerned, indicated that the -
the currents were - were coming together in - in
that area.

352 15 52 45 CDH CDR out.

352 15 59 59 PLT Yes, this is the PLT. (High-pitched tone)

CDR Think it's dead now.

352 16 01 54 PLT Okay. this is PLT. The time is 16:01 - 2, coming

up on 16:02, and the reason that I did not do a
voice record was because of a couple of interrup-
tions, one of which was a master alarm. It was
a problem with the rate gyros. However, the expo-
sure was started on time at 15:48. ROTATION, and
I'll check it on the gage, 016.2; TILT, 09.6; and
everything was started on time so - except - with
one exception, and that is that - It was when I s
started the exposure; it went to PLATE 13, and I
_,-- had - I set 12 in when I set up the experiment.

352 16 02 36 PLT So I'm not quite sure what's going on or if it's

just an indicator problem. In any event just
about the time the - all the clicking stopped and
the exposure started, I assume, on - this is field
Charlie 99 Alfa Alfa - that the PLATE indicator
advanced to 13. I'm going to check it in the next
exposure here. We'll see how it works out.

352 16 03 05 PLT About 5 minutes to go in this exposure.

352 16 05 08 CDR This is the CDR at 16:05 Zulu with ambient food
inventory data so far. Step number 1 was frozen
food locker F-553, canister number i0. The con-
tents are two prime rib, two filet mignon, two
por - pork loin, and five vanilla ice creama.
ii total, one missing. Okay. Step number 2 was
inventory of lockers 561, 2, and 3. Locker 561,
front: number 31/number i0; number 26/ - Now let
me give you the code here first. Number 31 means
canister number and the slash and then the i0
means the tenth item is missing, or the number l0
item is missing.
1234

352 16 06 05 CDR So we'll start over again now. This is locker

F-561, front: number 31/10; 26/9; 25/9 20/8;
17/i0; 15/9. F-561, rear: number ll/9; 16/9
and 10; 21/9; 27/10; 25/9. Locker F-562, front:
16/2; 17/4; 21/6; 26/9 and 10; 27/10. F-562,
rear: 21/10; 18/9; 16/9; 15/9 and i0; and ll/10.

352 16 07 17 CDR In some cases the slash 9's were the bottom ones,
and in some cases the slash l0 was the bottom one.
I don't see - I think your records probably tells
you how many are in there; so I think just the
number should be adequate. Now we have F-563 to
go, and we have the overage ambient inventory to
go; and you're going to have to schedule us with
extra time for that.

352 16 07 43 CDR CDR out.

352 16 ll 03 PLT Okay. This is the PLT; 16:ll. It did advance to

PLATE 14, and I'm setting up for field Charlie 38
Alfa. And that'd be ROTATION, 2119; 2119, and
TILT is 05.7. Okay, TILT, o5.7; it's PLATE 14.
EXPOSURE 0, 300, and 0 ; okay. Okay.

352 16 12 19 PLT START. And that's about 12. And we're in work.

352 16 18 39 PLT Okay. This is the PLT at 16:19. completion of

the 300-second exposure on field Charlie 38 Alfa.
And I say again, that was plate 14; 13 and 14 were
exposed on these two, not 12 and 13. I don't know
what happened. I set up 12 Just like it said in
the procedure. Anyway, "If time available after
S183 exposure complete, would like you to point
at two reference stars with no photos, to calibrate
the AMS. Point at the following stars and center
them in the reticle; center crosshairs." Canopus,
225.4 - and TILT, 16.6.

352 16 20 09 CC Skylab, Houston. We're through Hawaii for

10-1/2 minutes.

SPT Hello, Houston. At 16:00 even, we got a ...

352 16 21 07 PLT Okay. My Canopus is centered; I've got 225.3 and

16.9. Okay, Regulus, 139.8. 139.8, 01.2.
(Whispering) Okay, there they go.

352 16 22 02 PLT Okay. Right in the center.

 1235

CC o..

PLT Okay. Regulus, 0140.2 and 001.8; and I will now

call that down to ground.

352 16 22 39 PLT And PLT out. I'ii be shutting down your experiment
as soon as I call this to ground, real time.

352 16 24 34 SPT It's the first and last one I've ever
seen, but it was very definitely green.

352 16 27 57 CDR This is the CDR at 16:28 Zulu, reporting on $233.

The first exposure was to have been at 16:17.
Started having camera problems again. I pushed
the remote control shutter release, and the shut-
ter opened and then promptly closed again. So I
checked - checked the shutter speed, and it was
at B. And so I tried it again about 12 seconds
later and this time pressed firmly on the button
because I figured the last time it happened to me
was because I didn't press hard enough on the but-
ton. And that didn't help either.

352 16 28 40 CDR So 13 was wasted. So I went to timed, T, tried

it again and got nothing. That is, by nothing I
mean the shutter opened and closed again immedi-
ately. So I went back to B, and by that time I
was approaching 16:18:52; so at 16:18:52 I went
ahead and took the 120-second, focus-infinity ex-
posure, and luckily that one worked okay.

352 16 29 13 CDR Then frame number 16 came at 21:04, I believe it

was, and that was no problem either. It was well
before sunrise. So essentially what we have then
is five frames used, and the last two were success-
ful, the last two normal frames of $233.

352 16 29 37 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

352 18 51 52 PLT PLT at 18:52, debriefing an ATM pass that started

at 17 - -

CC Skylab, Houston; we are 1 minute - -

1236

PLT - - or 18:03.

CC - - Guam at 26, and we're scheduled to dump the

data recorder there.

CDR Roger, Hank.

352 18 52 l0 PLT Okay, the solar wind - excuse me - lunar libration

clouds was run with the exc - the - Okay, except
for the fact that I had the - S054 - the S054 ex-
periment was in HIGH, 64 and I ran it through sev-
eral sequences and - before I noticed it. We had
ENTERed the lighting all turned down onthe panel,
and I just flat screwed up. Okay, and your next
one was the ma - maxi-rasters. That - All one,
two, three, four of those were completed as per
pad, except I had to use a ROLL of plus 1992; I
couldn't get 2000. JOP 10, building block 2, step
l, at the end was completed per pad and truncated
at 6. Looked at the white light coronagraph before
and after; looks like a very nice corona. I'm sure
it's been described to you already, but north, at
the top, we got a good helmet streamer at about
9:30 - i0 o'clock; two very faint streamers - one
at about 8:30, one at about 7 o'clock, maybe 7:30.
And over on the west limb at about, oh, 2:45, al-
most 3 o'clock, a nice - a very nice helmet stream-
er and a very faint one down at about 4:00 or 4:30.

352 18 53 45 PLT I did not notice any change. I looked at the WLC
during the first J0P l0 and the last JOP 10, and
I could not tell any difference. The activities
on PMEC and IMAGE INTENSITY averaged around 250
on the PMEC and noise level l, 2, maybe 3 or 4 on
the IMAGE INTENSITY COUNT. The - I never got an
aperture change in beryllium. I got several X-ray
triggers - false triggers on the flare. Used the
XUVMON and the image intensifier scope. Did not
see any brightening. It looked like one spot came
up. At least it was a little brighter on the IN-
TEGRATE at times, but no particular activity on,
I think it's 00.

352 18 54 36 PLT PLT out.

352 19 04 05 SPT Hold on ... more back over this way ... okay.
Okay. Let me get this pocket here.
 1237

352 19 04 39 SPT Hello. Welcome to Skylab 3 and the land of the

moths. I have right here in these two vials es-
sentially a growing number of companions. These
are two vials containing eggs of - gypsy moths.
One is tame, and one is _rild; that means labora-
tory produced and one from the wild. The objec-
tive of having these along with us is to see if
we can prematurely induce, by having them in zero
g, a production of a moth or diapause hatching of
the egg. The normal hatching for these fellows
that I'm holding right here, on the ground come
about February or March. We've been up here a
relatively short time r and they have not expected
to see anything - I don't think - quite this es.rly.
We have in these vials essentially five to six moths
which are visible and perhaps an equal number of
partially hatched or partial emergents from the
eggs.

352 19 06 12 SPT Now if we can find a way, such as use of zero g,

for prematurely inducing their hatching, then this
opens up a way of producing them in large numbers
axld understsxlding just what some of the mechanisms
_ n _y be. It will greatly aid the laboratory rearing
of these animals or moths, if you will, and enable
people to then produce large quantities of sterile
moths which can be used to decrease the moth popu-
lation where they trun out to be a - a great nui-
sance. What I'd like to do now is move in a little
closer and give you a closeup view, as close as
we can, of the eggs and some of the moths. These
eggs turn out to be about the size of poppy seeds,
and even %_ith your eye right next to the vial,
they're pretty hard to see.

352 19 07 04 SPT But we'll put a closeup lens on the TV and give
it a try.

352 19 13 oo SPT SPT at 19:14 for RLITI. Start of the run of M092,
with the PLT as subject. It started at 19:10.

352 19 13 13 SPT SPT out.

352 19 15 h0 CDR This is - this is the CDR at 19:15 Zulu with a note
to the food people. Yesterday, in my evening status
report, I forgot that there was a little bit of
variation in my water usage. It was occasioned by
1238

one of those blankety-blank food - Apollo spoon

packages splitting. The - What it - Actually, it
didn't split. It wa - it was mainly caused by the
little check valve that's where the nozzle goes
into the bag - you know, on the side of the bag.
There's a little hole with a flapper on it, and
apparently, that flapper stuck closed and would
not allow the water to go in with the food. And
the pressure from the dispenser finally split the
side of the tube going to the bag, and we lost
that water. And I ended up having to open the
bag and put the water in with my water gun.

352 19 16 46 CDR I've already repressed what the food was; so I

can't think of that. But anyway, I do remember
that it was 3-1/2 ounces of water. So if you
really want to get - get the details correct,
subtract 3-1/2 ounces from _ water gun reading
and apply that toward food reconstitution. And
the 3-1/2 that the table tried to put in the bag
just kind of went all over the workshop. So chalk
up 3-1/2 ounces for the workshop.

352 19 17 14 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

352 19 39 29 SPT M092; subject, PLT. Left legband, Charlie Juliett;

right legband, Alfa Quebec.

352 19 39 39 SPT Out.

TIME SKIP

352 20 32 02 CDR This is the CDR at 20:30 [sic], debriefing the

19 - debriefing the 19:35 ATM pass. The first
was a JOP lO, building block 2. No problems with
that. Wasted about a minute and a half or so
trying to get the VTR work done. I elected to
wait in order to give you about 30 to 40 seconds
of white light coronagraph. Okay, then we got to
JOP 25A, building block 10. You specify a ROLL
of plus 2000, and the best I could get was 1915.
And I didn't want to leave the canister in a roll
 1239

stop - up bard against it ; so I backed off to 1900,

and your data then was taken - for JOP 25A - was
taken at a ROLL of plus 1900 and then at the UP
and DOWN and LEFT and RIGHT coordinates that you
specify on the pad.

352 20 33 06 CDR On the third one, I seriously considered going UP

250, instead of DOWN 250 arc seconds. But I looked
at where that would take me, and I decided that
really wouldn't be in your best interest ; so I
went ahead and - and did the lesser of the two
evils and kept the ROLL where it was and followed
the other pointing coordinates precisely. We got
down to JOP l0 with l0 minutes to go and actually
only had 8 minutes to go. And by the time I got
55 to the right GRATING POSITION, we did not have
enough time for a full MAR; so we had to truncate
at line number 45 in a MIRROR, AUTO RASTER -
DETECTORs, all; GRATING, zero.

352 20 33 51 CDR The other two experiments - 56 and the WHITE LIGHT
CORONAGRAFH - yes, both got their exposures complete
before we hit the 400 K line. And looking at the -

352 20 34 14 CDR Stand by - -

TIME SKIP

352 21 03 05 SPT SPT at 21:02 [sic]. M092/171 run. MI71 data on

PLT. CAL N2, 02, C02, 1177. CAL N2, H20 , 1256.
CABIN AIR PRESSURE is 5.145. CABIN AIR, PERCENT
02, 74.33; the PERCENT H20, 3.27; PERCENT C02,
1.96. VITAL CAPACITIES: 6.197; 6.19 - 6.159; and
third, 6.083.

352 21 03 47 SPT SPT out.

352 21 03 54 SPT SPT back in again with MI71 information to finish

the MI71. For the M151 people, the run on 171
which was concluded at 21:02.

352 21 04 12 SPT SPT out.

352 21 i0 19 PLT Jer, just go ahead and turn it on.

CDR Okay.
1240 _-

352 21 ii 16 SPT Okay, let's ta - have our closeup look at a few

of these moths that have emerged. I'll vary the
distance back and forth here so you can come up
with the best focus. On the bottom of your screen
are the ones that are wild. And those are the
ones - I wish we had some hatching. And the ones
on the top are tame, and from which we have not
seen anything as yet. And I think that - I think
it's probably good right about _here. Now let me
point to an area; right at the very top here in
the cotton there are a few clinging. There's a
couple who are there who have once clinged [sic]
that can cling no more. They had a short life.
And there are a few which have emerged recently.
There's also a big ball, a cluster, if you will,
of these. Let me see if I can move it away from
the cotton here.

352 21 13 02 SPT There it is, down there. Now the only way we can
see these is to hold them up to the light and get
rather close, right as - far as - close as your
eye can until it goes out of focus. Then you can
see some of the little fellows crawling around in
there. Okay, maybe I had that off the screen at
that moment. Let me point again.

352 2] 13 38 SPT The whole cluster where they all are is right
here. There's a few up at the top, a couple
alive and a couple who have b_tten the dust - or
in this case the cotton. That big cluster is a
cluster of some who have partially emerged, or
partially hatched, if you will, from the - from
the egg and some which have emerged all the
way. Very minute. Look about the size of a
pencil lead, very thin pencil lead_ maybe even
smaller than that. Hairy. And they don't do
much except roll up into a ball occasionally or
crawl around. Life is hard enough when you're
first born, but to find yourself in zero g, think
you'd be doubly confused.

352 21 14 51 SPT Now let me try one other thing here, and that is
to change the zoom, which I have set on 35 right
now. And I'll slowly increase it here. And as
you can see, I can focus on the main type very
well. But the depth of field is so shallow that -
and the object that I'm looking at on the monitor
is so small, it's kind of hard to tell when we
have it in focus for you.
 1241

352 21 16 i0 SPT Let's go over to the wild. Okay, you can see that
little cluster of them. Let me take a look a
minute, and I'ii try to identify some for you.

352 21 17 42 SPT Okay, right in about the center of your screen,

right at the very top in the cotton, the center
of the tube which I've rotated now, you may see
one.

352 21 18 29 SPT There's a large aggregate - aggregate. And a

good focus. I'm sure the people who are familiar
with the nature of these things can see, because
of the nature of the aggregate, that we've got
some hatching, even if you can't determine the
exact number or see the specific ones that have
hatched.

352 21 19 19 SPT Okay. Well, that's it. We'll try to keep the
people that are interested in moths informed as
we go on here. Between all the good Earth resources
and solar observations and medical work, the comet
viewing, and looking at auroras, we also keep an
eye on our moth eggs for you.

352 21 19 39 SPT And especially if we see anything with the tame

ones coming out, we'll certainly let you know.

SI°T Gosh darn! Son of a gun'

CDR Sorry about that, Ed ....

352 21 27 l0 SPT Okay, SPT here again at 21:27, and we'll try this
whole moth egg spiel again. Last time we managed
to get a switch into ATM BUS 1 rather than TV.
So all - we got all the good words but no pictures.
So I now hope we will get both of them at the same
time. Trying to get set up here, and we'll be
ready to go.

352 21 28 14 SPT Okay, Jet, you ready?

CDR Yes, I'm ready.

SPT Okay, flip her on.

CDR Okay.

352 21 28 29 CDR You got it.

1242

352 21 28 35 SPT Here we are looking at a - at a eloseup view, at

our companions on our 85-day flight. It's not
much, but it's all we got. On the top of the
screen is the vial containing the tame moths or
larva, those which were bred in the laboratory.
And on the right are ones which are wild. The
ones on the right are the - excuse me, it's on
your bottom. The one on the top is the tame, and
the one on the bottom is wild. The ones on the
bottom are the ones which have hatched. A rela-
tively small percentage of them have hatched, but
still a significant quantity.

352 21 29 31 SPT There's about five or six which have fully hatched
and have been out crawling around or have ceased
to crawl. And the other five or six are partial
emergents; that is, they got part way out, and
that's as far as they got. Now first of all, on the
ones on the bottom, you can see the large aggre-
gate as I shake these around. The large aggregate
right now is right behind the tape. I'll try and
get it to the bottom there. Now on the bottom of
the tube, you can see this - the contrast of the
one - the vial which has not hatched at all.
They're spread pretty - pretty much im_formly,
which you'd expect - the obvious need to spread
out. The aggregate comes from those which have
hatched and are crawling over their potential
brethren and those who have Just partially hatched.

352 21 30 38 SPT They all tend to stick together, even in the world
of moths.

352 21 30 41 SPT Now we'll zoom in a little bit more, and I;ll try
and show you some of the details.

352 21 30 59 SPT And - aw, phooey. I'ii pick you up here without
time to give you a reasonable focus. So Just
bear with me until I get all the way zoomed in
here. I'll try to move in and give you a reason-
able picture. Okay, at the right side of your
picture is the top of the container, and we've
_ot some cotton down in there. Now there's one
which is on the cotton, but I'll have to rotate
the vial; so bear with me.

352 21 31 46 SI°T I'ii be right back.

 1243

352 21 32 33 SPT Okay, right at the very center of your picture

is one who has emerged and begun to crawl
around .... crawled ... cotton ...
i
352 21 33 57 SPT It's right in the center of your screen. Unfor-
tunately, the little guy is right in the edge of
the vial there, where the light transmission is
distorted. And we'll just go right on down the
vial, pick up that aggregate. And I hope your
resolution on your monitor is better than mine.
All right, just leave it on here for a while and -
They're in that aggregate. Maybe you'll be able
to see a few. And I got rid of the glare for you.
This certainly has provided a little bit of a di-
version for us. Done an awful lot of good Earth
resources recently, solar observations; learned a
lot about ourselves medically, man in general. And
we've been viewing the comet, northern lights; and
doing a lot of maneuvering, all on ... CMGs. So
life has been interesting, and this has been one -
one additional feature. Hope you've enjoyed seeing
it. I'll keep you posted on what happens.

352 21 36 30 SPT So long for now.

352
21 45 15 PLT PLY [sic]. PERCENT 02 is 73.07; PERCENT Hy0 ,

4.41; PERCENT C02, 2.02.

352 21 58 12 CDR This is the CDE at fif - correction, at 21:58 Zulu;

the S183 operation. The SAL is 0FEN. The mirror
is EXTENDED. The ROTATION has been set at 40.8.
The TILT is 03.3. The first PLATE is number 15,
not 14. And Bill Pogue, the PLT, briefed you on
that earlier. The EXPOSUREs are 0, 0, and 1260.

352 21 59 00 CDR The field is Charlie 24. Experiment recorder

number 1 is running. We'll go ahead and operate
the DAC. We've had - It's now shady. 12 per
second. Okay. Now we're down on time, and we're
at 1/60. That's verified. Okay, we're coming up
on 16 - correction, 22:00 right now. Be in about
l0 seconds.

352 22 00 00 CDR MARK. 22:00. Okay, the available time is 22:01.

I'm going to START it then, and by 22:02 we ought
to be taking the first exposure, which is sunset.

CDR These lights don't have to be out, do they?

1244

CDR 0kay, stand by at 22:01.

352 22 01 00 CDR MARK. SEQUENCE, START. I reverify the mirror is

out and the TILT and ROTATION are properly set.
The DOOR is OPEN. EXPOSURE is 1260.

CDR Every time I hear this thing clickity-clacking

along, it makes me think of the Peter Pan - the
story about - with the alligator, the clock in his
stomach.

352 22 02 06 CDR Okay. 3 seconds late. The - I just heard the

frame - the door pop open and the frame come out.
"The Secret Life of Walter Mitty" what? (Laughter)
0h, yes.

CDR Okay, whatever star field Charlie 24 is in, there's

three stars right in a row.

PLT That 's Orion.

CDR Yes, I'm wondering if it is Orion's belt. The

right star is out at the fourth mark. I presume
that's on octal 4. Middle star is down on octal 3.
And the left-hand star is in the lower left side.
Let's see; down in octal 7 and left in octal 4.
That Just may be Orion's belt. I don't have a
field - a feel for what the field of view is in
this rascal, whether this one has got a much
smaller field of view than the S019. That's
right. No, I don't see Orion's sword hanging
from his belt ; so it must not be it.

352 22 04 07 CDR Okay, we're still looking at PLATE number 15; so

it didn't - didn't screw us by advancing a plate.
1260 seconds; that's 21 minutes. I'm not going to
stand around here with this stuck on my head all
that time.

352 22 04 28 CDR The CDR going off for the moment. Be back in
about 15 minutes.

352 22 21 43 CDR This is the CDR back up on the loop again for S183
operation. Standing by for termination of the
first plate, which is PLATE number 15, on star
field Charlie 24. Let's see. The exposure started
at 22:02; that's 21 minutes long. It'll be 22:23
when it terminates, and it's Just past 22:22 now.

352 22 22 53 CDR Stand by for 22:23.

 1245

352 22 23 O0 CDE MARK. 22:23. Come on, machine.

352 22 23 06 CDR There it goes.

CDR Okay, it's just sequenced up to PLATE number 16;

exposure's complete. I'm going to change the
ROTATION to 205.6. And locked. The TILT is 21.2
and locked. Okay, reverifying: 205.6, good; and
21.2 is good.

352 22 24 08 CDR Okay. This is PLATE number 16; number 16. The
star field is Kohootek - Kohoutek, I guess it's
pronounced. EXPOSUREis 160, O, and O. The
SEQUENCE switch is in STANDBY; I'm waiting for
the available time of 22:31 to throw the switch.
And that's coming up - It's a little over
5 minutes away.

352 22 27 55 CDR Time now is coming up on 22:28. Stand by -

352 22 28 O0 CDR MARK. At 22:28.

352 22 30 04 CDR This is the CDR; S183 operation. The time is

22:30and12 seconds.

CDR Okay. Reviewing the bidding. We're looking at

Kohoutek. ROTATION is 205.6; the TILT is 21.2;
the exposure will be done on PLATE number 16.
The EXPOSUREs are 160, O, and O. And the availa-
ble time is 22:31. And that's coming up in
8 seconds. Standby-

352 22 31 00 CDR MARK. SEQUENCE, START.

CDR Right now we're looking through the airglow.

352 22 32 08 CDR MARK. Exposure start, at about 5 - i minute and

5 seconds later.

352 22 32 43 CDR Okay, Kohootek - Kohoutek is in sight.

352 22 34 12 CDR It's way off to the left in that field of view,
which I expect is probably correct - in order to
get the right position on the picture - or on the
frame, I beg your pardon. All right, sunset time
is 36. We're coming up on 35 now. We should be
done in short order_
1246

352 22 34 49 CDR All right. Sequence is completed well before

sunrise. Okay. We now have PLATE 17 in the
window. The SEQUENCE is going to STANDBY.
EXPOSURE is all going to zero. Setting the TILT
to zero. Setting the ROTATION to zero. And locked.

352 22 35 54 CDR Retracting the mirror - and locked. Closing the

DOOR.

352 22 36 20 CDR DOOR, LOCKED. Well, I didn't do you a favor. I

didn't do your camera for you. However, I think
the purpose is probably only to get some film
between the exposures; so I'll go ahead and do
it now.

352 22 36 46 CDR Okay, that's complete. Okay, this is CDR

terminating the experiment at this time. And
I'll be doing this from - a stow.

352 22 37 14 CDH CDR out.

TIME SKIP

352 23 46 55 SPT SPT at 23:47. ATM pass which began at the 22:51.
Okay, again I got you what you wanted in building
block 37, JOP _A, on the prominence T-59. But be-
cause ± alau'z - -

CC Skylab, Houston. We're AOS through Madrid. Be

with you for about 8 minutes.

SPT - - have the time to sit down and really think in

detail how it would be done before I started, I
got off to a false start. By that, I mean I took
the 82B slit and put it along a thread in our first
roll to what was specified, which was minus 3200.
Saw that we were working at the north foot of the
prominence number 52. And then took the JOP Sum-
mal-y Sheet literally and tried to put uniform
emission, which I interpreted as a single thread,
along the 82B slit, which I was able to do; but
I came up with a ROLL of around minus 1800.

352 23 48 26 SPT I started the experiment off and then saw that what
we really wanted was something which would have the
55 mirror-line axis - change it to the limb, so
 12h7

that when we move the foot position or the aperture

position in the mirror, back and forth and LEPT-
RIGHT, it would be roughly at the same altitude.

352 23 49 O1 SPT And so I conpleted at a ROLL of 1800, _rith the 82B

slit lO arc seconds off the limb and along a thread
I completed one segment of it, the building block -
that is, 82B with a WAVELENGTH, SHORT, exposure
NORMAL; 55 with a GRATING, AUTO SCAN; and 56 with
a PATROL, SHORT. Then I went and repointed and
went to the JOP - or the building block, essentially
as written. 82B was again pointed lO arc seconds
off the limb; that is, the tip of the slit in the
white light display was - was moved from 1023 up
to 1033. No, I can't say those are exactly the
numbers, but it was moved up lO. 56 received one
extra PATROL, SHORT. GRATING AUTO SCANs went as
called except that I used mirror positions differ-
ent than what were called out in that I believe
the pad assumed we'd be at a LEFT/RIGHT of - of
32 rather than 33.

352 23 50 36 SPT So I went into work at 1033 for the first one,
_ 1031 second,1035, and then 1037,which, I think,
gave you the 10-arc-second increments you.were
after.

352 23 51 O0 SPT I was somewhat surprised by the small count in

Lyman-beta. That is, the count was down from
almost 250, 300 this morning to around 50 or so
now. And I did slew around.

352 23 51 20 SPT I thought that maybe we had a problem with the

mechanical reference; so at the end, as you'll
probably see in the data, I stepped the aperture
down under the disk so I could get the optical
pulse and get our optical zero. And then went to
a GRATING POSITION of 28. And I parenthetically
took a - an unnecessary lap around the grating _rith
it and checked it again and, sure enough, came up
with the same values. That surprised me.

352 23 52 02 SPT Okay, at the end I did building block 32, and I
think I was probably around - completed that one at
around 250 K. I took a look at it and reported -
Well, I know it's on air to ground - that is, that
the base of the streamer overlying T-59 appeared
1248

broadened to the south. And it could have been

either another streamer structure coming up or
as_1,u_etrical broadening. I could not see with
sufficient resolution to determine which it really
was. I also left the TV MONITOR on WLC as we went
into sunset. And at around 40 seconds remaining,
we started getting a brightening from the bottom
of the display. And it becomes rather intense at
around 37 seconds remaining, at which time I cut
it off.

352 23 53 14 SPT There was a - sort of a V-shaped brightening with

the tip of the - inverted V - _-ith the tip of the
inverted V extending up towards the occulting disk
and just about reaching it.

352 23 53 29 SPT And Just a general overall brightening. I could

not see detail of any atmospheric structure of the
Earth at all or the llmb of the Earth.

352 23 53 41 SPT SPT out.

 DAY353(AM) 1249

353 00 5_ _3 SPT SPT at 00:55 with a report on the handheld photos

taken this morning during the Z-local-vertical pass
going over northern California. They were taken
on - -

353 00 55 26 SPT It was on BV - that's Bravo Victor - h3, and they

were frame numbers - and they were frame numbers hh
down to 22. They were all taken of the lighted
areas along the coastline -that is, city lights
and country lights, lights along the road. And
essentially what stood out was the major arteries,
major cities, small towns, and intersections of
arteries and occasionally other miscellaneous lights
- perhaos small towns without any major arteries
connecting them. What I tried to do was to encom-
pass as much of a total layout as I could. That
is, I tried to put as much and as many lights in
the zenith picture as I possibly could; so that
you'll find two or three shots of San Francisco,
and - and that's it. But you have a large number
of shots covering the outlaying areas - those which
are leading into the bay area.

F 353 00 57 05 SPT In other words, if you want to make a mosaic - And

that's essentially what I tried to do with those
areas which were well lit. As we - Same as when
we passed over the east coast the previous night,
I was impressed by how well the major highways and
the major cities are marked by lights. In Cali-
fornia you can certainly see the major coastal
arteries - the one running down off the coast, in-
land quite a few hundred miles down by the San
Joaquin Valley - and you could see the major arter-
ies all in the east just like - just like a road
map.

353 00 57 54 SPT The ones running towards U.S. l, the one running
down the center of Florida off in the direction
of Jackson, toward Orlando, essentially a major -
it's like taking out a - the country, the United
States road map, and putting lakes along the high-
way and the major intersections that stood out so
clearly. This is in sharp contrast to what I saw
in - especially Italy, where there were lights in
towns but not very much in between, not anywhere
near as well organized as our own country in a
very overall or gross sense.
 1250

353 00 58 42 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

353 12 06 49 SPT SPT at 12:07. PRD readings: 42444, 23243, 38320.

Out.

TIME SKIP

353 13 35 ii SPT SPT at 13:35. ATM pass beginning at 12:38. Un-

fortunately, the prominence was no longer there
when we got up this morning - that we could see.
JOP 26, which was designed to - in this instance -
to look at the prominence, although it's not as
useful as it may have been.

353 13 36 12 SPT In the corona, the large streamer which was above
the - the prominence P-59 was - or is no longer
very strong and is a completely different shape.
It's much of a par - with parallel sides encompas-
sing maybe i0 degrees or so at the inner edge of
the occulting disk and running straight out until
it becomes a little bit stronger to the south side
of it. Last night when I looked at the eoronagraph,
at the corona, I could see the helmet streamer had
grown a little to the south of it. I believe I
mentioned that air-to-ground. And perhaps that
was the start of its movement out. I wish we had
been up and had been able to follow it. Okay, so
the three building block 10's which were run, I
ran not exactly at the same roll which you gave,
although they were approximately as specified.

353 13 37 43 SPT What I did was to go to the first ROLL of minus

10,550 and look around. And I found the largest
remnant of - of a prominence which was located at
a minus 10328 and did the 82B work there. Gave
a 10-second OFFSET from the limb; WAVFT_NGTH,
SHORT; exposure, NORMAL.

353 13 38 19 SPT And then I also did the 30 arc second one there,
and I suspect that's where you'll find the most
intensity - out at that distance. So we also got
another SHORT, exDosure, NORMAL at that same roll.
 1251

82A got a WAVELENGTH, LONG at that point; 55, MIR-

ROR, AUTO RASTER, 102; and 56, PATROL, SHORT. I
then went roughly in 900 - 900 arc seconds - oh,
excuse me - 900 arc minutes in either direction
in ROLL. I went to 10,497 on the - at the top of
it - plus 10,497. There's no evidence of a prom-
inence there. At 10 arc seconds OFFSET, 82B got
a WAVELENGTH, SHORT; exposure, NORMAL. And 82A,
WAVELENGTH, SHORT; exposure, 40 MAR - M-A-R - 102,
55. And PATROL, SHORT for 56. Then at minus 9433,
lO arc seconds OFFSET, 82-B with a WAVE.T._.NGTH, SHORT;
exposure, NOIKMAL and 55 and 56 as before. During
the course of thls, I managed to get myself trapped
into a false flare alarm. The PMEC started to rise.
I was going through 500, occasionally jumping up to
6[00]. I looked up at the APERTURE POSITION. One
of them said 3. I quickly initiated 54 and 56 in
the FLARE MODE. I looked for the flare; couldn't
find it in any displays. Then realized that I had
just turned ON the HIGH VOLTAGE, BERYLLIUM and
ALUMINUM. BERYLLIUM had stepped - stepped all the
way down to h, but the ALLR41NL_4 had not; so that's
where I saw the 3. I should have keyed off BERYL-
LIUM anyway, but instinctive reaction got the bet-
ter of me. So I gottwo falseindications,
one on
the South Atlantic anomaly and the other, hysteresis
in the ALUMINUM APERTb-RE that trapped me. And I
got about - I estimate lO minutes, no more, of flare
data on the nonflare of the two X-ray instruments.

353 13 41 23 SPT I went over and did a shopping list item 2, plus
an 82B sequence on active region 00. I put the
82B sllt along several bright points and essen-
tially a plage r_mning along there - it was not
quite parallel to a neutral line, however - and
that moved slightly limbward, which maximized the
oxygen VI readout. So that even - I would look
as though I was a little bit to the left of my
display of the actual bright plage in H-alpha, but
it did maximize oxygen VI, and it went toward the
limb; so I thought that's when I'd give you the
maximum also in most of the lines you're looking
at in 82B. There, 82B got a WAV_Ik_NGTH, SHORT ;
exposure, TIMES 1/h. 55 got a MIRROR, AUTO RASTER;
DETECTORs, all - at the GRATING of 102, although
we did not complete the raster before 400 K. And
oxygen VI was around 6000 or so.

353 13 42 _3 SPT Just at the very end, I wanted to go back to Sun

center and take another look at the corona. Ob-
f viously, I was a little bit rushed at this point.
1252

Got back; lined up at 125 to go. That's got to be

225 to go. No, correction: It was 125 to go when
I actually started the CONTINUOUS MODE. And re-
alizing it was going to get a lot of atmospheric
effects, I thought, well, maybe the 90-second ex-
posure at the beginning would be useful to you
for coronaspheric studies and the other two for
atmospheric. Yesterday I noticed that in the scope
at around - 30 seconds or so to go is when they
start to see some increase in intensity, and that
wedge shape which I talked about was coming in
from the bottom. So I figured at 125 you could -
you might be able to see a little of that with a
20-second exposure. Then we went from 125 down
to 25, in time remaining, and I cut off the CON-
TINUOUS MODE at that point.

353 13 h4 12 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

353 lh 09 57 PLT PLT reporting satisfactory execution of the 233 pad - -.

a good 2-minute exposure starting at 02:54, what-
ever it was, and the second at 02:04:54. And the
horizon was definitely brightening toward the end
of the exposure. However, there should have been
a good full minute, 15 seconds of integrated light
without too much horizon lighting prior %o that
time. Stand by just a sec.

353 14 l0 52 PLT And that was at 14:0h:5h that the 2-minute exposure
started. The first exposure, apparently, was for
background purposes. The third exposure, 60-second
at 15 feet, was taken with a very bright horizon,
and I think we explained already what you want
that one for.

353 lh ll 14 PLT PLT out.

TIME SKIP

353 15 06 18 CDR This is the CDR at - at 15:06 Zulu, debriefing

the lh:21 ATM pass. The JOP building blocks went
without any great problem_ was essentially the JOP
 1253

and the building block, which was JOP 6, build-

ing block 1A and B. IA went with no problem.
The GRATING was sitting at 102 and MECHANICAL; so
I went to OPTICAL and set the GRATING at 732 in
order to give the 0630 that you needed. I went
ahead and did the work on that and decided to
hold off the VTR until I was complete. And right
at the - at the end of building block 1B, I went
back to the white light coronagraph. And - or
just prior to the end of that, I think he gave me
about 2 minutes of XUV mon. And then I put - went
to white light coronagraph and showed you some of
that and then rolled 90 degrees back up to a ROLL
of 0000. Gave you a little bit more white light
coronagraph and back to the XUV mon. And as time
went on with the XUV mon, it became rather appar-
ent that the active region 00 was starting to act
up. And there was one point in XUV mon that it
was starting to brighten significantly.

353 15 07 57 CDR So I gave you an extra 2 minutes, I think, of the

VTR of that in order that you could see the bright-
ening in XUV of that point, and then I - When I
completed building block 1 Bravo, I maneuvered
over to the area, to active region 00, and centered
up on the brightest area and started a flare wait,
building block 24 program, with 56 in AUTO, LONG
and 55 in MAR - DETECTORs, all; GRATING, zero. And
I set up 54, ready to go, on HIGH, 6h. As we were
sitting there waiting for something to happen,
nothing happened. It began to kind of fade off.
And then suddenly, Just like popcorn, a piece of
H-alpha plage, about 20 arc seconds above the
bright area I was looking at, just popped very
bright. And it - I - I do indeed mean it was al-
most like instantaneous. Very, very high rise
time. Just went up to bright. It caused no effect
on the BERYLLIUM APERTURE or anything else; I didn't
notice any increase in the PMEC, but it very de-
finitely popped and then started to fade out again.
And this - the bright point I was looking at in
XUV was beginning to die out.

353 15 09 28 CDR By the way, this H-alpha point that popped;

did not show on XUV, although it was so close, it
probably could have been included in part of the
old one. At any rate, it was apparent that the -
the flare-wait program was kind of a waste of
time; so I terminated it and went into a shopping
125_

list number 7. And I laid the slit over both

bright areas and then just did shopping list
number 7 until 400 K. The 56 PATROL, SHORT and
the XUV SLIT timed exposure both timed out before
400 K, and I got two truncated MARs in by 400 K.
And that was about it. All the action was at 00;
01 is - looks rather diffused. And in wait, fila-
ment number 60 you've got called out at 260 at 0.8.
It's more like 240 at 0.8. I think that's the fil-
ament you're talking about. And looking at the
white light coronagraph, we still have nice, wide
streamer structure area up around Papa 59. And
nothing else of any great significance that I can
see on the white light coronagraph. That's about
it.

353 15 i0 59 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

353 15 51 43 CDR This is the CDR at 15:50 Zulu. M509 is the subject
of the prep, and installed on the M509 unit is
battery number 6 and PSS number 4.

353 15 51 56 CDR CDR out.

353 15 54 30 CDR This is the CDR continuing with the M509 data.
Battery charge on battery number 6 was initiated
at 54.

353 15 54 40 CDR CDR out.

353 15 54 42 CDR Correction: Let's make that 15:54 for clarity.

353 15 54 46 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

353 16 32 44 PLT The PLT with a report. Time is 16:33. First re-
port is for systems people on the six-pack tempera-
tures. X-ray 5, 9B degrees; X-ray 6, 92 degrees.
Yoke - Yankee 5, 92 degrees; Yankee 6, 91 degrees.
Zulu 5, 92 degrees; Zulu 6, 92 degrees. And what
I - The way l'm measuring those, I - Apparently,
 1255

there's quite a difference of opinion as to how

you interpret the color coding on those tempera-
ture devices. When the bar is blue enough so
that it closely matches the blue, the reference,
then you leave that line and go to the next and
read the temperature increasing on that one,
trying to interpolate color, using the regi -
color registration of the temperature-sensitive
element, and comparing that with the three refer-
ences across the top left. And let's see. I -
These could be off by - you know, like 5, 6, or
maybe even lO degrees.

353 16 34 05 PLT Okay, now another subject. M - There's a S063

malfunction procedure which was scheduled at about
16:15. That has been completed; both batteries
checked out reasonably well. Both of them checked
out about 1.62 to 1.64 volts. I did several se-
quences of the multimeter; both of them were the
same. I put one back in, and I was - I inserted it
and removed it several times and checked the ret-
icle; and it was no good. So then I took my knife
and I scraped the contacts of the battery; then
I put it back in and stillno Joy. The same
result was with both batteries. The - Apparently,
the bulb was burned out. So the outcome of S063
mall is that - that we do not have a reticle in
the sight.

353 16 34 58 PLT Changing the subject again, the T025 m_If. Inci-
dentally, I did the S063 and the T025 on the dif-
fuser screen; that's using the diffuser screen as
a workbench. And M487 people may be interested
in that in that my report is that the diffuser is
pretty good. It's - I really like it. Lighting
is bad, but, of course, it wasn't designed for
that. The airflow is great for holding paper and
even the cameras. In T025 it held them down very
nicely.

353 16 35 34 PLT The problem - One of the problems in zero g is,

you cannot put anything down gently. I mean,
even as careful as you are, you Just very - If
you very, very carefully put something down,
either you bump it against something very, very
slightly, or the airflow is sufficient to dislodge
it; so it never stays put. But it stays - stays
put on the diffuser screen very nicely. And the
M487 people will probably be interested in that
1256

report. I didn't take any pictures, of course;

there were none scheduled.

J53 16 36 04 PLT Okay, on T025 malf, the malf was not too difficult
actually. I Just got that long eye relief and
went up to the diffuser, put both cameras down,
and at the - The procedure was being held very
nicely in place by the airflow vacuum. The long
eye relief fits both cameras about equally well.
My re - previous report is still correct, regarding
the - the bit of shims of - using shims of paper.
The only thing that I did before that I did not do
this - did not do before that I did this time was,
I used the procedure of fitting the long eye relief
in the left side first and then the right side
without pushing the penta-prism button - button.
But I did push the penta-prism button before.

353 16 36 50 PLT However, I got a good engagement before, and I

did not detect any noticeable difference between
the engagement I got between the shutter speed
select knob this time than last time on - Nikon 2,
I think it was I used last time. Now the - There
was no difference between the cameras, although it
did look like Nikon 1 did have a slightly tighter
fit. I rotated the knob one time. It engaged,
but it did that before.

353 16 37 18 PLT In fact, the knob was engaged, and I was taking
pictures - if you'll recall - on T025 before; and
then the thing became disengaged. When I checked
the long eye relief, it was not disengaged. In
fact, as soon as we got to - we got the cameras
back in, we put them - we stowed them away. And
then the next day, I was going to show Jerry what
the problem was. And I" started turning the shutter
speed knob, and it worked great - in other words,
without having anything been done to it. The
shutter speed knob had sort of fixed itself from
the time it was - it malfunctioned during the EVA
and the time I too tem - attempted to demonstrate
the malfunction to Jerry the next day, and that
was about 24 hours later.

353 16 38 03 PLT So - so that I'm not dragging a red herring across

it, the malf was - the malfunction procedure for
T025 was completed as per instructions on a general
message. The - Both the - The shutter speed adjust
knob engaged on both cameras apparently equally
 1257

well, although I said that the Nikon i appeared

have a - to engage the long eye relief with a
slightly tighter fit than the Nikon 2. And it -
it came off nicely and so forth. I - I pushed
from both sides, bottom and the top of the eye
relief - bottom of the camera and top of the long
eye relief - with no noticeable difference.

353 16 38 44 PLT And there were no clicks other than when I ini-
tially rocked it in position, on one of them, I
heard a slight click. But the - the problem I had
before there was the attar - apparently getting
a loose fit; was this sort of slop, actual slop,
that apparently exists. Perhaps the penta-prism
is in the way or something like that. I don't
know, because I did push that button on the -
on the previous - previous arrangement - or prep-
aration for the EVA. I can't add anything further
than to say that - that it worked fine on both
cameras.

353 16 39 23 PLT PLT out.

TIME SKIP

353 17 38 02 PLT This is the PLT. The time is 17:38 Zulu. The
report concerns M487. The situation was this:
The CDR and the PLT yesterday completed or con-
cluded a troubleshooting procedure on the ATM
C&D coolant loop. At the conclusion of this and,
well, even doing the - the troubleshooting, we
noticed a loud whine - not quite a squeal hut a
whining noise when we turned on the ATMpumps.
We were both very concerned that we were maybe
cavitate - or I was concerned about cavitation be-
cause we put our ear up to the forward airlock
compartment and it - occasionally there would be
noise spikes, like the thing was sucking air or
something like that. 0nly it was a - is - almost
a squeal, but it's more or less a whining, not
quite a grinding noise.

353 17 39 04 PLT And so we got to ts]king this morning. We reported

this to ground, and ground was getting good data
and everything; so they said press on and every-
thing is working great. There's no problems,
apparently. And anyway, we thought - Well, you
know. We - we got this noise sound level meter
1258

and frequency analyzer on board. So what I did

this morning in my - during my housekeeping time
and squeezed in between other tasks, I did a -
a rather extensive sound level meter and frequency
analyzer check in the various places in the work-
shop. Okay, let's call one station over the trash
airlock, and the description of it is this: Over
the trash airlock in the experiment compartment
with the sound level meter parallel to plus X and
with the little noise sensor pointed plus X - that_
the baseline. That's the orientation of the meter
at the trash airlock position. There's another
position at the CSM hatch, up in the forward MDA,
just over the ATM C&D panel, and with the noise
l@vel meter pointed minus X, parallel to the X-axis,
w_ith_he little sensor pointed toward the aft end
_@fr_ _orkshop.

35B 17 40 20 PLT _iA_p_e_ione at the ATM SIA. And all these are
"_moreor less centrally located in the vehicle -
that is, almost along a geometric position of the -
the X-axis if you were - as far as moment of inertia
is concerned, I know it's not quite s_mmetrical -
but to - using the symmetrical axis - that is,
right down the center of the vehicle. ATM $IA,
roughly at the SIA position with the thing out in
center again. One at the - in the airlock com-
partment but at the interface, at the hatch posi-
tion - in other words, Just a - with a little
sensor about where the hatch would be, centrally
located, pointed minus X again. And one at the -
what I consider the noise source in the forward
airlock compartment, again centrally located in
the compartment, pointed plus X.

B5B 17 41 lO PLT Okay, now those are the three refs. There are
one, two, three, four, five positions in the
comp - in the vehicle that I used. And I'm going
to read - In order I will enter, I will read the
location: trash airlock, CSM hatch, SIA - ATM
$IA, airlock, the forward airlock. The forward
airlock is at the noise source. I'm going to use
those as my location references, and I'm going to
read straight across ambient noise level and the
headings that are in - on page 1-5 in the M487
Eval Checklist.

353 17 41 51 PLT Okay. Trash airlock at 14:45: 52, 42, 43, 47, &9,
45, 36, 29, 23. Now these readings I'm giving you
 1259

are with the - with the pump running, with that

ATM pump running, Okay, at 16 :45 I 've got a read-
ing at the CSM hatch: 59.5, 55, 59.5, 60, 57, 57 -
that's 57 at 3 and 57 at 4 - 49, 45, ho. At the
ATM SIA, and this is between 16:45 and 16:50.
ATM SIA: 64, 56, 62, 60, 66, 60, 52, 45, and 42.
At the aft airlock interface with the airlock
compartment, 16:50: 63, 63, 64, 65, 60, 63, 53,
45, 38.

353 17 43 16 PLT In the forward airlock compartment at the noise

source, or near as I could get, about 17:00: 68,
65, 61, 60, 63, 64, 52, 50, 41. With the pump off,
at the forward airlock this is the noise source:
60, 65, 60, 59, 61, 52, 49, 43, 40.

353 17 43 47 PLT ATM SIA, 17:02: 64, 59, 64, 61, 64, 55, 52, 45,
42. CSM hatch at 17:04: 60, 52, 60, 55, 67, 52,
50, 45, 41. Act airlock hatch posit_on at 17:06:
60, 62, 65, 63, 56, 55, 48, 43, 36. The trash
airlock, 17:11: 55, 41, 44, 45, 48, 43, 34, 28,
and 22. I noticed that there wasn't much differ-
ence between the trash airlock with the pump on
and off, although I could - my - my ear made it -
was a prettydistinctdifference. I don'tknow
what the subjective evaluation is. But anyway,
I ran another test at the trash airlock the -
again with pump on. The last - By the way, the
first five readings that I gave were with the
pump running and the last five with - with the
pump off.

353 17 45 17 PLT Now I turned the pump on again and went down to
trash airlock and - right after the ones I gave
you for 17:ll, and I ran some more. So with the
pump on again, the reading at the trash airlock
was 55, 41, 44, 46, 41, 35, 31, and 26. In other
_ words, not a whole lot of difference at the trash
airlock between the time when the pump was on and
the pump was off, although as I say, subjectively,
we can - this noise was a bit - little bit
discerting.

353 17 45 54 PLT Particularly both Jerry and I noticed it several

times last night during sleep.

TIME SKIP
1260

353 19 35 51 CDR (Music) This is the CDR at 19:35; the subject is

Earth observations. On this particular pass we
came up over the southwestern end of - or the
southern end of Chile and kind of swept right up
the entire eastern coast of South America. And
I'll start with when we first crossed the - the
shore at Chile. The fiord area was exceptionally
clear today, and I took one photograph with the
Hasselblad, with a 100-millimeter lens at an f/8,
1/250. And the target was Islas Guay - Guaytecas -
Islas Guaytecas and Golfo Corcovado. This partic-
ular area was extremely clear, and unfortunately,
the - there - the Sun angle wasn't such that you
could get the sunglint and see any of the currents
or anything that could be in that fiord area there.
(Music)

353 19 37 02 CDR The - the water there was extremely blue. I looked
to see if I could see any indications of - of waking
or streaming in - in the fiord areas. I tried using
binoculars, but as I said, the Sun angle Just wasn't
right ; everything looked nice and blue and clear
and smooth. We proceeded on in over the coast
over - Well, there's a VOR there called Castro,
and that's Just about what we went over. It's -
right on the south end of one of the larger islands
there. And then we proceeded on u_ Just over the
northwestern tip of Golfo San Matias and just
inside, Just to the west of Bahia Blanca.

353 19 37 54 CDR Got a good look at all of the - the ranch land and
the wheat land that lies down there in the pampa.
I don't see any great change in color as yet.
There's a lot of green and a lot of gold and tan.
And I was not at - not aware of any great change
in color.

353 19 38 18 CDR Now as we were crossing the - the River Parana -

Rio Parana, which flows into the - the Bay of Rio
de la Plata, where Buenos Aires and Montevideo are,
I looked out to sea, and I got an absolutely perfect
picture of the confluence of the Falkland and the
South Equatorial Currents; so I took a picture. It
was a Hasselblad i00, f/8, 1/250, and it's frame
number 130 - frame number 137. You're looking right
out the bay - the big bay there between Buenos
Aires and Montevideo. And if you're looking out
to the southeast, you can see the Falkland Current
coming up from the south, and you can see - not
 1261

quite so clearly, but it's plain to see - the

equatorial current coming down from the north.
And right straight out you see, from the - from
the city of Buenos Aires - in fact, actually a
little bit south of it - you can see where these
two currents meet and head straight out to the
southeast, the current from the south, the FaSk-
land Current. The blooming that you can see there,
the streaking, the long, serpentine coloring that
you can see there, was considerably more green
than the current blooming - the - the chlorophyll
blooming, you can see coming down from the South
Equatorial Current.

353 19 39 59 CDR If I were to characterize the colors, I would say

that the colors down south are more of a powdery
aqua, towards the chartreuse, whereas the currents
coming down from the north are more of a - a deeper
blue, turquoise or aqua.

333 19 40 18 CDR Where the two met and headed out, you had a mixture
of the two colors, and it was very streaky, much -
very taffy-like and serpentine. And then as they
came togetherthey - they - and pointed on out
toward the southeast with a very long, rather
straight but slightly curved, serpentine - you
know, undulating long streamer headed out to the
southeast. And it had striations or layers of
color; it would be both the darker and the lighter
green. The water itself was a - was a good blue,
typical of the - of the blue water we see just
about everywhere else. Let me grab the Forel scale
chart; see if I can give you some figures.

353 19 41 29 CDR Okay, this Forel coloring chart is a lousy Forel.

I guess it's too bad we didn't bring - bring some-
thing a little better. But the water that - You
know, the general sea water was about a Forel 6
or 7. Well, actually, it could've gone as far as
a h or 5. This thing is so bad. But at any rate,
the water coming up from the south was more of a
Florel [sic] 10, whereas the water coming down from
the north was more of a Florel 8 - Forel 8, I would
say. I would guess that the current coming up from
the south - You could see almost dow_1 to the Falk-
land Islands, and you could see that it was prob-
ably 20 - 15 to 20 miles wide - not the current -
but at least the - the blooming that we can see.
1262

353 19 42 24 CDR Now that blooming coming down from the north was
more difficult to see, and it was more like 5 to
l0 miles in width. And you could not see it
extending as far north. Probably 100 miles north
of Montevideo, you could no longer see it. I
continued to watch as we proceeded on to the
northeast to see if there was any indications of
the South Equatorial Current up along the more
northerly coast of South America. And as we moved
along, we - it became less and less apparent to the
point where, by the time we got to Sao Paulo, there
was no indication whatsoever of any current out in
the water.

353 19 43 07 CDR Now speaking of Sao Paulo, as I was looking at the

round - ground around Sao Paulo with binoculars,
it appears to me that in the mountain country, the
hilly mountain area that's northeast of Sao Paulo,
I got some very strong indications of - of - of
extensive faulting in the mountains. It looked
to me like the faults essentially were headed east
and west. And it's - it's vegetated area. And
the Sun angle was Just right so that I could see
that there was a greet - great mass of - of rather
straight lines in the mountains, all parallel to
each other and heading east-west.

353 19 43 49 CDR This is CDR out.

353 19 51 48 SPT Crosshairs on the 52 were pegged to the LEFT and

UP. And I closed the door there immediately. And
then about that moment all of these - we got an auto-
matic DOOR CLOSE signal, and they all closed; at
least 55 did and the 82B. Yes, I had 56 also. I'm
not sure whether all the DOOR CLOSE signals were
at the exact same time. I'll tell you, when we
finally got all that straightened out, I got
back and redid building block 2 and building
block i0 on active region 4. Had Just time to
squeeze it in. No time for observing time.

353 19 52 51 SPT Okay, let me pick up on a new subject, JOP 18D. I

really should say - the pointing test because it
was nowhere near an 18D. Let me Just make a gen-
eral comment; and that is, where there's a lot of
onhoard calculations and Judgment required in
determining the displays as opposed to Just rote
keypunching, I'd like to see the procedures up here
at least a half a day ahead of time. Like if I had
 1263

had these yesterday afternoon and a little time to

look at them, I think the thing would have gone a
little faster this morning. And we might have
gotten into actually doing 18D _ although we 'ii
talk about some of the problems that did come up
which were not associated with the - late arrival
of that pad.

353 19 53 56 SPT I think if you Just pretend we're going to do the

18D a certain day and then slip it one, maybe every-
Body will be ready. Okay, Just picking up on the
steps, we went through these maneuvers. Did step 7,
no problem; 8, 9, I0, no problem. When I got there,
could not see the comet. I looked back over to
see what we could have omitted. And I looked at
our final attitude, and we ended up with a final
of 3.0, 342.1 and 351.5 - and then occasionally
it was 351.6.

353 19 54 44 SPT I was a little concerned that the X shows a little -

should have been 3.1, and Y should have been 342.2.
But again they fre ozLly 0.i of a degree error. And
I didn't think we had been putting in the fine
maneuver. But at that point, we had no other al-
_ ternative. Just couldn't see it all, so I Just
put the fine maneuver in, even though in Y it was
0.8 degrees. We couldn't see it again, and I
realized that somehow we were - ended up in the
wrong location. And I'm going hack to solar in-
ertial by hitting the SOLAR INERTIAL switch. I
Just happened to notice that it grazed the very
bottom of the tube and when we got back to solar
inertial that it was a little bit in a left and
bottom, which we could only see by putting our -
tops of our heads up against the ATM panel and
looking down over the middle edge of the TV re-
straint hack onto the tube.

353 19 56 02 SPT We made two m_neuvers to get it up to where we

COuld look at it - now both fine m_neuvers, a 52021
with a 50070, 50000, 50000 and a second one which
was 52021, a 51220, 50000, 50000 and ended up with
a value on the crosshairs of plus I14 in X and
plus 32 in Y.

353 19 57 46 SPT Okay, then I made a third maneuver in order to

actually try to see the comet.
1264

353 19 57 58 SPT And - actually I should say what I was fixing on

all this time was a star. Wanted to move the star
a little further out with the hope that the comet
would be relatively close to it, I'd be able to see
it through the filter where it is at the higher j
transition; that's out toward the edge. Okay, the
_, Yp were plus ll4 and plus 32. Desired was plus
130 and O. I entered the appropriate commands and
ended up at plus 133 and minus 002. That was at
around 16:29 that maneuver was made. At 16:33 we
tried another maneuver and again we had the roll
set up on the display up to this point as suggested
from the ground; that's the initial ROLL - of plus
5650.

353 20 01 02 SPT Let me back up a bit. I find this - this table

hard to interpret. I'm busy trying to get the
test on it and bookkeeping. We did do the build-
ing block 30 as called out, and that was done be-
fore the third msneuver so that the third maneuver
which I gave you where we ended up at plus 33 and
a minus 002, was done after the building block 30.

353 20 01 52 SPT Okay, I called our initial position, after the

building block 30 maneuver of plus 33 and a
minus 002, position 1. We went to position 2
muueuver at 13:35 - 13:33, excuse me. And that was
the desired of minus 75 and 000. We achieved a
minus 105 and 000. Yes, let's go back. Point 2
again we - desired was minus 75 and minus 002,
Just wanted to make a change in X.

353 20 03 08 SPT We ended up with minus 105 and plus 000, so we

had a little movement along Y. We changed the
ROLL to plus 5710. Made a m_neuver now of 220
in the X-axis so that when we started the maneuver,
our Xp and YpS were minus lO_ and minus 003, re-
spectively. We made a maneuver of 52021 and 51220
and achieved the attitude of plus ll4, minus 004 -
Excuse me, we achieved an attitude of plus 120 and
minus 0Oh. ll4 is what we would've ideally got ;
we actually got 120.

353 20 04 29 SPT We also moved a little in Y. So we changed our -

tried to get off the Y problem. We then went to
point 4 or number 4. The ROLL was changed to
5750, Xp and Ypwere minus 104 and minus 005. We
 1265

put the maneuver in of _2021 and 51220, 50000,

50000, and achieved a minus 122 and minus 003.
Then again some movement in Y. Went to a ROLL of
plus 5700. The _, Yp were minus 122 and minus
006. We ended up at minus 102 and minus 005. We
had a little movement in Y; we did not change ROLL.
We came back in the opposite direction with a
510 - 52021 and a 51220. Okay, now talking about
point 6 we tried to get to,

353 20 07 23 SPT Okay, going to point 6. We started at minus 0102;

apparently there was a little drift in there from
the time we got to that point to the time that we
got to making the maneuver to other desired, and
here - well, additional was present, if you will;
_, Yp was minus 102 and Yp was minus 005. The
desired was a plus 120 and 005. We tried to get
to get to that starting point. So we ended up at
minus 126 and plus 002, and then concluded we had
more roll problems. So we went 56 and 10 again.
Tried another maneuver, a ROLL of 5610; initial
positions _, Yp were minus 124 and plus 002. Yp
was UP, X desired was -

353 20 09 ii SPT Okay, forget the desired. All we did was put in
a comm,nd to load 220 octal units in - in X. We
ended up with an X of plus i00 and a Y of
plus 005.

353 20 i0 04 SPT So we ended up with another overshoot. We then

said the beck - the heck with changing these rolls
any more because it looked as though we were Just
not going to narrow down on them amy more. We
took the ROLL of plus 5700, which seemed to give
us the best results, and we stuck with that from
here on - there on. And I suggest we do it from
here on out unless you can see, looking over the
data, that there obviously is a better one. I
think we're getting down into the granularity of
the whole procedure right there.

353 20 i0 35 SPT I'm afraid all of the futzing around we've done
here, moving back and forth with this, essentially
found out what our granularity was. Okay, we
moved to a position 8, Xp, Yp of minus lO0,
plus 005. Desired was plus 120 and 005. We got
1266

to 124 and 00h. We then went on with the -

remainder of the check - test. _ for the - for

the next point that we moved to and the XFwas

plus 124; Yp, plus 004. X desired was plus 74
and a Y of 004. Essentially a delta of 30 units
in Y - Sorry, in X. Then we achieved what we were
after, plus 74 in X and plus 004 in Y. We had
little hope we were getting, getting close. We
then made a Y maneuver to point 10. _was

plus 74; Yp was plus 004. YD was minus 70.

353 20 12 16 SPT And we ended up with an XF and YF of plus 74 and

plus 76 - oh, excuse me, minus 76. So we had a
big overshoot in Y. And lastly a maneuver to
point ll. _ - was - X desired and Y desired were
minus 120 and zero. Our initial values for the
maneuver were plus 74 and _Linus 76. We made the
maneuver and ended up at plus 121 and minus O01.
SO my conclusion from all this is that 5700 is
really about as good as we can do. And maybe
you can do a little bit better after looking over
the data. But we do have that scale problem in X.
I looked at it, a couple of the initial ones, and
figured we had something like - out of 220 octal
units - an octal error of around 4 or 5.

353 20 15 20 SPT This gives us a relatively small percentage error.

I suggest something - a procedure something like
moving the target over onto the X-axis, finding
out what the maneuver we have to make is in octal,
convert it to decimal, multiply by 0.97 or 0.96,
and then your third - carry it out to three digits
perhaps. Convert that back to octal, and make the
maneuver. That can be done fairly rapidly since
you've got the HP-35 here and the octal-to-decimal
conversion, and it's - it's not a big thing. I
think the hangup we had today in all of the work
we did was - one is the granularity of the system
was getting to us and we spent a lot of time just
fighting that instead of figuring out what it
really was; that is, your ability to line up the
display and parallax in reading it and which you
should try to eliminate as much as possible by
putting your head perpendicular to the screen
wherever you're looking. The small motion which
occurs up around 0.01 arc seconds or so, or
 1267

0.01 degrees I mean, over a period of time - like

3 or 4 minutes as we've seen in the display here -
whether that was due to having the ROLL in MPC
ENABLEd for a period of time there, l'm not sure.
353 20 17 06 SPT And lastly, I think we could have carried out all
these maneuvers and given you perhaps a little
more understandable data if we had made ourselves
up a log of all the pointing you wanted to get to
_' YP' XD' YD' the deltas and the commands.
Then I think we could have gone through this thing
much - in a much more swift m_nner. Also looking
for the comet posed me a problem - or the stars.
l'd be interested in knowing what the magnitude of
the star was relative to the comet. I'ii hold onto
these recordS, and I hope that it's all not con-
fusing to you. I know there's going to be a few
points that we moved to and from where there might
be some discrepancies. If so, I think everything
else was consistent, either throw out those points
or give me a call, and I'll hold on to the data
and try and straighten it out. Going back was no
problem_ disappointing, but no problem. And I think
I can carry out a JOP 18D_ and everybody understands
the inaccuracies of the system. It's kind of like
trying to fix a watch with a sledge hammer, but
maybe we'll luck out and get 55 on it. Certainly
82B could get some useful information in observing
the tail. And I hope we will be able to do that.

353 20 19 24 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

353 20 57 05 CDR This is the CDR at 20:55 Zulu with the M092. The
subject is the SPT. The run started at 20:30. The
subject's left calf is 13-5/8; the right calf is
13-i/2. The legbands being used are Charlie
Juliett on the left leg, Alfa X-ray on the right
leg.

353 20 57 26 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP
1268

353 21 21 27 PLT PLT debriefing the last ATM pass started at 20:40.
J0P 6, step 2, building block 32, was loused up;
I had the wrong roll in. I did give you a shopping
list 1 at the completion of JOF 2 Bravo_ step 5.
JOP 2B, step 5, building block 10, was completed
as scheduled. 2 Bravo, step 5, building block ll,
was completed as per schedule. And I interpreted
the exposure 02.5 to be 2-1/2 seconds and tried
to give you mybest estimate of 2-1/2 seconds.
I used the observing time to look at the rather
bright streak, and let me go see the number of it.

353 21 22 40 PLT 01 or 02, actually; the largestactive region on

the disk there, since I don't know - don't know
quite how old that - those phot - those coordinates
are. Anyway, there appeared to be rising and
ebbing of the brightness in certain spots. Then
I put in one GRATING, AUTO SCAN, DETECTOR 1 and 2
on the hottest spot I could detect i_ that region.

353 21 23 06 PLT Took a look at the corona - went back to Bun center
and looked at the corona. The corona looks much
less active than it did previously; was very faint.
On the west limb there appeared a sort of pyramidal
corona then - rather than a helmet streamer. A
helmet streamer is what it is, but the lines don't
curie any at all. The borders on it there are al-
most straisht lines. They appear to be sets at
about, oh, 2:30 or 3 o'clock. At 9 and lO o'clock,
two faint coronal streamers integrated light sort
of diffuse the rest of the way around the disk.

PLT That's all - about all I can say on the corona; the
two regions, the O1, I think, and 02, or maybe 00
and O1, I can't quite tell here looking at the
cards, or something - I'll look at them again and
see if I can get them straight. The two on - that
have Just come across the east limb. The largest
one appeared to be fairly active and the smaller
one appeared to be active also. A couple of times
I got very faint - well, it looked like bright,
you know, on the XUVMON, using the persistent
scope, but the IMAGE INTENSITY COUNT stayed down
around - oh, 2 to 8; maybe 12 a couple of times.

353 21 2_ 36 PLT The PMEC count got above 600 a couple of times,
but it - it was very erratic, and there were no
sustained high levels on the PMEC above about 350,
which seemed to be about the ground base, or even
 1269

maybe a bit lower - several peaks above 500. And

then I saw two above 600, on the PMEC. Of course,
nothing - no change on the BERYLLIUM APERTURE.

353 21 25 03 PLT PLT out.

353 21 25 54 CDR This is the CDE at 21:25 Zulu - correction, 21:26

Zulu. The LBNP M092 run with the SPT as the Sub-
Ject was terminated at 24 and - that's 21:24 Zulu.
And we had to terminate early with 7 minutes and
30 seconds remaining. Subject's blood pressure
got down to the high 60's and it - it hit it twice
and we terminated on the second time it hit 69.
There'll he a separate recording where the SPT
will talk about his symptoms and all that. We
saw the blood pressure drop to 85, stayed there
for a little while, and the subject said he didn't
feel too well. And when it dropped to 67 he said
he didn't think he felt that bad and stayed there
for another count of 69 and that's when we termi-
nated. For M151, we're rnnming behind. We got
in such a hurry to get out of the LN - LBNP and
get going that we didn't turn your camera on and
F get the subjectegressingthe LBNP.

353 21 27 13 CDR I frankly don't see what earthly good that little
bit of data is to you, anyway. I think the first
part's more important.

353 21 27 19 CDR CDR out.

353 21 27 37 SFT SPT at 21:28. M092. I did not have a successful

run toda_f. Only factors that I contributed to -
well, first of all, symptoms were sweating along
the hack of the head and a slight amount of
dizziness. A little tingling in the hands with
the accompanying reading of the blood pressure.
Probably the only things I can attribute it to is
the amount of sleep I've been getting recently,
and lately - you know, last night looked reason-
able like 8 - a little over 8 hours, but previous
couple of nights were not too good. And I've
been kind of overtired. Last night, because of
the heat in the workshop and being able - I mean,
unable to get to sleep for a couple of nights, I
took a pro/eph in order to get a good night's
sleep. I don't know whether that medication has
any effect on the run or not. I did not take any
excess amounts of water before the run. I had
1270

kind of a actlon-packed morning. I was charging

hard all the time. No other factors that I can
think of would influence it.

353 21 28 54 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

353 22 28 44 PLT PLT at 22:29, debrief - debriefing the ATM pass

that started at 22:01. The two JOP 2A, step 6,
building block 10's were performed as per pad
with the exception that I took the option A at
first on the first execute of building block l0
because there was no reference to 54 in the pad.
And so I got that straightened out with the ground,
and I took a 256 sequence after two - after two
64 sequences. So in that first J0P 2A, step 6,
building block 10, there were two 64 sequences and
one 256. JOP - The second building block l0 was
per pad plus that 254 operated in a 256 mode. We
powered down early for the maneuver. PLT out.
One other note. The PMEC was hitting occasionally
above 600; IMAGE INTENSITY occasionally around 16,
mainly around 8 to 5. There were no changes in
BERYLLIUM APERTURE. The 6 area looked Just like -
Region looked like it was on the last pass.

353 22 30 07 PLT PLT out.

353 22 46 l_ CDR This is the CDR at 22:45 Zulu with a message for
the M509 planners and for FA0. It looks like
it's senseless for us to try to do an M509 prep
the day before because the cameras am well as the
lights keep getting grabbed and moved away for use
in some other experiment. And there's - You know,
the other experiments don't indicate that you
should bring them back; so I think probably what
we better do, for at least a setup done by the
test pilot - that is, the setup of the cameras
and the high-intensity lights - we might Just as
well put that off until Just before the M509
operation itself because on both occasions now,
we've gone to all the trouble of setting up the
cameras and setting up the high-intensity lights
and, sure enough, within a couple hours, some-
body hadto come and take them and go use them
 1271

somewhere else. And we might Just as well save

all that time expended that's being wasted.

353 22 47 25 CDR CDR out.

353 22 50 44 PLT Okay, this is the PLT. S019 operations coming up.
Time on my mark will be 23 - excuse me - 22:51:30.
Stand by.

353 22 51 30 PLT MARK. 22:51:30. 22:54:30, we start the first

exposure. I have ROTATION 47.7, TILT of 17.1
dialed in, field 221. It'll be 270, widened;
270 selector is in position. The comet -

353 22 51 56 CDE Hey, Crip ...

353 22 52 21 CDR Also, Crip, if pump - pump Bravo is as bad as pump

Charlie, I think we should give some consideration
to securing the pumps at night.

CC Okay, from a flow standpoint, pump Bravo is - is

better than Charlie. Charlie is still putting
out a - a good flow right now_

CDR I wish we could, Bill.

CC Jer, would you elaborate on us - on that - -

PLT 0kay.

CC - - Just a little bit? We - Everything we're

looking at shows that everything's hunky -

CC Jer, would you elaborate a little bit on that

pump noisiness? Looking at data down here, the
situation seems much improved and better than
we've ever seen it before.

PLT 53 :30 on m_ mark.

353 22 53 30 PLT MARK.

CDR It's Just that the pumps make a lot of noise.

Just a minute. I'll put it on ICOM/PTT and put
a mike next to it, and you can hear it.

CC Good.

PLT Stand by on my mark.

1272

CDR Can you hear that?

SPT Can you try number 2, Jer?

353 22 54 15 PLT Okay, it's 54:15; at 54:30, I will go into

SH_'I'I'_:_, OPEN.

CDR Stand by Just a second. I got to get my cord a

little longer.

CC Okay, Jer. And is that thing bothering you at

night, trying to sleep?

PLT Standby.

SPT That's affirm, Crip. It is a little bit noisy.

353 22 54 32 PLT MARK. Okay, start of 270, widened; field 221.

ROTATION is 047.7; TILT is 17.1.

SPT - - we're really way overconservative in the -

thermal problem there.

CC Roger. Are you talking about when you had the

pump off?

SPT That's affirm,Crip. The other day when they

were doing the work on it, I had to have the -
thermometer on before I could tell any real signi-
ficant temperature change. In over half an hour,
I could Just barely tell the difference.

CC That's a - that's a good data point. Ths,nk you

for it.

353 22 55 16 CDR Here it is. I think Bill took some measurements

earlier today with 487 gear. Let me give you a
listen to the rate gyros while we're at it.

CC Okay.

CDR Had enough?

CC We couldn't hear it.

CDR (Laughter)
 1273

SPT I think the problem is, Crip, it's not a localized

source of noise; so with the mike, you really can't
pick it up too well.

CDR Must be.

CC Ah, so. Can we hear the pump?

CDR Did you say you did hear the pump?

CC No, I haven't heard it yet. Have you tried putting

it by the pumps?

CDR Yes, I tried the pumps, too. I guess it Just

won't get through.

353 22 56 29 CC Yes, could be the frequency range on it, too.

Is - is it a low noise?

CDR No, it's a fairly high frequency. Let me think

now. Those of - Well, you've been to San -
St. Louis when they were checking out the vehicle.
I think you probably heard them then when they
p weregoing.

CC Roger.

CDR They sound Just like the command module glycol

pumps.

CC Okay, do you think they sound normal and it's Just

the fact that they're so loud that they're bother-
ing you? Is that the problem?

CDR They sound like the glycol pumps in the command

module is all I can tell you. I haven't heard
normal ATM coolant pumps, apparently.

353 22 57 06 CC Okay. There's no chugging or anything associ-

ated with it like what we had prior to - prior to
doing that C&D procedure?

CDR No; that's correct. They're _mning a whole lot

better; Just noisy. See, before, they were running
much quiet - much more quietly. And every once in
a while, they would begin to undulate, and you
could - you could hear the changes in frequency
-- m
1274

353 22 57 24 PLT Okay, we're coming to 90 percent in a moment.

CDR - - until after we did the flush and got it _mning

again that they got this loud.

CC Okay, and as I understand it, the reason that you

want to turn them off at night - -

PLT Yes.

CC - - is Just so that it won't bother you while

you're trying to sleep?

CDR Yes, that's right. The workshop is really a very

quiet place. And now all of a sudden, it's get-
ting noisy.

CC Okay. We - we copy that.

CDR Okay.

PLT Stand by -

353 22 58 00 PLT MARK. 100 percent on 270. All right, now I

wanta ROTATION of 50.9.

CC Get it working right, and it comes back around

to bite you.

PLT And 32.3. And I want a 270, widened on field 811.

That's 50.9 - correction - 32.3; check. Field 811;
270, widened. Stand by; my mark at 59.

PLT Okay, stand by.

353 22 59 00 PLT MARK. Starting a 270, widened. 50.9 on the

ROTATION, 32.3 on the TILT. That's field 811;
270 second, widened in progress. The next will
be a 270, unwidened.

CREW ...

353 22 59 46 CC Skylab, Houston. We're 1 minute from LOS, and

we'll pick you up over Madrid at about h minutes
at 03 - correction - 23:04; 23:04.

CDR Okay.
 1275

CC And, Jet, we're working on the - the pump problem

here, Just to make sure we got a consensus.

353 23 00 05 CDR Roger.

353 23 02 40 PLT And through 90 percent.

PLT Stand by on my mark.

353 23 03 09 PLT MARK. Okay, that's i00. I'll have to wait until
that thing gets down to llO. I'll twist it on
over to this side. Don't get widened in this.
Okay, stand by.

353 23 03 19 PLT MARK. That was at 03:20; starting a 270, un-

widened. 04:30, 07:50.

FLT Okay, and ...

PLT Waiting for 07 :50.

353 23 06 31 CC Skylab, Houston. We're A0S through Madrid for

5-1/2 minutes. How do you ready

CDR Loud andclear,Crip.

CC Okeydoke. We had a little line problem there for

a while. Regarding Jerry's previous request,
he's got a GO to turn off pump Bravo. We'd appre-
ciate if you could tell us what the difference,
if any, in the sound is and, also, maybe if you
could give us a comparative anal - difference
between this pump and a SUS pump when it's running.
They're the same kind of pump.

CDR Okay.

PLT Okay, waiting for 07:50. Okay, 07:50 will be

coming up in about 30 seconds.

PLT Stand by.

353 23 07 50 PLT MARK. Okay, that's the termination of the 270,

unwidened on field 811. Now I'm going for 237;
that'll be 58.1. Point l, okay. 58.1 and 15.2.
58.1, 15.2, 237 is the field. It'll be a 270,
widened and a 270, unwidened. I got 270 set.
I'm going to start this in about 15 seconds.
Looks like I'm in good shape. Stand by on m_
mark.
1276

353 23 09 Ol PLT MARK. Okay, 23:09, and we're starting the ex-
posure on field 237. I have 58.1 and 15.2,
ROTATION and TILT, respectively; 270, widened.

353 23 09 35 CDR Okay, Crip, we're on pump Bravo now, and it's
considerably quieter than pump Charlie. And I
threw on SUS pump 1 to listen to what it sounded
like, and it's as loud as pump Charlie was. How-
ever, it's a lower frequency thatn Charlie is.
Charlie seems to be running quite a bit higher.

CC Okay. And understand pump Bravo is both quieter

and of a lower frequency?

CDR No, pump Bravo is the same frequency as pump

Charlie, except the - You know, it's just not as
loud - -

CC Very good.

CDR _ _ and the SUS pump runs at a lower frequency,

but it's every bit as loud as pump Charlie.

CC Okay_ copy that. Do you - What would you think

about the loudness of Bravo to run during the
sleep period?

353 23 i0 27 CDR Well, let's let it run for a while and see how
it does. Sounds llke a good idea right now.

CC Okay• Sounds like a winner from here.

CDR ... Sounds like it.

SPT No.

CDR .• •

SPT ...

PLT The which?

CDR ...

PLT No, I checked _ Yes, It's inside the case there,

CDR Good ...

 1277

PLT Which t_k?

CDR ...

PLT Did they say these two samplers?

353 23 ll 31 CC Skylab, Houston. We're 1 minute from LOS.

Carnarvon at 26 minutes at 23:37; 23:37.

PLT Do you know how to do that, Ed? Why don't you

let me do that? I've done that every time, and
it's Just so - I can do it in about 2-1J2 minutes.

SPT ..,

PLT Well, ,harts - All you got to do is take what you

got there and go down there - Let me check my
time here. 0kay, I got - -
SPT ...

PLT I know it. Just making sure I wasn't going to

forget it. Do you know where to get the sample?

SPT .••

PLT Well, no, it's - on my side.

SPT ...

353 23 12 21 PLT Be sure - be sure you close both valves before

yOU take it off. It's a valve Just like this
on the sample port - water chiller sampler port.
You open that one first and then this one, and
it ill push the plunger out. Then you make sure
yOU turn both of them off.

SPT ...

PLT Before you can turn them on, you have to lift up
this little tab or push it down, as the case may
be.

SPT ...

PLT Okay, we've got Just a few seconds to go here.

Got a 270, widened. This is on field 237. Stand
by.
1278

353 23 13 13 FLR MABK. Okay, now I'ii be starting a 270, unwidened.

353 23 13 20 PLT MARK. That is at 13:20.

PLT And that will terminate at 17:50. Did you find

it over there, Ed?

SPT ...

PLT It's under my side. You have to open the top -

SPT ...

PLT You got a huge knob on it - huge access knob.

SFT ,..

PLT Great big brown mother. Took me 15 minutes to

find that the first time. That was in training.
I - I saw that thing, and I'd Just keep saying
that couldn't be it. Okay. And we're in the
270, unwidened on field 237. ROTATION is 58.1,
and the TILT is 15.2.

353 23 16 45 PLT Coming up on 17. Okay, got 30 seconds - a little

less than 30 seconds. Stand by on my mark.

353 23 17 50 PLT MARK. Termination of that exposure. Now l'm

setting up for 57.6. Lock - Oh, come on there._
And 20.2 .... and make that sure it's right on.
270, unwidened - excuse me - 270, widened, and
I'm setting the knob. Stand by and -

353 23 18 22 PLT MARK. Okay, I got that one at 18:20. We'll see
how it turns out. Got Just a little bit behind
on that. 57.6 and 20.2. This will be followed
by a widened, 90-second exposure. And at 22:24,
we're setting up the comet ops. 20:23 - 24:40;
so 23 - excuse me - 23:24:40; so at 23:24 I'd
rather be through and ready to change the mirror.
It's going to take me 40 seconds. And I haven't
been giving you the plate number, darn it. This
is number 31.

PLT Okay, this is field 238. ROTATION, 57.6; and

TILT is 20.2. Frame number, 31.

PLT And stand by on my mark for termination.

 1279

353 23 21 42 PLT MARK. Okay, setting 90 seconds in. Going for -

Okay, here we go. Starting 90 seconds.

353 23 21 53 PLT MARK. This is plate number 32. We're still on

field 238. ROTATION is 57.6; TILT is 20.2. Okay.
I'm going to have to - I think I'm in pretty good
shape. So you'd have to terminate it by 23:24 at
the latest. I think may - we may be in business
here. And I want 208.h and 22.0. Ah, we're going
to be in good shape. Stand by on my mark. Termina-
tion of 90 seconds.

353 23 23 07 PLT MARK. Oka_v, let me get this comet here in view.
23, 22, O8.h. 208.h and 22.0. There we go;
208. Okay, and we want to start at 2 - 23:_h:h0,
which is a little less than a minute. 230 seconds,
unwidened. Okay, stand by,

PLT Stand by on m[fms_rk.

353 23 24 39 PLT MARK. 23:24:40. 230; that's 3 minutes and 50.

28:30. Okay, so that gives me i0 seconds of
leeway there. 28:30. Oks_ let's Just see if we
can see this mother. See a little bit of the
horizon.

353 23 25 58 PLT Boy, you've got her nailed. It's in the left
field of view. The tail is sticking almost
straight down and then tapering off slightly to
the left. That bright star that I think it's in
Libra, the tail's sticking down toward it. And
as I get better dark adapted, I think that I see
more of the tail.

PLT Okay, I'll concentrate on what I better be doing

here. Okay, this is frame number 33, and we're
coming up on 27:30. About a little over a minute
to go in this exposure. Okay, and I'll close that
film hatch right after we terminate the exposure.
I think that's what you want.

353 23 28 03 PLT 28. Okay, coming up on 28:30, which will be the

conclusion of a 3-minute-and-50-second, or
230-second, exposure. Stand by.

353 23 28 30 PLT MARK. Okay. Oh, bosh. I went all the way -
You did it again. Film hatch getting closed now.
1280

Dang it. Oh, shoot. That is a real trap. Okay,

you lost a frame out of it. Okay, the TILT zero
first. May have spoilt your comet exposure. I
didn't _et the film hatch closed quite soon enough.
Everything right on time right up to the end. Went
right past the CARRIAGE R_q±'I_ACTED and the SLIDE
RETRACTED is what happened. That's the way the
old ball bounces. Make your hardware that way,
and, doggone, I Just - big dumdum like me will
fall into your trap. 0kay_ we're looking at
PLATE 34. See, it's the same darn mistake I made
Before, I went all the _ from OPENED _ l_ve
been doing this as a bad habit. Y got in a had
habit of doing this whan I went to _ _ to ex_
posure, to where _ou have so little time between
them, and I Just go from OPENED to SLIDE rI_q±'I_ACTED.
And then I would go from SLIDE RETRACTED to OPENED
for the exposure. It minimizes the time.

353 23 30 25 PLT But then what - what happens is, you get in a bind.
When I did that, I did that on termination of the
Kohoutek. Now what I did was, I think I - Well,
wait a minute. By the way, I didn't screw up the
Kohoutek, because all I - I wasted a frame is what
I did. The - the Kohoutek was stored, I guess,
because I picked up another frame; so maybe -
maybe it's not quite as bad as I thought. Maybe
all I did was cheat you out of one frame. But
once it happens, I have to go to OPEN and back
to CARRIAGE RETRACTED before you can get the
film hatch closed. So there you are; it cost you
a frame, Karl. Sorry about that. I'm going to
go ahead and button it up here and stop the re-
cording. I have it - We're all buttoned up here
except for closing the door.

B5B 2B B1 1B PLT PLT out.

B53 2B Bl 32 CDR This is the CDR reporting on handheld photos,

Earth observation, the 21:01 - or 21:05 pass over
La Paz. We missed that. We could not see La Paz
because of clouds. It was i00 percent overcast
over the entire northern end of Lake Titicaca.
That's Just about it. I took - I tried to take
a look at Antofagasta but realized too late that
that was one of our i01 targets as well and Just
missed a chance to look at that and say a few words,
because it was clear down in that area. But it was
too far away when I finally got a chance to look
at it.
/_" 1281

353 23 32 19 CDR CDR out.

353 23 35 24 CDR This is the CDR at 23:36 with a note for the PI
of ED76, the neutron - neutron gathering devices
that are around the - the spacecraft. I'm afraid
that we have poorly placed Bravo Z. I, in the
last 30 days, have inadvertently touched that
thing about five times. It's in a natural place
as you come through the hole from the forward
compartment to the experiment compartment. It's
a very natural place to grab, and I reach through
the hole and - and - and grab, and doggone, I've
got that darn slide underneath my fingers. So I
personally have touched it no less than five times.
I_m sure the other guys have touched it several,
themselves, and I'm afraid the data on that one -
If touching degrades it, it is definitely degraded.

353 23 36 20 CDR CDR out.

353 25 47 16 SPT SPT at 23_h7. Handheld photo observations for

149-3, Perth, Australia. Okay, when I got
f directly over the target, we had Just run into a
line of clouds. But shortly before that time,
we were looking at some fairly well-cultivated
land - by before that time, I mean maybe 15,
20 seconds - and I feel that's probably the sub-
Ject you were after. The land itself was well
cultivated, broken up into m_uy usually rectangu-
lar plots - some of them with not-rectangular,
trapezoidal, nonparallel sides but still straight
sides - each plot having its own distinctive
colors, maybe some of them being the same. But
generally showing agricultural is there. Most of it
was light-colored, I believe reflecting the color
of the ground. Some of it was red. The reds which
I could see were fairly uniform. And some were
fairly dark, a bright - dark green, which I've taken
to be some plant which covers the ground fairly
extensively with chlorophyll, giving it a dark
green.

353 23 h8 52 SPT Now the only way I - I could recognize anything

abnormal was not from one patch to another, not
the colors from one patch to another, but the
variation of colors within a patch. If the vari-
ations were linear or - that is, with sharp
boundaries, I would assume they were manmade. If
they were to some degree random discoloration or
1282

spotty, then I would have reason to suspect that

nature would be the cause and perhaps infestation.
In the dark green plots, I did notice that, in a
few instances, the dark green gave way to very
ragged-edged boundaries of either lighter green,
almost a yellow, or - or almost an orange. I saw
that in two plots in particular.

353 23 49 46 SPT Now the red plots, I could not see any infestation
or any particular color difference at all, but in
three or four of those green ones, maybe three of
them, I was able to see some type of discoloration.
One of them was a kind of light orange, and one
was a yellowish green. I think this particular
type of observation really demands that the ob-
server have a good feel for what he's looking at.
And not having looked at this area, either photo-
graphs or previously with an eye toward the type
of agriculture and these particular problems -
that being what is normal - it's hard to spot
the abnormal. The only way I could do it is the
way which I have Just mentioned.

353 23 50 40 SPT SPT out.

353 23 53 00 8PT SPT at 23:52. Handheld photo 149-3, with a

note to - to the previous. I did use binoculars.

353 23 53 13 SPT Out.

###
 DAY 354 (AM) 1283

35h 03 18 00 SPT SPT at 03:18. M133. Had to break out a new sleep
cap tonight and inject quite a bit of electrolyte
into the dry electrodes. I now have one tube of
electrolyte left, plus another one with 5 centimeters.

35h 03 18 22 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

354 04 14 41 SPT SPT at 04:15, debriefing the last ATM pass of the
day. Scheduled observations went as planned. The
observation time _as used for looking at active
region 00. The 82B slit was put on a bright plage.
Oxygen count on the 55 detector was between 35 and
50,000, the brightest in H-alpha and the - the
brightest I could find in oxygen VI. The brightest
point was a little bit limbward of the brightest
in H-alpha. At this position, 55 received three
truncated MIRROR, AUTO RASTERs which covered the
active region.

354 04 15 45 SPT 82B received a WAVELENGTH, SHORT. Exposure time

was one-quarter sequence. And 56 received a -
fir - first of a&l, a PATROL,SHORT,and then a
SINGLE FRAME, FILTER h for about 6 minutes.

354 04 16 21 SPT At the conclusion of that running, the sllt was

moved down about 100 arc seconds, so that it was
essentially a distinct solar radius, but away from
the plage; and a comparative background spectra
taken, WAVELENGTH, SHORT. Exposure time was
one-quarter. And I'm now at J0P 7 at the end. Did
55 with the brightest point in the active region
in the MIRROR, LINE SCAN.

354 04 16 5h SPT SPT out.

354 04 18 38 SFT SPT at 04:19, reporting results of lh - house-

keeping 14G. Concentration, 4 parts per million.

35h Oh 18 h8 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP
 1284

354 12 33 13 SPT SPT at 12:33. M133 log: Day 354; 8.2; quality,
poor; remarks i, 2, and 4.

354 12 33 24 SPT SPT out.

354 12 33 hh SPT PRD readings: 42459, 23251, 38...2.

TIME SKIP

354 14 24 59 PLT This is the PLT. The time is 14:25. SAL DOOR is
UNLOC_O and OPEN. ROTATION is 334.7; TILT is
15.1; for field 801; 270, 90 , 30, widened. Mirror
is - has been EXTENDED. I guess that ought to
really be the other way. FILM HATCH is going to
OPEN. And there is no crew disturbance. Okay,
Jer, we're starting an S019, Just for your informa-
tion. (Laughter) Okay, 26 getting ready to come
up. Put her on 334 point - Well, I'll get the
flashlight out and verify that thing because we
Can't read the units. Yes, 334.7, 15.1. And
we're ready to go. Stand by. 15 seconds.

354 14 27 0o PLT MAIRK. Plate number 35; field 801; ROTATION, 334.7;
TILT, 15.1; 270, widened in progress.

354 14 27 59 SPT Is anybody using the data/voice recorder?

PLT Yes, I'm doing S019, Ed. Let's see. I've got -
If you can squeeze something in in 3 minutes, go
ahead and talk.

SPT Hey, Bill?

PLT Yes?

SPT ...

PLT Can you - Well, there are 3-minute periods occa-

sionally. I'm right in the middle of S019.

354 14 30 ll PLT Stand by. Coming up on lO0 percent. Change my

habit pattern here on this CARRIAGE RETRACTED so
I don't screw up like I did yesterday. On my mark.
Looks like it's going to be about 3-1/2 minutes -
or h-i/2.

354 14 30 37 PLT MARK. CARRIAGE RETRACTED. Okay, and now we go

to - for a 90. Okay, it's 90, widened.
/- 1285

354 14 30 51 PLT NL_. Okay, I went to SLIDE RETRACTED and then

back to OPEN. We're on frame 36; ROTATION is
334.7; TILT is 15.1; in the _Liddle of a 90-second
videned exposure on field 801.

PLT Stand by on m_mark for 100 percent.

354 14 32 03 PLT NL_. Going to C_J_RIAGE RETRACTED. Okay, setting

for 30 seconds. Cranking the handle over. Okay,
I'm going to SLIDE R_TRACTED. STOWAGE. Okay,
now stand by.

354 14 32 19 PLT MARK. Okay, starting the 30-second widened expo-

sure. Okay, there's 80, 90; stand by -

354 14 32 47 PLT M_RK. CA/_RIAGE RETRACTED. And the next one is

going to be 018 ROTATION. N1,mm. 018.0 and 24.2;
field 605; 270, _ridened. And we want to start this
at 14:Bh, eo_dng up. 270 is selected. SLIDE
RETRACTED. Ready to go. Stand by on my mark.

354 14 34 02 PLT NL_. Okay, frame number 38. Started at 14:40.

ROTATION is - excttse me, 14:34. ROTATION is
018.0; TILT is 24.2; field 605; 270, widened.

354 14 37 20 PLT Stand by on my m_rk. Coming up on i00 percent,

35h lh 37 37 PLT MARK. Going to CARRIAGE RETRACTED and setting

90 seconds in. Going to widen knob, minus i0,
and SLIDE RETRACTED. Ready; let her go. Going
to be a 90-second, widened. Stand by.

354 14 37 57 PLT MARK. Okay, frame 39, 90 seconds widened, on

field 605. ROTATION, 018.0; TILT is 24.2. Mark
through that line so I don't do that one again.

PLT Hey, well, join the club; I - I still have one

ATM pass yesterday I haven't debriefed.

PLT Stand by. Stand by -

354 14 39 ii PLT MARK. CARRIAGE RETRACTED. Okay, I want 192.7.

192.7 and 06.3. 06.3. 192.7, 06.3, field 303,
14:40. Stand by -

354 14 40 01 PLT MARK. Frame number 40. Ahhh! Here we go. 270,
widened. I hit that pretty hard; there n_y be
some Jiggles in the first part of this field 303.
1286 A

Okay. 192.7 and 006.3, and I barely got that one

started in time, frame n,_mher 040, and we'll draw
a mark through that one. That wasn't the smoothest
operation I ever executed on that one. I say,
I think you'll probably find some squiggles on the
first part of that spectra. That was field 303_
that was me, not the spacecraft motion.

PLT Next one is going to be 198. (Whistling)

354 iS 43 lO PLT Okay, there's 90 percent.

354 14 43 16 PLT MARK. 90 percent. 0kay, this next one is going

to be field 302. Okay, stand by for my mark on
i00 percent.

35h lh h3 h0 PLT MARK. CARRIAGE RETRACTED. Okay, UNLOCK. 198.8,

15.6, 270, widened. And I want to start this one
at 45, which is coming up in about 45 seconds.
198.8, 15.6, field 302. It'll be frame number 41
when I put it in position. Okay, I'm going to
SLIDE RETRACTED now. STOWAGE. Okay. Okay, 270.
... the widening mechanism. And I'ii hold it there
until the other side of zero. Stand by 15 seconds.

PLT Stand by -

354 14 45 02 PLT MARK. Plate number - Frame number hl; field 302;
198.8, ROTATION_ TILT is 15.6; 270, widened.

PLT Sunrise, 15:01.

PLT At 80 percent.

354 lh 48 45 PLT 90 percent.

PLT Stand by -

35h i_ 49 13 PLT MARK. CARRIAGE RETRACTED. Going to 90. Turning

the knob. And stand by. SLIDE RETRACTED; mirror's
retracted. STOWAGE released.

354 14 49 29 PLT MARK. Okay, frame h2. 90-second widened;

field 302; ROTATION, 198.8; TILT, 15.6. And that
was started about 44:30. No, that's not right.
49 :30.

PLT Okay, next will be a 30-second.

 1287

PLT 80 percent.

PLT 90; stand by -

354 14 50 47 PLT MARK. CARRIAGE RETRACTED. 30-seconds. A twist

of the knob. SLIDE RETRACTED. STOWAGE. 30-seconds
is set. Stand by -

354 14 51 00 PLT MARK. Okay, frame 43. 30-second widened;

field 302; 198.8; and 15.6 on the TILT is verified.
Stand by. There's 50 percent.

PLT 70, 80, 90. Standby.

354 14 51 27 PLT MARK. CARRIAGE RETRACTED. Okay, now I want 193.2 -

193.2 and 17.9. And I've got to get my flashlight
out and check that left one. Man, if you don't
have light, you can't tell. Got 193.2. Okay, I
want to start this at 52, and I'm late. 0kay_
there's SLIDE RETRACTED. I want 270, widened.
Standby on my ma_k -

354 14 52 14 PLT MARK. Okay, this is frame 4h. I'm into it about
15 seconds late. ROTATION is 193.2; TILT is 17.9;
field 318. I should be able to pick up a little
time in between these second two because that
requires very little time. Sunrise at 15:01.

354 14 53 15 MCC Good morning, Skylab. Houston with the ATM con-
ference, and we'll be dumping the data/voice re-
corder here. Over.

SFT Bill, perhaps you ought not do that - Bill's

right in the middle of an SO19 and using the re-
corder all the way through - unless you want to
lose that data.

354 14 53 34 MCC Okay, we'll hold that. And getting into the ATM
conference, on this XUVMON downlink that came
down last night, we noticed a bright region that
was totally unexpected to us - -

PLT ... ROTATION, TILT ..., CLOSE SAL DOOR; okay.

MCC ...

PLT Okay -

,_ MCC ...
1288

354 14 5_ 00 PLT SAL DOOR. Turn off ... Okay.

MCC ...

354 l& 5_ 07 PLT Okay, terminate recording.

354 14 54 18 SPT Hey, Bill, let me ask you, what is the location
of active region 27 I'm not up in the ATM, but

MCC Okay. Roger, Ed. I could Just barely hear you

on that, but active region 2 is on the disk now.
We can see it on our H-alpha and it looks like
it's at about 0.9 radius at about 260, and we're
talking about a limb brightness that's well behind
that, actually beyond the limb.

SPT Oks_, in looking at the picture, it's tough to

tell whether that is not really Just an extension
of active region 2. I cannot discern two separate
brightenings. Now if I go on up and integrate
for a short period of time I may be able to give
you a look at that. On the TV downlink which I
Just sent down, I gave you sc_e fairly short
integrations ....

354 14 55 17 MCC Okay, we didn't have those in yet. We were look-

ing at last night's and there's a definite break
between the 02 brightening and this brightening
behind the limb. And another question you might
look at when you get up there, is whether this is
connected with any coronal features. Okay, a
couple more words here on active region 00. Since
our update this morning, we had two more subfaints,
very small, and they're in the very bright region
south of the leader. NOAA guesses that possibly
within 24 hours this thing may Just do something
spectacular for us, on the order of an M-3 or
M-h. And again, that's a guess and maybe it's
.,. -- m

354 14 55 58 PLT Stand by on my mark, the termination of the first

270, widened, on field 318.

MCC - - two or three subfaints that we've had and

spread along the neutral line to the east. Possible
sequence of events ... - -
 1289

354 14 56 i_ FLT Stand by.

MCC - - C-l's and C-2's increasing the activity in the

region and then boom into the big one. The long
X-ray, from 8 to 20 angstroms have increased ...

354 lh 56 25 PLT MARK. CARRIAGE RETRACTED. Get that widened

mechanism all the way over. SLIDE's RETRACTED.
Stand by -

MCC - - A similar case in SL-3 apparently preceded ...

_ m

354 14 56 38 PLT MARK. Okay, this is frame number 45, unwidened,

field 318. I've got to watch for a mark. 193.2
and 17.90.

MCC - - the way NOAA draws it, you've got a big leader
spot, and a spot behind the leader spot. The
spot behind the leader spot, they're saying, is
opposite polarity and that there is a little
protoo - protrusion of that following polarity
that juts up to grab that following spot. There's
a very bright kernel that is south of the leader
spot and a little bit to the east. That's the
area that the activity has been going on in and
you might keep your eye on that today with the
observations on 00.

354 14 57 40 MCC Okay. Sounds good. And NOAA is saying that the
entire region there is - looks to them like a beta-
gamma configuration, indicating mixed polarities
and very tight gradient? Okay. We've got an-
other 5 minutes here. Today's plan, the 82B
filler you just did, really filled the J0P 24
square. We're trying to get a 82 Alfa picture

354 14 58 03 PLT Looks like I may be about 4 seconds short on this,

Karl.

MCC - - double zero, and obviously ... - -

PLT A minute and a half into it, and I got some less
than 3 minutes that's - -

MUC - - S055. MECH REF lOb is now the same as OPTICAL

REFERENCE, all balls. That 's a change from 102.
 1290

In the future it's 104 and that's based on some

engineering studies that they have done here.

SPT ...

354 14 58 44 MCC Okay, good. And there's not too much we'll be
expecting to come around the east limb with the
possible exception of this brightening that we
notices. So there's not much to warn you about
, there. Wonderwhat you might ...- -

354 14 58 55 PLT Okay. Now. Okay.

MCC - - ... primarily east-west through there ...

couple ... north-south ... bright region.

SPT Okay....

354 15 00 00 PLT 1 minute to go in daylight. Covered in darkness

before daylight. And I'll cut it 5 seconds short
at 15:01 Just to be on the Safe side.

354 15 O0 35 PLT Okay, there's 4 minutes. You're going to be

260 seconds on this one, Karl. Okay. lO seconds
to go. Stand by -

354 15 O0 56 PLT MARK. CARRIAGE P_I'_AC'I'_very carefully. Okay,

now. ROTATION O0 - rather TILT to 00. ROTATION,
00. Okay, 00. Retracting the MIRROR. Okay.
We ended up - frame 45 is sitting there. I'm
in CARRIAGE RETRACTED.

354 15 01 45 PLT Okay, I did exact -

354 15 09 42 SPT SPT at 15:08, debriefing the first ATM pass of the
day. Scheduled observations went as planned. I've
given my discussion of the displays on the down-
link. I've not had a chance to look at them since
then. Bill's on the panel now, at the conclusion
of the scheduled observation time and the observing
_ime, amounted to around ll minutes left - about
40 K, to go over and look at the active region 00.
And I thought that we had a pretty prominent sunspot
there. And we had Just been looking at MIRROR, AUTO
RASTERs during the night on that region, and I tried
to get some spectra associated with the spot. And
a quick survey with oxygen VI showed - With a ROLL
of minus 2028, an UP/DOWN of minus 72, and a LEFT/
RIGHT of minus 392, I was able to locate a saddle
 1291
/

point intensity in ox_fgen VI. By that, I mean on

the spot was around roughly 200 ; above and below
the spot, say plus or minus 40 arc seconds, with
very 10w, say approximately 20, although fluctuat-
ing quite a bit. On either side there was plage,
quite bright to the left - 2000 or 3000 at least -
and 13,O00 on the right. So I had a little saddle
point there, and I thought it was going to be good
at least in oxygen VI it was a saddle point. I
thought it was a good location. I tried to give
82_B a spectra of the relative bright intensity
above the spot. So at that pointing location, I
gave 56 a PATROL, SHORT; 55 a MIRROR, AUTO RASTER
down to line lh; and 82B a sequence of a WAVE-
T._GTH, SHORT TIMES 1/4. I then moved down -
straight down about 40 arc seconds, stepped the
MIRROR back up - up eight steps, and started the
GRATING, AUTO SCAN - which unfortunately I did not
finish - above 400 K. Then I gave 82B a WAVE-
T._NGTH, SHORT sequence of 3 for comparative spectra.
And I think it was pretty much off the relative
high intensity emission in oxygen Vl. And also,
on the white light display, the tip of the slit
showed to be just touchingthe penumbraof the spot.

354 15 13 02 SPT Unfortunately, I wrote down 40 arc seconds. And

once I had started taking data, I looked back, and
it had gotten to 42. And it probably was an over-
shoot, which I was moving too fast to - to wait for
it to settle out. So on the GRATING, AUTO SCAN, we
were not exactly up at the same 5-arc-second box
which I had hoped we would delineate - or define
well in the MIRROR, AUTO RASTER. We are already
2 seconds off on that. That was - Again, that
GRATING, AUTO SCAN was done at line 2.

354 15 13 37 SPT SPT out.

354 15 17 18 SPT SPT at 15:17. Information for M151 run on M092 on

the CDR. Beginning - Began at 15:50.

354 15 17 33 SPT SPT out.

354 15 19 25 CDR This is the CDR at 15:15 [sic] Zulu. Terminate

charge, battery 6, on M509 and initiate charge on
battery 7, M509.

354_15 19 34 CDR CDR out.

 1292

354 15 34 53 SPT SPT at 15:35. CDR: left leg, 13.0; right leg, 13-i/4.
Left legband, Charlie Juliett; right, Alfa X-ray.

354 15 35 09 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

35h 16 00 34 PLT PLT debriefing the ATM pass started at 15:21. The
first J0P 1 Delta, step l, building block 28, was
performed as prescribed with the exception that I
may have had the MAR positioned incorrectly. The
instructions in the J0P 1 Delta are only referenced
for MIRROR, LINE SCAN for this area. Also, there
was what I think is an extraneous entry in the set-
up for - for the building block 28, and that is that
next three steps off l_mh. And I don't see how that
is really pertinent to a 55 MIRROR, AUTO RASTER,
13-line re - repetition scan. Perhaps it is. But I
looked at that, and I stepped off three steps, think-
ing I was setting everything up. I did that at the
position - I suppose it was line 25 instead of the
slit center. And I didn't notice until after I'd
started m_ MIRROR, AUTO RASTERs. And it's very
confusing. And I think it would be simpler if it
was indicated to - if you're going to omit 82B.

354 16 01 54 PLT If what - If my concern is Justifed, then you ought

to mention pointing the - either the center of the
H-alpha 1 - the H-alpha 1 horizontal line or H-alpha
2 horizontal reticle line to the - to the limb so
that the 13-line scan - or the MIRROR, AUTO RASTER -
13 lines of the MIRROR, AUTO RASTER covers the areas
that you want. Now if it's not critical, fine; then
everything is all right. About halfway through here,
it suddenly dawned on me that I had gone through that
thing mechanically on the three step bit, and that
the three steps off the limb had nothing to do
necessarily with the 55 13-line RASTER unless it was
essential to do that for setting up pointing - set-
ting up after you had used either one of the
H-alphas to point the pertinent part of the MIRROR,
AUTO RASTER pattern, the area of interest. I haven't
said that too well, but anyway, I was confused with
that. Everything else was nominal.

354 16 02 57 PLT I took a quick look and repointed the active region -
let's see. Where's the active region that's so
 hot right now? 25 at 0.4 may be the one; so
make it 01 is the one. I took another look at it
after the JOP and after the observing time, and
did not appear to - to be particularly active even
in the XUV MON. I did not look at the corona.

35h 16 03 29 PLT PLT out.

35h 16 12 lh SPT aPT at 16:12. MISI. Conclusion of M092. Start

of 171.

354 16 12 19 SPT Out.

TIME SKIP

354 16 34 37 SPT SPT at a 20[sic] :34, with a message for FA0s and
anyone else who gets involved in flight planning.
Okay, this morning on paper our schedule looked
fairly straightforward and relatively easy. Met
all the guidelines and just looked as though you
could zing right through it. Let me tell you, blow
.- by blow, where thing go awry. Number one: After my
first ATM pass for the day, SO19 was going. Could
not use the tape recorder for the debriefing; so
I recorded what I could on paper so I would not for-
get the details to be recorded later by voice.

354 16 35 27 SPT Alter the ATM debrief, I had 13 minutes before the -
After writing it down, I had 13 minutes before the
ATM conference. I came whistline down the 0WS;
pulled Jerry away from hes work. We had l0 minutes
at that point and concluded we had insufficient time
to do the limb-volume measurements - about enough
time for me to get m_ drawers off and pull out the
tape measure - so that was not accomplished.

354 16 36 05 SPT At that point, the ATM conference was coming up.
Then we had our $233 going on - all coming up in the
MDA at the same t_me as the conference - Just when
all the lights had to be out. So at that point,
I had to go up to the ATM, get any paper work I
needed for the conference - which included a couple
of photos, a couple of notes I had made, the ATM
schedule - bring all that down to the wardroom.
Okay, at that point, I still had a urine drawer
which was not empty - not changed out.
 129_

354 16 36 45 SFT After the ATM conference, I went and took all of
the materials back up to the panel, debriefed the
previous ATM pass at - of 15:07, then had to work
around Bill, who was at the panel.

354 16 37 12 SPT Okay, then - we then started - The net result of that
was that we started M092/171 15 minutes late, and
the only way I got the urine drawer changed out was
in 2 or 3 minutes first, while I was trying to run
MOQ2. And that's no way to do business. So you
see, we got all kings of contraints that come into
the operation up where which on paper don't show
up quite as clearly. This seems to happen contin-
uously. I know you've got a tough Job with tracking
down all the constraints; there certainly are a
lot of them. But I think, from our side, what we
we're trying to do in his total operation is to
come back with some quality data. A_d I personally -
and I'm speaking from a personal standpoint - have
found these l_st - the time since we've been up
here to be nothing but a 33-day fire drill.

354 16 38 07 SPT I've found we've been chasing quantity rather than
quality; I've been so engulfed with building blocks
rather than being concerned with the quality of
the data. I th_nk if we're ever going to bring back
quality data, it's going to have to be done in a
long-duration mission. If we don't have time to
do things right the first t_me, when are we ever
going to find time to do them right the seQond time?
If we can't do it right in an 85-day mission, we
don't have time to emphasize quality, when the heck
will we ever do it?

354 16 38 44 SPT So I plan from here on - is to take the time that it

takes regardless of what happens, if it gets pushed
off at the end of the day, in order to do the Job
right that's right in front of me. In 85 days, we
ought to be able to find time to do the Jobs correct-
ly. And that's what I plan to do.

354 16 39 ll SPT Now we'll look a little further ahead in today's

schedule to give you an example of what might happen.
Matter of fact, I could project two. Got a TV-77,
1 hour allowed for it.

354 16 39 27 SPT It takes about 1 hour to set up the TV and to Just

get the verbal description, knowing what you want
to do and knowing what you want to say.
 129_

354 16 39 35 SPT At this point means turning on that mike cold; that
amounts to essentially a lecture of 15 to 20 minutes.
You've got to know what you're talking about, have
everything prepared, have some good thoughts in minds,
and have thought about how you want to present it
so it's understandable to the general public.

354 16 39 56 SPT In i hour, it cannot be done. Net result is, I'm

going to go as far as I can on that thing in i hour,
and if no TV get down, so be it. We're going to come
down with the best Job I possible can do when it
comes down. It's going to come down right, rather
than on time. The note about breaking up the PT into
two 45-minute segments. To me, that's a gross mis-
use of time, problem being that it takes h0 min-
utes for me to get on the bicycle ergometer; that's
once I get on the bike and start pedaling until the
time I get off. It take a minumum of 5 minutes prep
to get on there. It take 45 minutes right there.
The net result is, as soon as you hop off the
bicycle ergometer, there you are - your heartrate
going at 120, you got a good sweat, you're grimy
and you're dirty, and now you're supposed to go
on to your next task.

354 16 40 53 SPT No way. The only thing you should be doing at

that point is completing your exercise protocol,
so you don't have to go through that whole riga-
marole twice. As far as I'm concerned, when you
break it up into two 45-minute segments, all you're
doing is doubling the amount of cleanup time as-
sociated with exercise that day.

SPT You Just chop up more time out of anything else

that can be done. I don't think that's a very
prudent way to go at all.

354 16 hl 20 SPT SPT out.

354 16 59 03 SPT SPT at %:58. M171 run concluded. That infor-

mation for the M151 people. M171 data as follows:
CAL N 2, 02, C02, 1162; CAL N2, H20, 1246; CABIN
AIE pressure, 4.975; CABIN AlE, PERCENT 02, 74.49;

PERCENT 02 - H20 , 2.93; PERCENT C02, 1.94; VITAL

CAPACITYs, 5.154, 4.930, and 5.070; PERCENT 02,

73.43; CABIN AIR, PERCENT H20 , is 3.90 and the

1296

PERCENT C02, 2.02. The CABIN AIR, PERCENT 02, I

gave was 73.43.

354 17 00 07 SPT SPT out.

354 17 17 19 PLT This is the PLT. Time is 17:18. Debriefing the

ATMpass started 16:40. I used the same pointing
and roll that I used in the previous pass. JOP 1
Delta, step i, building block 28, was executed nor-
mally. The filler - field exposure, 82_A at 00 at -
for 20 seconds - at ROLL zero for 20 seconds, WAVE,
SHORT, was completed. Nu Z was completed. Let's
see. Yes, we are in INHIBITED. Let's see. It's -
All right, it's INHIBITED. Ground got the MOMENTUM
DUMP in - INHIBIT in. Then I completed JOF 6,
step 2, building block 2; no hitches there. The
corona still looks rather quiet ; it's about the
same as it was yesterday. There's a single, fair-
ly linear, so - straight-line-sighted coronal
streamer about 02:30 o'clock - solar north at the
12:00 o'clock position - the same way it was yes-
terday. It does not have the sort of concavity in
the - the line - the side lines of it that's nor- _-
mally seen. They're straight lines, sort of a
pyram4dal-like appearance or cone. And on the
east limb, you have a - what looks like a couple
of faint streamers at about 9:30 and lO:00 o'clock,
respectively. Other than - There's maybe a sug-
gestion of streamers in those parts, but it's sort
of covered with a noise on the screen. The active
region 01 there is still - still not doing anything.
And 00 is not doing anything other than I'm getting
several fairly reasonable IMAGE INTENSITY COUNT up
12 now. But it doesn't make like it's ready to pop
yet.

35h 17 19 24 PLT PLT out.

354 17 28 18 PLT Okay, this is PLT. Time is coming up on 17:28:30.

17:34 will be the first exposure. I'm going to be
intermittently turning off the tape recorder.

354 17 28 34 PLT Okay, ROTATION, 010.i. Okay, there we are: 010.i;

TILT is 21.4.

354 17 29 32 PLT Field 614. FILM HATCH going OPEN now.

f_
 12 7

SPT SPT at 17:31. Observations which beg_n after Bill

left the panel on the A_4. His orbit was the one
that began at 16:40. Didn't have much time, but I
gave 55 a MIRROR, AUT0 EASTER down to line 13 with
the - on active region 00, with the MIRROR, LINE
SCAN aligned parallel to the long axis of 00; so
it pretty much covered the whole active region.
Gave two MIRROR, AUTO RASTER plus a little bit
more before we hit 400 K. I was hoping for more
than that, for some good time resolution, and S056
received a PATROL, SHORT.

354 17 32 29 SPT SPT out.

354 17 32 36 PLT Okay, Ed, I'll be recording on A channel for about

the next half hour. Just tell me any time you
want to say anything or give me a call on channel
B.

PLT Okay, coming up on 33. Okay, ROTATION, 00.i, 21.4

Okay, it'll be 614. Okay, first will be 270 widened.

PLT Stand by -
f_

354 17 34 01 PLT MARK. Okay, this is the start of a 270 widened on

field 6lb. Frame number, h6; ROTATION, 010.1;
TILT, 21.4.

354 17 38 28 PLT Cranking the handle for 90. SLIDE I%5"I'I_ACTED.

Stand by -

354 17 38 34 PLT MARK. Initiation of 90-second widened. And that's

frame number 047 on the 90-second widened, on
field 614. 50 percent, okay. Now the next one I
want 015.5 •

PLT Stand by -

354 17 39 50 PLT MARK. 015.5. Doggone those numbers. Got to stop

and take my flashlight out to verify it and lose
l0 seconds. Yes, I had it. Okay, 270. Stand by
on my mark -

354 17 40 15 PLT MARK. Starting a 270 widened, and I'm about

15 seconds late on that. Star field 612, frame
0h8, a 270 widened. And my ROTATION, 015.5; my
TILT is 2/.4.
1298

354 17 44 14 PLT Oke_y,coming up on termination 270 widened on

star field 612. Terminating on my mark.

354 17 44 29 PLT MARK. Okay, now we want 198.6. 199 - 198.6.

And we want 01.3. 270 widened. Stand by -
354 17 45 07 PLT MARK. And we're 4 seconds late. Okay, 270 wid-
ened on star field 279. I got 198.6 on the
ROTATION; TILT is 01.3; frame number 49.

354 17 48 47 PLT Okay, coming up on 90 percent on the 270 widened

on star field 279. Okay, terminate on the m_vk.
Standby -

354 17 49 20 PLT MARK. CARRIAGE Rm'I'IIACTED.Okay, now next one I

want ROTATION 203.3, 203.3. There we go and
01.2. And I want 270. And I'm coming up on my
time. Standby -

354 17 50 03 PLT MARK. Frame number 50. Okay, we're starting a

270 widened on star field 273. ROTATION, 203.3;
TILT, 01.2. And again that's frame number 50.

354 17 53 19 PLT Okay, coming up on 90 percent, 270 widened on

field 273.

PLT Okay, stand by -

354 17 53 47 PLT MARK. CARRIAGE RETRACTED. Okay, we want a 90

one - 90 seconds on the same one. Okay, SLIDE
RETRACTED, STOWAGE. Waiting for zero.

354 17 5h 04 PLT MARK. Frame 51. Star field 273; ROTATION,

203.3; TILT, 01.2; 90-second widened. Okay, next
is - I want 197.4 and 23.0.

PLT Okay, stand by, coming up to 9 percent. Stand

by-

354 17 55 17 PLT MARK. CARRIAGE RETRACTED. Okay, now we want

197.4, There, we got it. And we want 23.0,
23.0. And I want 270 widened. SLIDE RETRACTED,
STOWAGE. I'm coming up on the minute. Okay,
I'll get 56 exactly.

354 17 56 02 PLT MARK. Starting 270 widened on star field 313 and
frame number 52.
 PLT A_d, conLing throu_ about 93 percent. Euldin6 the
270 widened on field 213. Frame number 52.
Stand by on my mark.

354 18 O0 07 PLT MASK. Okay, same for 90, turning the k_ob. Okay,
it's reading SLIDE R_'I'IqACTEI).Now, let me see.
Okay, there we go, frame 53. 90-second widened
on field 313.

354 18 00 29 CC Skylab, Houston. We're AOS Guam for 9 minutes.

PLT Okay, 18:02 which is not -

354 18 05 46 PLT Stand by on my mark for 100.

354 18 05 55 PLT MARK. CARRIAGE RETRACTED, 90 percent, SLIDE

RETRACTED, STOWAGE. Got 90 set. Okay, we're
ready. All right. Open. This is frame number
55; star field 253; ROTATION, 216.2; TILT, 14.4;
a 90-second widened. And I'm coming up on
18 :07 :50 - and the limit.

PLT And it looks like we're going to be in good shape.

This sure is a hustle. But I think I could mA.1_e
it comfortably if it weren't for the - the end
swiggle on the rotation indicator. Coming up on
18:07. And looks like we're going to finish it
in good order.

PLT Stand by -

354 18 07 24 PLT MARK. Okay, l'm going to CARRIAGE RETBACTED.

There we go. TILT's going to zero, locked. ROTA-
TION going to zero, locked. And pulling the ...
back in.

35h 18 08 00 PLT Okay, and let's see, I'm going to go ahead and
clean up the SAL here.

TIME SKIP

354 18 53 31 PLT PLT; time is 12 - make it 18:54. Reporting on

handheld observations, no photograph of the FA]_-
land Current, the confluence of Fa1_land Current
and the South Equatorial Current, amplifying on
what Jerry said yesterday. I did not take any
pictures.
1300 _.

PLT The South Equatorial Current seems to rise out

of no place, whereas, that FaSkland Current is
- is on the surface. And you can see it all the
way down to the - almost the Falkland Islands,
where it splits apart or actually I guess it
comes together from the south, from - from around
both sides of the island heading northeastward -
northward.

354 18 54 25 PLT I'd say about i00 to 150 miles north of Montevideo
out in the water, that is, northeast, so let's
make it northeast of Buenos Aires. The - there
appears a11 of a sudden, fairly sharply defined,
a Forel scale 7 to 8, which is the South Equato-
rial Current. Andit's a rather wide area.
Doesn't con - does not appear to - come up from
the below and then appear on the surface in a
sort of a finely defined line. It Just sort of
all of a sudden appears as a rather large area
heading southward. And it combines with the
Falkland Current and they both flow east-southeast.

354 18 55 05 PLT And it maintains its surface texture - for, it

looks like about 150, maybe 200 miles. Actually
I couldn't really see it but it didn't look like
it was nearly as plain as it was before. Also
there appear to be side eddies, circulations, and
so forth that tend to bend around and come back.
That is out to the southeast. I did not see any
curling around to the north. I'm talking now
about that - the confluence of the two. Once they
combine, they go out there and there seem to be
side branches of them that sweep around and loop
back. Okay, now one of the features at Rio
Blanco - let's see if that's the name of it. Let
me put it this way. The - about 250 miles south
of Buenos Aires, there is a huge area of smoke
contamination. And combined with it there are
numerous cumulonimbus buildups. The smoke covers
an area, I'd say on the land at least a 100 miles
in diameter, and the smoke can be seen out to sea
h00 to 500 miles.

354 18 56 22 PLT This is a tan - a sort of dark tan colored smoke

and it's billowing well up, I mean it is not
thin; it is very heavy. I don't know what it is,
but it looks like a - an extremely large area
under fire or it could be dust. However, I Just
can't imagine local concentration of dust like
 ISOI

that without some evidence of stron_ wind blow-

ing, and there did not seem to be any wind blow-
ing. In other words, these cus are billowing
straight up in the atmosphere. So anyway we're
going to take a look on the next pass and looks
like a very interesting feature to examine. I
couldn't get the camera fast enough to get a pic-
ture. And the sea keeps popping right up through
the middle of the smoke.

354 18 57 04 PLT And, one other thing, and that is to the - off of
Rio de Janeio, out in the Atlantic there, what ap-
pears to be a - a hint of the South Equatorial
Current, but it may not be; I don't know. At
least, another kind is a very thin narrow line,
very narrow and - but it is - definitely is a
lightish green float - Forel scale 7 to 8 and I'm
going to try to get a look at it _g_in on the
next pass.

354 18 57 28 PLT PLT out.

354 19 lO 48 CC ... The next station is Guam at 19...

354 19 ll 00 SPT 9PT at 19:ll. ATM pass which began at 18:0B.

Building block 2, straightforward. Then I had
lots of good observing time and I thought what
I'd do with it first, was to try to look for an
interconnection between active regions, and it
turned out to be a very difficult Job. I was
particularly interested to see if there was any
across the equator between active region 99 and 1.
I could Just see the very hint of it in the XUV
monitor. I took the 55 and looked at GRATING
POSITION 1941 from magnesium X and also neon VII
at 2695, DETECTOR 3 and although I could see some
very faint increases above background in certain
locations, I could not really detect anything
definite, not definite enough to - to warrant any
further observation on it. If in looking over your
data you can tell me where is the best place to look
for a loop interconnection between active regions
for example, that is, close to the active region,
higher In the atmosphere, for Cer - for certain
lines, I would appreciate it.

354 19 12 39 SPT I could have - I had to learn that by a little

fishing today, but I didn't really want to take
the time to do it. Then I went over to active
1302 _

region 00. And decided to do a study of the time

variations since this is in - been waxing and
waning most of the day; the bright points have
been coming and going in intensity. Set on a
ROLL of plus 297, which pretty much put the 55
MIRROR, LINE SCAN along the long axis of the
active region. And also it had me prepared for
a reasonable exposure on 82A if we did have a
flare. I then put the 55 APERTURE and 82B SLIT
across to brightest point in H-alpha which turned
out to be 5000 or 6000 or so in oxygen VI; not
very bright.

354 19 14 03 SFT And I moved around a little bit and that certainly
was the brightest in the areas. So 82B was essen-
tially getting spectra from that brightest point
and there was certainly lots of plage running along
the slit - bright points rather - not uniform
plage. For spatial coverage as well as for time
resolution, I gave you 55 MIRROR, AUTO RASTER
down to line 14, truncated, and then started again.
And in the period of time we had available 16 of
those were accomplished, so hopefully if there
are any time variations you might be able to pick
it out of that by some subtracting techniques or
maybe eyeball. We got one more in and we finished
up at 200 - 2 minutes and 50 seconds before 40 K
or - that was below 400 K and then a MIRROR, LINE
SCAN down to 40 K. 82B received 2-1/2-second ex-
posures in WAVELENGTH, SHORT, especially at 24 MIN-
UTES P_2gAINING, 20, 16, 12, 8, and 4. So in looking
exactly at the same point, you got exposures spaced
equally every 4 minutes. And if there are time
variations, hopefully they'll show up, - signifi-
cant time variations, hope they will show up there.

354 19 15 32 SPT 56, I debated doing a series of PATROL, SHORTs or

not, and decided rather than do that, to give you
some SINGLE FRAME 4 for 6 minutes and SINGLE FRAME
5 for 6 minutes, cutting a little bit short seeing
as we were looking at a hot region on the disk of
primary interest, as well as the plage around it.
And then for time veriations, Just the very -
most intense regions, one of which I believed I
was looking at I had FILTER 4, and gave EXPOSURE,
SHORT at ll minutes, 10, 9, 8, 06:40. I missed
the 7; one at 6, 5, and another at 4. So I'll
_ 13e3L

chalk this one up to time variation; probably think

of something else the next time around.

B54 19 16 35 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

354 19 _5 44 SPT Okay, Jer, we finally got it.

BPT No, I haven't even started. They took the - the

tape recorder away from us, and they just gave
it back.

CDR Hang in there, baby.

SPT Welcome to Skylab 3.

CDE Hey, Ed.

SPT What, Jerry?

CDR ...

B54 19 46 28 SPT Let me turn this thing off.

354 19 47 56 CDR ...

CC ..., Skylab, Houston. Looks like we may have a

flare starting up in active region - probably in
active region 00.

354 19 56 31 SPT Welcome to Skylab 3. You're looking out one of

the command module windows at the back side of
the Apollo telescope mount, a series of solar
telescopes which we've used to observe the Sun.
And we feel, so far in Skylab, significantly
advance our understanding of our primary energy
source. Over the next couple of weeks, we plan
to turn this instrument on something new. We're
going to be looking at a comet - comet Kohoutek.
The comet itself is a visitor most likely from
the outer reaches of our solar system, a cold and
lifeless chunk of matter which, when it gets close
to the Sun, is heated and stressed by the Sun's
gravity to where it lights up, becomes _,mluous,
has a long tail, and may even break apart.
130_

354 19 57 49 SPT Another intriguing possibility is that it's really

from outside our solar system. We may actually
have a visitor from the regions between the stars.
One thing we hope to learn in studying comets in
general and this one in particular, is just how
was our whole solar system put together, how was
It formed? What is the orgin of the Earth, the
planets, and the comets, which move around in
very long-period orbits way outside the orbit of
the Earth? For the same reason we wanted to study
the Moon, we are studying a comet. That is, we
hope to find just what is the orginal matter of
the solar system. We call it primordial matter.
The lunar program, we got back to 2-1/2 to 3 bil-
lion years. Studying a comet, we hope to go right
back to 4-1/2 billion years, the origin of the
solar system. One benefit of this would certainly
be, how was our own Earth put together? What's
its composition; what lies beneath it's surface?

354 19 59 27 SPT Knowing how it formed, we hope to determine this.

The benefit's of that are obvious to us all now.
In studying the comet itself, we'll be asking,
What is it ma_e of? Are they mostly atoms of
hydrogen and helium or oxygen and other prime
atoms used to make up most Qf our solar system?
Are there also molecules ; are there actually very
complex molecules? Just how hot does the comet
get, especially at the leading edge towards the
Sun? How does it change? And also, how does it
affect the environment of the Sun itself, the
corona, that region which you can see during an
eclipse? The effect of the Sun on the comet and,
in turn, the comet on the Sun will produce a rare
opportunity to learn a great deal about both.

354 20 00 45 SPT We'll bring your view inside now, and we'll take
a look at the controls for the Apollo telescope
mount and discuss each instrument in a little
more detail.

354 20 00 59 CDR You got it, babe.

TIME SKIP
 130_

PLT Okay, I - I hit PATROL, SHORT instead of AUTO,

SHORT when we thought we had the flares; so I
didn't use much 56 film. We went HIGH, 64 for
about 30 seconds, I guess. I - I had been watch-
ing this area, and we did actually get point
brightening; there was no doubt about it. But the
IMAGE INTENSITY COUNT topped out at about 24 but
didn't stay there, Just about one count, Jumped
down around 15, 16, 18, and 8 and up again and so
forth. So I wasn't really convinced we had a
flare, but we figured it was worth using some 54
and 56 f_lm. So when the ground called, we went
ahead in a FLARE MODE, except I didn't activate
anything else. And pretty soon, it started back
down; so I killed the 54. And the 56 had a1_eady
timed out because I erroneously set up a PATROL,
SHORT i_'stead of AUTO, SHORT.

354 20 32 03 PLT PLT debriefing ATM pass started 19:46. JOP 6,

step 2, building block 2, completed per instruc-
tions. J0P 2 Bravo, step 3, 36 Alfa and Bravo -
building block 36 Alfa and Bravo, completed per
pad except I think I gave you a GRATING, AUTO SCAN
that didn't do you any good at the end there,
/- because I went to slit center like the J0P said
but I did not repoint for 82B as Bravo said be-
cause because 82B was inactive. So I gave a
GRATING, AUTO SCAN at a nondescript point next to
the active region. The ground called one time
about a flare, in fact. Of course, I had been
watching. I - I said that I thought it was 01
instead of 00. In actual fact, I was looking at
00 and thought it was 01. So you were correct.
however, we put - we extended a PATROL, SHORT -
yes, PATROL, SHORT and -

354 20 33 16 SPT That's supposed to be AUTO, SHORT, isn't it?

Wait a minute.

PLT Okay, I - I hit PATROL, SHORT instead of AUTO,

SHORT when we thought we had the flares _ so I
didn't use much 56 film. We went HIGH, 64 for
about 30 seocnds, I guess. I - I had been watch-
ing this area, and we did actually get point
brightening; there was no doubt about it. But the
IMAGE INT_SITY COUNT topped out at about 24 but
didn't stay there, Just about one count, Jumped
down around 15, _6, 18, and 8 and up again and so forth.
So I wasn't really convinced we had a flare, but
1306

we figured it was worth using some 54 and 56 f_]m.

So when the ground called, we went ahead in a
FLARE MODE, except I didn't activate anything else.
And pretty soon, it started back down; so I killed
the 54. And the 56 had already timed out because
I erroneously set up a PATROL, SHORT instead of
AUTO, SHORT.

354 20 34 14 PLT Then watching it the rest of the orbit, I've gotten
occasional hints of point brightening. And I think
that they were, but they were very faint. And they
were accompanied by IMAGE INTENSITY COUNTs on the
order of maybe 8 to 10, 12, something like that.
And PMEC several times went above 700, but I think
it was the South Atlantic anomaly. I've benn watch-
ing active region 00 here. And of course we done -
we've done the building block 36 on active region O0
and that should have some good background data on
that region. However, it looks like it's not going
to do anything in the next few minutes.

354 20 34 49 PLT PLT out.

354 20 36 39 CDR This is the CDR at 20:37 Zulu. Terminated charge

on the battery number 7 for the M509.

354 20 47 25 CDR This is the CDR at 20:47 Zulu, starting M509.

354 20 53 09 SPT SPT at 20:53. Message relating to the TVput on

the VTR and the voice which goes with it. Those
scenes are all meant to be Just a background.
Use as much or as little of the voice and the scenes
as you like. In subsequent d_ys, we would Just plan
to put discussion of the ATM instruments and the
use of maneuvering instruments - the manuvering of
the cluster, the airlock instruments, and the other
miscellaneous ones that we plan to use. Might take
three to four more sessions, but I think that it
will certainly take that in order to set up the
scene, figure out what's going to be presented,
how it's going to be presented, what's going to be
said, and go ahead and actually get to the scene
accomplished.

354 20 54 08 SPT SPT out.

354 20 54 38 CDR _his is the CDR at 20:54 Zulu, and the subject
is Earth observations. This morning at 12:07
and this afternoon at 18:38, I was assigned the _
 1307

handlleld site 146-4_ which is r_ngcland in the

Argentine pampas. _his morning we had reveille
at 12:10 and went over the rangeland area at
12:12:35. I got to the window and was looking
out, rubbingthe sleep out of my eyes, I think
Just about at 12:12:33 and really didn't get to
see too much of the rangeland area. What I did
see, however, was the - the - what appears to he
wheat belt between Buenos Aires and Bahia Blanca.

3_h 20 _ S_ CDR There's an area of - of ground there that's between

the two large harbor areas, you know, the - the
inlets, and along the ocean and extending in for
a couple hundred miles that is almost completely
cultivated all the way from Bahia Blanca to Buenos
Aires. I - In the " in this area where it's so
well cultivated, I would estimate that about 25 to
30 percent of the squares that I saw - or rectangles
and squares - were a dark green, indicating fresh
vegetation. I'd say 20 or 25 percent of the area
looked to be brown; probably plowed ground, I
would guess.

354 20 56 29 CDR And the remainder is - of it was various different

colors between the dark green and the - the brown -
Just sort of tans and a little bit toward the
yellow and some very light green indicating what
I considered - figured would probably be fresh
growth. And that was about it for that pass. Then
at 18:43, which was the second pass over, I got
there early enough so that I could take a good
look at the rangeland before we got to the - the
cultivated area.

35_ 20 57 06 CDR I did not see much evidence of grazing effects

that were too plain to see. I could see fence-
line effects. The squares out in the rangeland
were considerably bigger, probably 50 to 100 times
bigger than the squares over in the wheat area.
The - the squares in the rangeland area d/d not
appear to have too much difference in them in the
way of color, indicating, you know, different kinds
of grazing on either side of the fence.

354 20 57 43 CDR They were very huge areas, and I suspect that
they - they were probably fairly eqllalIy grazed.
Along a couple - in the rangeland area, along the
river areas, extending out, oh, probably l0 or so
miles on either side of the river area, was very
1308 _-

green areas. And when you look at them with the

binoculars, you can see there's a lot of fields -
a lot of smaller fields down there. And I imagine
that those areas along the river are cultivated by
probably smaller farmers with smaller crops than .
the wheat - the wheat crop. Possibly, vegetables,
truck gardenings, and the things like that.

354 20 58 26 CDR These areas were very noticeable up in the range

area because they were so much greener. The range
area was pretty generally a redish brown. There
were some areas that were Just tan. The mark of
delineation between the light-tan areas and the
very reddish-brown areas was very, very sharp. It
looked to me like it was probably a soil difference
rather than - than vegetation.

35_ 20 59 02 CDR They all seemed to - All these changes in color

seem to be pretty much parallel to the river, and
I would say the - the percentage of - of the
reddish brown to the light tan was probably about,
oh, 3 to l, or something like that would be the
ratio. As I said, the green - only green areas
you could see in the rangeland area was along the
rivers where the - obviously the farming was, and
by looking at it in binoculars, you could see the
farming.

354 20 59 36 CDR There are several very long straight lines that
extend through the range area. I couldn't decide
whether those were powerlines or shether those
were possibly areas where pipelines were located.
But at any rate, they're very, very long and
straight. And I imagine it was a dirt road either
along side a powerline or a pipeline. And I no-
ticed along the river areas, where the gardening
was all going along, that on the boundary between
the green area and the rangeland, there was another
line that indicated - looked to me very much like
highways, that the highway was sort of a dividing
line between the cultivated farmland area, on one
side and the beginning of the range or arid - more
arid land on the other side.

354 21 00 28 CDR CDR out.

354 21 O0 39 CDR Okay, this is the CDR again. The time is now 15:00
[sic] Zulu, and this discussion is also Earth
observation. This concerns site number HHI06-6,
 13(19_

which w_s scheduled at 20.21. I was a_ain observ-

ing out of S-1. I think it would have been better
to observe out of the S190 window in this case.
I was trying to locate the Atacama Fault area.

354 21 01 09 CDR I know I was able to locate Antofagasta on the

shoreline and the larger lake, the dry lake, but
the - the fault line w_s really not too clear to
me. I could see the ridge line, essentially the
top - the highest elevations of the Andes; that
was rather clear. And I noticed a lot - several
of the rivers comCug down out of the Andes and
heading for the water were - were quite straight.
And as I followed these rivers down, I was looking
for offsets, indicating a - a fault cutting across,
but I did not notice any. I think it will Oust
require a couple more opportunities to look in
that area and get a little bit more detail, but
the Atacama Fault was Just not evident to me at
this Sun angle of 41 degrees. And I'm looking
forward to the opportunity of looking at this area
again and see if we can't locate it.

354 21 02 15 CDR CDR out.

35_ 21 20 21 CDR How do you ready Ed, can you hear me on A? Okay.
Okay, this is the CDR on the tape recorder. The
time is 15:20 [sic] Zulu, and we're about ready to
start with the M509.

3_4 21 20 _3 CDR Run ntunber 1 for Fogue. Okay, I've got to take
five PAO pictures first here.

PLT That's a wide-angle lens. You'll have to ...

CDR Do we need the flags for color interiorY

PLT ...

CDR Here we go. Got to charge it. I'll - Okay,

it 's ready.

PLT ... (laughter).

35_ 21 23 29 CDR What?

PLT ...

CDR Did it flash?

1310

PLT No.

CDR I forgot to charge it again.

CDR Okay. Enough of that.

354 21 24 46 CDR Okay, the FA0 photos are done. I really don't
know if I'm getting through or not. I can't
hear any feedback at all. How do you read?
1,2,3,4.

PLT Sounds like you're getting through.

CDR Okay.

PLT Do you know what Ed is doing?

CDR Now release the panel-locking pin. That's what

I have to do.

SPT ...

354 21 25 17 CDR Okay. Now re - pull your release handle inboard to

unlock. A]] right, then you undock by pulling
on the handrails with both hands.

CDR Okay, the data is normal on crewman ID-1. Bill is

flying clear of the donning station and checking
out his translational hand controller. I'm going
to lower the handrails. Okay, they're lowered.

35h ?_l 26 47 CDR Bill, you ought to get a little elevation; you're
awful close to the floor.

354 21 27 20 CDR Okay, the TP is maneuvering up away from the floor

now. His head level is Just about even with the
water tanks.

CDR That 's good, Bill.

PLT ...

CDR Can't hear you, Bill.

PLT ...

354 21 28 31 CDR Okay, I verify that we are in CM ID-I. He's

starting his yaw to the left in a single-axis
maneuver.
 1311

CDR He_s about 90 degrees through his yaw m-_euver

now.

CDR He's got some drift upwards and looks like the
righ%/left drift is down to zero.

354 21 29 22 PLT DATA MARK.

CDR Okay, we got a data mark and he's finished his

yaw. He's backing away from it a little bit now.

354 21 29 41 PLT Pitch up.

CDR Okay, we have a pitchup m_neuver starting now.

CDR He's pretty well arrested his drift upwards and

he's got a little drift going now back toward h32,
which shoul_ get him in the middle of the work-
shop. In fact, he's in the middle of the work-
shop right now.

35h 21 30 13 PLT DATA MARK.

CDR There 's a data mark and he 's in - finished his

90-degree pitchup and he Just rolled out his drift
toward D-32 and he's Just about completely motion-
less now. Okay, he's yawing to the right now.

354 21 30 48 PLT DATA MARK.

CDR Okay, data mark, The yaw right's complete,

354 21 30 53 PLT Roll left.

CDR Roll left starting now. Got a good position in

the center of the workshop. There's been no
drift since he got there.

PLT ...

CDR We had one desat firing Just a second ago. That

last pop you heard.

354 9_1 B1 22 PLT DATA MARK.

354 21 31 23 CDR DATA MARK.

35h 21 31 29 PLT Changing from CMG to RATE GYRO.

1312 -_

CDR Okay, he's in the RATE GYRO MODE.

PLT 2000 psi.

CDR He says 2000 psi.

CDR Okay, he's got a position stabilized now. He's

yawed left 90 degrees from the starting point.

PLT ...

CDR Yes, you should be facing 432.

354 21 32 58 PLT DATA MARK.

354 21 32 59 CDR DATA MARK. He's now facing 432 and starting his
maneuver.

354 21 33 05 PLT Yaw left.

CDR Starting to yaw left. Got good position with very

little drift. Now it looks like he's pitching -
I mean, he got a slight roll-right drift.
90 degrees.

CDR Okay, he's stopping the rates.

354 21 34 00 PLT DATA MARK.

354 21 34 01 CDR DATA MARK. Okay, his position is reasonably good.

He's out in the center of the workshop, shaded
slightly toward 432 with that at his back. He
started his "pitchup maneuver.

354 21 34 49 PLT DATA MARK.

354 21 34 50 CDR DATA MARK. Now he's starting his roll to the
right. He arrived at that data _k position
with a - about 5 degrees of roll right already
in. He's in his roll-right maneuver now and very
little drift rate, if any at all. The only drift
rate is toward 432 and it's extremely small.

354 21 35 42 PLT DATA MARK.

354 21 35 43 CDR DATA MARK.

354 21 35 44 PLT Roll left.

 1313

354 21 36 e3 PLT DATA MA/L_.

35h 21 36 24 CDR DATA MARK. Roll is complete. Now he's yawing

back to face 432. Hers got a slight drift down-
ward going. And he had a slight nose-down pitch
going and he Just took that out. The firings
that you hear now are him rolling slightly to
the left. Still got a little bit of downdrift
going. Okay, he's finished his yaw maneuver.
He's stabilizing.

CDR Okay, what's your - your gas and your electricity,

Bill?

354 21 37 39 PLT 2000 psi, 27.7 volts.

CDR 2000 psi, 27.7 volts.

PLT ...

CDR MODE, DIRECT?

PLT Yes.

CDR 0kay, MODE, DIRECT.

35h 21 38 08 PLT DATA MARK.

354 21 38 09 CDR DATA MARK.

PLT I don' t do it in DIRECT?

CDR Yes, inDIRECT, you just do a 1 - 1-second thrust

pitchup and let it drift and stop at 90 degrees
and do a data mark.

PLT ...

35h 21 38 47 PLT Pitch up.

CDR Okay, there was the pitchup thrust. It was about

a half-second thrust.

PLT Gosh darn.

CDR He's got a little bit of drift rate going away

from 432.
1314

354 21 39 33 PLT DATA MARK.

354 21 39 34 CDR DATA MARK. Now he's readjusting his position.

You better give another data mark when you get
ready to start. Okay. He's got a drift rate
setup going bank toward 3 - 432 now and he's just
about in the center of the workshop.

354 21 40 05 PLT DATA MARK ....

354 21 40 06 CDB DATA MARK. Okay, now he's - -

354 21 40 09 PLT ... now pitchdown.

CDR That was pitchdown. That was a good 1-second

stroke. He's got a little bit of left roll in
there. He's now rolled left, I'd say, 5 degrees.
And he's got a yaw error of about 25 degrees from
where he started. Okay, that's the stoping of the
pitch and a - -

354 21 40 36 PLT DATA MARK.

354 21 40 37 CDR DATA MARK. Okay, he's got a yaw drift rate and a
roll right drift rate. That was a yaw left thrust
you just heard.

CDR Okay, he's taking it out.

354 21 41 lO PLT DATA MARK.

354 21 41 ll CDR DATA MARK.

PLT ...

CDR Correcting his attitude now. He was rolled

slightly left. He's rolling to the vertical now.
He's going to drift backwards toward 432. And
he's pitched back slightly. He'll give us another
data mark when he's back in correction sufficiently.

354 21 41 34 PLT DATA MARK for correction.

354 21 41 35 CDR DATA MARK. Okay.

354 21 41 39 PLT Yaw right, 13 degrees.

 1315

CDR There was a 1-second thrust yawing to the right.

Good motion. Don't see any crosscoupling discern-
ible from here. No, that looks like a real good
one. Very, very slight roll left, maybe. Okay,
he's taking out the yaw. That definitely gave
him a roll left. He Just took it up.

354 21 42 i0 PLT DATA MARK.

354 21 42 ii CDR DATA MARK. Okay. That - Stopping that yaw to

the right gave him a little bit of roll to the
left. He also ended up with a little - as a
result of that yaw - a little bit of drift to-
ward 432. Okay, he's right now in a correction
phase where he's getting back to the center of
the workshop. Getting his rates nulled.

354 21 42 44 PLT DATA MARK.

354 21 42 45 CDR DATA MARK. Rolling to the right.

354 21 42 48 PLT Roll right.

_ CDR Okay, he's got a good roll to the right. He had

a little residual drift left and he's drifting
slightly backwards. Looks like a pretty pure
maneuver in roll. No it isn't. There's slightly -
slight bit of yaw to the left.

354 21 43 08 PLT DATA MARK.

354 21 43 09 CDR DATA MARK. He - he did a translational to the

right. He miscued - he read a yaw to the left as
a translation to the left. Okay, he's got it back
under control now. All right - -

354 21 43 31 PLT DATA MARK ....

354 21 43 32 CDR DATA MARK.

354 21 43 34 PLT Roll left.

CDR Good rate, good thrust. All right, the net result
of that roll effort was a slight drift to the left
as you face 432 .... - -

354 21 43 54 PLT DATA MARK.

354 21 43 55 CDR DATA MARK. - - of about a foot and a half.

1316

PLT ...

CDR All right. That completes the attitude maneuver.

Now he's going to do a plus-X thrust. He's now
pitching forward a little bit. He ended up with
a little pitchup rate there, which he's trying to
take out and get settled.

354 21 44 22 PLT DATA MARK for correction.

354 21 44 23 CDR DATA MARK.

PLT Another -

354 21 44 32 PLT DATA MARK.

354 21 44 33 CDR Another data mark for correction.

35h 21 44 35 PLT Minus X.

354 21 44 36 CDR Minus X first, minus X. He got a little bit of

down along with that as far as the trajectory is
concerned. Now he's stopped it.

354 21 44 49 PLT DATA MARK.

354 21 4h 50 CDR DATA MARK. And he's still got downdrift in all
of his -

PLT ...

CDR There's plus X. He did not take the downdrift

out. That - that stopped his drift when he stop-
ped his - -

354 21 45 03 PLT DATA MARK.

354 21 45 04 CDR DATA MARK. - - when he stopped his plus-X trans-

lation, it gave him another downdrift again.

354 21 45 08 PLT Minus Z.

354 21 45 l0 CDR Minus Z. He had a - Now he's stopped the down-

drift with a minus Z and he's rolled slightly to
the right about 4 - 3 or 4 degrees. He stopped
it.

354 21 45 21 PLT DATA MARK.

 1317

354 21 45 22 CDR DATA MARK. He's got a slight drift down now.

354 21 45 26 PLT Plus Y.

CDR Plus Y. Okay, he's got a good plus Y going. He

was rolled slightly right, so now he's - he's
drifting downward as well as to the right.

354 21 45 37 PLT DATA MARK.

354 21 45 38 CDR DATA MARK. He's got a left-yaw drift in nOW.

There is a minus Y. He's still got his left drift
in yaw. All right. He's - during that minus-Y
translation - -

354 21 45 54 PLT DATA MARK.

354 21 45 55 CDR DATA MARK. - - he stopped his up/down drift, but

as soon as he tried to stop the minus-Y transla-
tion, the plus-Z drift started again.

PLT That 's plus - minus-Z ...

CDR Okay, he's gettingback up around the water tank

ring and then he's going to do a minus-Z transla-
tion, which is the only one he owes you now. Okay,
he's in attitude now with 432 at his right shoul-
der. He's rolled slightly to the right about
3 degrees and he's taken that out. 0kay, he's
still got a little left-roll drift. Good, now
he's got a pitchdown drift. He Just took that
out.

B54 21 46 44 PLT DATA MARE.

354 21 46 45 CDR DATA MARK. Minus Z. That was a good one. There's
very little drift. If anything, he's got a slightly -
a very, very, slight pitchup drift. He 's stopping
it now. And his residual's - -

354 21 47 O1 PLT DATA MARK.

354 21 47 02 CDR DATA MARK - - his residual drift is minus pitch -

correction, plus pitch. Fitchup.

354 21 47 09 PLT MODE, RATE GYRO.

CDR All right. The MODE is now RATE GYRO.

1318

PLT ... 1800 psi.

CDR 1800 psi. How many volts?

PLT 27.2.

CDR 27.2 volts. All right, now he's going to go do

a transfer maneuver. He's 90 degrees from facing
the locker 432. He's - it's on his right shoulder.
He's translating up, plus X, towards the banjo.

CDR Bill, you need to be yawing the other way, facing

432.

PLT What?

CDR You need to face 432, don't you? Oh, that's right,
you got to be - your back to it.

PLT ...

CDR I got it. Okay. Go ahead. You put the banjo

to your back.

PLT What?

CDR Put the banjo to your back. Right? Okay.

354 21 48 58 CDR He's in a RATE GYRO MODE. Translated in Z up to

the dome area. Now he's put in a little bit of
pitchdown and a little bit of yaw to the left
and he's drifting around to put his back to the
banjo. A little bit of down thrust - left thru -
right thrust. He's stopped his roll - yaw rate.
He's rolling a little bit to the right. Okay.
He's got a roll-right drift and a back drift.

CDR Okay, he's got good position. He's slightly right,

shoulder down.

354 21 50 03 PLT MODE going to DIRECT.

CDR All right. He's now going to MODE, DIRECT. He's

drifting backwards and down slightly.

354 21 50 09 PLT DATA MARK.

354 21 50 lO CDR DATA MARK. All right, that was a translation

thrust inX.
 1319

CDR He threw in a little bit of plus Z right after he

did the X. Now he's coasting.

CDR Did you do a data mark halfway?

PLT No, not yet.

CDR You were supposed to be coasting and not do any-

thing until the second data mark.

35h 21 51 03 PLT DATA MABK.

35h 21 51 Oh CDR DATA MARK. Okay, his rate is essentially straight

down in L and very little forward component. Now
he's making - it's essentially a dogleg maneuver.

CDR Okay, his feet are 2 feet from the floor now, and
he's about 6 feet out from the handbsrs - the
handrails. And he's essentially vertical.

CDR Okay, he's Just about stopped at the donning

station. Bill, do you have any comments on aiming
accuracy?

PLT Yes. It's not too bad. I didn't do a very good

Job. I aimed too high.

CDR Yes. Okay. He says it's not too bad. He - he

knows what he did wrong. He aimed high and then
he made a midcourse that - overcorrected it in
early midcourse. Ended up with a big dogleg. Did
you data ma_k?

PLT Yes, I did.

CDR Okay. He's got a data mark in and he's now going
on to the baseline maneuver. How about your PSS
and battery?

PLT ... 1500.

CDR 1500, and 27. So he's got enough to go ahead and

do a ... baseline.

PLT Okay.

35h 21 53 15 CDR Baseline in DIRECT.

354 21 53 20 PLT DATA MARK.

1320

354 21 53 21 CDR DATA MARK. Okay, he did a minus Z and a minus X -

Minus Z followed by minus X. Now he's yawing to
the right.

CDR Okay, he's stopping his yaw. He ended up with a

roll error to the right. He was rolling a little
bit to the right when he finished. He took that
out. Now he's beginning a pitchup maneuver to
align himself with - parallel to the dome - to
the dome wall. And he's got a pretty good tra-
Jectory moving up to the banjo. He's got a pitch
rate, a very slightly yaw right, which he Just
took out with that last blip you heard. He's now
stopping the pitch rate. He yawed to the left a
little bit. Now he's yawing to the right. Okay,
and it's just a bunch of small attitude corrections
now to get him to the banjo. He's a - -

35h 21 5_ 36 PLT DATA MARK.

354 21 54 37 CDR DATA MARK. He's not quite facing the banjo. He's
yawed left about 5 degrees. That was a minus-X
translation. There was a Y. Okay, now he's got
a drift rate and heading for the FMU-2. --

CDR Okay, he's got a combina - a combination of roll

and yaw in right now. Okay, with heads down about
30 degrees. Now he's got a yaw rate that's gone
too far. Now he's got his body horizontal but
he's flying through his attitude; got his feet
low now. Now he's stopped it. Okay, he's slightly
feet low. Okay, he's about 2 feet below where he
ought to be. He's stopped that and he's getting
his attitude under control. His translation is
completely stopped now. Going to need some - some
minus Z here to get his head up toward the FMU.
He's got a drift rate going toward the FMU now.
Okay, he's slightly feet low. By low, I mean rela-
tive to the floor of the forward compartment. Okay,
he's got a yaw and a roll pitch rate - drift rate,
both going now. He Just took out the roll drift
rate. Now the yaw drift rate's coming out. He's
going the other way.

354 21 56 45 PLT DATA MARK.

354 21 56 h6 CDR DATA MARK. And his attitude is roll to the right
about - oh, 5 degrees and yaw to the right about
4 or 5 degrees at that point. Okay, he's now
 1321

maneuvered over toward 404. His feet Just hit

the camera thread station.

CDR Okay, he's Just about in position in front of

404/406. That's station number 3. And he's out
about 3 feet. Now he's translating toward the
station.

CDR Okay, he's stopping a]] of his rotations and

translations now.

354 21 58 43 PLT DATA MARK.

354 21 58 44 CDR DATA MAEK. Okay, he's starting his translation to

the right along the dome from station 3 to station 4.

CDR Okay, he's about one-third of the way there. He's

got good elevation. His toes are riding right
about at the - the girth ring level. Not the girth
ring, but the water tank ring. He's keeping his
hand controllers about 8 inches to a foot away
from the lockers. Now he's drifting slightly low
in order to clear the water holding tank - conden-
sate holding tank. Both cameras still working okay.

CDR Okay, he's directly under the condensate holding

tank now, clearing it with his head by about, oh,
5 or 6 inches. He's got a roll-right error of
about 4 degrees.

CDR Okay, he's Just about to station 4. Stopping his

rates.

354 22 01 20 PLT DATA MARK.

354 22 01 21 CDR DATA MARK. That was a data ma_k at station 4.

Now he's starting his translation and rotation
down toward the donning station.

354 22 02 40 PLT DATA MARK.

354 22 02 41 CDR DATA MARK. Okay, we're going to stop the DACs.

PLT ...

CDR Okay, what is your PSS reading?

PLT I'm reading about - about 900 and ...

1322

CDR How much?

PLT ... and about 900.

CDR All right, let's see, I think you could probably -

Let's see if you could do one more here. You need
700 psi to do a RATE GYRO, and I think you got
enough battery. Go ahead and do it.

PLT Okay.

35h 22 03 18 CDR Okay, I've decided that we're going to hold off
the battery and the PSS change; so I'm going to
start the DACs again. They're both running.
Okay, Bill. Go ahead.

35h 22 03 39 PLT DATA MARK.

355 22 03 h0 ODE DATA MARK.

CDR Okay, Bill, keep an eye on your battery. If you

get to 26, we'll have to terminate. We've made a
bum decision. I'll bug you for battery voltage
a couple of times. -

CDR Okay, he's headed for station number 2 now. His

trajectory was essentially a back out with a
slight up. When he got - got out about I0 feet,
he yawed to the right and then put in some more
up-Z. And he's maneuvering now to banjo.

CDR Okay, I have bungled and not turned the receiver

to 2 for the first baseline. I'm going to do it
now.

35_ 22 0_ 56 PLT DATA MARK.

354 22 04 57 CDR DATA MARK. The receiver now is in number 2. And

we're at station number 2, on the rate gyro base-
line run.

CDB Okay. Maneuvering down to the FMU-2. This time

his trajectory was more out in the workshop and
not quite as close to the water rings. He's got
a good level attitude as far as his head and feet
are concerned. He needs about 30 degrees of
pitchup. He - his feet are facing considerably
away from the line that connects the two FMUs.
 1323
F _

35h _ 06 ii PLT DATA MARK.

35_ 22 06 12 CDR DATA MARK. Okay, Roll was good and yaw was good.

CDR You're getting close to the ring, Bill. Okay,

good.

CDR Okay, he came out of that a little hot and heavy.

Came out backwards an_ really w_ hea_ed in a way
where he couldn't see. Now, he's stopped his
rates. He's drifting slightly to the right. He's
essentially opposite the station number 3 right
now. A little bit low and yawing to the left to
face it.

CDR Give me a battery Check when you can, Bill.

PLT ...

CDR Okay.

PLT ...

f---
CDR 26.5, the battery voltage.

35h 22 08 33 PLT DATA MABK.

35h 22 08 3h CDR DATA MABK, station 3.

CDR Okay, he 's moving around the ring lockers again,

this time, with a hand controller - distance of
about a foot.

CDR About a third of the way there.

PLT _..

CDR We're in the rate gyro baseline maneuvers.

SPT Rate gyros six pack?

CDR Rate - We're in the rate gyro baseline maneuver.

SPT Rate gyro baseline maneuver.

CDR Right.

CDR Okay, he's at station number h now and settling

out his attitude.
1324 _"

354 22 i0 29 PLT DATA MARK.

354 22 i0 30 CDR DATA MARK at station 4.

CDR Okay, he's started his translation back toward

the donning station.

CDI_ Okay, he has a real good trajectory this time

coming down from station 4 to 5.

CDR Very - very few corrections required. Perfect

maneuver.

354 22 ii 26 PLT DATA MARK.

354 22 ii 27 CDR DATA MARK. DAC cameras are going off.

CDR Give me your -

PLT ...

CDR What?

PLT 26.1.

CDR Okay. 26.1 on the battery. How's the PSS?

PLT It's all the way down to about 500.

CDR 500. Okay, we're going to do a battery and a

PSS change now.

B54 22 ii 46 CDR This is the CDR, I'm going off the recorder for
a few minutes.

354 22 20 31 CDR Okay, this is the CDR back up on the loop again.
The battery and the - and the PSS have both been
changed. We're back to the - going to start the
tracking maneuver. And I owe you a CM ID num-
ber 3 now. I won't screw that up again, I hope.
For the tracking maneuver. He 's in mode CMG;
he's flying in the center of the workshop for
his first maneuver.

CDR I'm putting the DACs back on now. Okay, they're

both running.
 132_

354 22 22 Ol PLT DATA MARK.

354 22 22 02 CDR DATA MARK. All right, he's now pitching down to
put his X-axis at the intersection, the wall and
the deck.

354 22 22 21 PLT DATA MARK.

354 22 22 22 CDR DATA MARK. He's beginning a yaw to the left.

CDR 90 degrees.

CDR Okay, the 180 degree 's complete.

354 22 23 01 PLT DATA MARK.

35h 22 23 02 CDR DATA MARK.

PLT RATE GYRO.

CDR Going to RATE GYRO now. He's got to drift back-

wards and down.

354 22 23 54 PLT DATA MARK.

354 22 23 55 CDR DATA MARK.

PLT ... the tracking maneuver.

CDR Starting tracking back to the right.

CDR Okay, he's got to drift down. Still drifting

down.

354 22 2h 35 PLT DATA MARK.

35_ 22 2h 36 CDR DATA MARK.

CDR Now he's stopped his downdrift and has got to

establish drift going up, back to his normal
position.

354 22 25 21 FLT DATA MARK.

354 22 25 22 CDR DATA MARK.

PLT MODE, DIRECT.

 1326

CDR MODE, DIRECT.

354 22 25 26 PLT DATA MABK ....

CDR Okay, he gave another data mark now he's on his

way in direct. Got a higher rate going this time
than he did before. He's got a roll-right error
of about 4 degrees - 3 degrees.

CDR Okay, he's stopping the maneuver. Stopping the

maneuver gave him a roll left, crosscoupling
effect.

354 22 26 04 PLT DATA MARK.

CDR DATA MARK. All right, the tracking maneuver is

complete. He's got a baseline maneuver to do
now in MODE, CMG. I'm going back down and go to
CM ID number 2.

354 22 27 39 PLT DATA MARK.

354 22 27 40 CDR DATA MARK. CMG MODE.

354 22 27 50 CDR Okay, there was no data mark after going into CMG.
Really wasn't necessary; the attitude was stable.
So the sequence is data mg_k, CMG, and then began
a translation.

CC ...

354 22 28 51 PLT DATA MARK.

354 22 28 52 CDR DATA MARK. Okay, he's at the banjo. He - he's

got a pitchdown there of about 20 degrees and a
vertical error of about, oh, a foot and a half.
He was essentially hanging thoroughly vertical
looking up at the banjo at the upper edge. Okay,
he's Just about got all of his roll in. Now he's
yawing to the left, about ... end. Setting his
pitchup now.

CDR Okay, he's -

CDR Okay, he's approaching his position 2.

35h 22 30 24 PLT DATA MARK.

 13Z7

35_ 22 30 25 CDR DATA MARK, position 2. Roll error of about

plus _ degrees - h or 5 degrees. Pitch error
of plus 5 degrees.

CDR Okay, this maneuver from 2 to 3 is a little bit

more conservative and gave him a little bit more
time to keep track of things. There isn't quite
so much backwards motion where he couldn't see
where he was going.

B54 22 31 41 PLT DATA NLARK.

35_ 22 31 h2 CDR DATA MARK, position 3.

CDR Okay, he's about halfway through the maneuver

from 3 to 4. And then _,-ning about 8 to 12
inches between his hand controller and the ring
locker, holding the top of the ring lov - locker,
pretty well at eye level, he's now Just below
the condensate tank and down a little bit. Good
smooth rate going. Not many control deflections
in translation.

354 22 33 147 PLT DATA MARK.

354 22 33 48 CDR DATA MJIRK, position 4. Okay, he's got a good

start toward the docking station. He went back
one pulse and down one pulse, and now he's in a
yaw-left movement,

CDR He Just put in two plus-Y translations and now

two short minus-Y translations. Good trajectory
again; slow rates. Right straight to the dock-
ing station.

354 22 34 52 PLT DATA MARK.

354 22 34 53 CDR DATA MARK, station 5.

PLT At the baseline ....

CDR Okay, give me your PSS and battery readings.

PLT 27.1 on battery and - -

354 22 35 12 CDR 27.1 on the battery.

PLT - - 1200 on the tank.

1328

354 22 35 16 CDR 12OO on the PSS.

PLT ... power off. Okay.

CDR Did you turn OFF the CMG POWER?

PLT That's what I said.

CDR For the grasp a_nd pushy

PLT It says "After baseline CMG, cage CMGs in RATE

GYR0 and then CMG, FOWER, OFF."

CDR Oh, okay. Mine doesn't say that. Yes, it does.

I beg your pardon.

FLT Grasp and push, 700 psi via MODE, DIRECT - DIRECT
Use the same stationkeeping points, approx atti-
tudes, and transfer rates as BASELINE MANEUVer.
Grasp statlonkeeping point to arrest rates, then
push off toward next point. Data mark as each
point is grasped. Okay, I'm going to start here.

CDR Allright. F_

PLT Okay, I'm -

354 22 36 31 PLT DATA MABK for the pushoff.

35h 22 36 33 CDR DATA MARKfor the pushoff.

CDR Okay, we're in CM ID-2. In good shape.

CDR Okay, his right foot just barely grazed the DAC
up in the film ring camera location.

35h 22 37 5_ CDR DATA MARK.

354 22 37 55 PLT DATA MARK.

CDR Okay. Grasp and push.

CDR Hey, Ed. One of your little goodies.

CDR Okay, he's approaching FMU-2 now.

PLT Hey, l'm going to data mark right before it ...

CDR Okay.
 13_9

3_4 22 39 18 PLT DATA MABK.

35h 22 39 19 CDR DATA MARK. Now he's pushing off. Looks like
a good trajectory.
PLT ...

CDR Watch your feet. Good show.

CDI_ By the way, the seat position is - is position

Charlie as suggested by the ground.

CDR Okay.

354 22 41 17 PLT DATA MARK.

354 22 41 18 CDR DATA MARK, position 3.

CDR That - Yes, that is a very hard one to do because

you are pushing way away from the e.g. You cantt
push through it. Okay, he essentially had to
get the rates going with his translational hand
controller to push off. It really didn't do him
much good. All it did was yaw him and give him
some- somerollrates.

354 22 42 09 CDR Okay, he's hovering along pretty well now. Ne's
got a little higher rate than he usually has.

CDR Okay, looking at my pad, I think probably I

should not have had the DAC at F-10 running during
this maneuver, but it is somewhat of a baseline.
Just about all that's of any value is finished;
so I am going to terminate DAC-10 now. And
the A-1 DAC is still going.

354 22 43 09 PLT DATA MARK.

354 22 h3 i0 CDR DATA MARK.

CDR He's getting pretty good trajectory out of it,

but he got this roll and yaw rate he had to take
out with the hand controller. He has got them
pretty well stabilized out now, and he's drifting
toward the dockinK station.

35)4 22 hl_13 PLT DATA MARK.

1330

35h 22 hh lh CDR DATA MARK.

PLT ...

CDR Okay, crew discretionary, 800 pounds.9

PLT Yes.

CDR What 's your battery.9

354 22 44 42 PLT 27.2.

CDR Okay; 27.2_ All right.

PLT No, that 's 28.2.

CDR 28.2. Okay. Now your crew discretionaries they'd

like you to do are the dome lock - are dome locker
flyaround.

PLT ...

CDE Says you start - you start, facing D-404 with

your Z-axis parallel to the floor grid; data
mark; and then fly around the lockers keeping
Z-axis parallel to the floor.

PLT ... parallel to the floor ...

354 22 45 03 CDR Parallel to the floor, not perpendicular. Means

you're going to go around head first.

PLT ...

CDE Well, yes, half of - half of an arc. All right

they would like you to do it in the RATE GYRO
MODE and then in the DIRECT MODE.

PLT That 's ... toward the locker?

354 22 45 45 CDE No, I think what this is with your feet - -

PLT Facing it?

CDR You're facing it, yes.

PLT ...
 1331

CDR That 's right.

354 22 h7 08 CDR Okay, he's now got his Z-axis parallel to the
floor and his head pointing in the direction that
he's going to be going. He has got his right
side down. He's maneuvering into position in
front of D-404.

PLT ...

CDR Okay, he's got a distance of about 2 feet out from

the dome lockers. Did you data m=_k? Did you
data mark?

PLT No.

CDR All right - -

354 22 h8 03 PLT DATA MARK.

35_ 22 _8 0_ CDR DATA MARK. Okay, about 2 seconds after he started

the maneuver, he did a data mark.

CDR Okay, his toes are Just about to touch. Now he's
managed to stop his pitch rate. Hand controllers
look like they're about 18 inches from the dome
lockers right now_ feet are about 3 inches.

354 22 49 07 CDR About halfway around.

CDR Okay, he's under the condensate tank now. Toes

are about 2 inches from the lockers; the hand
controller about a foot. Okay, he's got his legs
bent pretty well back now to keep his toes from
touching. Toes and knees are about the same
distance.

CDR Bill, you want to do one in DIRECT? And you go -

either go back the same way you came or go on
around, whichever way you want. Did you do a
data mark?

PLT No, I ...

CDR Okay, he went to _32 and stopped.

35_ 22 50 53 PLT DATA MARK.

1332

354 22 50 54 CDR DATA MARK. He did a - a roll to the left of

90 degrees ; he 's upright, facing 432.

PLT ... gas .... down to about 400 ...

CDR You don't - I don't think you have enough

Let's put another PSS in.

PLT Okay.

CDR Oh, I bungled again. Sorry about that. I left

it CM ID-2 for that last discretionary run.

354 22 51 40 CDR He's flying back down to the donning station.

We'll put PSS number 3 in. I'm going to stop
the dome DAC. Going off the recorder now while
we change out the PSS.

354 22 57 15 CDR Okay, Ed Just caught himself a fish. He Just -

Just passed the word from the ATM that he's got
himself a flare going. We got the PSS number -
number 3 in now, and Bill did a push and - pushoff
maneuver up to D-432. I got the dome DAC started
now. And Bill is going to do discretionary
maneuver india in DIRECT now, going from 432
around to 404.

354 22 58 02 CDR We're in CM ID-3 now. Sorry about goofing up on

you.

354 22 58 46 CC Ed, our information is that this is a subnormal,

less than a C-5, and started about 22:48 .... ,
Ed.

SPT o. •

CC ...

CDR Okay - -

354 22 59 34 PLT DATA MARK.

354 22 59 35 CDR DATA MARK. Bill's inposition, starting his maneuver

around now from 434 to 404. He's running about
2 feet out from the dome lockers.

354 23 00 51 CDR Okay, his toes are comtacting D-hl2, dragging

slightly on it. It i-,_ediately put him into a
pitch-down and a yaw-left situation.
 1333

z_

CDR Okay, that 's the attitude now. And he 's rolli_
to the right now to get heads up, and then he'll
do a mark.

354 23 01 30 CDB So these India maneuvers, Bill's data mark for

the termination of the run is when he has ar -
arrived at the final attitude and then yaw -
rolled right or left to get his Z-axls perpen-
dicular to the floor. Then he does a data mark.

354 23 O1 51 PLT DATA MARK.

354 23 01 52 CDR DATA MARK. Okay, next is the PSS transfer. You
fly down to the PSS rack, open the clamps, carry
a PSS to the dome and return to the rack, secure
it in the rack, close the clamps. You want - do
it in DIRECT and then in RATE GYR0.

354 23 02 12 CDR DATA MARK.

354 23 02 13 PLT DATA MARK. I'm sorry ...

354 23 02 51 CC Okay, Ed, why don't you try going back to REF-
FERENCE once more ....

354 23 03 08 CDR Okay, his attitude at the moment is essentially

Z-axis parallel to the floor with the head facing
FMU-2, and he's translating down to get a bottle.
He's now getting to be more heads down.

354 23 04 19 CC Okay. Ed, when you get back to MECHANICAL REF,

recommend you go ahead and set 104 ... use ...
use MECHANICAL REFERENCE. Okay, we're taking
the VTR, and we'll give it back to you later for
the ...

SPT Okay, Crip, ...

CC ...

SPT Okay.

35h 23 05 l0 CDR Okay, he's got the PSS now, and he's holding it
between his legs. And he's beginn_ ng to - trans-
lation up to the dome area.

CC ...
1334

PT ° ,.

PLT ... my leg. I can feel it ...

CC Okay ; copy.

354 23 06 02 CDB Okay, Bill reported, with the PSS between his
legs as he's maneuvering around, the - the
forward-firing thrusters are impinging upon his
leg; can feel it hitting him. Okay, when you get
there, Bill, you fly back down and put it away
again.

PLT Okay.

CDR How's our battery and our -

PLT ... down to ...

CDR Okay, I'll tell you what. Why don't you go RATE
GYR0 and bring it back in the RATE GYRO MODE. Got
to save a little bit for some HHMU for me.

35h 23 06 58 CDR Okay, Bill's at the dome now, and he's shifting --
to the RATE GYRO MODE. Give a data mark.

354 23 07 03 PLT DATA MARK.

354 23 07 04 CDR DATA MARK.

354 23 07 05 PLT RATE GYRO.

CDR Going to RATE GYRO now. All right, he's going

to fly back down to the PSS station in RATE GYRO.

354 23 08 h5 CC Skylab, Houston. We're i minute from LOS. We'll

see you again over Texas in 32 minutes at 23:41; 23 ...

CDR Okay, he's now -

PLT ... go back ... firing.

CDR He's now translated down to the - to the PSS

station.

354 23 09 15 PLT DATA MARK.

354 23 09 16 CDR DATA MARK. He's shifted back to DIRECT now to

reduce the number of firings while he puts the
PSS back in the station. _-_
 1335

cc ...

354 23 09 54 CDR Okay, the PSS number 2 has been reinstalled in

the station.

PLT Okay, now what do I do?

354 23 i0 02 CDR Back to the donning station, and that's it.

CDR Okay, now we go to docking, Bill.

354 23 lO 30 PLT Okay. I'm trying to stay ...

CDR I won't - It doesn't take much gas for m_MU; so

don't worry about it. Battery's the big thing;
we don't want it to quit on us. I guess we don't
need much of that either, real ly. Okay, the
handrails have got to be raised, Bill.

PLT Yes.

CDR Just kind of hang by your skyhook there while I

raise your handrail. Okay, you want to take ahold
of that right one? There they are.

PLT Okay, am I pointed right?

CDR Yes, it looks pretty good.

PLT What 's happening? Am I seated?

35_ 23 ii 40 CDR Yes, you're seated. Oh, wait; you need a little
back rotation though. Good; you're in solid.

354 23 ii 47 PLT Oh, geez! _lmost got your fingers.

CDR (Laughter)

PLT Whoo! That thing's spastic.

CDR All right now.

354 23 ll 55 CDR DATA MARK.

354 23 ll 51 PLT DATA MARK.

CDR Now go to MODE, HHMU.

1336

354 23 ii 58 PLT HHMU.

CDR All right, I'ii close the supply valve. All

right, now your MODE should be DIRECT.

PLT ...POWER, OFF?

CDR All right. Yes, go ahead and turn the POWER OFF,
and we 'ii swap over.

354 23 12 38 CDR Okay, this is the CDR. Termination of M509-I

Papa. And - and in Just a moment we're going to
swap positions, and I'll take it out and do some
familiarization runs with HHMU.

354 23 12 52 CDR CDR out.

35h 23 21 13 PLT Okay, this the PLT starting the recording on the - -

CDR What time are we supposed to be done here, 05:45?

PLT Oh, gosh, I don't know. It's something like that.

I got in my mind we're supposed to be buttoned
up by 18:00,somethinglike that.

354 23 21 28 CDR I think so. Let's see .... you've got PT.

PLT Oh, no. What have we got coming up next? I

have an ATM pass?

354 23 21 42 CDR PSA; you've got PT, PH.

PLT Oh, rats! Well, we're going to have to get this

sometime. Why don't we go ahead and get it now?

CDR Yes, ... you know; just fly around.

PLT Okay, let me get everything started here. Do

you need the se - I'll read the sequence to you.

CDR You'll have to start giving me yaws, and pitches

and rolls. Is that right?

354 23 22 13 PLT Find the center of OWS; headup.

###
 DAY 355 (AM)
1337

39_ _0 01 26 FLT Okay, stand by. On my mark.

355 00 01 33 PLT MARK. Okay, and now I want 216.2. Dern! Your
darn wheelts caught on - 216.2. That thing, I'd
like to break it, 14.4. Okay, and we're ready to
go soon as I twist the knob. There we go. Okay,
I'm 15 seconds late again because your doggone digit
wheel over there on that cotton-picking ROTATION
indicator. Man, that is a real trap. Have to hold
a flashlight in my mouth if I really want to do it
right. And let's see. The frame, number 54;
field 253; 270, widened; in progress. ROTATION,
216.2; and TILT is 14.4.

355 00 03 03 PLT Black on black is pretty hard to read. But I think

we're going to be able to make it out. Okay,
this is not 2 - taking quite 270 on the - on the
widening. 18:07:50. Don't want that much time.

355 00 03 46 CDR This is the CDR.

355 00 03 48 CC Go ahead, Jerry.

CDR ...

355 00 04 15 PLT This is PLT. Are y'all - you trying to take the
recorder?

CC PLT, Houston. You were real broken, and I didn't

copy you. Say again, please.

355 00 04 26 PLT I Just wondered if you were trying to take the re-
corder? It keeps blinking on and off.

CC Okay. Stand by.

CC Bill, you got a direct light indication because we

redesignated recorders. You are recording, though;
so you can press on as you like.

PLT Thank you.

CC Roger.

355 00 05 05 CDR How much longer, Bill ...?

PLT 2minutes.
 1338

CDR ...

355 00 05 24 PLT Okay, we've gone through 90 percent.

355 00 07 04 SPT SPT at 12:07, debriefing the ATM pass which began
at 22:47. The only thing nominal was the nu z up-
date. I'm finishing up building block 32. I've
Just finished the CONTINUOUS MODE on S052. 56 was
still running in the PATROL, SHORT. I had the FLARE
THRESHOLD set for 512 on COARSE, zero on the FINE,
and I got a flare indication. I got to admit, at
that point, I was not looking at the XUV monitor
through the persistent image scope even though I
had it on and - had it all turned on and ready to
look. At that point, I was setting the MIRROR POSI-
TION for 55 for the JOP 2 coming up. I got a flare
indication, looked up, saw I had a 3 in BERYLLIUM
APERTURE POSITION. IMAGE INTENSITY COUNT was up
above background of - got up to around 20 or 30.
I _mmediately got 54 and 56 going in their FLARE
MODE. I gave 82A a 15-second exposure and then
questioned, Should I - Well, before that, I had 55
in a random GRATING POSITION, something less than
700. What I should have done, probably, was to
have gone to 766 and started a MIRROR, LINE SCAN,
but I put it to - put it to REF _-ith the intent
of catching it a little higher up, after I maneu-
vered over the active region, which I did. But
then I _as a little far - far past the - any rea-
sonable one; so we Just went, as the card says,
right on around to REF. However, as it turned out,
we were looking at a subnormal flare sheath of low
intensity, and we never got up above 600 that I
could see. Maybe 550 even, the batch I saw.

355 00 09 _8 SPT The readout here is rather noisy, but as it gets

higher and levels, the noise does drop out. But
the best I could see, it was now at 550. So I
left it in the FLARE MODE for Just a little while
longer with the hope that maybe it was going to
be a - another peak coming up. There was none.
And about that time, as I was about to turn things
off, the ground confirmed that it was a small
flare and that the rise had just about ... when
I turned things on; so we concluded operations
then and went back to setting up for 4, building
block 4. We had a problem with the - the GRATING,
and I've noticed this one other time today. And
 1339

I had to ask myself whether I was really doing it

right; so I did not report it. And that is that
when I went to REFERENCE, I would come up with all
zeros; short while later, I'd look up and find my-
self with a 0080. I did this the other day, as I
recall, and went to MECHANICAL REFERENCE zero and
then stepped up to 102 and did not find anything
that resembled what I thought I should for detec-
tor output on oxygen VI. I think there was a mix-
up somewhere along the way.

355 00 Ii 21 _T And I think this may have been the problem. And
SO perhaps this has happened before today, now that
I do think of it. On one occasion, I believe we
got two pulses in there so that they really went
up 160 above the actual reading. It will take
fairly careful bookkeeping if that really turns out
to stick with us, to find out where we really are.
We'll have to know what the last value is and _nen
work in deltas and be careful that we don't get a
pulse in there if we change any GRATING POSITION
at the pulse of 80.

_" 355 00 12 13 SPT 4B and 4C were done in points which were close to
bright points in H-alpha. The first one, I maY4mized
on Lyman-continuum. And when I got done, I got -
put it back to zero and looked at oxygen VI readout,
and it was a maximum there also. It was about 30 -
or 3000, as I recall.

355 00 12 50 SPT Point C, I also maximized, on oxygen VI this time,

and that turned out to be around 7000. However,
I noticed that when I got done, it was nowhere near
that; quite a bit less. So I'm sure that the plasma
you are looking at with the GRATING, AUTO SCANs was
not constant time, not by a long shot.

355 O0 13 18 SPT 4D w_s done at a point which turned out to be be-

tween three bright points. I assumed that the point
Ira been looking at - that is, that IId m_Y_mized us-
ing oxygen VI and found out I was at the same place
between - I started off at the left bright point,
which was the furthermost in the active region,
and found myself continually moving so I was sit-
uated between three bright points.

355 00 14 00 SPT Perhaps we were looking at the top of an arch,

although I 'm not sure that oxygen VI would be formed
that high. After 4 - I should say be - At the start
1340

of 4C, I gave 55 a MIRROR, AUTO RASTER do_ to about

line 17 or so, so they'd be able to see where they
were pointing and ended the GRATING, AUTO SCAN.
The timing there works out real well. GRATING,
AUTO SCAN took me 4 minutes, and the other took a
little less then 2; so that 55 was done essentially
at the same time as 54 and 56. And I'II try to
do that in this particular J0P or other times wher-
ever possible so you'll be able to see where you're
actual pointed with the GRATING, AUTO SCAN. Unfor-
tunately, I did not get time to do 4E. We got
to 400 K before that. 82B - or 82A got their SHORT
WAV_U,_NGTH exposure of 15 seconds and that flare in-
itiation. And I concluded, and it was confirmed by
Ground that that was sufficient for their purposes
since we sre low on film.

355 00 15 40 SPT Well, maybe next time we'll get the big one. The
problem here is catching a relatively small one in
that it's tough to tell when the thing is actually
starting at all, as opposed to being Just small mo-
mentary flickers that we see in 55, for example.

355 O0 16 12 SPT You usually have to wait until you at least get
some confirmation of a significant increase. The
point brightening does help in the XUV monitor.
Unfortunately, when youtre working most of these
JOPs, you don't have your eyes ... anything greater
than, well, 30 percent of the time or so - 30 to 60,
depending upon the type of building block you're
running; so total fraction of the time which has
the eye looking at that monitor over the total time
of active flare is not as high as I would like.
But we'll - we'll keep looking for it and hope we
can get it.

355 O0 17 01 SPT SPT out.

355 00 19 12 SPT SPT at 12:19, debriefing handheld photo 107. Unfor-

tunately, I was not able to brief - debrief until
now because the tape recorder was tied up on the
M509 run all afternoon. Okay, I looked for fault
zones. I was only able to see the southern half
of the south island because of the clouds and also
the clouds around the east ridge of the mountains ;
so I did not really see all I was - had hoped to.
The major fault zone running - The Alpine Fault,
running along the major length of the island, along
/-_ 1341

the western side, I think is visible as a discon-

tinuity. But as far as lateral slit, that I could
not really clearly detect. I could see that most
of the river banks had erosion patterns leading from
the major fault zone to the western edge of the
island - that's a relatively short distance; did
have a preferred inclination - or preferred angle,
relative to the fault zone itself, that climbs
out 20 degrees to that m_Jor fault zone. On the
other side, I cannot make any clear distinction.
I think the clouds were perhaps giving me an im-
pression which was wrong. I thought I could see
something there. But because of the amount of
clouds there, I think it would be unsafe to assume
that I really could, because the clouds themselves
have some linear features in them, which would tend
to make me think that.

355 00 21 18 SPT The erosion patterns certainly show up real well.

The Sun angle is pretty good and - especially on
the western side of that fault - there is no pro-
blem at all in distinguishing. I counted rather
quickly up to around 15 ... 15, I'd call fairly
major ravines or river channelsleading out to the
ocean, _mning from the fault zone itself. And
their orientation could be very clearly delineated.
I could not see where these picked up on the other
side of the fault zone at all. I assume that the
lateral slit was of quite some distance because I
could not see anything on one side that connected
up very well with the other. I had a couple of
more details on the top of my mind at the time I
saw it, but, unfortunately, the time had gone by
too - too long, and I did not re - remember it.
It's unfortunate that the tape recorder is tied
up so long. Next time I run into that potential
situation, I'll try and write down as much as I
possibly can, time permitting.

355 O0 22 29 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

355 Ol h3 3h SPT SPT at 01:43. Set up on S063. Going to have to

do now is to kill the RECORD light, the green
light, I think. It's too bright, and I'll never
get dark adapted. Okay, got a piece of tape over
1342

the light. Okay, one last check here. ROTATION

is 206.5; TILT is 24.0. Just got the door open.
It's all mounted. Bulb is on T. Check that. The
bulb is on B. The timer's on B on the camera, as
specified in the pad. Got Nikon 04, BE08, T025
filter A-l, the first one in there.

355 01 45 08 SPT The others are standing by. F-stop at 2.0. We

got the 55-millimeter UV lens on. The first one
is at 01:50:20. The first one goes for 1 second.
Then we've got a 30-second at A-3, l0 seconds
after that. Sure think we can do that very
straightforwardly, given no mechanical hangups.
01:51:40, a minute and lO seconds after the show,
we put in a C-3; then we'll hustle and see what
we can do. And on 2 minutes - 1 minute and 40
seconds later we put in a B-1. Okay. Give her
a bloody go. ATT CMG, standing by, and I'm going
to turn off my flashlight, too. See if there's -
it's possible for me to see something out there.
So far, I cannot even see a star through the view-
finder.

355 01 46 52 CDR ...nuz correction

.....

SPT Th_n_ you, Jerry.

355 01 47 02 SPT Okay, we're on attitude now. The rates are damped
out; should be able to see at least a star I would
think. Antares, as I recall, is very close to
that. Brighter than the comet tonight; still do
not see Antares.

355 01 48 16 SPT Have you ever done this before, Jer? Bill, have
you done this one before? S063, using the T023
adapter in the AMS? Have you ever been able to
see the comet using this rig?

SPT I think it's hard enough to see the comet with a

pair of binoculars out the window.

SPT Okay, we're coming up on 49. Stand by -

355 01 49 01 SPT MARK. Okay, we're going to go at 50:20. If I

can get Just the right angle here, I believe -
Yes, there it is; not the comet though. What I
see is the horizon and looks like a star, although
it looks below the horizon. I'm probably looking
_. 1343

at the _rglow. Okay, we're comng up to 50.

They want a 1-second exposure at 50:20.

355 01 50 21 SPT MARK. Open and closed, i second. Going to A-3.

A-3 is in; shutter going open -

355 01 50 35 SPT Now. (Whispering) ...

355 01 50 44 SPT Shutter going open now.

SPT Okay, 15 seconds behind already. A 30-second

Jobber. Okay, I'm going to get the C filter out
while I'm doing it. And we're going to want to
put in C-S; okay. I close the shutter on my mark.

355 01 51 16 SPT MARK. Film's going to advance. A-3 comes out.

Okay, A-3 is in, ready to go. We want this one
at 51:40, open. Ahb! It didn't - didn't fold
down on me; I'm going to have to use another one.
Open. The manual catch did not fold on that one.
Okay, that was at h0 - 52; 51:52, we opened that
shutter. We used one extra frame. All right,
there's A; the next one is going to be B-l, for
F- 60. Okay, there's B ready to go. Okay, shutter
door closed on my mark.

355 01 52 52 SPT MARK. Advance film. Going to get a filter.

Install filter.

SPT Okay, B-l, 53:_0.

SPT Start at 53:20. Okay, stand by-

355 01 53 23 SPT MARK. Okay, that was at 22. 2 seconds behind.

Okay, that was hustling. The only thing that
really fouled me up though is - For some reason
the manual release shutter, when I pushed the bulb
in and took my thumb off, it released on me; so
I ended up using an extra frame there. You got
yourself around a 1-second exposure on filter C-3.
Okay, we're coming around to - Okay, I could not
see the comet above the airglow.

355 01 54 05 SPT All I could see was the - the stars shining
through the airglow. I'll check it real quick
here. In the end when we get this - I can take
this filter out of here. Stand by -
13 )4)4

355 01 54 23 SPT MARK. Okay, shutter closed. Filter's out, and

of course you got lots of light in there.

SPT Okay, you can turn them on, Jer. Yes, I'm finally
through. Okay.

CDR We're starting back.

SPT Okay, and let me give you the frame n11mhers on

that. Yes, you can turn them on, Bill. Thank you.

355 01 55 36 SPT Okay, we - the last one was frame number 26; so
we used frome numbers 21, 22, 23, 24 - No, let's
go back. Frame number 22 was the first one.
Frame number 22 was the first one with A-l; frame
number 22. Okay, one more time; we'll try it
again. Frame number 22 was with filter A-1. Frame
number 23 was with filter A-3. Frame number 24 was
with the 1-second exposure on A-3. Frame number 25
was with the nominal exposure on C-3. And frame
number 26 was the last exposure, with B-1.

355 01 56 26 SPT Okay, the operation was not too bad in terms of the
time it took - You can Just about do it in the time
you got laid out here. I know you don't have time -
much time to observe. You waut to squeeze in as
much as possible; so we understand that. You know,
although I was not able to see the comet, I could
see the airglow and the star coming through the
airglow, which may well have been Antares. I could
not look for the comet when it should have actually
been in there because I do not have a clear filter
to look through.

355 01 57 15 SPT SPT out.

355 02 09 21 PLT Okay, ASMU maneuverability, l: Could you fly the

baseline maneuver satisfactorily in all modes?
Any modes deficient? Which ones and why? All
modes were flown satisfactorily. Any mode defi-
cient? I would say no, not deficient; m_ prefer-
ence is for the CMG mode because of the nice,
tight attitude control you have and the ability
to make a - position yourself orthogonally in a
manner that you find pleasing in order to ma1_e
precisely controlled maneuver components. Say
if you're tran - What I mean to say is, when you
want to translate from point A to point B and you
 1345

have a f_r idea of what promotion of, say, three -

three orthogonal _Y_ s - axes that you wo_id like
to - to thrust in, if you, you know, set - set
yourself up orthogonally so that you can fire a
little X, a little Y, a little Z or if you can
point yourself directly at it, that's nice. And
that's easiest with the CMG mode.

355 02 l0 29 PLT Now the other modes are fine - It Just requires -
The thing is, it's un - it's unsatisfyingto fly
in RATE GYR0 or CMG sometimes because you think
you're doing a sloppy, inefficient Job. Actually,
I think the RATE GYRO MODE is pretty good. You
don't have the feeling that you're - aren't com-
pletely on top of - or completely in control down
to the - the finest degree. So I'd say my first
preference is CMG, second is the RATE GYRO, and
third is DIRECT because of the - and those are
the decreasing degrees of fineness of attitude
control. Thrust - thruster translation, no big -
major - big problem.

355 02 ii i0 PLT I found it difficult to male very precise, sm_11

*** although I usually ended up in - in the
attitude that I wanted.

355 02 ll BO PLT Was precision stationkeeping easier in some modes?

Which ones and why? CMG, for the reasons I stated
previously, although it's no big deal. I think
you can stationkeep in the others. You don't get
the nice pitch or attitude; you know, that's -
that's in the checklist - in the RATE GYRO and in
the CMG MODEs.

355 02 ll 52 PLT Did some modes take more attention to flying than
others? DIRECT, the most attention; RATE GYRO,
next; and the CMG, least of all, because of the
fineness of control. If you're satisfied with a
sort of a half-assed attitude performance, I think
that there is not a big difference in all those
modes. If you're trying to get the school-solution
attitude in each one of these things, then I think
that CMG is by far a better one.

355 02 12 ll PLT Were you able to satisfactorily aim at the target

for the transfer maneuver? Baseline maneuver?
Yes, although I must sdmlt that I was not precise.
I had - usually ended up - ended up m_king correc-
tions, and I finally - I - I was improving all the
way through. In particular, the transfer - lets
see - from the F - FMU up to 4 *** from 2 to B.
13h6

Position 2 to position 3, I found the most diffi-

cult translation to psych out mainly because you're
going backwards, and I think that the curvature of
the workshop is slightly different than the simula-
tor we used up in Denver.

355 02 13 12 PLT Should any m-neuver be changed for the next M509
run? No. I think that you got a very nice run
established there and it sort of test, you know,
the - all the manner - in all manners of testing
that seem appropriate for this type of experiment.

355 02 13 27 PLT That is, they're trying to get - to use the - get
the individual to try to visualize himself in a
three-dimensional context and to approximate
in his own mind the thrusting required to change
attitude along a certain like in space. ASMU
controllability; During the single axis cals,
DIRECT MODE, did you notice any attitude distur-
bances when commanding translation? Which axis
and direction? Well, I noticed them, and they
were commented on by Jerry; and I got no big bone
to pick with those. I expected them, and I think
it's a c. g. problem. And I think it's Just some-
thing that you Just live with. And you - after a
while will work it out. It was not all that
distracting, although it was obviously present.

355 02 lh 15 PLT During the songle axis cals, DIRECT MODE, did you
notice arritude rates increase or attitude change
about an axis other than the axis c,_.,.anded? Which
axis and direction? Well, I can't answer that
precisely. Let's see - No, I cannot. I can -
don't remember. Were attitude disturbances due
to normal limb motions in the DIRECT bothersome -
in the DIRECT mode bothersome? No.

355 02 lh h9 PLT Did you notice any "leg lag" during rotation to
translation commands? No. Did you inadvertently
contact the OWS? If so, how often? I think I
hit twice. Once - Both of those were in the dome
ring transfer from position 3 to position h, and
once I hit m_ - No, it wasn't it; I guess maybe
twice, on the transfer from position 3 to posi-
tion h, and I can - forget which modes.

355 02 15 17 PLT It was the first one, I think. I hit the - hit my
- touched my foot once - didn't really hit it -
touched my foot. And then also, over near position
 13_?

h I touched my right foot; I think it w_s on the

food lockers, and it's because I w_s flying so low.
Itll raise it up next time. And then one run dur-
ing the - the - the crew preference - whatever you
call it - the discretionary maneuver, I did the
z-axis - parallel to the grid floor, belly toward
the locker - circle around, and then I think I
touched a toe. Ah, let's see. Did you sometimes
use your legs or hands to stop or push off? If so,
how often? Well, I only did it on the pushoff
maneuver near the end. Grasp and push, you call
it.

355 02 16 08 PLT Okay, did the A - ASMU tend to slip Juring roll
commands? No. We were tied down pretty well.
OWS factors: Did you notice the OWS air velocity
perturbating your translations? Negative. Your
stationkeeping? Negative. It may have, but I
didn't notice it. Did shadows provide useful
motion cues? No. Yet a lot of this, I think, by
far and away, completely overpowering anything like
shadows or anything else, high intensity lights or
anything else, is not mentioned. The one thing
here that was the most disturbing, bothersome,
irritatingin the whole thing is that darned
headgear you got. Those goggles are terrible.
T_ey've - they have all kinds of visual distortion
in them.

355 02 16 50 PLT They - It's uncomfortable to wear. You got to put

the come carrier on and that ridiculous hard hat
over it that slips around, and it's extremely
uncomfortable.

355 02 16 59 PLT I found it awf - very distracting. And I would

say that it degraded my performance far more than
anything that you;ve mentioned here so far. And
I feel so strongly about it that I think that you've
partially compromised the experiment with the
headgear. Enough said on that. I - I - I
said nothing personal there. It's Just that I
think you didn't mention the one item that hacked
me off more than anything else. Did shadows
provide use - Did you - Did the high intensity
photo lights bother you? Negative. As I said, the
helmet and the goggles and all that folderol
bothered me more than anything. And I think it -
it contributed to the degradation of performance
1348

far and away more than any other thing, including

DIRECT problems, airflow, and all the other stuff.

355 02 17 42 PLT I think-that a guy ought to be comfortable when

he's wearing this thing. And that's Just like
a dog - putting a doggone C-clamp on your head
as far as I'm concerned. I Just found it very,
very irritating.

PLT Did you have a tendency to become disoriented

during large pitch or roll maneuvers? Negative.
When upside down? Negative.

PLT If M509 had been flown on the first day of the

mission, do you feel you would have had a greater
tendency to become disoriented? Yes, I do. If
so, why? I think that we have be - become
accustomed to a lot of the nyst_gm_us and a - all of
the other things that we don't even understand,
and I don't think anybody else does.

355 02 18 16 PLT And I know darn well it took me a good week before
I got my sea legs, so to speak, in the workshop.

355 02 18 22 PLT Now I think other crewmen that have flown probably -
would have become adjusted much more quickly than
I have, but it took me a week. And I don't think
that I wculd have wanted to Jump - Oh, I would -
I could have done it, because we went EVA, if you
recall, within the first week and I had no problems.
But there is a greater tendency during that first
week.

355 02 18 45 PLT Were attitude dusturbances during the HHMU mode -

No, I didn't do the HHMU. Okay, I would like to
make one other comment. I think that that is an
excellent machine, and I think that you've got a
winner. I don't care what anydody else says.
I think that this is a device that should be
followed thl'ough. And I think that you have done
a very good Job of covering the spectrum of
controleability capability that you have there,
using the CMGs, the RATE GYRO, and the DIRECT.

355 02 19 12 PLT And I - and I feel extraordinarily strongly about

that. And I can't - I don't like people that go
off on a tangent and say, well, I could Jump from
point A to point B, because, darn it, it - it -
this is not made for Jumping around. This is made
 1349

for a definite purpose. If you look at the film_

you'll see that I was able to go down there, pick
up the PSS, and carry it to the dome. Okay, no
big deal. I could have Jumped down there and got
it faster, sure. But if I was working trying to
assemble a space station, I wouldn't be Jumping
around.

355 02 19 39 PLT And I think that that's a - that is a very well

designed machine. I think the simulator up at
Denver was extraordinarily good. And I - I Just
can't emphasize how favorably impressed I am with
the machine. As I said, the only Bad point at _11
is Just that stuff I had to stick on my head. So
I was - I felt very comfortable doing it. I think -
i looked over the checklist ahead of time, and Jer
and I got ready ahead. And by the way, they're
not giving us enough tlme to do it, Bruce. The
FA0 is Just - I don't know how - I shouldn't say
that. I don't - There is nothing personal here,
but every - everybody seems to cut down - figure
out how much time it takes and then take off 15 or
20 percent.

F- 355 02 20 22 PLT So that we were charging, really charging hard, and

we still didn't finish in time. And I mean I had -
I put - I set the cameras up, some of them three
times, and people'd come and grab them because they
had to have them for something else. And we were
trying to play the game like Lou had set it up;
he did a good Job get - giving us the information
ahead of time. We set the cameras up, and then
somebody else would have to use them. But I was
very religious about getting that stuff up there
ahead of time. We started on time, and we still
got behind. And I went through - I mean, I don't
see how we could have done it any faster. But
anyway, what I - the two things is - I guess is
that - the only unfavorable thing about it is that
headgear and that you are not giving us enough
time - enough time to do the maneuvers we have
here. Other than that, as I say, I - I really -
I really commend you for the machine, and I think
you got a winner.

355 02 21 12 PLT PLT out.

355 02 20 26 SPT SPT at 02:21. Handheld photo 107, observation

only. Okay, let me correct something I said this
1350

morning. I believe I said South Island in the

place of North Island, or it was the other way
around rather, north in the place of south.

SPT Okay, I again looked for the Alpine Fault - the

Alpine Fault, and I could not identify any slip-
page along that fault. I could identify a cer-
tain ma4or linear feature which turned out to be
the tops of mountains with a - a mountain crest,
essentially, with a little inverted ridge in
some locations. And the water erodion had worked
on that. But that - that didn't pan out ....
I could look at that and feel fairly confident I
had seen the fault. However, as far as the area
on either side of it and to try to identify ways
in which one side of the fault zone links up with
the other, that I was unable to do.

355 02 42 06 SPT The rivers and water erosion areas are very dis-
cernible on the west side and on the east. And
there does appesr to be a preferred orientation
for these relative to the fault line. That is,
the ones on the west side appear to be focused up
a little, as towards the north, and the ones on
the south a little towards the south. I'm sorry.
The ones on on the west side slope ncrth; the ones
on the east side slope south. However - that
may be around 20 degrees or so off of the
perpendicular to the fault line. However, as far
as identifying these as other faults, that's -
that's hard to say. Ridges between mountains
which carry a lot of water Just by the nature of
their - where they - where they fall on the
gravitational field, doesn't necessarily mean
that it's a fault. You can identify these
features - they're linear - but to call them a -
a fault is, I find from observations up here, very
difficult to do.

355 02 h3 30 SPT SPT out.

355 03 01 2h CDR This is the CDR at 03:00 Zulu, debriefing the

02:18 ATM pass. The pass was a J0P 6, step i,
building block i, that type of pass, big synoptic.
Managed to carry it off without any great problems.
We did not have any problems with S055's grating
this time. We're using the MECHANICAL REFERENCE,
 1351

and so I set it at 967, MECHANICAL, and ren bl/ild-

ing block 1A. 1B was no problem; ran it as - as
scheduled, with 82B omitted. Was watching active
region 00 the whole time. Started to brighten
at one - one period of time there but pooped out
before we could see anything on the XUV MON.

B55 03 02 33 CDR That was Just about the time I was supposed to
have been doing an nu z update; so I stuck m_ eye
to the - the - what am I trying to think of - oh,
the persistence image scope. All I could think
of was the pseuconym. At any rate, I had my eye
glued to that. And that persnickety [sic] thing
didn't bother to do any - any point brightening;
so we didn't get any - arCf action from O0 on the
last pass of the evening.

355 03 03 19 CDR The XUV image, in general, is beginning to brighten

up quite a bit. It's considerably more active
looking than - than I've noticed in the past week
or so. Of course, Ed's briefed you completely on
all the goodies on that; so I won't go into any
great detail. The only area on the XUV that came
/_ through in ambient - that is, without integration-
was active region 00. The others were all pretty
subdued. The white light coronagraph, the
streamer that - that is at about 09:30 or so is
still there. It's quite prominent and slender.
It widened slightly at the base, but for the most
part, it's a long, narrow streamer extending a
considerable distance. And it looks very much
like the picture that Ed took this morning at
about 13:55; so I didn't consider it to be of any
great significance. It really is hanging in there
though. That's for sure.

355 03 04 32 CDR And there didn't seem to be anything else of any

great interest on the white light coronagraph. I
gave you the video data on the VTR. I started
at - at the end of building block IA and had it
on WHITE LIGHT CORONAGRAPH so you could watch the
90-degree roll and then terminated it with a series
of XUV MON INTEGRATIONS.

355 03 05 03 CDR CDR out. You got the - -

355 03 2h 36 SPT SFT at 15:24 with an addition to the HHI07, which

I reported earlier. This is for the optional one.
1352

And hold on; I'll give you the time. It was on

the ascending pass going over New Zealand.

355 03 25 18 SPT It's for the 02:26 pass over New Zealand. I'd
like to mention that before and after New Zealand -
that is, on the west side especially - I was able
to see a far - fair amount of plankton blooming.
I saw it probably about 4 minutes before we hit
the coastline. It was relatively diffuse. Hold
on, and I'll give you the colors.

355 03 26 25 SPT Okay, first of all I saw some fairly large eddies
to the west of - of New Zealand, and again the
color differences were relatively small. I would
say where I was looking at water which has not had
specular reflection on it, the color was probably
about a 3 or a 4. The color of the plankton bloom-
ing was more like a 6, maybe a 5 or a 6 in some
cases, just a very slight difference, but it was
very evident. It reminded us a little bit of
water - a little bit of oil on top of water, Just
barely enough to - to change the - the color and
give you a slight contrast. As we moved a little
bit closer, the eddies became a little bit smaller.
And I could see the increase in contrast, and I
would call it - probably got up to at best about
an 8 or so. And the type of water surface you're
looking at seems to have a lot to do with it. I
can see very rough water appears to have a darker
color to it. It does not reflect as well, probably
because of the Sun angles, and the - the opposite
of course is true. Where it's relatively smooth,
you can get a fairly good reflection on the water.
Color does not come out as well; you get more of
a white, specular reflection.

355 03 27 53 SPT You can certainly see differences, very rapid

changes and abrupt interfaces, as you cross from
smooth to rough water. And I expect it has some-
thing to do with the currents, but I have not yet
been able to figure it out. On the east side of
New Zealand I also saw some plank - plankton
blooming, very diffused and relatively far from
the coastline. It was much the same as what I
saw on the other side; but I did not see anything
very close in except right next to the shore, and
I'm not sure that really is plankton blooming.
That is - I suspect something else, an algae growth,
but I'm not sure what motivates it there.
 1353

355 03 28 36 SPT SPT out.

355 03 30 01 SPT SPT at 03:30. For S063, anyone else interested

in aurora, northern lights, we saw a beautiful
display of them tonight. We were on ascending
pass going over Chicago and reached a maximum
latitude somewhere around New - Newfoundland.
I would say that the lights were visible from a
little past Chicago up to Newfoundland - Newfound-
land, probably, what - I guess l0 - 10, 12 minutes
or so. The lights in color were whitish green.
They appeared very much like what I'm used to
looking at on the solar surface as spicules or,
if you will, many streamers. The bases of the
streamers all appeared to be along a chain, which
Just sort of snaked its way along our path. I
suspect it was pretty much our constant latitude.
That is, the bases of these streamers, which were
one right next to another, relatively diffuse,
extending, oh, I'd say quite high - but I'm hard
pressed to give you a number. I - I'm thinking
like 50 to 100 miles in some instances. That's
just an order-of-magnitude estimate; I've not
tried to make any angle calculations yet. The
bases of these streamers seem to, if you will, be
all along a string which may have been contorted
and twisted a little bit as it went on, but it
was always - always along one continuous element.

355 03 31 49 SPT I've seen it once before about 3 or 4 nights ago,

and they - they also appeared pretty much in the
same manner. A beautiful display. And if you'd
like us to get some pictures, just give us the -
the film mag and the information required to get
it; and we'd be happy to. And it's beautiful, and
we'd just love to record it.

355 03 32 08 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

355 04 24 45 CDR This is the CDR at 04:25 Zulu reporting M487-5 for
the day. The CDR: Morning height, 70 inches;
evening height, 69-7/8 inches; height from soles
of feet to center-of-gravity tattoo m-_k, 50 -
135h

50-3/8. The SPT: Morning height of 70-1/h; eve-

ning height, 70-3/8; height of m - e.g. mark is
50-1/h. PLT: Morning height, 70-1/h ; evening
height, 70-1/h; height from soles of feet to
tattoo is 50-1/4.

355 Oh 25 21 CDR CDR out.

355 04 25 29 CDR This is the CDR at 0h:26 Zulu with debriefing

for M509. Today at the end of our M509-1 Papa,
we had about 1700 pounds of - correction, about
1300 pounds, I think it was, of gas remaining and
27.2 volts of electricity remaining in the battery.
So we connected up the HHMU, and I spent about
30 minutes thrashing about the forward compartment
working on HHMU. We - I left the dome camera on
and ran it to the end of film in order that you'd
have some pictures of my HHMU work. The F-IO
camera went to end of film right nesm the end of
Bill's tracking run. We goofed there. We - I'm
sure we burnt more film than we should have out
of F-IO. We used F-IO to film the single-axis
maneuvers as well by mistake. We should not have
done that. And we realized it later, but the film
wasalready used.

355 04 26 48 CDR The HHMU work that I did - I found much to my

surprise that it's easier to - to sense the motions
of the HHMU up here because you can feel the
accelerations. I could feel the accelerations
much better than I could in the simulator at
Denver. I'm not saying the Job is any easier;
I'm Just saying that I was surprised to find that
you can feel the - you can feel the accelerations
and sense a little bit more what your actual rates
are. The problems invloved with pointing the HHMU
through your center of gravity in order to move
yourself around or rotate yourself with pure
rotations is still with us. And I still have
the same problems that I had in the simulator.
I also have occasional problems with putting in
a - a correction in the wrong direction. I also
found that my right arm and my grip got very,
very tired very quickly up here. It must be that
I've lost some of the muscle tone in there. I
found after a while that for control movements
where I could use both hands that I was not at
all hesitant about getting the other hand over
there to help hold the HHMU and make it easier
 1355

to put in a control. T think that we should be

a_le to go on with the _4U. I shottldntt have
any great amounts of problem, but I don't antici-
pate any - any surprises other than this pleasant
one that I got today of - of being able to sense
the accelerations and the rotations more clearly
in the zero-g environment.

355 04 28 36 CDR And I guess that should have been expected because
you're not having all these light accelerations
and - and rates damped - or masked, I should say,
by the one-g field. And I terminated the MSOg-1
Papa at about 23:50, and I parked the - the ASMU
and powered it down. I considered going ahead
and putting battery 6 on charge. But I decided
that since it was not in the pad anywhere to do
SO, I suspected that maybe what you wanted to
allow was cooling time on the battery, because
it was fairly warm when we took it out of the
ASMU. So I resisted the impulse to go ahead and -
and fire it up on the charger. If this is not
necessary - if this eooldown is not necessary, I
would suggest that you let us know on a pad that
during the post we should go ahead and initiate
the chargeon the firstbatteryused.

355 04 29 h0 CDR Also, Bill and I both agree that the period of
time allowed for M509 is a bit too tight. We
were pretty much up on top of things today. We
were moving quite well. And Bill didn't actually
finish his last run until 5 minutes past the
allotted time, and there was no time left essenti-
ally for stowing the ASMU and getting it all put
away. So our entire time used today - had I not
taken and gone and done the KHMU work - we probably
would have been 15 to 20 minutes over our allotted
time. And I thought we moved pretty quickly.
The only slowness in the whole exercise was that
Bill was using rather slow rates. But I think
that should be allowed for in the time, because
I think you need to start out with slow rates.
And I think that's about it. I can't think of
any other things to mention to you. If you have
any other questions about the KHMU mode, please
feel free to send up a question sheet on the
teleprinter, and I'll answer it on the tape.
1356

355 04 30 48 CDR CDR out,

TIME SKIP

355 12 03 15 SPT SPT at 42 - at 12:03. PRD readings: 42412, 23258,

38542.

355 12 03 31 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

355 12 57 45 CDR This is the CDR at 12:58 Zulu with a message for
the FA0 for flight planners. On the 24th of
December, we'd like to have a - a TV-81 scheduled.
At that time we would like to say a few words and
show the folks what our Christmas tree looks like.
We would also like to have this 1-hour session -
we'd like to have a 1-hour session, by the way,
with this TV-S1. We would like you to set us aside
an hour in about the early - early half or the
middle of the day. We would like to get the TV-81
in this 1 hour completely out of the way in time
for us to go ahead and - and get started with the
EVA prep, without any interference whatsoever or
any possibility of these two edging each other out.

355 12 58 51 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

355 13 42 07 SPT SPT at 13:42 debriefing the ATM pass which began
at 12:47.

355 13 42 28 SPT The single exposure for 82A and the building block
32 went with no problem, rather quickly. Four-
limb coalignment; I'll give you the results now.
Day 355; time 13:02. The upper limb: H-ALPHA
l, plus a 1005; 82B, plus a 1005; 55, plus a 1010.
Lower limb: 82B, minus 947; 55, minus 947. And
the left limb: H-ALPHA l, minus a 904; 82B, minus
904; 55, minus a 909. Right limb: 82B, plus 1068;
 1357

55, plus 1067. MIRROR POSITION, 1033. Again, I

thought we were Just impartial as to whether we
ought to be at 932 or 1033. And I put this on the
borderline, and it came out 1033. I noticed that
our bump down has held pretty well with the SECOND-
ARY FINE SEN - FINE SUN SENSOR in comparing the
readings of the BIAS, IN and BIAS, OUT, but the
LEFT/RIGHT is down to a delta of minus 83, where
previously it was minus 61 on the first four-limb
coalignment on it and then minus 68. You know,
probably it's moving out of the ... at a drift
rate of - Well, let me take a look here.

355 13 44 28 SPT Now have increase in drift rate, a little over

i0 or 12 every 5 days. (Music: Offenbach)

SPT It's going to make it rather hard to work. It

could be the reason that I see a fair amount of
- No, that would not account for what I was
thinking - correction - I thought. Well, when-
ever we use the 82B slit, we usually use the white
light limb or white light display for sunspots.
So I'm sure we're getting pointing at the right
targets ; it's only a question of your knowing
what they were from our coordinates. Hopefully,
this drift rate youWll be able to take into ac-
COunt, although it looks nonlinear.

355 13 45 31 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

355 14 55 56 PLT This is PLT. Time is 14:55. Debriefing the ATM

pass started at 14:35. Debriefing a little early
because we're getting ready for a JOP 18 Delta.
J0P 6, step l, building block 1 Alfa, performed
as per pad. Two 82A exposures: 1 minute, LONG;
SHORT; Sun centered as per pad. Everything else
done according to JOP S1,mmarySheet. 1 Bravo
similarly; no problems, except I forgot to verify
that 1 alpha - excuse me - H-alpha was operating
and so I missed the first part of the pass at
2 frames per minute. That was the only procedural
error I'm aware of. Everything else worked out
Just right. I'm now looking at active region 01.
I think that's 01, a biggy. And - Or is it 007
1358

200 at 0.3. Let's see. Got the 2 back on and

rolled 50 forward. Okay. Yes, it looks like 00.
Anyway, the big one. I've got 55 on it, mmning
all detectors at GRATING zero. I'm getting - I
think I'm in the South Atlantic anomaly. They
just went through Van6u_rd - Yes, it must be.
IMAGE INTENSITY COUNT' s fairly healthy ; around
8, i0, sometimes 15. Beryllium is still down
around - It's still ... 4. The PMECs are unre-
liable right now. I will continue to do a 55,
0000 at all detectors, until the end of the pass -
until we start 18 Delta.

355 14 58 08 PLT PLT out.

TIME SKIP

355 16 21 18 CDR Okay, as we come up the eastern coast of South

America, we can see it's getting pretty cloudy.
Way down there in the center of your screen is
the southernmost tip of South America and the
Straits of Magellan. Okay. Now as we move up
here into this area of clouds, there's a few
patches through which we can see some of the
green - light green blooming of the Falkland Current.
Now I'm going to - You can see the current now
going from the center of the screen out to
about the 9 o'clock position. I'm going to reach
around and stick my finger in front of the lens
with a pencil. I don't know if it's going to
be focused well enough to show it to you. But
right there is the Falkland Current. See that
chlorophyll blooming?

355 16 22 28 CDR Now what we're seeing is the current as it moves

in towards the Fn_]k]and Islands. There we go.
Look at the serpentine shape of the current, the
eddies that are caused there.

CDR Now let me look for a little bit. This eddy that
we have been looking at is what comes in around
the FaSkland Islands and moves up to the northeast
toward Argentina, toward the area of Montevideo.
If we look way baek here, you can see Just beyond
our discone antenna; you can see more of the
Falkland Current, the blooming there, that's going
parallel - You notice it's straightened out; there's
 1359

not as ma_ eddies in it. It's moving on up to-

ward the city of Montevideo, Buenos Aires.

355 16 23 37 CDR Okay, we're going to terminate for now.

TIME SKIP

355 16 41 36 CDR - - angle, or look angle is going to -

355 16 41 51 CDR - - the Straits of Magellan, the Fa]kland Islands,

and the currents. Now our next pass, which will
be about an hour and three-quarters later, will
follow this route right here. And we'll come up
a little more inland, and we'll be looking out in
this direction again, looking to the southeast.
So you see, we're going to have two whacks at it.
We'll look at it once here and once here. Now let
me show you in a little more detail Just what it
is we're interested in here. Of primary interest,
for our observations today, is the Falkland Current.
And this is the Falkland Current right here. Now
_ what we have is the West Wind Drift. We have this
very slow current that moves well down in the south,
south of the southern tip of South America. Now
these, again, are the Falkland Islands; here's the
Straits of Magellan.

355 16 42 44 CC Skylab, Houston. As you go over the hill, we see

you've loaded the maneuver time - -

CDR Our first - our first run is going to be up this

way. We will be - we'll be able to see this area
out here. Our next run will be more up in this
direction. And we should be able to see out in
this area where we have the confluence. Nov. here
we have the South Eauatorial Current. Now it's
rotating in this direction, up north of this area.
We have the West Wind Drift this way, and you have
this little area here, this current, where the West
Wind Drift area is trapped in this narrowing area
here, called the Falkland Current, these being the
Falkland Islands.

355 16 43 29 CDR Now you're inclined to have an eddY pattern that

forms behind the Falkland Islands here. And, also,
where the Falkland Current meets the South Equa-
torial Current, we end up with an eddy pattern
1360

right here. And you can see the - the plankton

blooming moving out to the southeast. All along
this area here, we can see the plankton blooming
very, very clearly. The plankton is a - a nice
light yellow, sort of a aquamarine color. Not
light yellow; I mean light green, more of an aqua-
marine color. The South Equatorial Current, on
the other hand, seems to be a little darker green.
The ocean itself in this area is a nice deep blue
color. So let me quickly recap now. We're going
to make one pass here where we should be able to
see this area. Then later on in the day we'll make
another pass up here. This is Buenos Aires ; this
is Montevideo_ this is the Rio de la Plata - mouth
of the Rio de la Plata River. And it's right oppo-
site this area where these two currents come to-
gether. And hopefully, later on today we'll get a
good look at this area of confluence of the two
currents.

355 16 _h 39 CDR Now another area that is of interest to us in this

study - not in the current - the study of the Falk-
land Current but in the - the area of the Humboldt
Current, over on this side of the South American
Continent - is the fact that as this current moves
through all these little islands and inlets over
here, you get - you get very - very high velocities
and - and strong - strong currents between these
little islands. These - The water here is very
deep; it's very much like the fiords up in Scan-
dinavia. And some people feel that maybe there -
the fast currents that are going through these
islands of the Humboldt Current, which comes up
this way and gets trapped here amongst these is-
lands - that possibly the - the fast moving water
in here could be harnessed, that energy could be
used for something like electricity.

355 16 h5 h5 CDR Okay, the next - the next thing you will be seeing
will be observations out the S190 window, which is
the Earth resources window that looks straight down.
And the first one will be done at about 10:20 in
the morning, central standard time, and then later
about noon. See you then. I'll be darned!

355 16 46 19 CDR Okay. We have some things planned today which I

think will be of great interest to you. First of
all, let me show you where our pass is. We're going
 1361

to make two passes by the area down here, which is

the southern tip of South America. The first pass,
we'll be moving along this w_y. Here's the Falk-
land Islands. This is the southern tip of South
America, the Straits of Magellan. This area here
is the mouth of the Rio de la Plata River with
Montevideo and Buenos Aires. The second pass, we'll
be coming up this way; the first pass, we'll be more
to the south.

355 16 h6 5h CDR What we're really interested in is some currents

that are going along in this area. We have the
West Wind Drift here, which is a very slow, easy-
going current that's down way far in the Southern
Hemisphere toward the Antarctic area. And this -
this current drifts and picks up a little speed
as it whips through this narrowing here between
the Fa1_land Islands and the - and the tip of South
America. On the other hand, up here in the northern
area is the South Equatorial Current, which is
coming down the coast of South America. And right
here opposite the mouth of the Rio de la Plata
River, the confluence of these two currents causes
an eddy pattern, and we can see where these cur-
_ rents are coming togetherand heading out to the
southeast.

355 16 47 40 CDR Now the Falkland Current, as it comes up around the

Falkland Islands, seems to set up into a little
eddy pattern right here. And the upwelling, the -
the bringing up of plankton and nutrients from the
bottom of the - of the ocean, is indicated here
in light green or aqua color. All along the Falk-
land Current here, as it moves up the coast, is a
long serpentine, meandering area of plankton up-
welling that is very, very apparent from the air.
It's a rather straight line; somewhat serpentine
but generally straight. Where these two currents
meld - meld together here, off the Rio de la Plata,
we end up with another eddy pattern area. This
current up here being a little darker blue, more
of a turquoise, this more of an aqua. These cur-
rents get together, and it's kind of like a mixing
of taffy. You can see both colors in here. The
ocean itself is a rather deep blue. And as they
mix, then they come on out together, and you have
this confluence. So we want to take a look at
this area here.
1362

355 16 48 h3 CDR Another area of interest is over here on the west

coast of South America, where the H_mboldt Current
comes up from the southwest and breezes through
these inlets and islands out here. This water is
very, very deep, much like the fiords of Scandina-
via. And the - this current moving through these
deep, narrow areas causes some pretty high current
areas, localized; and some people think that pos-
sibly we can harness some of the energy - that man
could harness that energy and use it for, say, the
possibility of generating electrical power. So the
next scenes you will see, now, will be on our first
pass coming through here, where we'll be able to
see this area. The next pass we - we - And this
will be at around 10:20 this morning. At about
noon, we'll be making another pass up through here.
And we should be able to look out over the Rio de
la Plata mouth here and should be able to see the
confluence of these two currents.

355 16 49 hh CDR See you then.

TIME SKIP

355 18 02 05 CDR This is the CDR at 16:00 Zulu, kicking myself right
and left for not having any tape left on the VTR.
We're coming up the east coast of Argentina. We're
getting a beautiful view of the Falkland Current
and the blooming that goes along with it. And the
blooming is very green, aquamarine color. We're
coming up on Montevideo now and Buenos Aires,
where the confluence is. We can see a rather iri-
descent blue coming down from the north, which is
obviously the South Equatorial Current. It's more
of a turquoise color. The sea, in general, is a
regular, Just blue sea. You can see the confluence
of these two currents, and you can see that they
don't seem to be mixing here, that they're staying
separate and they're kind of twisting around like
taffy together. And as they move out towards the
southeast together, you can see stripes of - of
aquamarine and stripes of turquoise together,
twisted together as the - as the currents move out
to the southeast.
 1363

355 18 03 16 CDR Man, I'm sick about this, because this would have
really made TV78-1 a real good piece of data. But
as it stands now, you've got a - a little short
classroom lecture, about 2 minutes, of the southern
end of the Falkland Current, the Straits of Magel-
lan, and a little look at the Falkland Islands.
And the real meat is right here at this pass.

355 18 03 38 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

355 18 31 35 SPT SPT at 18:32 debriefing JOP 18D. It went a little

smoother this time. Okay, in step 7, let me give
you the final attitudes we came out with. They
were: 359.8, 344.h, and 353.2. Tell you when we
got there, we were supposed to see it at plus 70
and plus 70. I had the ROLL position to 5700 on
the overlay, where we actually saw a very, very
faint point - which we verified that it was outside
by looking at it with both two scopes and a]_o
moving the 52 MIRROR to the CAMERA and to the TV
position. It would disappear in the CAMERA posi-
tion and come back in in the TV. We found it first
at - approximately, and I say this plus or minus,
say, 2 in octal, as it was off scale and a little
hard to read. It was plus 100 in X and plus 132
in Y. Now I wanted to make a maneuver to get that
over into the X-axis because that was the only
axis which I really trusted our experience with,
as far as moving toward the center.

355 18 33 29 SPT I really still did not trust and still do not trust
our scale factor that we've come up with for the
Y-axis because I don't think we've worked that one
enough. So I put in a maneuver. Well, let me say
the delta first was a minus 30 and a plus 32, which
I should have ENTERed, going straight by the over-
lay. I corrected that a bit, and since ... ob-
served a larger overshoot in Y, I put in a
minus 27 - Just one off - and a plus 126 in X.
Now that got us right about down to 130 on the
X-axis.
136h

355 18 34 12 SPT However, there followed two or three small maneu-

vers in order to - to get it positioned right at
130 on the X-axis. I then put in a maneuver, which
was a 52021, a 501 - Well, hold on. Let me go back
and - a minute. We did not get it at 130; I set-
tled for 124 and applied the same delta in terms
of the scale factor correction. So the maneuver
I finally put in - and also it was a little off
in Y. I made several small maneuvers, and I think
I was losing it in the noise level down there. And
I got it, what I considered at least, close enough
to the X-axis and close enough to 130. So from
the position of plus 124 in X, plus one in Y, I made
the maneuver of the 52021, 50120, and 50001, 50000.
And from there on it was all in the hands of the
CMG's, which had moved up, oh, I would say somewhere
around 100 or so, maybe even ll0; it was no longer
discernible. It was Just barely detectable where -
where we saw it.

355 18 35 50 SPT And I suggest in the future that maybe you want to
still try to put it at 70 and 70, but if we don't
see it, we'll probably make a maneuver to try to -
assuming it's further in than that - and move it
out, because we will be able to see it further out
if it's - if it is somewhere around 100 to 130.
That's if the brightness increases as predicted.
Okay, we got in there and did the first building
block 30. We got 50 - 55 going and 52 and 82B.
Oh, excuse me. Let's go back.

355 18 37 02 SPT Before we moved, I did the - the first building

block 30. Before we made the maneuver in, while
it was still pretty far out there in the X - matter
of fact, before we even moved it into 130 - we
did the first building block 30 - and that was
because it was far out in the 52 field of view -
so that they'd have a chance of seeing it on their
film. And we advanced the 82_]3film, one with a
5-second exposure, and gave 55 some MIRROR, AUTO
RASTERs. Okay, after - after that, we then made
the maneuver which I just described. We got in,
then tried to do the building block on the comet
itself. And that came off all right - 55 MIRROR,
AUTO RASTERs; and 82_B got the 4-minute exposure in
LONG, and also, they got a 12-minute exposure in LON
LONG.
 1365

355 18 37 52 SPT I was - I was in error when I talked on air-to-

ground. Turned out that we had already set up the
event timer, and the thing timed out. And by the
time we noticed it was timed out, it was only a - 3
or so minutes remaining; and we did not take an
exposure at that point since we already had a 4.
Thinking back on that pass, we could have taken one
because our pointing may have changed. We may have
seen something different.

355 18 38 28 SPT The 55 MIRROR, AUTO RASTER did not show anything
other than an occasional noise count in the last
digit. Going through the South Atlantic anomaly,
that last digit was always flickering out of zero
and going to 1 or 2. But outside the anomaly, we
never saw anything to indicate that we were in the -
on the source of Lyman-alpha. So everything went
as scheduled.

355 18 39 31 SPT The maneuvers, which were put in there for motion
compensation, were paid out. Well, the first ma-
neuver to the - through the comet was done at 16:10.
And then every 20 minutes we made a maneuver for
compensation. One at 16:30, one at 16:50, 17:10,
17:30, and 17:50. Of course, at 18:10 we made
the maneuver back to SI. Second orbit came up.
And we - carried out the building block as called
out. 56 got about a 37-minute exposure; SINGLE
FRAME, FILTER 3. 82B - got a SHORT WAVELENGTH,
lO-minute exposure and again SHORT WAVELENGTH,
27-minute exposure.

355 18 41 18 BPT And at the conclusion of the whole JOP, I also

got a 5-second, SHORT, in order to advance the film.
The building block was run from 17:29 to 18:06.
Return to SI was no problem, other than my ...
called it rather close on the dump ... time. When
I got back to SI - or the attitude specified by SI
and the attitude and the rates had come down, I
took around 15 seconds to sketch out the time or
the location of the H-alpha 2 on the monitor, as
this would show our net drift during the whole
time. And as soon as I went to SI with the switch,
it was not - it was less than a minute from that
that we started the dump.

355 18 42 53 SPT So I think we called that one a little bit close,

and I would suggest we toss another minute in
1366 _,,

there. A matter of fact, we were ready to go at -

I was ready to go at 18:08; I could have made
that maneuver. Okay, I did not get a chance to
look at the location of H-alpha in SI when the
canisters caged, but I do know what it looked
like when we got back. And essentially, in look-
ing at the H-alpha 2 reticle, the Sun's image was
in the upper right-hand quadrant. It was nearly
tangent to the horizontal mechanical reticle,
slightly above that. I could not see it, but it
was essentially in the center, Just slightly above
that mechanical reticle. And it intersected the
vertical reticle about 40 to 50 percent of the way
up, in the monitor. So with that, perhaps you can
figure out where the center of the Sun was when we
got back. And I should give you some feeling of
where it is when we're actually caged.

355 18 44 27 SPT That is, in SI seen in daylight. And you can get
a - a delta. I would say, though, that looking at
that and knowing that it was fairly close to hav-
ing the - the center of the Sun close to the cen-
ter of the tube - So it looks like we're talking
about 0.2 to 0.3 of - of an error, which is
appreciable.

355 18 45 14 SPT The star tracker data, which we did not use for
maneuvering - but I could give you for reference:
At 16:35, we had for star l, the OUTER GIMBAL with
a minus 626 and INNER GIMBAL of plus 545.

355 18 45 47 SPT For star 2, this is at 16:38, we had an OUTER GIMBAL

of plus 1631 and an INNER GIMBAL of minus 180. At
16:52, that number was plus 1630 and minus 182. And
our PHI X, Y, and Z at that time was plus 0.6, plus
0.9, and zero. So as this thing gets brighter, may-
be we'll have a little better shot at it yet, both
in finding it on the WHITE LIGHT CORONAGRAPH display
and, hopefully, if we're lucky, on the SCAN SPECT.

355 18 46 38 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP
 1367

355 19 59 01 PLT PLT, debriefing the ATM pass started 19:06 Zulu.
J0P 6, step 2, building block 2, performed per JOP
S,,-,,arySheet. Truncated at 6 minutes. Single
exposure 82 Alfa taken as per pad. ROLL, zero;
SHORT, lO seconds. Did not do a video tape as per
ground instructions. Observed for a considerable
length of time. Did shopping list 26 on bright
points. I did mainly GRATING, AUTO SCANs on the
bright point, the little knot in the ribbon that
was called up from ground with H-alpha 1 pointing,
standing by with the slit in case the flare broke.
Went up and down. Went through the South Atlantic
anomaly; got some high PMEC count ; IMAGE INTENSITY
COUNT never did go above 26. It was mainly between
2 and lO. Beryllium aperture never changed; how-
ever, the kink of the - that little ribbon that
goes from out of the sunspot sort of to the north-
east did brighten considerably toward the end of
the pass, but I still did not get a high PMEC. I -
When I saw that part of it was coming to an end,
I repointed with H-alpha 2, did - did a MIRROR,
AUTO RASTER at 0000. And I terminated the run with
that MIRROR, AUTO RASTER, and looks like the thing
is getting ready to pop. But, golly, I don't know
f- when. So that's about it for this pass.

355 20 00 36 PLT PLT out.

355 20 02 54 SPT SPT at 20:02. M131-2. CDR is the subject. And

I've got the readings from the table, 5-14, on
up. Okay, test number i. I'll give you all the
pitches, that's i0 of them, and then all the rolls:
ll.O, 13.0, 15.0, 17.0, 15.5, 09.5, 14.5, 16.o,
18.0, 16.5. The rolls: 08.8 - excuse me - 68.8,
that's the first one, 68.2, 68.2, 68.0, 67.5,
67.5, 69.0, 68.7, 68.2, 68.1.

355 20 03 58 SPT Test nl_mber 2. All the pitches and then the rolls:
200, 198, 196, 192, 190, 200, 202, 204, 204, 203.
The rolls: 186, 186, 187, 191, 192, 194, 194, 192,
186, 189.

355 20 04 35 SPT Test 3. Pitches and rolls. Pitch first: 195,

195, 192, 191, 187, 194, 200, 195, 194, 194.
Roll: 182, 180, 180, 185, 189, 189, 189, 192,
19 - 190, and 191. Test 4: 6.0, 9.0, 8.0, 16.5,
15.0, 22.5, 20.0, 14.5, 16.0, 17.0. Rolls: 70.1,
1368

70.0, 69.9, 69.h, 69.4, 71.3, 70.1, 68.2, 69.5,

67.2. Test 5: i01, i01, I00, 99, 99, 175, 170,
165, 162, 162. Roll: 175, 172, 174, 175, 178,
19h, 191, 191, 193, 192.

355 20 06 22 SPT Test 6: 94, 97, 98, 96, 9h, 170, 168, 164, 161,
and 163. And again, this is the pitches that I've
Just given you for test 6. Rolls: 165, 168, 170,
168, 169, 188, 190, 190, 191, 194.

355 20 07 23 SPT Stand by a minute, and I'll have test 4. Giving

internals in step 4. I moved the pitch up signif-
icantly, and I think that's reflected in the - I
changed the pitch from 8.0 to 16.5. And it re-
mained at 15.0 - a little hysteresis there. And
in the external, at step 3, I moved it down. And
you'll notice it changed it appreciably there,
reading from 20.0 to 14.5, and then it slowly came
up a little bit in the next two readings.

355 20 07 52 SPT SPT out.

355 20 12 12 CDR Okay, this is the CDR at 20:12 Zulu. Subject is

M509 battery charge. Initiating charge on battery -
6 at this time.

355 20 12 19 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

355 21 ii 35 PLT This is the PLT. (Music) Time is 21:10 Zulu.

Debriefing M131-2. Describe the degree of dif-
ficulty, relative to ground-based trials, in making
spatial orientation Judgment. I - It creates no
difficulty. Did you experience any conflicts be-
tween sensory cues, particularly when making
Judgments with respect to the external frames of
reference? If so, explain. No. Did you at any
time experience a positive sense of the upright?
No. Were your Judgments influenced by auditory
cues or other environmental factors? Well, I was
about to go to sleep most of the time. 5: Did
the line target appear stable and under your com-
plete control during the settings? Yes. If not -
Okay, it's not applicable. Additional comments
and observations: None.
 1369

355 21 12 35 PLT PLT out.

PLT Okay, this is the PLT.

PLT PLT.

355 21 13 49 PLT I'm at 21:14 and reading number 1 data, the direc-
tion 1 for the SPT. Internal, pitch and roll, respec-
tively: 14.0, 69.7, 15 - 17.5, 69.2, 15.0, 71.7,
12.5, 70.2, 13.0, 67.2. External: 13.5, 68.8,
14.0, 69.3, 13.0, 70.0, ll -ll.O, 70.7, 13.0,
71.8. For the PLT on l, internal: 7.0, 71.8,
13.5, 18.8- that's 68.8, lO.O, 68.0, 10.5, 69.0,
lO.O, 69.0. External: ll.O, 69.9, 4.0, 68.9,
10.5, 68.9, 9.0, 70.3, 14.0, 69.0. Log 2, SPT,
internal: 198, 191, 203, 191, 206, 190, 209,
189, 213, 189. External: 209, 187, 211, 187, 215,
190, 213, 190, 223, 192. PLT, internal on log 2:
182, 188, 181, 188, 182, 193, 189, 191, 189, 190.
External: 189, 188, 190, 189, 191, 190, 189, 194,
191, 190. End of log 2.

355 21 15 46 PLT Log 3, SPT, and internal: 216, 186, 224, 187, 226,
189, 225, 189, 225, 191. External: 196, 194, 202,
/- 198, 208, 194, 195, 200, 200, 199. PLT, internal:
194, 184, 191, 182, 191, 185, 190, 187, 187, 192.
External: 184, 190, 184, 193, 187, 193, 188, 191,
186, 193. End of log 3.

355 21 18 16 PLT This is PLT. Log 4, SPT, internal: 8.0, 231, lO.O,
72.0, 6.5, 72.0, 7.0, 70.5, 7.0, 70.7. External:
260 -26.0, 73.8, 21.0, 73.7, 21.5, 72.0, 20.0,
71.0, 23.0, 71.6. PLT, internal: 17.0, 69.4, 4.0,
69.8, h.0, 70.0, 5.0, 69.1, 6.5, 69.3. External:
14.0, 72.0, 13.5, 70.0, 6.0, 71.1, set 9.0, 69.5,
9.0, 65.0. Log 5, SPT, internal: 98, 175, 99,
176, lO0, 179, 99, 176, 103, and 175. External:
184, 189, 180, 190, 175, 190, 176, 188, 176, 187.
PLT, internal: lll, 172, ll2, 17_, ll0, 177, lll,
179, 108, 175. External: 181, 195, 176, 194,
174, 191, 170, 191, 172, 188. Log 6, SPT, inter-
nal: lll, 181, ll6, 180, ll7, 182, ll2, 181, ll9,
182. External: 170, 190, 172, 191, 171, 192,
171, 191, 176, 193. PLT, internal: 103, 170, 99,
171, 99, 172, 98, 171, lO1, 170. External: 179,
189, 175, 190, 171, 193, 17h, 19h, 176, 194.
1370

355 21 20 35 PLT PLT out.

355 21 22 13 SPT SPT at 21:22; M131-2 debriefing questions with

the SPT as subject. How did I find spatial orien-
tation Judgement? Much more difficult. Internal,
no problem; external, perhaps a bit more, without
the gravity vector as a reference. It was very
easy to slip back into the internal mode. Number 2:
Did you experience any conflicts between sensory
cues, particularly when making Judgments with re-
spect to external frame of reference? The only -
the only cues I had was what I could remember to
be in my own mind; so I had no - no conflicts. Did,
at any time, you experience a positive sense of
the upright? 0nly a few times in - in making the
run and sitting in the chair, because I remembered
the exact same circumstance under a g vector. And
it did seem strange - Felt as though, when we went
to 40 degrees, I was tipping over, but it was the
remembering - way in which I remember I felt pre-
viously as opposed to a real sense of it happening
now.

355 21 23 29 SPT Were your Judgments influenced by auditory cues or

other environmental factors? No. Did the line of
target appear stable and under your complete con-
trol during all settings? Yes. Additional comments
and observations. None, other than I think that
what we're doing here in testing your spatial
memory and your - your muscular memory is an at-
tempt to make settings stay still, relying on
what your muscles seem to feel is the right loca-
tion as opposed to what your mind feels is correct.

355 21 24 03 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

355 21 49 49 CDR This is the CDR at 21:49 Zulu, debriefing the ATM
pass that started at 20:46 Zulu. One problem area
which I discussed with the air-to-ground, and that
was the problem in performing the nu Z update.
We'll give it another whirl at the next - next
time I come to the console. The building block -
JOP 2A, building block 4-A through Echo, was no
big problem. It all went pretty much on schedule
_ 1371

and as - as written. There were no fluctuating

bright spots visible. There were bright spots,
but they were pretty steady. And throughout the
pass, I only saw one bright spot fade, and the
others stayed relatively - relatively calm; so
I did not activate S082B. I omitted S05h on
building block 4 Alfa, but on 4 Bravo, Charlie.
and Delta, I ran the 256-frame series. That's
essentially it. I did not get a chance to look
at the white light coronagraph, and I kept the
persistence image scope going on the XUV and
INTEGRATED occasionally. Active region zero zero
is by far the brightest of the - of the four areas
that I can see. The areas - Active regions l, 2,
3, and 4 do have bright spots in XUV - bright areas,
I should say. But they're nowhere as intense,
and they don't indicate anywhere near as much
activity as zero zero.

355 21 50 47 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

355 23 13 23 CDR This is the CDR at 23:13 Zulu, debriefing the ATM
pass that started at 22:13 with a ground INHIBIT of
MOMENTUM DUMP. We started the pass needing a nu Z
update. Hadn't been able to get it on the press -
pass previous. We got it this time, using some
new gimbal angles that worked out pretty well. The
ATM schedule went quite well. The - the events were
JOP 2A, JOP 6, and J0P 7. J0P 2A was no real -
real problem. The leading sunspot, the sunspot out
in front in - in active region zero zero, is quite
large, well defined, with a beautiful penumbra.
And right behind, Just to the east of that spot, is
a very bright piece of plage and then a little sort
of a dim area and then a second bright piece of -
a spot of plage - bright spot in the H-alpha, that
is. And then stringing on out beyond that are four
or five more bright spots and a filament and a
following spot.

355 23 14 46 CDR Now what I did is, I took the second spot that I
mentioned - the one that was second on the left,
you might say, or to the east of the larger sunspot -
and used that as my pointing reference for the
1372

building block 36. For part A of building block 36,

I got a DETECTOR 3 count, an oxygen VI count,
of 5000. When I went on to H-ALPHA I and moved
up into the same-spot area, I was only able to
find a 4000 DETECTOR 3 count at that time. Both
parts of that building block went well. I was
about to give up on the fluctuating-bright-spot
idea and omit 82B again when, with about a min-
ute-and-a-half to go in part B of the building
block, the spot I was pointed at d_mme.d. The spot
next to the - I should say the bright point or the
bright spot that I was on dimned. The bright spot
next to the sunspot Just popped up very quickly
and Very brightly and held it for about 30 seconds
and then faded out again, and the spot I was at
brightened up again. There's pretty much of an
oscillation between the two spots.

355 23 16 12 CDR Then I aimed at the bright spot brightening next

to the sunspot. I STARTED 82 Bravo on an experi-
ment - TIMES 1/4; WAVELENGTH, SHORT - and got that
data. Then went on and did 36 Alfa again. This
time was only able to get a count of about 3600 on
that same area in the bright spot. Then we moved
on and did JOP number 6; did a - a quickie, with
no problem. I might add, I certainly have done -
in this particular ATM pass - a lot of ROLLing
back and forth from zero to 5_00 and back again.
We did the quickie for JOP 6 and then moved on in
and got set up for JOP number 7, with a ROLL of
1000. I started S055 with about 3 minutes to go
rather than 2 and took care of the shutter opening
and closing on 52 at ll and l0 seconds time re-
maining and shut down 55 at time zero.

355 23 17 19 CDR No great amount of activity out of - of Sun - of

active region zero zero other than some oscillation
between those two bright spots that I mentioned.
It went behind the Earth on the last pass looking
fairly dim; it came out on this side in the morning
of this pass looking a little brighter. It bright-
ened up some, and then we got a little oscillation.
I had hoped maybe the oscillation was a precursor
to some sort of a flare or something like that,
but the PMEC count only went up about a hundred,
and - and the XUV persistence image scope didn't
really show any kind of brightening at all; so I
had to fold my tent and steal off into the night.
And that coversit for this ATM pass.
 1373

355 23 18 i0 CDR CDR out.

355 23 26 12 SPT SPT at 21:26 - correction - 23:26. Setup for

S063, Kohoutek photo: First one coming up at
23:36:35. We've got the ROTATION set for 208.2
and TILT for 23.6. SAL DOOR is OPEN. We're looking
at Nikon 4, BE08, 55-millimeter.

355 23 30 26 SPT Okay, _PT back again, and we'll continue on here.
Camera, Nikon h; cassette, BE08. Lens: We've
got 55-millimeter, visible. T025 filters installed;
A-1 is the first one. F-stop set to 1.2, and focus
is to infinity. Shutter is cocked, and the first
frame is 27; frame number 27.

SPT Okay. I'm going to stop the exposures by 20:10.

Got a pretty tight time line. All manual. 23:36:35.

355 23 32 31 SPT Thank you, Bill.

SPT Okay, cc_ing up to 35 even.

355 23 35 00 SPT MARK. Okay, and there's the same scene that I
saw yesterday. It's got the horizon - about a
45-degree, almost halfway through the field of
view - the airglow, two starts - one very bright
one - nice - which is about almost to the edge of
camera's field of view, and a second one closer
to the horizon, I believe. It's barely - Some-
times I can see it, and sometimes I can't. Now
there it is. It's closer to the horizon and a
little off centerline. The other one is pretty
much on the line. The center of the camera is
perpendicular to the horizon. Okay. Coming up
here to 36:35, and we're going to give you a
[[-second exposure with A-I. Stand by.

355 23 36 36 SPT MARK. Closed. Okay. A is coming out, and you

want C-i in. A is out. C-I is in. You want
this next one initiated at 30; 23:37:30.

SPT Stand by -

355 23 37 30 SPT MARK.

SPT All right. I gave you too long of one on that

one. I gave you 20 seconds rather than i0. Gosh
dang it. Thirty ... two. That's the one I was
looking at, gosh dang it.
1374

355 23 38 22 SPT MARK.

SPT Shutter closed.

355 23 38 51 SPT MARK. D-I is in there. Shutter, open.

355 23 39 lh SPT MARK. 15.

SPT Shutter closed.

355 23 39 h5 SPT MARK. And D-2. Shutter, open.

355 23 39 51 SPT MARK. That's l0 seconds. Shutter closed.

355 23 39 59 SPT MARK. Okay, D-3 and a 25-second. Film, advanced;

shutter, open.

355 23 h0 14 SPT MARK. 15. Ah! That was at h0:15 when I made
that last one. Last one is no good. Ah! Gosh
dang it. This is the tight schedule. When you're
hustling around here in the dark, you sure can
blow it, which I Just apparently did on that one.
What I did was give a 30-second exposure to - to
C-1. That pad is tough to read, those lines a-
cross. Gosh dang it. Okay, what you got then was
no frame 6 that was worth anything, because it was
looking in the sunlight. It was started 5 seconds
after sunrise, or the time you close up - 23:40:10.
And number 2, C-l, was a 30-second rather than
a 10. I'll tell you it's a tight one. I'll try
and get it next time. SPT out. Well, let me give
you the last frame number here. Frame number 32
is the one we're looking at right now. I'm ad-
vancing it to 33. So you got up to and including
frame number 32, although the last one, as I said,
is not worth anything.

355 23 42 12 SPT SPT out.

###
 DAY356(AM) 1375

356 00 37 14 SPT - - debriefing the - -

356 00 37 29 SPT - - the pass. But active region 00 was much too
good to pass up and I was able to squeeze it in
some time, so I picked up flare wait and a build-
ing block 32. Building block 32, of course, no
problem. Flare wait, I rolled so that the
55 MIRROR, LINE SCAN was encompassing a lot of
bright points. And also, 82B was parallel but not
immediately adjacent to the neutral line. I moved
fairly close to the sunspot - Just to the east of
the sunspot. That's where the brightest point was
and there was a leader going into the sunspot and
I'm pretty confident that when one breaks out, it's
going to break out along in that region.

356 00 38 32 SPT It also would give a - a reasonable picture for

82A in a flare sequence in looking in the XUV
MONITOR. The vertical path was relatively clear
of other active regions, although not completely.
99 was still up there but was not immediately
above. The ROLL was minus 325, UP/DOWN was a
minus 254 and LEFT/RIGHT was a minus 55. At 23
F after the hour, we got a point brighteningin the
XUV MONITOR, one in H-alpha and I initiated 54,
56 in their FLARE MODEs and 55 was already -
already running. Took another look, the point got
brighter. This was all in a period of i0 or 15
seconds and gave 82B their exposure of 20 seconds,
which we had set up on the EVENT TIMER and 82B.
And I set up the exposure TIMES 1/h and then some-
how managed to hit the wrong start. I hit the
one on the panel rather the one above. So I'm
afraid you've got yourself a relatively long ex-
posure rather than a sequence of three. And I'm
sure that will not happen again. However, it was
a - a subflare. The P_C did not get above 300
to 400 or so in that. It was not rising rapidly;
BERYLLIUM APERTURE was in 4 and remained in h,
but it certainly was a very pronounced brightening
in XUV MONITOR and H-alpha.

356 00 h0 35 SPT There was no mistaking that something was going

on. The 55, oxygen VI at the point I was - I was -
had originally selected was originally around
20,000 and it got up to 80,000 or 58,000, a little
past the peak when I did look at it. So we're
1376 _

on the right point and the MIRROR, LINE SCAN; so

55 got some good short rise-time data on a - on
a subflare, but unfortunately I - it did not pan
out to be the - the big one we're looking for.

356 00 21 12 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

356 02 07 57 CC Skylab, Houston through Goldstone for 2-1/2 minutes.

356 02 08 02 SPT SPT at 20:28[sic]. S073 ready for operations.

We're set up for frame number 1.

SPT And it will be frame number 28 on BVh3. It'll

start exactly at 20:29. I will give you a mark.
Got 238.8 for ROTATION, and TILT is 5.3. It'll
be a 10-second exposure. Stand by -

356 02 08 59 SPT MARK. SHUTTER, OPEN. Stand by for CLOSE.

356 02 09 ll SPT MARK. SHUTTER's CLOSED.

356 02 15 33 SPT - - l0 second exposure. So your first - -

SPT ... the first - the first one is especially inverted

in the order of frames 2 and 1. Right now we are
on - in the cassette frame number 31. So 31 corre-
sponds to your frame number 3; 30 corresponds to
your frame number l; and 29 corresponds to your
frame number 2; and 28, a very short time, I'm
not sure exactly what it was set on, probably was
unused.

356 02 17 06 SPT Okay, 1 minute to termination, frame number 3.

SPT Okay, stand by.

CC Skylab, Houston. We're about 1 minute from LOS.

We'll be right back with you ...

356 02 18 00 SPT MARK.

CDR Roger, Hank.

SPT FILM ADVANCE.

 1377

CDR You want a quick frame count?

SPT OPEN. Okay, that was 5 seconds between SHUTTER,

CLOSED; and SHUTTER, OPEN again. And this is
going to be an 8-minute one.

cc Go ahead.

CDR Okay, 5526, 1467, 23, 553, 3255, 1881.

cc Okay, we copy.

SPT Okay, that's frame number h, and we're going to

take this one up to 02:27 and 5 seconds; give you
a full 8 minutes, and change the ROTATION and TILT.

356 02 19 35 cc Skylab, Houston. We're back with you through

Bermuda for 5 mlnutes.

CDR Roger.

356 02 22 56 CC Skylab, Houston, we need a couple of items on the

ATM closeout ....

CDR Okay. We thought sure you'd want it all set up

for flare ...

356 02 23 59 CC Skylab, Houston, we're 1 minute from LOS. We'll

see you at Madrid at 30, and we'll be standing
by for the evening status.

CDR Roger.

SPT Oh, right up to sunlight, Jer. I got whole series

of long exposures all packed in here. Need a ...
Say again. Oh, boy.

CDR ... off ...

SPT Okay, we're coming up here on 26. And at 26:05,

we will terminate this exposure. You'll have
exactly an 8-minute one, and we got to change the
ROTATION and TILT. Stand by -

356 02 26 05 SPT MARK. SHUTTER's CLOSED, FILM ADVANCE, looking for

137.8 in ROTATION; 137.8. There it is. TILT is
14.9, 14.9. You want a 6-minute one beginning
at 27. 37.8 and 14.9 set in. And FILM is ADVANCED.
Stand by -
1378 _-_

356 02 26 59 SPT MARK. SHUTTER's OPEN; 6 minutes, beginning at 27

takes us up to 33.

356 02 29 24 SPT 249.

SPT What do you do?

CDR ...

SPT Yes, I - I've got some five 2-minute exposures here,

Jer.

356 02 29 53 CC Skylab, Houston through Madrid for 9 minutes.

SPT Okay, a problem Just arose with the equipment that

we're using. The - I should say the scheduling.
I believe we only have one manual shutter release
on board.

CDR ... problem developing. $233 and S073 both need

the remote shutter release. And I have two choices.
We can - three choices. We can Cancel $233. We
can delay it until the next opportunity, which is
about probably an hour and three quarters from now
or I can try to take them timed and not move the
camera by pushing the button. And while they're
thinking about that, I'll give the evening status
report.

CC Okay, go ahead.

SPT Okay, we're at 31.

CDR Okay, sleep: CDR, 7.0 - 6 heavy, 1 light; SPT, 7.0 -

5 heavy, 2 light; PLT, 6.0 - 5 heavy, i light. Vol-
ume: CDR, 2000; SPT, ll00; PLT, 2300; CDR, 7620;
SPT, 3146; PLT, 9256. Body mass: CDR, 6.316,
6.314, 6.316; SPT, 6.347, 6.350, 6.349; PLT, 6.252,
6.253, 6.254. Exercise: CDR, method Alfa, minus
2 minutes; SPT, no change; PLT, no exercise today.
Medication: CDR, none; SPT, none; PLT, Tinactin as
directed. Clothing: CDR, one pair of shorts, one
pair socks; SPT, none; PLT, one shirt. Food log:
CDR, 2.5 salt, plus one apple drink, plus two cof
fees with sugar, all - let's see; SPT, zero salt,
plus one tea, plus 24 ounces of water; PLT, zero
salt, plus one cherry drink, zero water. The Flight
 1379

Plan deviations, none. Shopping llst accomplish-

ments : none. Inoperable equipment : none. Un-
scheduled stowage: none. Photo log: no DAC usage
today. Nikon, camera 01, no change; 02_ Bravo Vic-
tor h3; and we'll give you a frame count later ... - -

SPT 0k_y. Coming up on 33.

CDR - - 03, no change; 04, Bravo Echo 08, 33; 05,

Bravo Hotel 05, and we'll give you a frame count
after 233 ... - -

SPT 33, we're going to go 127.1 and 31.8. Stand by -

356 02 33 00 SPT MARK. SHUTTER CLOSED. FILM is ADVANCED. Going

to frame number 6. 127.1. 127.1 set in 31.8,
which will remain the same from here on out.

CC And, Skylab, since we're shut down on the ATM now,

you' re clear to go ahead and cut the pump Charlie
off on the ATM C&D loop.

CDR Okay.
p.
SPT 31.8, okay. 127.1 - -

CC And, CDR, I guess we're going to have to go along

with your suggestion to handhold the $233 and use -
do the best you can.

SPT Okay, stand by -

356 02 34 O0 SPT MARK.

CDR - - and do the exposures by squeezing the camera.

And I think I can do a fairly steady Job.

CC Okay.

SPT Okay, there's your exposure on frame 6, initiated

on time at 02:34. 34, that will take us up to
240; 1 minute is just about the right amount of
time in there. It gives you enough time to carry
out all the functions and m_ke one - one more check.
Any shorter than that and you stand a chance of
coming up with an error.

CC Skylab; CDR, while you're up there in the MDA,

the M518 Experiment Checklist, at the bottom of
1380

page ll-3 note that you put the bulkhead vent valve
into VENT position for the night. If you haven't
already done that, that's a good time to do it.

CDH Okay, thanks, Hank. The bulkhead vent valve to the

VENT position.

CC That's affirmative.

CC CDR, in reference to the $233, if you chose to

use the T-position, just a little reminder there,
when you press the button, it will open the shut-
ter, then you'll have to turn the speed knob to
release the shutter.

CDR Okay, turn the speed knob to release the shutter.

CC That's right. You probably remembered that. You

know, if you press the button down, it holds the
shutter open until you turn the little speed knob
a little bit and that releases it to CLOSE.

CDR Okay, thanks. I had forgotten it, frankly.

356 02 37 43 SPT Okay, coming up on 38, and another 2 minutes after

that.

356 02 37 58 CC Skylab, Houston, we're 1 minute from LOS, and

we'll see you again at Tananarive at 49.

356 02 39 ll SPT Okay, 50 seconds to terminate.

SPT Okay, standby -

356 02 39 59 SPT MARK. Okay, that's 6. Coming up on 7, and that's

a 125.1. Okay, we're just going to change this
2 degrees. ROTATION to 125.1 and set. ROTATION
[sic] remains unchanged at 31.8. We're coming up
for a 5 minute exposure; that's frame number 7.
Give it to you on my mark. Stand by -

356 02 41 00 SPT MARK.

356 02 45 h4 SPT Okay, coming up to 01:20 - 1 - 02:46 to terminate.

Stand by -

356 02 46 00 SPT MARK. That's frame number 7. At 02:47, we're

going to give you a 2-minute exposure.
 SFT 5tancl by -

356 02 h7 07 SPT MARK. Okay, that was at 07; we're 7 seconds late
on that.

SPT This will terminate at -

SPT h9:07. This time we'll give you a lO-second expo-

sure. 0kay, there's hg. Stand by.

356 02 h9 06 SPT MARK. FILM ADVANCE; SHUTTER, OPEN.

356 02 49 ii SPT MARK; at 12. At 22, stand by -

356 02 49 21 SPT MARK. SHUTTER, CLOSED. Okay, what would be help-

ful on this pad is to put the remark of shutter
speed knob T to T, and then cock shutter at the
beginning as opposed to at the end. That would
have saved me on this particular one because I
would have checked it a second time on the first
item. As it was, I checked it when I set it up,
but somewhere in the process of the handling, it
got knocked. Okay, I'll give you the frame which
_- I was looking at, and that is frame number 37,
without advancing it. It will advance to frame
number 38.

356 02 50 12 SPT SPT out.

356 02 50 hh CDR This is the CDR at 02:50 with a - first of all,

a debriefing of the $233 pass. The first exposure
was taken on time at 02:h2, and that was exposure
number 35, frame 35. At 02:h3 and 42 seconds which
was comet-rise, that was the time that I took the
second frame, 02:h3:h2. The first frame was 60 sec-
onds, 15-foot focus. The second exposure was
60 seconds, infinity. The third exposure was
started at hh:55 and was terminated before sunrise.
No problem with manually doing it without a remote
cable. However, this is one for the FAO people
or for the flight planners, this is another reason
why we should not have experiments such as S073,
any of the corollaries scheduled during our PSA
period. I reiterate, the PSA period is our time;
it is not available for the scheduling of various
experiments. We are doing only Kohoutek work and
ATM work during the PSA periods. And I would like
to be assured that there will be no more assignments
of anything like S063, atmospheric, or anything
1382 _-_

like that, or any S073, or any of the others.

They've got no business being assigned during a
PSA period. Okay? That covers it on $233.

356 02 52 44 CDR I have a new subject now, and this is a debrief of

the ATM pass which began at 01:19 Zulu. And - the
SPT handled the first - the first two parts of that
time, and we will assume that that all went smoothly,
and there were no hangups at all in the - in the
procedures. And I will mention it to him, and if
he's got anything special to say about those two
particular blocks, he will debrief them separately.
Those were - Let me get some light here - JOP 6,
stand by.

PLT Hi, gang.

356 02 53 52 CDR Okay, I'm going to do a nu z update. I'll come back

and get with you in Just a minute.

356 02 54 57 CDR Okay, this is the CDR again, getting back to the
ATM debriefing for the 01:19 ATM pass. The first
was a JOF 6, building block IA. That was done by
the SPT, and he did some VTR downlink for you,
or some VTR video recording. And then he did a
J0P 2 Delta, step l, building block ll. At that
time I came in and did JOP 2D, step l, building
block 10, and had no problems with that. At
4 minutes to go, I went into JOP 7, building
block 15, and I extincted your extinction. I got
55 r_ning properly at precisely ll seconds remain-
ing in the time. I released the switch and opened
the shutter. And then doggone if I didn't put the
switch back back to START again to - to close the
shutter; we ended up with a B-minute - B-second
exposure rather than a 1-second exposure. While
I gathered my motor skills and figured out what to
do and remembered to put it down to STOP and close
the shutter. So I'm afraid I butchered your -
your extinction picture for you.

356 02 56 17 CDR Okay, the same two bright H-alpha points that I
mentioned before did the same thing during the this
pass; they were changing intensities. One would
drop in intensity, the other one would pump up Just
=Imost as if there was a - an energy exchange going
on between the two of them. Other than that, there
was nothing else of interest going on. We were _
 1383

Just watching active region O0 hoping for a - a

flare and unfortunatelynone occurred.

356 02 56 52 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

356 04 05 31 CDR This is the CDR at 04:05 Zulu, reporting on hand-

held photography of the aurora. Camera that was
used was Nikon 02 with a magazine of Bravo Victor 43.
The frames that were taken for aurora tonight were
frames number 8, 7, 6, and 5. These frames were
taken over the period 03:58 to 04:02 at about
1-minute intervals. Side comment: the aurora to-
night is nowhere near as active or as beautiful and
extensive as it was last night. What I could see
tonight looked kind of like a prairie fire, you
might say. Occasional patches of very high flame
here and there, but for the most part, a low - a
low level of light, rather low activity in the
aurora.

356 04 06 32 CDR CDR OUT.

TIME SKIP

356 12 19 30 SPT SPT at 12:19. PRD readings: 42486, 23266, 38555.

356 12 19 41 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

356 14 07 26 CDR This is the CDR at 14:07 Zulu. The subject is

DAC malfunction that was assigned at this time.
The transporter 03, which was the J=_ed-up trans-
porter - The procedures on my details referenced
me to the Photo Ops Book, page 5-3, and that par-
ticular page, as best I can see, applies only
when you have a camera that's J_-,_ed and you know
it's in the transporter and you've got to make
decisions as to whether or not you're going to use
1384

film or destroy film or pull it out or whatever

you are going to do with it. Now what I've done
with transporter 03 is, I've taken the film in it -
the piece of film that was strung through it - out.
It seems to run freely now. The wheels are run-
ing quite freely, and I can't see that there is
much more that I can do with transporter number B,
unless they mean for me to take it apart and check
it. At any rate, I've done what I can with trans-
porter number 0B, and I'm going to file it back
in locker number 523.

356 14 08 33 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

356 14 34 51 PLT This is the PLT - time is 14:30 - reporting on

handheld photography. Coming up on the African
coast, we got a good look at the - the sand dunes
there. Actually, I think I was taking pictures
north of Walvis Bay there and not of the HH78/77
area. In any event, I got some good pictures of -
dunes - two frames there - and observations in
the northern part of South-West Africa there and
in particular, let's see, we coasted in Just north
of Walvis Bay. If you will look on a map on -
Just at the border there between Angola and South-
West Africa - around - Oh, I can't pronounce the
name of this place. Ondangua is the closest I
can come to it - you will notice a lot of lakes
trending in a northwest-southeast direction.
There - there is a pattern which appears to be a
crisscross pattern prevalent in that area and
looks like cross-faulting and fracturing. The -
There's a distinctive east-west generally; maybe
it's west-southwest east-northeast pattern in the
area, a very large area. To the in - it goes on
inland, oh, halfway to the - apparently or almost
halfway to the Botswana swamp area, and there is
a distinctive east-west trending linear em -
markings on the surface, which I had previously
attributed to wind direction. And - However,
today I noticed quite a few lakes in there.

356 14 37 06 PLT So I think in this general area starting from about,

oh, say 17 degrees south to about 22 degrees south
and extending from 35 degrees, I guess I'd say,
 1385

east to - No, excuse me. I didn't get that one

right. 15 degrees - I'd say 17 degrees east into
about 20 to 21 degrees east longitude as sort of
a - that area in there, South-West Africa and part
of Angola, there's a very interesting linear pat -
surface pattern east-west and generally north-south
which is very prevalent and seems to dominate as
far as surface-wind patterns and also the lake.
Of course I know the two are - are not related,
but in any event the - this is - this is the pat-
tern that I noticed before. But today I noticed
much more m_rkedly. Also, the Botswana swamp area,
I think we're going to have to get in the morning.
This is the second time I've looked for it, and,
man, that whole area is cloud covered. And Cb's
popping all over the place.

356 14 38 20 PLT Okay, now I'm coming up on Addis Ababa. I got a

real nice, low-Sun-angle view of that fault zone
that extends down to the west - it's a north-south
fault zone that extends to the west of Lake Victoria.
I took two obliques of that area, which should
give very good area coverage at low Sun angle.
Then comingup on Addis Ababa, I was lookinglike
a son of a gun, and I never did see the city. I
took one pic - one frame at the right time, and
I was trying to use the mountains and everything
else. Anyway, I didn't see it visually; so I can't
comment on whether it's a sector town or circular
ring or whatever else. And then - so I took one
picture of there. Then I took one more frame,
oblique, of the Afar triangle; low Sun angle,
f-stop 4. All these were f-stop _. Should be
a very good area coverage of the Afar triangle.
And it was the coming up on the terminator. I
don't know how that frame is going to come out,
but at f/4, I think probably it will register rea-
sonably good. And there should be some awfully
good data because that is a - should - that frame
should cover that whole ar - Afar triangle at low
Sun angle.

356 14 39 36 PLT PLT out.

356 14 _0 18 PLT Comment on handheld photography, footnote to the

previous, by PLT. I think this was an extraordi-
nary good call by the visual ops people, passing
over Africa like that and at - at low Sun angle.
I think there is a - I was tempted to take more
1386

pictures in South-West Africa because the geology

was all very dramatically illustrated in relief
because of the shadowing effect. A.ndm_f only re-
gret on that pass is that I didn't take more pic-
tures in South-West Africa - although I was sort
of - as I say, I was tempted - and that I was
unable to see the city of Addis Ababa. I didn't
have the binoculars, and I'm not even sure it
would helped. And, anyway, I think that was a -
this pass was - was a good call by visual ops
people. And the one further comment, and that is
that - I've already said - we are going to have
to schedule our Botswana swamp, I think, early in
the morning, local time. And I don't know when
that's - when that's going to come up. I mean
keep - keep throwing it in, but I - I Just say,
because of the weather that seems to prevail there,
looks like we're going to have to schedule it.

356 lh 41 26 PLT Also, one additional comment. Has nothing to do

with visual ops as such but is related. And that
is the - the subject of the gyro-stabilized binoc-
ulars. I couldn't find any battery to put in it;
so we haven't been using those. We've been using ....
the handheld, which I think are probably Just as
good. And also, the - I am - I've got narrow-set
eyes, I suppose, but this is a comment for future.
The gyro-stabilized binoculars do not have an
interpupilary adjust which is capable of accommo-
dating my - the - the spread of my eyes. I Just -
I put it - pulled it all the - adjusted it all the
way down, and I can't adjust it down narrow enough
for my eyes. It's Just a sort of a general note
because I think I might have something to do with
procuring gyro-stabilized binoculars in the future.
It's something you ought to watch, is that there's
not sufficient adjustment in that in - interpupilary
adjustment on the gyro-stabilized binoculars.

356 lh 42 27 PLT PLT out.

TIME SKIP

356 16 i0 h6 PLT This is PLT. The time is 16:10. Debriefing the

ATM pass starting at 15:17, approximately. The -
For the technical performance of the JOPs and the
 138T

buildingblocks,thosewere all performednominally.

The - did take a quick look at the corona when I
was doing the JOP 6, step 2, building block 32.
There appears to be another streamer on the west
limb now. It's just about on the 3 o'clock posi-
tion. The other two streamers are still there.
The one on the east limb seems to be a little
bit more developed - that is, a little more dense
as far as the appearance on the screen. This -
No big problem so I did overshoot on the detector
for the GRATING POSITION once. But I was a little
ahead; so that didn't cause me any problem. I'd
finished the orbit. I put it in MIRROR, LINE
SCAN, line 25. ROLL, 0000; UP/DOWN, minus 0189;
and LEFT/RIGHT, plus 0136. That was pointing.
Across that kink is -Seems to be disappearing;
it's not nearly as prominent. Other than that,
looks like the old active region 00 has sort of
paused to take a breath.

356 16 12 24 PLT PLT out.

356 16 17 ll CDR This is the CDR at 16:20 Zulu with results of the
/_ inventory. I'll start right down the list - the
teleprinter pad that was sent up to me - and give
you the data as we go. M168, solids traps: nine.
M301, PPCO 2 cartridges, new: four red active and
four red passive, six blue active and six blue
passive. And there'll be a C02 inlet and outlet
cartridge changeout today; so you'll need to
subtract those n_,mhers from these. Delta 418 -
Dome _18, towels: red, 40; white, 45; blue, 30.
Dome 448, wipes: three wipes, two wet wipes.
F - Foxtrot 569, trash bags: 35. Echo 622, urine
disposal bags: one bundle. I did not count the
hi,tuBerin the bundle; I figured you'd know.

356 16 18 22 CDR Wardroom 700, dispenser: zero wipes and zero

tissues and one frill wet wipes. W-TlO, disposal
bags: zero. W-711, disposal _.ags: zero. W-723,
wipes: 723 has no wipes and no washcloths. We
have put four command module tissue dispensers
in 723, and they're - all four of them are full;
those are from the SL-2, -3 missions. W-729: wipes,
zero; washcloths, one red, one white, one blue.
W-73h: biocide _ripes, two wipes, zero; washcloths,
one red, one white, one blue. W-735: biocide
1388

wipes, one; washcloths, one red, one white, one

blue. W-736: zero towels, zero washcloths.
W-737: zero towels, zero washcloths. W-738:
zero towels, zero washcloths.

356 16 19 34 CDR W-739: towels, six white; washcloths, one red,

one white, one blue. W-741, washcloths: one red,
one white, one blue. W-746, dispenser: wipes,
minus 4 inches; tissues, minus 4 inches and full.
We have - In W-746, we have one dispenser of wipes
and two dispensers of tissues. W-753, trash-
bags: 2_. Dispenser in W-768 has one tissue - and
that's minus 6 inches - zero wipes, and one wet wipe
which is minus 3 inches. W-772 dispenser: Let's
see. Tissues, zero; wipes, mluus 1 inch and
minus 6 inches.

356 16 20 41 CDR H-802, which is a dispenser: biocide wipes,

minus 8 inches; no tissues. We have minus 7 inche_
of wipes in one and minus 1 inch of wipes in the
other. H-804, trashbags: one full bundle. H-831,
washcloths: 6 - correction - minus 6 inches of red,
minus 1 inch of white, minus 1 inch of blue. There
are three red towels and five blue towels in there.
H-832, urine disposal bags: zero. H-835, urine
disposal bags: one bundle. S-900, towels: One
blue is missing; all the rest are there. S-909,
which is a dispenser: wipes, minus 2 inches;
tissues, minus 3 inches and empty. S-911, trash-
bags: _0; 40. S-921, which is a dispenser: wipes,
full; tissues, m_uus 4 inches and empty. S-923,
trash bags: 27. S-925, urine disposal bags:
one-half bundle. S-931, which is a dispenser: wipes,
minus 2 inches; tissues, minus 1 inch and empty.
S-933, trashbags: 13. A-7 - the two A-7 SL-2,
-3 lockers, I guess that is. Anyway, we transferred
all of those tissues, as I mentioned before, to
W-723.

356 16 22 32 CDR Bravo i, urine disposal bags: zero. T.k_q,urine

disposal bags: We have Alfa - bag Alfa, bag Bravo,
and another bag down there, and they're all three
i_l]1. They are f_11 of - of things like Mae Wests,
pockets off the suits. And the one that's - the
one that's unlettered that is full has got all of
the contingency - the transfer water in it, in
the bags. The upper equipment bay, urine disposal
bags: none. Extra: I found two containers of
wet wipes in film locker 416.
 1389

356 16 23 12 CDR Okay, getting back to - I mentioned, a couple of

places here, zero in some dispensers; that means
they're empty, not - not zero inches missing. If
it's full, I said full; if it had some missing,
I said minus so many inches. Let's see. 768 Delta,
I said wipes, zero; I probably should've said
wipes, empty. W-772 Delta, I said tissue, zero;
I should've said tissues, empty, Just to make sure
it was quite clear. Okay, that covers the - the
inventory.

356 16 23 44 CDR CDR out.

356 16 25 09 CDR This is the CDR at 16:30 Zulu, reporting completion

of the housekeeping 14 Hotel and 28 Mike. In the
inlet C02 filter changeout - or the sensor change-

out, the checklist calls for the inlet PPCO 2 to be

between 4.5 and 5.5. Well, I found on mol sieve A
that it was up to around 15. And all I did was
take the cover off again and put it back in, and
it dropped back down to a little less than 4.
And I - The mol sieve B inlet, which is the blue
in each case - the mol sieveB was reading7 when
I went over and opened the top on it and then
closed it back down again. By the - the top, I
mean the - the holder that - for the sensors, the
active and passive sensors, the cartridges. Then
it dropped down to about 2. So I guess that we'll
Just have to wait for a while until they all
settle out.

356 16 26 17 CDR CDR out.

356 16 38 ii CC ... the direct outlet ...

356 16 39 56 SPT SPT at 16:40. Stand by.

356 16 40 O0 SPT MARK. Ready for S063. Four frames, Nikon 0_,
BE08, starting with frame number 33. Shutter's
cocked. First is 1-second exposure. Got filter
A-I set in. DOOR is OPEN. We're set to a ROTA-
TION of 209.6 and a TILT of 023.6. Okay, first
one. Give you your 1-second a little more accu-
rately. I'll use - On the EXPOSURE knob, I'll
set it to 1 second, then move it over to B for
the remaining. Okay, there's 41 -

356 16 41 02 SPT MARK.

1390

356 16 h2 16 SPT Okay, there's the horizon. Small glow, blue. Not
see any stars as yet nor the comet.

SPT Coming up to h3 now. Stand by.

356 16 43 02 SPT MARK. There's your 1-second exposure. Going to

B. And for some reason the darn shutter won't
cock. There it goes. (Sigh) Boy. That's A-3
going now to 2 minutes and I0 seconds too. Shut-
ter closed. And A out. C going in. 3 for 45.
Stand by.

356 16 44 40 SPT MARK. Okay, that was at 37. lO seconds, 9 -

356 16 45 23 SPT MARK. B-1. Shutter open.

356 16 45 40 SPT MARK. Okay, that was at 21 seconds before. Okay.

SPT Stand by.

356 16 46 l0 SPT MARK. Okay. And I got your exposures in, but
that was tight. And we also blew one more frame
of film. I'll tell you the overhead on this thing
is getting a little high.

SPT Okay. In s11mmary then you got your four frames

exposed at the proper length time with one extra
exposure in there, which was another short one
on A-l, which means we got 1 second in one -
approximately that length. What I had to do was
unscrew the manual shutter release, cycle the
shutter for those two frames of film for some
reason. Okay, your last frame was 37, and it
advanced to 38.

356 16 h7 51 SPT SPT out.

356 16 54 49 CDR This is the CDR at 16:55 Zulu with M487-3 Bravo,
using subject eval guide number 2, which is the
habitability parameters. Okay, first off is the
wardroom. But before I start on that, let me slip
a few parameters your way on what I think of the
food bags - the food containers, not the cans.

356 16 55 19 CDR As I look back over 487-3 Alfa, I see we talked

about the water gun and the food constitution -
reconstitution dispenser and the cans and all
that stuff, but we never really talked about the -
the food bags or food containers themselves. And
 1391

I should have talked about them at that time, and

I want to take this opportunity to do it. The -
the bags in the cans that have the nozzle at the
very top, have them coming to a peak at the top
with a nozzle on top, I have found by far to be
the most convenient to use.

356 16 55 58 CDR You can add your water and mix, and then when you're
ready to eat it, you just hold it by the nozzle on
top and stick your knife in around the side and es-
sentially cut the whole top cone away and leave -
leave an inch or so of it attached and then fold
it back and it serves as a little flat top thing.
You can pull - pull the top back out of the way,
put your spoon in your food and get what you want,
and then le - set the flat top back down again.
Works out very nicely.

356 16 56 33 CDR The spoon bowls, as Par as I'm concerned, are

lousy. I would give them a rating of lousy on
your scale, which is somewhat below poor. But
the - the problem with those darn spoon bowls,
particularly with the sloppy food like the soups
._ and the potatoes - I mean the chickenand gravy
and corn and some of those things, is that the
funny little zip-tight seal that bends inside
aways never holds.

356 16 57 13 CDR You put hot water in there, and those seals Just
open right up and let all that food move right up
against the top of the bag. And then when you
try to cut that top strip off with a pair of
scissors, you - you succeed in slopping the scissors
all up with food. And as soon as you manip -
manipulate the bag the slightest bit, trying to get
your fingers in the loops or trying to get any-
thing else, squirt! Out comes the - a squirt of
food that seems to get siphoned out through that
slot at the top, and it goes lurching off into
the workshop somewhere. And you're - you're
catching them.

356 16 57 48 CDR If you are unfortunate enough to let the top of

the bag slip while you're trying to get your finger
in the loops, and it snaps back, that pumps a big
glob of food off into the - into the area some-
where, too.
1392

356 16 58 01 CDR Generally, I find the spoon pack - It sounded

like a neat idea on the ground when the food
would stay away from the slot that you're trying
to open with your fingers - you know, with the
finger that you stick through the loop. But up
here in zero g, when the food moves - every time
you m_uipulate that slot or move it Just a little
bit, it pumps food up to the slot for some reason.
And then all you got to do is - is pump it a little
bit or let it slip or something like that, and you
got a big glob of food propelled off away from the
bag.

356 16 58 36 CDR It's not all that handy to be able to close it

and open and all that stuff. Really, the nozzle-
type bag that I was mentioning at first, with a
nozzle on top that you can cut, really seems to be
a little bit better. You can take that bag by
the nozzle and swing it fairly gently, force all
the food down to the bottom, and it all sticks
together. Then you can put it back in the can
you got it out of and carefully cut it with a
knife until you got your flap, and your food seems
to stayprettywell in one place.

356 16 59 08 CDR The Apollo spoon kits - spoon bags are every bit
as bag [sic] as the spoon bags you got stuffed
down in the - in the can; they're Just, I think,
more trouble than they're worth. And I would
prefer to do without them. I would rather try to
manage with the nozzle-at-the-top type. Cereal
is another problem - the Rice Krispies, corn flakes,
and those. When you get the milk in there and
shake it up, it Just kind of goes all over the
place when you try to use the spoon bag the way
it was designed.

356 16 59 _2 CDR We've had a couple of failures in the water-input

nozzle into the spoon bags - that is, the ones that
are in the cans ; you know, where you've got the
nozzle going into the side into a little flapper
valve. That little flapper valve has stuck on us
twice now. And you put that on the reconstitution
nozzle and try to pump water into it. And if that
flapper valve doesn't open up and let that water
in, you've had the stroke, because in Just a second
or so later, your seam, the - the junction between
the nozzle and the bag is going to split and you're
going to have water going a11 over the place. And
 1393

then you have no choice but to open the top of the

spoon bag and reconstitute your food from the top
using your drink gun, and that is a very messy
business.

356 17 00 32 CDR So all in all, that should Just about do it on the -

the spoon bags. I really don't like the spoon bags
at all. I much prefer the other type. Okay, let's
get on with subjective evaluation guide number 2.
Wardroom table - eating station.

356 17 01 09 CDR ()kay, you're interested in the general arrangement

and orientation of the compartment. I would say
that the arrangement and orientation of the com-
partment is - is excellent or very good. The
table is - is well located relative to the lockers,
and each man, within his arm's reach, has got light
available to him plus his locker with his eating
1_ensils in it. And the fact that it's oriented
with a - a window that looks out toward the Earth,
I think, is very, very good. And all in all, I
think the - the arrangement is excellent.

p 356 17 02 02 CDR The volume of the compartment is - is very good,

:['d say. There's plenty of room - in fact, about
all you need - and I don't think there's anything
to be said about that. Ceiling-to-floor proximity
is excellent. Everything's within comfortable
reach. You can reach ... some of these took
place ... wardroom table. You see that I was able
to lock my feet into the ... and push against
the floor and - and hold a screw while Ed was busy
working underneath. Ingress and egress positions
are - are very good; are excellent in the wardroom.
There's lots of room and no problem getting in and
out.

356 17 02 52 CDR Trash collection provision is - is excellent. Each

man has a trash bag within arms reach of his eating
station. Stowage volume and access is excellent.
There's lots of room. And as more and more clothing
is being used up and lockers are being emptied out,
we're moving more and more b111k volume food,
overage food down into the lockers near the tables
so we don't have to spend as much time transferring
from the wardroom up to the food lockers in the
forward compartments.
139_

356 17 03 27 CDR Access is very good in all these stowage areas,

these lockers in the wardroom. Temporary equip-
ment restraints: We m_e extensive use of the
bungees in the doors, and we make extensive use
of Velcro. And they're all very good. I think
the best temporary equipment restraint is the
bungee with the flap. I don't want to call it a
hook. It's really a hook, but it's long and - and
flat, pinched. I like - I like that better than
the sharp wire or the other type of hooks. It's
about a 3/16-inch wide piece of metal bent into
a hook.

356 17 04 09 CDR Personal mobility aids: Now that we've got the -
Well, I don't know what you mean by a personal
mobility aid. I don't think there are any. The
personal restraint devices: I think the thigh
restraints are okay but not necessary. I would
say that removal of the floor plates has greatly
improved the ease with which we can anchor our-
selves to eat our dinner and do whatever we want
to do. Thermal comfort: It's very comfortable
down in the wardroom. It's one of the more
comfortable rooms in the whole spacecraft. Noise
level is very low in the wardroom, as it is in the
entire OWS, unless you've got the ATMIEREP coolant
loop running. And then the dome takes the noise
as it comes down the airlock and serves as a great
big megaphone and - and sends it down to us
slightly amplified.

356 17 05 ll CDR Illumination in the wardroom is excellent. Waste

management compartment: General arrangement and
orientation in the compartment - I guess I have
no complaints. I'd call that very good. Volume
of the compartment: I think that's very good;
it's quite adequate for the use.

356 17 05 33 CDR Ceiling-to-floor proximity is adequate. Ingress,

egress provisions adequate; no problems there at
all. Trash collection provisions: There's one
trash bag in there, and it's located in a good
position. I can't really complain about that.
Temporary equipment restraints: Those are
minimal. Again, we've moved in a - a bungee and
put it over the - the top door in the top locker
over there above the SMMD, and that's where we
put urine bags and things. Usually the first guy
in the waste compartment gets out all three urine
 1395

bags and all three sampling bags and puts them

under the bungees available for the other guys to
use, and it avoids having to open and close the
locker down at the bottom, near the floor so many
times.

356 iy 06 30 CDR We use Velcro to restrain pencils and things ii_e

that. Personal mobility aids: None. Personal
restraint devices: I've already discussed what I
think of the restraint devices in the - in the
waste management compartment. They're terrible.
Somehow we needed to have an open grill in there.

356 17 06 56 CDR You Just - You're in there trying to clean up

after defecation, or you're trying to urinate or
comb your hair or do anything in there, and you
Just ricochet off the wall like a BB in a tin can.
You've Just no place to anchor yourself down. The
foot restraints that are in there are completely
unsatisfactory. The fecal collector: Once you
anchor yourself down on that rascal - I got no
complaints about restraint devices there. I use
the lap strap, and there's Just no problem. I
put my feet in the foot restraint area that's back
f behind the urine drawers, and it all works very
nicely. It's once you get off that thing and start
the cleanup process when it begins to get
exasperating.
356 17 07 43 CDR ThermAl comfort in the head is fine. Noise level
is okay_ it's a little bit noisy with the separa-
tors going, but it's not uncomfortable at all.
lll_ination is quite adequate; more than - more
than adequate. Sleep compartments, general
arrangement:

356 17 08 02 CDR They're fine for sleeping. There's not much of a

place to go hide and be by yourself unless you're
going to get into your bed, because there's no
place to anchor yourself or really put yourself
unless you're in bed. The volume of the. compart-
ment is Just about right for that use.

356 17 08 19 CDR The ceiling-to-floor proximity is okay. Ingress,

egress provisions: They're good. The doors are
very good. And the light - the light-blocking
devices: The fact that you got the Velcro doors
and the - the light attentuators in the ceiling,
are all very good,
1396

B56 17 08 40 CDR Trash collection provision: No problem. It's,

I think well located and - and no problem there.
Stowage volume and access: Well, I've already
discusaed that earlier. I think we're a little
light on personal item stowage volume. I think a
little Ben Franklin-type desk top or something
for the second from the top, a locker, would have
been very nice because you could lay in bed and -
and reach that and write or read or something
like that. That would have been very nice.

356 17 09 17 CDR I would have been nice if that locker was - was
provisioned with ways to restrain small articles
that you would want to keep in there, personal
articles. Temporary equipment restraints: Again,
we're in wide use of snaps, Velcro, and - and
springs, bungees in order to anchor your personal
equipment down. Personal mobility aid: None.

B56 17 09 4B CDR Personal restraint devices: None other than the

bed. I have already t_Iked about the bed. I think
it is a step in the right direction; it's a very
good piece of gear. Don't know how you would
improve it off-hand except possibly rather than
body straps, you might want to use something like
a big body sheet, much like the sheet that's over
the front of the SMMD. That sort of thing might
be kind of nice. I don't know, but it will - would
merit looking into.

356 17 l0 18 CDR Thermal comfort in sleep compartment I think is

good. There's lots of air moving through there,
and you can adjust your bed - your bedding to keep
you at the right comfort level. Noise level is
excellent. It's very quiet in there_ the walls
pretty well da - and the door pretty well damp out
the noise, as well as does the light attenuators.
Illumination is fine. One light in there is more
than adequate. Experiment compartment, general
arrangement and orientation: I think that's fine.
The chair's kind of off in the corner and out of
the way, where I would really put it.

356 17 l0 59 CDR I have no complaint about the arrangement and

orientation of that compartment. The volume is
about right. Ceiling-to-floor proximity is fine.
Ingress, egress provisions are more than adequate.
 1397

356 17 ii 13 CDR Trash collection provisions: I think there is

where we fall short in the experiment compartment.
There really aren't any good places for trash. I
think we need a trash stowage area over around
MI31 area and something over, say, between the
bicycles and the BMMD.

356 17 ii hO CDR Stowage volume and access: No problems there.

Temporary equipment restraints: Again - again,
in this area we use mostly Velcro, not many --
many springs. Personal mobility aids: None.
Personal restraint devices: Well, the floor grid
is the primary device, and that's excellent. Most
of the other restraint devices that you got or
mobility aids are Just grabbing - grabbin 6 -
grabbing hold of things like the handles on the
BI_4D or the handlebars that are on the bike or
something like that.

356 17 12 12 CDR Thermal comfort is fine; no - noise level is fine;

il_m_nation is excellent. Trash airlock:
Problem here for the operator of the trash airlock;
there is no really good way of anchoring yourself
or restraining yourself while you're trying to use
P the trash airlock. You pull on the handle - open
the door and pull on the handle to push the trash
out, and your body goes the opposite way. And you
find yourself having to lock your legs down around
the trash airlock and Just grab it with your legs.

356 17 12 43 CDR And I think there could be a better way to restrain

the operator of the trash airlock. The forward
dome compartment, general arrangement: I have no
quarrel with the general arrangement of the dome
area, forward compartment area.

356 17 13 O1 CDR I have already t-lked about the dome lockers and
their arrangement; I think that's quite excellent.
Volume of the compartment is more than adequate.
Ceiling-to-floor prox - proximity: That's not
applicable here because we've got a lot of distance
between ceiling and floor and that's what we want.
Ingress, egress provisions, I think is fine.

356 17 13 23 CDR We have two ways to get in - into here or up from

the wardroom or up through the center area over
the trash airlock, and they're both Just fine.
Trash collection provisions: Again, there - trash
collection in this area is Just about nil, and I
1398

think there ought to be a couple - A couple of

lockers with trash bags in them would be very good.
We've got one over in 5 - in the 500 stack over
there, 560.

356 17 13 51 CDR And another one on the other side would have been
very nice. Stowage volume and access: No problem
there; there's lots of volume and access for stow-
age, and the dome lockers are very good. Temporary
equipment restraints: Here we use equipment straps,
bungees, and the floor grid itself, and it's very
fine.

356 17 14 17 CDR I think probably a few snap patterns up in the dome

area would be handy. We could put some - some
equipment upthere. Personal mobility aids: The
fir_mau's pole we used the first part of the mission
until we got our bearings - we got rid of it. The -
We haven't even tried to use the strap.

356 17 lh 43 CDR In this compartment it's a matter of deciding where

you want to go, aiming yourself in that direction,
and pushing off and coasting. I don't think you
really need many mobility aids in here. Personal
restraint devices: The good old grid; no sweat.
Thermal comfort is quite comfortable in this
compartment as well. The noise level is Just a
little bit noisier than the experiment compartment
because we're a little bit closer to the noise of
the MDA.

356 17 15 lO CDR Ill_,m4nation in the forward compartment is excel-

lent. Airlock compartment, general arr - arrange-
ment and orientation of the compartment: Well,
there can't be much said about that. A tube is
a tube is a tube, and you have to put a few panels
in there for the EVA systems. And it's all in
there, and you Just can't say much about it.

356 17 15 30 CDR It's - it's acceptable. The volume of the compart-

ment is acceptable; it's - really would be nicer
if the airlock could have been bigger. When there's
two guys in there with all their equipment and their
suits, the volume does appear to be rather cramped.
It's very tight in there.

356 17 15 51 CDR It would be better, I think, to have it bigger;

however, having a bigger airlock means you've
 1399

got to pump more air when you want to pressurize

or depressurize it. Ingress, egress provisions:
No problems with it. The Gemini hatch is a fine
external - exterior hatch, and the hatches on each
end of the airlock are of adequate size. Stowage
volume and access is NA, not applicable: Sna_
patterns and Velcro are about all that are _ _here.

356 17 16 30 CDR And we use - make extensive use of wrist tethers

and waist tethers for the EVA situation. Personal
mobility aids: There are none in there. Restraint
devices : Little or none ; some handrails and that 's
about it. And there really isn't much you can do
about that either.

356 17 16 52 CDR Therm_l comfort: It begins to get cold as you move

from the dome through the airlock toward the MDA.
Noise level: It's extremely noisy in the airlock.
The airlock pumps - the water glycol pump - no,
correction - not water glycol, Coolanol pump and
the - the primary coolant, secondary coolant loops,
also the ATM coolant pumps are very noisy.
Illumination in the airlock is fine. You can set
_. it either to bright or dim, and it's quite adequate.

356 17 17 34 CDR Okay, MDA/STS, general arrangement and orientation

of compartment: I would say, given the size and
volume you got to work with, it's rather well
oriented and arranged and compactly done so. The
volume is acceptable, adequate. Ingress -
Ceiling-to-floor proxlm_ty: Well, you know that's
not applicable in there really. Ingress, egress
provisions: One hole at each end is quite adequate.
Trash collection provision: There's none up there,
and there really ought to be at least two areas
for trash collection - one around the EREP area
and one over next to the ATM.

356 17 18 23 CDR Personal mobility aids: They're limited. You

find yourself grabbing on to whatever handholds
you can find up there. And I already mentioned
the fact that I thought that there ought to be one
handhold of some kind every 4 feet. At least one -
If you grab one, you should be able to look 4 feet
in any direction and find a handhold. Thermal
comfort: It's colder than the dickens up there.

356 17 18 47 CDR I understand why it has to be that way, but it

still is. And you have to dress for that area.
lhO0

If you're going to work in the airlock, you dress

more warmly than you do if you're going to work
down in the experiment compartment or in the - the
forward compartment. Noise levels in the air -
in the MDA/STS I think is unacceptably high.

356 17 19 09 CDR The biggest offender right now is the rate gyros,
and I realize that wasn't a designed feature; that
was something we had to add to survive, and I
understand that. But still you do have pump noises
up there from the Coolanol system and _I 1, and it's
higher than it should be. Illumination in the
airlock - MDA/STS is - is more than adequate; quite
adequate.

356 17 19 30 CDR CDR out.

356 17 27 38 CDR This is the CDR at 17:30 Zulu; subject is M509

batteries. Terminate charge on M509 battery number
6 and initiate charge on battery number 7.

356 17 27 51 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

356 17 47 43 PLT This is the PLT reporting the ATM debriefing -

JOP - ATM pass started at 17:12. JOP 6, step 2,
building block 2, completed per pad; the Sun-center
exposure of 82A completed per pad. The corona was
about the same as reported last orbit. The
streamer on the east limb is brightening at the
base and widening considerably. The west limb
still has a good strong coronal streamer about
02:00, 02:15 and another one lighter but much
fainter at 02:30.

356 17 48 20 PLT The JOP 2 Alfa, step 6, building block 10, was
repeated per pad with the following modifications:
The GRATING - the MIRROR, AUTO RASTER with GRATING
zero was coordinated with 56 and 5h per pad. I
saw I had time% so I sneaked in a few extra
MIRROR, AUTO RASTERS - one at 594, with which the
5h and 56 exposures were coordinated; another one -
RASTER at 10:42, with no other instruments running.
And then a 243h RASTER with - coordinated with
 lh01

S056. So S054 did not run on that one. I did a -

threw in a couple of MIRROR, LINE SCANS right after -
Actually, we were in the atmosphere. The region
seems to be dying down. Doesn't look near as
bright.

356 17 49 i0 PLT PLT out.

TIME SKIP

356 19 06 00 PLT PLT reporting at 19:05. About 18:54, coming up

on the South American coast - and this was at
about 75 degrees west and about, let's see, h0 -
yes, about 40 degrees south. That's out in the
water off - make it about 42 degrees south - I
noticed my - the first time I've been able to
notice - the apparent current in this area. It
was a lighter blue in the water and so forth, and
it appears it's the plankton blooming. But, man,
that - this is the first time I've noticed it on
the west coast of South America, and it was, oh,
I guess about i00 miles out to sea in a fairly
large area. Forel scale 7 to 8 is all this stuff
apparently is. It varies slightly. Anyway, I
thought it would be significant to report. Also,
I took a picture of a smoke cloud inland about,
oh, 300 miles south of Santiago, and that was
about, oh, 40 degrees south latitude on the coast -
a little sm-]l town, looked like. I took one
picture with the Hasselblad. That - The picture
I took of the smoke cloud was with a 300-millimeter.
Took one picture with the Hasselblad over what I
thought was Brasilia. It may not have been. But
I saw what appeared to be a fairly large area of
development, and we had not been able to get the
picture of Brasilia; so I took it. That was with
a 100-millimeter Hasselblad.

356 19 07 42 PLT PLT out.

356 19 09 30 PLT PLT. T_me is 19:10.

PLT And this is a subjective evaluation guide number

2, page 3-5, M487-3. Evaluate each of the fol-
lowing compartments with the habitability para-
meter: Compartments, wardroom, general arrangement
lh02

and orientation of compartment. Okay, I guess I

have no pat - particular objection. Like it if
the window was accessible from more angles. We
find ourselves thrust - thrusting ourselves against
the ceiling to look out. Nothing against the ward-
room; the window Just happens to be in there.

356 19 l0 57 PLT Think it's sufficient in volume. The - We find

our - We need more place to stow things on the
surface. We find our - we - cameras, pa - papers,
our Flight Plans have to be cut into small pieces
because they're - they come - they come up in -
in bunches and they 're a] 1 different crewmen, and
we need to cut it all up. We need to have more
places to stow small pieces of paper. Ceiling -
floor pro - proximity: Same thing. I find that
probably food spills cause us a lot of trouble.
I've already commented on the fact that open grid
work in the future should be removable in sections
so that you can clean.

356 19 ii h6 PLT Also, the grid work itself - It's very difficult
to clean food off of because of the small little -
small pieces, the sharp corners, and so forth. -
Ingress, egress: No problem there. We can come
in through the ceiling of - by the minus - Z SAL
and also through the main door. It would be nice
in - in the future if we could have a - some kind
of a convenient darkening capability for the volume
itself, other than Just the - Well, the door doesn't
work, of course, because the grid ceiling is open.
Be nice if we didn't have to use, say, something
like the T002 to - of course, I know that's not the
function of the wardroom, but still that's where
the window is. Wherever the window happens to be,
you ought to be able to immediately dark - darken
the area without going %hrough a paper folding
routine, like you have to do with the T002. Even
though that - that thing is fairly well designed,
it's still an awful lot of trouble to get out and
put back up and discourages you from using it.

356 19 12 h3 PLT Trash collection and provision: The bags aren't

large enough. I guess when you - Each place needs
a wet and dry trash. We find that the ca - we're
always changing cans to put away the wet cans and
the - and the drain bags. That's a - It's Just a
minor irritation; not too bad, but it's certainly
inconvenient to have to continually change those.
 lh03

We don't have a convenient way of - of _ediately

disposing of those except in the overcans, and we
have to continually change those. Stowage volume
and access: There's not too much of a problem.
There's - The mixed purpose of the stowage has
been the big concern as far as I - I have. They
are pretty - For the - for the window you need a
place to stow a camera and extra lenses and filters
and that sort of thing without spattering them all
up with food spills. This is a problem. We've
spattered the window up. Of course, there's the
window cover, but we occasionally do take that
out. And we have to have the - out the window -
and we have to have it - the window cover over it.
Food spills are a major concern when you start
locating anything in an area where you're eating.

B56 19 IB _6 PLT Temporary equipment restraints: Again, the same

thing. We did not have enough there. Personal -
personnel mobility aids: Well, with the ceiling-
floor proximity we have, it's no big problem.
We do find it difficult to go over the wardroom
table. We usually find ourselves going around
one-g fashion, because there's not quite enough
space between the top of the wardroom table and
the ceiling to get over without pinging something
on the table, knocking somebody's utensils off
their tray, or if they're - happen to be out, or
Just in general getting in their way and kicking
them in the head. Personnel restraint devices :
Well, we've already kicked that one to death.
We finally removed the pedestal, and that was Just
a - a bad scene all the way around as far as
design is concerned, as far as I'm personally
concerned in evaluating it.

356 19 14 31 PLT Let's see. The - the thigh restraint is useless.

The pu - the natural posture of an individual is
almost with legs straightened out, and when - in -
trying to design a table to make you assume a
one-g eating at-the-table posture is really out
to lunch, that is not the way to go. I would
rather eat up, like a sack - snack bar, where
you're standing up and eating. And somebody's
already mentioned the eating Japanese style, and
I think that's the - that's the way to go. You
need the tray close to your head, and you need
room for your legs to _Imost straighten out.
140h

Otherwise, you got a perpetual tension in your

abdomen, trying to hold yourself in. Thermal
comfort: No problem. Noise level: No - Well,
it's really not that bad. Illumination is no
problem.

356 19 15 ll PLT WMC, general arrangement and orientation: I've

already beat that one to death, too. I don't
like the way you have to hold your legs out
straight when you take a crap. It's not a natural
posture, and it's Just - it's Just - it's irratating
to have to consciously hold your legs out while you
are straining to defecate. If you have to strain -
A lot of times you don't, of course. But anyway,
it - it also prevents you from seating your pos-
terior well on the waste - waste management crapper.
Volume of the compartment: Well, it - it's plenty
big enough as far as I'm concerned. Ceiling-floor
proximity is all right. Ingress, egress provisions:
All right. Trash collection: Well, we need lots
more places to - I - I'd like to have a lot more
for tissues. And I think that there - and this is -
there ought to be a special tissue designed for men
and women to wipe the residual urine bubbles off
of the urethra outlet, or whatever you want to
call it. What happens is, when you take a leak,
is that you end up - No matter how careful you are,
there's a - there's about a 5- to 8-millimeter
bubble of urine on the end of your penis. Or in
the case of a woman, I don't know how they handle
that, since I've never really watched. But the -
this is a real problem; it's a hygiene problem.
And we probably will be flying women, and I - I
invite you to direct your attention to that hygiene
problem. A - tissue or something, some kind of a
wipe designed to clean up the urine after urinatio_

356 19 16 42 PLT Other than that, man, we're alway grabbing tissue.
I would personally like to have a wet wipe after
a dry wripe - dry wipe after defecation because,
of course, we're taking dye makers, which makes
it, oh, aesthetically offensive, I suppose is a
good way - It pisses you off, I guess is a way
of saying it, when you have that dye all over your
rear end. But anyway, to make the defecation a
more efficacious procedure, it would be nice to
follow dry wipes with something like a utensil
wipe, so that you can clean up the anus area and
 1405

get the defecant - the feces 8_11 off. A dry wipe -

You can - you can use four or five dry wipes to
try to clean up your rear, and it won't work. I
mean all you're doing is sandpapering the anus
after that. Enough on that subject, but I think
it's - you'll find that is an area that should
explored. You'll pardon the expression.

356 19 17 40 PLT Stowage volume and access: Well, we got enough

urine bags and all that and so forth. Temporary
equipment restraints : No, I - I - well, equip-
equipment restraints - Yes, I think that we - it
would be nice to have more. There are - are none
in there. In fact, I Just did an Mh87 - not an
M_87, a housekeeping task where I changed out a
fine filter, and it said stow it. The - the -
replacement filter - Well, there ain't no place
to stow it; so we don't have enough equipment
restraints and clips. We'd like to write down
the weight - the - of the feces and the urine.
Of course, we have a place to write down the -
the weight of the urine when we weigh that. But
when we do the SMMD of the feces, we have to re-
remember because in the weighing device - And it
would be a - nice to have a place to write down
things. Every place that you work, there ought
to be a good crew restraints, and there ought to
be good places to write, and there ought to be
equipment restraints because you're - always got
your hands full; put stuff under your arms, be-
tween your legs, and in your teeth, trying to hold
on to all this garbage when you try to do all these
asinine tasks that people ask - ask you to do in
these areas. And I - I - that is a bit flippant,
because most of those are important things ; it is
nice to record that data. But we don't have places -
we don't have provisions for it. There is one
spring c]ip there someone thought fully provided in
the WMC. But I - it's a very, very stiff spring,
and we've had cards under it - permanent cards un-
der it already for - for logging the weight of the
urine, telling us which ... the urine management.

356 19 19 l0 PLT Personnel mobility aids: Well, I - there weren't

very mauy. Restraint devices are cu- totally
unsatisfactory in the WMC. We're already commented
on that. Thermal comfort's okay. Noise level is
okay, and illumination is okay.
1406

356 19 19 23 PLT Sleep compartment, general arrangements: Okay.

Volume of the compartment, fine. I don't think
that it needs to be a lot bigger than that.
Ceiling-floor proximity is okay. Ingress, egress:
Ed has a little trouble getting in and out of his
bunk because of the way his bunk is provided, but
the - ours are okay. Trash collection is okay.
Stowage volume and access: Okay. Once again,
the doors on these lockers are really bad designs,
and another thing that I've meant to - to - to
gripe is the - the little doors on the wipe and
tissue containers. Those - those aren't - don't
have a strong enough spring in them. And the
trash - the dry-trash doors and the wet-trash
doors don't have strong enough springs on them,
because they - they stay open and you find
yourself snagging on them while they're in the
open position. As I say, all these doors, drawers,
and everything else are Just really very poorly
designed. They don't do the Job. They're Just -
They don't latch, they pop open when you don't want
them to, and then they - they Just are not satis-
factory.

356 19 20 24 PLT Personnel restraint devices in the - Okay, we don't

really have too much need for it. Thermal comfort
is pretty good. Now what I'd like to be able to
do would be control the airflow while I'm in the
bunk. You get down and set the vents in the floor,
and then you get back in your - you get in the -
in the - in the bunk. And it's a big operation
to get in and out of the thing; so if there's a
way of setting the airflow control while you were
in the bunk, it would be nice. Noise level: Well,
there's no noise insulation in the air. I mean if
you're trying to - to do - get any rest while
anybody else is doing anything, forget it, because
there is Just too much noise. There is no noise
control in the vehicle. And that propagates right
into the sleep compartment. Illumination is fine.

356 19 21 O1 PLT Experiment compartment, general arrangement and

orientation of compartment: Well, that's sort of
a hodgepodge. Hard to get back into that one
corner over there where the tool - tools are kept,
because we have to get back in there quite often
and when anybody's riding the bicycle, you're takirg
a chance of hurting them or you when you go sliding
past them because they'll be pumping on the bike.
 1407

!Fnat ought to have a special volume all its own,

because it does occupy that, tie it up. And there
is a small safety problem there when you start
trying to go by somebody with a - the bike, while
they're operating the bike. The corner over there
where the - 1 - 1B1 chair - Well, that's a good
place for the 131 chair. It's sort of out of the
way, and sort of useless area in there, anyway.
Ceiling-floor proximity's fine.

356 19 21 h3 PLT Ingress, egress provisions: Well, here's a small

point. They put those neutron detectors in the -
around the ring where the ha - the hold that we
come into when we come in straight down the X-axis
into the experiment compartment, and several times
we've touched the neutron detector, which is not
supposed to be touched. Well, forget it. I mean
if you're coming down through there and you got to
get a hold of something, you're going to grab.
You're going to grab for the lightening hole or
anything else. And this is what's happened; that's
why that particular experiment's been poss -
possibly contaminated. Now that - that - that's a
consideration. You should not locate sensitive
f devices anywhere around a high-traffic area because,
man, a guy's going to - going to grab, and eventu-
ally he's going to get a hold of it. Ingress,
egress provisions: No need.

356 19 22 28 PLT Trash collection provision: There is none out

there. I think there was one, but we - but Pete
moved it here in the - the wardroom. But there
ought to be some, and that's - By the way - Oh,
yes. I know what I want to talk about - disposing
of that - of the myriad of little tiny bits and
pieces you get when you're putting sensors on for
the M092 or whatever. When you're putting
biosensors on, you've got overtapes and those litt3_
ela - I Just suppose adhesive - caps on the - or
rings on the sensors themselves. And then when
you get through, you've got to take the electrolyte
sponge out. And those things are floating all over
the spacecraft. There ought to be a special way -
and the medics ought to bear the brunt of the
responsibility of designing it - of getting rid
of the small sponges and overtapes and ring tapes
because those are - are really - They're messy.
They're - It takes time - It's time consnm_ng
to clean those and clean the harness up. And we
1408

have to use the regular trash pr - trash provision,

and the mouth on that thing is - the slit on it's
too long. And those things, you can put them in
there, and they'll Just chase you right out.
They'll follow your finger right back out. And
they're always covering the diffuser section up
above.

356 19 23 42 PLT So I suppose - going back to the WMC - since that's

what we put our sensors on, that that would be a -
a complaint against it, although it's not a
complaint against WMC because that's not its
designed function. But it's against an area where-
ever medical preparations - preparation for
medical experiments is performed. Thermal comfort
in the experiment compartment: No problem. Noise
level: _ previous comment applies. Ill,_m_uation's
fine.

356 19 24 08 PLT Forward dome area: Don't do too much up there

except vacuum. General arrangement and orientation,
fine. The handholds are great; we don't use them
a whole lot, but they're good for moving around
when you need to. Volume is great. Ceiling-
floor proximity is not applicable since there's not
a opposition surface. Okay. Trash collection:
There ought to be a trash bag by the diffuser. It -
because it's real nice. And this is - this is a
important note I'm making; so how about taking a
listen! Any place where you have a sucking surface,
whether it's a diffuser or a fan or anything, you
ought to have a trash bag located or at least a
provision for installing one, because that collects
an awful lot of solids. Now some of it's stuff
that you want to retrieve; it's good items. But
it - it also collects an awful lot of large trash
items, which could be very conveniently disposed
of in a disposal bag if there was an area right
next to it. That applies to all the fans and
blowers in the - any place where there's a suction
involved on a surface.

356 19 25 l0 PLT And let's see. Stowage volume: There is no

stowage up there. Temporary equipment restraints
are pretty good in that area. The personnel
mobility aids: Handholds are pretty good.
Personnel restraint devices: There really aren't
any other than the handholds. Thermal comfort,
noise level, illumination: All okay in that area
 lh09

except the noise level, of course, is reasonably

high there. There's - there is sound focusing up
in that dome area because of the spherical nature
of the surface.

356 19 25 _0 PLT The airlock, general arrangement and orientation

of compartment: Don't like the small size of the
numbers on some of the panel; hard to see some of
the numbers. Not early as bad as the MDA.
Volume of compartment for ... Because of traffic
through that thing, that's a lousy place to put
an airlock. I think an airlock ought to be out
of the main flow of traffic. But I don't know why
it's - it's there, because it's reasonably close
to the supposedly EVA work area. But we're - we
have to go back and forth through that a hundred
times a day almost, and the fact that it's so small
in diameter does cause a small problem. And also,
we've had to string equipment through there. Like
leave - Right now I have got a high-power accessory
cable connected up to the video tape recorder from
the dome area, a high-power outlet. Now personally,
I think that is a questionable procedure, but that's
what the procedures call for, and we've done it be -
F for the reason. So it's not just - I'm not Just
directing this against the ground from - from the
procedure standpoint because we've done it
ourselves, but I personally think that that's not
the - the - the safest thing to do, is to keep a
cable through there all the time. And what - that
has to do with the volume of the compartment and
the location. The fact that it - it's an airlock,
the volume is satisfactory for its designed
_hmction.

356 19 27 02 PLT But the fact that it's a tr - high-traffic-flow

area mskes the volume of the com1_artment, I'd say_
marginal. Now don't get me wrong. I mean it's
not hard to get - get in and get through there
and so forth, but I Just question the wisdom of
locating an airlock in that position, relative to
the major activity area - that is, between major
activity areas and the workshop.

356 19 27 23 PLT Ceiling-floor proximity: Course, you can move

around there with no problem. Ingress, egress:
No problem. No, it's no problem. The hatches -
1410

I don't like the way those hatches are designed.

I think they're totally out-to-lunch on that
design. Those things too hard to move around.
They bang into stuff; they gouge hunks out of -
hunks of paint out of material. And, in fact,
it's -those are designed so bad, the factory
put one of them in wrong. If you want to check
the documentation on them, they had to change all
the pictures. But they're not very good hatches,
I don't think, because of the way they interfere
with everything. Trash collection provision:
There's none in there, and I'm not even sure there
needs to be. Stowage volume: There is no stowage
in there other than the umbilical hoses. And
those caps on those umbilical are too darned hard
to put on when you got then - them connected.
I think that's an unsatisfactory arrangement. I
think that you stand to damage the umbilical hose
by the force that's required to put that thing
back on. And I think that ought to be taken a
look at by ground safety as well as the safety
people themselves. It's Just - you - you bang -
you really have to push on that thing. And there's
no reason for any - any operation involving
delicate EVA hardware - there's Just no excuse for -
it to - being that hard to work.

356 19 28 38 PLT Stowage volume and access: That - My previous

comment applies to this - this. Okay. Temporary
equipment restraints: Well, in the - in the EVA
position - You've got a big zipper bag in there
for use in EVA, and there's not even a zipper pull
tab on it, I don't think. That's really bad
planning. It's hard to do that with - with gloves
on and hard suits. I went back in there to try
to get something, hard suit. I forget what it was;
a pair of scissors, I think. And that was a real
pushing and shoving contest to try to get that bag
open. Anything that's designed for stowage in a
EV - in an airlock ought to be designed for EVA
use because it'll eventually be - end up being
used for that. We do not have enough places to
locate equipment around in the - in the airlock
for EVA use. We're - It's always -_e-do - make-
do with straps and tethers and tape and that sort
of thing. An airlock ought to be very, very
flexibly designed with - with an idea toward
 equipment that you haven't even seen yet and you
can't even envision. It ought to cover a complete
spectrum of size and delicacy. In other words,
there ought to - you ought to - you ought to
have some way of - of restraining large items,
long items, big items, round items, small and
rather fragile items.

356 19 29 56 PLT Personnel mobility aids: They're all right. I

think the - the airlock hatch required too much
force to put the pole into position that holds it
open, but that's - that's too late, way too late
now. Each EVA task, ought by - Just by nature to
be very easy, but that is a problem in the alrlock.
Thermal comfort: No big deal. Noise level: Fairly
high up there. Ill,_m_nation 's no problem. MDA/STS,
general arrangement and orientation of compartment:
Well, all I've got to say is, if you want a very
good example of how not to design - how not to
design and a - and arrange a compartment, the
MDA is the best example, and the STS is right on
its heels. Boj, both of those are so lousy, I -
I don't even want to talk about it until I get
back down to ground, because every time I think
abouthow stupidthe layoutis in there, I get all
upset.

356 19 30 50 PLT You can't even find the numbers on panels. They
refer to numbers that are not even in there. Just
the other day, yesterday in fact, I was doing 557,
and I was directed to the battery vent valve,
number - panel or location number so-and so. That's
another thing. You don't know whether it's a panel
or a location. You can if you look at the number
closely because if it has an M in front of it, then
it's a - a location. If it has - doesn't have a
alphabetical letter M in front of it, then it's a
panel number. But anyway, that number is not in
the spacecraft; this is really a lousy arrangement.
That MDA is really bad. And if you - As I say, if
you want an example of how not to lay something
out, there it is. Boy, go in there and take a
good look because that's the way you don't want
to do it.

356 19 31 31 PLT Numbers: Sometimes the numbers are there, but

they're hidden. You can't find them; they've put
lh12

other pieces of hardware in on top of it. Okay,

yes, I understand. They had the number there, and
people directed them to put something in on top
of it. But, man, there is nothing to keep me from
putting a - some kind of decal on it that had a big
arrow and said, "Hey, dnmmy, look here for 322,
or what ever it happens to be, 157."

356 19 31 5h PLT It - The volume of the compartment is great.

Ceiling-floor proximity is not good enough. It is
too great for the paucity of crew restraint.
Ingress, egress provisions: No problem. Trash
collection: We ought to have a place to locate a
gab in every large compartment like that. Ought
to be two trash bags' locations, one near the CSM
hatch and one back near the STS. ATM is a high-
activity area; there ought to be a trash bag there.
Stowage volume and access: Stowage volume is - I'd
say is adequate - entirely adequate as far as the
volume. And access is terrible because some of
those doggoned doors are really hard to open. The
pins are hard to get out, and they're hard to get
back in. And I realize that these things are ma -
had to be made like a mausoleum vault because
of the film protection, but that does not mean they ....
need to be hard to operate. Temporary equipment
restraints: Almost nonexistent. Personnel mobil-
ity aids: Very poor. Personnel restraint devices:
Very, very, poor. The - the foot restraints for
the EREP is good; for ATM is good. When you use
the foot restraint for the 512, it's not very good.
In fact, I stopped using it yesterday, it was so
bad. I could get along better without the thing.
It holds your body in the wrong position. Thermal
comfort is cold, but it's sort of a nice relief
from the workshop, which is hot. It is too bad
we don't have a better way of - of transferring
hot air up to the - the MDA to get - to cool off
some of the air for use down in the workshop.
Noise level is fairly high in there. We have
commented on this. I took some M487 rating
2 - 2 days ago, and it is fairly high. Illuminatien
is satisfactory.

356 19 33 39 PLT And let's see. To go back, the - the locatability

of items in the MDA is so bad it almost looks like
you'd have to go out of your way to design it that
way. I mean to - trying to find a number in that
place for - If you don't happen - If you know where
 lh13

it is, then dang it, you don't even need the number.
And if you don't know where it is, the number don't
do you any good. So the MDA is Just - and the STS
is not much better. The panel they got is terrible,
absolutely atrocious. That DC-3 arrangement that
was foisted upon us by MAC DAC is so bad - that
panel 200, 201, and 202 - that it ought to br -
almost ought to be a law against designing a panel
like that in the future. In fact, I - the - there
was an error in the ckecklist, M557 yesterday, which
told me to turn a - to - to CLOSE a circuit breaker
UP yesterday; that was the instructions.

356 19 3h 35 PLT And that - that checklist has probably been written
for quite a long time, but there - right there is
an good example. They wanted me to CLOSE the
circuit breaker, and they put in parentheses UP.
And, of course, you CLOSE circuit breakers by
turning them DOWN when you' re looking at the
printing right side up on the panel. But anyway,
I Just say they - It's also the - the guides. The-
the guards on the switches and everything conceal
an awful lot of nomenclature and make it very
difficult to find a switch. But the 200, 201, and
202 are so bad that, you know, it Just leaves a bad
taste in my mouth everytime I try to work in the
area, because you're moving - your're trying to
move your head to a bad angle. You get your head
where you are in a good angle, and you can't read
the nomens - you are looking upside down at the
nomenclatures. Bad scene all the way around the
STS. I - I can't overemphasize the fact that that
is an extremely poor layout, as far as - as the
control and display panel is concerned. And that
has to do with the more or less paradoxical conven-
tions that are used - conventions that are used as
far as up/down and throwing the switches. And the
major problem in the area is the - the switch
guards, which are absolutely essential in that
area; you are really kicking around in there a lot
of times when you are moving, and - the - you have
to have good switch guards, control guards.

356 19 35 h8 PLT But there's got to be a better way of doing it

because they conceal too much nomenclature with
the big rods and so forth. This is the PLT
completion of Mh87-3, subjection evaluation guide
2. And that's 3-5 in the eval checklist.

F _
1414

356 19 36 03 PLT PLT out.

356 19 44 O0 CDR This is the CDE at 19:44 Zulu with a debrief of

the 18:24 Zulu ATM pass. The JOP 6, building
block 32, was no sweat. Then we did a bunch of
2A, building block lO's. Again, no sweat. The
only thing of significance was the - in active
region 00, the sunspots had, in the beginning of
the pass, a piece of plage. A small plage was
intruding in over the umbra of the spot. By the
end of the pass, that plage was no longer there.
The umbra still had a notch in it, but it was
completely surrounded by penumbra at that time.
And I had enough time left to do a shopping list
item number 6, which was JOP 2 Echo, step 3. I
did a building block 20 - correction - a building
block ll at the dark umbra, and that's about it.
Nothing spectacular. Active region 00 is looking
quieter and quieter. Like I said, the only thing
of interest I noted was the disappearance of the
plage over the umbra.

35619 h519 CDR CDRout.

TIME SKIP

356 20 ll 33 CDR This is the CDR at 20:11 Zulu with a subject - a

debriefing on the subject of Earth observations.
The site we looked at was New Zealand. The Sun
angle was quite low; it was shortly after sunrise.
I would estimate the Sun angle to be maybe 20 deg-
rees. The Alpine Fault down New Zealand was very,
very easy to see, quite clear. We took two hand-
held Hassleblad photos of it, because it was such
a terrific opportunity to see that fault. The
magazine used was Charlie X-ray 17. The pictures
were taken at 20:06, and the frame numbers were
number 146 and 147. They were taken at a shutter
speed - or an f-stop of 8 with 1/250 of a second.

356 20 12 38 CDR And the fault - moving, we could - we were crossing

the northern end of South Island looking to the
south. And you could see a fault line all the way
• from the very northern end of South Island until
it disappeared under the clouds, about 80 percent
of the way down to - down South Island. So we
 1415

have two very good Hassleblad photos that graph-

ically show the fault. And also the weather is
Just perfect, and the Sun angle is perfect; you
should have some real good information here. Then
getting on and looking at currents - stand by.

356 20 13 21 CDR As we proceeded on to the east of New ZealAnd, we -

we came about 55 - oh, I guess 50 to 150 miles is
the - is the area we're talking about east of New
Zealand, east of the - the pass between North Is-
land and South Island. Let me get a map.

356 20 13 5h CDR Okay, that's Cook Strait. About - between 50 and

150 miles east of Cook Strait, we saw a rather
clear plankton blooming situation. It was obvious
that the - the water - the - the current was - was
the - the current that was coming through the Cook
Strait and emptying out into the - I guess it's the
South Pacific I - South Pacific Ocean there.

356 20 14 25 CDR And you can see, where the current was slowing
down, the plankton was blooming up, coming up and
was forming sort of a mustache or edd_ pattern
indicating - showing that the - the current was
f rejoining, I guess, the - the rest of the west
wind drift current that comes around the south end
of New Zealand. Or is that the great Australian
Bight Current? It's right in that transition
zone where you call it one on one side of New
Zealand and the other on the other side. But at
any rate, this batch of chlorophyll blooming -
or plankton blooming that we saw very, very clearly
showed the easternmost end of the current as it
was coming out of the Cook Strait.

356 20 15 ll CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

356 20 48 28 SPT SPT at 20:h8. ATM pass which began at 20:12.

Actually , I got on here quite a bit before that,
probably more like 58 - 19:58. Did building block
2 Sun center, no problem, and the lO-second expo-
sure on 82A. Then some observing time, which I
sure appreciate and enjoy.
i_16

B56 20 49 06 SPT Unfortunately, we seem to be planning about a day

behind what the Sun is doing. Yesterday would
have been a great day for this type of program,
fluctuating bright points and flare waits. Today,
as you know, it's a relatively static day in active
region 00. So I - nonetheless, seeing as there
still is some flare potential there, I stayed at
00 and tried to use what instruments still had
film available. And 55 - amounted to essentially
56 getting lots of PATROL, SHORTs - ll of them in
the observing period.

B56 20 50 03 SPT And 55 - With 55, we looked at the bright point

immediately to the - -

B56 20 50 08 CC Skylab, Houston. We're with you through Ascension

and Madrid for 12 minutes.

B56 20 50 l0 SPT - - east of the Sun spot. Did a GRATING, AUTO

SCAN at that point and a complete MIRROR, AUTO
RASTER. And then we Just stepped the mirror over
to get spectra at three additional locations. And
one was at the penumbra of the sunspot, one in the
sunspot, and one on the other side of the penumbra.

356 20 50 39 SPT I thought it might be interesting thing to look

at because the spot - the sunspot had been coales-
cing and, if anything, looks like it's being eroded
away a little bit on the east side. Yesterday,
after it coalesced there was a - almost a perfectly
circular spot with a intrusion of - of plage. Now,
it looks like one-third of the eastern side is
eroded away. So I thought it'd be interesting to
look at the spectra on that side relative to the
spectra on the other side, which looks like a
standard penumbra.

B56 20 51 19 SPT So we were at a ROLL of plus llBB, UP/DOWN of

minus 196, and RIGHT/LE_T of ... 46.

356 20 51 26 CC SPT, Houston. When you get a moment there after

you've closed out the panel between passes, could
you give us a few words on the condition of the
ETC seal you removed?

SPT Hold on a minute. Yes, Hank. I could not tell

any real significant difference.other than Just
a few superficial abrasions on it. It looked in
reasonable shape. There was a small piece of tape
 1417

on the back side of the canister with S written on

it, for spare, I guess. I'm not sure whether this
prevented ... seating it or not. We'll see ...
the ETC.

CC Okay. We copy. Thank you.

356 20 52 28 SPT Okay, picking up again. I started out at those

coordinates, remained at those coordinates through-
out the observations. Oxygen VI was only around
4000 at that bright point. Beginning, it was not
a very bright point at all - one of the brightest
in the active regions, however. We then moved the
mirror 4 steps, then 8 steps, then 12 steps to the
right; that's 20 arc seconds, 40 arc seconds, and
60 arc seconds. And did a GRATING, AUTO SCAN at
each; that is, we did a MIRROR, AUTO RASTER at
the initial pointing, and then a GRATING, AUTO
SCAN at 10:33, GRATING, AUTO SCAN at 10:37, GRATING,
AUTO SCAN at 10:41, and a GRATING, AUTO SCAN at
10:45.

356 20 53 23 SPT And then we did another MIRROR, AUTO RASTER at

F the conclusionbut only got down to line 14 before
we got below 400 K. But I think that was su_'ll-
cient to show you if there was any appreciable
changes between the initial and final conditions.

356 20 53 41 SPT So it looks as though when we get a beautiful

prominence on the limb, we - we look for it the
following day; and we get a lot of activities,
we look for that the following day. I think part
of the - part of the reason for this situation is
I'm Just not getting down to you quick enough what
I see in the way of things happening. I think we've
got to be much more responsive in changing the
observing program, perhaps on a 4 or 5-hour basis,
rather than on a24 in these particular instances.
They're real targets of opportunity and they don't
stay around long.

356 20 54 28 SPT I usually feel compelled to run the programs which

come up, and I think that I should. But I think
I'm going to be a little bit more vocal about rec-
ommending alternate observing programs because of
conditions which have changed since the planning
was done. On S052, one thing that's beginning to
concern me a bit is that we have not observed on
i_18

the WLC any coronal transients at all due to re-

latively long-term changes in the corona, even
when we had the fairly active longitude - the Hir-
man longitude out there on the limb. I'm wondering
whether this lack of activity corresponds to either
the inability to see it on our part or because 9 f
a real decrease in coronal activity. If you have
any indexes by which you can measure the level of _
activity now versus what you saw on SL-3, I would
appreciate hearing that comparison.

356 20 55 48 SPT SPT out.

B56 20 56 26 CC Skylab, Houston. For info, the first of the pro

football playoff games is over. The Vikings beat
the Redskins 27 to 20, and they'll play the winner
of the Cowboys-Rama game.

CDR Say, thank you, Hank. That must have been a good
one to watch.

356 20 56 _5 CC It got pretty wild toward the end. It was sort of

back and forth all the way through.

TIME SKIP

356 21 52 23 CDR This is the CDR at 21:52 Zulu. The subject is

M092 and documented exercise - instrumented exer-
cise. M092 - stand by.

356 21 52 46 CDR M092 run was started at 20:15 Zulu. The subject
was the PLT. His left calf was 13-3/8; his right
calf was 13-1/8. The legbands used were Charlie
Juliett on the left side, Alfa Quebec on the right
side.

356 21 53 08 CDR Alfa X-ray apparently has an open or something in

it, because it indicated full scale high no matter
what the gain or null setting. And we changed out
to Alfa Quebec, and it worked out perfectly. We
terminated the M092 and blood volume measurements
at 21:37.

356 21 53 33 CDR We Just now got started with the instrumented

exercise. It looks llke this was scheduled Just
a little bit too tight - too close to the S201
exercise that's to start at 22:20. So Bill will
 i_9

not be able to give a i_ilI- what be usually gives -

of 35 minutes of instrumented exercise. But he
said he will - he will quit at - at 22:20 in time
for $201, but he will give a max effort before he
quits, so that you'll have the data. We owe y_u
a - a CAL HIGH and a CAL LOW; we did not get _em
in before the MITI run. We Just didn't feel we
could spare the time, and we will give it to you
at the end of the run.

356 21 54 20 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

356 22 27 24 SPT ... you got an open mike, and I'm going to be
recording until ...

CDR Okay, this is the CDR. The time is coming up on -

Say again.

SPT Can you give me around 3 or _ minutes at the

F beginningas soonas we get that recorderback?

CDR We got it back now but once I get started I'm

going to be pretty tight and heavy. And I've
only got 1 minute to go.

SPT All right.

356 22 28 01 CDR This is the CDR and the time is 22:28 Zulu. S201
is the subject, S201 operations. We're setting
up for target number 23. Ro - ROTATION is 90.1;
TILT is 27; and between this one and the next one,
you've only given me 32 seconds to change the
ROTATION and TILT. Pray for me is all I can ask.
There's nobody else available to come over here
and help. Okay, 30 seconds to go.

356 22 28 _3 CDR 22:29 coming up in 15 seconds. We're sitting at

a ROTATION of 90.1, a TILT of 27.0. First ma_k'll
be POWER, second m_rk'll be RESET. Stand by.

356 22 29 O0 CDR MARK.

356 22 29 01 CDR MARK. Okay, it's running.

lb.20

356 22 39 56 CDR - - ... have the power off now and let things cool
down, and we'll start over again at 22: 42 on T-28.
So I've messed up your exposure on T-14; I lost you
5 minutes on that. T-28 is sitting ready to go now,
over again. It'll start at 22:42:30. The rotation
is good at a ROTATION of 30.2, at a TILT of 27.5..

356 22 40 44 CDR Okay, we're coming up now on 22:41.

CDR What I did is - I terminated T-14 at 36 and I start-

ed T-28 at 37. Well, I terminated at 36:97 and
started at 37:30, so that was the problem. So now
you know where your film has gone. We're coming up
on 42 in about l0 seconds.

356 22 42 01 CDR MARK. 42. Okay, this target is T-28, Tango 28.
30.2, 27.5, on the ROTATION and TILT. You'll hear
two marks. The first mark'll be POWER; the second
mark'll be RESTART - or START, I should say. Comillg
up on 30; stand by -

356 22 42 30 CDR MARK. POWER.

356 22 42 31 CDR MARK. START. Okay, it seems to be running properly.

Now I'll try to keep my hands off of it until 50.
This is the CDR going off the line for a little
while, and the SPT will be coming up with some de-
briefing.

356 22 43 19 SPT SPT at 22:43; ATM pass which began at 21:30. Build-
ing block 32 at the beginning was not done. I sub-
stituted a building block 2 in order to - to get
a better look at - to give 52 a little better look
at the the streamer which was appearing on the west
limb and also to give some relatively long exposures
for the two X-ray instruments, 56 to PATROL, NORMAL
and 54, 256 EXPOSURE.

356 22 44 12 SPT I gave the SINGLE to 82A. I did that first because
we were close to a ROLL of zero when we came up
then to building block 2. 55 in that building
block 2 received a MIRROR, AUTO RASTER at GRATING
of zero. Okay, I got active region 00. Well, this
time things, it seems, were relatively quiet again
ad rather static. Thought I'd at least work one
of the shopping list items I have not before, and
that was the align profile. And here I chose a
relatively high line of _-gnesium X and put it
 1421

across as manor of the features as I could in the

active region 233 was on a bright point ; again,
relatively weak, only a couple of thousand or so
in oxygen VI.

356 22 45 37 SPT And I started at a GRATING of 3350, and every

30 seconds or so - 30 seconds or more in some cases,
moved it up one GRATING POSITION. We got it going
across the sunspots in the eastern side of the ac-
tive region, a couple of bright points, and right
through the center of the large sunspots on the
west meter. Following that, I looked around the
limb a little bit and could see the prominence over
at the west limb at 53. Also saw some relatively
small prominences over on the limb - the east limb,
a little north of the equator, so I stopped at the
equator. Active region 03 and 04 are - are there
and not very complex. The plage associated with
them is about the density in oxygen VI now as the
plage over in 00, that is around B000 or h000. We
did the JOP 7. And for 52, I think we got you the
time - the exposure at I0 seconds to 9 seconds,
rather than ii to i0. I'ii try and pick that up
on a susequent orbit and give you one i0 - Ii to i0.
f-
356 22 47 56 SPT SPT out.

356 22 48 42 CDR Okay, this is the CDR. We're coming up on 22:49

Zulu. I've been doing a little calculation here,
looking at the automatic sequence, and it appears
for T-14 - that I got you a full automatic 20h-second
sequence - 204.75. I terminated right exactly at
the end of that sequence. You Just didn't get
that extra 5 minutes of photoelectron soaking on
the last plate. So I don't feel quite as bad about
T-14. What I did do though was waste - waste some
of your film on a phony sequence which started at
37 - 22:37:30and went for - on the order of 4 min-
utes, which would have put you into the lOT-second
exposure on the calcium fluoride plage. So, any-
way, that's where that stands. I apologize for
that, but we're back on the track, and T-28 is
coming along nicely here. We got about - coming
up on 1 minute to go on this sequence.

356 22 _9 58 CDR Okay, it's 22:50 even, now.

1422

356 22 50 32 CDR 22:50 and 30 seconds. Okay, my first mark will be

at 56. It'll be a RESET to START. The second mark
will be a POWER switch, OFF.

CDR Okay, stand by -

356 22 50 56 DR MARK.

356 22 50 57 CDR MARK. All right, resetting the ROTATION to 185.

Okay, ROTATION's 185, TILT going to 9.2. Okay,
that's verified. POWER switch, ON at - at 22:52.
Okay, we're coming up, we got 30 seconds to go.
Reverifying the ROTATION is 185.0 and the TILT is
9.2. I don't know if you're in a position to do
this, but you sure could make it a whole lot easier
on us if you had swapped T-14 and T-28. I'll
explain to you in Just a second. 22:52. First
mark'll be POWER; second mark, START.

356 22 52 Ol CDR MARK.

356 22 52 02 CDR MARK. Okay, here's what I mean. Your first target
was 90 degrees of ROTATION; 27, TILT. Then T-14
changes the TILT to 9. The T-28 changes the TILT
back to 27-1/2. T-9 changes it back to 9. T-98 _-_
changes - keeps it at 9. Seems to me if you'd
put 28 up ahead of 14 - Now, I don't know if that's
possible because of timing, maybe - it certainly
would have made it a little easier for the
operator, instead of going from 27 to 9 to 27.5
to 9.2.

CDR Okay. The sequence here looks like it's Just

whistled through your lithium fluoride and starting
on the calcium fluoride now. We're going to
throw a POWER switch, OFF at 22:55:28.

35622 53 58 CDR Timeis now22:5_. \

CDR i minute
to go. _i

CDR 28 seconds to go. Okay, on my mark it'll be 28 and

the POWER switch'll go OFF.

CDR Stand by -

356 22 55 28 CDR MARK. POWER is OFF. Adjusting the ROTATION to 178

even. Leaving the TILT where it is at 9.2. At
 1423

22:56 even, there'll be a POWER switch, ON; and

1 second later, RESET. Okay, stand by -

356 22 56 Ol CDR MARK. POW_.

356 22 56 02 CDR MARK. RESET.

356 22 58 02 CDR Okay, it's 58 now.

356 22 59 00 CDR Okay, it's 22:59 now.

CDR Stand by for POWER switch, OFF -

356 22 59 29 CDR MARK. POWER switch, OFF, at 59:28. At TILT of

ZERO. ROTATION going to zero. Okay, and we're
going to retract the mirror. Mirror's retracted.
Okay, this is the CDR terminating the S201 opera-
tions.

356 23 00 h2 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

/-_ 356 23 57 06 SPT SPT at 23:53 [sic]. ATMpass which began at 23:14.
Again I got in a building block 2 at Sun center
versus the 32 to get me 52 a STANDARD and 5_ a
256 EXPOSURE and 56 PATROL, NORMAL. There was a
MIRROR, AUTO RASTER at a GRATING of zero done at
Sun center also. And again since thing are rela-
tively quiet, but we had a few active regions on
the disk, I thought I'd try a maxiraster, actually
a maxi-and-a-half-raster. I looked at active re-
gion 00 and 01 and 99. And I was interested - I
will be interested in seeing whether there is gay
relationship between those which are across the
equator. I did this at a GRATING of zero, so may-
be the magnesium X will show something. I'll give
you the coordinates. Now, first of all, let me
see, I gave 56 ii PATROL, SHORTS during the se-
quence. And essentially, what we did was just to
work from the 00 on up to 99. Okay, first point-
ing - they all were within a ROLL of plus 0001.
And when I got done it read 0002. First pointing
was - I'll just give you the UP/DOWN and then
LEFT/RIGHT for the six in the order in which I did
it.
 142_ •

356 23 59 01 SPT Minus 231 and plus 322. Next pointing, minus 231 -:
_'_
8rod plus 052. _
&

356 23 59 i0 CC ... We're having a little problem being able to

comman4 through transmitter Charlie. Would like ,,
somebody to check a circuit breaker for us, if you '"
would, on paael 200 on on the instrumentation _;
system transmitter Charlie and report the status
of it. If the circuit breaker is closed, we'd --
like you to cycle it open, and. then reclose it
again. '

CDR Inwork. :

CC Roger. Again, if it's open then just close it ... '

SPT ... it was open; it's closed now. ' "_

CC Thank
you. i
,!

###

[
L
i ¢-°"

,°°

,..[.
• ^

,-ii

.....